Merge changes from emacs-23 branch
[bpt/emacs.git] / doc / misc / calc.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
3 @c smallbook
4 @setfilename ../../info/calc
5 @c [title]
6 @settitle GNU Emacs Calc Manual
7 @setchapternewpage odd
8 @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
9
10 @c The following macros are used for conditional output for single lines.
11 @c @texline foo
12 @c `foo' will appear only in TeX output
13 @c @infoline foo
14 @c `foo' will appear only in non-TeX output
15
16 @c @expr{expr} will typeset an expression;
17 @c $x$ in TeX, @samp{x} otherwise.
18
19 @iftex
20 @macro texline
21 @end macro
22 @alias infoline=comment
23 @alias expr=math
24 @alias tfn=code
25 @alias mathit=expr
26 @alias summarykey=key
27 @macro cpi{}
28 @math{@pi{}}
29 @end macro
30 @macro cpiover{den}
31 @math{@pi/\den\}
32 @end macro
33 @end iftex
34
35 @ifnottex
36 @alias texline=comment
37 @macro infoline{stuff}
38 \stuff\
39 @end macro
40 @alias expr=samp
41 @alias tfn=t
42 @alias mathit=i
43 @macro summarykey{ky}
44 \ky\
45 @end macro
46 @macro cpi{}
47 @expr{pi}
48 @end macro
49 @macro cpiover{den}
50 @expr{pi/\den\}
51 @end macro
52 @end ifnottex
53
54
55 @tex
56 % Suggested by Karl Berry <karl@@freefriends.org>
57 \gdef\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip}
58 @end tex
59
60 @c Fix some other things specifically for this manual.
61 @iftex
62 @finalout
63 @mathcode`@:=`@: @c Make Calc fractions come out right in math mode
64 @tex
65 \gdef\coloneq{\mathrel{\mathord:\mathord=}}
66
67 \gdef\beforedisplay{\vskip-10pt}
68 \gdef\afterdisplay{\vskip-5pt}
69 \gdef\beforedisplayh{\vskip-25pt}
70 \gdef\afterdisplayh{\vskip-10pt}
71 @end tex
72 @newdimen@kyvpos @kyvpos=0pt
73 @newdimen@kyhpos @kyhpos=0pt
74 @newcount@calcclubpenalty @calcclubpenalty=1000
75 @ignore
76 @newcount@calcpageno
77 @newtoks@calcoldeverypar @calcoldeverypar=@everypar
78 @everypar={@calceverypar@the@calcoldeverypar}
79 @ifx@ninett@undefinedzzz@font@ninett=cmtt9@fi
80 @catcode`@\=0 \catcode`\@=11
81 \r@ggedbottomtrue
82 \catcode`\@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
83 @end ignore
84 @end iftex
85
86 @copying
87 @ifinfo
88 This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator.
89 @end ifinfo
90 @ifnotinfo
91 This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator, included with GNU Emacs 23.1.
92 @end ifnotinfo
93
94 Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
95 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
96
97 @quotation
98 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
99 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
100 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
101 Invariant Sections being just ``GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE'', with the
102 Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover
103 Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
104 entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
105
106 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and
107 modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF supports it in
108 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
109 @end quotation
110 @end copying
111
112 @dircategory Emacs
113 @direntry
114 * Calc: (calc). Advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool.
115 @end direntry
116
117 @titlepage
118 @sp 6
119 @center @titlefont{Calc Manual}
120 @sp 4
121 @center GNU Emacs Calc
122 @c [volume]
123 @sp 5
124 @center Dave Gillespie
125 @center daveg@@synaptics.com
126 @page
127
128 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
129 @insertcopying
130 @end titlepage
131
132
133 @summarycontents
134
135 @c [end]
136
137 @contents
138
139 @c [begin]
140 @ifnottex
141 @node Top, Getting Started, (dir), (dir)
142 @chapter The GNU Emacs Calculator
143
144 @noindent
145 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool
146 written by Dave Gillespie that runs as part of the GNU Emacs environment.
147
148 This manual, also written (mostly) by Dave Gillespie, is divided into
149 three major parts: ``Getting Started,'' the ``Calc Tutorial,'' and the
150 ``Calc Reference.'' The Tutorial introduces all the major aspects of
151 Calculator use in an easy, hands-on way. The remainder of the manual is
152 a complete reference to the features of the Calculator.
153 @end ifnottex
154
155 @ifinfo
156 For help in the Emacs Info system (which you are using to read this
157 file), type @kbd{?}. (You can also type @kbd{h} to run through a
158 longer Info tutorial.)
159 @end ifinfo
160
161 @insertcopying
162
163 @menu
164 * Getting Started:: General description and overview.
165 @ifinfo
166 * Interactive Tutorial::
167 @end ifinfo
168 * Tutorial:: A step-by-step introduction for beginners.
169
170 * Introduction:: Introduction to the Calc reference manual.
171 * Data Types:: Types of objects manipulated by Calc.
172 * Stack and Trail:: Manipulating the stack and trail buffers.
173 * Mode Settings:: Adjusting display format and other modes.
174 * Arithmetic:: Basic arithmetic functions.
175 * Scientific Functions:: Transcendentals and other scientific functions.
176 * Matrix Functions:: Operations on vectors and matrices.
177 * Algebra:: Manipulating expressions algebraically.
178 * Units:: Operations on numbers with units.
179 * Store and Recall:: Storing and recalling variables.
180 * Graphics:: Commands for making graphs of data.
181 * Kill and Yank:: Moving data into and out of Calc.
182 * Keypad Mode:: Operating Calc from a keypad.
183 * Embedded Mode:: Working with formulas embedded in a file.
184 * Programming:: Calc as a programmable calculator.
185
186 * Copying:: How you can copy and share Calc.
187 * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation.
188 * Customizing Calc:: Customizing Calc.
189 * Reporting Bugs:: How to report bugs and make suggestions.
190
191 * Summary:: Summary of Calc commands and functions.
192
193 * Key Index:: The standard Calc key sequences.
194 * Command Index:: The interactive Calc commands.
195 * Function Index:: Functions (in algebraic formulas).
196 * Concept Index:: General concepts.
197 * Variable Index:: Variables used by Calc (both user and internal).
198 * Lisp Function Index:: Internal Lisp math functions.
199 @end menu
200
201 @ifinfo
202 @node Getting Started, Interactive Tutorial, Top, Top
203 @end ifinfo
204 @ifnotinfo
205 @node Getting Started, Tutorial, Top, Top
206 @end ifnotinfo
207 @chapter Getting Started
208 @noindent
209 This chapter provides a general overview of Calc, the GNU Emacs
210 Calculator: What it is, how to start it and how to exit from it,
211 and what are the various ways that it can be used.
212
213 @menu
214 * What is Calc::
215 * About This Manual::
216 * Notations Used in This Manual::
217 * Demonstration of Calc::
218 * Using Calc::
219 * History and Acknowledgements::
220 @end menu
221
222 @node What is Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started, Getting Started
223 @section What is Calc?
224
225 @noindent
226 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced calculator and mathematical tool that runs as
227 part of the GNU Emacs environment. Very roughly based on the HP-28/48
228 series of calculators, its many features include:
229
230 @itemize @bullet
231 @item
232 Choice of algebraic or RPN (stack-based) entry of calculations.
233
234 @item
235 Arbitrary precision integers and floating-point numbers.
236
237 @item
238 Arithmetic on rational numbers, complex numbers (rectangular and polar),
239 error forms with standard deviations, open and closed intervals, vectors
240 and matrices, dates and times, infinities, sets, quantities with units,
241 and algebraic formulas.
242
243 @item
244 Mathematical operations such as logarithms and trigonometric functions.
245
246 @item
247 Programmer's features (bitwise operations, non-decimal numbers).
248
249 @item
250 Financial functions such as future value and internal rate of return.
251
252 @item
253 Number theoretical features such as prime factorization and arithmetic
254 modulo @var{m} for any @var{m}.
255
256 @item
257 Algebraic manipulation features, including symbolic calculus.
258
259 @item
260 Moving data to and from regular editing buffers.
261
262 @item
263 Embedded mode for manipulating Calc formulas and data directly
264 inside any editing buffer.
265
266 @item
267 Graphics using GNUPLOT, a versatile (and free) plotting program.
268
269 @item
270 Easy programming using keyboard macros, algebraic formulas,
271 algebraic rewrite rules, or extended Emacs Lisp.
272 @end itemize
273
274 Calc tries to include a little something for everyone; as a result it is
275 large and might be intimidating to the first-time user. If you plan to
276 use Calc only as a traditional desk calculator, all you really need to
277 read is the ``Getting Started'' chapter of this manual and possibly the
278 first few sections of the tutorial. As you become more comfortable with
279 the program you can learn its additional features. Calc does not
280 have the scope and depth of a fully-functional symbolic math package,
281 but Calc has the advantages of convenience, portability, and freedom.
282
283 @node About This Manual, Notations Used in This Manual, What is Calc, Getting Started
284 @section About This Manual
285
286 @noindent
287 This document serves as a complete description of the GNU Emacs
288 Calculator. It works both as an introduction for novices and as
289 a reference for experienced users. While it helps to have some
290 experience with GNU Emacs in order to get the most out of Calc,
291 this manual ought to be readable even if you don't know or use Emacs
292 regularly.
293
294 This manual is divided into three major parts:@: the ``Getting
295 Started'' chapter you are reading now, the Calc tutorial, and the Calc
296 reference manual.
297 @c [when-split]
298 @c This manual has been printed in two volumes, the @dfn{Tutorial} and the
299 @c @dfn{Reference}. Both volumes include a copy of the ``Getting Started''
300 @c chapter.
301
302 If you are in a hurry to use Calc, there is a brief ``demonstration''
303 below which illustrates the major features of Calc in just a couple of
304 pages. If you don't have time to go through the full tutorial, this
305 will show you everything you need to know to begin.
306 @xref{Demonstration of Calc}.
307
308 The tutorial chapter walks you through the various parts of Calc
309 with lots of hands-on examples and explanations. If you are new
310 to Calc and you have some time, try going through at least the
311 beginning of the tutorial. The tutorial includes about 70 exercises
312 with answers. These exercises give you some guided practice with
313 Calc, as well as pointing out some interesting and unusual ways
314 to use its features.
315
316 The reference section discusses Calc in complete depth. You can read
317 the reference from start to finish if you want to learn every aspect
318 of Calc. Or, you can look in the table of contents or the Concept
319 Index to find the parts of the manual that discuss the things you
320 need to know.
321
322 @c @cindex Marginal notes
323 Every Calc keyboard command is listed in the Calc Summary, and also
324 in the Key Index. Algebraic functions, @kbd{M-x} commands, and
325 variables also have their own indices.
326 @c @texline Each
327 @c @infoline In the printed manual, each
328 @c paragraph that is referenced in the Key or Function Index is marked
329 @c in the margin with its index entry.
330
331 @c [fix-ref Help Commands]
332 You can access this manual on-line at any time within Calc by pressing
333 the @kbd{h i} key sequence. Outside of the Calc window, you can press
334 @kbd{C-x * i} to read the manual on-line. From within Calc the command
335 @kbd{h t} will jump directly to the Tutorial; from outside of Calc the
336 command @kbd{C-x * t} will jump to the Tutorial and start Calc if
337 necessary. Pressing @kbd{h s} or @kbd{C-x * s} will take you directly
338 to the Calc Summary. Within Calc, you can also go to the part of the
339 manual describing any Calc key, function, or variable using
340 @w{@kbd{h k}}, @kbd{h f}, or @kbd{h v}, respectively. @xref{Help Commands}.
341
342 @ifnottex
343 The Calc manual can be printed, but because the manual is so large, you
344 should only make a printed copy if you really need it. To print the
345 manual, you will need the @TeX{} typesetting program (this is a free
346 program by Donald Knuth at Stanford University) as well as the
347 @file{texindex} program and @file{texinfo.tex} file, both of which can
348 be obtained from the FSF as part of the @code{texinfo} package.
349 To print the Calc manual in one huge tome, you will need the
350 source code to this manual, @file{calc.texi}, available as part of the
351 Emacs source. Once you have this file, type @kbd{texi2dvi calc.texi}.
352 Alternatively, change to the @file{man} subdirectory of the Emacs
353 source distribution, and type @kbd{make calc.dvi}. (Don't worry if you
354 get some ``overfull box'' warnings while @TeX{} runs.)
355 The result will be a device-independent output file called
356 @file{calc.dvi}, which you must print in whatever way is right
357 for your system. On many systems, the command is
358
359 @example
360 lpr -d calc.dvi
361 @end example
362
363 @noindent
364 or
365
366 @example
367 dvips calc.dvi
368 @end example
369 @end ifnottex
370 @c Printed copies of this manual are also available from the Free Software
371 @c Foundation.
372
373 @node Notations Used in This Manual, Demonstration of Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started
374 @section Notations Used in This Manual
375
376 @noindent
377 This section describes the various notations that are used
378 throughout the Calc manual.
379
380 In keystroke sequences, uppercase letters mean you must hold down
381 the shift key while typing the letter. Keys pressed with Control
382 held down are shown as @kbd{C-x}. Keys pressed with Meta held down
383 are shown as @kbd{M-x}. Other notations are @key{RET} for the
384 Return key, @key{SPC} for the space bar, @key{TAB} for the Tab key,
385 @key{DEL} for the Delete key, and @key{LFD} for the Line-Feed key.
386 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards, it is
387 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
388 regularly using Emacs.
389
390 (If you don't have the @key{LFD} or @key{TAB} keys on your keyboard,
391 the @kbd{C-j} and @kbd{C-i} keys are equivalent to them, respectively.
392 If you don't have a Meta key, look for Alt or Extend Char. You can
393 also press @key{ESC} or @kbd{C-[} first to get the same effect, so
394 that @kbd{M-x}, @kbd{@key{ESC} x}, and @kbd{C-[ x} are all equivalent.)
395
396 Sometimes the @key{RET} key is not shown when it is ``obvious''
397 that you must press @key{RET} to proceed. For example, the @key{RET}
398 is usually omitted in key sequences like @kbd{M-x calc-keypad @key{RET}}.
399
400 Commands are generally shown like this: @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision})
401 or @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}). This means that the command is
402 normally used by pressing the @kbd{p} key or @kbd{C-x * k} key sequence,
403 but it also has the full-name equivalent shown, e.g., @kbd{M-x calc-precision}.
404
405 Commands that correspond to functions in algebraic notation
406 are written: @kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}]. This means
407 the @kbd{C} key is equivalent to @kbd{M-x calc-cos}, and that
408 the corresponding function in an algebraic-style formula would
409 be @samp{cos(@var{x})}.
410
411 A few commands don't have key equivalents: @code{calc-sincos}
412 [@code{sincos}].
413
414 @node Demonstration of Calc, Using Calc, Notations Used in This Manual, Getting Started
415 @section A Demonstration of Calc
416
417 @noindent
418 @cindex Demonstration of Calc
419 This section will show some typical small problems being solved with
420 Calc. The focus is more on demonstration than explanation, but
421 everything you see here will be covered more thoroughly in the
422 Tutorial.
423
424 To begin, start Emacs if necessary (usually the command @code{emacs}
425 does this), and type @kbd{C-x * c} to start the
426 Calculator. (You can also use @kbd{M-x calc} if this doesn't work.
427 @xref{Starting Calc}, for various ways of starting the Calculator.)
428
429 Be sure to type all the sample input exactly, especially noting the
430 difference between lower-case and upper-case letters. Remember,
431 @key{RET}, @key{TAB}, @key{DEL}, and @key{SPC} are the Return, Tab,
432 Delete, and Space keys.
433
434 @strong{RPN calculation.} In RPN, you type the input number(s) first,
435 then the command to operate on the numbers.
436
437 @noindent
438 Type @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + Q} to compute
439 @texline @math{\sqrt{2+3} = 2.2360679775}.
440 @infoline the square root of 2+3, which is 2.2360679775.
441
442 @noindent
443 Type @kbd{P 2 ^} to compute
444 @texline @math{\pi^2 = 9.86960440109}.
445 @infoline the value of `pi' squared, 9.86960440109.
446
447 @noindent
448 Type @key{TAB} to exchange the order of these two results.
449
450 @noindent
451 Type @kbd{- I H S} to subtract these results and compute the Inverse
452 Hyperbolic sine of the difference, 2.72996136574.
453
454 @noindent
455 Type @key{DEL} to erase this result.
456
457 @strong{Algebraic calculation.} You can also enter calculations using
458 conventional ``algebraic'' notation. To enter an algebraic formula,
459 use the apostrophe key.
460
461 @noindent
462 Type @kbd{' sqrt(2+3) @key{RET}} to compute
463 @texline @math{\sqrt{2+3}}.
464 @infoline the square root of 2+3.
465
466 @noindent
467 Type @kbd{' pi^2 @key{RET}} to enter
468 @texline @math{\pi^2}.
469 @infoline `pi' squared.
470 To evaluate this symbolic formula as a number, type @kbd{=}.
471
472 @noindent
473 Type @kbd{' arcsinh($ - $$) @key{RET}} to subtract the second-most-recent
474 result from the most-recent and compute the Inverse Hyperbolic sine.
475
476 @strong{Keypad mode.} If you are using the X window system, press
477 @w{@kbd{C-x * k}} to get Keypad mode. (If you don't use X, skip to
478 the next section.)
479
480 @noindent
481 Click on the @key{2}, @key{ENTER}, @key{3}, @key{+}, and @key{SQRT}
482 ``buttons'' using your left mouse button.
483
484 @noindent
485 Click on @key{PI}, @key{2}, and @tfn{y^x}.
486
487 @noindent
488 Click on @key{INV}, then @key{ENTER} to swap the two results.
489
490 @noindent
491 Click on @key{-}, @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, and @key{SIN}.
492
493 @noindent
494 Click on @key{<-} to erase the result, then click @key{OFF} to turn
495 the Keypad Calculator off.
496
497 @strong{Grabbing data.} Type @kbd{C-x * x} if necessary to exit Calc.
498 Now select the following numbers as an Emacs region: ``Mark'' the
499 front of the list by typing @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or @kbd{C-@@} there,
500 then move to the other end of the list. (Either get this list from
501 the on-line copy of this manual, accessed by @w{@kbd{C-x * i}}, or just
502 type these numbers into a scratch file.) Now type @kbd{C-x * g} to
503 ``grab'' these numbers into Calc.
504
505 @example
506 @group
507 1.23 1.97
508 1.6 2
509 1.19 1.08
510 @end group
511 @end example
512
513 @noindent
514 The result @samp{[1.23, 1.97, 1.6, 2, 1.19, 1.08]} is a Calc ``vector.''
515 Type @w{@kbd{V R +}} to compute the sum of these numbers.
516
517 @noindent
518 Type @kbd{U} to Undo this command, then type @kbd{V R *} to compute
519 the product of the numbers.
520
521 @noindent
522 You can also grab data as a rectangular matrix. Place the cursor on
523 the upper-leftmost @samp{1} and set the mark, then move to just after
524 the lower-right @samp{8} and press @kbd{C-x * r}.
525
526 @noindent
527 Type @kbd{v t} to transpose this
528 @texline @math{3\times2}
529 @infoline 3x2
530 matrix into a
531 @texline @math{2\times3}
532 @infoline 2x3
533 matrix. Type @w{@kbd{v u}} to unpack the rows into two separate
534 vectors. Now type @w{@kbd{V R + @key{TAB} V R +}} to compute the sums
535 of the two original columns. (There is also a special
536 grab-and-sum-columns command, @kbd{C-x * :}.)
537
538 @strong{Units conversion.} Units are entered algebraically.
539 Type @w{@kbd{' 43 mi/hr @key{RET}}} to enter the quantity 43 miles-per-hour.
540 Type @w{@kbd{u c km/hr @key{RET}}}. Type @w{@kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}}}.
541
542 @strong{Date arithmetic.} Type @kbd{t N} to get the current date and
543 time. Type @kbd{90 +} to find the date 90 days from now. Type
544 @kbd{' <25 dec 87> @key{RET}} to enter a date, then @kbd{- 7 /} to see how
545 many weeks have passed since then.
546
547 @strong{Algebra.} Algebraic entries can also include formulas
548 or equations involving variables. Type @kbd{@w{' [x + y} = a, x y = 1] @key{RET}}
549 to enter a pair of equations involving three variables.
550 (Note the leading apostrophe in this example; also, note that the space
551 in @samp{x y} is required.) Type @w{@kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}}} to solve
552 these equations for the variables @expr{x} and @expr{y}.
553
554 @noindent
555 Type @kbd{d B} to view the solutions in more readable notation.
556 Type @w{@kbd{d C}} to view them in C language notation, @kbd{d T}
557 to view them in the notation for the @TeX{} typesetting system,
558 and @kbd{d L} to view them in the notation for the La@TeX{} typesetting
559 system. Type @kbd{d N} to return to normal notation.
560
561 @noindent
562 Type @kbd{7.5}, then @kbd{s l a @key{RET}} to let @expr{a = 7.5} in these formulas.
563 (That's the letter @kbd{l}, not the numeral @kbd{1}.)
564
565 @ifnotinfo
566 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
567 manual. Type @kbd{C-x * c} to return to Calc after each of these
568 commands: @kbd{h k t N} to read about the @kbd{t N} command,
569 @kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the @code{sqrt} function, and
570 @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
571 @end ifnotinfo
572 @ifinfo
573 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
574 manual. Remember to type the letter @kbd{l}, then @kbd{C-x * c}, to
575 return here after each of these commands: @w{@kbd{h k t N}} to read
576 about the @w{@kbd{t N}} command, @kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the
577 @code{sqrt} function, and @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
578 @end ifinfo
579
580 Press @key{DEL} repeatedly to remove any leftover results from the stack.
581 To exit from Calc, press @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} again.
582
583 @node Using Calc, History and Acknowledgements, Demonstration of Calc, Getting Started
584 @section Using Calc
585
586 @noindent
587 Calc has several user interfaces that are specialized for
588 different kinds of tasks. As well as Calc's standard interface,
589 there are Quick mode, Keypad mode, and Embedded mode.
590
591 @menu
592 * Starting Calc::
593 * The Standard Interface::
594 * Quick Mode Overview::
595 * Keypad Mode Overview::
596 * Standalone Operation::
597 * Embedded Mode Overview::
598 * Other C-x * Commands::
599 @end menu
600
601 @node Starting Calc, The Standard Interface, Using Calc, Using Calc
602 @subsection Starting Calc
603
604 @noindent
605 On most systems, you can type @kbd{C-x *} to start the Calculator.
606 The key sequence @kbd{C-x *} is bound to the command @code{calc-dispatch},
607 which can be rebound if convenient (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
608
609 When you press @kbd{C-x *}, Emacs waits for you to press a second key to
610 complete the command. In this case, you will follow @kbd{C-x *} with a
611 letter (upper- or lower-case, it doesn't matter for @kbd{C-x *}) that says
612 which Calc interface you want to use.
613
614 To get Calc's standard interface, type @kbd{C-x * c}. To get
615 Keypad mode, type @kbd{C-x * k}. Type @kbd{C-x * ?} to get a brief
616 list of the available options, and type a second @kbd{?} to get
617 a complete list.
618
619 To ease typing, @kbd{C-x * *} also works to start Calc. It starts the
620 same interface (either @kbd{C-x * c} or @w{@kbd{C-x * k}}) that you last
621 used, selecting the @kbd{C-x * c} interface by default.
622
623 If @kbd{C-x *} doesn't work for you, you can always type explicit
624 commands like @kbd{M-x calc} (for the standard user interface) or
625 @w{@kbd{M-x calc-keypad}} (for Keypad mode). First type @kbd{M-x}
626 (that's Meta with the letter @kbd{x}), then, at the prompt,
627 type the full command (like @kbd{calc-keypad}) and press Return.
628
629 The same commands (like @kbd{C-x * c} or @kbd{C-x * *}) that start
630 the Calculator also turn it off if it is already on.
631
632 @node The Standard Interface, Quick Mode Overview, Starting Calc, Using Calc
633 @subsection The Standard Calc Interface
634
635 @noindent
636 @cindex Standard user interface
637 Calc's standard interface acts like a traditional RPN calculator,
638 operated by the normal Emacs keyboard. When you type @kbd{C-x * c}
639 to start the Calculator, the Emacs screen splits into two windows
640 with the file you were editing on top and Calc on the bottom.
641
642 @smallexample
643 @group
644
645 ...
646 --**-Emacs: myfile (Fundamental)----All----------------------
647 --- Emacs Calculator Mode --- |Emacs Calculator Trail
648 2: 17.3 | 17.3
649 1: -5 | 3
650 . | 2
651 | 4
652 | * 8
653 | ->-5
654 |
655 --%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All----- --%*- *Calc Trail*
656 @end group
657 @end smallexample
658
659 In this figure, the mode-line for @file{myfile} has moved up and the
660 ``Calculator'' window has appeared below it. As you can see, Calc
661 actually makes two windows side-by-side. The lefthand one is
662 called the @dfn{stack window} and the righthand one is called the
663 @dfn{trail window.} The stack holds the numbers involved in the
664 calculation you are currently performing. The trail holds a complete
665 record of all calculations you have done. In a desk calculator with
666 a printer, the trail corresponds to the paper tape that records what
667 you do.
668
669 In this case, the trail shows that four numbers (17.3, 3, 2, and 4)
670 were first entered into the Calculator, then the 2 and 4 were
671 multiplied to get 8, then the 3 and 8 were subtracted to get @mathit{-5}.
672 (The @samp{>} symbol shows that this was the most recent calculation.)
673 The net result is the two numbers 17.3 and @mathit{-5} sitting on the stack.
674
675 Most Calculator commands deal explicitly with the stack only, but
676 there is a set of commands that allow you to search back through
677 the trail and retrieve any previous result.
678
679 Calc commands use the digits, letters, and punctuation keys.
680 Shifted (i.e., upper-case) letters are different from lowercase
681 letters. Some letters are @dfn{prefix} keys that begin two-letter
682 commands. For example, @kbd{e} means ``enter exponent'' and shifted
683 @kbd{E} means @expr{e^x}. With the @kbd{d} (``display modes'') prefix
684 the letter ``e'' takes on very different meanings: @kbd{d e} means
685 ``engineering notation'' and @kbd{d E} means ``@dfn{eqn} language mode.''
686
687 There is nothing stopping you from switching out of the Calc
688 window and back into your editing window, say by using the Emacs
689 @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window}) command. When the cursor is
690 inside a regular window, Emacs acts just like normal. When the
691 cursor is in the Calc stack or trail windows, keys are interpreted
692 as Calc commands.
693
694 When you quit by pressing @kbd{C-x * c} a second time, the Calculator
695 windows go away but the actual Stack and Trail are not gone, just
696 hidden. When you press @kbd{C-x * c} once again you will get the
697 same stack and trail contents you had when you last used the
698 Calculator.
699
700 The Calculator does not remember its state between Emacs sessions.
701 Thus if you quit Emacs and start it again, @kbd{C-x * c} will give you
702 a fresh stack and trail. There is a command (@kbd{m m}) that lets
703 you save your favorite mode settings between sessions, though.
704 One of the things it saves is which user interface (standard or
705 Keypad) you last used; otherwise, a freshly started Emacs will
706 always treat @kbd{C-x * *} the same as @kbd{C-x * c}.
707
708 The @kbd{q} key is another equivalent way to turn the Calculator off.
709
710 If you type @kbd{C-x * b} first and then @kbd{C-x * c}, you get a
711 full-screen version of Calc (@code{full-calc}) in which the stack and
712 trail windows are still side-by-side but are now as tall as the whole
713 Emacs screen. When you press @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} again to quit,
714 the file you were editing before reappears. The @kbd{C-x * b} key
715 switches back and forth between ``big'' full-screen mode and the
716 normal partial-screen mode.
717
718 Finally, @kbd{C-x * o} (@code{calc-other-window}) is like @kbd{C-x * c}
719 except that the Calc window is not selected. The buffer you were
720 editing before remains selected instead. If you are in a Calc window,
721 then @kbd{C-x * o} will switch you out of it, being careful not to
722 switch you to the Calc Trail window. So @kbd{C-x * o} is a handy
723 way to switch out of Calc momentarily to edit your file; you can then
724 type @kbd{C-x * c} to switch back into Calc when you are done.
725
726 @node Quick Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, The Standard Interface, Using Calc
727 @subsection Quick Mode (Overview)
728
729 @noindent
730 @dfn{Quick mode} is a quick way to use Calc when you don't need the
731 full complexity of the stack and trail. To use it, type @kbd{C-x * q}
732 (@code{quick-calc}) in any regular editing buffer.
733
734 Quick mode is very simple: It prompts you to type any formula in
735 standard algebraic notation (like @samp{4 - 2/3}) and then displays
736 the result at the bottom of the Emacs screen (@mathit{3.33333333333}
737 in this case). You are then back in the same editing buffer you
738 were in before, ready to continue editing or to type @kbd{C-x * q}
739 again to do another quick calculation. The result of the calculation
740 will also be in the Emacs ``kill ring'' so that a @kbd{C-y} command
741 at this point will yank the result into your editing buffer.
742
743 Calc mode settings affect Quick mode, too, though you will have to
744 go into regular Calc (with @kbd{C-x * c}) to change the mode settings.
745
746 @c [fix-ref Quick Calculator mode]
747 @xref{Quick Calculator}, for further information.
748
749 @node Keypad Mode Overview, Standalone Operation, Quick Mode Overview, Using Calc
750 @subsection Keypad Mode (Overview)
751
752 @noindent
753 @dfn{Keypad mode} is a mouse-based interface to the Calculator.
754 It is designed for use with terminals that support a mouse. If you
755 don't have a mouse, you will have to operate Keypad mode with your
756 arrow keys (which is probably more trouble than it's worth).
757
758 Type @kbd{C-x * k} to turn Keypad mode on or off. Once again you
759 get two new windows, this time on the righthand side of the screen
760 instead of at the bottom. The upper window is the familiar Calc
761 Stack; the lower window is a picture of a typical calculator keypad.
762
763 @tex
764 \dimen0=\pagetotal%
765 \advance \dimen0 by 24\baselineskip%
766 \ifdim \dimen0>\pagegoal \vfill\eject \fi%
767 \medskip
768 @end tex
769 @smallexample
770 @group
771 |--- Emacs Calculator Mode ---
772 |2: 17.3
773 |1: -5
774 | .
775 |--%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calcul
776 |----+----+--Calc---+----+----1
777 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
778 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
779 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
780 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
781 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
782 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
783 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
784 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
785 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
786 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
787 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
788 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
789 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
790 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
791 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
792 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
793 @end group
794 @end smallexample
795
796 Keypad mode is much easier for beginners to learn, because there
797 is no need to memorize lots of obscure key sequences. But not all
798 commands in regular Calc are available on the Keypad. You can
799 always switch the cursor into the Calc stack window to use
800 standard Calc commands if you need. Serious Calc users, though,
801 often find they prefer the standard interface over Keypad mode.
802
803 To operate the Calculator, just click on the ``buttons'' of the
804 keypad using your left mouse button. To enter the two numbers
805 shown here you would click @w{@kbd{1 7 .@: 3 ENTER 5 +/- ENTER}}; to
806 add them together you would then click @kbd{+} (to get 12.3 on
807 the stack).
808
809 If you click the right mouse button, the top three rows of the
810 keypad change to show other sets of commands, such as advanced
811 math functions, vector operations, and operations on binary
812 numbers.
813
814 Because Keypad mode doesn't use the regular keyboard, Calc leaves
815 the cursor in your original editing buffer. You can type in
816 this buffer in the usual way while also clicking on the Calculator
817 keypad. One advantage of Keypad mode is that you don't need an
818 explicit command to switch between editing and calculating.
819
820 If you press @kbd{C-x * b} first, you get a full-screen Keypad mode
821 (@code{full-calc-keypad}) with three windows: The keypad in the lower
822 left, the stack in the lower right, and the trail on top.
823
824 @c [fix-ref Keypad Mode]
825 @xref{Keypad Mode}, for further information.
826
827 @node Standalone Operation, Embedded Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, Using Calc
828 @subsection Standalone Operation
829
830 @noindent
831 @cindex Standalone Operation
832 If you are not in Emacs at the moment but you wish to use Calc,
833 you must start Emacs first. If all you want is to run Calc, you
834 can give the commands:
835
836 @example
837 emacs -f full-calc
838 @end example
839
840 @noindent
841 or
842
843 @example
844 emacs -f full-calc-keypad
845 @end example
846
847 @noindent
848 which run a full-screen Calculator (as if by @kbd{C-x * b C-x * c}) or
849 a full-screen X-based Calculator (as if by @kbd{C-x * b C-x * k}).
850 In standalone operation, quitting the Calculator (by pressing
851 @kbd{q} or clicking on the keypad @key{EXIT} button) quits Emacs
852 itself.
853
854 @node Embedded Mode Overview, Other C-x * Commands, Standalone Operation, Using Calc
855 @subsection Embedded Mode (Overview)
856
857 @noindent
858 @dfn{Embedded mode} is a way to use Calc directly from inside an
859 editing buffer. Suppose you have a formula written as part of a
860 document like this:
861
862 @smallexample
863 @group
864 The derivative of
865
866 ln(ln(x))
867
868 is
869 @end group
870 @end smallexample
871
872 @noindent
873 and you wish to have Calc compute and format the derivative for
874 you and store this derivative in the buffer automatically. To
875 do this with Embedded mode, first copy the formula down to where
876 you want the result to be, leaving a blank line before and after the
877 formula:
878
879 @smallexample
880 @group
881 The derivative of
882
883 ln(ln(x))
884
885 is
886
887 ln(ln(x))
888 @end group
889 @end smallexample
890
891 Now, move the cursor onto this new formula and press @kbd{C-x * e}.
892 Calc will read the formula (using the surrounding blank lines to tell
893 how much text to read), then push this formula (invisibly) onto the Calc
894 stack. The cursor will stay on the formula in the editing buffer, but
895 the line with the formula will now appear as it would on the Calc stack
896 (in this case, it will be left-aligned) and the buffer's mode line will
897 change to look like the Calc mode line (with mode indicators like
898 @samp{12 Deg} and so on). Even though you are still in your editing
899 buffer, the keyboard now acts like the Calc keyboard, and any new result
900 you get is copied from the stack back into the buffer. To take the
901 derivative, you would type @kbd{a d x @key{RET}}.
902
903 @smallexample
904 @group
905 The derivative of
906
907 ln(ln(x))
908
909 is
910
911 1 / ln(x) x
912 @end group
913 @end smallexample
914
915 (Note that by default, Calc gives division lower precedence than multiplication,
916 so that @samp{1 / ln(x) x} is equivalent to @samp{1 / (ln(x) x)}.)
917
918 To make this look nicer, you might want to press @kbd{d =} to center
919 the formula, and even @kbd{d B} to use Big display mode.
920
921 @smallexample
922 @group
923 The derivative of
924
925 ln(ln(x))
926
927 is
928 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
929 % [calc-mode: language: big]
930
931 1
932 -------
933 ln(x) x
934 @end group
935 @end smallexample
936
937 Calc has added annotations to the file to help it remember the modes
938 that were used for this formula. They are formatted like comments
939 in the @TeX{} typesetting language, just in case you are using @TeX{} or
940 La@TeX{}. (In this example @TeX{} is not being used, so you might want
941 to move these comments up to the top of the file or otherwise put them
942 out of the way.)
943
944 As an extra flourish, we can add an equation number using a
945 righthand label: Type @kbd{d @} (1) @key{RET}}.
946
947 @smallexample
948 @group
949 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
950 % [calc-mode: language: big]
951 % [calc-mode: right-label: " (1)"]
952
953 1
954 ------- (1)
955 ln(x) x
956 @end group
957 @end smallexample
958
959 To leave Embedded mode, type @kbd{C-x * e} again. The mode line
960 and keyboard will revert to the way they were before.
961
962 The related command @kbd{C-x * w} operates on a single word, which
963 generally means a single number, inside text. It searches for an
964 expression which ``looks'' like a number containing the point.
965 Here's an example of its use:
966
967 @smallexample
968 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 1 degrees.
969 @end smallexample
970
971 Place the cursor on the @samp{1}, then type @kbd{C-x * w} to enable
972 Embedded mode on that number. Now type @kbd{3 /} (to get one-third),
973 and @kbd{I T} (the Inverse Tangent converts a slope into an angle),
974 then @w{@kbd{C-x * w}} again to exit Embedded mode.
975
976 @smallexample
977 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 18.4349488229 degrees.
978 @end smallexample
979
980 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
981 @xref{Embedded Mode}, for full details.
982
983 @node Other C-x * Commands, , Embedded Mode Overview, Using Calc
984 @subsection Other @kbd{C-x *} Commands
985
986 @noindent
987 Two more Calc-related commands are @kbd{C-x * g} and @kbd{C-x * r},
988 which ``grab'' data from a selected region of a buffer into the
989 Calculator. The region is defined in the usual Emacs way, by
990 a ``mark'' placed at one end of the region, and the Emacs
991 cursor or ``point'' placed at the other.
992
993 The @kbd{C-x * g} command reads the region in the usual left-to-right,
994 top-to-bottom order. The result is packaged into a Calc vector
995 of numbers and placed on the stack. Calc (in its standard
996 user interface) is then started. Type @kbd{v u} if you want
997 to unpack this vector into separate numbers on the stack. Also,
998 @kbd{C-u C-x * g} interprets the region as a single number or
999 formula.
1000
1001 The @kbd{C-x * r} command reads a rectangle, with the point and
1002 mark defining opposite corners of the rectangle. The result
1003 is a matrix of numbers on the Calculator stack.
1004
1005 Complementary to these is @kbd{C-x * y}, which ``yanks'' the
1006 value at the top of the Calc stack back into an editing buffer.
1007 If you type @w{@kbd{C-x * y}} while in such a buffer, the value is
1008 yanked at the current position. If you type @kbd{C-x * y} while
1009 in the Calc buffer, Calc makes an educated guess as to which
1010 editing buffer you want to use. The Calc window does not have
1011 to be visible in order to use this command, as long as there
1012 is something on the Calc stack.
1013
1014 Here, for reference, is the complete list of @kbd{C-x *} commands.
1015 The shift, control, and meta keys are ignored for the keystroke
1016 following @kbd{C-x *}.
1017
1018 @noindent
1019 Commands for turning Calc on and off:
1020
1021 @table @kbd
1022 @item *
1023 Turn Calc on or off, employing the same user interface as last time.
1024
1025 @item =, +, -, /, \, &, #
1026 Alternatives for @kbd{*}.
1027
1028 @item C
1029 Turn Calc on or off using its standard bottom-of-the-screen
1030 interface. If Calc is already turned on but the cursor is not
1031 in the Calc window, move the cursor into the window.
1032
1033 @item O
1034 Same as @kbd{C}, but don't select the new Calc window. If
1035 Calc is already turned on and the cursor is in the Calc window,
1036 move it out of that window.
1037
1038 @item B
1039 Control whether @kbd{C-x * c} and @kbd{C-x * k} use the full screen.
1040
1041 @item Q
1042 Use Quick mode for a single short calculation.
1043
1044 @item K
1045 Turn Calc Keypad mode on or off.
1046
1047 @item E
1048 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current formula.
1049
1050 @item J
1051 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off, select the interesting part.
1052
1053 @item W
1054 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current word (number).
1055
1056 @item Z
1057 Turn Calc on in a user-defined way, as defined by a @kbd{Z I} command.
1058
1059 @item X
1060 Quit Calc; turn off standard, Keypad, or Embedded mode if on.
1061 (This is like @kbd{q} or @key{OFF} inside of Calc.)
1062 @end table
1063 @iftex
1064 @sp 2
1065 @end iftex
1066
1067 @noindent
1068 Commands for moving data into and out of the Calculator:
1069
1070 @table @kbd
1071 @item G
1072 Grab the region into the Calculator as a vector.
1073
1074 @item R
1075 Grab the rectangular region into the Calculator as a matrix.
1076
1077 @item :
1078 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its columns.
1079
1080 @item _
1081 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its rows.
1082
1083 @item Y
1084 Yank a value from the Calculator into the current editing buffer.
1085 @end table
1086 @iftex
1087 @sp 2
1088 @end iftex
1089
1090 @noindent
1091 Commands for use with Embedded mode:
1092
1093 @table @kbd
1094 @item A
1095 ``Activate'' the current buffer. Locate all formulas that
1096 contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols and record their locations
1097 so that they can be updated automatically as variables are changed.
1098
1099 @item D
1100 Duplicate the current formula immediately below and select
1101 the duplicate.
1102
1103 @item F
1104 Insert a new formula at the current point.
1105
1106 @item N
1107 Move the cursor to the next active formula in the buffer.
1108
1109 @item P
1110 Move the cursor to the previous active formula in the buffer.
1111
1112 @item U
1113 Update (i.e., as if by the @kbd{=} key) the formula at the current point.
1114
1115 @item `
1116 Edit (as if by @code{calc-edit}) the formula at the current point.
1117 @end table
1118 @iftex
1119 @sp 2
1120 @end iftex
1121
1122 @noindent
1123 Miscellaneous commands:
1124
1125 @table @kbd
1126 @item I
1127 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc manual.
1128 (This is the same as @kbd{h i} inside of Calc.)
1129
1130 @item T
1131 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Tutorial.
1132
1133 @item S
1134 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Summary.
1135
1136 @item L
1137 Load Calc entirely into memory. (Normally the various parts
1138 are loaded only as they are needed.)
1139
1140 @item M
1141 Read a region of written keystroke names (like @kbd{C-n a b c @key{RET}})
1142 and record them as the current keyboard macro.
1143
1144 @item 0
1145 (This is the ``zero'' digit key.) Reset the Calculator to
1146 its initial state: Empty stack, and initial mode settings.
1147 @end table
1148
1149 @node History and Acknowledgements, , Using Calc, Getting Started
1150 @section History and Acknowledgements
1151
1152 @noindent
1153 Calc was originally started as a two-week project to occupy a lull
1154 in the author's schedule. Basically, a friend asked if I remembered
1155 the value of
1156 @texline @math{2^{32}}.
1157 @infoline @expr{2^32}.
1158 I didn't offhand, but I said, ``that's easy, just call up an
1159 @code{xcalc}.'' @code{Xcalc} duly reported that the answer to our
1160 question was @samp{4.294967e+09}---with no way to see the full ten
1161 digits even though we knew they were there in the program's memory! I
1162 was so annoyed, I vowed to write a calculator of my own, once and for
1163 all.
1164
1165 I chose Emacs Lisp, a) because I had always been curious about it
1166 and b) because, being only a text editor extension language after
1167 all, Emacs Lisp would surely reach its limits long before the project
1168 got too far out of hand.
1169
1170 To make a long story short, Emacs Lisp turned out to be a distressingly
1171 solid implementation of Lisp, and the humble task of calculating
1172 turned out to be more open-ended than one might have expected.
1173
1174 Emacs Lisp didn't have built-in floating point math (now it does), so
1175 this had to be simulated in software. In fact, Emacs integers would
1176 only comfortably fit six decimal digits or so---not enough for a decent
1177 calculator. So I had to write my own high-precision integer code as
1178 well, and once I had this I figured that arbitrary-size integers were
1179 just as easy as large integers. Arbitrary floating-point precision was
1180 the logical next step. Also, since the large integer arithmetic was
1181 there anyway it seemed only fair to give the user direct access to it,
1182 which in turn made it practical to support fractions as well as floats.
1183 All these features inspired me to look around for other data types that
1184 might be worth having.
1185
1186 Around this time, my friend Rick Koshi showed me his nifty new HP-28
1187 calculator. It allowed the user to manipulate formulas as well as
1188 numerical quantities, and it could also operate on matrices. I
1189 decided that these would be good for Calc to have, too. And once
1190 things had gone this far, I figured I might as well take a look at
1191 serious algebra systems for further ideas. Since these systems did
1192 far more than I could ever hope to implement, I decided to focus on
1193 rewrite rules and other programming features so that users could
1194 implement what they needed for themselves.
1195
1196 Rick complained that matrices were hard to read, so I put in code to
1197 format them in a 2D style. Once these routines were in place, Big mode
1198 was obligatory. Gee, what other language modes would be useful?
1199
1200 Scott Hemphill and Allen Knutson, two friends with a strong mathematical
1201 bent, contributed ideas and algorithms for a number of Calc features
1202 including modulo forms, primality testing, and float-to-fraction conversion.
1203
1204 Units were added at the eager insistence of Mass Sivilotti. Later,
1205 Ulrich Mueller at CERN and Przemek Klosowski at NIST provided invaluable
1206 expert assistance with the units table. As far as I can remember, the
1207 idea of using algebraic formulas and variables to represent units dates
1208 back to an ancient article in Byte magazine about muMath, an early
1209 algebra system for microcomputers.
1210
1211 Many people have contributed to Calc by reporting bugs and suggesting
1212 features, large and small. A few deserve special mention: Tim Peters,
1213 who helped develop the ideas that led to the selection commands, rewrite
1214 rules, and many other algebra features;
1215 @texline Fran\c{c}ois
1216 @infoline Francois
1217 Pinard, who contributed an early prototype of the Calc Summary appendix
1218 as well as providing valuable suggestions in many other areas of Calc;
1219 Carl Witty, whose eagle eyes discovered many typographical and factual
1220 errors in the Calc manual; Tim Kay, who drove the development of
1221 Embedded mode; Ove Ewerlid, who made many suggestions relating to the
1222 algebra commands and contributed some code for polynomial operations;
1223 Randal Schwartz, who suggested the @code{calc-eval} function; Juha
1224 Sarlin, who first worked out how to split Calc into quickly-loading
1225 parts; Bob Weiner, who helped immensely with the Lucid Emacs port; and
1226 Robert J. Chassell, who suggested the Calc Tutorial and exercises as
1227 well as many other things.
1228
1229 @cindex Bibliography
1230 @cindex Knuth, Art of Computer Programming
1231 @cindex Numerical Recipes
1232 @c Should these be expanded into more complete references?
1233 Among the books used in the development of Calc were Knuth's @emph{Art
1234 of Computer Programming} (especially volume II, @emph{Seminumerical
1235 Algorithms}); @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky,
1236 and Vetterling; Bevington's @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis
1237 for the Physical Sciences}; @emph{Concrete Mathematics} by Graham,
1238 Knuth, and Patashnik; Steele's @emph{Common Lisp, the Language}; the
1239 @emph{CRC Standard Math Tables} (William H. Beyer, ed.); and
1240 Abramowitz and Stegun's venerable @emph{Handbook of Mathematical
1241 Functions}. Also, of course, Calc could not have been written without
1242 the excellent @emph{GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, by Bil Lewis and
1243 Dan LaLiberte.
1244
1245 Final thanks go to Richard Stallman, without whose fine implementations
1246 of the Emacs editor, language, and environment, Calc would have been
1247 finished in two weeks.
1248
1249 @c [tutorial]
1250
1251 @ifinfo
1252 @c This node is accessed by the `C-x * t' command.
1253 @node Interactive Tutorial, Tutorial, Getting Started, Top
1254 @chapter Tutorial
1255
1256 @noindent
1257 Some brief instructions on using the Emacs Info system for this tutorial:
1258
1259 Press the space bar and Delete keys to go forward and backward in a
1260 section by screenfuls (or use the regular Emacs scrolling commands
1261 for this).
1262
1263 Press @kbd{n} or @kbd{p} to go to the Next or Previous section.
1264 If the section has a @dfn{menu}, press a digit key like @kbd{1}
1265 or @kbd{2} to go to a sub-section from the menu. Press @kbd{u} to
1266 go back up from a sub-section to the menu it is part of.
1267
1268 Exercises in the tutorial all have cross-references to the
1269 appropriate page of the ``answers'' section. Press @kbd{f}, then
1270 the exercise number, to see the answer to an exercise. After
1271 you have followed a cross-reference, you can press the letter
1272 @kbd{l} to return to where you were before.
1273
1274 You can press @kbd{?} at any time for a brief summary of Info commands.
1275
1276 Press the number @kbd{1} now to enter the first section of the Tutorial.
1277
1278 @menu
1279 * Tutorial::
1280 @end menu
1281
1282 @node Tutorial, Introduction, Interactive Tutorial, Top
1283 @end ifinfo
1284 @ifnotinfo
1285 @node Tutorial, Introduction, Getting Started, Top
1286 @end ifnotinfo
1287 @chapter Tutorial
1288
1289 @noindent
1290 This chapter explains how to use Calc and its many features, in
1291 a step-by-step, tutorial way. You are encouraged to run Calc and
1292 work along with the examples as you read (@pxref{Starting Calc}).
1293 If you are already familiar with advanced calculators, you may wish
1294 @c [not-split]
1295 to skip on to the rest of this manual.
1296 @c [when-split]
1297 @c to skip on to volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}.
1298
1299 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
1300 This tutorial describes the standard user interface of Calc only.
1301 The Quick mode and Keypad mode interfaces are fairly
1302 self-explanatory. @xref{Embedded Mode}, for a description of
1303 the Embedded mode interface.
1304
1305 The easiest way to read this tutorial on-line is to have two windows on
1306 your Emacs screen, one with Calc and one with the Info system. Press
1307 @kbd{C-x * t} to set this up; the on-line tutorial will be opened in the
1308 current window and Calc will be started in another window. From the
1309 Info window, the command @kbd{C-x * c} can be used to switch to the Calc
1310 window and @kbd{C-x * o} can be used to switch back to the Info window.
1311 (If you have a printed copy of the manual you can use that instead; in
1312 that case you only need to press @kbd{C-x * c} to start Calc.)
1313
1314 This tutorial is designed to be done in sequence. But the rest of this
1315 manual does not assume you have gone through the tutorial. The tutorial
1316 does not cover everything in the Calculator, but it touches on most
1317 general areas.
1318
1319 @ifnottex
1320 You may wish to print out a copy of the Calc Summary and keep notes on
1321 it as you learn Calc. @xref{About This Manual}, to see how to make a
1322 printed summary. @xref{Summary}.
1323 @end ifnottex
1324 @iftex
1325 The Calc Summary at the end of the reference manual includes some blank
1326 space for your own use. You may wish to keep notes there as you learn
1327 Calc.
1328 @end iftex
1329
1330 @menu
1331 * Basic Tutorial::
1332 * Arithmetic Tutorial::
1333 * Vector/Matrix Tutorial::
1334 * Types Tutorial::
1335 * Algebra Tutorial::
1336 * Programming Tutorial::
1337
1338 * Answers to Exercises::
1339 @end menu
1340
1341 @node Basic Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial, Tutorial
1342 @section Basic Tutorial
1343
1344 @noindent
1345 In this section, we learn how RPN and algebraic-style calculations
1346 work, how to undo and redo an operation done by mistake, and how
1347 to control various modes of the Calculator.
1348
1349 @menu
1350 * RPN Tutorial:: Basic operations with the stack.
1351 * Algebraic Tutorial:: Algebraic entry; variables.
1352 * Undo Tutorial:: If you make a mistake: Undo and the trail.
1353 * Modes Tutorial:: Common mode-setting commands.
1354 @end menu
1355
1356 @node RPN Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1357 @subsection RPN Calculations and the Stack
1358
1359 @cindex RPN notation
1360 @ifnottex
1361 @noindent
1362 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1363 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1364 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1365 Jan Lukasiewicz.)
1366 @end ifnottex
1367 @tex
1368 \noindent
1369 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1370 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1371 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1372 Jan \L ukasiewicz.)
1373 @end tex
1374
1375 The central component of an RPN calculator is the @dfn{stack}. A
1376 calculator stack is like a stack of dishes. New dishes (numbers) are
1377 added at the top of the stack, and numbers are normally only removed
1378 from the top of the stack.
1379
1380 @cindex Operators
1381 @cindex Operands
1382 In an operation like @expr{2+3}, the 2 and 3 are called the @dfn{operands}
1383 and the @expr{+} is the @dfn{operator}. In an RPN calculator you always
1384 enter the operands first, then the operator. Each time you type a
1385 number, Calc adds or @dfn{pushes} it onto the top of the Stack.
1386 When you press an operator key like @kbd{+}, Calc @dfn{pops} the appropriate
1387 number of operands from the stack and pushes back the result.
1388
1389 Thus we could add the numbers 2 and 3 in an RPN calculator by typing:
1390 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} +}. (The @key{RET} key, Return, corresponds to
1391 the @key{ENTER} key on traditional RPN calculators.) Try this now if
1392 you wish; type @kbd{C-x * c} to switch into the Calc window (you can type
1393 @kbd{C-x * c} again or @kbd{C-x * o} to switch back to the Tutorial window).
1394 The first four keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 2 and 3 onto the stack.
1395 The @kbd{+} key ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
1396 and pushes the result (5) back onto the stack. Here's how the stack
1397 will look at various points throughout the calculation:
1398
1399 @smallexample
1400 @group
1401 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1402 . 1: 3 .
1403 .
1404
1405 C-x * c 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} + @key{DEL}
1406 @end group
1407 @end smallexample
1408
1409 The @samp{.} symbol is a marker that represents the top of the stack.
1410 Note that the ``top'' of the stack is really shown at the bottom of
1411 the Stack window. This may seem backwards, but it turns out to be
1412 less distracting in regular use.
1413
1414 @cindex Stack levels
1415 @cindex Levels of stack
1416 The numbers @samp{1:} and @samp{2:} on the left are @dfn{stack level
1417 numbers}. Old RPN calculators always had four stack levels called
1418 @expr{x}, @expr{y}, @expr{z}, and @expr{t}. Calc's stack can grow
1419 as large as you like, so it uses numbers instead of letters. Some
1420 stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric argument that says
1421 which stack level to work on. Normal commands like @kbd{+} always
1422 work on the top few levels of the stack.
1423
1424 @c [fix-ref Truncating the Stack]
1425 The Stack buffer is just an Emacs buffer, and you can move around in
1426 it using the regular Emacs motion commands. But no matter where the
1427 cursor is, even if you have scrolled the @samp{.} marker out of
1428 view, most Calc commands always move the cursor back down to level 1
1429 before doing anything. It is possible to move the @samp{.} marker
1430 upwards through the stack, temporarily ``hiding'' some numbers from
1431 commands like @kbd{+}. This is called @dfn{stack truncation} and
1432 we will not cover it in this tutorial; @pxref{Truncating the Stack},
1433 if you are interested.
1434
1435 You don't really need the second @key{RET} in @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3
1436 @key{RET} +}. That's because if you type any operator name or
1437 other non-numeric key when you are entering a number, the Calculator
1438 automatically enters that number and then does the requested command.
1439 Thus @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +} will work just as well.
1440
1441 Examples in this tutorial will often omit @key{RET} even when the
1442 stack displays shown would only happen if you did press @key{RET}:
1443
1444 @smallexample
1445 @group
1446 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5
1447 . 1: 3 .
1448 .
1449
1450 2 @key{RET} 3 +
1451 @end group
1452 @end smallexample
1453
1454 @noindent
1455 Here, after pressing @kbd{3} the stack would really show @samp{1: 2}
1456 with @samp{Calc:@: 3} in the minibuffer. In these situations, you can
1457 press the optional @key{RET} to see the stack as the figure shows.
1458
1459 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} (This tutorial will include exercises
1460 at various points. Try them if you wish. Answers to all the exercises
1461 are located at the end of the Tutorial chapter. Each exercise will
1462 include a cross-reference to its particular answer. If you are
1463 reading with the Emacs Info system, press @kbd{f} and the
1464 exercise number to go to the answer, then the letter @kbd{l} to
1465 return to where you were.)
1466
1467 @noindent
1468 Here's the first exercise: What will the keystrokes @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2
1469 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -} compute? (@samp{*} is the symbol for
1470 multiplication.) Figure it out by hand, then try it with Calc to see
1471 if you're right. @xref{RPN Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1472
1473 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Compute
1474 @texline @math{(2\times4) + (7\times9.4) + {5\over4}}
1475 @infoline @expr{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4}
1476 using the stack. @xref{RPN Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
1477
1478 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards. It is
1479 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
1480 regularly using Emacs. The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the
1481 top value on the stack. (You can still get that value back from
1482 the Trail if you should need it later on.) There are many places
1483 in this tutorial where we assume you have used @key{DEL} to erase the
1484 results of the previous example at the beginning of a new example.
1485 In the few places where it is really important to use @key{DEL} to
1486 clear away old results, the text will remind you to do so.
1487
1488 (It won't hurt to let things accumulate on the stack, except that
1489 whenever you give a display-mode-changing command Calc will have to
1490 spend a long time reformatting such a large stack.)
1491
1492 Since the @kbd{-} key is also an operator (it subtracts the top two
1493 stack elements), how does one enter a negative number? Calc uses
1494 the @kbd{_} (underscore) key to act like the minus sign in a number.
1495 So, typing @kbd{-5 @key{RET}} won't work because the @kbd{-} key
1496 will try to do a subtraction, but @kbd{_5 @key{RET}} works just fine.
1497
1498 You can also press @kbd{n}, which means ``change sign.'' It changes
1499 the number at the top of the stack (or the number being entered)
1500 from positive to negative or vice-versa: @kbd{5 n @key{RET}}.
1501
1502 @cindex Duplicating a stack entry
1503 If you press @key{RET} when you're not entering a number, the effect
1504 is to duplicate the top number on the stack. Consider this calculation:
1505
1506 @smallexample
1507 @group
1508 1: 3 2: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 81
1509 . 1: 3 . 1: 9 .
1510 . .
1511
1512 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * @key{RET} *
1513 @end group
1514 @end smallexample
1515
1516 @noindent
1517 (Of course, an easier way to do this would be @kbd{3 @key{RET} 4 ^},
1518 to raise 3 to the fourth power.)
1519
1520 The space-bar key (denoted @key{SPC} here) performs the same function
1521 as @key{RET}; you could replace all three occurrences of @key{RET} in
1522 the above example with @key{SPC} and the effect would be the same.
1523
1524 @cindex Exchanging stack entries
1525 Another stack manipulation key is @key{TAB}. This exchanges the top
1526 two stack entries. Suppose you have computed @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +}
1527 to get 5, and then you realize what you really wanted to compute
1528 was @expr{20 / (2+3)}.
1529
1530 @smallexample
1531 @group
1532 1: 5 2: 5 2: 20 1: 4
1533 . 1: 20 1: 5 .
1534 . .
1535
1536 2 @key{RET} 3 + 20 @key{TAB} /
1537 @end group
1538 @end smallexample
1539
1540 @noindent
1541 Planning ahead, the calculation would have gone like this:
1542
1543 @smallexample
1544 @group
1545 1: 20 2: 20 3: 20 2: 20 1: 4
1546 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1547 . 1: 3 .
1548 .
1549
1550 20 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 + /
1551 @end group
1552 @end smallexample
1553
1554 A related stack command is @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (hold @key{META} and type
1555 @key{TAB}). It rotates the top three elements of the stack upward,
1556 bringing the object in level 3 to the top.
1557
1558 @smallexample
1559 @group
1560 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 20 3: 30
1561 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 30 2: 10
1562 . 1: 30 1: 10 1: 20
1563 . . .
1564
1565 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
1566 @end group
1567 @end smallexample
1568
1569 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Suppose the numbers 10, 20, and 30 are
1570 on the stack. Figure out how to add one to the number in level 2
1571 without affecting the rest of the stack. Also figure out how to add
1572 one to the number in level 3. @xref{RPN Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
1573
1574 Operations like @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/}, and @kbd{^} pop two
1575 arguments from the stack and push a result. Operations like @kbd{n} and
1576 @kbd{Q} (square root) pop a single number and push the result. You can
1577 think of them as simply operating on the top element of the stack.
1578
1579 @smallexample
1580 @group
1581 1: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 25 1: 5
1582 . . 1: 16 . .
1583 .
1584
1585 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} @key{RET} * + Q
1586 @end group
1587 @end smallexample
1588
1589 @noindent
1590 (Note that capital @kbd{Q} means to hold down the Shift key while
1591 typing @kbd{q}. Remember, plain unshifted @kbd{q} is the Quit command.)
1592
1593 @cindex Pythagorean Theorem
1594 Here we've used the Pythagorean Theorem to determine the hypotenuse of a
1595 right triangle. Calc actually has a built-in command for that called
1596 @kbd{f h}, but let's suppose we can't remember the necessary keystrokes.
1597 We can still enter it by its full name using @kbd{M-x} notation:
1598
1599 @smallexample
1600 @group
1601 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1602 . 1: 4 .
1603 .
1604
1605 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} M-x calc-hypot
1606 @end group
1607 @end smallexample
1608
1609 All Calculator commands begin with the word @samp{calc-}. Since it
1610 gets tiring to type this, Calc provides an @kbd{x} key which is just
1611 like the regular Emacs @kbd{M-x} key except that it types the @samp{calc-}
1612 prefix for you:
1613
1614 @smallexample
1615 @group
1616 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1617 . 1: 4 .
1618 .
1619
1620 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} x hypot
1621 @end group
1622 @end smallexample
1623
1624 What happens if you take the square root of a negative number?
1625
1626 @smallexample
1627 @group
1628 1: 4 1: -4 1: (0, 2)
1629 . . .
1630
1631 4 @key{RET} n Q
1632 @end group
1633 @end smallexample
1634
1635 @noindent
1636 The notation @expr{(a, b)} represents a complex number.
1637 Complex numbers are more traditionally written @expr{a + b i};
1638 Calc can display in this format, too, but for now we'll stick to the
1639 @expr{(a, b)} notation.
1640
1641 If you don't know how complex numbers work, you can safely ignore this
1642 feature. Complex numbers only arise from operations that would be
1643 errors in a calculator that didn't have complex numbers. (For example,
1644 taking the square root or logarithm of a negative number produces a
1645 complex result.)
1646
1647 Complex numbers are entered in the notation shown. The @kbd{(} and
1648 @kbd{,} and @kbd{)} keys manipulate ``incomplete complex numbers.''
1649
1650 @smallexample
1651 @group
1652 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
1653 . 1: 2 . 3 .
1654 . .
1655
1656 ( 2 , 3 )
1657 @end group
1658 @end smallexample
1659
1660 You can perform calculations while entering parts of incomplete objects.
1661 However, an incomplete object cannot actually participate in a calculation:
1662
1663 @smallexample
1664 @group
1665 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 3: ( ... 1: ( ... 1: ( ...
1666 . 1: 2 2: 2 5 5
1667 . 1: 3 . .
1668 .
1669 (error)
1670 ( 2 @key{RET} 3 + +
1671 @end group
1672 @end smallexample
1673
1674 @noindent
1675 Adding 5 to an incomplete object makes no sense, so the last command
1676 produces an error message and leaves the stack the same.
1677
1678 Incomplete objects can't participate in arithmetic, but they can be
1679 moved around by the regular stack commands.
1680
1681 @smallexample
1682 @group
1683 2: 2 3: 2 3: 3 1: ( ... 1: (2, 3)
1684 1: 3 2: 3 2: ( ... 2 .
1685 . 1: ( ... 1: 2 3
1686 . . .
1687
1688 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} ( M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} )
1689 @end group
1690 @end smallexample
1691
1692 @noindent
1693 Note that the @kbd{,} (comma) key did not have to be used here.
1694 When you press @kbd{)} all the stack entries between the incomplete
1695 entry and the top are collected, so there's never really a reason
1696 to use the comma. It's up to you.
1697
1698 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} To enter the complex number @expr{(2, 3)},
1699 your friend Joe typed @kbd{( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )}. What happened?
1700 (Joe thought of a clever way to correct his mistake in only two
1701 keystrokes, but it didn't quite work. Try it to find out why.)
1702 @xref{RPN Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
1703
1704 Vectors are entered the same way as complex numbers, but with square
1705 brackets in place of parentheses. We'll meet vectors again later in
1706 the tutorial.
1707
1708 Any Emacs command can be given a @dfn{numeric prefix argument} by
1709 typing a series of @key{META}-digits beforehand. If @key{META} is
1710 awkward for you, you can instead type @kbd{C-u} followed by the
1711 necessary digits. Numeric prefix arguments can be negative, as in
1712 @kbd{M-- M-3 M-5} or @w{@kbd{C-u - 3 5}}. Calc commands use numeric
1713 prefix arguments in a variety of ways. For example, a numeric prefix
1714 on the @kbd{+} operator adds any number of stack entries at once:
1715
1716 @smallexample
1717 @group
1718 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 1: 60
1719 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 .
1720 . 1: 30 1: 30
1721 . .
1722
1723 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u 3 +
1724 @end group
1725 @end smallexample
1726
1727 For stack manipulation commands like @key{RET}, a positive numeric
1728 prefix argument operates on the top @var{n} stack entries at once. A
1729 negative argument operates on the entry in level @var{n} only. An
1730 argument of zero operates on the entire stack. In this example, we copy
1731 the second-to-top element of the stack:
1732
1733 @smallexample
1734 @group
1735 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10
1736 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 3: 20
1737 . 1: 30 1: 30 2: 30
1738 . . 1: 20
1739 .
1740
1741 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u -2 @key{RET}
1742 @end group
1743 @end smallexample
1744
1745 @cindex Clearing the stack
1746 @cindex Emptying the stack
1747 Another common idiom is @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}, which clears the stack.
1748 (The @kbd{M-0} numeric prefix tells @key{DEL} to operate on the
1749 entire stack.)
1750
1751 @node Algebraic Tutorial, Undo Tutorial, RPN Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1752 @subsection Algebraic-Style Calculations
1753
1754 @noindent
1755 If you are not used to RPN notation, you may prefer to operate the
1756 Calculator in Algebraic mode, which is closer to the way
1757 non-RPN calculators work. In Algebraic mode, you enter formulas
1758 in traditional @expr{2+3} notation.
1759
1760 @strong{Notice:} Calc gives @samp{/} lower precedence than @samp{*}, so
1761 that @samp{a/b*c} is interpreted as @samp{a/(b*c)}; this is not
1762 standard across all computer languages. See below for details.
1763
1764 You don't really need any special ``mode'' to enter algebraic formulas.
1765 You can enter a formula at any time by pressing the apostrophe (@kbd{'})
1766 key. Answer the prompt with the desired formula, then press @key{RET}.
1767 The formula is evaluated and the result is pushed onto the RPN stack.
1768 If you don't want to think in RPN at all, you can enter your whole
1769 computation as a formula, read the result from the stack, then press
1770 @key{DEL} to delete it from the stack.
1771
1772 Try pressing the apostrophe key, then @kbd{2+3+4}, then @key{RET}.
1773 The result should be the number 9.
1774
1775 Algebraic formulas use the operators @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*},
1776 @samp{/}, and @samp{^}. You can use parentheses to make the order
1777 of evaluation clear. In the absence of parentheses, @samp{^} is
1778 evaluated first, then @samp{*}, then @samp{/}, then finally
1779 @samp{+} and @samp{-}. For example, the expression
1780
1781 @example
1782 2 + 3*4*5 / 6*7^8 - 9
1783 @end example
1784
1785 @noindent
1786 is equivalent to
1787
1788 @example
1789 2 + ((3*4*5) / (6*(7^8)) - 9
1790 @end example
1791
1792 @noindent
1793 or, in large mathematical notation,
1794
1795 @ifnottex
1796 @example
1797 @group
1798 3 * 4 * 5
1799 2 + --------- - 9
1800 8
1801 6 * 7
1802 @end group
1803 @end example
1804 @end ifnottex
1805 @tex
1806 \beforedisplay
1807 $$ 2 + { 3 \times 4 \times 5 \over 6 \times 7^8 } - 9 $$
1808 \afterdisplay
1809 @end tex
1810
1811 @noindent
1812 The result of this expression will be the number @mathit{-6.99999826533}.
1813
1814 Calc's order of evaluation is the same as for most computer languages,
1815 except that @samp{*} binds more strongly than @samp{/}, as the above
1816 example shows. As in normal mathematical notation, the @samp{*} symbol
1817 can often be omitted: @samp{2 a} is the same as @samp{2*a}.
1818
1819 Operators at the same level are evaluated from left to right, except
1820 that @samp{^} is evaluated from right to left. Thus, @samp{2-3-4} is
1821 equivalent to @samp{(2-3)-4} or @mathit{-5}, whereas @samp{2^3^4} is equivalent
1822 to @samp{2^(3^4)} (a very large integer; try it!).
1823
1824 If you tire of typing the apostrophe all the time, there is
1825 Algebraic mode, where Calc automatically senses
1826 when you are about to type an algebraic expression. To enter this
1827 mode, press the two letters @w{@kbd{m a}}. (An @samp{Alg} indicator
1828 should appear in the Calc window's mode line.)
1829
1830 Press @kbd{m a}, then @kbd{2+3+4} with no apostrophe, then @key{RET}.
1831
1832 In Algebraic mode, when you press any key that would normally begin
1833 entering a number (such as a digit, a decimal point, or the @kbd{_}
1834 key), or if you press @kbd{(} or @kbd{[}, Calc automatically begins
1835 an algebraic entry.
1836
1837 Functions which do not have operator symbols like @samp{+} and @samp{*}
1838 must be entered in formulas using function-call notation. For example,
1839 the function name corresponding to the square-root key @kbd{Q} is
1840 @code{sqrt}. To compute a square root in a formula, you would use
1841 the notation @samp{sqrt(@var{x})}.
1842
1843 Press the apostrophe, then type @kbd{sqrt(5*2) - 3}. The result should
1844 be @expr{0.16227766017}.
1845
1846 Note that if the formula begins with a function name, you need to use
1847 the apostrophe even if you are in Algebraic mode. If you type @kbd{arcsin}
1848 out of the blue, the @kbd{a r} will be taken as an Algebraic Rewrite
1849 command, and the @kbd{csin} will be taken as the name of the rewrite
1850 rule to use!
1851
1852 Some people prefer to enter complex numbers and vectors in algebraic
1853 form because they find RPN entry with incomplete objects to be too
1854 distracting, even though they otherwise use Calc as an RPN calculator.
1855
1856 Still in Algebraic mode, type:
1857
1858 @smallexample
1859 @group
1860 1: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (8, -1) 2: (8, -1) 1: (9, -1)
1861 . 1: (1, -2) . 1: 1 .
1862 . .
1863
1864 (2,3) @key{RET} (1,-2) @key{RET} * 1 @key{RET} +
1865 @end group
1866 @end smallexample
1867
1868 Algebraic mode allows us to enter complex numbers without pressing
1869 an apostrophe first, but it also means we need to press @key{RET}
1870 after every entry, even for a simple number like @expr{1}.
1871
1872 (You can type @kbd{C-u m a} to enable a special Incomplete Algebraic
1873 mode in which the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys use algebraic entry even
1874 though regular numeric keys still use RPN numeric entry. There is also
1875 Total Algebraic mode, started by typing @kbd{m t}, in which all
1876 normal keys begin algebraic entry. You must then use the @key{META} key
1877 to type Calc commands: @kbd{M-m t} to get back out of Total Algebraic
1878 mode, @kbd{M-q} to quit, etc.)
1879
1880 If you're still in Algebraic mode, press @kbd{m a} again to turn it off.
1881
1882 Actual non-RPN calculators use a mixture of algebraic and RPN styles.
1883 In general, operators of two numbers (like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*})
1884 use algebraic form, but operators of one number (like @kbd{n} and @kbd{Q})
1885 use RPN form. Also, a non-RPN calculator allows you to see the
1886 intermediate results of a calculation as you go along. You can
1887 accomplish this in Calc by performing your calculation as a series
1888 of algebraic entries, using the @kbd{$} sign to tie them together.
1889 In an algebraic formula, @kbd{$} represents the number on the top
1890 of the stack. Here, we perform the calculation
1891 @texline @math{\sqrt{2\times4+1}},
1892 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2*4+1)},
1893 which on a traditional calculator would be done by pressing
1894 @kbd{2 * 4 + 1 =} and then the square-root key.
1895
1896 @smallexample
1897 @group
1898 1: 8 1: 9 1: 3
1899 . . .
1900
1901 ' 2*4 @key{RET} $+1 @key{RET} Q
1902 @end group
1903 @end smallexample
1904
1905 @noindent
1906 Notice that we didn't need to press an apostrophe for the @kbd{$+1},
1907 because the dollar sign always begins an algebraic entry.
1908
1909 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} How could you get the same effect as
1910 pressing @kbd{Q} but using an algebraic entry instead? How about
1911 if the @kbd{Q} key on your keyboard were broken?
1912 @xref{Algebraic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1913
1914 The notations @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on stand for higher stack
1915 entries. For example, @kbd{' $$+$ @key{RET}} is just like typing @kbd{+}.
1916
1917 Algebraic formulas can include @dfn{variables}. To store in a
1918 variable, press @kbd{s s}, then type the variable name, then press
1919 @key{RET}. (There are actually two flavors of store command:
1920 @kbd{s s} stores a number in a variable but also leaves the number
1921 on the stack, while @w{@kbd{s t}} removes a number from the stack and
1922 stores it in the variable.) A variable name should consist of one
1923 or more letters or digits, beginning with a letter.
1924
1925 @smallexample
1926 @group
1927 1: 17 . 1: a + a^2 1: 306
1928 . . .
1929
1930 17 s t a @key{RET} ' a+a^2 @key{RET} =
1931 @end group
1932 @end smallexample
1933
1934 @noindent
1935 The @kbd{=} key @dfn{evaluates} a formula by replacing all its
1936 variables by the values that were stored in them.
1937
1938 For RPN calculations, you can recall a variable's value on the
1939 stack either by entering its name as a formula and pressing @kbd{=},
1940 or by using the @kbd{s r} command.
1941
1942 @smallexample
1943 @group
1944 1: 17 2: 17 3: 17 2: 17 1: 306
1945 . 1: 17 2: 17 1: 289 .
1946 . 1: 2 .
1947 .
1948
1949 s r a @key{RET} ' a @key{RET} = 2 ^ +
1950 @end group
1951 @end smallexample
1952
1953 If you press a single digit for a variable name (as in @kbd{s t 3}, you
1954 get one of ten @dfn{quick variables} @code{q0} through @code{q9}.
1955 They are ``quick'' simply because you don't have to type the letter
1956 @code{q} or the @key{RET} after their names. In fact, you can type
1957 simply @kbd{s 3} as a shorthand for @kbd{s s 3}, and likewise for
1958 @kbd{t 3} and @w{@kbd{r 3}}.
1959
1960 Any variables in an algebraic formula for which you have not stored
1961 values are left alone, even when you evaluate the formula.
1962
1963 @smallexample
1964 @group
1965 1: 2 a + 2 b 1: 34 + 2 b
1966 . .
1967
1968 ' 2a+2b @key{RET} =
1969 @end group
1970 @end smallexample
1971
1972 Calls to function names which are undefined in Calc are also left
1973 alone, as are calls for which the value is undefined.
1974
1975 @smallexample
1976 @group
1977 1: 2 + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5, 6) + foo(3)
1978 .
1979
1980 ' log10(100) + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5,6) + foo(3) @key{RET}
1981 @end group
1982 @end smallexample
1983
1984 @noindent
1985 In this example, the first call to @code{log10} works, but the other
1986 calls are not evaluated. In the second call, the logarithm is
1987 undefined for that value of the argument; in the third, the argument
1988 is symbolic, and in the fourth, there are too many arguments. In the
1989 fifth case, there is no function called @code{foo}. You will see a
1990 ``Wrong number of arguments'' message referring to @samp{log10(5,6)}.
1991 Press the @kbd{w} (``why'') key to see any other messages that may
1992 have arisen from the last calculation. In this case you will get
1993 ``logarithm of zero,'' then ``number expected: @code{x}''. Calc
1994 automatically displays the first message only if the message is
1995 sufficiently important; for example, Calc considers ``wrong number
1996 of arguments'' and ``logarithm of zero'' to be important enough to
1997 report automatically, while a message like ``number expected: @code{x}''
1998 will only show up if you explicitly press the @kbd{w} key.
1999
2000 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Joe entered the formula @samp{2 x y},
2001 stored 5 in @code{x}, pressed @kbd{=}, and got the expected result,
2002 @samp{10 y}. He then tried the same for the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)},
2003 expecting @samp{10 (1+y)}, but it didn't work. Why not?
2004 @xref{Algebraic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2005
2006 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} What result would you expect
2007 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} to give? What if you then type @kbd{0 *}?
2008 @xref{Algebraic Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2009
2010 One interesting way to work with variables is to use the
2011 @dfn{evaluates-to} (@samp{=>}) operator. It works like this:
2012 Enter a formula algebraically in the usual way, but follow
2013 the formula with an @samp{=>} symbol. (There is also an @kbd{s =}
2014 command which builds an @samp{=>} formula using the stack.) On
2015 the stack, you will see two copies of the formula with an @samp{=>}
2016 between them. The lefthand formula is exactly like you typed it;
2017 the righthand formula has been evaluated as if by typing @kbd{=}.
2018
2019 @smallexample
2020 @group
2021 2: 2 + 3 => 5 2: 2 + 3 => 5
2022 1: 2 a + 2 b => 34 + 2 b 1: 2 a + 2 b => 20 + 2 b
2023 . .
2024
2025 ' 2+3 => @key{RET} ' 2a+2b @key{RET} s = 10 s t a @key{RET}
2026 @end group
2027 @end smallexample
2028
2029 @noindent
2030 Notice that the instant we stored a new value in @code{a}, all
2031 @samp{=>} operators already on the stack that referred to @expr{a}
2032 were updated to use the new value. With @samp{=>}, you can push a
2033 set of formulas on the stack, then change the variables experimentally
2034 to see the effects on the formulas' values.
2035
2036 You can also ``unstore'' a variable when you are through with it:
2037
2038 @smallexample
2039 @group
2040 2: 2 + 5 => 5
2041 1: 2 a + 2 b => 2 a + 2 b
2042 .
2043
2044 s u a @key{RET}
2045 @end group
2046 @end smallexample
2047
2048 We will encounter formulas involving variables and functions again
2049 when we discuss the algebra and calculus features of the Calculator.
2050
2051 @node Undo Tutorial, Modes Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2052 @subsection Undo and Redo
2053
2054 @noindent
2055 If you make a mistake, you can usually correct it by pressing shift-@kbd{U},
2056 the ``undo'' command. First, clear the stack (@kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}) and exit
2057 and restart Calc (@kbd{C-x * * C-x * *}) to make sure things start off
2058 with a clean slate. Now:
2059
2060 @smallexample
2061 @group
2062 1: 2 2: 2 1: 8 2: 2 1: 6
2063 . 1: 3 . 1: 3 .
2064 . .
2065
2066 2 @key{RET} 3 ^ U *
2067 @end group
2068 @end smallexample
2069
2070 You can undo any number of times. Calc keeps a complete record of
2071 all you have done since you last opened the Calc window. After the
2072 above example, you could type:
2073
2074 @smallexample
2075 @group
2076 1: 6 2: 2 1: 2 . .
2077 . 1: 3 .
2078 .
2079 (error)
2080 U U U U
2081 @end group
2082 @end smallexample
2083
2084 You can also type @kbd{D} to ``redo'' a command that you have undone
2085 mistakenly.
2086
2087 @smallexample
2088 @group
2089 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 6 1: 6
2090 . 1: 3 . .
2091 .
2092 (error)
2093 D D D D
2094 @end group
2095 @end smallexample
2096
2097 @noindent
2098 It was not possible to redo past the @expr{6}, since that was placed there
2099 by something other than an undo command.
2100
2101 @cindex Time travel
2102 You can think of undo and redo as a sort of ``time machine.'' Press
2103 @kbd{U} to go backward in time, @kbd{D} to go forward. If you go
2104 backward and do something (like @kbd{*}) then, as any science fiction
2105 reader knows, you have changed your future and you cannot go forward
2106 again. Thus, the inability to redo past the @expr{6} even though there
2107 was an earlier undo command.
2108
2109 You can always recall an earlier result using the Trail. We've ignored
2110 the trail so far, but it has been faithfully recording everything we
2111 did since we loaded the Calculator. If the Trail is not displayed,
2112 press @kbd{t d} now to turn it on.
2113
2114 Let's try grabbing an earlier result. The @expr{8} we computed was
2115 undone by a @kbd{U} command, and was lost even to Redo when we pressed
2116 @kbd{*}, but it's still there in the trail. There should be a little
2117 @samp{>} arrow (the @dfn{trail pointer}) resting on the last trail
2118 entry. If there isn't, press @kbd{t ]} to reset the trail pointer.
2119 Now, press @w{@kbd{t p}} to move the arrow onto the line containing
2120 @expr{8}, and press @w{@kbd{t y}} to ``yank'' that number back onto the
2121 stack.
2122
2123 If you press @kbd{t ]} again, you will see that even our Yank command
2124 went into the trail.
2125
2126 Let's go further back in time. Earlier in the tutorial we computed
2127 a huge integer using the formula @samp{2^3^4}. We don't remember
2128 what it was, but the first digits were ``241''. Press @kbd{t r}
2129 (which stands for trail-search-reverse), then type @kbd{241}.
2130 The trail cursor will jump back to the next previous occurrence of
2131 the string ``241'' in the trail. This is just a regular Emacs
2132 incremental search; you can now press @kbd{C-s} or @kbd{C-r} to
2133 continue the search forwards or backwards as you like.
2134
2135 To finish the search, press @key{RET}. This halts the incremental
2136 search and leaves the trail pointer at the thing we found. Now we
2137 can type @kbd{t y} to yank that number onto the stack. If we hadn't
2138 remembered the ``241'', we could simply have searched for @kbd{2^3^4},
2139 then pressed @kbd{@key{RET} t n} to halt and then move to the next item.
2140
2141 You may have noticed that all the trail-related commands begin with
2142 the letter @kbd{t}. (The store-and-recall commands, on the other hand,
2143 all began with @kbd{s}.) Calc has so many commands that there aren't
2144 enough keys for all of them, so various commands are grouped into
2145 two-letter sequences where the first letter is called the @dfn{prefix}
2146 key. If you type a prefix key by accident, you can press @kbd{C-g}
2147 to cancel it. (In fact, you can press @kbd{C-g} to cancel almost
2148 anything in Emacs.) To get help on a prefix key, press that key
2149 followed by @kbd{?}. Some prefixes have several lines of help,
2150 so you need to press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see them all.
2151 You can also type @kbd{h h} to see all the help at once.
2152
2153 Try pressing @kbd{t ?} now. You will see a line of the form,
2154
2155 @smallexample
2156 trail/time: Display; Fwd, Back; Next, Prev, Here, [, ]; Yank: [MORE] t-
2157 @end smallexample
2158
2159 @noindent
2160 The word ``trail'' indicates that the @kbd{t} prefix key contains
2161 trail-related commands. Each entry on the line shows one command,
2162 with a single capital letter showing which letter you press to get
2163 that command. We have used @kbd{t n}, @kbd{t p}, @kbd{t ]}, and
2164 @kbd{t y} so far. The @samp{[MORE]} means you can press @kbd{?}
2165 again to see more @kbd{t}-prefix commands. Notice that the commands
2166 are roughly divided (by semicolons) into related groups.
2167
2168 When you are in the help display for a prefix key, the prefix is
2169 still active. If you press another key, like @kbd{y} for example,
2170 it will be interpreted as a @kbd{t y} command. If all you wanted
2171 was to look at the help messages, press @kbd{C-g} afterwards to cancel
2172 the prefix.
2173
2174 One more way to correct an error is by editing the stack entries.
2175 The actual Stack buffer is marked read-only and must not be edited
2176 directly, but you can press @kbd{`} (the backquote or accent grave)
2177 to edit a stack entry.
2178
2179 Try entering @samp{3.141439} now. If this is supposed to represent
2180 @cpi{}, it's got several errors. Press @kbd{`} to edit this number.
2181 Now use the normal Emacs cursor motion and editing keys to change
2182 the second 4 to a 5, and to transpose the 3 and the 9. When you
2183 press @key{RET}, the number on the stack will be replaced by your
2184 new number. This works for formulas, vectors, and all other types
2185 of values you can put on the stack. The @kbd{`} key also works
2186 during entry of a number or algebraic formula.
2187
2188 @node Modes Tutorial, , Undo Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2189 @subsection Mode-Setting Commands
2190
2191 @noindent
2192 Calc has many types of @dfn{modes} that affect the way it interprets
2193 your commands or the way it displays data. We have already seen one
2194 mode, namely Algebraic mode. There are many others, too; we'll
2195 try some of the most common ones here.
2196
2197 Perhaps the most fundamental mode in Calc is the current @dfn{precision}.
2198 Notice the @samp{12} on the Calc window's mode line:
2199
2200 @smallexample
2201 --%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All------
2202 @end smallexample
2203
2204 @noindent
2205 Most of the symbols there are Emacs things you don't need to worry
2206 about, but the @samp{12} and the @samp{Deg} are mode indicators.
2207 The @samp{12} means that calculations should always be carried to
2208 12 significant figures. That is why, when we type @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /},
2209 we get @expr{0.142857142857} with exactly 12 digits, not counting
2210 leading and trailing zeros.
2211
2212 You can set the precision to anything you like by pressing @kbd{p},
2213 then entering a suitable number. Try pressing @kbd{p 30 @key{RET}},
2214 then doing @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /} again:
2215
2216 @smallexample
2217 @group
2218 1: 0.142857142857
2219 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2220 .
2221 @end group
2222 @end smallexample
2223
2224 Although the precision can be set arbitrarily high, Calc always
2225 has to have @emph{some} value for the current precision. After
2226 all, the true value @expr{1/7} is an infinitely repeating decimal;
2227 Calc has to stop somewhere.
2228
2229 Of course, calculations are slower the more digits you request.
2230 Press @w{@kbd{p 12}} now to set the precision back down to the default.
2231
2232 Calculations always use the current precision. For example, even
2233 though we have a 30-digit value for @expr{1/7} on the stack, if
2234 we use it in a calculation in 12-digit mode it will be rounded
2235 down to 12 digits before it is used. Try it; press @key{RET} to
2236 duplicate the number, then @w{@kbd{1 +}}. Notice that the @key{RET}
2237 key didn't round the number, because it doesn't do any calculation.
2238 But the instant we pressed @kbd{+}, the number was rounded down.
2239
2240 @smallexample
2241 @group
2242 1: 0.142857142857
2243 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2244 3: 1.14285714286
2245 .
2246 @end group
2247 @end smallexample
2248
2249 @noindent
2250 In fact, since we added a digit on the left, we had to lose one
2251 digit on the right from even the 12-digit value of @expr{1/7}.
2252
2253 How did we get more than 12 digits when we computed @samp{2^3^4}? The
2254 answer is that Calc makes a distinction between @dfn{integers} and
2255 @dfn{floating-point} numbers, or @dfn{floats}. An integer is a number
2256 that does not contain a decimal point. There is no such thing as an
2257 ``infinitely repeating fraction integer,'' so Calc doesn't have to limit
2258 itself. If you asked for @samp{2^10000} (don't try this!), you would
2259 have to wait a long time but you would eventually get an exact answer.
2260 If you ask for @samp{2.^10000}, you will quickly get an answer which is
2261 correct only to 12 places. The decimal point tells Calc that it should
2262 use floating-point arithmetic to get the answer, not exact integer
2263 arithmetic.
2264
2265 You can use the @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) command to convert a
2266 floating-point value to an integer, and @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float})
2267 to convert an integer to floating-point form.
2268
2269 Let's try entering that last calculation:
2270
2271 @smallexample
2272 @group
2273 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311689e3010
2274 . 1: 10000 .
2275 .
2276
2277 2.0 @key{RET} 10000 @key{RET} ^
2278 @end group
2279 @end smallexample
2280
2281 @noindent
2282 @cindex Scientific notation, entry of
2283 Notice the letter @samp{e} in there. It represents ``times ten to the
2284 power of,'' and is used by Calc automatically whenever writing the
2285 number out fully would introduce more extra zeros than you probably
2286 want to see. You can enter numbers in this notation, too.
2287
2288 @smallexample
2289 @group
2290 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311678e3010
2291 . 1: 10000. .
2292 .
2293
2294 2.0 @key{RET} 1e4 @key{RET} ^
2295 @end group
2296 @end smallexample
2297
2298 @cindex Round-off errors
2299 @noindent
2300 Hey, the answer is different! Look closely at the middle columns
2301 of the two examples. In the first, the stack contained the
2302 exact integer @expr{10000}, but in the second it contained
2303 a floating-point value with a decimal point. When you raise a
2304 number to an integer power, Calc uses repeated squaring and
2305 multiplication to get the answer. When you use a floating-point
2306 power, Calc uses logarithms and exponentials. As you can see,
2307 a slight error crept in during one of these methods. Which
2308 one should we trust? Let's raise the precision a bit and find
2309 out:
2310
2311 @smallexample
2312 @group
2313 . 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.995063116880828e3010
2314 . 1: 10000. .
2315 .
2316
2317 p 16 @key{RET} 2. @key{RET} 1e4 ^ p 12 @key{RET}
2318 @end group
2319 @end smallexample
2320
2321 @noindent
2322 @cindex Guard digits
2323 Presumably, it doesn't matter whether we do this higher-precision
2324 calculation using an integer or floating-point power, since we
2325 have added enough ``guard digits'' to trust the first 12 digits
2326 no matter what. And the verdict is@dots{} Integer powers were more
2327 accurate; in fact, the result was only off by one unit in the
2328 last place.
2329
2330 @cindex Guard digits
2331 Calc does many of its internal calculations to a slightly higher
2332 precision, but it doesn't always bump the precision up enough.
2333 In each case, Calc added about two digits of precision during
2334 its calculation and then rounded back down to 12 digits
2335 afterward. In one case, it was enough; in the other, it
2336 wasn't. If you really need @var{x} digits of precision, it
2337 never hurts to do the calculation with a few extra guard digits.
2338
2339 What if we want guard digits but don't want to look at them?
2340 We can set the @dfn{float format}. Calc supports four major
2341 formats for floating-point numbers, called @dfn{normal},
2342 @dfn{fixed-point}, @dfn{scientific notation}, and @dfn{engineering
2343 notation}. You get them by pressing @w{@kbd{d n}}, @kbd{d f},
2344 @kbd{d s}, and @kbd{d e}, respectively. In each case, you can
2345 supply a numeric prefix argument which says how many digits
2346 should be displayed. As an example, let's put a few numbers
2347 onto the stack and try some different display modes. First,
2348 use @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}} to clear the stack, then enter the four
2349 numbers shown here:
2350
2351 @smallexample
2352 @group
2353 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2354 3: 12345. 3: 12300. 3: 1.2345e4 3: 1.23e4 3: 12345.000
2355 2: 123.45 2: 123. 2: 1.2345e2 2: 1.23e2 2: 123.450
2356 1: 12.345 1: 12.3 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.23e1 1: 12.345
2357 . . . . .
2358
2359 d n M-3 d n d s M-3 d s M-3 d f
2360 @end group
2361 @end smallexample
2362
2363 @noindent
2364 Notice that when we typed @kbd{M-3 d n}, the numbers were rounded down
2365 to three significant digits, but then when we typed @kbd{d s} all
2366 five significant figures reappeared. The float format does not
2367 affect how numbers are stored, it only affects how they are
2368 displayed. Only the current precision governs the actual rounding
2369 of numbers in the Calculator's memory.
2370
2371 Engineering notation, not shown here, is like scientific notation
2372 except the exponent (the power-of-ten part) is always adjusted to be
2373 a multiple of three (as in ``kilo,'' ``micro,'' etc.). As a result
2374 there will be one, two, or three digits before the decimal point.
2375
2376 Whenever you change a display-related mode, Calc redraws everything
2377 in the stack. This may be slow if there are many things on the stack,
2378 so Calc allows you to type shift-@kbd{H} before any mode command to
2379 prevent it from updating the stack. Anything Calc displays after the
2380 mode-changing command will appear in the new format.
2381
2382 @smallexample
2383 @group
2384 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2385 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 1.2345e4 3: 12345.
2386 2: 123.450 2: 123.450 2: 1.2345e1 2: 1.2345e1 2: 123.45
2387 1: 12.345 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.2345e2 1: 1.2345e2 1: 12.345
2388 . . . . .
2389
2390 H d s @key{DEL} U @key{TAB} d @key{SPC} d n
2391 @end group
2392 @end smallexample
2393
2394 @noindent
2395 Here the @kbd{H d s} command changes to scientific notation but without
2396 updating the screen. Deleting the top stack entry and undoing it back
2397 causes it to show up in the new format; swapping the top two stack
2398 entries reformats both entries. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command refreshes the
2399 whole stack. The @kbd{d n} command changes back to the normal float
2400 format; since it doesn't have an @kbd{H} prefix, it also updates all
2401 the stack entries to be in @kbd{d n} format.
2402
2403 Notice that the integer @expr{12345} was not affected by any
2404 of the float formats. Integers are integers, and are always
2405 displayed exactly.
2406
2407 @cindex Large numbers, readability
2408 Large integers have their own problems. Let's look back at
2409 the result of @kbd{2^3^4}.
2410
2411 @example
2412 2417851639229258349412352
2413 @end example
2414
2415 @noindent
2416 Quick---how many digits does this have? Try typing @kbd{d g}:
2417
2418 @example
2419 2,417,851,639,229,258,349,412,352
2420 @end example
2421
2422 @noindent
2423 Now how many digits does this have? It's much easier to tell!
2424 We can actually group digits into clumps of any size. Some
2425 people prefer @kbd{M-5 d g}:
2426
2427 @example
2428 24178,51639,22925,83494,12352
2429 @end example
2430
2431 Let's see what happens to floating-point numbers when they are grouped.
2432 First, type @kbd{p 25 @key{RET}} to make sure we have enough precision
2433 to get ourselves into trouble. Now, type @kbd{1e13 /}:
2434
2435 @example
2436 24,17851,63922.9258349412352
2437 @end example
2438
2439 @noindent
2440 The integer part is grouped but the fractional part isn't. Now try
2441 @kbd{M-- M-5 d g} (that's meta-minus-sign, meta-five):
2442
2443 @example
2444 24,17851,63922.92583,49412,352
2445 @end example
2446
2447 If you find it hard to tell the decimal point from the commas, try
2448 changing the grouping character to a space with @kbd{d , @key{SPC}}:
2449
2450 @example
2451 24 17851 63922.92583 49412 352
2452 @end example
2453
2454 Type @kbd{d , ,} to restore the normal grouping character, then
2455 @kbd{d g} again to turn grouping off. Also, press @kbd{p 12} to
2456 restore the default precision.
2457
2458 Press @kbd{U} enough times to get the original big integer back.
2459 (Notice that @kbd{U} does not undo each mode-setting command; if
2460 you want to undo a mode-setting command, you have to do it yourself.)
2461 Now, type @kbd{d r 16 @key{RET}}:
2462
2463 @example
2464 16#200000000000000000000
2465 @end example
2466
2467 @noindent
2468 The number is now displayed in @dfn{hexadecimal}, or ``base-16'' form.
2469 Suddenly it looks pretty simple; this should be no surprise, since we
2470 got this number by computing a power of two, and 16 is a power of 2.
2471 In fact, we can use @w{@kbd{d r 2 @key{RET}}} to see it in actual binary
2472 form:
2473
2474 @example
2475 2#1000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 @dots{}
2476 @end example
2477
2478 @noindent
2479 We don't have enough space here to show all the zeros! They won't
2480 fit on a typical screen, either, so you will have to use horizontal
2481 scrolling to see them all. Press @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} to scroll the
2482 stack window left and right by half its width. Another way to view
2483 something large is to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the top of
2484 stack in a separate window. (Press @kbd{C-c C-c} when you are done.)
2485
2486 You can enter non-decimal numbers using the @kbd{#} symbol, too.
2487 Let's see what the hexadecimal number @samp{5FE} looks like in
2488 binary. Type @kbd{16#5FE} (the letters can be typed in upper or
2489 lower case; they will always appear in upper case). It will also
2490 help to turn grouping on with @kbd{d g}:
2491
2492 @example
2493 2#101,1111,1110
2494 @end example
2495
2496 Notice that @kbd{d g} groups by fours by default if the display radix
2497 is binary or hexadecimal, but by threes if it is decimal, octal, or any
2498 other radix.
2499
2500 Now let's see that number in decimal; type @kbd{d r 10}:
2501
2502 @example
2503 1,534
2504 @end example
2505
2506 Numbers are not @emph{stored} with any particular radix attached. They're
2507 just numbers; they can be entered in any radix, and are always displayed
2508 in whatever radix you've chosen with @kbd{d r}. The current radix applies
2509 to integers, fractions, and floats.
2510
2511 @cindex Roundoff errors, in non-decimal numbers
2512 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Your friend Joe tried to enter one-third
2513 as @samp{3#0.1} in @kbd{d r 3} mode with a precision of 12. He got
2514 @samp{3#0.0222222...} (with 25 2's) in the display. When he multiplied
2515 that by three, he got @samp{3#0.222222...} instead of the expected
2516 @samp{3#1}. Next, Joe entered @samp{3#0.2} and, to his great relief,
2517 saw @samp{3#0.2} on the screen. But when he typed @kbd{2 /}, he got
2518 @samp{3#0.10000001} (some zeros omitted). What's going on here?
2519 @xref{Modes Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2520
2521 @cindex Scientific notation, in non-decimal numbers
2522 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Scientific notation works in non-decimal
2523 modes in the natural way (the exponent is a power of the radix instead of
2524 a power of ten, although the exponent itself is always written in decimal).
2525 Thus @samp{8#1.23e3 = 8#1230.0}. Suppose we have the hexadecimal number
2526 @samp{f.e8f} times 16 to the 15th power: We write @samp{16#f.e8fe15}.
2527 What is wrong with this picture? What could we write instead that would
2528 work better? @xref{Modes Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2529
2530 The @kbd{m} prefix key has another set of modes, relating to the way
2531 Calc interprets your inputs and does computations. Whereas @kbd{d}-prefix
2532 modes generally affect the way things look, @kbd{m}-prefix modes affect
2533 the way they are actually computed.
2534
2535 The most popular @kbd{m}-prefix mode is the @dfn{angular mode}. Notice
2536 the @samp{Deg} indicator in the mode line. This means that if you use
2537 a command that interprets a number as an angle, it will assume the
2538 angle is measured in degrees. For example,
2539
2540 @smallexample
2541 @group
2542 1: 45 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001 1: 0.5
2543 . . . .
2544
2545 45 S 2 ^ c 1
2546 @end group
2547 @end smallexample
2548
2549 @noindent
2550 The shift-@kbd{S} command computes the sine of an angle. The sine
2551 of 45 degrees is
2552 @texline @math{\sqrt{2}/2};
2553 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2)/2};
2554 squaring this yields @expr{2/4 = 0.5}. However, there has been a slight
2555 roundoff error because the representation of
2556 @texline @math{\sqrt{2}/2}
2557 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2)/2}
2558 wasn't exact. The @kbd{c 1} command is a handy way to clean up numbers
2559 in this case; it temporarily reduces the precision by one digit while it
2560 re-rounds the number on the top of the stack.
2561
2562 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2563 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe computed the sine
2564 of 45 degrees as shown above, then, hoping to avoid an inexact
2565 result, he increased the precision to 16 digits before squaring.
2566 What happened? @xref{Modes Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2567
2568 To do this calculation in radians, we would type @kbd{m r} first.
2569 (The indicator changes to @samp{Rad}.) 45 degrees corresponds to
2570 @cpiover{4} radians. To get @cpi{}, press the @kbd{P} key. (Once
2571 again, this is a shifted capital @kbd{P}. Remember, unshifted
2572 @kbd{p} sets the precision.)
2573
2574 @smallexample
2575 @group
2576 1: 3.14159265359 1: 0.785398163398 1: 0.707106781187
2577 . . .
2578
2579 P 4 / m r S
2580 @end group
2581 @end smallexample
2582
2583 Likewise, inverse trigonometric functions generate results in
2584 either radians or degrees, depending on the current angular mode.
2585
2586 @smallexample
2587 @group
2588 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.785398163398 1: 45.
2589 . . .
2590
2591 .5 Q m r I S m d U I S
2592 @end group
2593 @end smallexample
2594
2595 @noindent
2596 Here we compute the Inverse Sine of
2597 @texline @math{\sqrt{0.5}},
2598 @infoline @expr{sqrt(0.5)},
2599 first in radians, then in degrees.
2600
2601 Use @kbd{c d} and @kbd{c r} to convert a number from radians to degrees
2602 and vice-versa.
2603
2604 @smallexample
2605 @group
2606 1: 45 1: 0.785398163397 1: 45.
2607 . . .
2608
2609 45 c r c d
2610 @end group
2611 @end smallexample
2612
2613 Another interesting mode is @dfn{Fraction mode}. Normally,
2614 dividing two integers produces a floating-point result if the
2615 quotient can't be expressed as an exact integer. Fraction mode
2616 causes integer division to produce a fraction, i.e., a rational
2617 number, instead.
2618
2619 @smallexample
2620 @group
2621 2: 12 1: 1.33333333333 1: 4:3
2622 1: 9 . .
2623 .
2624
2625 12 @key{RET} 9 / m f U / m f
2626 @end group
2627 @end smallexample
2628
2629 @noindent
2630 In the first case, we get an approximate floating-point result.
2631 In the second case, we get an exact fractional result (four-thirds).
2632
2633 You can enter a fraction at any time using @kbd{:} notation.
2634 (Calc uses @kbd{:} instead of @kbd{/} as the fraction separator
2635 because @kbd{/} is already used to divide the top two stack
2636 elements.) Calculations involving fractions will always
2637 produce exact fractional results; Fraction mode only says
2638 what to do when dividing two integers.
2639
2640 @cindex Fractions vs. floats
2641 @cindex Floats vs. fractions
2642 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} If fractional arithmetic is exact,
2643 why would you ever use floating-point numbers instead?
2644 @xref{Modes Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
2645
2646 Typing @kbd{m f} doesn't change any existing values in the stack.
2647 In the above example, we had to Undo the division and do it over
2648 again when we changed to Fraction mode. But if you use the
2649 evaluates-to operator you can get commands like @kbd{m f} to
2650 recompute for you.
2651
2652 @smallexample
2653 @group
2654 1: 12 / 9 => 1.33333333333 1: 12 / 9 => 1.333 1: 12 / 9 => 4:3
2655 . . .
2656
2657 ' 12/9 => @key{RET} p 4 @key{RET} m f
2658 @end group
2659 @end smallexample
2660
2661 @noindent
2662 In this example, the righthand side of the @samp{=>} operator
2663 on the stack is recomputed when we change the precision, then
2664 again when we change to Fraction mode. All @samp{=>} expressions
2665 on the stack are recomputed every time you change any mode that
2666 might affect their values.
2667
2668 @node Arithmetic Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Tutorial
2669 @section Arithmetic Tutorial
2670
2671 @noindent
2672 In this section, we explore the arithmetic and scientific functions
2673 available in the Calculator.
2674
2675 The standard arithmetic commands are @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/},
2676 and @kbd{^}. Each normally takes two numbers from the top of the stack
2677 and pushes back a result. The @kbd{n} and @kbd{&} keys perform
2678 change-sign and reciprocal operations, respectively.
2679
2680 @smallexample
2681 @group
2682 1: 5 1: 0.2 1: 5. 1: -5. 1: 5.
2683 . . . . .
2684
2685 5 & & n n
2686 @end group
2687 @end smallexample
2688
2689 @cindex Binary operators
2690 You can apply a ``binary operator'' like @kbd{+} across any number of
2691 stack entries by giving it a numeric prefix. You can also apply it
2692 pairwise to several stack elements along with the top one if you use
2693 a negative prefix.
2694
2695 @smallexample
2696 @group
2697 3: 2 1: 9 3: 2 4: 2 3: 12
2698 2: 3 . 2: 3 3: 3 2: 13
2699 1: 4 1: 4 2: 4 1: 14
2700 . . 1: 10 .
2701 .
2702
2703 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 + U 10 M-- M-3 +
2704 @end group
2705 @end smallexample
2706
2707 @cindex Unary operators
2708 You can apply a ``unary operator'' like @kbd{&} to the top @var{n}
2709 stack entries with a numeric prefix, too.
2710
2711 @smallexample
2712 @group
2713 3: 2 3: 0.5 3: 0.5
2714 2: 3 2: 0.333333333333 2: 3.
2715 1: 4 1: 0.25 1: 4.
2716 . . .
2717
2718 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 & M-2 &
2719 @end group
2720 @end smallexample
2721
2722 Notice that the results here are left in floating-point form.
2723 We can convert them back to integers by pressing @kbd{F}, the
2724 ``floor'' function. This function rounds down to the next lower
2725 integer. There is also @kbd{R}, which rounds to the nearest
2726 integer.
2727
2728 @smallexample
2729 @group
2730 7: 2. 7: 2 7: 2
2731 6: 2.4 6: 2 6: 2
2732 5: 2.5 5: 2 5: 3
2733 4: 2.6 4: 2 4: 3
2734 3: -2. 3: -2 3: -2
2735 2: -2.4 2: -3 2: -2
2736 1: -2.6 1: -3 1: -3
2737 . . .
2738
2739 M-7 F U M-7 R
2740 @end group
2741 @end smallexample
2742
2743 Since dividing-and-flooring (i.e., ``integer quotient'') is such a
2744 common operation, Calc provides a special command for that purpose, the
2745 backslash @kbd{\}. Another common arithmetic operator is @kbd{%}, which
2746 computes the remainder that would arise from a @kbd{\} operation, i.e.,
2747 the ``modulo'' of two numbers. For example,
2748
2749 @smallexample
2750 @group
2751 2: 1234 1: 12 2: 1234 1: 34
2752 1: 100 . 1: 100 .
2753 . .
2754
2755 1234 @key{RET} 100 \ U %
2756 @end group
2757 @end smallexample
2758
2759 These commands actually work for any real numbers, not just integers.
2760
2761 @smallexample
2762 @group
2763 2: 3.1415 1: 3 2: 3.1415 1: 0.1415
2764 1: 1 . 1: 1 .
2765 . .
2766
2767 3.1415 @key{RET} 1 \ U %
2768 @end group
2769 @end smallexample
2770
2771 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The @kbd{\} command would appear to be a
2772 frill, since you could always do the same thing with @kbd{/ F}. Think
2773 of a situation where this is not true---@kbd{/ F} would be inadequate.
2774 Now think of a way you could get around the problem if Calc didn't
2775 provide a @kbd{\} command. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2776
2777 We've already seen the @kbd{Q} (square root) and @kbd{S} (sine)
2778 commands. Other commands along those lines are @kbd{C} (cosine),
2779 @kbd{T} (tangent), @kbd{E} (@expr{e^x}) and @kbd{L} (natural
2780 logarithm). These can be modified by the @kbd{I} (inverse) and
2781 @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix keys.
2782
2783 Let's compute the sine and cosine of an angle, and verify the
2784 identity
2785 @texline @math{\sin^2x + \cos^2x = 1}.
2786 @infoline @expr{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}.
2787 We'll arbitrarily pick @mathit{-64} degrees as a good value for @expr{x}.
2788 With the angular mode set to degrees (type @w{@kbd{m d}}), do:
2789
2790 @smallexample
2791 @group
2792 2: -64 2: -64 2: -0.89879 2: -0.89879 1: 1.
2793 1: -64 1: -0.89879 1: -64 1: 0.43837 .
2794 . . . .
2795
2796 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} S @key{TAB} C f h
2797 @end group
2798 @end smallexample
2799
2800 @noindent
2801 (For brevity, we're showing only five digits of the results here.
2802 You can of course do these calculations to any precision you like.)
2803
2804 Remember, @kbd{f h} is the @code{calc-hypot}, or square-root of sum
2805 of squares, command.
2806
2807 Another identity is
2808 @texline @math{\displaystyle\tan x = {\sin x \over \cos x}}.
2809 @infoline @expr{tan(x) = sin(x) / cos(x)}.
2810 @smallexample
2811 @group
2812
2813 2: -0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
2814 1: 0.43837 . .
2815 .
2816
2817 U / I T
2818 @end group
2819 @end smallexample
2820
2821 A physical interpretation of this calculation is that if you move
2822 @expr{0.89879} units downward and @expr{0.43837} units to the right,
2823 your direction of motion is @mathit{-64} degrees from horizontal. Suppose
2824 we move in the opposite direction, up and to the left:
2825
2826 @smallexample
2827 @group
2828 2: -0.89879 2: 0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
2829 1: 0.43837 1: -0.43837 . .
2830 . .
2831
2832 U U M-2 n / I T
2833 @end group
2834 @end smallexample
2835
2836 @noindent
2837 How can the angle be the same? The answer is that the @kbd{/} operation
2838 loses information about the signs of its inputs. Because the quotient
2839 is negative, we know exactly one of the inputs was negative, but we
2840 can't tell which one. There is an @kbd{f T} [@code{arctan2}] function which
2841 computes the inverse tangent of the quotient of a pair of numbers.
2842 Since you feed it the two original numbers, it has enough information
2843 to give you a full 360-degree answer.
2844
2845 @smallexample
2846 @group
2847 2: 0.89879 1: 116. 3: 116. 2: 116. 1: 180.
2848 1: -0.43837 . 2: -0.89879 1: -64. .
2849 . 1: 0.43837 .
2850 .
2851
2852 U U f T M-@key{RET} M-2 n f T -
2853 @end group
2854 @end smallexample
2855
2856 @noindent
2857 The resulting angles differ by 180 degrees; in other words, they
2858 point in opposite directions, just as we would expect.
2859
2860 The @key{META}-@key{RET} we used in the third step is the
2861 ``last-arguments'' command. It is sort of like Undo, except that it
2862 restores the arguments of the last command to the stack without removing
2863 the command's result. It is useful in situations like this one,
2864 where we need to do several operations on the same inputs. We could
2865 have accomplished the same thing by using @kbd{M-2 @key{RET}} to duplicate
2866 the top two stack elements right after the @kbd{U U}, then a pair of
2867 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} commands to cycle the 116 up around the duplicates.
2868
2869 A similar identity is supposed to hold for hyperbolic sines and cosines,
2870 except that it is the @emph{difference}
2871 @texline @math{\cosh^2x - \sinh^2x}
2872 @infoline @expr{cosh(x)^2 - sinh(x)^2}
2873 that always equals one. Let's try to verify this identity.
2874
2875 @smallexample
2876 @group
2877 2: -64 2: -64 2: -64 2: 9.7192e54 2: 9.7192e54
2878 1: -64 1: -3.1175e27 1: 9.7192e54 1: -64 1: 9.7192e54
2879 . . . . .
2880
2881 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} H C 2 ^ @key{TAB} H S 2 ^
2882 @end group
2883 @end smallexample
2884
2885 @noindent
2886 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2887 Something's obviously wrong, because when we subtract these numbers
2888 the answer will clearly be zero! But if you think about it, if these
2889 numbers @emph{did} differ by one, it would be in the 55th decimal
2890 place. The difference we seek has been lost entirely to roundoff
2891 error.
2892
2893 We could verify this hypothesis by doing the actual calculation with,
2894 say, 60 decimal places of precision. This will be slow, but not
2895 enormously so. Try it if you wish; sure enough, the answer is
2896 0.99999, reasonably close to 1.
2897
2898 Of course, a more reasonable way to verify the identity is to use
2899 a more reasonable value for @expr{x}!
2900
2901 @cindex Common logarithm
2902 Some Calculator commands use the Hyperbolic prefix for other purposes.
2903 The logarithm and exponential functions, for example, work to the base
2904 @expr{e} normally but use base-10 instead if you use the Hyperbolic
2905 prefix.
2906
2907 @smallexample
2908 @group
2909 1: 1000 1: 6.9077 1: 1000 1: 3
2910 . . . .
2911
2912 1000 L U H L
2913 @end group
2914 @end smallexample
2915
2916 @noindent
2917 First, we mistakenly compute a natural logarithm. Then we undo
2918 and compute a common logarithm instead.
2919
2920 The @kbd{B} key computes a general base-@var{b} logarithm for any
2921 value of @var{b}.
2922
2923 @smallexample
2924 @group
2925 2: 1000 1: 3 1: 1000. 2: 1000. 1: 6.9077
2926 1: 10 . . 1: 2.71828 .
2927 . .
2928
2929 1000 @key{RET} 10 B H E H P B
2930 @end group
2931 @end smallexample
2932
2933 @noindent
2934 Here we first use @kbd{B} to compute the base-10 logarithm, then use
2935 the ``hyperbolic'' exponential as a cheap hack to recover the number
2936 1000, then use @kbd{B} again to compute the natural logarithm. Note
2937 that @kbd{P} with the hyperbolic prefix pushes the constant @expr{e}
2938 onto the stack.
2939
2940 You may have noticed that both times we took the base-10 logarithm
2941 of 1000, we got an exact integer result. Calc always tries to give
2942 an exact rational result for calculations involving rational numbers
2943 where possible. But when we used @kbd{H E}, the result was a
2944 floating-point number for no apparent reason. In fact, if we had
2945 computed @kbd{10 @key{RET} 3 ^} we @emph{would} have gotten an
2946 exact integer 1000. But the @kbd{H E} command is rigged to generate
2947 a floating-point result all of the time so that @kbd{1000 H E} will
2948 not waste time computing a thousand-digit integer when all you
2949 probably wanted was @samp{1e1000}.
2950
2951 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Find a pair of integer inputs to
2952 the @kbd{B} command for which Calc could find an exact rational
2953 result but doesn't. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2954
2955 The Calculator also has a set of functions relating to combinatorics
2956 and statistics. You may be familiar with the @dfn{factorial} function,
2957 which computes the product of all the integers up to a given number.
2958
2959 @smallexample
2960 @group
2961 1: 100 1: 93326215443... 1: 100. 1: 9.3326e157
2962 . . . .
2963
2964 100 ! U c f !
2965 @end group
2966 @end smallexample
2967
2968 @noindent
2969 Recall, the @kbd{c f} command converts the integer or fraction at the
2970 top of the stack to floating-point format. If you take the factorial
2971 of a floating-point number, you get a floating-point result
2972 accurate to the current precision. But if you give @kbd{!} an
2973 exact integer, you get an exact integer result (158 digits long
2974 in this case).
2975
2976 If you take the factorial of a non-integer, Calc uses a generalized
2977 factorial function defined in terms of Euler's Gamma function
2978 @texline @math{\Gamma(n)}
2979 @infoline @expr{gamma(n)}
2980 (which is itself available as the @kbd{f g} command).
2981
2982 @smallexample
2983 @group
2984 3: 4. 3: 24. 1: 5.5 1: 52.342777847
2985 2: 4.5 2: 52.3427777847 . .
2986 1: 5. 1: 120.
2987 . .
2988
2989 M-3 ! M-0 @key{DEL} 5.5 f g
2990 @end group
2991 @end smallexample
2992
2993 @noindent
2994 Here we verify the identity
2995 @texline @math{n! = \Gamma(n+1)}.
2996 @infoline @expr{@var{n}!@: = gamma(@var{n}+1)}.
2997
2998 The binomial coefficient @var{n}-choose-@var{m}
2999 @texline or @math{\displaystyle {n \choose m}}
3000 is defined by
3001 @texline @math{\displaystyle {n! \over m! \, (n-m)!}}
3002 @infoline @expr{n!@: / m!@: (n-m)!}
3003 for all reals @expr{n} and @expr{m}. The intermediate results in this
3004 formula can become quite large even if the final result is small; the
3005 @kbd{k c} command computes a binomial coefficient in a way that avoids
3006 large intermediate values.
3007
3008 The @kbd{k} prefix key defines several common functions out of
3009 combinatorics and number theory. Here we compute the binomial
3010 coefficient 30-choose-20, then determine its prime factorization.
3011
3012 @smallexample
3013 @group
3014 2: 30 1: 30045015 1: [3, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 23, 29]
3015 1: 20 . .
3016 .
3017
3018 30 @key{RET} 20 k c k f
3019 @end group
3020 @end smallexample
3021
3022 @noindent
3023 You can verify these prime factors by using @kbd{V R *} to multiply
3024 together the elements of this vector. The result is the original
3025 number, 30045015.
3026
3027 @cindex Hash tables
3028 Suppose a program you are writing needs a hash table with at least
3029 10000 entries. It's best to use a prime number as the actual size
3030 of a hash table. Calc can compute the next prime number after 10000:
3031
3032 @smallexample
3033 @group
3034 1: 10000 1: 10007 1: 9973
3035 . . .
3036
3037 10000 k n I k n
3038 @end group
3039 @end smallexample
3040
3041 @noindent
3042 Just for kicks we've also computed the next prime @emph{less} than
3043 10000.
3044
3045 @c [fix-ref Financial Functions]
3046 @xref{Financial Functions}, for a description of the Calculator
3047 commands that deal with business and financial calculations (functions
3048 like @code{pv}, @code{rate}, and @code{sln}).
3049
3050 @c [fix-ref Binary Number Functions]
3051 @xref{Binary Functions}, to read about the commands for operating
3052 on binary numbers (like @code{and}, @code{xor}, and @code{lsh}).
3053
3054 @node Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial
3055 @section Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3056
3057 @noindent
3058 A @dfn{vector} is a list of numbers or other Calc data objects.
3059 Calc provides a large set of commands that operate on vectors. Some
3060 are familiar operations from vector analysis. Others simply treat
3061 a vector as a list of objects.
3062
3063 @menu
3064 * Vector Analysis Tutorial::
3065 * Matrix Tutorial::
3066 * List Tutorial::
3067 @end menu
3068
3069 @node Vector Analysis Tutorial, Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3070 @subsection Vector Analysis
3071
3072 @noindent
3073 If you add two vectors, the result is a vector of the sums of the
3074 elements, taken pairwise.
3075
3076 @smallexample
3077 @group
3078 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [8, 8, 3]
3079 . 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3080 .
3081
3082 [1,2,3] s 1 [7 6 0] s 2 +
3083 @end group
3084 @end smallexample
3085
3086 @noindent
3087 Note that we can separate the vector elements with either commas or
3088 spaces. This is true whether we are using incomplete vectors or
3089 algebraic entry. The @kbd{s 1} and @kbd{s 2} commands save these
3090 vectors so we can easily reuse them later.
3091
3092 If you multiply two vectors, the result is the sum of the products
3093 of the elements taken pairwise. This is called the @dfn{dot product}
3094 of the vectors.
3095
3096 @smallexample
3097 @group
3098 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 19
3099 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3100 .
3101
3102 r 1 r 2 *
3103 @end group
3104 @end smallexample
3105
3106 @cindex Dot product
3107 The dot product of two vectors is equal to the product of their
3108 lengths times the cosine of the angle between them. (Here the vector
3109 is interpreted as a line from the origin @expr{(0,0,0)} to the
3110 specified point in three-dimensional space.) The @kbd{A}
3111 (absolute value) command can be used to compute the length of a
3112 vector.
3113
3114 @smallexample
3115 @group
3116 3: 19 3: 19 1: 0.550782 1: 56.579
3117 2: [1, 2, 3] 2: 3.741657 . .
3118 1: [7, 6, 0] 1: 9.219544
3119 . .
3120
3121 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / I C
3122 @end group
3123 @end smallexample
3124
3125 @noindent
3126 First we recall the arguments to the dot product command, then
3127 we compute the absolute values of the top two stack entries to
3128 obtain the lengths of the vectors, then we divide the dot product
3129 by the product of the lengths to get the cosine of the angle.
3130 The inverse cosine finds that the angle between the vectors
3131 is about 56 degrees.
3132
3133 @cindex Cross product
3134 @cindex Perpendicular vectors
3135 The @dfn{cross product} of two vectors is a vector whose length
3136 is the product of the lengths of the inputs times the sine of the
3137 angle between them, and whose direction is perpendicular to both
3138 input vectors. Unlike the dot product, the cross product is
3139 defined only for three-dimensional vectors. Let's double-check
3140 our computation of the angle using the cross product.
3141
3142 @smallexample
3143 @group
3144 2: [1, 2, 3] 3: [-18, 21, -8] 1: [-0.52, 0.61, -0.23] 1: 56.579
3145 1: [7, 6, 0] 2: [1, 2, 3] . .
3146 . 1: [7, 6, 0]
3147 .
3148
3149 r 1 r 2 V C s 3 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / A I S
3150 @end group
3151 @end smallexample
3152
3153 @noindent
3154 First we recall the original vectors and compute their cross product,
3155 which we also store for later reference. Now we divide the vector
3156 by the product of the lengths of the original vectors. The length of
3157 this vector should be the sine of the angle; sure enough, it is!
3158
3159 @c [fix-ref General Mode Commands]
3160 Vector-related commands generally begin with the @kbd{v} prefix key.
3161 Some are uppercase letters and some are lowercase. To make it easier
3162 to type these commands, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix key acts the same as
3163 the @kbd{v} key. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to make all
3164 prefix keys have this property.)
3165
3166 If we take the dot product of two perpendicular vectors we expect
3167 to get zero, since the cosine of 90 degrees is zero. Let's check
3168 that the cross product is indeed perpendicular to both inputs:
3169
3170 @smallexample
3171 @group
3172 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 0 2: [7, 6, 0] 1: 0
3173 1: [-18, 21, -8] . 1: [-18, 21, -8] .
3174 . .
3175
3176 r 1 r 3 * @key{DEL} r 2 r 3 *
3177 @end group
3178 @end smallexample
3179
3180 @cindex Normalizing a vector
3181 @cindex Unit vectors
3182 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Given a vector on the top of the
3183 stack, what keystrokes would you use to @dfn{normalize} the
3184 vector, i.e., to reduce its length to one without changing its
3185 direction? @xref{Vector Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3186
3187 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Suppose a certain particle can be
3188 at any of several positions along a ruler. You have a list of
3189 those positions in the form of a vector, and another list of the
3190 probabilities for the particle to be at the corresponding positions.
3191 Find the average position of the particle.
3192 @xref{Vector Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3193
3194 @node Matrix Tutorial, List Tutorial, Vector Analysis Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3195 @subsection Matrices
3196
3197 @noindent
3198 A @dfn{matrix} is just a vector of vectors, all the same length.
3199 This means you can enter a matrix using nested brackets. You can
3200 also use the semicolon character to enter a matrix. We'll show
3201 both methods here:
3202
3203 @smallexample
3204 @group
3205 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3206 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3207 . .
3208
3209 [[1 2 3] [4 5 6]] ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6] @key{RET}
3210 @end group
3211 @end smallexample
3212
3213 @noindent
3214 We'll be using this matrix again, so type @kbd{s 4} to save it now.
3215
3216 Note that semicolons work with incomplete vectors, but they work
3217 better in algebraic entry. That's why we use the apostrophe in
3218 the second example.
3219
3220 When two matrices are multiplied, the lefthand matrix must have
3221 the same number of columns as the righthand matrix has rows.
3222 Row @expr{i}, column @expr{j} of the result is effectively the
3223 dot product of row @expr{i} of the left matrix by column @expr{j}
3224 of the right matrix.
3225
3226 If we try to duplicate this matrix and multiply it by itself,
3227 the dimensions are wrong and the multiplication cannot take place:
3228
3229 @smallexample
3230 @group
3231 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] * [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3232 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3233 .
3234
3235 @key{RET} *
3236 @end group
3237 @end smallexample
3238
3239 @noindent
3240 Though rather hard to read, this is a formula which shows the product
3241 of two matrices. The @samp{*} function, having invalid arguments, has
3242 been left in symbolic form.
3243
3244 We can multiply the matrices if we @dfn{transpose} one of them first.
3245
3246 @smallexample
3247 @group
3248 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 14, 32 ] 1: [ [ 17, 22, 27 ]
3249 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 32, 77 ] ] [ 22, 29, 36 ]
3250 1: [ [ 1, 4 ] . [ 27, 36, 45 ] ]
3251 [ 2, 5 ] .
3252 [ 3, 6 ] ]
3253 .
3254
3255 U v t * U @key{TAB} *
3256 @end group
3257 @end smallexample
3258
3259 Matrix multiplication is not commutative; indeed, switching the
3260 order of the operands can even change the dimensions of the result
3261 matrix, as happened here!
3262
3263 If you multiply a plain vector by a matrix, it is treated as a
3264 single row or column depending on which side of the matrix it is
3265 on. The result is a plain vector which should also be interpreted
3266 as a row or column as appropriate.
3267
3268 @smallexample
3269 @group
3270 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [14, 32]
3271 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] .
3272 1: [1, 2, 3]
3273 .
3274
3275 r 4 r 1 *
3276 @end group
3277 @end smallexample
3278
3279 Multiplying in the other order wouldn't work because the number of
3280 rows in the matrix is different from the number of elements in the
3281 vector.
3282
3283 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Use @samp{*} to sum along the rows
3284 of the above
3285 @texline @math{2\times3}
3286 @infoline 2x3
3287 matrix to get @expr{[6, 15]}. Now use @samp{*} to sum along the columns
3288 to get @expr{[5, 7, 9]}.
3289 @xref{Matrix Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3290
3291 @cindex Identity matrix
3292 An @dfn{identity matrix} is a square matrix with ones along the
3293 diagonal and zeros elsewhere. It has the property that multiplication
3294 by an identity matrix, on the left or on the right, always produces
3295 the original matrix.
3296
3297 @smallexample
3298 @group
3299 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3300 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3301 . 1: [ [ 1, 0, 0 ] .
3302 [ 0, 1, 0 ]
3303 [ 0, 0, 1 ] ]
3304 .
3305
3306 r 4 v i 3 @key{RET} *
3307 @end group
3308 @end smallexample
3309
3310 If a matrix is square, it is often possible to find its @dfn{inverse},
3311 that is, a matrix which, when multiplied by the original matrix, yields
3312 an identity matrix. The @kbd{&} (reciprocal) key also computes the
3313 inverse of a matrix.
3314
3315 @smallexample
3316 @group
3317 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ -2.4, 1.2, -0.2 ]
3318 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2.8, -1.4, 0.4 ]
3319 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ -0.73333, 0.53333, -0.2 ] ]
3320 . .
3321
3322 r 4 r 2 | s 5 &
3323 @end group
3324 @end smallexample
3325
3326 @noindent
3327 The vertical bar @kbd{|} @dfn{concatenates} numbers, vectors, and
3328 matrices together. Here we have used it to add a new row onto
3329 our matrix to make it square.
3330
3331 We can multiply these two matrices in either order to get an identity.
3332
3333 @smallexample
3334 @group
3335 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ] 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ]
3336 [ 0., 1., 0. ] [ 0., 1., 0. ]
3337 [ 0., 0., 1. ] ] [ 0., 0., 1. ] ]
3338 . .
3339
3340 M-@key{RET} * U @key{TAB} *
3341 @end group
3342 @end smallexample
3343
3344 @cindex Systems of linear equations
3345 @cindex Linear equations, systems of
3346 Matrix inverses are related to systems of linear equations in algebra.
3347 Suppose we had the following set of equations:
3348
3349 @ifnottex
3350 @group
3351 @example
3352 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3353 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3354 7a + 6b = 3
3355 @end example
3356 @end group
3357 @end ifnottex
3358 @tex
3359 \beforedisplayh
3360 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3361 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3362 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3363 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3364 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3365 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3366 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3367 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr}
3368 $$
3369 \afterdisplayh
3370 @end tex
3371
3372 @noindent
3373 This can be cast into the matrix equation,
3374
3375 @ifnottex
3376 @group
3377 @example
3378 [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] [ [ a ] [ [ 6 ]
3379 [ 4, 5, 6 ] * [ b ] = [ 2 ]
3380 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ c ] ] [ 3 ] ]
3381 @end example
3382 @end group
3383 @end ifnottex
3384 @tex
3385 \beforedisplay
3386 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 \cr 4 & 5 & 6 \cr 7 & 6 & 0 }
3387 \times
3388 \pmatrix{ a \cr b \cr c } = \pmatrix{ 6 \cr 2 \cr 3 }
3389 $$
3390 \afterdisplay
3391 @end tex
3392
3393 We can solve this system of equations by multiplying both sides by the
3394 inverse of the matrix. Calc can do this all in one step:
3395
3396 @smallexample
3397 @group
3398 2: [6, 2, 3] 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3399 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
3400 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
3401 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3402 .
3403
3404 [6,2,3] r 5 /
3405 @end group
3406 @end smallexample
3407
3408 @noindent
3409 The result is the @expr{[a, b, c]} vector that solves the equations.
3410 (Dividing by a square matrix is equivalent to multiplying by its
3411 inverse.)
3412
3413 Let's verify this solution:
3414
3415 @smallexample
3416 @group
3417 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [6., 2., 3.]
3418 [ 4, 5, 6 ] .
3419 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3420 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3421 .
3422
3423 r 5 @key{TAB} *
3424 @end group
3425 @end smallexample
3426
3427 @noindent
3428 Note that we had to be careful about the order in which we multiplied
3429 the matrix and vector. If we multiplied in the other order, Calc would
3430 assume the vector was a row vector in order to make the dimensions
3431 come out right, and the answer would be incorrect. If you
3432 don't feel safe letting Calc take either interpretation of your
3433 vectors, use explicit
3434 @texline @math{N\times1}
3435 @infoline Nx1
3436 or
3437 @texline @math{1\times N}
3438 @infoline 1xN
3439 matrices instead. In this case, you would enter the original column
3440 vector as @samp{[[6], [2], [3]]} or @samp{[6; 2; 3]}.
3441
3442 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Algebraic entry allows you to make
3443 vectors and matrices that include variables. Solve the following
3444 system of equations to get expressions for @expr{x} and @expr{y}
3445 in terms of @expr{a} and @expr{b}.
3446
3447 @ifnottex
3448 @group
3449 @example
3450 x + a y = 6
3451 x + b y = 10
3452 @end example
3453 @end group
3454 @end ifnottex
3455 @tex
3456 \beforedisplay
3457 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
3458 x &+ b y = 10}
3459 $$
3460 \afterdisplay
3461 @end tex
3462
3463 @noindent
3464 @xref{Matrix Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3465
3466 @cindex Least-squares for over-determined systems
3467 @cindex Over-determined systems of equations
3468 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} A system of equations is ``over-determined''
3469 if it has more equations than variables. It is often the case that
3470 there are no values for the variables that will satisfy all the
3471 equations at once, but it is still useful to find a set of values
3472 which ``nearly'' satisfy all the equations. In terms of matrix equations,
3473 you can't solve @expr{A X = B} directly because the matrix @expr{A}
3474 is not square for an over-determined system. Matrix inversion works
3475 only for square matrices. One common trick is to multiply both sides
3476 on the left by the transpose of @expr{A}:
3477 @ifnottex
3478 @samp{trn(A)*A*X = trn(A)*B}.
3479 @end ifnottex
3480 @tex
3481 $A^T A \, X = A^T B$, where $A^T$ is the transpose \samp{trn(A)}.
3482 @end tex
3483 Now
3484 @texline @math{A^T A}
3485 @infoline @expr{trn(A)*A}
3486 is a square matrix so a solution is possible. It turns out that the
3487 @expr{X} vector you compute in this way will be a ``least-squares''
3488 solution, which can be regarded as the ``closest'' solution to the set
3489 of equations. Use Calc to solve the following over-determined
3490 system:
3491
3492 @ifnottex
3493 @group
3494 @example
3495 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3496 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3497 7a + 6b = 3
3498 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
3499 @end example
3500 @end group
3501 @end ifnottex
3502 @tex
3503 \beforedisplayh
3504 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3505 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3506 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3507 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3508 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3509 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3510 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3511 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
3512 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
3513 $$
3514 \afterdisplayh
3515 @end tex
3516
3517 @noindent
3518 @xref{Matrix Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
3519
3520 @node List Tutorial, , Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3521 @subsection Vectors as Lists
3522
3523 @noindent
3524 @cindex Lists
3525 Although Calc has a number of features for manipulating vectors and
3526 matrices as mathematical objects, you can also treat vectors as
3527 simple lists of values. For example, we saw that the @kbd{k f}
3528 command returns a vector which is a list of the prime factors of a
3529 number.
3530
3531 You can pack and unpack stack entries into vectors:
3532
3533 @smallexample
3534 @group
3535 3: 10 1: [10, 20, 30] 3: 10
3536 2: 20 . 2: 20
3537 1: 30 1: 30
3538 . .
3539
3540 M-3 v p v u
3541 @end group
3542 @end smallexample
3543
3544 You can also build vectors out of consecutive integers, or out
3545 of many copies of a given value:
3546
3547 @smallexample
3548 @group
3549 1: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4]
3550 . 1: 17 1: [17, 17, 17, 17]
3551 . .
3552
3553 v x 4 @key{RET} 17 v b 4 @key{RET}
3554 @end group
3555 @end smallexample
3556
3557 You can apply an operator to every element of a vector using the
3558 @dfn{map} command.
3559
3560 @smallexample
3561 @group
3562 1: [17, 34, 51, 68] 1: [289, 1156, 2601, 4624] 1: [17, 34, 51, 68]
3563 . . .
3564
3565 V M * 2 V M ^ V M Q
3566 @end group
3567 @end smallexample
3568
3569 @noindent
3570 In the first step, we multiply the vector of integers by the vector
3571 of 17's elementwise. In the second step, we raise each element to
3572 the power two. (The general rule is that both operands must be
3573 vectors of the same length, or else one must be a vector and the
3574 other a plain number.) In the final step, we take the square root
3575 of each element.
3576
3577 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Compute a vector of powers of two
3578 from
3579 @texline @math{2^{-4}}
3580 @infoline @expr{2^-4}
3581 to @expr{2^4}. @xref{List Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3582
3583 You can also @dfn{reduce} a binary operator across a vector.
3584 For example, reducing @samp{*} computes the product of all the
3585 elements in the vector:
3586
3587 @smallexample
3588 @group
3589 1: 123123 1: [3, 7, 11, 13, 41] 1: 123123
3590 . . .
3591
3592 123123 k f V R *
3593 @end group
3594 @end smallexample
3595
3596 @noindent
3597 In this example, we decompose 123123 into its prime factors, then
3598 multiply those factors together again to yield the original number.
3599
3600 We could compute a dot product ``by hand'' using mapping and
3601 reduction:
3602
3603 @smallexample
3604 @group
3605 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [7, 12, 0] 1: 19
3606 1: [7, 6, 0] . .
3607 .
3608
3609 r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
3610 @end group
3611 @end smallexample
3612
3613 @noindent
3614 Recalling two vectors from the previous section, we compute the
3615 sum of pairwise products of the elements to get the same answer
3616 for the dot product as before.
3617
3618 A slight variant of vector reduction is the @dfn{accumulate} operation,
3619 @kbd{V U}. This produces a vector of the intermediate results from
3620 a corresponding reduction. Here we compute a table of factorials:
3621
3622 @smallexample
3623 @group
3624 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] 1: [1, 2, 6, 24, 120, 720]
3625 . .
3626
3627 v x 6 @key{RET} V U *
3628 @end group
3629 @end smallexample
3630
3631 Calc allows vectors to grow as large as you like, although it gets
3632 rather slow if vectors have more than about a hundred elements.
3633 Actually, most of the time is spent formatting these large vectors
3634 for display, not calculating on them. Try the following experiment
3635 (if your computer is very fast you may need to substitute a larger
3636 vector size).
3637
3638 @smallexample
3639 @group
3640 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ... 1: [2, 3, 4, 5, ...
3641 . .
3642
3643 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3644 @end group
3645 @end smallexample
3646
3647 Now press @kbd{v .} (the letter @kbd{v}, then a period) and try the
3648 experiment again. In @kbd{v .} mode, long vectors are displayed
3649 ``abbreviated'' like this:
3650
3651 @smallexample
3652 @group
3653 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 500] 1: [2, 3, 4, ..., 501]
3654 . .
3655
3656 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3657 @end group
3658 @end smallexample
3659
3660 @noindent
3661 (where now the @samp{...} is actually part of the Calc display).
3662 You will find both operations are now much faster. But notice that
3663 even in @w{@kbd{v .}} mode, the full vectors are still shown in the Trail.
3664 Type @w{@kbd{t .}} to cause the trail to abbreviate as well, and try the
3665 experiment one more time. Operations on long vectors are now quite
3666 fast! (But of course if you use @kbd{t .} you will lose the ability
3667 to get old vectors back using the @kbd{t y} command.)
3668
3669 An easy way to view a full vector when @kbd{v .} mode is active is
3670 to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the vector; editing always works
3671 with the full, unabbreviated value.
3672
3673 @cindex Least-squares for fitting a straight line
3674 @cindex Fitting data to a line
3675 @cindex Line, fitting data to
3676 @cindex Data, extracting from buffers
3677 @cindex Columns of data, extracting
3678 As a larger example, let's try to fit a straight line to some data,
3679 using the method of least squares. (Calc has a built-in command for
3680 least-squares curve fitting, but we'll do it by hand here just to
3681 practice working with vectors.) Suppose we have the following list
3682 of values in a file we have loaded into Emacs:
3683
3684 @smallexample
3685 x y
3686 --- ---
3687 1.34 0.234
3688 1.41 0.298
3689 1.49 0.402
3690 1.56 0.412
3691 1.64 0.466
3692 1.73 0.473
3693 1.82 0.601
3694 1.91 0.519
3695 2.01 0.603
3696 2.11 0.637
3697 2.22 0.645
3698 2.33 0.705
3699 2.45 0.917
3700 2.58 1.009
3701 2.71 0.971
3702 2.85 1.062
3703 3.00 1.148
3704 3.15 1.157
3705 3.32 1.354
3706 @end smallexample
3707
3708 @noindent
3709 If you are reading this tutorial in printed form, you will find it
3710 easiest to press @kbd{C-x * i} to enter the on-line Info version of
3711 the manual and find this table there. (Press @kbd{g}, then type
3712 @kbd{List Tutorial}, to jump straight to this section.)
3713
3714 Position the cursor at the upper-left corner of this table, just
3715 to the left of the @expr{1.34}. Press @kbd{C-@@} to set the mark.
3716 (On your system this may be @kbd{C-2}, @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}, or @kbd{NUL}.)
3717 Now position the cursor to the lower-right, just after the @expr{1.354}.
3718 You have now defined this region as an Emacs ``rectangle.'' Still
3719 in the Info buffer, type @kbd{C-x * r}. This command
3720 (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) will pop you back into the Calculator, with
3721 the contents of the rectangle you specified in the form of a matrix.
3722
3723 @smallexample
3724 @group
3725 1: [ [ 1.34, 0.234 ]
3726 [ 1.41, 0.298 ]
3727 @dots{}
3728 @end group
3729 @end smallexample
3730
3731 @noindent
3732 (You may wish to use @kbd{v .} mode to abbreviate the display of this
3733 large matrix.)
3734
3735 We want to treat this as a pair of lists. The first step is to
3736 transpose this matrix into a pair of rows. Remember, a matrix is
3737 just a vector of vectors. So we can unpack the matrix into a pair
3738 of row vectors on the stack.
3739
3740 @smallexample
3741 @group
3742 1: [ [ 1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3743 [ 0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ] ] 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
3744 . .
3745
3746 v t v u
3747 @end group
3748 @end smallexample
3749
3750 @noindent
3751 Let's store these in quick variables 1 and 2, respectively.
3752
3753 @smallexample
3754 @group
3755 1: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] .
3756 .
3757
3758 t 2 t 1
3759 @end group
3760 @end smallexample
3761
3762 @noindent
3763 (Recall that @kbd{t 2} is a variant of @kbd{s 2} that removes the
3764 stored value from the stack.)
3765
3766 In a least squares fit, the slope @expr{m} is given by the formula
3767
3768 @ifnottex
3769 @example
3770 m = (N sum(x y) - sum(x) sum(y)) / (N sum(x^2) - sum(x)^2)
3771 @end example
3772 @end ifnottex
3773 @tex
3774 \beforedisplay
3775 $$ m = {N \sum x y - \sum x \sum y \over
3776 N \sum x^2 - \left( \sum x \right)^2} $$
3777 \afterdisplay
3778 @end tex
3779
3780 @noindent
3781 where
3782 @texline @math{\sum x}
3783 @infoline @expr{sum(x)}
3784 represents the sum of all the values of @expr{x}. While there is an
3785 actual @code{sum} function in Calc, it's easier to sum a vector using a
3786 simple reduction. First, let's compute the four different sums that
3787 this formula uses.
3788
3789 @smallexample
3790 @group
3791 1: 41.63 1: 98.0003
3792 . .
3793
3794 r 1 V R + t 3 r 1 2 V M ^ V R + t 4
3795
3796 @end group
3797 @end smallexample
3798 @noindent
3799 @smallexample
3800 @group
3801 1: 13.613 1: 33.36554
3802 . .
3803
3804 r 2 V R + t 5 r 1 r 2 V M * V R + t 6
3805 @end group
3806 @end smallexample
3807
3808 @ifnottex
3809 @noindent
3810 These are @samp{sum(x)}, @samp{sum(x^2)}, @samp{sum(y)}, and @samp{sum(x y)},
3811 respectively. (We could have used @kbd{*} to compute @samp{sum(x^2)} and
3812 @samp{sum(x y)}.)
3813 @end ifnottex
3814 @tex
3815 These are $\sum x$, $\sum x^2$, $\sum y$, and $\sum x y$,
3816 respectively. (We could have used \kbd{*} to compute $\sum x^2$ and
3817 $\sum x y$.)
3818 @end tex
3819
3820 Finally, we also need @expr{N}, the number of data points. This is just
3821 the length of either of our lists.
3822
3823 @smallexample
3824 @group
3825 1: 19
3826 .
3827
3828 r 1 v l t 7
3829 @end group
3830 @end smallexample
3831
3832 @noindent
3833 (That's @kbd{v} followed by a lower-case @kbd{l}.)
3834
3835 Now we grind through the formula:
3836
3837 @smallexample
3838 @group
3839 1: 633.94526 2: 633.94526 1: 67.23607
3840 . 1: 566.70919 .
3841 .
3842
3843 r 7 r 6 * r 3 r 5 * -
3844
3845 @end group
3846 @end smallexample
3847 @noindent
3848 @smallexample
3849 @group
3850 2: 67.23607 3: 67.23607 2: 67.23607 1: 0.52141679
3851 1: 1862.0057 2: 1862.0057 1: 128.9488 .
3852 . 1: 1733.0569 .
3853 .
3854
3855 r 7 r 4 * r 3 2 ^ - / t 8
3856 @end group
3857 @end smallexample
3858
3859 That gives us the slope @expr{m}. The y-intercept @expr{b} can now
3860 be found with the simple formula,
3861
3862 @ifnottex
3863 @example
3864 b = (sum(y) - m sum(x)) / N
3865 @end example
3866 @end ifnottex
3867 @tex
3868 \beforedisplay
3869 $$ b = {\sum y - m \sum x \over N} $$
3870 \afterdisplay
3871 \vskip10pt
3872 @end tex
3873
3874 @smallexample
3875 @group
3876 1: 13.613 2: 13.613 1: -8.09358 1: -0.425978
3877 . 1: 21.70658 . .
3878 .
3879
3880 r 5 r 8 r 3 * - r 7 / t 9
3881 @end group
3882 @end smallexample
3883
3884 Let's ``plot'' this straight line approximation,
3885 @texline @math{y \approx m x + b},
3886 @infoline @expr{m x + b},
3887 and compare it with the original data.
3888
3889 @smallexample
3890 @group
3891 1: [0.699, 0.735, ... ] 1: [0.273, 0.309, ... ]
3892 . .
3893
3894 r 1 r 8 * r 9 + s 0
3895 @end group
3896 @end smallexample
3897
3898 @noindent
3899 Notice that multiplying a vector by a constant, and adding a constant
3900 to a vector, can be done without mapping commands since these are
3901 common operations from vector algebra. As far as Calc is concerned,
3902 we've just been doing geometry in 19-dimensional space!
3903
3904 We can subtract this vector from our original @expr{y} vector to get
3905 a feel for the error of our fit. Let's find the maximum error:
3906
3907 @smallexample
3908 @group
3909 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: 0.0897
3910 . . .
3911
3912 r 2 - V M A V R X
3913 @end group
3914 @end smallexample
3915
3916 @noindent
3917 First we compute a vector of differences, then we take the absolute
3918 values of these differences, then we reduce the @code{max} function
3919 across the vector. (The @code{max} function is on the two-key sequence
3920 @kbd{f x}; because it is so common to use @code{max} in a vector
3921 operation, the letters @kbd{X} and @kbd{N} are also accepted for
3922 @code{max} and @code{min} in this context. In general, you answer
3923 the @kbd{V M} or @kbd{V R} prompt with the actual key sequence that
3924 invokes the function you want. You could have typed @kbd{V R f x} or
3925 even @kbd{V R x max @key{RET}} if you had preferred.)
3926
3927 If your system has the GNUPLOT program, you can see graphs of your
3928 data and your straight line to see how well they match. (If you have
3929 GNUPLOT 3.0 or higher, the following instructions will work regardless
3930 of the kind of display you have. Some GNUPLOT 2.0, non-X-windows systems
3931 may require additional steps to view the graphs.)
3932
3933 Let's start by plotting the original data. Recall the ``@var{x}'' and ``@var{y}''
3934 vectors onto the stack and press @kbd{g f}. This ``fast'' graphing
3935 command does everything you need to do for simple, straightforward
3936 plotting of data.
3937
3938 @smallexample
3939 @group
3940 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3941 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
3942 .
3943
3944 r 1 r 2 g f
3945 @end group
3946 @end smallexample
3947
3948 If all goes well, you will shortly get a new window containing a graph
3949 of the data. (If not, contact your GNUPLOT or Calc installer to find
3950 out what went wrong.) In the X window system, this will be a separate
3951 graphics window. For other kinds of displays, the default is to
3952 display the graph in Emacs itself using rough character graphics.
3953 Press @kbd{q} when you are done viewing the character graphics.
3954
3955 Next, let's add the line we got from our least-squares fit.
3956 @ifinfo
3957 (If you are reading this tutorial on-line while running Calc, typing
3958 @kbd{g a} may cause the tutorial to disappear from its window and be
3959 replaced by a buffer named @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}. The tutorial
3960 will reappear when you terminate GNUPLOT by typing @kbd{g q}.)
3961 @end ifinfo
3962
3963 @smallexample
3964 @group
3965 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3966 1: [0.273, 0.309, 0.351, ... ]
3967 .
3968
3969 @key{DEL} r 0 g a g p
3970 @end group
3971 @end smallexample
3972
3973 It's not very useful to get symbols to mark the data points on this
3974 second curve; you can type @kbd{g S g p} to remove them. Type @kbd{g q}
3975 when you are done to remove the X graphics window and terminate GNUPLOT.
3976
3977 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} An earlier exercise showed how to do
3978 least squares fitting to a general system of equations. Our 19 data
3979 points are really 19 equations of the form @expr{y_i = m x_i + b} for
3980 different pairs of @expr{(x_i,y_i)}. Use the matrix-transpose method
3981 to solve for @expr{m} and @expr{b}, duplicating the above result.
3982 @xref{List Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3983
3984 @cindex Geometric mean
3985 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} If the input data do not form a
3986 rectangle, you can use @w{@kbd{C-x * g}} (@code{calc-grab-region})
3987 to grab the data the way Emacs normally works with regions---it reads
3988 left-to-right, top-to-bottom, treating line breaks the same as spaces.
3989 Use this command to find the geometric mean of the following numbers.
3990 (The geometric mean is the @var{n}th root of the product of @var{n} numbers.)
3991
3992 @example
3993 2.3 6 22 15.1 7
3994 15 14 7.5
3995 2.5
3996 @end example
3997
3998 @noindent
3999 The @kbd{C-x * g} command accepts numbers separated by spaces or commas,
4000 with or without surrounding vector brackets.
4001 @xref{List Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4002
4003 @ifnottex
4004 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4005 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4006 @var{n}-choose-0 minus @var{n}-choose-1 plus @var{n}-choose-2, and so
4007 on up to @var{n}-choose-@var{n},
4008 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4009 for @expr{n=6}.
4010 @end ifnottex
4011 @tex
4012 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4013 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4014 ${n \choose 0} - {n \choose 1} + {n \choose 2} - \cdots \pm {n \choose n}$
4015 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4016 for \cite{n=6}.
4017 @end tex
4018
4019 @smallexample
4020 @group
4021 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
4022 . .
4023
4024 v x 7 @key{RET} 1 -
4025
4026 @end group
4027 @end smallexample
4028 @noindent
4029 @smallexample
4030 @group
4031 1: [1, -6, 15, -20, 15, -6, 1] 1: 0
4032 . .
4033
4034 V M ' (-1)^$ choose(6,$) @key{RET} V R +
4035 @end group
4036 @end smallexample
4037
4038 The @kbd{V M '} command prompts you to enter any algebraic expression
4039 to define the function to map over the vector. The symbol @samp{$}
4040 inside this expression represents the argument to the function.
4041 The Calculator applies this formula to each element of the vector,
4042 substituting each element's value for the @samp{$} sign(s) in turn.
4043
4044 To define a two-argument function, use @samp{$$} for the first
4045 argument and @samp{$} for the second: @kbd{V M ' $$-$ @key{RET}} is
4046 equivalent to @kbd{V M -}. This is analogous to regular algebraic
4047 entry, where @samp{$$} would refer to the next-to-top stack entry
4048 and @samp{$} would refer to the top stack entry, and @kbd{' $$-$ @key{RET}}
4049 would act exactly like @kbd{-}.
4050
4051 Notice that the @kbd{V M '} command has recorded two things in the
4052 trail: The result, as usual, and also a funny-looking thing marked
4053 @samp{oper} that represents the operator function you typed in.
4054 The function is enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets, and the argument is
4055 denoted by a @samp{#} sign. If there were several arguments, they
4056 would be shown as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on. (For example,
4057 @kbd{V M ' $$-$} will put the function @samp{<#1 - #2>} on the
4058 trail.) This object is a ``nameless function''; you can use nameless
4059 @w{@samp{< >}} notation to answer the @kbd{V M '} prompt if you like.
4060 Nameless function notation has the interesting, occasionally useful
4061 property that a nameless function is not actually evaluated until
4062 it is used. For example, @kbd{V M ' $+random(2.0)} evaluates
4063 @samp{random(2.0)} once and adds that random number to all elements
4064 of the vector, but @kbd{V M ' <#+random(2.0)>} evaluates the
4065 @samp{random(2.0)} separately for each vector element.
4066
4067 Another group of operators that are often useful with @kbd{V M} are
4068 the relational operators: @kbd{a =}, for example, compares two numbers
4069 and gives the result 1 if they are equal, or 0 if not. Similarly,
4070 @w{@kbd{a <}} checks for one number being less than another.
4071
4072 Other useful vector operations include @kbd{v v}, to reverse a
4073 vector end-for-end; @kbd{V S}, to sort the elements of a vector
4074 into increasing order; and @kbd{v r} and @w{@kbd{v c}}, to extract
4075 one row or column of a matrix, or (in both cases) to extract one
4076 element of a plain vector. With a negative argument, @kbd{v r}
4077 and @kbd{v c} instead delete one row, column, or vector element.
4078
4079 @cindex Divisor functions
4080 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The @expr{k}th @dfn{divisor function}
4081 @tex
4082 $\sigma_k(n)$
4083 @end tex
4084 is the sum of the @expr{k}th powers of all the divisors of an
4085 integer @expr{n}. Figure out a method for computing the divisor
4086 function for reasonably small values of @expr{n}. As a test,
4087 the 0th and 1st divisor functions of 30 are 8 and 72, respectively.
4088 @xref{List Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4089
4090 @cindex Square-free numbers
4091 @cindex Duplicate values in a list
4092 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @kbd{k f} command produces a
4093 list of prime factors for a number. Sometimes it is important to
4094 know that a number is @dfn{square-free}, i.e., that no prime occurs
4095 more than once in its list of prime factors. Find a sequence of
4096 keystrokes to tell if a number is square-free; your method should
4097 leave 1 on the stack if it is, or 0 if it isn't.
4098 @xref{List Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4099
4100 @cindex Triangular lists
4101 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Build a list of lists that looks
4102 like the following diagram. (You may wish to use the @kbd{v /}
4103 command to enable multi-line display of vectors.)
4104
4105 @smallexample
4106 @group
4107 1: [ [1],
4108 [1, 2],
4109 [1, 2, 3],
4110 [1, 2, 3, 4],
4111 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5],
4112 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] ]
4113 @end group
4114 @end smallexample
4115
4116 @noindent
4117 @xref{List Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4118
4119 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Build the following list of lists.
4120
4121 @smallexample
4122 @group
4123 1: [ [0],
4124 [1, 2],
4125 [3, 4, 5],
4126 [6, 7, 8, 9],
4127 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
4128 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
4129 @end group
4130 @end smallexample
4131
4132 @noindent
4133 @xref{List Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4134
4135 @cindex Maximizing a function over a list of values
4136 @c [fix-ref Numerical Solutions]
4137 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} Compute a list of values of Bessel's
4138 @texline @math{J_1(x)}
4139 @infoline @expr{J1}
4140 function @samp{besJ(1,x)} for @expr{x} from 0 to 5 in steps of 0.25.
4141 Find the value of @expr{x} (from among the above set of values) for
4142 which @samp{besJ(1,x)} is a maximum. Use an ``automatic'' method,
4143 i.e., just reading along the list by hand to find the largest value
4144 is not allowed! (There is an @kbd{a X} command which does this kind
4145 of thing automatically; @pxref{Numerical Solutions}.)
4146 @xref{List Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4147
4148 @cindex Digits, vectors of
4149 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} You are given an integer in the range
4150 @texline @math{0 \le N < 10^m}
4151 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < 10^m}
4152 for @expr{m=12} (i.e., an integer of less than
4153 twelve digits). Convert this integer into a vector of @expr{m}
4154 digits, each in the range from 0 to 9. In vector-of-digits notation,
4155 add one to this integer to produce a vector of @expr{m+1} digits
4156 (since there could be a carry out of the most significant digit).
4157 Convert this vector back into a regular integer. A good integer
4158 to try is 25129925999. @xref{List Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4159
4160 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Your friend Joe tried to use
4161 @kbd{V R a =} to test if all numbers in a list were equal. What
4162 happened? How would you do this test? @xref{List Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4163
4164 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The area of a circle of radius one
4165 is @cpi{}. The area of the
4166 @texline @math{2\times2}
4167 @infoline 2x2
4168 square that encloses that circle is 4. So if we throw @var{n} darts at
4169 random points in the square, about @cpiover{4} of them will land inside
4170 the circle. This gives us an entertaining way to estimate the value of
4171 @cpi{}. The @w{@kbd{k r}}
4172 command picks a random number between zero and the value on the stack.
4173 We could get a random floating-point number between @mathit{-1} and 1 by typing
4174 @w{@kbd{2.0 k r 1 -}}. Build a vector of 100 random @expr{(x,y)} points in
4175 this square, then use vector mapping and reduction to count how many
4176 points lie inside the unit circle. Hint: Use the @kbd{v b} command.
4177 @xref{List Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4178
4179 @cindex Matchstick problem
4180 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} The @dfn{matchstick problem} provides
4181 another way to calculate @cpi{}. Say you have an infinite field
4182 of vertical lines with a spacing of one inch. Toss a one-inch matchstick
4183 onto the field. The probability that the matchstick will land crossing
4184 a line turns out to be
4185 @texline @math{2/\pi}.
4186 @infoline @expr{2/pi}.
4187 Toss 100 matchsticks to estimate @cpi{}. (If you want still more fun,
4188 the probability that the GCD (@w{@kbd{k g}}) of two large integers is
4189 one turns out to be
4190 @texline @math{6/\pi^2}.
4191 @infoline @expr{6/pi^2}.
4192 That provides yet another way to estimate @cpi{}.)
4193 @xref{List Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4194
4195 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} An algebraic entry of a string in
4196 double-quote marks, @samp{"hello"}, creates a vector of the numerical
4197 (ASCII) codes of the characters (here, @expr{[104, 101, 108, 108, 111]}).
4198 Sometimes it is convenient to compute a @dfn{hash code} of a string,
4199 which is just an integer that represents the value of that string.
4200 Two equal strings have the same hash code; two different strings
4201 @dfn{probably} have different hash codes. (For example, Calc has
4202 over 400 function names, but Emacs can quickly find the definition for
4203 any given name because it has sorted the functions into ``buckets'' by
4204 their hash codes. Sometimes a few names will hash into the same bucket,
4205 but it is easier to search among a few names than among all the names.)
4206 One popular hash function is computed as follows: First set @expr{h = 0}.
4207 Then, for each character from the string in turn, set @expr{h = 3h + c_i}
4208 where @expr{c_i} is the character's ASCII code. If we have 511 buckets,
4209 we then take the hash code modulo 511 to get the bucket number. Develop a
4210 simple command or commands for converting string vectors into hash codes.
4211 The hash code for @samp{"Testing, 1, 2, 3"} is 1960915098, which modulo
4212 511 is 121. @xref{List Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4213
4214 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} The @kbd{H V R} and @kbd{H V U}
4215 commands do nested function evaluations. @kbd{H V U} takes a starting
4216 value and a number of steps @var{n} from the stack; it then applies the
4217 function you give to the starting value 0, 1, 2, up to @var{n} times
4218 and returns a vector of the results. Use this command to create a
4219 ``random walk'' of 50 steps. Start with the two-dimensional point
4220 @expr{(0,0)}; then take one step a random distance between @mathit{-1} and 1
4221 in both @expr{x} and @expr{y}; then take another step, and so on. Use the
4222 @kbd{g f} command to display this random walk. Now modify your random
4223 walk to walk a unit distance, but in a random direction, at each step.
4224 (Hint: The @code{sincos} function returns a vector of the cosine and
4225 sine of an angle.) @xref{List Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4226
4227 @node Types Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Tutorial
4228 @section Types Tutorial
4229
4230 @noindent
4231 Calc understands a variety of data types as well as simple numbers.
4232 In this section, we'll experiment with each of these types in turn.
4233
4234 The numbers we've been using so far have mainly been either @dfn{integers}
4235 or @dfn{floats}. We saw that floats are usually a good approximation to
4236 the mathematical concept of real numbers, but they are only approximations
4237 and are susceptible to roundoff error. Calc also supports @dfn{fractions},
4238 which can exactly represent any rational number.
4239
4240 @smallexample
4241 @group
4242 1: 3628800 2: 3628800 1: 518400:7 1: 518414:7 1: 7:518414
4243 . 1: 49 . . .
4244 .
4245
4246 10 ! 49 @key{RET} : 2 + &
4247 @end group
4248 @end smallexample
4249
4250 @noindent
4251 The @kbd{:} command divides two integers to get a fraction; @kbd{/}
4252 would normally divide integers to get a floating-point result.
4253 Notice we had to type @key{RET} between the @kbd{49} and the @kbd{:}
4254 since the @kbd{:} would otherwise be interpreted as part of a
4255 fraction beginning with 49.
4256
4257 You can convert between floating-point and fractional format using
4258 @kbd{c f} and @kbd{c F}:
4259
4260 @smallexample
4261 @group
4262 1: 1.35027217629e-5 1: 7:518414
4263 . .
4264
4265 c f c F
4266 @end group
4267 @end smallexample
4268
4269 The @kbd{c F} command replaces a floating-point number with the
4270 ``simplest'' fraction whose floating-point representation is the
4271 same, to within the current precision.
4272
4273 @smallexample
4274 @group
4275 1: 3.14159265359 1: 1146408:364913 1: 3.1416 1: 355:113
4276 . . . .
4277
4278 P c F @key{DEL} p 5 @key{RET} P c F
4279 @end group
4280 @end smallexample
4281
4282 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} A calculation has produced the
4283 result 1.26508260337. You suspect it is the square root of the
4284 product of @cpi{} and some rational number. Is it? (Be sure
4285 to allow for roundoff error!) @xref{Types Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4286
4287 @dfn{Complex numbers} can be stored in both rectangular and polar form.
4288
4289 @smallexample
4290 @group
4291 1: -9 1: (0, 3) 1: (3; 90.) 1: (6; 90.) 1: (2.4495; 45.)
4292 . . . . .
4293
4294 9 n Q c p 2 * Q
4295 @end group
4296 @end smallexample
4297
4298 @noindent
4299 The square root of @mathit{-9} is by default rendered in rectangular form
4300 (@w{@expr{0 + 3i}}), but we can convert it to polar form (3 with a
4301 phase angle of 90 degrees). All the usual arithmetic and scientific
4302 operations are defined on both types of complex numbers.
4303
4304 Another generalized kind of number is @dfn{infinity}. Infinity
4305 isn't really a number, but it can sometimes be treated like one.
4306 Calc uses the symbol @code{inf} to represent positive infinity,
4307 i.e., a value greater than any real number. Naturally, you can
4308 also write @samp{-inf} for minus infinity, a value less than any
4309 real number. The word @code{inf} can only be input using
4310 algebraic entry.
4311
4312 @smallexample
4313 @group
4314 2: inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 1: nan
4315 1: -17 1: -inf 1: -inf 1: inf .
4316 . . . .
4317
4318 ' inf @key{RET} 17 n * @key{RET} 72 + A +
4319 @end group
4320 @end smallexample
4321
4322 @noindent
4323 Since infinity is infinitely large, multiplying it by any finite
4324 number (like @mathit{-17}) has no effect, except that since @mathit{-17}
4325 is negative, it changes a plus infinity to a minus infinity.
4326 (``A huge positive number, multiplied by @mathit{-17}, yields a huge
4327 negative number.'') Adding any finite number to infinity also
4328 leaves it unchanged. Taking an absolute value gives us plus
4329 infinity again. Finally, we add this plus infinity to the minus
4330 infinity we had earlier. If you work it out, you might expect
4331 the answer to be @mathit{-72} for this. But the 72 has been completely
4332 lost next to the infinities; by the time we compute @w{@samp{inf - inf}}
4333 the finite difference between them, if any, is undetectable.
4334 So we say the result is @dfn{indeterminate}, which Calc writes
4335 with the symbol @code{nan} (for Not A Number).
4336
4337 Dividing by zero is normally treated as an error, but you can get
4338 Calc to write an answer in terms of infinity by pressing @kbd{m i}
4339 to turn on Infinite mode.
4340
4341 @smallexample
4342 @group
4343 3: nan 2: nan 2: nan 2: nan 1: nan
4344 2: 1 1: 1 / 0 1: uinf 1: uinf .
4345 1: 0 . . .
4346 .
4347
4348 1 @key{RET} 0 / m i U / 17 n * +
4349 @end group
4350 @end smallexample
4351
4352 @noindent
4353 Dividing by zero normally is left unevaluated, but after @kbd{m i}
4354 it instead gives an infinite result. The answer is actually
4355 @code{uinf}, ``undirected infinity.'' If you look at a graph of
4356 @expr{1 / x} around @w{@expr{x = 0}}, you'll see that it goes toward
4357 plus infinity as you approach zero from above, but toward minus
4358 infinity as you approach from below. Since we said only @expr{1 / 0},
4359 Calc knows that the answer is infinite but not in which direction.
4360 That's what @code{uinf} means. Notice that multiplying @code{uinf}
4361 by a negative number still leaves plain @code{uinf}; there's no
4362 point in saying @samp{-uinf} because the sign of @code{uinf} is
4363 unknown anyway. Finally, we add @code{uinf} to our @code{nan},
4364 yielding @code{nan} again. It's easy to see that, because
4365 @code{nan} means ``totally unknown'' while @code{uinf} means
4366 ``unknown sign but known to be infinite,'' the more mysterious
4367 @code{nan} wins out when it is combined with @code{uinf}, or, for
4368 that matter, with anything else.
4369
4370 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Predict what Calc will answer
4371 for each of these formulas: @samp{inf / inf}, @samp{exp(inf)},
4372 @samp{exp(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(uinf)},
4373 @samp{abs(uinf)}, @samp{ln(0)}.
4374 @xref{Types Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4375
4376 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} We saw that @samp{inf - inf = nan},
4377 which stands for an unknown value. Can @code{nan} stand for
4378 a complex number? Can it stand for infinity?
4379 @xref{Types Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4380
4381 @dfn{HMS forms} represent a value in terms of hours, minutes, and
4382 seconds.
4383
4384 @smallexample
4385 @group
4386 1: 2@@ 30' 0" 1: 3@@ 30' 0" 2: 3@@ 30' 0" 1: 2.
4387 . . 1: 1@@ 45' 0." .
4388 .
4389
4390 2@@ 30' @key{RET} 1 + @key{RET} 2 / /
4391 @end group
4392 @end smallexample
4393
4394 HMS forms can also be used to hold angles in degrees, minutes, and
4395 seconds.
4396
4397 @smallexample
4398 @group
4399 1: 0.5 1: 26.56505 1: 26@@ 33' 54.18" 1: 0.44721
4400 . . . .
4401
4402 0.5 I T c h S
4403 @end group
4404 @end smallexample
4405
4406 @noindent
4407 First we convert the inverse tangent of 0.5 to degrees-minutes-seconds
4408 form, then we take the sine of that angle. Note that the trigonometric
4409 functions will accept HMS forms directly as input.
4410
4411 @cindex Beatles
4412 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The Beatles' @emph{Abbey Road} is
4413 47 minutes and 26 seconds long, and contains 17 songs. What is the
4414 average length of a song on @emph{Abbey Road}? If the Extended Disco
4415 Version of @emph{Abbey Road} added 20 seconds to the length of each
4416 song, how long would the album be? @xref{Types Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4417
4418 A @dfn{date form} represents a date, or a date and time. Dates must
4419 be entered using algebraic entry. Date forms are surrounded by
4420 @samp{< >} symbols; most standard formats for dates are recognized.
4421
4422 @smallexample
4423 @group
4424 2: <Sun Jan 13, 1991> 1: 2.25
4425 1: <6:00pm Thu Jan 10, 1991> .
4426 .
4427
4428 ' <13 Jan 1991>, <1/10/91, 6pm> @key{RET} -
4429 @end group
4430 @end smallexample
4431
4432 @noindent
4433 In this example, we enter two dates, then subtract to find the
4434 number of days between them. It is also possible to add an
4435 HMS form or a number (of days) to a date form to get another
4436 date form.
4437
4438 @smallexample
4439 @group
4440 1: <4:45:59pm Mon Jan 14, 1991> 1: <2:50:59am Thu Jan 17, 1991>
4441 . .
4442
4443 t N 2 + 10@@ 5' +
4444 @end group
4445 @end smallexample
4446
4447 @c [fix-ref Date Arithmetic]
4448 @noindent
4449 The @kbd{t N} (``now'') command pushes the current date and time on the
4450 stack; then we add two days, ten hours and five minutes to the date and
4451 time. Other date-and-time related commands include @kbd{t J}, which
4452 does Julian day conversions, @kbd{t W}, which finds the beginning of
4453 the week in which a date form lies, and @kbd{t I}, which increments a
4454 date by one or several months. @xref{Date Arithmetic}, for more.
4455
4456 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} How many days until the next
4457 Friday the 13th? @xref{Types Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4458
4459 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} How many leap years will there be
4460 between now and the year 10001 A.D.? @xref{Types Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4461
4462 @cindex Slope and angle of a line
4463 @cindex Angle and slope of a line
4464 An @dfn{error form} represents a mean value with an attached standard
4465 deviation, or error estimate. Suppose our measurements indicate that
4466 a certain telephone pole is about 30 meters away, with an estimated
4467 error of 1 meter, and 8 meters tall, with an estimated error of 0.2
4468 meters. What is the slope of a line from here to the top of the
4469 pole, and what is the equivalent angle in degrees?
4470
4471 @smallexample
4472 @group
4473 1: 8 +/- 0.2 2: 8 +/- 0.2 1: 0.266 +/- 0.011 1: 14.93 +/- 0.594
4474 . 1: 30 +/- 1 . .
4475 .
4476
4477 8 p .2 @key{RET} 30 p 1 / I T
4478 @end group
4479 @end smallexample
4480
4481 @noindent
4482 This means that the angle is about 15 degrees, and, assuming our
4483 original error estimates were valid standard deviations, there is about
4484 a 60% chance that the result is correct within 0.59 degrees.
4485
4486 @cindex Torus, volume of
4487 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} The volume of a torus (a donut shape) is
4488 @texline @math{2 \pi^2 R r^2}
4489 @infoline @w{@expr{2 pi^2 R r^2}}
4490 where @expr{R} is the radius of the circle that
4491 defines the center of the tube and @expr{r} is the radius of the tube
4492 itself. Suppose @expr{R} is 20 cm and @expr{r} is 4 cm, each known to
4493 within 5 percent. What is the volume and the relative uncertainty of
4494 the volume? @xref{Types Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4495
4496 An @dfn{interval form} represents a range of values. While an
4497 error form is best for making statistical estimates, intervals give
4498 you exact bounds on an answer. Suppose we additionally know that
4499 our telephone pole is definitely between 28 and 31 meters away,
4500 and that it is between 7.7 and 8.1 meters tall.
4501
4502 @smallexample
4503 @group
4504 1: [7.7 .. 8.1] 2: [7.7 .. 8.1] 1: [0.24 .. 0.28] 1: [13.9 .. 16.1]
4505 . 1: [28 .. 31] . .
4506 .
4507
4508 [ 7.7 .. 8.1 ] [ 28 .. 31 ] / I T
4509 @end group
4510 @end smallexample
4511
4512 @noindent
4513 If our bounds were correct, then the angle to the top of the pole
4514 is sure to lie in the range shown.
4515
4516 The square brackets around these intervals indicate that the endpoints
4517 themselves are allowable values. In other words, the distance to the
4518 telephone pole is between 28 and 31, @emph{inclusive}. You can also
4519 make an interval that is exclusive of its endpoints by writing
4520 parentheses instead of square brackets. You can even make an interval
4521 which is inclusive (``closed'') on one end and exclusive (``open'') on
4522 the other.
4523
4524 @smallexample
4525 @group
4526 1: [1 .. 10) 1: (0.1 .. 1] 2: (0.1 .. 1] 1: (0.2 .. 3)
4527 . . 1: [2 .. 3) .
4528 .
4529
4530 [ 1 .. 10 ) & [ 2 .. 3 ) *
4531 @end group
4532 @end smallexample
4533
4534 @noindent
4535 The Calculator automatically keeps track of which end values should
4536 be open and which should be closed. You can also make infinite or
4537 semi-infinite intervals by using @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} for one
4538 or both endpoints.
4539
4540 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} What answer would you expect from
4541 @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(0 .. 10)}}? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 0)}}? What
4542 about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{[0 .. 10]}} (where the interval actually includes
4543 zero)? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 10)}}?
4544 @xref{Types Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4545
4546 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} Two easy ways of squaring a number
4547 are @kbd{@key{RET} *} and @w{@kbd{2 ^}}. Normally these produce the same
4548 answer. Would you expect this still to hold true for interval forms?
4549 If not, which of these will result in a larger interval?
4550 @xref{Types Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4551
4552 A @dfn{modulo form} is used for performing arithmetic modulo @var{m}.
4553 For example, arithmetic involving time is generally done modulo 12
4554 or 24 hours.
4555
4556 @smallexample
4557 @group
4558 1: 17 mod 24 1: 3 mod 24 1: 21 mod 24 1: 9 mod 24
4559 . . . .
4560
4561 17 M 24 @key{RET} 10 + n 5 /
4562 @end group
4563 @end smallexample
4564
4565 @noindent
4566 In this last step, Calc has divided by 5 modulo 24; i.e., it has found a
4567 new number which, when multiplied by 5 modulo 24, produces the original
4568 number, 21. If @var{m} is prime and the divisor is not a multiple of
4569 @var{m}, it is always possible to find such a number. For non-prime
4570 @var{m} like 24, it is only sometimes possible.
4571
4572 @smallexample
4573 @group
4574 1: 10 mod 24 1: 16 mod 24 1: 1000000... 1: 16
4575 . . . .
4576
4577 10 M 24 @key{RET} 100 ^ 10 @key{RET} 100 ^ 24 %
4578 @end group
4579 @end smallexample
4580
4581 @noindent
4582 These two calculations get the same answer, but the first one is
4583 much more efficient because it avoids the huge intermediate value
4584 that arises in the second one.
4585
4586 @cindex Fermat, primality test of
4587 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} A theorem of Pierre de Fermat
4588 says that
4589 @texline @w{@math{x^{n-1} \bmod n = 1}}
4590 @infoline @expr{x^(n-1) mod n = 1}
4591 if @expr{n} is a prime number and @expr{x} is an integer less than
4592 @expr{n}. If @expr{n} is @emph{not} a prime number, this will
4593 @emph{not} be true for most values of @expr{x}. Thus we can test
4594 informally if a number is prime by trying this formula for several
4595 values of @expr{x}. Use this test to tell whether the following numbers
4596 are prime: 811749613, 15485863. @xref{Types Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4597
4598 It is possible to use HMS forms as parts of error forms, intervals,
4599 modulo forms, or as the phase part of a polar complex number.
4600 For example, the @code{calc-time} command pushes the current time
4601 of day on the stack as an HMS/modulo form.
4602
4603 @smallexample
4604 @group
4605 1: 17@@ 34' 45" mod 24@@ 0' 0" 1: 6@@ 22' 15" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
4606 . .
4607
4608 x time @key{RET} n
4609 @end group
4610 @end smallexample
4611
4612 @noindent
4613 This calculation tells me it is six hours and 22 minutes until midnight.
4614
4615 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} A rule of thumb is that one year
4616 is about
4617 @texline @math{\pi \times 10^7}
4618 @infoline @w{@expr{pi * 10^7}}
4619 seconds. What time will it be that many seconds from right now?
4620 @xref{Types Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4621
4622 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} You are preparing to order packaging
4623 for the CD release of the Extended Disco Version of @emph{Abbey Road}.
4624 You are told that the songs will actually be anywhere from 20 to 60
4625 seconds longer than the originals. One CD can hold about 75 minutes
4626 of music. Should you order single or double packages?
4627 @xref{Types Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4628
4629 Another kind of data the Calculator can manipulate is numbers with
4630 @dfn{units}. This isn't strictly a new data type; it's simply an
4631 application of algebraic expressions, where we use variables with
4632 suggestive names like @samp{cm} and @samp{in} to represent units
4633 like centimeters and inches.
4634
4635 @smallexample
4636 @group
4637 1: 2 in 1: 5.08 cm 1: 0.027778 fath 1: 0.0508 m
4638 . . . .
4639
4640 ' 2in @key{RET} u c cm @key{RET} u c fath @key{RET} u b
4641 @end group
4642 @end smallexample
4643
4644 @noindent
4645 We enter the quantity ``2 inches'' (actually an algebraic expression
4646 which means two times the variable @samp{in}), then we convert it
4647 first to centimeters, then to fathoms, then finally to ``base'' units,
4648 which in this case means meters.
4649
4650 @smallexample
4651 @group
4652 1: 9 acre 1: 3 sqrt(acre) 1: 190.84 m 1: 190.84 m + 30 cm
4653 . . . .
4654
4655 ' 9 acre @key{RET} Q u s ' $+30 cm @key{RET}
4656
4657 @end group
4658 @end smallexample
4659 @noindent
4660 @smallexample
4661 @group
4662 1: 191.14 m 1: 36536.3046 m^2 1: 365363046 cm^2
4663 . . .
4664
4665 u s 2 ^ u c cgs
4666 @end group
4667 @end smallexample
4668
4669 @noindent
4670 Since units expressions are really just formulas, taking the square
4671 root of @samp{acre} is undefined. After all, @code{acre} might be an
4672 algebraic variable that you will someday assign a value. We use the
4673 ``units-simplify'' command to simplify the expression with variables
4674 being interpreted as unit names.
4675
4676 In the final step, we have converted not to a particular unit, but to a
4677 units system. The ``cgs'' system uses centimeters instead of meters
4678 as its standard unit of length.
4679
4680 There is a wide variety of units defined in the Calculator.
4681
4682 @smallexample
4683 @group
4684 1: 55 mph 1: 88.5139 kph 1: 88.5139 km / hr 1: 8.201407e-8 c
4685 . . . .
4686
4687 ' 55 mph @key{RET} u c kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} u c c @key{RET}
4688 @end group
4689 @end smallexample
4690
4691 @noindent
4692 We express a speed first in miles per hour, then in kilometers per
4693 hour, then again using a slightly more explicit notation, then
4694 finally in terms of fractions of the speed of light.
4695
4696 Temperature conversions are a bit more tricky. There are two ways to
4697 interpret ``20 degrees Fahrenheit''---it could mean an actual
4698 temperature, or it could mean a change in temperature. For normal
4699 units there is no difference, but temperature units have an offset
4700 as well as a scale factor and so there must be two explicit commands
4701 for them.
4702
4703 @smallexample
4704 @group
4705 1: 20 degF 1: 11.1111 degC 1: -20:3 degC 1: -6.666 degC
4706 . . . .
4707
4708 ' 20 degF @key{RET} u c degC @key{RET} U u t degC @key{RET} c f
4709 @end group
4710 @end smallexample
4711
4712 @noindent
4713 First we convert a change of 20 degrees Fahrenheit into an equivalent
4714 change in degrees Celsius (or Centigrade). Then, we convert the
4715 absolute temperature 20 degrees Fahrenheit into Celsius. Since
4716 this comes out as an exact fraction, we then convert to floating-point
4717 for easier comparison with the other result.
4718
4719 For simple unit conversions, you can put a plain number on the stack.
4720 Then @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u t} will prompt for both old and new units.
4721 When you use this method, you're responsible for remembering which
4722 numbers are in which units:
4723
4724 @smallexample
4725 @group
4726 1: 55 1: 88.5139 1: 8.201407e-8
4727 . . .
4728
4729 55 u c mph @key{RET} kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} c @key{RET}
4730 @end group
4731 @end smallexample
4732
4733 To see a complete list of built-in units, type @kbd{u v}. Press
4734 @w{@kbd{C-x * c}} again to re-enter the Calculator when you're done looking
4735 at the units table.
4736
4737 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} How many seconds are there really
4738 in a year? @xref{Types Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4739
4740 @cindex Speed of light
4741 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} Supercomputer designs are limited by
4742 the speed of light (and of electricity, which is nearly as fast).
4743 Suppose a computer has a 4.1 ns (nanosecond) clock cycle, and its
4744 cabinet is one meter across. Is speed of light going to be a
4745 significant factor in its design? @xref{Types Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4746
4747 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 15.} Sam the Slug normally travels about
4748 five yards in an hour. He has obtained a supply of Power Pills; each
4749 Power Pill he eats doubles his speed. How many Power Pills can he
4750 swallow and still travel legally on most US highways?
4751 @xref{Types Answer 15, 15}. (@bullet{})
4752
4753 @node Algebra Tutorial, Programming Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Tutorial
4754 @section Algebra and Calculus Tutorial
4755
4756 @noindent
4757 This section shows how to use Calc's algebra facilities to solve
4758 equations, do simple calculus problems, and manipulate algebraic
4759 formulas.
4760
4761 @menu
4762 * Basic Algebra Tutorial::
4763 * Rewrites Tutorial::
4764 @end menu
4765
4766 @node Basic Algebra Tutorial, Rewrites Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
4767 @subsection Basic Algebra
4768
4769 @noindent
4770 If you enter a formula in Algebraic mode that refers to variables,
4771 the formula itself is pushed onto the stack. You can manipulate
4772 formulas as regular data objects.
4773
4774 @smallexample
4775 @group
4776 1: 2 x^2 - 6 1: 6 - 2 x^2 1: (6 - 2 x^2) (3 x^2 + y)
4777 . . .
4778
4779 ' 2x^2-6 @key{RET} n ' 3x^2+y @key{RET} *
4780 @end group
4781 @end smallexample
4782
4783 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Do @kbd{' x @key{RET} Q 2 ^} and
4784 @kbd{' x @key{RET} 2 ^ Q} both wind up with the same result (@samp{x})?
4785 Why or why not? @xref{Algebra Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4786
4787 There are also commands for doing common algebraic operations on
4788 formulas. Continuing with the formula from the last example,
4789
4790 @smallexample
4791 @group
4792 1: 18 x^2 + 6 y - 6 x^4 - 2 x^2 y 1: (18 - 2 y) x^2 - 6 x^4 + 6 y
4793 . .
4794
4795 a x a c x @key{RET}
4796 @end group
4797 @end smallexample
4798
4799 @noindent
4800 First we ``expand'' using the distributive law, then we ``collect''
4801 terms involving like powers of @expr{x}.
4802
4803 Let's find the value of this expression when @expr{x} is 2 and @expr{y}
4804 is one-half.
4805
4806 @smallexample
4807 @group
4808 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: -25
4809 . .
4810
4811 1:2 s l y @key{RET} 2 s l x @key{RET}
4812 @end group
4813 @end smallexample
4814
4815 @noindent
4816 The @kbd{s l} command means ``let''; it takes a number from the top of
4817 the stack and temporarily assigns it as the value of the variable
4818 you specify. It then evaluates (as if by the @kbd{=} key) the
4819 next expression on the stack. After this command, the variable goes
4820 back to its original value, if any.
4821
4822 (An earlier exercise in this tutorial involved storing a value in the
4823 variable @code{x}; if this value is still there, you will have to
4824 unstore it with @kbd{s u x @key{RET}} before the above example will work
4825 properly.)
4826
4827 @cindex Maximum of a function using Calculus
4828 Let's find the maximum value of our original expression when @expr{y}
4829 is one-half and @expr{x} ranges over all possible values. We can
4830 do this by taking the derivative with respect to @expr{x} and examining
4831 values of @expr{x} for which the derivative is zero. If the second
4832 derivative of the function at that value of @expr{x} is negative,
4833 the function has a local maximum there.
4834
4835 @smallexample
4836 @group
4837 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
4838 . .
4839
4840 U @key{DEL} s 1 a d x @key{RET} s 2
4841 @end group
4842 @end smallexample
4843
4844 @noindent
4845 Well, the derivative is clearly zero when @expr{x} is zero. To find
4846 the other root(s), let's divide through by @expr{x} and then solve:
4847
4848 @smallexample
4849 @group
4850 1: (34 x - 24 x^3) / x 1: 34 x / x - 24 x^3 / x 1: 34 - 24 x^2
4851 . . .
4852
4853 ' x @key{RET} / a x a s
4854
4855 @end group
4856 @end smallexample
4857 @noindent
4858 @smallexample
4859 @group
4860 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023
4861 . .
4862
4863 0 a = s 3 a S x @key{RET}
4864 @end group
4865 @end smallexample
4866
4867 @noindent
4868 Notice the use of @kbd{a s} to ``simplify'' the formula. When the
4869 default algebraic simplifications don't do enough, you can use
4870 @kbd{a s} to tell Calc to spend more time on the job.
4871
4872 Now we compute the second derivative and plug in our values of @expr{x}:
4873
4874 @smallexample
4875 @group
4876 1: 1.19023 2: 1.19023 2: 1.19023
4877 . 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: 34 - 72 x^2
4878 . .
4879
4880 a . r 2 a d x @key{RET} s 4
4881 @end group
4882 @end smallexample
4883
4884 @noindent
4885 (The @kbd{a .} command extracts just the righthand side of an equation.
4886 Another method would have been to use @kbd{v u} to unpack the equation
4887 @w{@samp{x = 1.19}} to @samp{x} and @samp{1.19}, then use @kbd{M-- M-2 @key{DEL}}
4888 to delete the @samp{x}.)
4889
4890 @smallexample
4891 @group
4892 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: -68. 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: 34
4893 1: 1.19023 . 1: 0 .
4894 . .
4895
4896 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET} U @key{DEL} 0 s l x @key{RET}
4897 @end group
4898 @end smallexample
4899
4900 @noindent
4901 The first of these second derivatives is negative, so we know the function
4902 has a maximum value at @expr{x = 1.19023}. (The function also has a
4903 local @emph{minimum} at @expr{x = 0}.)
4904
4905 When we solved for @expr{x}, we got only one value even though
4906 @expr{34 - 24 x^2 = 0} is a quadratic equation that ought to have
4907 two solutions. The reason is that @w{@kbd{a S}} normally returns a
4908 single ``principal'' solution. If it needs to come up with an
4909 arbitrary sign (as occurs in the quadratic formula) it picks @expr{+}.
4910 If it needs an arbitrary integer, it picks zero. We can get a full
4911 solution by pressing @kbd{H} (the Hyperbolic flag) before @kbd{a S}.
4912
4913 @smallexample
4914 @group
4915 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023 s1 1: x = -1.19023
4916 . . .
4917
4918 r 3 H a S x @key{RET} s 5 1 n s l s1 @key{RET}
4919 @end group
4920 @end smallexample
4921
4922 @noindent
4923 Calc has invented the variable @samp{s1} to represent an unknown sign;
4924 it is supposed to be either @mathit{+1} or @mathit{-1}. Here we have used
4925 the ``let'' command to evaluate the expression when the sign is negative.
4926 If we plugged this into our second derivative we would get the same,
4927 negative, answer, so @expr{x = -1.19023} is also a maximum.
4928
4929 To find the actual maximum value, we must plug our two values of @expr{x}
4930 into the original formula.
4931
4932 @smallexample
4933 @group
4934 2: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 24.08333 s1^2 - 12.04166 s1^4 + 3
4935 1: x = 1.19023 s1 .
4936 .
4937
4938 r 1 r 5 s l @key{RET}
4939 @end group
4940 @end smallexample
4941
4942 @noindent
4943 (Here we see another way to use @kbd{s l}; if its input is an equation
4944 with a variable on the lefthand side, then @kbd{s l} treats the equation
4945 like an assignment to that variable if you don't give a variable name.)
4946
4947 It's clear that this will have the same value for either sign of
4948 @code{s1}, but let's work it out anyway, just for the exercise:
4949
4950 @smallexample
4951 @group
4952 2: [-1, 1] 1: [15.04166, 15.04166]
4953 1: 24.08333 s1^2 ... .
4954 .
4955
4956 [ 1 n , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
4957 @end group
4958 @end smallexample
4959
4960 @noindent
4961 Here we have used a vector mapping operation to evaluate the function
4962 at several values of @samp{s1} at once. @kbd{V M $} is like @kbd{V M '}
4963 except that it takes the formula from the top of the stack. The
4964 formula is interpreted as a function to apply across the vector at the
4965 next-to-top stack level. Since a formula on the stack can't contain
4966 @samp{$} signs, Calc assumes the variables in the formula stand for
4967 different arguments. It prompts you for an @dfn{argument list}, giving
4968 the list of all variables in the formula in alphabetical order as the
4969 default list. In this case the default is @samp{(s1)}, which is just
4970 what we want so we simply press @key{RET} at the prompt.
4971
4972 If there had been several different values, we could have used
4973 @w{@kbd{V R X}} to find the global maximum.
4974
4975 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a P} command that solves an equation using
4976 @w{@kbd{H a S}} and returns a vector of all the solutions. It simply
4977 automates the job we just did by hand. Applied to our original
4978 cubic polynomial, it would produce the vector of solutions
4979 @expr{[1.19023, -1.19023, 0]}. (There is also an @kbd{a X} command
4980 which finds a local maximum of a function. It uses a numerical search
4981 method rather than examining the derivatives, and thus requires you
4982 to provide some kind of initial guess to show it where to look.)
4983
4984 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Given a vector of the roots of a
4985 polynomial (such as the output of an @kbd{a P} command), what
4986 sequence of commands would you use to reconstruct the original
4987 polynomial? (The answer will be unique to within a constant
4988 multiple; choose the solution where the leading coefficient is one.)
4989 @xref{Algebra Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4990
4991 The @kbd{m s} command enables Symbolic mode, in which formulas
4992 like @samp{sqrt(5)} that can't be evaluated exactly are left in
4993 symbolic form rather than giving a floating-point approximate answer.
4994 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}) is also useful when doing algebra.
4995
4996 @smallexample
4997 @group
4998 2: 34 x - 24 x^3 2: 34 x - 24 x^3
4999 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0]
5000 . .
5001
5002 r 2 @key{RET} m s m f a P x @key{RET}
5003 @end group
5004 @end smallexample
5005
5006 One more mode that makes reading formulas easier is Big mode.
5007
5008 @smallexample
5009 @group
5010 3
5011 2: 34 x - 24 x
5012
5013 ____ ____
5014 V 51 V 51
5015 1: [-----, -----, 0]
5016 6 -6
5017
5018 .
5019
5020 d B
5021 @end group
5022 @end smallexample
5023
5024 Here things like powers, square roots, and quotients and fractions
5025 are displayed in a two-dimensional pictorial form. Calc has other
5026 language modes as well, such as C mode, FORTRAN mode, @TeX{} mode
5027 and La@TeX{} mode.
5028
5029 @smallexample
5030 @group
5031 2: 34*x - 24*pow(x, 3) 2: 34*x - 24*x**3
5032 1: @{sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0@} 1: /sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0/
5033 . .
5034
5035 d C d F
5036
5037 @end group
5038 @end smallexample
5039 @noindent
5040 @smallexample
5041 @group
5042 3: 34 x - 24 x^3
5043 2: [@{\sqrt@{51@} \over 6@}, @{\sqrt@{51@} \over -6@}, 0]
5044 1: @{2 \over 3@} \sqrt@{5@}
5045 .
5046
5047 d T ' 2 \sqrt@{5@} \over 3 @key{RET}
5048 @end group
5049 @end smallexample
5050
5051 @noindent
5052 As you can see, language modes affect both entry and display of
5053 formulas. They affect such things as the names used for built-in
5054 functions, the set of arithmetic operators and their precedences,
5055 and notations for vectors and matrices.
5056
5057 Notice that @samp{sqrt(51)} may cause problems with older
5058 implementations of C and FORTRAN, which would require something more
5059 like @samp{sqrt(51.0)}. It is always wise to check over the formulas
5060 produced by the various language modes to make sure they are fully
5061 correct.
5062
5063 Type @kbd{m s}, @kbd{m f}, and @kbd{d N} to reset these modes. (You
5064 may prefer to remain in Big mode, but all the examples in the tutorial
5065 are shown in normal mode.)
5066
5067 @cindex Area under a curve
5068 What is the area under the portion of this curve from @expr{x = 1} to @expr{2}?
5069 This is simply the integral of the function:
5070
5071 @smallexample
5072 @group
5073 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 5.6666 x^3 - 1.2 x^5 + 3 x
5074 . .
5075
5076 r 1 a i x
5077 @end group
5078 @end smallexample
5079
5080 @noindent
5081 We want to evaluate this at our two values for @expr{x} and subtract.
5082 One way to do it is again with vector mapping and reduction:
5083
5084 @smallexample
5085 @group
5086 2: [2, 1] 1: [12.93333, 7.46666] 1: 5.46666
5087 1: 5.6666 x^3 ... . .
5088
5089 [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5090 @end group
5091 @end smallexample
5092
5093 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Find the integral from 1 to @expr{y}
5094 of
5095 @texline @math{x \sin \pi x}
5096 @infoline @w{@expr{x sin(pi x)}}
5097 (where the sine is calculated in radians). Find the values of the
5098 integral for integers @expr{y} from 1 to 5. @xref{Algebra Answer 3,
5099 3}. (@bullet{})
5100
5101 Calc's integrator can do many simple integrals symbolically, but many
5102 others are beyond its capabilities. Suppose we wish to find the area
5103 under the curve
5104 @texline @math{\sin x \ln x}
5105 @infoline @expr{sin(x) ln(x)}
5106 over the same range of @expr{x}. If you entered this formula and typed
5107 @kbd{a i x @key{RET}} (don't bother to try this), Calc would work for a
5108 long time but would be unable to find a solution. In fact, there is no
5109 closed-form solution to this integral. Now what do we do?
5110
5111 @cindex Integration, numerical
5112 @cindex Numerical integration
5113 One approach would be to do the integral numerically. It is not hard
5114 to do this by hand using vector mapping and reduction. It is rather
5115 slow, though, since the sine and logarithm functions take a long time.
5116 We can save some time by reducing the working precision.
5117
5118 @smallexample
5119 @group
5120 3: 10 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9]
5121 2: 1 .
5122 1: 0.1
5123 .
5124
5125 10 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
5126 @end group
5127 @end smallexample
5128
5129 @noindent
5130 (Note that we have used the extended version of @kbd{v x}; we could
5131 also have used plain @kbd{v x} as follows: @kbd{v x 10 @key{RET} 9 + .1 *}.)
5132
5133 @smallexample
5134 @group
5135 2: [1, 1.1, ... ] 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
5136 1: sin(x) ln(x) .
5137 .
5138
5139 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} s 1 m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
5140
5141 @end group
5142 @end smallexample
5143 @noindent
5144 @smallexample
5145 @group
5146 1: 3.4195 0.34195
5147 . .
5148
5149 V R + 0.1 *
5150 @end group
5151 @end smallexample
5152
5153 @noindent
5154 (If you got wildly different results, did you remember to switch
5155 to Radians mode?)
5156
5157 Here we have divided the curve into ten segments of equal width;
5158 approximating these segments as rectangular boxes (i.e., assuming
5159 the curve is nearly flat at that resolution), we compute the areas
5160 of the boxes (height times width), then sum the areas. (It is
5161 faster to sum first, then multiply by the width, since the width
5162 is the same for every box.)
5163
5164 The true value of this integral turns out to be about 0.374, so
5165 we're not doing too well. Let's try another approach.
5166
5167 @smallexample
5168 @group
5169 1: sin(x) ln(x) 1: 0.84147 x - 0.84147 + 0.11957 (x - 1)^2 - ...
5170 . .
5171
5172 r 1 a t x=1 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET}
5173 @end group
5174 @end smallexample
5175
5176 @noindent
5177 Here we have computed the Taylor series expansion of the function
5178 about the point @expr{x=1}. We can now integrate this polynomial
5179 approximation, since polynomials are easy to integrate.
5180
5181 @smallexample
5182 @group
5183 1: 0.42074 x^2 + ... 1: [-0.0446, -0.42073] 1: 0.3761
5184 . . .
5185
5186 a i x @key{RET} [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5187 @end group
5188 @end smallexample
5189
5190 @noindent
5191 Better! By increasing the precision and/or asking for more terms
5192 in the Taylor series, we can get a result as accurate as we like.
5193 (Taylor series converge better away from singularities in the
5194 function such as the one at @code{ln(0)}, so it would also help to
5195 expand the series about the points @expr{x=2} or @expr{x=1.5} instead
5196 of @expr{x=1}.)
5197
5198 @cindex Simpson's rule
5199 @cindex Integration by Simpson's rule
5200 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Our first method approximated the
5201 curve by stairsteps of width 0.1; the total area was then the sum
5202 of the areas of the rectangles under these stairsteps. Our second
5203 method approximated the function by a polynomial, which turned out
5204 to be a better approximation than stairsteps. A third method is
5205 @dfn{Simpson's rule}, which is like the stairstep method except
5206 that the steps are not required to be flat. Simpson's rule boils
5207 down to the formula,
5208
5209 @ifnottex
5210 @example
5211 (h/3) * (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + ...
5212 + 2 f(a+(n-2)*h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)*h) + f(a+n*h))
5213 @end example
5214 @end ifnottex
5215 @tex
5216 \beforedisplay
5217 $$ \displaylines{
5218 \qquad {h \over 3} (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + \cdots
5219 \hfill \cr \hfill {} + 2 f(a+(n-2)h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)h) + f(a+n h)) \qquad
5220 } $$
5221 \afterdisplay
5222 @end tex
5223
5224 @noindent
5225 where @expr{n} (which must be even) is the number of slices and @expr{h}
5226 is the width of each slice. These are 10 and 0.1 in our example.
5227 For reference, here is the corresponding formula for the stairstep
5228 method:
5229
5230 @ifnottex
5231 @example
5232 h * (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + ...
5233 + f(a+(n-2)*h) + f(a+(n-1)*h))
5234 @end example
5235 @end ifnottex
5236 @tex
5237 \beforedisplay
5238 $$ h (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + \cdots
5239 + f(a+(n-2)h) + f(a+(n-1)h)) $$
5240 \afterdisplay
5241 @end tex
5242
5243 Compute the integral from 1 to 2 of
5244 @texline @math{\sin x \ln x}
5245 @infoline @expr{sin(x) ln(x)}
5246 using Simpson's rule with 10 slices.
5247 @xref{Algebra Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5248
5249 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a I} command for doing numerical integration.
5250 It uses @dfn{Romberg's method}, which is a more sophisticated cousin
5251 of Simpson's rule. In particular, it knows how to keep refining the
5252 result until the current precision is satisfied.
5253
5254 @c [fix-ref Selecting Sub-Formulas]
5255 Aside from the commands we've seen so far, Calc also provides a
5256 large set of commands for operating on parts of formulas. You
5257 indicate the desired sub-formula by placing the cursor on any part
5258 of the formula before giving a @dfn{selection} command. Selections won't
5259 be covered in the tutorial; @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}, for
5260 details and examples.
5261
5262 @c hard exercise: simplify (2^(n r) - 2^(r*(n - 1))) / (2^r - 1) 2^(n - 1)
5263 @c to 2^((n-1)*(r-1)).
5264
5265 @node Rewrites Tutorial, , Basic Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
5266 @subsection Rewrite Rules
5267
5268 @noindent
5269 No matter how many built-in commands Calc provided for doing algebra,
5270 there would always be something you wanted to do that Calc didn't have
5271 in its repertoire. So Calc also provides a @dfn{rewrite rule} system
5272 that you can use to define your own algebraic manipulations.
5273
5274 Suppose we want to simplify this trigonometric formula:
5275
5276 @smallexample
5277 @group
5278 1: 2 / cos(x)^2 - 2 tan(x)^2
5279 .
5280
5281 ' 2/cos(x)^2 - 2tan(x)^2 @key{RET} s 1
5282 @end group
5283 @end smallexample
5284
5285 @noindent
5286 If we were simplifying this by hand, we'd probably replace the
5287 @samp{tan} with a @samp{sin/cos} first, then combine over a common
5288 denominator. The @kbd{I a s} command will do the former and the @kbd{a n}
5289 algebra command will do the latter, but we'll do both with rewrite
5290 rules just for practice.
5291
5292 Rewrite rules are written with the @samp{:=} symbol.
5293
5294 @smallexample
5295 @group
5296 1: 2 / cos(x)^2 - 2 sin(x)^2 / cos(x)^2
5297 .
5298
5299 a r tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a) @key{RET}
5300 @end group
5301 @end smallexample
5302
5303 @noindent
5304 (The ``assignment operator'' @samp{:=} has several uses in Calc. All
5305 by itself the formula @samp{tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a)} doesn't do anything,
5306 but when it is given to the @kbd{a r} command, that command interprets
5307 it as a rewrite rule.)
5308
5309 The lefthand side, @samp{tan(a)}, is called the @dfn{pattern} of the
5310 rewrite rule. Calc searches the formula on the stack for parts that
5311 match the pattern. Variables in a rewrite pattern are called
5312 @dfn{meta-variables}, and when matching the pattern each meta-variable
5313 can match any sub-formula. Here, the meta-variable @samp{a} matched
5314 the actual variable @samp{x}.
5315
5316 When the pattern part of a rewrite rule matches a part of the formula,
5317 that part is replaced by the righthand side with all the meta-variables
5318 substituted with the things they matched. So the result is
5319 @samp{sin(x) / cos(x)}. Calc's normal algebraic simplifications then
5320 mix this in with the rest of the original formula.
5321
5322 To merge over a common denominator, we can use another simple rule:
5323
5324 @smallexample
5325 @group
5326 1: (2 - 2 sin(x)^2) / cos(x)^2
5327 .
5328
5329 a r a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET}
5330 @end group
5331 @end smallexample
5332
5333 This rule points out several interesting features of rewrite patterns.
5334 First, if a meta-variable appears several times in a pattern, it must
5335 match the same thing everywhere. This rule detects common denominators
5336 because the same meta-variable @samp{x} is used in both of the
5337 denominators.
5338
5339 Second, meta-variable names are independent from variables in the
5340 target formula. Notice that the meta-variable @samp{x} here matches
5341 the subformula @samp{cos(x)^2}; Calc never confuses the two meanings of
5342 @samp{x}.
5343
5344 And third, rewrite patterns know a little bit about the algebraic
5345 properties of formulas. The pattern called for a sum of two quotients;
5346 Calc was able to match a difference of two quotients by matching
5347 @samp{a = 2}, @samp{b = -2 sin(x)^2}, and @samp{x = cos(x)^2}.
5348
5349 @c [fix-ref Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules]
5350 We could just as easily have written @samp{a/x - b/x := (a-b)/x} for
5351 the rule. It would have worked just the same in all cases. (If we
5352 really wanted the rule to apply only to @samp{+} or only to @samp{-},
5353 we could have used the @code{plain} symbol. @xref{Algebraic Properties
5354 of Rewrite Rules}, for some examples of this.)
5355
5356 One more rewrite will complete the job. We want to use the identity
5357 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}, but of course we must first rearrange
5358 the identity in a way that matches our formula. The obvious rule
5359 would be @samp{@w{2 - 2 sin(x)^2} := 2 cos(x)^2}, but a little thought shows
5360 that the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2} will also work. The
5361 latter rule has a more general pattern so it will work in many other
5362 situations, too.
5363
5364 @smallexample
5365 @group
5366 1: (2 + 2 cos(x)^2 - 2) / cos(x)^2 1: 2
5367 . .
5368
5369 a r sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} a s
5370 @end group
5371 @end smallexample
5372
5373 You may ask, what's the point of using the most general rule if you
5374 have to type it in every time anyway? The answer is that Calc allows
5375 you to store a rewrite rule in a variable, then give the variable
5376 name in the @kbd{a r} command. In fact, this is the preferred way to
5377 use rewrites. For one, if you need a rule once you'll most likely
5378 need it again later. Also, if the rule doesn't work quite right you
5379 can simply Undo, edit the variable, and run the rule again without
5380 having to retype it.
5381
5382 @smallexample
5383 @group
5384 ' tan(x) := sin(x)/cos(x) @key{RET} s t tsc @key{RET}
5385 ' a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET} s t merge @key{RET}
5386 ' sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} s t sinsqr @key{RET}
5387
5388 1: 2 / cos(x)^2 - 2 tan(x)^2 1: 2
5389 . .
5390
5391 r 1 a r tsc @key{RET} a r merge @key{RET} a r sinsqr @key{RET} a s
5392 @end group
5393 @end smallexample
5394
5395 To edit a variable, type @kbd{s e} and the variable name, use regular
5396 Emacs editing commands as necessary, then type @kbd{C-c C-c} to store
5397 the edited value back into the variable.
5398 You can also use @w{@kbd{s e}} to create a new variable if you wish.
5399
5400 Notice that the first time you use each rule, Calc puts up a ``compiling''
5401 message briefly. The pattern matcher converts rules into a special
5402 optimized pattern-matching language rather than using them directly.
5403 This allows @kbd{a r} to apply even rather complicated rules very
5404 efficiently. If the rule is stored in a variable, Calc compiles it
5405 only once and stores the compiled form along with the variable. That's
5406 another good reason to store your rules in variables rather than
5407 entering them on the fly.
5408
5409 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Type @kbd{m s} to get Symbolic
5410 mode, then enter the formula @samp{@w{(2 + sqrt(2))} / @w{(1 + sqrt(2))}}.
5411 Using a rewrite rule, simplify this formula by multiplying the top and
5412 bottom by the conjugate @w{@samp{1 - sqrt(2)}}. The result will have
5413 to be expanded by the distributive law; do this with another
5414 rewrite. @xref{Rewrites Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5415
5416 The @kbd{a r} command can also accept a vector of rewrite rules, or
5417 a variable containing a vector of rules.
5418
5419 @smallexample
5420 @group
5421 1: [tsc, merge, sinsqr] 1: [tan(x) := sin(x) / cos(x), ... ]
5422 . .
5423
5424 ' [tsc,merge,sinsqr] @key{RET} =
5425
5426 @end group
5427 @end smallexample
5428 @noindent
5429 @smallexample
5430 @group
5431 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5432 . .
5433
5434 s t trig @key{RET} r 1 a r trig @key{RET} a s
5435 @end group
5436 @end smallexample
5437
5438 @c [fix-ref Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules]
5439 Calc tries all the rules you give against all parts of the formula,
5440 repeating until no further change is possible. (The exact order in
5441 which things are tried is rather complex, but for simple rules like
5442 the ones we've used here the order doesn't really matter.
5443 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.)
5444
5445 Calc actually repeats only up to 100 times, just in case your rule set
5446 has gotten into an infinite loop. You can give a numeric prefix argument
5447 to @kbd{a r} to specify any limit. In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} does
5448 only one rewrite at a time.
5449
5450 @smallexample
5451 @group
5452 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x) 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5453 . .
5454
5455 r 1 M-1 a r trig @key{RET} M-1 a r trig @key{RET}
5456 @end group
5457 @end smallexample
5458
5459 You can type @kbd{M-0 a r} if you want no limit at all on the number
5460 of rewrites that occur.
5461
5462 Rewrite rules can also be @dfn{conditional}. Simply follow the rule
5463 with a @samp{::} symbol and the desired condition. For example,
5464
5465 @smallexample
5466 @group
5467 1: exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i)
5468 .
5469
5470 ' exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i) @key{RET}
5471
5472 @end group
5473 @end smallexample
5474 @noindent
5475 @smallexample
5476 @group
5477 1: 1 + exp(3 pi i) + 1
5478 .
5479
5480 a r exp(k pi i) := 1 :: k % 2 = 0 @key{RET}
5481 @end group
5482 @end smallexample
5483
5484 @noindent
5485 (Recall, @samp{k % 2} is the remainder from dividing @samp{k} by 2,
5486 which will be zero only when @samp{k} is an even integer.)
5487
5488 An interesting point is that the variables @samp{pi} and @samp{i}
5489 were matched literally rather than acting as meta-variables.
5490 This is because they are special-constant variables. The special
5491 constants @samp{e}, @samp{phi}, and so on also match literally.
5492 A common error with rewrite
5493 rules is to write, say, @samp{f(a,b,c,d,e) := g(a+b+c+d+e)}, expecting
5494 to match any @samp{f} with five arguments but in fact matching
5495 only when the fifth argument is literally @samp{e}!
5496
5497 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
5498 @ignore
5499 @starindex
5500 @end ignore
5501 @tindex fib
5502 Rewrite rules provide an interesting way to define your own functions.
5503 Suppose we want to define @samp{fib(n)} to produce the @var{n}th
5504 Fibonacci number. The first two Fibonacci numbers are each 1;
5505 later numbers are formed by summing the two preceding numbers in
5506 the sequence. This is easy to express in a set of three rules:
5507
5508 @smallexample
5509 @group
5510 ' [fib(1) := 1, fib(2) := 1, fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2)] @key{RET} s t fib
5511
5512 1: fib(7) 1: 13
5513 . .
5514
5515 ' fib(7) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5516 @end group
5517 @end smallexample
5518
5519 One thing that is guaranteed about the order that rewrites are tried
5520 is that, for any given subformula, earlier rules in the rule set will
5521 be tried for that subformula before later ones. So even though the
5522 first and third rules both match @samp{fib(1)}, we know the first will
5523 be used preferentially.
5524
5525 This rule set has one dangerous bug: Suppose we apply it to the
5526 formula @samp{fib(x)}? (Don't actually try this.) The third rule
5527 will match @samp{fib(x)} and replace it with @w{@samp{fib(x-1) + fib(x-2)}}.
5528 Each of these will then be replaced to get @samp{fib(x-2) + 2 fib(x-3) +
5529 fib(x-4)}, and so on, expanding forever. What we really want is to apply
5530 the third rule only when @samp{n} is an integer greater than two. Type
5531 @w{@kbd{s e fib @key{RET}}}, then edit the third rule to:
5532
5533 @smallexample
5534 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2
5535 @end smallexample
5536
5537 @noindent
5538 Now:
5539
5540 @smallexample
5541 @group
5542 1: fib(6) + fib(x) + fib(0) 1: 8 + fib(x) + fib(0)
5543 . .
5544
5545 ' fib(6)+fib(x)+fib(0) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5546 @end group
5547 @end smallexample
5548
5549 @noindent
5550 We've created a new function, @code{fib}, and a new command,
5551 @w{@kbd{a r fib @key{RET}}}, which means ``evaluate all @code{fib} calls in
5552 this formula.'' To make things easier still, we can tell Calc to
5553 apply these rules automatically by storing them in the special
5554 variable @code{EvalRules}.
5555
5556 @smallexample
5557 @group
5558 1: [fib(1) := ...] . 1: [8, 13]
5559 . .
5560
5561 s r fib @key{RET} s t EvalRules @key{RET} ' [fib(6), fib(7)] @key{RET}
5562 @end group
5563 @end smallexample
5564
5565 It turns out that this rule set has the problem that it does far
5566 more work than it needs to when @samp{n} is large. Consider the
5567 first few steps of the computation of @samp{fib(6)}:
5568
5569 @smallexample
5570 @group
5571 fib(6) =
5572 fib(5) + fib(4) =
5573 fib(4) + fib(3) + fib(3) + fib(2) =
5574 fib(3) + fib(2) + fib(2) + fib(1) + fib(2) + fib(1) + 1 = ...
5575 @end group
5576 @end smallexample
5577
5578 @noindent
5579 Note that @samp{fib(3)} appears three times here. Unless Calc's
5580 algebraic simplifier notices the multiple @samp{fib(3)}s and combines
5581 them (and, as it happens, it doesn't), this rule set does lots of
5582 needless recomputation. To cure the problem, type @code{s e EvalRules}
5583 to edit the rules (or just @kbd{s E}, a shorthand command for editing
5584 @code{EvalRules}) and add another condition:
5585
5586 @smallexample
5587 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2 :: remember
5588 @end smallexample
5589
5590 @noindent
5591 If a @samp{:: remember} condition appears anywhere in a rule, then if
5592 that rule succeeds Calc will add another rule that describes that match
5593 to the front of the rule set. (Remembering works in any rule set, but
5594 for technical reasons it is most effective in @code{EvalRules}.) For
5595 example, if the rule rewrites @samp{fib(7)} to something that evaluates
5596 to 13, then the rule @samp{fib(7) := 13} will be added to the rule set.
5597
5598 Type @kbd{' fib(8) @key{RET}} to compute the eighth Fibonacci number, then
5599 type @kbd{s E} again to see what has happened to the rule set.
5600
5601 With the @code{remember} feature, our rule set can now compute
5602 @samp{fib(@var{n})} in just @var{n} steps. In the process it builds
5603 up a table of all Fibonacci numbers up to @var{n}. After we have
5604 computed the result for a particular @var{n}, we can get it back
5605 (and the results for all smaller @var{n}) later in just one step.
5606
5607 All Calc operations will run somewhat slower whenever @code{EvalRules}
5608 contains any rules. You should type @kbd{s u EvalRules @key{RET}} now to
5609 un-store the variable.
5610
5611 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Sometimes it is possible to reformulate
5612 a problem to reduce the amount of recursion necessary to solve it.
5613 Create a rule that, in about @var{n} simple steps and without recourse
5614 to the @code{remember} option, replaces @samp{fib(@var{n}, 1, 1)} with
5615 @samp{fib(1, @var{x}, @var{y})} where @var{x} and @var{y} are the
5616 @var{n}th and @var{n+1}st Fibonacci numbers, respectively. This rule is
5617 rather clunky to use, so add a couple more rules to make the ``user
5618 interface'' the same as for our first version: enter @samp{fib(@var{n})},
5619 get back a plain number. @xref{Rewrites Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5620
5621 There are many more things that rewrites can do. For example, there
5622 are @samp{&&&} and @samp{|||} pattern operators that create ``and''
5623 and ``or'' combinations of rules. As one really simple example, we
5624 could combine our first two Fibonacci rules thusly:
5625
5626 @example
5627 [fib(1 ||| 2) := 1, fib(n) := ... ]
5628 @end example
5629
5630 @noindent
5631 That means ``@code{fib} of something matching either 1 or 2 rewrites
5632 to 1.''
5633
5634 You can also make meta-variables optional by enclosing them in @code{opt}.
5635 For example, the pattern @samp{a + b x} matches @samp{2 + 3 x} but not
5636 @samp{2 + x} or @samp{3 x} or @samp{x}. The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x}
5637 matches all of these forms, filling in a default of zero for @samp{a}
5638 and one for @samp{b}.
5639
5640 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe had @samp{2 + 3 x}
5641 on the stack and tried to use the rule
5642 @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x := f(a, b, x)}. What happened?
5643 @xref{Rewrites Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5644
5645 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Starting with a positive integer @expr{a},
5646 divide @expr{a} by two if it is even, otherwise compute @expr{3 a + 1}.
5647 Now repeat this step over and over. A famous unproved conjecture
5648 is that for any starting @expr{a}, the sequence always eventually
5649 reaches 1. Given the formula @samp{seq(@var{a}, 0)}, write a set of
5650 rules that convert this into @samp{seq(1, @var{n})} where @var{n}
5651 is the number of steps it took the sequence to reach the value 1.
5652 Now enhance the rules to accept @samp{seq(@var{a})} as a starting
5653 configuration, and to stop with just the number @var{n} by itself.
5654 Now make the result be a vector of values in the sequence, from @var{a}
5655 to 1. (The formula @samp{@var{x}|@var{y}} appends the vectors @var{x}
5656 and @var{y}.) For example, rewriting @samp{seq(6)} should yield the
5657 vector @expr{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
5658 @xref{Rewrites Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5659
5660 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} Define, using rewrite rules, a function
5661 @samp{nterms(@var{x})} that returns the number of terms in the sum
5662 @var{x}, or 1 if @var{x} is not a sum. (A @dfn{sum} for our purposes
5663 is one or more non-sum terms separated by @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
5664 so that @expr{2 - 3 (x + y) + x y} is a sum of three terms.)
5665 @xref{Rewrites Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5666
5667 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} A Taylor series for a function is an
5668 infinite series that exactly equals the value of that function at
5669 values of @expr{x} near zero.
5670
5671 @ifnottex
5672 @example
5673 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + x^4 / 4! - x^6 / 6! + ...
5674 @end example
5675 @end ifnottex
5676 @tex
5677 \beforedisplay
5678 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + {x^4 \over 4!} - {x^6 \over 6!} + \cdots $$
5679 \afterdisplay
5680 @end tex
5681
5682 The @kbd{a t} command produces a @dfn{truncated Taylor series} which
5683 is obtained by dropping all the terms higher than, say, @expr{x^2}.
5684 Calc represents the truncated Taylor series as a polynomial in @expr{x}.
5685 Mathematicians often write a truncated series using a ``big-O'' notation
5686 that records what was the lowest term that was truncated.
5687
5688 @ifnottex
5689 @example
5690 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + O(x^3)
5691 @end example
5692 @end ifnottex
5693 @tex
5694 \beforedisplay
5695 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + O(x^3) $$
5696 \afterdisplay
5697 @end tex
5698
5699 @noindent
5700 The meaning of @expr{O(x^3)} is ``a quantity which is negligibly small
5701 if @expr{x^3} is considered negligibly small as @expr{x} goes to zero.''
5702
5703 The exercise is to create rewrite rules that simplify sums and products of
5704 power series represented as @samp{@var{polynomial} + O(@var{var}^@var{n})}.
5705 For example, given @samp{1 - x^2 / 2 + O(x^3)} and @samp{x - x^3 / 6 + O(x^4)}
5706 on the stack, we want to be able to type @kbd{*} and get the result
5707 @samp{x - 2:3 x^3 + O(x^4)}. Don't worry if the terms of the sum are
5708 rearranged or if @kbd{a s} needs to be typed after rewriting. (This one
5709 is rather tricky; the solution at the end of this chapter uses 6 rewrite
5710 rules. Hint: The @samp{constant(x)} condition tests whether @samp{x} is
5711 a number.) @xref{Rewrites Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5712
5713 Just for kicks, try adding the rule @code{2+3 := 6} to @code{EvalRules}.
5714 What happens? (Be sure to remove this rule afterward, or you might get
5715 a nasty surprise when you use Calc to balance your checkbook!)
5716
5717 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for the whole story on rewrite rules.
5718
5719 @node Programming Tutorial, Answers to Exercises, Algebra Tutorial, Tutorial
5720 @section Programming Tutorial
5721
5722 @noindent
5723 The Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, a highly extensible
5724 language. If you know Lisp, you can program the Calculator to do
5725 anything you like. Rewrite rules also work as a powerful programming
5726 system. But Lisp and rewrite rules take a while to master, and often
5727 all you want to do is define a new function or repeat a command a few
5728 times. Calc has features that allow you to do these things easily.
5729
5730 One very limited form of programming is defining your own functions.
5731 Calc's @kbd{Z F} command allows you to define a function name and
5732 key sequence to correspond to any formula. Programming commands use
5733 the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix; the user commands they create use the lower
5734 case @kbd{z} prefix.
5735
5736 @smallexample
5737 @group
5738 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6
5739 . .
5740
5741 ' 1 + x + x^2/2! + x^3/3! @key{RET} Z F e myexp @key{RET} @key{RET} @key{RET} y
5742 @end group
5743 @end smallexample
5744
5745 This polynomial is a Taylor series approximation to @samp{exp(x)}.
5746 The @kbd{Z F} command asks a number of questions. The above answers
5747 say that the key sequence for our function should be @kbd{z e}; the
5748 @kbd{M-x} equivalent should be @code{calc-myexp}; the name of the
5749 function in algebraic formulas should also be @code{myexp}; the
5750 default argument list @samp{(x)} is acceptable; and finally @kbd{y}
5751 answers the question ``leave it in symbolic form for non-constant
5752 arguments?''
5753
5754 @smallexample
5755 @group
5756 1: 1.3495 2: 1.3495 3: 1.3495
5757 . 1: 1.34986 2: 1.34986
5758 . 1: myexp(a + 1)
5759 .
5760
5761 .3 z e .3 E ' a+1 @key{RET} z e
5762 @end group
5763 @end smallexample
5764
5765 @noindent
5766 First we call our new @code{exp} approximation with 0.3 as an
5767 argument, and compare it with the true @code{exp} function. Then
5768 we note that, as requested, if we try to give @kbd{z e} an
5769 argument that isn't a plain number, it leaves the @code{myexp}
5770 function call in symbolic form. If we had answered @kbd{n} to the
5771 final question, @samp{myexp(a + 1)} would have evaluated by plugging
5772 in @samp{a + 1} for @samp{x} in the defining formula.
5773
5774 @cindex Sine integral Si(x)
5775 @ignore
5776 @starindex
5777 @end ignore
5778 @tindex Si
5779 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The ``sine integral'' function
5780 @texline @math{{\rm Si}(x)}
5781 @infoline @expr{Si(x)}
5782 is defined as the integral of @samp{sin(t)/t} for
5783 @expr{t = 0} to @expr{x} in radians. (It was invented because this
5784 integral has no solution in terms of basic functions; if you give it
5785 to Calc's @kbd{a i} command, it will ponder it for a long time and then
5786 give up.) We can use the numerical integration command, however,
5787 which in algebraic notation is written like @samp{ninteg(f(t), t, 0, x)}
5788 with any integrand @samp{f(t)}. Define a @kbd{z s} command and
5789 @code{Si} function that implement this. You will need to edit the
5790 default argument list a bit. As a test, @samp{Si(1)} should return
5791 0.946083. (If you don't get this answer, you might want to check that
5792 Calc is in Radians mode. Also, @code{ninteg} will run a lot faster if
5793 you reduce the precision to, say, six digits beforehand.)
5794 @xref{Programming Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5795
5796 The simplest way to do real ``programming'' of Emacs is to define a
5797 @dfn{keyboard macro}. A keyboard macro is simply a sequence of
5798 keystrokes which Emacs has stored away and can play back on demand.
5799 For example, if you find yourself typing @kbd{H a S x @key{RET}} often,
5800 you may wish to program a keyboard macro to type this for you.
5801
5802 @smallexample
5803 @group
5804 1: y = sqrt(x) 1: x = y^2
5805 . .
5806
5807 ' y=sqrt(x) @key{RET} C-x ( H a S x @key{RET} C-x )
5808
5809 1: y = cos(x) 1: x = s1 arccos(y) + 2 pi n1
5810 . .
5811
5812 ' y=cos(x) @key{RET} X
5813 @end group
5814 @end smallexample
5815
5816 @noindent
5817 When you type @kbd{C-x (}, Emacs begins recording. But it is also
5818 still ready to execute your keystrokes, so you're really ``training''
5819 Emacs by walking it through the procedure once. When you type
5820 @w{@kbd{C-x )}}, the macro is recorded. You can now type @kbd{X} to
5821 re-execute the same keystrokes.
5822
5823 You can give a name to your macro by typing @kbd{Z K}.
5824
5825 @smallexample
5826 @group
5827 1: . 1: y = x^4 1: x = s2 sqrt(s1 sqrt(y))
5828 . .
5829
5830 Z K x @key{RET} ' y=x^4 @key{RET} z x
5831 @end group
5832 @end smallexample
5833
5834 @noindent
5835 Notice that we use shift-@kbd{Z} to define the command, and lower-case
5836 @kbd{z} to call it up.
5837
5838 Keyboard macros can call other macros.
5839
5840 @smallexample
5841 @group
5842 1: abs(x) 1: x = s1 y 1: 2 / x 1: x = 2 / y
5843 . . . .
5844
5845 ' abs(x) @key{RET} C-x ( ' y @key{RET} a = z x C-x ) ' 2/x @key{RET} X
5846 @end group
5847 @end smallexample
5848
5849 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Define a keyboard macro to negate
5850 the item in level 3 of the stack, without disturbing the rest of
5851 the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5852
5853 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Define keyboard macros to compute
5854 the following functions:
5855
5856 @enumerate
5857 @item
5858 Compute
5859 @texline @math{\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}},
5860 @infoline @expr{sin(x) / x},
5861 where @expr{x} is the number on the top of the stack.
5862
5863 @item
5864 Compute the base-@expr{b} logarithm, just like the @kbd{B} key except
5865 the arguments are taken in the opposite order.
5866
5867 @item
5868 Produce a vector of integers from 1 to the integer on the top of
5869 the stack.
5870 @end enumerate
5871 @noindent
5872 @xref{Programming Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5873
5874 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Define a keyboard macro to compute
5875 the average (mean) value of a list of numbers.
5876 @xref{Programming Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5877
5878 In many programs, some of the steps must execute several times.
5879 Calc has @dfn{looping} commands that allow this. Loops are useful
5880 inside keyboard macros, but actually work at any time.
5881
5882 @smallexample
5883 @group
5884 1: x^6 2: x^6 1: 360 x^2
5885 . 1: 4 .
5886 .
5887
5888 ' x^6 @key{RET} 4 Z < a d x @key{RET} Z >
5889 @end group
5890 @end smallexample
5891
5892 @noindent
5893 Here we have computed the fourth derivative of @expr{x^6} by
5894 enclosing a derivative command in a ``repeat loop'' structure.
5895 This structure pops a repeat count from the stack, then
5896 executes the body of the loop that many times.
5897
5898 If you make a mistake while entering the body of the loop,
5899 type @w{@kbd{Z C-g}} to cancel the loop command.
5900
5901 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
5902 Here's another example:
5903
5904 @smallexample
5905 @group
5906 3: 1 2: 10946
5907 2: 1 1: 17711
5908 1: 20 .
5909 .
5910
5911 1 @key{RET} @key{RET} 20 Z < @key{TAB} C-j + Z >
5912 @end group
5913 @end smallexample
5914
5915 @noindent
5916 The numbers in levels 2 and 1 should be the 21st and 22nd Fibonacci
5917 numbers, respectively. (To see what's going on, try a few repetitions
5918 of the loop body by hand; @kbd{C-j}, also on the Line-Feed or @key{LFD}
5919 key if you have one, makes a copy of the number in level 2.)
5920
5921 @cindex Golden ratio
5922 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
5923 A fascinating property of the Fibonacci numbers is that the @expr{n}th
5924 Fibonacci number can be found directly by computing
5925 @texline @math{\phi^n / \sqrt{5}}
5926 @infoline @expr{phi^n / sqrt(5)}
5927 and then rounding to the nearest integer, where
5928 @texline @math{\phi} (``phi''),
5929 @infoline @expr{phi},
5930 the ``golden ratio,'' is
5931 @texline @math{(1 + \sqrt{5}) / 2}.
5932 @infoline @expr{(1 + sqrt(5)) / 2}.
5933 (For convenience, this constant is available from the @code{phi}
5934 variable, or the @kbd{I H P} command.)
5935
5936 @smallexample
5937 @group
5938 1: 1.61803 1: 24476.0000409 1: 10945.9999817 1: 10946
5939 . . . .
5940
5941 I H P 21 ^ 5 Q / R
5942 @end group
5943 @end smallexample
5944
5945 @cindex Continued fractions
5946 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @dfn{continued fraction}
5947 representation of
5948 @texline @math{\phi}
5949 @infoline @expr{phi}
5950 is
5951 @texline @math{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( \ldots )))}.
5952 @infoline @expr{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( ...@: )))}.
5953 We can compute an approximate value by carrying this however far
5954 and then replacing the innermost
5955 @texline @math{1/( \ldots )}
5956 @infoline @expr{1/( ...@: )}
5957 by 1. Approximate
5958 @texline @math{\phi}
5959 @infoline @expr{phi}
5960 using a twenty-term continued fraction.
5961 @xref{Programming Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5962
5963 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Linear recurrences like the one for
5964 Fibonacci numbers can be expressed in terms of matrices. Given a
5965 vector @w{@expr{[a, b]}} determine a matrix which, when multiplied by this
5966 vector, produces the vector @expr{[b, c]}, where @expr{a}, @expr{b} and
5967 @expr{c} are three successive Fibonacci numbers. Now write a program
5968 that, given an integer @expr{n}, computes the @expr{n}th Fibonacci number
5969 using matrix arithmetic. @xref{Programming Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5970
5971 @cindex Harmonic numbers
5972 A more sophisticated kind of loop is the @dfn{for} loop. Suppose
5973 we wish to compute the 20th ``harmonic'' number, which is equal to
5974 the sum of the reciprocals of the integers from 1 to 20.
5975
5976 @smallexample
5977 @group
5978 3: 0 1: 3.597739
5979 2: 1 .
5980 1: 20
5981 .
5982
5983 0 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & + 1 Z )
5984 @end group
5985 @end smallexample
5986
5987 @noindent
5988 The ``for'' loop pops two numbers, the lower and upper limits, then
5989 repeats the body of the loop as an internal counter increases from
5990 the lower limit to the upper one. Just before executing the loop
5991 body, it pushes the current loop counter. When the loop body
5992 finishes, it pops the ``step,'' i.e., the amount by which to
5993 increment the loop counter. As you can see, our loop always
5994 uses a step of one.
5995
5996 This harmonic number function uses the stack to hold the running
5997 total as well as for the various loop housekeeping functions. If
5998 you find this disorienting, you can sum in a variable instead:
5999
6000 @smallexample
6001 @group
6002 1: 0 2: 1 . 1: 3.597739
6003 . 1: 20 .
6004 .
6005
6006 0 t 7 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & s + 7 1 Z ) r 7
6007 @end group
6008 @end smallexample
6009
6010 @noindent
6011 The @kbd{s +} command adds the top-of-stack into the value in a
6012 variable (and removes that value from the stack).
6013
6014 It's worth noting that many jobs that call for a ``for'' loop can
6015 also be done more easily by Calc's high-level operations. Two
6016 other ways to compute harmonic numbers are to use vector mapping
6017 and reduction (@kbd{v x 20}, then @w{@kbd{V M &}}, then @kbd{V R +}),
6018 or to use the summation command @kbd{a +}. Both of these are
6019 probably easier than using loops. However, there are some
6020 situations where loops really are the way to go:
6021
6022 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Use a ``for'' loop to find the first
6023 harmonic number which is greater than 4.0.
6024 @xref{Programming Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
6025
6026 Of course, if we're going to be using variables in our programs,
6027 we have to worry about the programs clobbering values that the
6028 caller was keeping in those same variables. This is easy to
6029 fix, though:
6030
6031 @smallexample
6032 @group
6033 . 1: 0.6667 1: 0.6667 3: 0.6667
6034 . . 2: 3.597739
6035 1: 0.6667
6036 .
6037
6038 Z ` p 4 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 / s 7 s s a @key{RET} Z ' r 7 s r a @key{RET}
6039 @end group
6040 @end smallexample
6041
6042 @noindent
6043 When we type @kbd{Z `} (that's a back-quote character), Calc saves
6044 its mode settings and the contents of the ten ``quick variables''
6045 for later reference. When we type @kbd{Z '} (that's an apostrophe
6046 now), Calc restores those saved values. Thus the @kbd{p 4} and
6047 @kbd{s 7} commands have no effect outside this sequence. Wrapping
6048 this around the body of a keyboard macro ensures that it doesn't
6049 interfere with what the user of the macro was doing. Notice that
6050 the contents of the stack, and the values of named variables,
6051 survive past the @kbd{Z '} command.
6052
6053 @cindex Bernoulli numbers, approximate
6054 The @dfn{Bernoulli numbers} are a sequence with the interesting
6055 property that all of the odd Bernoulli numbers are zero, and the
6056 even ones, while difficult to compute, can be roughly approximated
6057 by the formula
6058 @texline @math{\displaystyle{2 n! \over (2 \pi)^n}}.
6059 @infoline @expr{2 n!@: / (2 pi)^n}.
6060 Let's write a keyboard macro to compute (approximate) Bernoulli numbers.
6061 (Calc has a command, @kbd{k b}, to compute exact Bernoulli numbers, but
6062 this command is very slow for large @expr{n} since the higher Bernoulli
6063 numbers are very large fractions.)
6064
6065 @smallexample
6066 @group
6067 1: 10 1: 0.0756823
6068 . .
6069
6070 10 C-x ( @key{RET} 2 % Z [ @key{DEL} 0 Z : ' 2 $! / (2 pi)^$ @key{RET} = Z ] C-x )
6071 @end group
6072 @end smallexample
6073
6074 @noindent
6075 You can read @kbd{Z [} as ``then,'' @kbd{Z :} as ``else,'' and
6076 @kbd{Z ]} as ``end-if.'' There is no need for an explicit ``if''
6077 command. For the purposes of @w{@kbd{Z [}}, the condition is ``true''
6078 if the value it pops from the stack is a nonzero number, or ``false''
6079 if it pops zero or something that is not a number (like a formula).
6080 Here we take our integer argument modulo 2; this will be nonzero
6081 if we're asking for an odd Bernoulli number.
6082
6083 The actual tenth Bernoulli number is @expr{5/66}.
6084
6085 @smallexample
6086 @group
6087 3: 0.0756823 1: 0 1: 0.25305 1: 0 1: 1.16659
6088 2: 5:66 . . . .
6089 1: 0.0757575
6090 .
6091
6092 10 k b @key{RET} c f M-0 @key{DEL} 11 X @key{DEL} 12 X @key{DEL} 13 X @key{DEL} 14 X
6093 @end group
6094 @end smallexample
6095
6096 Just to exercise loops a bit more, let's compute a table of even
6097 Bernoulli numbers.
6098
6099 @smallexample
6100 @group
6101 3: [] 1: [0.10132, 0.03079, 0.02340, 0.033197, ...]
6102 2: 2 .
6103 1: 30
6104 .
6105
6106 [ ] 2 @key{RET} 30 Z ( X | 2 Z )
6107 @end group
6108 @end smallexample
6109
6110 @noindent
6111 The vertical-bar @kbd{|} is the vector-concatenation command. When
6112 we execute it, the list we are building will be in stack level 2
6113 (initially this is an empty list), and the next Bernoulli number
6114 will be in level 1. The effect is to append the Bernoulli number
6115 onto the end of the list. (To create a table of exact fractional
6116 Bernoulli numbers, just replace @kbd{X} with @kbd{k b} in the above
6117 sequence of keystrokes.)
6118
6119 With loops and conditionals, you can program essentially anything
6120 in Calc. One other command that makes looping easier is @kbd{Z /},
6121 which takes a condition from the stack and breaks out of the enclosing
6122 loop if the condition is true (non-zero). You can use this to make
6123 ``while'' and ``until'' style loops.
6124
6125 If you make a mistake when entering a keyboard macro, you can edit
6126 it using @kbd{Z E}. First, you must attach it to a key with @kbd{Z K}.
6127 One technique is to enter a throwaway dummy definition for the macro,
6128 then enter the real one in the edit command.
6129
6130 @smallexample
6131 @group
6132 1: 3 1: 3 Calc Macro Edit Mode.
6133 . . Original keys: 1 <return> 2 +
6134
6135 1 ;; calc digits
6136 RET ;; calc-enter
6137 2 ;; calc digits
6138 + ;; calc-plus
6139
6140 C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 2 + C-x ) Z K h @key{RET} Z E h
6141 @end group
6142 @end smallexample
6143
6144 @noindent
6145 A keyboard macro is stored as a pure keystroke sequence. The
6146 @file{edmacro} package (invoked by @kbd{Z E}) scans along the
6147 macro and tries to decode it back into human-readable steps.
6148 Descriptions of the keystrokes are given as comments, which begin with
6149 @samp{;;}, and which are ignored when the edited macro is saved.
6150 Spaces and line breaks are also ignored when the edited macro is saved.
6151 To enter a space into the macro, type @code{SPC}. All the special
6152 characters @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC}, @code{DEL},
6153 and @code{NUL} must be written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes
6154 @code{C-} and @code{M-}.
6155
6156 Let's edit in a new definition, for computing harmonic numbers.
6157 First, erase the four lines of the old definition. Then, type
6158 in the new definition (or use Emacs @kbd{M-w} and @kbd{C-y} commands
6159 to copy it from this page of the Info file; you can of course skip
6160 typing the comments, which begin with @samp{;;}).
6161
6162 @smallexample
6163 Z` ;; calc-kbd-push (Save local values)
6164 0 ;; calc digits (Push a zero onto the stack)
6165 st ;; calc-store-into (Store it in the following variable)
6166 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6167 1 ;; calc digits (Initial value for the loop)
6168 TAB ;; calc-roll-down (Swap initial and final)
6169 Z( ;; calc-kbd-for (Begin the "for" loop)
6170 & ;; calc-inv (Take the reciprocal)
6171 s+ ;; calc-store-plus (Add to the following variable)
6172 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6173 1 ;; calc digits (The loop step is 1)
6174 Z) ;; calc-kbd-end-for (End the "for" loop)
6175 sr ;; calc-recall (Recall the final accumulated value)
6176 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6177 Z' ;; calc-kbd-pop (Restore values)
6178 @end smallexample
6179
6180 @noindent
6181 Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and return to the Calculator.
6182
6183 @smallexample
6184 @group
6185 1: 20 1: 3.597739
6186 . .
6187
6188 20 z h
6189 @end group
6190 @end smallexample
6191
6192 The @file{edmacro} package defines a handy @code{read-kbd-macro} command
6193 which reads the current region of the current buffer as a sequence of
6194 keystroke names, and defines that sequence on the @kbd{X}
6195 (and @kbd{C-x e}) key. Because this is so useful, Calc puts this
6196 command on the @kbd{C-x * m} key. Try reading in this macro in the
6197 following form: Press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}) at
6198 one end of the text below, then type @kbd{C-x * m} at the other.
6199
6200 @example
6201 @group
6202 Z ` 0 t 1
6203 1 TAB
6204 Z ( & s + 1 1 Z )
6205 r 1
6206 Z '
6207 @end group
6208 @end example
6209
6210 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} A general algorithm for solving
6211 equations numerically is @dfn{Newton's Method}. Given the equation
6212 @expr{f(x) = 0} for any function @expr{f}, and an initial guess
6213 @expr{x_0} which is reasonably close to the desired solution, apply
6214 this formula over and over:
6215
6216 @ifnottex
6217 @example
6218 new_x = x - f(x)/f'(x)
6219 @end example
6220 @end ifnottex
6221 @tex
6222 \beforedisplay
6223 $$ x_{\rm new} = x - {f(x) \over f^{\prime}(x)} $$
6224 \afterdisplay
6225 @end tex
6226
6227 @noindent
6228 where @expr{f'(x)} is the derivative of @expr{f}. The @expr{x}
6229 values will quickly converge to a solution, i.e., eventually
6230 @texline @math{x_{\rm new}}
6231 @infoline @expr{new_x}
6232 and @expr{x} will be equal to within the limits
6233 of the current precision. Write a program which takes a formula
6234 involving the variable @expr{x}, and an initial guess @expr{x_0},
6235 on the stack, and produces a value of @expr{x} for which the formula
6236 is zero. Use it to find a solution of
6237 @texline @math{\sin(\cos x) = 0.5}
6238 @infoline @expr{sin(cos(x)) = 0.5}
6239 near @expr{x = 4.5}. (Use angles measured in radians.) Note that
6240 the built-in @w{@kbd{a R}} (@code{calc-find-root}) command uses Newton's
6241 method when it is able. @xref{Programming Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
6242
6243 @cindex Digamma function
6244 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
6245 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
6246 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} The @dfn{digamma} function
6247 @texline @math{\psi(z) (``psi'')}
6248 @infoline @expr{psi(z)}
6249 is defined as the derivative of
6250 @texline @math{\ln \Gamma(z)}.
6251 @infoline @expr{ln(gamma(z))}.
6252 For large values of @expr{z}, it can be approximated by the infinite sum
6253
6254 @ifnottex
6255 @example
6256 psi(z) ~= ln(z) - 1/2z - sum(bern(2 n) / 2 n z^(2 n), n, 1, inf)
6257 @end example
6258 @end ifnottex
6259 @tex
6260 \beforedisplay
6261 $$ \psi(z) \approx \ln z - {1\over2z} -
6262 \sum_{n=1}^\infty {\code{bern}(2 n) \over 2 n z^{2n}}
6263 $$
6264 \afterdisplay
6265 @end tex
6266
6267 @noindent
6268 where
6269 @texline @math{\sum}
6270 @infoline @expr{sum}
6271 represents the sum over @expr{n} from 1 to infinity
6272 (or to some limit high enough to give the desired accuracy), and
6273 the @code{bern} function produces (exact) Bernoulli numbers.
6274 While this sum is not guaranteed to converge, in practice it is safe.
6275 An interesting mathematical constant is Euler's gamma, which is equal
6276 to about 0.5772. One way to compute it is by the formula,
6277 @texline @math{\gamma = -\psi(1)}.
6278 @infoline @expr{gamma = -psi(1)}.
6279 Unfortunately, 1 isn't a large enough argument
6280 for the above formula to work (5 is a much safer value for @expr{z}).
6281 Fortunately, we can compute
6282 @texline @math{\psi(1)}
6283 @infoline @expr{psi(1)}
6284 from
6285 @texline @math{\psi(5)}
6286 @infoline @expr{psi(5)}
6287 using the recurrence
6288 @texline @math{\psi(z+1) = \psi(z) + {1 \over z}}.
6289 @infoline @expr{psi(z+1) = psi(z) + 1/z}.
6290 Your task: Develop a program to compute
6291 @texline @math{\psi(z)};
6292 @infoline @expr{psi(z)};
6293 it should ``pump up'' @expr{z}
6294 if necessary to be greater than 5, then use the above summation
6295 formula. Use looping commands to compute the sum. Use your function
6296 to compute
6297 @texline @math{\gamma}
6298 @infoline @expr{gamma}
6299 to twelve decimal places. (Calc has a built-in command
6300 for Euler's constant, @kbd{I P}, which you can use to check your answer.)
6301 @xref{Programming Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
6302
6303 @cindex Polynomial, list of coefficients
6304 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Given a polynomial in @expr{x} and
6305 a number @expr{m} on the stack, where the polynomial is of degree
6306 @expr{m} or less (i.e., does not have any terms higher than @expr{x^m}),
6307 write a program to convert the polynomial into a list-of-coefficients
6308 notation. For example, @expr{5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2} with @expr{m = 6}
6309 should produce the list @expr{[1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]}. Also develop
6310 a way to convert from this form back to the standard algebraic form.
6311 @xref{Programming Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
6312
6313 @cindex Recursion
6314 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The @dfn{Stirling numbers of the
6315 first kind} are defined by the recurrences,
6316
6317 @ifnottex
6318 @example
6319 s(n,n) = 1 for n >= 0,
6320 s(n,0) = 0 for n > 0,
6321 s(n+1,m) = s(n,m-1) - n s(n,m) for n >= m >= 1.
6322 @end example
6323 @end ifnottex
6324 @tex
6325 \beforedisplay
6326 $$ \eqalign{ s(n,n) &= 1 \qquad \hbox{for } n \ge 0, \cr
6327 s(n,0) &= 0 \qquad \hbox{for } n > 0, \cr
6328 s(n+1,m) &= s(n,m-1) - n \, s(n,m) \qquad
6329 \hbox{for } n \ge m \ge 1.}
6330 $$
6331 \afterdisplay
6332 \vskip5pt
6333 (These numbers are also sometimes written $\displaystyle{n \brack m}$.)
6334 @end tex
6335
6336 This can be implemented using a @dfn{recursive} program in Calc; the
6337 program must invoke itself in order to calculate the two righthand
6338 terms in the general formula. Since it always invokes itself with
6339 ``simpler'' arguments, it's easy to see that it must eventually finish
6340 the computation. Recursion is a little difficult with Emacs keyboard
6341 macros since the macro is executed before its definition is complete.
6342 So here's the recommended strategy: Create a ``dummy macro'' and assign
6343 it to a key with, e.g., @kbd{Z K s}. Now enter the true definition,
6344 using the @kbd{z s} command to call itself recursively, then assign it
6345 to the same key with @kbd{Z K s}. Now the @kbd{z s} command will run
6346 the complete recursive program. (Another way is to use @w{@kbd{Z E}}
6347 or @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the whole macro at once,
6348 thus avoiding the ``training'' phase.) The task: Write a program
6349 that computes Stirling numbers of the first kind, given @expr{n} and
6350 @expr{m} on the stack. Test it with @emph{small} inputs like
6351 @expr{s(4,2)}. (There is a built-in command for Stirling numbers,
6352 @kbd{k s}, which you can use to check your answers.)
6353 @xref{Programming Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
6354
6355 The programming commands we've seen in this part of the tutorial
6356 are low-level, general-purpose operations. Often you will find
6357 that a higher-level function, such as vector mapping or rewrite
6358 rules, will do the job much more easily than a detailed, step-by-step
6359 program can:
6360
6361 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} Write another program for
6362 computing Stirling numbers of the first kind, this time using
6363 rewrite rules. Once again, @expr{n} and @expr{m} should be taken
6364 from the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
6365
6366 @example
6367
6368 @end example
6369 This ends the tutorial section of the Calc manual. Now you know enough
6370 about Calc to use it effectively for many kinds of calculations. But
6371 Calc has many features that were not even touched upon in this tutorial.
6372 @c [not-split]
6373 The rest of this manual tells the whole story.
6374 @c [when-split]
6375 @c Volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}, tells the whole story.
6376
6377 @page
6378 @node Answers to Exercises, , Programming Tutorial, Tutorial
6379 @section Answers to Exercises
6380
6381 @noindent
6382 This section includes answers to all the exercises in the Calc tutorial.
6383
6384 @menu
6385 * RPN Answer 1:: 1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -
6386 * RPN Answer 2:: 2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4
6387 * RPN Answer 3:: Operating on levels 2 and 3
6388 * RPN Answer 4:: Joe's complex problems
6389 * Algebraic Answer 1:: Simulating Q command
6390 * Algebraic Answer 2:: Joe's algebraic woes
6391 * Algebraic Answer 3:: 1 / 0
6392 * Modes Answer 1:: 3#0.1 = 3#0.0222222?
6393 * Modes Answer 2:: 16#f.e8fe15
6394 * Modes Answer 3:: Joe's rounding bug
6395 * Modes Answer 4:: Why floating point?
6396 * Arithmetic Answer 1:: Why the \ command?
6397 * Arithmetic Answer 2:: Tripping up the B command
6398 * Vector Answer 1:: Normalizing a vector
6399 * Vector Answer 2:: Average position
6400 * Matrix Answer 1:: Row and column sums
6401 * Matrix Answer 2:: Symbolic system of equations
6402 * Matrix Answer 3:: Over-determined system
6403 * List Answer 1:: Powers of two
6404 * List Answer 2:: Least-squares fit with matrices
6405 * List Answer 3:: Geometric mean
6406 * List Answer 4:: Divisor function
6407 * List Answer 5:: Duplicate factors
6408 * List Answer 6:: Triangular list
6409 * List Answer 7:: Another triangular list
6410 * List Answer 8:: Maximum of Bessel function
6411 * List Answer 9:: Integers the hard way
6412 * List Answer 10:: All elements equal
6413 * List Answer 11:: Estimating pi with darts
6414 * List Answer 12:: Estimating pi with matchsticks
6415 * List Answer 13:: Hash codes
6416 * List Answer 14:: Random walk
6417 * Types Answer 1:: Square root of pi times rational
6418 * Types Answer 2:: Infinities
6419 * Types Answer 3:: What can "nan" be?
6420 * Types Answer 4:: Abbey Road
6421 * Types Answer 5:: Friday the 13th
6422 * Types Answer 6:: Leap years
6423 * Types Answer 7:: Erroneous donut
6424 * Types Answer 8:: Dividing intervals
6425 * Types Answer 9:: Squaring intervals
6426 * Types Answer 10:: Fermat's primality test
6427 * Types Answer 11:: pi * 10^7 seconds
6428 * Types Answer 12:: Abbey Road on CD
6429 * Types Answer 13:: Not quite pi * 10^7 seconds
6430 * Types Answer 14:: Supercomputers and c
6431 * Types Answer 15:: Sam the Slug
6432 * Algebra Answer 1:: Squares and square roots
6433 * Algebra Answer 2:: Building polynomial from roots
6434 * Algebra Answer 3:: Integral of x sin(pi x)
6435 * Algebra Answer 4:: Simpson's rule
6436 * Rewrites Answer 1:: Multiplying by conjugate
6437 * Rewrites Answer 2:: Alternative fib rule
6438 * Rewrites Answer 3:: Rewriting opt(a) + opt(b) x
6439 * Rewrites Answer 4:: Sequence of integers
6440 * Rewrites Answer 5:: Number of terms in sum
6441 * Rewrites Answer 6:: Truncated Taylor series
6442 * Programming Answer 1:: Fresnel's C(x)
6443 * Programming Answer 2:: Negate third stack element
6444 * Programming Answer 3:: Compute sin(x) / x, etc.
6445 * Programming Answer 4:: Average value of a list
6446 * Programming Answer 5:: Continued fraction phi
6447 * Programming Answer 6:: Matrix Fibonacci numbers
6448 * Programming Answer 7:: Harmonic number greater than 4
6449 * Programming Answer 8:: Newton's method
6450 * Programming Answer 9:: Digamma function
6451 * Programming Answer 10:: Unpacking a polynomial
6452 * Programming Answer 11:: Recursive Stirling numbers
6453 * Programming Answer 12:: Stirling numbers with rewrites
6454 @end menu
6455
6456 @c The following kludgery prevents the individual answers from
6457 @c being entered on the table of contents.
6458 @tex
6459 \global\let\oldwrite=\write
6460 \gdef\skipwrite#1#2{\let\write=\oldwrite}
6461 \global\let\oldchapternofonts=\chapternofonts
6462 \gdef\chapternofonts{\let\write=\skipwrite\oldchapternofonts}
6463 @end tex
6464
6465 @node RPN Answer 1, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises, Answers to Exercises
6466 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 1
6467
6468 @noindent
6469 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -}
6470
6471 The result is
6472 @texline @math{1 - (2 \times (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6473 @infoline @expr{1 - (2 * (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6474
6475 @node RPN Answer 2, RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6476 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 2
6477
6478 @noindent
6479 @texline @math{2\times4 + 7\times9.5 + {5\over4} = 75.75}
6480 @infoline @expr{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4 = 75.75}
6481
6482 After computing the intermediate term
6483 @texline @math{2\times4 = 8},
6484 @infoline @expr{2*4 = 8},
6485 you can leave that result on the stack while you compute the second
6486 term. With both of these results waiting on the stack you can then
6487 compute the final term, then press @kbd{+ +} to add everything up.
6488
6489 @smallexample
6490 @group
6491 2: 2 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8
6492 1: 4 . 2: 7 1: 66.5
6493 . 1: 9.5 .
6494 .
6495
6496 2 @key{RET} 4 * 7 @key{RET} 9.5 *
6497
6498 @end group
6499 @end smallexample
6500 @noindent
6501 @smallexample
6502 @group
6503 4: 8 3: 8 2: 8 1: 75.75
6504 3: 66.5 2: 66.5 1: 67.75 .
6505 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6506 1: 4 .
6507 .
6508
6509 5 @key{RET} 4 / + +
6510 @end group
6511 @end smallexample
6512
6513 Alternatively, you could add the first two terms before going on
6514 with the third term.
6515
6516 @smallexample
6517 @group
6518 2: 8 1: 74.5 3: 74.5 2: 74.5 1: 75.75
6519 1: 66.5 . 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6520 . 1: 4 .
6521 .
6522
6523 ... + 5 @key{RET} 4 / +
6524 @end group
6525 @end smallexample
6526
6527 On an old-style RPN calculator this second method would have the
6528 advantage of using only three stack levels. But since Calc's stack
6529 can grow arbitrarily large this isn't really an issue. Which method
6530 you choose is purely a matter of taste.
6531
6532 @node RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 4, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6533 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 3
6534
6535 @noindent
6536 The @key{TAB} key provides a way to operate on the number in level 2.
6537
6538 @smallexample
6539 @group
6540 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10 3: 10 3: 10
6541 2: 20 2: 30 3: 30 2: 30 2: 21
6542 1: 30 1: 20 2: 20 1: 21 1: 30
6543 . . 1: 1 . .
6544 .
6545
6546 @key{TAB} 1 + @key{TAB}
6547 @end group
6548 @end smallexample
6549
6550 Similarly, @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} gives you access to the number in level 3.
6551
6552 @smallexample
6553 @group
6554 3: 10 3: 21 3: 21 3: 30 3: 11
6555 2: 21 2: 30 2: 30 2: 11 2: 21
6556 1: 30 1: 10 1: 11 1: 21 1: 30
6557 . . . . .
6558
6559 M-@key{TAB} 1 + M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
6560 @end group
6561 @end smallexample
6562
6563 @node RPN Answer 4, Algebraic Answer 1, RPN Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6564 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 4
6565
6566 @noindent
6567 Either @kbd{( 2 , 3 )} or @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )} would have worked,
6568 but using both the comma and the space at once yields:
6569
6570 @smallexample
6571 @group
6572 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 2: (2, ... 2: (2, ...
6573 . 1: 2 . 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
6574 . . .
6575
6576 ( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )
6577 @end group
6578 @end smallexample
6579
6580 Joe probably tried to type @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}} to swap the
6581 extra incomplete object to the top of the stack and delete it.
6582 But a feature of Calc is that @key{DEL} on an incomplete object
6583 deletes just one component out of that object, so he had to press
6584 @key{DEL} twice to finish the job.
6585
6586 @smallexample
6587 @group
6588 2: (2, ... 2: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (2, 3)
6589 1: (2, 3) 1: (2, ... 1: ( ... .
6590 . . .
6591
6592 @key{TAB} @key{DEL} @key{DEL}
6593 @end group
6594 @end smallexample
6595
6596 (As it turns out, deleting the second-to-top stack entry happens often
6597 enough that Calc provides a special key, @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, to do just that.
6598 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} is just like @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}}, except that it doesn't exhibit
6599 the ``feature'' that tripped poor Joe.)
6600
6601 @node Algebraic Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, RPN Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6602 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 1
6603
6604 @noindent
6605 Type @kbd{' sqrt($) @key{RET}}.
6606
6607 If the @kbd{Q} key is broken, you could use @kbd{' $^0.5 @key{RET}}.
6608 Or, RPN style, @kbd{0.5 ^}.
6609
6610 (Actually, @samp{$^1:2}, using the fraction one-half as the power, is
6611 a closer equivalent, since @samp{9^0.5} yields @expr{3.0} whereas
6612 @samp{sqrt(9)} and @samp{9^1:2} yield the exact integer @expr{3}.)
6613
6614 @node Algebraic Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Algebraic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6615 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 2
6616
6617 @noindent
6618 In the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)}, @samp{x} was interpreted as a function
6619 name with @samp{1+y} as its argument. Assigning a value to a variable
6620 has no relation to a function by the same name. Joe needed to use an
6621 explicit @samp{*} symbol here: @samp{2 x*(1+y)}.
6622
6623 @node Algebraic Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6624 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 3
6625
6626 @noindent
6627 The result from @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} will be the formula @expr{1 / 0}.
6628 The ``function'' @samp{/} cannot be evaluated when its second argument
6629 is zero, so it is left in symbolic form. When you now type @kbd{0 *},
6630 the result will be zero because Calc uses the general rule that ``zero
6631 times anything is zero.''
6632
6633 @c [fix-ref Infinities]
6634 The @kbd{m i} command enables an @dfn{Infinite mode} in which @expr{1 / 0}
6635 results in a special symbol that represents ``infinity.'' If you
6636 multiply infinity by zero, Calc uses another special new symbol to
6637 show that the answer is ``indeterminate.'' @xref{Infinities}, for
6638 further discussion of infinite and indeterminate values.
6639
6640 @node Modes Answer 1, Modes Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6641 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 1
6642
6643 @noindent
6644 Calc always stores its numbers in decimal, so even though one-third has
6645 an exact base-3 representation (@samp{3#0.1}), it is still stored as
6646 0.3333333 (chopped off after 12 or however many decimal digits) inside
6647 the calculator's memory. When this inexact number is converted back
6648 to base 3 for display, it may still be slightly inexact. When we
6649 multiply this number by 3, we get 0.999999, also an inexact value.
6650
6651 When Calc displays a number in base 3, it has to decide how many digits
6652 to show. If the current precision is 12 (decimal) digits, that corresponds
6653 to @samp{12 / log10(3) = 25.15} base-3 digits. Because 25.15 is not an
6654 exact integer, Calc shows only 25 digits, with the result that stored
6655 numbers carry a little bit of extra information that may not show up on
6656 the screen. When Joe entered @samp{3#0.2}, the stored number 0.666666
6657 happened to round to a pleasing value when it lost that last 0.15 of a
6658 digit, but it was still inexact in Calc's memory. When he divided by 2,
6659 he still got the dreaded inexact value 0.333333. (Actually, he divided
6660 0.666667 by 2 to get 0.333334, which is why he got something a little
6661 higher than @code{3#0.1} instead of a little lower.)
6662
6663 If Joe didn't want to be bothered with all this, he could have typed
6664 @kbd{M-24 d n} to display with one less digit than the default. (If
6665 you give @kbd{d n} a negative argument, it uses default-minus-that,
6666 so @kbd{M-- d n} would be an easier way to get the same effect.) Those
6667 inexact results would still be lurking there, but they would now be
6668 rounded to nice, natural-looking values for display purposes. (Remember,
6669 @samp{0.022222} in base 3 is like @samp{0.099999} in base 10; rounding
6670 off one digit will round the number up to @samp{0.1}.) Depending on the
6671 nature of your work, this hiding of the inexactness may be a benefit or
6672 a danger. With the @kbd{d n} command, Calc gives you the choice.
6673
6674 Incidentally, another consequence of all this is that if you type
6675 @kbd{M-30 d n} to display more digits than are ``really there,''
6676 you'll see garbage digits at the end of the number. (In decimal
6677 display mode, with decimally-stored numbers, these garbage digits are
6678 always zero so they vanish and you don't notice them.) Because Calc
6679 rounds off that 0.15 digit, there is the danger that two numbers could
6680 be slightly different internally but still look the same. If you feel
6681 uneasy about this, set the @kbd{d n} precision to be a little higher
6682 than normal; you'll get ugly garbage digits, but you'll always be able
6683 to tell two distinct numbers apart.
6684
6685 An interesting side note is that most computers store their
6686 floating-point numbers in binary, and convert to decimal for display.
6687 Thus everyday programs have the same problem: Decimal 0.1 cannot be
6688 represented exactly in binary (try it: @kbd{0.1 d 2}), so @samp{0.1 * 10}
6689 comes out as an inexact approximation to 1 on some machines (though
6690 they generally arrange to hide it from you by rounding off one digit as
6691 we did above). Because Calc works in decimal instead of binary, you can
6692 be sure that numbers that look exact @emph{are} exact as long as you stay
6693 in decimal display mode.
6694
6695 It's not hard to show that any number that can be represented exactly
6696 in binary, octal, or hexadecimal is also exact in decimal, so the kinds
6697 of problems we saw in this exercise are likely to be severe only when
6698 you use a relatively unusual radix like 3.
6699
6700 @node Modes Answer 2, Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6701 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 2
6702
6703 If the radix is 15 or higher, we can't use the letter @samp{e} to mark
6704 the exponent because @samp{e} is interpreted as a digit. When Calc
6705 needs to display scientific notation in a high radix, it writes
6706 @samp{16#F.E8F*16.^15}. You can enter a number like this as an
6707 algebraic entry. Also, pressing @kbd{e} without any digits before it
6708 normally types @kbd{1e}, but in a high radix it types @kbd{16.^} and
6709 puts you in algebraic entry: @kbd{16#f.e8f @key{RET} e 15 @key{RET} *} is another
6710 way to enter this number.
6711
6712 The reason Calc puts a decimal point in the @samp{16.^} is to prevent
6713 huge integers from being generated if the exponent is large (consider
6714 @samp{16#1.23*16^1000}, where we compute @samp{16^1000} as a giant
6715 exact integer and then throw away most of the digits when we multiply
6716 it by the floating-point @samp{16#1.23}). While this wouldn't normally
6717 matter for display purposes, it could give you a nasty surprise if you
6718 copied that number into a file and later moved it back into Calc.
6719
6720 @node Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 4, Modes Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6721 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 3
6722
6723 @noindent
6724 The answer he got was @expr{0.5000000000006399}.
6725
6726 The problem is not that the square operation is inexact, but that the
6727 sine of 45 that was already on the stack was accurate to only 12 places.
6728 Arbitrary-precision calculations still only give answers as good as
6729 their inputs.
6730
6731 The real problem is that there is no 12-digit number which, when
6732 squared, comes out to 0.5 exactly. The @kbd{f [} and @kbd{f ]}
6733 commands decrease or increase a number by one unit in the last
6734 place (according to the current precision). They are useful for
6735 determining facts like this.
6736
6737 @smallexample
6738 @group
6739 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001
6740 . .
6741
6742 45 S 2 ^
6743
6744 @end group
6745 @end smallexample
6746 @noindent
6747 @smallexample
6748 @group
6749 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.707106781186 1: 0.499999999999
6750 . . .
6751
6752 U @key{DEL} f [ 2 ^
6753 @end group
6754 @end smallexample
6755
6756 A high-precision calculation must be carried out in high precision
6757 all the way. The only number in the original problem which was known
6758 exactly was the quantity 45 degrees, so the precision must be raised
6759 before anything is done after the number 45 has been entered in order
6760 for the higher precision to be meaningful.
6761
6762 @node Modes Answer 4, Arithmetic Answer 1, Modes Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6763 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 4
6764
6765 @noindent
6766 Many calculations involve real-world quantities, like the width and
6767 height of a piece of wood or the volume of a jar. Such quantities
6768 can't be measured exactly anyway, and if the data that is input to
6769 a calculation is inexact, doing exact arithmetic on it is a waste
6770 of time.
6771
6772 Fractions become unwieldy after too many calculations have been
6773 done with them. For example, the sum of the reciprocals of the
6774 integers from 1 to 10 is 7381:2520. The sum from 1 to 30 is
6775 9304682830147:2329089562800. After a point it will take a long
6776 time to add even one more term to this sum, but a floating-point
6777 calculation of the sum will not have this problem.
6778
6779 Also, rational numbers cannot express the results of all calculations.
6780 There is no fractional form for the square root of two, so if you type
6781 @w{@kbd{2 Q}}, Calc has no choice but to give you a floating-point answer.
6782
6783 @node Arithmetic Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 2, Modes Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6784 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 1
6785
6786 @noindent
6787 Dividing two integers that are larger than the current precision may
6788 give a floating-point result that is inaccurate even when rounded
6789 down to an integer. Consider @expr{123456789 / 2} when the current
6790 precision is 6 digits. The true answer is @expr{61728394.5}, but
6791 with a precision of 6 this will be rounded to
6792 @texline @math{12345700.0/2.0 = 61728500.0}.
6793 @infoline @expr{12345700.@: / 2.@: = 61728500.}.
6794 The result, when converted to an integer, will be off by 106.
6795
6796 Here are two solutions: Raise the precision enough that the
6797 floating-point round-off error is strictly to the right of the
6798 decimal point. Or, convert to Fraction mode so that @expr{123456789 / 2}
6799 produces the exact fraction @expr{123456789:2}, which can be rounded
6800 down by the @kbd{F} command without ever switching to floating-point
6801 format.
6802
6803 @node Arithmetic Answer 2, Vector Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6804 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 2
6805
6806 @noindent
6807 @kbd{27 @key{RET} 9 B} could give the exact result @expr{3:2}, but it
6808 does a floating-point calculation instead and produces @expr{1.5}.
6809
6810 Calc will find an exact result for a logarithm if the result is an integer
6811 or (when in Fraction mode) the reciprocal of an integer. But there is
6812 no efficient way to search the space of all possible rational numbers
6813 for an exact answer, so Calc doesn't try.
6814
6815 @node Vector Answer 1, Vector Answer 2, Arithmetic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6816 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 1
6817
6818 @noindent
6819 Duplicate the vector, compute its length, then divide the vector
6820 by its length: @kbd{@key{RET} A /}.
6821
6822 @smallexample
6823 @group
6824 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [0.27, 0.53, 0.80] 1: 1.
6825 . 1: 3.74165738677 . .
6826 .
6827
6828 r 1 @key{RET} A / A
6829 @end group
6830 @end smallexample
6831
6832 The final @kbd{A} command shows that the normalized vector does
6833 indeed have unit length.
6834
6835 @node Vector Answer 2, Matrix Answer 1, Vector Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6836 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 2
6837
6838 @noindent
6839 The average position is equal to the sum of the products of the
6840 positions times their corresponding probabilities. This is the
6841 definition of the dot product operation. So all you need to do
6842 is to put the two vectors on the stack and press @kbd{*}.
6843
6844 @node Matrix Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Vector Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6845 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 1
6846
6847 @noindent
6848 The trick is to multiply by a vector of ones. Use @kbd{r 4 [1 1 1] *} to
6849 get the row sum. Similarly, use @kbd{[1 1] r 4 *} to get the column sum.
6850
6851 @node Matrix Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Matrix Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6852 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 2
6853
6854 @ifnottex
6855 @example
6856 @group
6857 x + a y = 6
6858 x + b y = 10
6859 @end group
6860 @end example
6861 @end ifnottex
6862 @tex
6863 \beforedisplay
6864 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
6865 x &+ b y = 10}
6866 $$
6867 \afterdisplay
6868 @end tex
6869
6870 Just enter the righthand side vector, then divide by the lefthand side
6871 matrix as usual.
6872
6873 @smallexample
6874 @group
6875 1: [6, 10] 2: [6, 10] 1: [6 - 4 a / (b - a), 4 / (b - a) ]
6876 . 1: [ [ 1, a ] .
6877 [ 1, b ] ]
6878 .
6879
6880 ' [6 10] @key{RET} ' [1 a; 1 b] @key{RET} /
6881 @end group
6882 @end smallexample
6883
6884 This can be made more readable using @kbd{d B} to enable Big display
6885 mode:
6886
6887 @smallexample
6888 @group
6889 4 a 4
6890 1: [6 - -----, -----]
6891 b - a b - a
6892 @end group
6893 @end smallexample
6894
6895 Type @kbd{d N} to return to Normal display mode afterwards.
6896
6897 @node Matrix Answer 3, List Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6898 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 3
6899
6900 @noindent
6901 To solve
6902 @texline @math{A^T A \, X = A^T B},
6903 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * A * X = trn(A) * B},
6904 first we compute
6905 @texline @math{A' = A^T A}
6906 @infoline @expr{A2 = trn(A) * A}
6907 and
6908 @texline @math{B' = A^T B};
6909 @infoline @expr{B2 = trn(A) * B};
6910 now, we have a system
6911 @texline @math{A' X = B'}
6912 @infoline @expr{A2 * X = B2}
6913 which we can solve using Calc's @samp{/} command.
6914
6915 @ifnottex
6916 @example
6917 @group
6918 a + 2b + 3c = 6
6919 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
6920 7a + 6b = 3
6921 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
6922 @end group
6923 @end example
6924 @end ifnottex
6925 @tex
6926 \beforedisplayh
6927 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
6928 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
6929 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
6930 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
6931 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
6932 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
6933 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
6934 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
6935 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
6936 $$
6937 \afterdisplayh
6938 @end tex
6939
6940 The first step is to enter the coefficient matrix. We'll store it in
6941 quick variable number 7 for later reference. Next, we compute the
6942 @texline @math{B'}
6943 @infoline @expr{B2}
6944 vector.
6945
6946 @smallexample
6947 @group
6948 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 4, 7, 2 ] 1: [57, 84, 96]
6949 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2, 5, 6, 4 ] .
6950 [ 7, 6, 0 ] [ 3, 6, 0, 6 ] ]
6951 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ] 1: [6, 2, 3, 11]
6952 . .
6953
6954 ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6; 7 6 0; 2 4 6] @key{RET} s 7 v t [6 2 3 11] *
6955 @end group
6956 @end smallexample
6957
6958 @noindent
6959 Now we compute the matrix
6960 @texline @math{A'}
6961 @infoline @expr{A2}
6962 and divide.
6963
6964 @smallexample
6965 @group
6966 2: [57, 84, 96] 1: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64]
6967 1: [ [ 70, 72, 39 ] .
6968 [ 72, 81, 60 ]
6969 [ 39, 60, 81 ] ]
6970 .
6971
6972 r 7 v t r 7 * /
6973 @end group
6974 @end smallexample
6975
6976 @noindent
6977 (The actual computed answer will be slightly inexact due to
6978 round-off error.)
6979
6980 Notice that the answers are similar to those for the
6981 @texline @math{3\times3}
6982 @infoline 3x3
6983 system solved in the text. That's because the fourth equation that was
6984 added to the system is almost identical to the first one multiplied
6985 by two. (If it were identical, we would have gotten the exact same
6986 answer since the
6987 @texline @math{4\times3}
6988 @infoline 4x3
6989 system would be equivalent to the original
6990 @texline @math{3\times3}
6991 @infoline 3x3
6992 system.)
6993
6994 Since the first and fourth equations aren't quite equivalent, they
6995 can't both be satisfied at once. Let's plug our answers back into
6996 the original system of equations to see how well they match.
6997
6998 @smallexample
6999 @group
7000 2: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64] 1: [5.6, 2., 3., 11.2]
7001 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
7002 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
7003 [ 7, 6, 0 ]
7004 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ]
7005 .
7006
7007 r 7 @key{TAB} *
7008 @end group
7009 @end smallexample
7010
7011 @noindent
7012 This is reasonably close to our original @expr{B} vector,
7013 @expr{[6, 2, 3, 11]}.
7014
7015 @node List Answer 1, List Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7016 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 1
7017
7018 @noindent
7019 We can use @kbd{v x} to build a vector of integers. This needs to be
7020 adjusted to get the range of integers we desire. Mapping @samp{-}
7021 across the vector will accomplish this, although it turns out the
7022 plain @samp{-} key will work just as well.
7023
7024 @smallexample
7025 @group
7026 2: 2 2: 2
7027 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9] 1: [-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4]
7028 . .
7029
7030 2 v x 9 @key{RET} 5 V M - or 5 -
7031 @end group
7032 @end smallexample
7033
7034 @noindent
7035 Now we use @kbd{V M ^} to map the exponentiation operator across the
7036 vector.
7037
7038 @smallexample
7039 @group
7040 1: [0.0625, 0.125, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16]
7041 .
7042
7043 V M ^
7044 @end group
7045 @end smallexample
7046
7047 @node List Answer 2, List Answer 3, List Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7048 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 2
7049
7050 @noindent
7051 Given @expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors in quick variables 1 and 2 as before,
7052 the first job is to form the matrix that describes the problem.
7053
7054 @ifnottex
7055 @example
7056 m*x + b*1 = y
7057 @end example
7058 @end ifnottex
7059 @tex
7060 \beforedisplay
7061 $$ m \times x + b \times 1 = y $$
7062 \afterdisplay
7063 @end tex
7064
7065 Thus we want a
7066 @texline @math{19\times2}
7067 @infoline 19x2
7068 matrix with our @expr{x} vector as one column and
7069 ones as the other column. So, first we build the column of ones, then
7070 we combine the two columns to form our @expr{A} matrix.
7071
7072 @smallexample
7073 @group
7074 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 1: [ [ 1.34, 1 ]
7075 1: [1, 1, 1, ...] [ 1.41, 1 ]
7076 . [ 1.49, 1 ]
7077 @dots{}
7078
7079 r 1 1 v b 19 @key{RET} M-2 v p v t s 3
7080 @end group
7081 @end smallexample
7082
7083 @noindent
7084 Now we compute
7085 @texline @math{A^T y}
7086 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * y}
7087 and
7088 @texline @math{A^T A}
7089 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * A}
7090 and divide.
7091
7092 @smallexample
7093 @group
7094 1: [33.36554, 13.613] 2: [33.36554, 13.613]
7095 . 1: [ [ 98.0003, 41.63 ]
7096 [ 41.63, 19 ] ]
7097 .
7098
7099 v t r 2 * r 3 v t r 3 *
7100 @end group
7101 @end smallexample
7102
7103 @noindent
7104 (Hey, those numbers look familiar!)
7105
7106 @smallexample
7107 @group
7108 1: [0.52141679, -0.425978]
7109 .
7110
7111 /
7112 @end group
7113 @end smallexample
7114
7115 Since we were solving equations of the form
7116 @texline @math{m \times x + b \times 1 = y},
7117 @infoline @expr{m*x + b*1 = y},
7118 these numbers should be @expr{m} and @expr{b}, respectively. Sure
7119 enough, they agree exactly with the result computed using @kbd{V M} and
7120 @kbd{V R}!
7121
7122 The moral of this story: @kbd{V M} and @kbd{V R} will probably solve
7123 your problem, but there is often an easier way using the higher-level
7124 arithmetic functions!
7125
7126 @c [fix-ref Curve Fitting]
7127 In fact, there is a built-in @kbd{a F} command that does least-squares
7128 fits. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
7129
7130 @node List Answer 3, List Answer 4, List Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7131 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 3
7132
7133 @noindent
7134 Move to one end of the list and press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or
7135 whatever) to set the mark, then move to the other end of the list
7136 and type @w{@kbd{C-x * g}}.
7137
7138 @smallexample
7139 @group
7140 1: [2.3, 6, 22, 15.1, 7, 15, 14, 7.5, 2.5]
7141 .
7142 @end group
7143 @end smallexample
7144
7145 To make things interesting, let's assume we don't know at a glance
7146 how many numbers are in this list. Then we could type:
7147
7148 @smallexample
7149 @group
7150 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ]
7151 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 126356422.5
7152 . .
7153
7154 @key{RET} V R *
7155
7156 @end group
7157 @end smallexample
7158 @noindent
7159 @smallexample
7160 @group
7161 2: 126356422.5 2: 126356422.5 1: 7.94652913734
7162 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 9 .
7163 . .
7164
7165 @key{TAB} v l I ^
7166 @end group
7167 @end smallexample
7168
7169 @noindent
7170 (The @kbd{I ^} command computes the @var{n}th root of a number.
7171 You could also type @kbd{& ^} to take the reciprocal of 9 and
7172 then raise the number to that power.)
7173
7174 @node List Answer 4, List Answer 5, List Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7175 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 4
7176
7177 @noindent
7178 A number @expr{j} is a divisor of @expr{n} if
7179 @texline @math{n \mathbin{\hbox{\code{\%}}} j = 0}.
7180 @infoline @samp{n % j = 0}.
7181 The first step is to get a vector that identifies the divisors.
7182
7183 @smallexample
7184 @group
7185 2: 30 2: [0, 0, 0, 2, ...] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...]
7186 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: 0 .
7187 . .
7188
7189 30 @key{RET} v x 30 @key{RET} s 1 V M % 0 V M a = s 2
7190 @end group
7191 @end smallexample
7192
7193 @noindent
7194 This vector has 1's marking divisors of 30 and 0's marking non-divisors.
7195
7196 The zeroth divisor function is just the total number of divisors.
7197 The first divisor function is the sum of the divisors.
7198
7199 @smallexample
7200 @group
7201 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8 2: 8
7202 2: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: [1, 2, 3, 0, ...] 1: 72
7203 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...] . .
7204 .
7205
7206 V R + r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
7207 @end group
7208 @end smallexample
7209
7210 @noindent
7211 Once again, the last two steps just compute a dot product for which
7212 a simple @kbd{*} would have worked equally well.
7213
7214 @node List Answer 5, List Answer 6, List Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
7215 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 5
7216
7217 @noindent
7218 The obvious first step is to obtain the list of factors with @kbd{k f}.
7219 This list will always be in sorted order, so if there are duplicates
7220 they will be right next to each other. A suitable method is to compare
7221 the list with a copy of itself shifted over by one.
7222
7223 @smallexample
7224 @group
7225 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0]
7226 . 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0] 1: [0, 3, 7, 7, 7, 19]
7227 . .
7228
7229 19551 k f @key{RET} 0 | @key{TAB} 0 @key{TAB} |
7230
7231 @end group
7232 @end smallexample
7233 @noindent
7234 @smallexample
7235 @group
7236 1: [0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0] 1: 2 1: 0
7237 . . .
7238
7239 V M a = V R + 0 a =
7240 @end group
7241 @end smallexample
7242
7243 @noindent
7244 Note that we have to arrange for both vectors to have the same length
7245 so that the mapping operation works; no prime factor will ever be
7246 zero, so adding zeros on the left and right is safe. From then on
7247 the job is pretty straightforward.
7248
7249 Incidentally, Calc provides the
7250 @texline @dfn{M@"obius} @math{\mu}
7251 @infoline @dfn{Moebius mu}
7252 function which is zero if and only if its argument is square-free. It
7253 would be a much more convenient way to do the above test in practice.
7254
7255 @node List Answer 6, List Answer 7, List Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
7256 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 6
7257
7258 @noindent
7259 First use @kbd{v x 6 @key{RET}} to get a list of integers, then @kbd{V M v x}
7260 to get a list of lists of integers!
7261
7262 @node List Answer 7, List Answer 8, List Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
7263 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 7
7264
7265 @noindent
7266 Here's one solution. First, compute the triangular list from the previous
7267 exercise and type @kbd{1 -} to subtract one from all the elements.
7268
7269 @smallexample
7270 @group
7271 1: [ [0],
7272 [0, 1],
7273 [0, 1, 2],
7274 @dots{}
7275
7276 1 -
7277 @end group
7278 @end smallexample
7279
7280 The numbers down the lefthand edge of the list we desire are called
7281 the ``triangular numbers'' (now you know why!). The @expr{n}th
7282 triangular number is the sum of the integers from 1 to @expr{n}, and
7283 can be computed directly by the formula
7284 @texline @math{n (n+1) \over 2}.
7285 @infoline @expr{n * (n+1) / 2}.
7286
7287 @smallexample
7288 @group
7289 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7290 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7291 . .
7292
7293 v x 6 @key{RET} 1 - V M ' $ ($+1)/2 @key{RET}
7294 @end group
7295 @end smallexample
7296
7297 @noindent
7298 Adding this list to the above list of lists produces the desired
7299 result:
7300
7301 @smallexample
7302 @group
7303 1: [ [0],
7304 [1, 2],
7305 [3, 4, 5],
7306 [6, 7, 8, 9],
7307 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
7308 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
7309 .
7310
7311 V M +
7312 @end group
7313 @end smallexample
7314
7315 If we did not know the formula for triangular numbers, we could have
7316 computed them using a @kbd{V U +} command. We could also have
7317 gotten them the hard way by mapping a reduction across the original
7318 triangular list.
7319
7320 @smallexample
7321 @group
7322 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7323 1: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7324 . .
7325
7326 @key{RET} V M V R +
7327 @end group
7328 @end smallexample
7329
7330 @noindent
7331 (This means ``map a @kbd{V R +} command across the vector,'' and
7332 since each element of the main vector is itself a small vector,
7333 @kbd{V R +} computes the sum of its elements.)
7334
7335 @node List Answer 8, List Answer 9, List Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
7336 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 8
7337
7338 @noindent
7339 The first step is to build a list of values of @expr{x}.
7340
7341 @smallexample
7342 @group
7343 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 21] 1: [0, 1, 2, ..., 20] 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ..., 5]
7344 . . .
7345
7346 v x 21 @key{RET} 1 - 4 / s 1
7347 @end group
7348 @end smallexample
7349
7350 Next, we compute the Bessel function values.
7351
7352 @smallexample
7353 @group
7354 1: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ..., -0.328]
7355 .
7356
7357 V M ' besJ(1,$) @key{RET}
7358 @end group
7359 @end smallexample
7360
7361 @noindent
7362 (Another way to do this would be @kbd{1 @key{TAB} V M f j}.)
7363
7364 A way to isolate the maximum value is to compute the maximum using
7365 @kbd{V R X}, then compare all the Bessel values with that maximum.
7366
7367 @smallexample
7368 @group
7369 2: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ]
7370 1: 0.5801562 . 1: 1
7371 . .
7372
7373 @key{RET} V R X V M a = @key{RET} V R + @key{DEL}
7374 @end group
7375 @end smallexample
7376
7377 @noindent
7378 It's a good idea to verify, as in the last step above, that only
7379 one value is equal to the maximum. (After all, a plot of
7380 @texline @math{\sin x}
7381 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
7382 might have many points all equal to the maximum value, 1.)
7383
7384 The vector we have now has a single 1 in the position that indicates
7385 the maximum value of @expr{x}. Now it is a simple matter to convert
7386 this back into the corresponding value itself.
7387
7388 @smallexample
7389 @group
7390 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0., 0., ... ] 1: 1.75
7391 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ... ] . .
7392 .
7393
7394 r 1 V M * V R +
7395 @end group
7396 @end smallexample
7397
7398 If @kbd{a =} had produced more than one @expr{1} value, this method
7399 would have given the sum of all maximum @expr{x} values; not very
7400 useful! In this case we could have used @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector})
7401 instead. This command deletes all elements of a ``data'' vector that
7402 correspond to zeros in a ``mask'' vector, leaving us with, in this
7403 example, a vector of maximum @expr{x} values.
7404
7405 The built-in @kbd{a X} command maximizes a function using more
7406 efficient methods. Just for illustration, let's use @kbd{a X}
7407 to maximize @samp{besJ(1,x)} over this same interval.
7408
7409 @smallexample
7410 @group
7411 2: besJ(1, x) 1: [1.84115, 0.581865]
7412 1: [0 .. 5] .
7413 .
7414
7415 ' besJ(1,x), [0..5] @key{RET} a X x @key{RET}
7416 @end group
7417 @end smallexample
7418
7419 @noindent
7420 The output from @kbd{a X} is a vector containing the value of @expr{x}
7421 that maximizes the function, and the function's value at that maximum.
7422 As you can see, our simple search got quite close to the right answer.
7423
7424 @node List Answer 9, List Answer 10, List Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
7425 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 9
7426
7427 @noindent
7428 Step one is to convert our integer into vector notation.
7429
7430 @smallexample
7431 @group
7432 1: 25129925999 3: 25129925999
7433 . 2: 10
7434 1: [11, 10, 9, ..., 1, 0]
7435 .
7436
7437 25129925999 @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 12 @key{RET} v x 12 @key{RET} -
7438
7439 @end group
7440 @end smallexample
7441 @noindent
7442 @smallexample
7443 @group
7444 1: 25129925999 1: [0, 2, 25, 251, 2512, ... ]
7445 2: [100000000000, ... ] .
7446 .
7447
7448 V M ^ s 1 V M \
7449 @end group
7450 @end smallexample
7451
7452 @noindent
7453 (Recall, the @kbd{\} command computes an integer quotient.)
7454
7455 @smallexample
7456 @group
7457 1: [0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 5, 9, 9, 9]
7458 .
7459
7460 10 V M % s 2
7461 @end group
7462 @end smallexample
7463
7464 Next we must increment this number. This involves adding one to
7465 the last digit, plus handling carries. There is a carry to the
7466 left out of a digit if that digit is a nine and all the digits to
7467 the right of it are nines.
7468
7469 @smallexample
7470 @group
7471 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, ... ]
7472 . .
7473
7474 9 V M a = v v
7475
7476 @end group
7477 @end smallexample
7478 @noindent
7479 @smallexample
7480 @group
7481 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1]
7482 . .
7483
7484 V U * v v 1 |
7485 @end group
7486 @end smallexample
7487
7488 @noindent
7489 Accumulating @kbd{*} across a vector of ones and zeros will preserve
7490 only the initial run of ones. These are the carries into all digits
7491 except the rightmost digit. Concatenating a one on the right takes
7492 care of aligning the carries properly, and also adding one to the
7493 rightmost digit.
7494
7495 @smallexample
7496 @group
7497 2: [0, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 6, 0, 0, 0]
7498 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] .
7499 .
7500
7501 0 r 2 | V M + 10 V M %
7502 @end group
7503 @end smallexample
7504
7505 @noindent
7506 Here we have concatenated 0 to the @emph{left} of the original number;
7507 this takes care of shifting the carries by one with respect to the
7508 digits that generated them.
7509
7510 Finally, we must convert this list back into an integer.
7511
7512 @smallexample
7513 @group
7514 3: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ]
7515 2: 1000000000000 1: [1000000000000, 100000000000, ... ]
7516 1: [100000000000, ... ] .
7517 .
7518
7519 10 @key{RET} 12 ^ r 1 |
7520
7521 @end group
7522 @end smallexample
7523 @noindent
7524 @smallexample
7525 @group
7526 1: [0, 0, 20000000000, 5000000000, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7527 . .
7528
7529 V M * V R +
7530 @end group
7531 @end smallexample
7532
7533 @noindent
7534 Another way to do this final step would be to reduce the formula
7535 @w{@samp{10 $$ + $}} across the vector of digits.
7536
7537 @smallexample
7538 @group
7539 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7540 . .
7541
7542 V R ' 10 $$ + $ @key{RET}
7543 @end group
7544 @end smallexample
7545
7546 @node List Answer 10, List Answer 11, List Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
7547 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 10
7548
7549 @noindent
7550 For the list @expr{[a, b, c, d]}, the result is @expr{((a = b) = c) = d},
7551 which will compare @expr{a} and @expr{b} to produce a 1 or 0, which is
7552 then compared with @expr{c} to produce another 1 or 0, which is then
7553 compared with @expr{d}. This is not at all what Joe wanted.
7554
7555 Here's a more correct method:
7556
7557 @smallexample
7558 @group
7559 1: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7] 2: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7]
7560 . 1: 7
7561 .
7562
7563 ' [7,7,7,8,7] @key{RET} @key{RET} v r 1 @key{RET}
7564
7565 @end group
7566 @end smallexample
7567 @noindent
7568 @smallexample
7569 @group
7570 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 1] 1: 0
7571 . .
7572
7573 V M a = V R *
7574 @end group
7575 @end smallexample
7576
7577 @node List Answer 11, List Answer 12, List Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
7578 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 11
7579
7580 @noindent
7581 The circle of unit radius consists of those points @expr{(x,y)} for which
7582 @expr{x^2 + y^2 < 1}. We start by generating a vector of @expr{x^2}
7583 and a vector of @expr{y^2}.
7584
7585 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7586 commands.
7587
7588 @smallexample
7589 @group
7590 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.]
7591 1: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [1.16, 1.98, ..., 0.81]
7592 . .
7593
7594 v . t . 2. v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r
7595
7596 @end group
7597 @end smallexample
7598 @noindent
7599 @smallexample
7600 @group
7601 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036]
7602 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036] 2: [0.53, 0.81, ..., 0.094]
7603 . .
7604
7605 1 - 2 V M ^ @key{TAB} V M k r 1 - 2 V M ^
7606 @end group
7607 @end smallexample
7608
7609 Now we sum the @expr{x^2} and @expr{y^2} values, compare with 1 to
7610 get a vector of 1/0 truth values, then sum the truth values.
7611
7612 @smallexample
7613 @group
7614 1: [0.56, 1.78, ..., 0.13] 1: [1, 0, ..., 1] 1: 84
7615 . . .
7616
7617 + 1 V M a < V R +
7618 @end group
7619 @end smallexample
7620
7621 @noindent
7622 The ratio @expr{84/100} should approximate the ratio @cpiover{4}.
7623
7624 @smallexample
7625 @group
7626 1: 0.84 1: 3.36 2: 3.36 1: 1.0695
7627 . . 1: 3.14159 .
7628
7629 100 / 4 * P /
7630 @end group
7631 @end smallexample
7632
7633 @noindent
7634 Our estimate, 3.36, is off by about 7%. We could get a better estimate
7635 by taking more points (say, 1000), but it's clear that this method is
7636 not very efficient!
7637
7638 (Naturally, since this example uses random numbers your own answer
7639 will be slightly different from the one shown here!)
7640
7641 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7642 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7643
7644 @node List Answer 12, List Answer 13, List Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
7645 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 12
7646
7647 @noindent
7648 This problem can be made a lot easier by taking advantage of some
7649 symmetries. First of all, after some thought it's clear that the
7650 @expr{y} axis can be ignored altogether. Just pick a random @expr{x}
7651 component for one end of the match, pick a random direction
7652 @texline @math{\theta},
7653 @infoline @expr{theta},
7654 and see if @expr{x} and
7655 @texline @math{x + \cos \theta}
7656 @infoline @expr{x + cos(theta)}
7657 (which is the @expr{x} coordinate of the other endpoint) cross a line.
7658 The lines are at integer coordinates, so this happens when the two
7659 numbers surround an integer.
7660
7661 Since the two endpoints are equivalent, we may as well choose the leftmost
7662 of the two endpoints as @expr{x}. Then @expr{theta} is an angle pointing
7663 to the right, in the range -90 to 90 degrees. (We could use radians, but
7664 it would feel like cheating to refer to @cpiover{2} radians while trying
7665 to estimate @cpi{}!)
7666
7667 In fact, since the field of lines is infinite we can choose the
7668 coordinates 0 and 1 for the lines on either side of the leftmost
7669 endpoint. The rightmost endpoint will be between 0 and 1 if the
7670 match does not cross a line, or between 1 and 2 if it does. So:
7671 Pick random @expr{x} and
7672 @texline @math{\theta},
7673 @infoline @expr{theta},
7674 compute
7675 @texline @math{x + \cos \theta},
7676 @infoline @expr{x + cos(theta)},
7677 and count how many of the results are greater than one. Simple!
7678
7679 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7680 commands.
7681
7682 @smallexample
7683 @group
7684 1: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72]
7685 . 1: [78.4, 64.5, ..., -42.9]
7686 .
7687
7688 v . t . 1. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 180. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 90 -
7689 @end group
7690 @end smallexample
7691
7692 @noindent
7693 (The next step may be slow, depending on the speed of your computer.)
7694
7695 @smallexample
7696 @group
7697 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 1: [0.72, 1.14, ..., 1.45]
7698 1: [0.20, 0.43, ..., 0.73] .
7699 .
7700
7701 m d V M C +
7702
7703 @end group
7704 @end smallexample
7705 @noindent
7706 @smallexample
7707 @group
7708 1: [0, 1, ..., 1] 1: 0.64 1: 3.125
7709 . . .
7710
7711 1 V M a > V R + 100 / 2 @key{TAB} /
7712 @end group
7713 @end smallexample
7714
7715 Let's try the third method, too. We'll use random integers up to
7716 one million. The @kbd{k r} command with an integer argument picks
7717 a random integer.
7718
7719 @smallexample
7720 @group
7721 2: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 2: [78489, 527587, ..., 814975]
7722 1: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 1: [324014, 358783, ..., 955450]
7723 . .
7724
7725 1000000 v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r @key{TAB} V M k r
7726
7727 @end group
7728 @end smallexample
7729 @noindent
7730 @smallexample
7731 @group
7732 1: [1, 1, ..., 25] 1: [1, 1, ..., 0] 1: 0.56
7733 . . .
7734
7735 V M k g 1 V M a = V R + 100 /
7736
7737 @end group
7738 @end smallexample
7739 @noindent
7740 @smallexample
7741 @group
7742 1: 10.714 1: 3.273
7743 . .
7744
7745 6 @key{TAB} / Q
7746 @end group
7747 @end smallexample
7748
7749 For a proof of this property of the GCD function, see section 4.5.2,
7750 exercise 10, of Knuth's @emph{Art of Computer Programming}, volume II.
7751
7752 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7753 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7754
7755 @node List Answer 13, List Answer 14, List Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
7756 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 13
7757
7758 @noindent
7759 First, we put the string on the stack as a vector of ASCII codes.
7760
7761 @smallexample
7762 @group
7763 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
7764 .
7765
7766 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET}
7767 @end group
7768 @end smallexample
7769
7770 @noindent
7771 Note that the @kbd{"} key, like @kbd{$}, initiates algebraic entry so
7772 there was no need to type an apostrophe. Also, Calc didn't mind that
7773 we omitted the closing @kbd{"}. (The same goes for all closing delimiters
7774 like @kbd{)} and @kbd{]} at the end of a formula.
7775
7776 We'll show two different approaches here. In the first, we note that
7777 if the input vector is @expr{[a, b, c, d]}, then the hash code is
7778 @expr{3 (3 (3a + b) + c) + d = 27a + 9b + 3c + d}. In other words,
7779 it's a sum of descending powers of three times the ASCII codes.
7780
7781 @smallexample
7782 @group
7783 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
7784 1: 16 1: [15, 14, 13, ..., 0]
7785 . .
7786
7787 @key{RET} v l v x 16 @key{RET} -
7788
7789 @end group
7790 @end smallexample
7791 @noindent
7792 @smallexample
7793 @group
7794 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098 1: 121
7795 1: [14348907, ..., 1] . .
7796 .
7797
7798 3 @key{TAB} V M ^ * 511 %
7799 @end group
7800 @end smallexample
7801
7802 @noindent
7803 Once again, @kbd{*} elegantly summarizes most of the computation.
7804 But there's an even more elegant approach: Reduce the formula
7805 @kbd{3 $$ + $} across the vector. Recall that this represents a
7806 function of two arguments that computes its first argument times three
7807 plus its second argument.
7808
7809 @smallexample
7810 @group
7811 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098
7812 . .
7813
7814 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' 3$$+$ @key{RET}
7815 @end group
7816 @end smallexample
7817
7818 @noindent
7819 If you did the decimal arithmetic exercise, this will be familiar.
7820 Basically, we're turning a base-3 vector of digits into an integer,
7821 except that our ``digits'' are much larger than real digits.
7822
7823 Instead of typing @kbd{511 %} again to reduce the result, we can be
7824 cleverer still and notice that rather than computing a huge integer
7825 and taking the modulo at the end, we can take the modulo at each step
7826 without affecting the result. While this means there are more
7827 arithmetic operations, the numbers we operate on remain small so
7828 the operations are faster.
7829
7830 @smallexample
7831 @group
7832 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 121
7833 . .
7834
7835 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' (3$$+$)%511 @key{RET}
7836 @end group
7837 @end smallexample
7838
7839 Why does this work? Think about a two-step computation:
7840 @w{@expr{3 (3a + b) + c}}. Taking a result modulo 511 basically means
7841 subtracting off enough 511's to put the result in the desired range.
7842 So the result when we take the modulo after every step is,
7843
7844 @ifnottex
7845 @example
7846 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n
7847 @end example
7848 @end ifnottex
7849 @tex
7850 \beforedisplay
7851 $$ 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n $$
7852 \afterdisplay
7853 @end tex
7854
7855 @noindent
7856 for some suitable integers @expr{m} and @expr{n}. Expanding out by
7857 the distributive law yields
7858
7859 @ifnottex
7860 @example
7861 9 a + 3 b + c - 511*3 m - 511 n
7862 @end example
7863 @end ifnottex
7864 @tex
7865 \beforedisplay
7866 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511\times3 m - 511 n $$
7867 \afterdisplay
7868 @end tex
7869
7870 @noindent
7871 The @expr{m} term in the latter formula is redundant because any
7872 contribution it makes could just as easily be made by the @expr{n}
7873 term. So we can take it out to get an equivalent formula with
7874 @expr{n' = 3m + n},
7875
7876 @ifnottex
7877 @example
7878 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n'
7879 @end example
7880 @end ifnottex
7881 @tex
7882 \beforedisplay
7883 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n^{\prime} $$
7884 \afterdisplay
7885 @end tex
7886
7887 @noindent
7888 which is just the formula for taking the modulo only at the end of
7889 the calculation. Therefore the two methods are essentially the same.
7890
7891 Later in the tutorial we will encounter @dfn{modulo forms}, which
7892 basically automate the idea of reducing every intermediate result
7893 modulo some value @var{m}.
7894
7895 @node List Answer 14, Types Answer 1, List Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
7896 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 14
7897
7898 We want to use @kbd{H V U} to nest a function which adds a random
7899 step to an @expr{(x,y)} coordinate. The function is a bit long, but
7900 otherwise the problem is quite straightforward.
7901
7902 @smallexample
7903 @group
7904 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
7905 1: 50 [ 0.4288, -0.1695 ]
7906 . [ -0.4787, -0.9027 ]
7907 ...
7908
7909 [0,0] 50 H V U ' <# + [random(2.0)-1, random(2.0)-1]> @key{RET}
7910 @end group
7911 @end smallexample
7912
7913 Just as the text recommended, we used @samp{< >} nameless function
7914 notation to keep the two @code{random} calls from being evaluated
7915 before nesting even begins.
7916
7917 We now have a vector of @expr{[x, y]} sub-vectors, which by Calc's
7918 rules acts like a matrix. We can transpose this matrix and unpack
7919 to get a pair of vectors, @expr{x} and @expr{y}, suitable for graphing.
7920
7921 @smallexample
7922 @group
7923 2: [ 0, 0.4288, -0.4787, ... ]
7924 1: [ 0, -0.1696, -0.9027, ... ]
7925 .
7926
7927 v t v u g f
7928 @end group
7929 @end smallexample
7930
7931 Incidentally, because the @expr{x} and @expr{y} are completely
7932 independent in this case, we could have done two separate commands
7933 to create our @expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors of numbers directly.
7934
7935 To make a random walk of unit steps, we note that @code{sincos} of
7936 a random direction exactly gives us an @expr{[x, y]} step of unit
7937 length; in fact, the new nesting function is even briefer, though
7938 we might want to lower the precision a bit for it.
7939
7940 @smallexample
7941 @group
7942 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
7943 1: 50 [ 0.1318, 0.9912 ]
7944 . [ -0.5965, 0.3061 ]
7945 ...
7946
7947 [0,0] 50 m d p 6 @key{RET} H V U ' <# + sincos(random(360.0))> @key{RET}
7948 @end group
7949 @end smallexample
7950
7951 Another @kbd{v t v u g f} sequence will graph this new random walk.
7952
7953 An interesting twist on these random walk functions would be to use
7954 complex numbers instead of 2-vectors to represent points on the plane.
7955 In the first example, we'd use something like @samp{random + random*(0,1)},
7956 and in the second we could use polar complex numbers with random phase
7957 angles. (This exercise was first suggested in this form by Randal
7958 Schwartz.)
7959
7960 @node Types Answer 1, Types Answer 2, List Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
7961 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 1
7962
7963 @noindent
7964 If the number is the square root of @cpi{} times a rational number,
7965 then its square, divided by @cpi{}, should be a rational number.
7966
7967 @smallexample
7968 @group
7969 1: 1.26508260337 1: 0.509433962268 1: 2486645810:4881193627
7970 . . .
7971
7972 2 ^ P / c F
7973 @end group
7974 @end smallexample
7975
7976 @noindent
7977 Technically speaking this is a rational number, but not one that is
7978 likely to have arisen in the original problem. More likely, it just
7979 happens to be the fraction which most closely represents some
7980 irrational number to within 12 digits.
7981
7982 But perhaps our result was not quite exact. Let's reduce the
7983 precision slightly and try again:
7984
7985 @smallexample
7986 @group
7987 1: 0.509433962268 1: 27:53
7988 . .
7989
7990 U p 10 @key{RET} c F
7991 @end group
7992 @end smallexample
7993
7994 @noindent
7995 Aha! It's unlikely that an irrational number would equal a fraction
7996 this simple to within ten digits, so our original number was probably
7997 @texline @math{\sqrt{27 \pi / 53}}.
7998 @infoline @expr{sqrt(27 pi / 53)}.
7999
8000 Notice that we didn't need to re-round the number when we reduced the
8001 precision. Remember, arithmetic operations always round their inputs
8002 to the current precision before they begin.
8003
8004 @node Types Answer 2, Types Answer 3, Types Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8005 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 2
8006
8007 @noindent
8008 @samp{inf / inf = nan}. Perhaps @samp{1} is the ``obvious'' answer.
8009 But if @w{@samp{17 inf = inf}}, then @samp{17 inf / inf = inf / inf = 17}, too.
8010
8011 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}. It's tempting to say that the exponential
8012 of infinity must be ``bigger'' than ``regular'' infinity, but as
8013 far as Calc is concerned all infinities are the same size.
8014 In other words, as @expr{x} goes to infinity, @expr{e^x} also goes
8015 to infinity, but the fact the @expr{e^x} grows much faster than
8016 @expr{x} is not relevant here.
8017
8018 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. Here we have a finite answer even though
8019 the input is infinite.
8020
8021 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = (0, 1) inf}. Remember that @expr{(0, 1)}
8022 represents the imaginary number @expr{i}. Here's a derivation:
8023 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = @w{sqrt((-1) * inf)} = sqrt(-1) * sqrt(inf)}.
8024 The first part is, by definition, @expr{i}; the second is @code{inf}
8025 because, once again, all infinities are the same size.
8026
8027 @samp{sqrt(uinf) = uinf}. In fact, we do know something about the
8028 direction because @code{sqrt} is defined to return a value in the
8029 right half of the complex plane. But Calc has no notation for this,
8030 so it settles for the conservative answer @code{uinf}.
8031
8032 @samp{abs(uinf) = inf}. No matter which direction @expr{x} points,
8033 @samp{abs(x)} always points along the positive real axis.
8034
8035 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}. Here we have an infinite answer to a finite
8036 input. As in the @expr{1 / 0} case, Calc will only use infinities
8037 here if you have turned on Infinite mode. Otherwise, it will
8038 treat @samp{ln(0)} as an error.
8039
8040 @node Types Answer 3, Types Answer 4, Types Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8041 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 3
8042
8043 @noindent
8044 We can make @samp{inf - inf} be any real number we like, say,
8045 @expr{a}, just by claiming that we added @expr{a} to the first
8046 infinity but not to the second. This is just as true for complex
8047 values of @expr{a}, so @code{nan} can stand for a complex number.
8048 (And, similarly, @code{uinf} can stand for an infinity that points
8049 in any direction in the complex plane, such as @samp{(0, 1) inf}).
8050
8051 In fact, we can multiply the first @code{inf} by two. Surely
8052 @w{@samp{2 inf - inf = inf}}, but also @samp{2 inf - inf = inf - inf = nan}.
8053 So @code{nan} can even stand for infinity. Obviously it's just
8054 as easy to make it stand for minus infinity as for plus infinity.
8055
8056 The moral of this story is that ``infinity'' is a slippery fish
8057 indeed, and Calc tries to handle it by having a very simple model
8058 for infinities (only the direction counts, not the ``size''); but
8059 Calc is careful to write @code{nan} any time this simple model is
8060 unable to tell what the true answer is.
8061
8062 @node Types Answer 4, Types Answer 5, Types Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8063 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 4
8064
8065 @smallexample
8066 @group
8067 2: 0@@ 47' 26" 1: 0@@ 2' 47.411765"
8068 1: 17 .
8069 .
8070
8071 0@@ 47' 26" @key{RET} 17 /
8072 @end group
8073 @end smallexample
8074
8075 @noindent
8076 The average song length is two minutes and 47.4 seconds.
8077
8078 @smallexample
8079 @group
8080 2: 0@@ 2' 47.411765" 1: 0@@ 3' 7.411765" 1: 0@@ 53' 6.000005"
8081 1: 0@@ 0' 20" . .
8082 .
8083
8084 20" + 17 *
8085 @end group
8086 @end smallexample
8087
8088 @noindent
8089 The album would be 53 minutes and 6 seconds long.
8090
8091 @node Types Answer 5, Types Answer 6, Types Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8092 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 5
8093
8094 @noindent
8095 Let's suppose it's January 14, 1991. The easiest thing to do is
8096 to keep trying 13ths of months until Calc reports a Friday.
8097 We can do this by manually entering dates, or by using @kbd{t I}:
8098
8099 @smallexample
8100 @group
8101 1: <Wed Feb 13, 1991> 1: <Wed Mar 13, 1991> 1: <Sat Apr 13, 1991>
8102 . . .
8103
8104 ' <2/13> @key{RET} @key{DEL} ' <3/13> @key{RET} t I
8105 @end group
8106 @end smallexample
8107
8108 @noindent
8109 (Calc assumes the current year if you don't say otherwise.)
8110
8111 This is getting tedious---we can keep advancing the date by typing
8112 @kbd{t I} over and over again, but let's automate the job by using
8113 vector mapping. The @kbd{t I} command actually takes a second
8114 ``how-many-months'' argument, which defaults to one. This
8115 argument is exactly what we want to map over:
8116
8117 @smallexample
8118 @group
8119 2: <Sat Apr 13, 1991> 1: [<Mon May 13, 1991>, <Thu Jun 13, 1991>,
8120 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] <Sat Jul 13, 1991>, <Tue Aug 13, 1991>,
8121 . <Fri Sep 13, 1991>, <Sun Oct 13, 1991>]
8122 .
8123
8124 v x 6 @key{RET} V M t I
8125 @end group
8126 @end smallexample
8127
8128 @noindent
8129 Et voil@`a, September 13, 1991 is a Friday.
8130
8131 @smallexample
8132 @group
8133 1: 242
8134 .
8135
8136 ' <sep 13> - <jan 14> @key{RET}
8137 @end group
8138 @end smallexample
8139
8140 @noindent
8141 And the answer to our original question: 242 days to go.
8142
8143 @node Types Answer 6, Types Answer 7, Types Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8144 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 6
8145
8146 @noindent
8147 The full rule for leap years is that they occur in every year divisible
8148 by four, except that they don't occur in years divisible by 100, except
8149 that they @emph{do} in years divisible by 400. We could work out the
8150 answer by carefully counting the years divisible by four and the
8151 exceptions, but there is a much simpler way that works even if we
8152 don't know the leap year rule.
8153
8154 Let's assume the present year is 1991. Years have 365 days, except
8155 that leap years (whenever they occur) have 366 days. So let's count
8156 the number of days between now and then, and compare that to the
8157 number of years times 365. The number of extra days we find must be
8158 equal to the number of leap years there were.
8159
8160 @smallexample
8161 @group
8162 1: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 2: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 1: 2925593
8163 . 1: <Tue Jan 1, 1991> .
8164 .
8165
8166 ' <jan 1 10001> @key{RET} ' <jan 1 1991> @key{RET} -
8167
8168 @end group
8169 @end smallexample
8170 @noindent
8171 @smallexample
8172 @group
8173 3: 2925593 2: 2925593 2: 2925593 1: 1943
8174 2: 10001 1: 8010 1: 2923650 .
8175 1: 1991 . .
8176 .
8177
8178 10001 @key{RET} 1991 - 365 * -
8179 @end group
8180 @end smallexample
8181
8182 @c [fix-ref Date Forms]
8183 @noindent
8184 There will be 1943 leap years before the year 10001. (Assuming,
8185 of course, that the algorithm for computing leap years remains
8186 unchanged for that long. @xref{Date Forms}, for some interesting
8187 background information in that regard.)
8188
8189 @node Types Answer 7, Types Answer 8, Types Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8190 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 7
8191
8192 @noindent
8193 The relative errors must be converted to absolute errors so that
8194 @samp{+/-} notation may be used.
8195
8196 @smallexample
8197 @group
8198 1: 1. 2: 1.
8199 . 1: 0.2
8200 .
8201
8202 20 @key{RET} .05 * 4 @key{RET} .05 *
8203 @end group
8204 @end smallexample
8205
8206 Now we simply chug through the formula.
8207
8208 @smallexample
8209 @group
8210 1: 19.7392088022 1: 394.78 +/- 19.739 1: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8211 . . .
8212
8213 2 P 2 ^ * 20 p 1 * 4 p .2 @key{RET} 2 ^ *
8214 @end group
8215 @end smallexample
8216
8217 It turns out the @kbd{v u} command will unpack an error form as
8218 well as a vector. This saves us some retyping of numbers.
8219
8220 @smallexample
8221 @group
8222 3: 6316.5 +/- 706.21 2: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8223 2: 6316.5 1: 0.1118
8224 1: 706.21 .
8225 .
8226
8227 @key{RET} v u @key{TAB} /
8228 @end group
8229 @end smallexample
8230
8231 @noindent
8232 Thus the volume is 6316 cubic centimeters, within about 11 percent.
8233
8234 @node Types Answer 8, Types Answer 9, Types Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
8235 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 8
8236
8237 @noindent
8238 The first answer is pretty simple: @samp{1 / (0 .. 10) = (0.1 .. inf)}.
8239 Since a number in the interval @samp{(0 .. 10)} can get arbitrarily
8240 close to zero, its reciprocal can get arbitrarily large, so the answer
8241 is an interval that effectively means, ``any number greater than 0.1''
8242 but with no upper bound.
8243
8244 The second answer, similarly, is @samp{1 / (-10 .. 0) = (-inf .. -0.1)}.
8245
8246 Calc normally treats division by zero as an error, so that the formula
8247 @w{@samp{1 / 0}} is left unsimplified. Our third problem,
8248 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 10]}}, also (potentially) divides by zero because zero
8249 is now a member of the interval. So Calc leaves this one unevaluated, too.
8250
8251 If you turn on Infinite mode by pressing @kbd{m i}, you will
8252 instead get the answer @samp{[0.1 .. inf]}, which includes infinity
8253 as a possible value.
8254
8255 The fourth calculation, @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}, has the same problem.
8256 Zero is buried inside the interval, but it's still a possible value.
8257 It's not hard to see that the actual result of @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}
8258 will be either greater than @mathit{0.1}, or less than @mathit{-0.1}. Thus
8259 the interval goes from minus infinity to plus infinity, with a ``hole''
8260 in it from @mathit{-0.1} to @mathit{0.1}. Calc doesn't have any way to
8261 represent this, so it just reports @samp{[-inf .. inf]} as the answer.
8262 It may be disappointing to hear ``the answer lies somewhere between
8263 minus infinity and plus infinity, inclusive,'' but that's the best
8264 that interval arithmetic can do in this case.
8265
8266 @node Types Answer 9, Types Answer 10, Types Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
8267 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 9
8268
8269 @smallexample
8270 @group
8271 1: [-3 .. 3] 2: [-3 .. 3] 2: [0 .. 9]
8272 . 1: [0 .. 9] 1: [-9 .. 9]
8273 . .
8274
8275 [ 3 n .. 3 ] @key{RET} 2 ^ @key{TAB} @key{RET} *
8276 @end group
8277 @end smallexample
8278
8279 @noindent
8280 In the first case the result says, ``if a number is between @mathit{-3} and
8281 3, its square is between 0 and 9.'' The second case says, ``the product
8282 of two numbers each between @mathit{-3} and 3 is between @mathit{-9} and 9.''
8283
8284 An interval form is not a number; it is a symbol that can stand for
8285 many different numbers. Two identical-looking interval forms can stand
8286 for different numbers.
8287
8288 The same issue arises when you try to square an error form.
8289
8290 @node Types Answer 10, Types Answer 11, Types Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
8291 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 10
8292
8293 @noindent
8294 Testing the first number, we might arbitrarily choose 17 for @expr{x}.
8295
8296 @smallexample
8297 @group
8298 1: 17 mod 811749613 2: 17 mod 811749613 1: 533694123 mod 811749613
8299 . 811749612 .
8300 .
8301
8302 17 M 811749613 @key{RET} 811749612 ^
8303 @end group
8304 @end smallexample
8305
8306 @noindent
8307 Since 533694123 is (considerably) different from 1, the number 811749613
8308 must not be prime.
8309
8310 It's awkward to type the number in twice as we did above. There are
8311 various ways to avoid this, and algebraic entry is one. In fact, using
8312 a vector mapping operation we can perform several tests at once. Let's
8313 use this method to test the second number.
8314
8315 @smallexample
8316 @group
8317 2: [17, 42, 100000] 1: [1 mod 15485863, 1 mod ... ]
8318 1: 15485863 .
8319 .
8320
8321 [17 42 100000] 15485863 @key{RET} V M ' ($$ mod $)^($-1) @key{RET}
8322 @end group
8323 @end smallexample
8324
8325 @noindent
8326 The result is three ones (modulo @expr{n}), so it's very probable that
8327 15485863 is prime. (In fact, this number is the millionth prime.)
8328
8329 Note that the functions @samp{($$^($-1)) mod $} or @samp{$$^($-1) % $}
8330 would have been hopelessly inefficient, since they would have calculated
8331 the power using full integer arithmetic.
8332
8333 Calc has a @kbd{k p} command that does primality testing. For small
8334 numbers it does an exact test; for large numbers it uses a variant
8335 of the Fermat test we used here. You can use @kbd{k p} repeatedly
8336 to prove that a large integer is prime with any desired probability.
8337
8338 @node Types Answer 11, Types Answer 12, Types Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
8339 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 11
8340
8341 @noindent
8342 There are several ways to insert a calculated number into an HMS form.
8343 One way to convert a number of seconds to an HMS form is simply to
8344 multiply the number by an HMS form representing one second:
8345
8346 @smallexample
8347 @group
8348 1: 31415926.5359 2: 31415926.5359 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8349 . 1: 0@@ 0' 1" .
8350 .
8351
8352 P 1e7 * 0@@ 0' 1" *
8353
8354 @end group
8355 @end smallexample
8356 @noindent
8357 @smallexample
8358 @group
8359 2: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359" 1: 6@@ 6' 2.5359" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
8360 1: 15@@ 27' 16" mod 24@@ 0' 0" .
8361 .
8362
8363 x time @key{RET} +
8364 @end group
8365 @end smallexample
8366
8367 @noindent
8368 It will be just after six in the morning.
8369
8370 The algebraic @code{hms} function can also be used to build an
8371 HMS form:
8372
8373 @smallexample
8374 @group
8375 1: hms(0, 0, 10000000. pi) 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8376 . .
8377
8378 ' hms(0, 0, 1e7 pi) @key{RET} =
8379 @end group
8380 @end smallexample
8381
8382 @noindent
8383 The @kbd{=} key is necessary to evaluate the symbol @samp{pi} to
8384 the actual number 3.14159...
8385
8386 @node Types Answer 12, Types Answer 13, Types Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
8387 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 12
8388
8389 @noindent
8390 As we recall, there are 17 songs of about 2 minutes and 47 seconds
8391 each.
8392
8393 @smallexample
8394 @group
8395 2: 0@@ 2' 47" 1: [0@@ 3' 7" .. 0@@ 3' 47"]
8396 1: [0@@ 0' 20" .. 0@@ 1' 0"] .
8397 .
8398
8399 [ 0@@ 20" .. 0@@ 1' ] +
8400
8401 @end group
8402 @end smallexample
8403 @noindent
8404 @smallexample
8405 @group
8406 1: [0@@ 52' 59." .. 1@@ 4' 19."]
8407 .
8408
8409 17 *
8410 @end group
8411 @end smallexample
8412
8413 @noindent
8414 No matter how long it is, the album will fit nicely on one CD.
8415
8416 @node Types Answer 13, Types Answer 14, Types Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
8417 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 13
8418
8419 @noindent
8420 Type @kbd{' 1 yr @key{RET} u c s @key{RET}}. The answer is 31557600 seconds.
8421
8422 @node Types Answer 14, Types Answer 15, Types Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
8423 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 14
8424
8425 @noindent
8426 How long will it take for a signal to get from one end of the computer
8427 to the other?
8428
8429 @smallexample
8430 @group
8431 1: m / c 1: 3.3356 ns
8432 . .
8433
8434 ' 1 m / c @key{RET} u c ns @key{RET}
8435 @end group
8436 @end smallexample
8437
8438 @noindent
8439 (Recall, @samp{c} is a ``unit'' corresponding to the speed of light.)
8440
8441 @smallexample
8442 @group
8443 1: 3.3356 ns 1: 0.81356 ns / ns 1: 0.81356
8444 2: 4.1 ns . .
8445 .
8446
8447 ' 4.1 ns @key{RET} / u s
8448 @end group
8449 @end smallexample
8450
8451 @noindent
8452 Thus a signal could take up to 81 percent of a clock cycle just to
8453 go from one place to another inside the computer, assuming the signal
8454 could actually attain the full speed of light. Pretty tight!
8455
8456 @node Types Answer 15, Algebra Answer 1, Types Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
8457 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 15
8458
8459 @noindent
8460 The speed limit is 55 miles per hour on most highways. We want to
8461 find the ratio of Sam's speed to the US speed limit.
8462
8463 @smallexample
8464 @group
8465 1: 55 mph 2: 55 mph 3: 11 hr mph / yd
8466 . 1: 5 yd / hr .
8467 .
8468
8469 ' 55 mph @key{RET} ' 5 yd/hr @key{RET} /
8470 @end group
8471 @end smallexample
8472
8473 The @kbd{u s} command cancels out these units to get a plain
8474 number. Now we take the logarithm base two to find the final
8475 answer, assuming that each successive pill doubles his speed.
8476
8477 @smallexample
8478 @group
8479 1: 19360. 2: 19360. 1: 14.24
8480 . 1: 2 .
8481 .
8482
8483 u s 2 B
8484 @end group
8485 @end smallexample
8486
8487 @noindent
8488 Thus Sam can take up to 14 pills without a worry.
8489
8490 @node Algebra Answer 1, Algebra Answer 2, Types Answer 15, Answers to Exercises
8491 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 1
8492
8493 @noindent
8494 @c [fix-ref Declarations]
8495 The result @samp{sqrt(x)^2} is simplified back to @expr{x} by the
8496 Calculator, but @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is not. (Consider what happens
8497 if @w{@expr{x = -4}}.) If @expr{x} is real, this formula could be
8498 simplified to @samp{abs(x)}, but for general complex arguments even
8499 that is not safe. (@xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell Calc
8500 that @expr{x} is known to be real.)
8501
8502 @node Algebra Answer 2, Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8503 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 2
8504
8505 @noindent
8506 Suppose our roots are @expr{[a, b, c]}. We want a polynomial which
8507 is zero when @expr{x} is any of these values. The trivial polynomial
8508 @expr{x-a} is zero when @expr{x=a}, so the product @expr{(x-a)(x-b)(x-c)}
8509 will do the job. We can use @kbd{a c x} to write this in a more
8510 familiar form.
8511
8512 @smallexample
8513 @group
8514 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [1.19023, -1.19023, 0]
8515 . .
8516
8517 r 2 a P x @key{RET}
8518
8519 @end group
8520 @end smallexample
8521 @noindent
8522 @smallexample
8523 @group
8524 1: [x - 1.19023, x + 1.19023, x] 1: (x - 1.19023) (x + 1.19023) x
8525 . .
8526
8527 V M ' x-$ @key{RET} V R *
8528
8529 @end group
8530 @end smallexample
8531 @noindent
8532 @smallexample
8533 @group
8534 1: x^3 - 1.41666 x 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
8535 . .
8536
8537 a c x @key{RET} 24 n * a x
8538 @end group
8539 @end smallexample
8540
8541 @noindent
8542 Sure enough, our answer (multiplied by a suitable constant) is the
8543 same as the original polynomial.
8544
8545 @node Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 4, Algebra Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8546 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 3
8547
8548 @smallexample
8549 @group
8550 1: x sin(pi x) 1: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8551 . .
8552
8553 ' x sin(pi x) @key{RET} m r a i x @key{RET}
8554
8555 @end group
8556 @end smallexample
8557 @noindent
8558 @smallexample
8559 @group
8560 1: [y, 1]
8561 2: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8562 .
8563
8564 ' [y,1] @key{RET} @key{TAB}
8565
8566 @end group
8567 @end smallexample
8568 @noindent
8569 @smallexample
8570 @group
8571 1: [(sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2, (sin(pi) - pi cos(pi)) / pi^2]
8572 .
8573
8574 V M $ @key{RET}
8575
8576 @end group
8577 @end smallexample
8578 @noindent
8579 @smallexample
8580 @group
8581 1: (sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2 + (pi cos(pi) - sin(pi)) / pi^2
8582 .
8583
8584 V R -
8585
8586 @end group
8587 @end smallexample
8588 @noindent
8589 @smallexample
8590 @group
8591 1: (sin(3.14159 y) - 3.14159 y cos(3.14159 y)) / 9.8696 - 0.3183
8592 .
8593
8594 =
8595
8596 @end group
8597 @end smallexample
8598 @noindent
8599 @smallexample
8600 @group
8601 1: [0., -0.95493, 0.63662, -1.5915, 1.2732]
8602 .
8603
8604 v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
8605 @end group
8606 @end smallexample
8607
8608 @node Algebra Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 1, Algebra Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8609 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 4
8610
8611 @noindent
8612 The hard part is that @kbd{V R +} is no longer sufficient to add up all
8613 the contributions from the slices, since the slices have varying
8614 coefficients. So first we must come up with a vector of these
8615 coefficients. Here's one way:
8616
8617 @smallexample
8618 @group
8619 2: -1 2: 3 1: [4, 2, ..., 4]
8620 1: [1, 2, ..., 9] 1: [-1, 1, ..., -1] .
8621 . .
8622
8623 1 n v x 9 @key{RET} V M ^ 3 @key{TAB} -
8624
8625 @end group
8626 @end smallexample
8627 @noindent
8628 @smallexample
8629 @group
8630 1: [4, 2, ..., 4, 1] 1: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8631 . .
8632
8633 1 | 1 @key{TAB} |
8634 @end group
8635 @end smallexample
8636
8637 @noindent
8638 Now we compute the function values. Note that for this method we need
8639 eleven values, including both endpoints of the desired interval.
8640
8641 @smallexample
8642 @group
8643 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8644 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9, 2.]
8645 .
8646
8647 11 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
8648
8649 @end group
8650 @end smallexample
8651 @noindent
8652 @smallexample
8653 @group
8654 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8655 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
8656 .
8657
8658 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
8659 @end group
8660 @end smallexample
8661
8662 @noindent
8663 Once again this calls for @kbd{V M * V R +}; a simple @kbd{*} does the
8664 same thing.
8665
8666 @smallexample
8667 @group
8668 1: 11.22 1: 1.122 1: 0.374
8669 . . .
8670
8671 * .1 * 3 /
8672 @end group
8673 @end smallexample
8674
8675 @noindent
8676 Wow! That's even better than the result from the Taylor series method.
8677
8678 @node Rewrites Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 2, Algebra Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8679 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 1
8680
8681 @noindent
8682 We'll use Big mode to make the formulas more readable.
8683
8684 @smallexample
8685 @group
8686 ___
8687 2 + V 2
8688 1: (2 + sqrt(2)) / (1 + sqrt(2)) 1: --------
8689 . ___
8690 1 + V 2
8691
8692 .
8693
8694 ' (2+sqrt(2)) / (1+sqrt(2)) @key{RET} d B
8695 @end group
8696 @end smallexample
8697
8698 @noindent
8699 Multiplying by the conjugate helps because @expr{(a+b) (a-b) = a^2 - b^2}.
8700
8701 @smallexample
8702 @group
8703 ___ ___
8704 1: (2 + V 2 ) (V 2 - 1)
8705 .
8706
8707 a r a/(b+c) := a*(b-c) / (b^2-c^2) @key{RET}
8708
8709 @end group
8710 @end smallexample
8711 @noindent
8712 @smallexample
8713 @group
8714 ___ ___
8715 1: 2 + V 2 - 2 1: V 2
8716 . .
8717
8718 a r a*(b+c) := a*b + a*c a s
8719 @end group
8720 @end smallexample
8721
8722 @noindent
8723 (We could have used @kbd{a x} instead of a rewrite rule for the
8724 second step.)
8725
8726 The multiply-by-conjugate rule turns out to be useful in many
8727 different circumstances, such as when the denominator involves
8728 sines and cosines or the imaginary constant @code{i}.
8729
8730 @node Rewrites Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8731 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 2
8732
8733 @noindent
8734 Here is the rule set:
8735
8736 @smallexample
8737 @group
8738 [ fib(n) := fib(n, 1, 1) :: integer(n) :: n >= 1,
8739 fib(1, x, y) := x,
8740 fib(n, x, y) := fib(n-1, y, x+y) ]
8741 @end group
8742 @end smallexample
8743
8744 @noindent
8745 The first rule turns a one-argument @code{fib} that people like to write
8746 into a three-argument @code{fib} that makes computation easier. The
8747 second rule converts back from three-argument form once the computation
8748 is done. The third rule does the computation itself. It basically
8749 says that if @expr{x} and @expr{y} are two consecutive Fibonacci numbers,
8750 then @expr{y} and @expr{x+y} are the next (overlapping) pair of Fibonacci
8751 numbers.
8752
8753 Notice that because the number @expr{n} was ``validated'' by the
8754 conditions on the first rule, there is no need to put conditions on
8755 the other rules because the rule set would never get that far unless
8756 the input were valid. That further speeds computation, since no
8757 extra conditions need to be checked at every step.
8758
8759 Actually, a user with a nasty sense of humor could enter a bad
8760 three-argument @code{fib} call directly, say, @samp{fib(0, 1, 1)},
8761 which would get the rules into an infinite loop. One thing that would
8762 help keep this from happening by accident would be to use something like
8763 @samp{ZzFib} instead of @code{fib} as the name of the three-argument
8764 function.
8765
8766 @node Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8767 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 3
8768
8769 @noindent
8770 He got an infinite loop. First, Calc did as expected and rewrote
8771 @w{@samp{2 + 3 x}} to @samp{f(2, 3, x)}. Then it looked for ways to
8772 apply the rule again, and found that @samp{f(2, 3, x)} looks like
8773 @samp{a + b x} with @w{@samp{a = 0}} and @samp{b = 1}, so it rewrote to
8774 @samp{f(0, 1, f(2, 3, x))}. It then wrapped another @samp{f(0, 1, ...)}
8775 around that, and so on, ad infinitum. Joe should have used @kbd{M-1 a r}
8776 to make sure the rule applied only once.
8777
8778 (Actually, even the first step didn't work as he expected. What Calc
8779 really gives for @kbd{M-1 a r} in this situation is @samp{f(3 x, 1, 2)},
8780 treating 2 as the ``variable,'' and @samp{3 x} as a constant being added
8781 to it. While this may seem odd, it's just as valid a solution as the
8782 ``obvious'' one. One way to fix this would be to add the condition
8783 @samp{:: variable(x)} to the rule, to make sure the thing that matches
8784 @samp{x} is indeed a variable, or to change @samp{x} to @samp{quote(x)}
8785 on the lefthand side, so that the rule matches the actual variable
8786 @samp{x} rather than letting @samp{x} stand for something else.)
8787
8788 @node Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8789 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 4
8790
8791 @noindent
8792 @ignore
8793 @starindex
8794 @end ignore
8795 @tindex seq
8796 Here is a suitable set of rules to solve the first part of the problem:
8797
8798 @smallexample
8799 @group
8800 [ seq(n, c) := seq(n/2, c+1) :: n%2 = 0,
8801 seq(n, c) := seq(3n+1, c+1) :: n%2 = 1 :: n > 1 ]
8802 @end group
8803 @end smallexample
8804
8805 Given the initial formula @samp{seq(6, 0)}, application of these
8806 rules produces the following sequence of formulas:
8807
8808 @example
8809 seq( 3, 1)
8810 seq(10, 2)
8811 seq( 5, 3)
8812 seq(16, 4)
8813 seq( 8, 5)
8814 seq( 4, 6)
8815 seq( 2, 7)
8816 seq( 1, 8)
8817 @end example
8818
8819 @noindent
8820 whereupon neither of the rules match, and rewriting stops.
8821
8822 We can pretty this up a bit with a couple more rules:
8823
8824 @smallexample
8825 @group
8826 [ seq(n) := seq(n, 0),
8827 seq(1, c) := c,
8828 ... ]
8829 @end group
8830 @end smallexample
8831
8832 @noindent
8833 Now, given @samp{seq(6)} as the starting configuration, we get 8
8834 as the result.
8835
8836 The change to return a vector is quite simple:
8837
8838 @smallexample
8839 @group
8840 [ seq(n) := seq(n, []) :: integer(n) :: n > 0,
8841 seq(1, v) := v | 1,
8842 seq(n, v) := seq(n/2, v | n) :: n%2 = 0,
8843 seq(n, v) := seq(3n+1, v | n) :: n%2 = 1 ]
8844 @end group
8845 @end smallexample
8846
8847 @noindent
8848 Given @samp{seq(6)}, the result is @samp{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
8849
8850 Notice that the @expr{n > 1} guard is no longer necessary on the last
8851 rule since the @expr{n = 1} case is now detected by another rule.
8852 But a guard has been added to the initial rule to make sure the
8853 initial value is suitable before the computation begins.
8854
8855 While still a good idea, this guard is not as vitally important as it
8856 was for the @code{fib} function, since calling, say, @samp{seq(x, [])}
8857 will not get into an infinite loop. Calc will not be able to prove
8858 the symbol @samp{x} is either even or odd, so none of the rules will
8859 apply and the rewrites will stop right away.
8860
8861 @node Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 6, Rewrites Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8862 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 5
8863
8864 @noindent
8865 @ignore
8866 @starindex
8867 @end ignore
8868 @tindex nterms
8869 If @expr{x} is the sum @expr{a + b}, then `@tfn{nterms(}@var{x}@tfn{)}' must
8870 be `@tfn{nterms(}@var{a}@tfn{)}' plus `@tfn{nterms(}@var{b}@tfn{)}'. If @expr{x}
8871 is not a sum, then `@tfn{nterms(}@var{x}@tfn{)}' = 1.
8872
8873 @smallexample
8874 @group
8875 [ nterms(a + b) := nterms(a) + nterms(b),
8876 nterms(x) := 1 ]
8877 @end group
8878 @end smallexample
8879
8880 @noindent
8881 Here we have taken advantage of the fact that earlier rules always
8882 match before later rules; @samp{nterms(x)} will only be tried if we
8883 already know that @samp{x} is not a sum.
8884
8885 @node Rewrites Answer 6, Programming Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8886 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 6
8887
8888 @noindent
8889 Here is a rule set that will do the job:
8890
8891 @smallexample
8892 @group
8893 [ a*(b + c) := a*b + a*c,
8894 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) O(x^m) := O(x^n) :: n <= m
8895 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
8896 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) x^m := O(x^n) :: n <= m
8897 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
8898 a O(x^n) := O(x^n) :: constant(a),
8899 x^opt(m) O(x^n) := O(x^(n+m)),
8900 O(x^n) O(x^m) := O(x^(n+m)) ]
8901 @end group
8902 @end smallexample
8903
8904 If we really want the @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} keys to operate naturally
8905 on power series, we should put these rules in @code{EvalRules}. For
8906 testing purposes, it is better to put them in a different variable,
8907 say, @code{O}, first.
8908
8909 The first rule just expands products of sums so that the rest of the
8910 rules can assume they have an expanded-out polynomial to work with.
8911 Note that this rule does not mention @samp{O} at all, so it will
8912 apply to any product-of-sum it encounters---this rule may surprise
8913 you if you put it into @code{EvalRules}!
8914
8915 In the second rule, the sum of two O's is changed to the smaller O.
8916 The optional constant coefficients are there mostly so that
8917 @samp{O(x^2) - O(x^3)} and @samp{O(x^3) - O(x^2)} are handled
8918 as well as @samp{O(x^2) + O(x^3)}.
8919
8920 The third rule absorbs higher powers of @samp{x} into O's.
8921
8922 The fourth rule says that a constant times a negligible quantity
8923 is still negligible. (This rule will also match @samp{O(x^3) / 4},
8924 with @samp{a = 1/4}.)
8925
8926 The fifth rule rewrites, for example, @samp{x^2 O(x^3)} to @samp{O(x^5)}.
8927 (It is easy to see that if one of these forms is negligible, the other
8928 is, too.) Notice the @samp{x^opt(m)} to pick up terms like
8929 @w{@samp{x O(x^3)}}. Optional powers will match @samp{x} as @samp{x^1}
8930 but not 1 as @samp{x^0}. This turns out to be exactly what we want here.
8931
8932 The sixth rule is the corresponding rule for products of two O's.
8933
8934 Another way to solve this problem would be to create a new ``data type''
8935 that represents truncated power series. We might represent these as
8936 function calls @samp{series(@var{coefs}, @var{x})} where @var{coefs} is
8937 a vector of coefficients for @expr{x^0}, @expr{x^1}, @expr{x^2}, and so
8938 on. Rules would exist for sums and products of such @code{series}
8939 objects, and as an optional convenience could also know how to combine a
8940 @code{series} object with a normal polynomial. (With this, and with a
8941 rule that rewrites @samp{O(x^n)} to the equivalent @code{series} form,
8942 you could still enter power series in exactly the same notation as
8943 before.) Operations on such objects would probably be more efficient,
8944 although the objects would be a bit harder to read.
8945
8946 @c [fix-ref Compositions]
8947 Some other symbolic math programs provide a power series data type
8948 similar to this. Mathematica, for example, has an object that looks
8949 like @samp{PowerSeries[@var{x}, @var{x0}, @var{coefs}, @var{nmin},
8950 @var{nmax}, @var{den}]}, where @var{x0} is the point about which the
8951 power series is taken (we've been assuming this was always zero),
8952 and @var{nmin}, @var{nmax}, and @var{den} allow pseudo-power-series
8953 with fractional or negative powers. Also, the @code{PowerSeries}
8954 objects have a special display format that makes them look like
8955 @samp{2 x^2 + O(x^4)} when they are printed out. (@xref{Compositions},
8956 for a way to do this in Calc, although for something as involved as
8957 this it would probably be better to write the formatting routine
8958 in Lisp.)
8959
8960 @node Programming Answer 1, Programming Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8961 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 1
8962
8963 @noindent
8964 Just enter the formula @samp{ninteg(sin(t)/t, t, 0, x)}, type
8965 @kbd{Z F}, and answer the questions. Since this formula contains two
8966 variables, the default argument list will be @samp{(t x)}. We want to
8967 change this to @samp{(x)} since @expr{t} is really a dummy variable
8968 to be used within @code{ninteg}.
8969
8970 The exact keystrokes are @kbd{Z F s Si @key{RET} @key{RET} C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL} @key{RET} y}.
8971 (The @kbd{C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL}} are what fix the argument list.)
8972
8973 @node Programming Answer 2, Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8974 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 2
8975
8976 @noindent
8977 One way is to move the number to the top of the stack, operate on
8978 it, then move it back: @kbd{C-x ( M-@key{TAB} n M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} C-x )}.
8979
8980 Another way is to negate the top three stack entries, then negate
8981 again the top two stack entries: @kbd{C-x ( M-3 n M-2 n C-x )}.
8982
8983 Finally, it turns out that a negative prefix argument causes a
8984 command like @kbd{n} to operate on the specified stack entry only,
8985 which is just what we want: @kbd{C-x ( M-- 3 n C-x )}.
8986
8987 Just for kicks, let's also do it algebraically:
8988 @w{@kbd{C-x ( ' -$$$, $$, $ @key{RET} C-x )}}.
8989
8990 @node Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8991 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 3
8992
8993 @noindent
8994 Each of these functions can be computed using the stack, or using
8995 algebraic entry, whichever way you prefer:
8996
8997 @noindent
8998 Computing
8999 @texline @math{\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}}:
9000 @infoline @expr{sin(x) / x}:
9001
9002 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} S @key{TAB} / C-x )}.
9003
9004 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' sin($)/$ @key{RET} C-x )}.
9005
9006 @noindent
9007 Computing the logarithm:
9008
9009 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{TAB} B C-x )}
9010
9011 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' log($,$$) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9012
9013 @noindent
9014 Computing the vector of integers:
9015
9016 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x C-x )}. (Recall that
9017 @kbd{C-u v x} takes the vector size, starting value, and increment
9018 from the stack.)
9019
9020 Alternatively: @kbd{C-x ( ~ v x C-x )}. (The @kbd{~} key pops a
9021 number from the stack and uses it as the prefix argument for the
9022 next command.)
9023
9024 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' index($) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9025
9026 @node Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
9027 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 4
9028
9029 @noindent
9030 Here's one way: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} V R + @key{TAB} v l / C-x )}.
9031
9032 @node Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
9033 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 5
9034
9035 @smallexample
9036 @group
9037 2: 1 1: 1.61803398502 2: 1.61803398502
9038 1: 20 . 1: 1.61803398875
9039 . .
9040
9041 1 @key{RET} 20 Z < & 1 + Z > I H P
9042 @end group
9043 @end smallexample
9044
9045 @noindent
9046 This answer is quite accurate.
9047
9048 @node Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
9049 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 6
9050
9051 @noindent
9052 Here is the matrix:
9053
9054 @example
9055 [ [ 0, 1 ] * [a, b] = [b, a + b]
9056 [ 1, 1 ] ]
9057 @end example
9058
9059 @noindent
9060 Thus @samp{[0, 1; 1, 1]^n * [1, 1]} computes Fibonacci numbers @expr{n+1}
9061 and @expr{n+2}. Here's one program that does the job:
9062
9063 @example
9064 C-x ( ' [0, 1; 1, 1] ^ ($-1) * [1, 1] @key{RET} v u @key{DEL} C-x )
9065 @end example
9066
9067 @noindent
9068 This program is quite efficient because Calc knows how to raise a
9069 matrix (or other value) to the power @expr{n} in only
9070 @texline @math{\log_2 n}
9071 @infoline @expr{log(n,2)}
9072 steps. For example, this program can compute the 1000th Fibonacci
9073 number (a 209-digit integer!) in about 10 steps; even though the
9074 @kbd{Z < ... Z >} solution had much simpler steps, it would have
9075 required so many steps that it would not have been practical.
9076
9077 @node Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
9078 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 7
9079
9080 @noindent
9081 The trick here is to compute the harmonic numbers differently, so that
9082 the loop counter itself accumulates the sum of reciprocals. We use
9083 a separate variable to hold the integer counter.
9084
9085 @smallexample
9086 @group
9087 1: 1 2: 1 1: .
9088 . 1: 4
9089 .
9090
9091 1 t 1 1 @key{RET} 4 Z ( t 2 r 1 1 + s 1 & Z )
9092 @end group
9093 @end smallexample
9094
9095 @noindent
9096 The body of the loop goes as follows: First save the harmonic sum
9097 so far in variable 2. Then delete it from the stack; the for loop
9098 itself will take care of remembering it for us. Next, recall the
9099 count from variable 1, add one to it, and feed its reciprocal to
9100 the for loop to use as the step value. The for loop will increase
9101 the ``loop counter'' by that amount and keep going until the
9102 loop counter exceeds 4.
9103
9104 @smallexample
9105 @group
9106 2: 31 3: 31
9107 1: 3.99498713092 2: 3.99498713092
9108 . 1: 4.02724519544
9109 .
9110
9111 r 1 r 2 @key{RET} 31 & +
9112 @end group
9113 @end smallexample
9114
9115 Thus we find that the 30th harmonic number is 3.99, and the 31st
9116 harmonic number is 4.02.
9117
9118 @node Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
9119 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 8
9120
9121 @noindent
9122 The first step is to compute the derivative @expr{f'(x)} and thus
9123 the formula
9124 @texline @math{\displaystyle{x - {f(x) \over f'(x)}}}.
9125 @infoline @expr{x - f(x)/f'(x)}.
9126
9127 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9128 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9129 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9130 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9131 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9132 just for purposes of illustration.)
9133
9134 @smallexample
9135 @group
9136 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5 3: 4.5
9137 1: 4.5 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5
9138 . 1: -(sin(x) cos(cos(x)))
9139 .
9140
9141 ' sin(cos(x))-0.5 @key{RET} 4.5 m r C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET}
9142
9143 @end group
9144 @end smallexample
9145 @noindent
9146 @smallexample
9147 @group
9148 2: 4.5
9149 1: x + (sin(cos(x)) - 0.5) / sin(x) cos(cos(x))
9150 .
9151
9152 / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9153 @end group
9154 @end smallexample
9155
9156 Now, we enter the loop. We'll use a repeat loop with a 20-repetition
9157 limit just in case the method fails to converge for some reason.
9158 (Normally, the @w{@kbd{Z /}} command will stop the loop before all 20
9159 repetitions are done.)
9160
9161 @smallexample
9162 @group
9163 1: 4.5 3: 4.5 2: 4.5
9164 . 2: x + (sin(cos(x)) ... 1: 5.24196456928
9165 1: 4.5 .
9166 .
9167
9168 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9169 @end group
9170 @end smallexample
9171
9172 This is the new guess for @expr{x}. Now we compare it with the
9173 old one to see if we've converged.
9174
9175 @smallexample
9176 @group
9177 3: 5.24196 2: 5.24196 1: 5.24196 1: 5.26345856348
9178 2: 5.24196 1: 0 . .
9179 1: 4.5 .
9180 .
9181
9182 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / Z > Z ' C-x )
9183 @end group
9184 @end smallexample
9185
9186 The loop converges in just a few steps to this value. To check
9187 the result, we can simply substitute it back into the equation.
9188
9189 @smallexample
9190 @group
9191 2: 5.26345856348
9192 1: 0.499999999997
9193 .
9194
9195 @key{RET} ' sin(cos($)) @key{RET}
9196 @end group
9197 @end smallexample
9198
9199 Let's test the new definition again:
9200
9201 @smallexample
9202 @group
9203 2: x^2 - 9 1: 3.
9204 1: 1 .
9205 .
9206
9207 ' x^2-9 @key{RET} 1 X
9208 @end group
9209 @end smallexample
9210
9211 Once again, here's the full Newton's Method definition:
9212
9213 @example
9214 @group
9215 C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET} / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9216 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9217 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9218 Z >
9219 Z '
9220 C-x )
9221 @end group
9222 @end example
9223
9224 @c [fix-ref Nesting and Fixed Points]
9225 It turns out that Calc has a built-in command for applying a formula
9226 repeatedly until it converges to a number. @xref{Nesting and Fixed Points},
9227 to see how to use it.
9228
9229 @c [fix-ref Root Finding]
9230 Also, of course, @kbd{a R} is a built-in command that uses Newton's
9231 method (among others) to look for numerical solutions to any equation.
9232 @xref{Root Finding}.
9233
9234 @node Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
9235 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 9
9236
9237 @noindent
9238 The first step is to adjust @expr{z} to be greater than 5. A simple
9239 ``for'' loop will do the job here. If @expr{z} is less than 5, we
9240 reduce the problem using
9241 @texline @math{\psi(z) = \psi(z+1) - 1/z}.
9242 @infoline @expr{psi(z) = psi(z+1) - 1/z}. We go
9243 on to compute
9244 @texline @math{\psi(z+1)},
9245 @infoline @expr{psi(z+1)},
9246 and remember to add back a factor of @expr{-1/z} when we're done. This
9247 step is repeated until @expr{z > 5}.
9248
9249 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9250 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9251 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9252 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9253 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9254 just for purposes of illustration.)
9255
9256 @smallexample
9257 @group
9258 1: 1. 1: 1.
9259 . .
9260
9261 1.0 @key{RET} C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9262 @end group
9263 @end smallexample
9264
9265 Here, variable 1 holds @expr{z} and variable 2 holds the adjustment
9266 factor. If @expr{z < 5}, we use a loop to increase it.
9267
9268 (By the way, we started with @samp{1.0} instead of the integer 1 because
9269 otherwise the calculation below will try to do exact fractional arithmetic,
9270 and will never converge because fractions compare equal only if they
9271 are exactly equal, not just equal to within the current precision.)
9272
9273 @smallexample
9274 @group
9275 3: 1. 2: 1. 1: 6.
9276 2: 1. 1: 1 .
9277 1: 5 .
9278 .
9279
9280 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9281 @end group
9282 @end smallexample
9283
9284 Now we compute the initial part of the sum:
9285 @texline @math{\ln z - {1 \over 2z}}
9286 @infoline @expr{ln(z) - 1/2z}
9287 minus the adjustment factor.
9288
9289 @smallexample
9290 @group
9291 2: 1.79175946923 2: 1.7084261359 1: -0.57490719743
9292 1: 0.0833333333333 1: 2.28333333333 .
9293 . .
9294
9295 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9296 @end group
9297 @end smallexample
9298
9299 Now we evaluate the series. We'll use another ``for'' loop counting
9300 up the value of @expr{2 n}. (Calc does have a summation command,
9301 @kbd{a +}, but we'll use loops just to get more practice with them.)
9302
9303 @smallexample
9304 @group
9305 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5749 4: -0.5749 2: -0.5749
9306 2: 2 2: 1:6 3: 1:6 1: 2.3148e-3
9307 1: 40 1: 2 2: 2 .
9308 . . 1: 36.
9309 .
9310
9311 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9312
9313 @end group
9314 @end smallexample
9315 @noindent
9316 @smallexample
9317 @group
9318 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5772 2: -0.5772 1: -0.577215664892
9319 2: -0.5749 2: -0.5772 1: 0 .
9320 1: 2.3148e-3 1: -0.5749 .
9321 . .
9322
9323 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / 2 Z ) Z ' C-x )
9324 @end group
9325 @end smallexample
9326
9327 This is the value of
9328 @texline @math{-\gamma},
9329 @infoline @expr{- gamma},
9330 with a slight bit of roundoff error. To get a full 12 digits, let's use
9331 a higher precision:
9332
9333 @smallexample
9334 @group
9335 2: -0.577215664892 2: -0.577215664892
9336 1: 1. 1: -0.577215664901532
9337
9338 1. @key{RET} p 16 @key{RET} X
9339 @end group
9340 @end smallexample
9341
9342 Here's the complete sequence of keystrokes:
9343
9344 @example
9345 @group
9346 C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9347 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9348 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9349 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9350 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9351 2 Z )
9352 Z '
9353 C-x )
9354 @end group
9355 @end example
9356
9357 @node Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
9358 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 10
9359
9360 @noindent
9361 Taking the derivative of a term of the form @expr{x^n} will produce
9362 a term like
9363 @texline @math{n x^{n-1}}.
9364 @infoline @expr{n x^(n-1)}.
9365 Taking the derivative of a constant
9366 produces zero. From this it is easy to see that the @expr{n}th
9367 derivative of a polynomial, evaluated at @expr{x = 0}, will equal the
9368 coefficient on the @expr{x^n} term times @expr{n!}.
9369
9370 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9371 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9372 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9373 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9374 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9375 just for purposes of illustration.)
9376
9377 @smallexample
9378 @group
9379 2: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2 3: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2
9380 1: 6 2: 0
9381 . 1: 6
9382 .
9383
9384 ' 5 x^4 + (x+1)^2 @key{RET} 6 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9385 @end group
9386 @end smallexample
9387
9388 @noindent
9389 Variable 1 will accumulate the vector of coefficients.
9390
9391 @smallexample
9392 @group
9393 2: 0 3: 0 2: 5 x^4 + ...
9394 1: 5 x^4 + ... 2: 5 x^4 + ... 1: 1
9395 . 1: 1 .
9396 .
9397
9398 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9399 @end group
9400 @end smallexample
9401
9402 @noindent
9403 Note that @kbd{s | 1} appends the top-of-stack value to the vector
9404 in a variable; it is completely analogous to @kbd{s + 1}. We could
9405 have written instead, @kbd{r 1 @key{TAB} | t 1}.
9406
9407 @smallexample
9408 @group
9409 1: 20 x^3 + 2 x + 2 1: 0 1: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9410 . . .
9411
9412 a d x @key{RET} 1 Z ) @key{DEL} r 1 Z ' C-x )
9413 @end group
9414 @end smallexample
9415
9416 To convert back, a simple method is just to map the coefficients
9417 against a table of powers of @expr{x}.
9418
9419 @smallexample
9420 @group
9421 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9422 1: 6 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
9423 . .
9424
9425 6 @key{RET} 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x
9426
9427 @end group
9428 @end smallexample
9429 @noindent
9430 @smallexample
9431 @group
9432 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: 1 + 2 x + x^2 + 5 x^4
9433 1: [1, x, x^2, x^3, ... ] .
9434 .
9435
9436 ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ *
9437 @end group
9438 @end smallexample
9439
9440 Once again, here are the whole polynomial to/from vector programs:
9441
9442 @example
9443 @group
9444 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9445 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9446 a d x @key{RET}
9447 1 Z ) r 1
9448 Z '
9449 C-x )
9450
9451 C-x ( 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ * C-x )
9452 @end group
9453 @end example
9454
9455 @node Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 12, Programming Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
9456 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 11
9457
9458 @noindent
9459 First we define a dummy program to go on the @kbd{z s} key. The true
9460 @w{@kbd{z s}} key is supposed to take two numbers from the stack and
9461 return one number, so @key{DEL} as a dummy definition will make
9462 sure the stack comes out right.
9463
9464 @smallexample
9465 @group
9466 2: 4 1: 4 2: 4
9467 1: 2 . 1: 2
9468 . .
9469
9470 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( @key{DEL} C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} 2
9471 @end group
9472 @end smallexample
9473
9474 The last step replaces the 2 that was eaten during the creation
9475 of the dummy @kbd{z s} command. Now we move on to the real
9476 definition. The recurrence needs to be rewritten slightly,
9477 to the form @expr{s(n,m) = s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m)}.
9478
9479 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9480 below. You can use @kbd{C-x * m} to load it from there.)
9481
9482 @smallexample
9483 @group
9484 2: 4 4: 4 3: 4 2: 4
9485 1: 2 3: 2 2: 2 1: 2
9486 . 2: 4 1: 0 .
9487 1: 2 .
9488 .
9489
9490 C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1 Z :
9491
9492 @end group
9493 @end smallexample
9494 @noindent
9495 @smallexample
9496 @group
9497 4: 4 2: 4 2: 3 4: 3 4: 3 3: 3
9498 3: 2 1: 2 1: 2 3: 2 3: 2 2: 2
9499 2: 2 . . 2: 3 2: 3 1: 3
9500 1: 0 1: 2 1: 1 .
9501 . . .
9502
9503 @key{RET} 0 a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9504 @end group
9505 @end smallexample
9506
9507 @noindent
9508 (Note that the value 3 that our dummy @kbd{z s} produces is not correct;
9509 it is merely a placeholder that will do just as well for now.)
9510
9511 @smallexample
9512 @group
9513 3: 3 4: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: -6
9514 2: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: 9 .
9515 1: 2 2: 3 1: 3 .
9516 . 1: 2 .
9517 .
9518
9519 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9520
9521 @end group
9522 @end smallexample
9523 @noindent
9524 @smallexample
9525 @group
9526 1: -6 2: 4 1: 11 2: 11
9527 . 1: 2 . 1: 11
9528 . .
9529
9530 Z ] Z ] C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} @key{DEL} 4 @key{RET} 2 z s M-@key{RET} k s
9531 @end group
9532 @end smallexample
9533
9534 Even though the result that we got during the definition was highly
9535 bogus, once the definition is complete the @kbd{z s} command gets
9536 the right answers.
9537
9538 Here's the full program once again:
9539
9540 @example
9541 @group
9542 C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a =
9543 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1
9544 Z : @key{RET} 0 a =
9545 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0
9546 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9547 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9548 Z ]
9549 Z ]
9550 C-x )
9551 @end group
9552 @end example
9553
9554 You can read this definition using @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro})
9555 followed by @kbd{Z K s}, without having to make a dummy definition
9556 first, because @code{read-kbd-macro} doesn't need to execute the
9557 definition as it reads it in. For this reason, @code{C-x * m} is often
9558 the easiest way to create recursive programs in Calc.
9559
9560 @node Programming Answer 12, , Programming Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
9561 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 12
9562
9563 @noindent
9564 This turns out to be a much easier way to solve the problem. Let's
9565 denote Stirling numbers as calls of the function @samp{s}.
9566
9567 First, we store the rewrite rules corresponding to the definition of
9568 Stirling numbers in a convenient variable:
9569
9570 @smallexample
9571 s e StirlingRules @key{RET}
9572 [ s(n,n) := 1 :: n >= 0,
9573 s(n,0) := 0 :: n > 0,
9574 s(n,m) := s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m) :: n >= m :: m >= 1 ]
9575 C-c C-c
9576 @end smallexample
9577
9578 Now, it's just a matter of applying the rules:
9579
9580 @smallexample
9581 @group
9582 2: 4 1: s(4, 2) 1: 11
9583 1: 2 . .
9584 .
9585
9586 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( ' s($$,$) @key{RET} a r StirlingRules @key{RET} C-x )
9587 @end group
9588 @end smallexample
9589
9590 As in the case of the @code{fib} rules, it would be useful to put these
9591 rules in @code{EvalRules} and to add a @samp{:: remember} condition to
9592 the last rule.
9593
9594 @c This ends the table-of-contents kludge from above:
9595 @tex
9596 \global\let\chapternofonts=\oldchapternofonts
9597 @end tex
9598
9599 @c [reference]
9600
9601 @node Introduction, Data Types, Tutorial, Top
9602 @chapter Introduction
9603
9604 @noindent
9605 This chapter is the beginning of the Calc reference manual.
9606 It covers basic concepts such as the stack, algebraic and
9607 numeric entry, undo, numeric prefix arguments, etc.
9608
9609 @c [when-split]
9610 @c (Chapter 2, the Tutorial, has been printed in a separate volume.)
9611
9612 @menu
9613 * Basic Commands::
9614 * Help Commands::
9615 * Stack Basics::
9616 * Numeric Entry::
9617 * Algebraic Entry::
9618 * Quick Calculator::
9619 * Prefix Arguments::
9620 * Undo::
9621 * Error Messages::
9622 * Multiple Calculators::
9623 * Troubleshooting Commands::
9624 @end menu
9625
9626 @node Basic Commands, Help Commands, Introduction, Introduction
9627 @section Basic Commands
9628
9629 @noindent
9630 @pindex calc
9631 @pindex calc-mode
9632 @cindex Starting the Calculator
9633 @cindex Running the Calculator
9634 To start the Calculator in its standard interface, type @kbd{M-x calc}.
9635 By default this creates a pair of small windows, @samp{*Calculator*}
9636 and @samp{*Calc Trail*}. The former displays the contents of the
9637 Calculator stack and is manipulated exclusively through Calc commands.
9638 It is possible (though not usually necessary) to create several Calc
9639 mode buffers each of which has an independent stack, undo list, and
9640 mode settings. There is exactly one Calc Trail buffer; it records a
9641 list of the results of all calculations that have been done. The
9642 Calc Trail buffer uses a variant of Calc mode, so Calculator commands
9643 still work when the trail buffer's window is selected. It is possible
9644 to turn the trail window off, but the @samp{*Calc Trail*} buffer itself
9645 still exists and is updated silently. @xref{Trail Commands}.
9646
9647 @kindex C-x * c
9648 @kindex C-x * *
9649 @ignore
9650 @mindex @null
9651 @end ignore
9652 In most installations, the @kbd{C-x * c} key sequence is a more
9653 convenient way to start the Calculator. Also, @kbd{C-x * *}
9654 is a synonym for @kbd{C-x * c} unless you last used Calc
9655 in its Keypad mode.
9656
9657 @kindex x
9658 @kindex M-x
9659 @pindex calc-execute-extended-command
9660 Most Calc commands use one or two keystrokes. Lower- and upper-case
9661 letters are distinct. Commands may also be entered in full @kbd{M-x} form;
9662 for some commands this is the only form. As a convenience, the @kbd{x}
9663 key (@code{calc-execute-extended-command})
9664 is like @kbd{M-x} except that it enters the initial string @samp{calc-}
9665 for you. For example, the following key sequences are equivalent:
9666 @kbd{S}, @kbd{M-x calc-sin @key{RET}}, @kbd{x sin @key{RET}}.
9667
9668 Although Calc is designed to be used from the keyboard, some of
9669 Calc's more common commands are available from a menu. In the menu, the
9670 arguments to the functions are given by referring to their stack level
9671 numbers.
9672
9673 @cindex Extensions module
9674 @cindex @file{calc-ext} module
9675 The Calculator exists in many parts. When you type @kbd{C-x * c}, the
9676 Emacs ``auto-load'' mechanism will bring in only the first part, which
9677 contains the basic arithmetic functions. The other parts will be
9678 auto-loaded the first time you use the more advanced commands like trig
9679 functions or matrix operations. This is done to improve the response time
9680 of the Calculator in the common case when all you need to do is a
9681 little arithmetic. If for some reason the Calculator fails to load an
9682 extension module automatically, you can force it to load all the
9683 extensions by using the @kbd{C-x * L} (@code{calc-load-everything})
9684 command. @xref{Mode Settings}.
9685
9686 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} or @kbd{C-x * c} with any numeric prefix argument,
9687 the Calculator is loaded if necessary, but it is not actually started.
9688 If the argument is positive, the @file{calc-ext} extensions are also
9689 loaded if necessary. User-written Lisp code that wishes to make use
9690 of Calc's arithmetic routines can use @samp{(calc 0)} or @samp{(calc 1)}
9691 to auto-load the Calculator.
9692
9693 @kindex C-x * b
9694 @pindex full-calc
9695 If you type @kbd{C-x * b}, then next time you use @kbd{C-x * c} you
9696 will get a Calculator that uses the full height of the Emacs screen.
9697 When full-screen mode is on, @kbd{C-x * c} runs the @code{full-calc}
9698 command instead of @code{calc}. From the Unix shell you can type
9699 @samp{emacs -f full-calc} to start a new Emacs specifically for use
9700 as a calculator. When Calc is started from the Emacs command line
9701 like this, Calc's normal ``quit'' commands actually quit Emacs itself.
9702
9703 @kindex C-x * o
9704 @pindex calc-other-window
9705 The @kbd{C-x * o} command is like @kbd{C-x * c} except that the Calc
9706 window is not actually selected. If you are already in the Calc
9707 window, @kbd{C-x * o} switches you out of it. (The regular Emacs
9708 @kbd{C-x o} command would also work for this, but it has a
9709 tendency to drop you into the Calc Trail window instead, which
9710 @kbd{C-x * o} takes care not to do.)
9711
9712 @ignore
9713 @mindex C-x * q
9714 @end ignore
9715 For one quick calculation, you can type @kbd{C-x * q} (@code{quick-calc})
9716 which prompts you for a formula (like @samp{2+3/4}). The result is
9717 displayed at the bottom of the Emacs screen without ever creating
9718 any special Calculator windows. @xref{Quick Calculator}.
9719
9720 @ignore
9721 @mindex C-x * k
9722 @end ignore
9723 Finally, if you are using the X window system you may want to try
9724 @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}) which runs Calc with a
9725 ``calculator keypad'' picture as well as a stack display. Click on
9726 the keys with the mouse to operate the calculator. @xref{Keypad Mode}.
9727
9728 @kindex q
9729 @pindex calc-quit
9730 @cindex Quitting the Calculator
9731 @cindex Exiting the Calculator
9732 The @kbd{q} key (@code{calc-quit}) exits Calc mode and closes the
9733 Calculator's window(s). It does not delete the Calculator buffers.
9734 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} again, the Calculator will reappear with the
9735 contents of the stack intact. Typing @kbd{C-x * c} or @kbd{C-x * *}
9736 again from inside the Calculator buffer is equivalent to executing
9737 @code{calc-quit}; you can think of @kbd{C-x * *} as toggling the
9738 Calculator on and off.
9739
9740 @kindex C-x * x
9741 The @kbd{C-x * x} command also turns the Calculator off, no matter which
9742 user interface (standard, Keypad, or Embedded) is currently active.
9743 It also cancels @code{calc-edit} mode if used from there.
9744
9745 @kindex d @key{SPC}
9746 @pindex calc-refresh
9747 @cindex Refreshing a garbled display
9748 @cindex Garbled displays, refreshing
9749 The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} key sequence (@code{calc-refresh}) redraws the contents
9750 of the Calculator buffer from memory. Use this if the contents of the
9751 buffer have been damaged somehow.
9752
9753 @ignore
9754 @mindex o
9755 @end ignore
9756 The @kbd{o} key (@code{calc-realign}) moves the cursor back to its
9757 ``home'' position at the bottom of the Calculator buffer.
9758
9759 @kindex <
9760 @kindex >
9761 @pindex calc-scroll-left
9762 @pindex calc-scroll-right
9763 @cindex Horizontal scrolling
9764 @cindex Scrolling
9765 @cindex Wide text, scrolling
9766 The @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-left} and
9767 @code{calc-scroll-right}. These are just like the normal horizontal
9768 scrolling commands except that they scroll one half-screen at a time by
9769 default. (Calc formats its output to fit within the bounds of the
9770 window whenever it can.)
9771
9772 @kindex @{
9773 @kindex @}
9774 @pindex calc-scroll-down
9775 @pindex calc-scroll-up
9776 @cindex Vertical scrolling
9777 The @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-down}
9778 and @code{calc-scroll-up}. They scroll up or down by one-half the
9779 height of the Calc window.
9780
9781 @kindex C-x * 0
9782 @pindex calc-reset
9783 The @kbd{C-x * 0} command (@code{calc-reset}; that's @kbd{C-x *} followed
9784 by a zero) resets the Calculator to its initial state. This clears
9785 the stack, resets all the modes to their initial values (the values
9786 that were saved with @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes})), clears the
9787 caches (@pxref{Caches}), and so on. (It does @emph{not} erase the
9788 values of any variables.) With an argument of 0, Calc will be reset to
9789 its default state; namely, the modes will be given their default values.
9790 With a positive prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * 0} preserves the contents of
9791 the stack but resets everything else to its initial state; with a
9792 negative prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * 0} preserves the contents of the
9793 stack but resets everything else to its default state.
9794
9795 @node Help Commands, Stack Basics, Basic Commands, Introduction
9796 @section Help Commands
9797
9798 @noindent
9799 @cindex Help commands
9800 @kindex ?
9801 @kindex a ?
9802 @kindex b ?
9803 @kindex c ?
9804 @kindex d ?
9805 @kindex f ?
9806 @kindex g ?
9807 @kindex j ?
9808 @kindex k ?
9809 @kindex m ?
9810 @kindex r ?
9811 @kindex s ?
9812 @kindex t ?
9813 @kindex u ?
9814 @kindex v ?
9815 @kindex V ?
9816 @kindex z ?
9817 @kindex Z ?
9818 @pindex calc-help
9819 The @kbd{?} key (@code{calc-help}) displays a series of brief help messages.
9820 Some keys (such as @kbd{b} and @kbd{d}) are prefix keys, like Emacs'
9821 @key{ESC} and @kbd{C-x} prefixes. You can type
9822 @kbd{?} after a prefix to see a list of commands beginning with that
9823 prefix. (If the message includes @samp{[MORE]}, press @kbd{?} again
9824 to see additional commands for that prefix.)
9825
9826 @kindex h h
9827 @pindex calc-full-help
9828 The @kbd{h h} (@code{calc-full-help}) command displays all the @kbd{?}
9829 responses at once. When printed, this makes a nice, compact (three pages)
9830 summary of Calc keystrokes.
9831
9832 In general, the @kbd{h} key prefix introduces various commands that
9833 provide help within Calc. Many of the @kbd{h} key functions are
9834 Calc-specific analogues to the @kbd{C-h} functions for Emacs help.
9835
9836 @kindex h i
9837 @kindex C-x * i
9838 @kindex i
9839 @pindex calc-info
9840 The @kbd{h i} (@code{calc-info}) command runs the Emacs Info system
9841 to read this manual on-line. This is basically the same as typing
9842 @kbd{C-h i} (the regular way to run the Info system), then, if Info
9843 is not already in the Calc manual, selecting the beginning of the
9844 manual. The @kbd{C-x * i} command is another way to read the Calc
9845 manual; it is different from @kbd{h i} in that it works any time,
9846 not just inside Calc. The plain @kbd{i} key is also equivalent to
9847 @kbd{h i}, though this key is obsolete and may be replaced with a
9848 different command in a future version of Calc.
9849
9850 @kindex h t
9851 @kindex C-x * t
9852 @pindex calc-tutorial
9853 The @kbd{h t} (@code{calc-tutorial}) command runs the Info system on
9854 the Tutorial section of the Calc manual. It is like @kbd{h i},
9855 except that it selects the starting node of the tutorial rather
9856 than the beginning of the whole manual. (It actually selects the
9857 node ``Interactive Tutorial'' which tells a few things about
9858 using the Info system before going on to the actual tutorial.)
9859 The @kbd{C-x * t} key is equivalent to @kbd{h t} (but it works at
9860 all times).
9861
9862 @kindex h s
9863 @kindex C-x * s
9864 @pindex calc-info-summary
9865 The @kbd{h s} (@code{calc-info-summary}) command runs the Info system
9866 on the Summary node of the Calc manual. @xref{Summary}. The @kbd{C-x * s}
9867 key is equivalent to @kbd{h s}.
9868
9869 @kindex h k
9870 @pindex calc-describe-key
9871 The @kbd{h k} (@code{calc-describe-key}) command looks up a key
9872 sequence in the Calc manual. For example, @kbd{h k H a S} looks
9873 up the documentation on the @kbd{H a S} (@code{calc-solve-for})
9874 command. This works by looking up the textual description of
9875 the key(s) in the Key Index of the manual, then jumping to the
9876 node indicated by the index.
9877
9878 Most Calc commands do not have traditional Emacs documentation
9879 strings, since the @kbd{h k} command is both more convenient and
9880 more instructive. This means the regular Emacs @kbd{C-h k}
9881 (@code{describe-key}) command will not be useful for Calc keystrokes.
9882
9883 @kindex h c
9884 @pindex calc-describe-key-briefly
9885 The @kbd{h c} (@code{calc-describe-key-briefly}) command reads a
9886 key sequence and displays a brief one-line description of it at
9887 the bottom of the screen. It looks for the key sequence in the
9888 Summary node of the Calc manual; if it doesn't find the sequence
9889 there, it acts just like its regular Emacs counterpart @kbd{C-h c}
9890 (@code{describe-key-briefly}). For example, @kbd{h c H a S}
9891 gives the description:
9892
9893 @smallexample
9894 H a S runs calc-solve-for: a `H a S' v => fsolve(a,v) (?=notes)
9895 @end smallexample
9896
9897 @noindent
9898 which means the command @kbd{H a S} or @kbd{H M-x calc-solve-for}
9899 takes a value @expr{a} from the stack, prompts for a value @expr{v},
9900 then applies the algebraic function @code{fsolve} to these values.
9901 The @samp{?=notes} message means you can now type @kbd{?} to see
9902 additional notes from the summary that apply to this command.
9903
9904 @kindex h f
9905 @pindex calc-describe-function
9906 The @kbd{h f} (@code{calc-describe-function}) command looks up an
9907 algebraic function or a command name in the Calc manual. Enter an
9908 algebraic function name to look up that function in the Function
9909 Index or enter a command name beginning with @samp{calc-} to look it
9910 up in the Command Index. This command will also look up operator
9911 symbols that can appear in algebraic formulas, like @samp{%} and
9912 @samp{=>}.
9913
9914 @kindex h v
9915 @pindex calc-describe-variable
9916 The @kbd{h v} (@code{calc-describe-variable}) command looks up a
9917 variable in the Calc manual. Enter a variable name like @code{pi} or
9918 @code{PlotRejects}.
9919
9920 @kindex h b
9921 @pindex describe-bindings
9922 The @kbd{h b} (@code{calc-describe-bindings}) command is just like
9923 @kbd{C-h b}, except that only local (Calc-related) key bindings are
9924 listed.
9925
9926 @kindex h n
9927 The @kbd{h n} or @kbd{h C-n} (@code{calc-view-news}) command displays
9928 the ``news'' or change history of Calc. This is kept in the file
9929 @file{README}, which Calc looks for in the same directory as the Calc
9930 source files.
9931
9932 @kindex h C-c
9933 @kindex h C-d
9934 @kindex h C-w
9935 The @kbd{h C-c}, @kbd{h C-d}, and @kbd{h C-w} keys display copying,
9936 distribution, and warranty information about Calc. These work by
9937 pulling up the appropriate parts of the ``Copying'' or ``Reporting
9938 Bugs'' sections of the manual.
9939
9940 @node Stack Basics, Numeric Entry, Help Commands, Introduction
9941 @section Stack Basics
9942
9943 @noindent
9944 @cindex Stack basics
9945 @c [fix-tut RPN Calculations and the Stack]
9946 Calc uses RPN notation. If you are not familiar with RPN, @pxref{RPN
9947 Tutorial}.
9948
9949 To add the numbers 1 and 2 in Calc you would type the keys:
9950 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 +}.
9951 (@key{RET} corresponds to the @key{ENTER} key on most calculators.)
9952 The first three keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 1 and 2 onto the stack. The
9953 @kbd{+} key always ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
9954 and pushes the result (3) back onto the stack. This number is ready for
9955 further calculations: @kbd{5 -} pushes 5 onto the stack, then pops the
9956 3 and 5, subtracts them, and pushes the result (@mathit{-2}).
9957
9958 Note that the ``top'' of the stack actually appears at the @emph{bottom}
9959 of the buffer. A line containing a single @samp{.} character signifies
9960 the end of the buffer; Calculator commands operate on the number(s)
9961 directly above this line. The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack})
9962 command allows you to move the @samp{.} marker up and down in the stack;
9963 @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
9964
9965 @kindex d l
9966 @pindex calc-line-numbering
9967 Stack elements are numbered consecutively, with number 1 being the top of
9968 the stack. These line numbers are ordinarily displayed on the lefthand side
9969 of the window. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) command controls
9970 whether these numbers appear. (Line numbers may be turned off since they
9971 slow the Calculator down a bit and also clutter the display.)
9972
9973 @kindex o
9974 @pindex calc-realign
9975 The unshifted letter @kbd{o} (@code{calc-realign}) command repositions
9976 the cursor to its top-of-stack ``home'' position. It also undoes any
9977 horizontal scrolling in the window. If you give it a numeric prefix
9978 argument, it instead moves the cursor to the specified stack element.
9979
9980 The @key{RET} (or equivalent @key{SPC}) key is only required to separate
9981 two consecutive numbers.
9982 (After all, if you typed @kbd{1 2} by themselves the Calculator
9983 would enter the number 12.) If you press @key{RET} or @key{SPC} @emph{not}
9984 right after typing a number, the key duplicates the number on the top of
9985 the stack. @kbd{@key{RET} *} is thus a handy way to square a number.
9986
9987 The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the top number on the stack.
9988 The @key{TAB} key swaps the top two objects on the stack.
9989 @xref{Stack and Trail}, for descriptions of these and other stack-related
9990 commands.
9991
9992 @node Numeric Entry, Algebraic Entry, Stack Basics, Introduction
9993 @section Numeric Entry
9994
9995 @noindent
9996 @kindex 0-9
9997 @kindex .
9998 @kindex e
9999 @cindex Numeric entry
10000 @cindex Entering numbers
10001 Pressing a digit or other numeric key begins numeric entry using the
10002 minibuffer. The number is pushed on the stack when you press the @key{RET}
10003 or @key{SPC} keys. If you press any other non-numeric key, the number is
10004 pushed onto the stack and the appropriate operation is performed. If
10005 you press a numeric key which is not valid, the key is ignored.
10006
10007 @cindex Minus signs
10008 @cindex Negative numbers, entering
10009 @kindex _
10010 There are three different concepts corresponding to the word ``minus,''
10011 typified by @expr{a-b} (subtraction), @expr{-x}
10012 (change-sign), and @expr{-5} (negative number). Calc uses three
10013 different keys for these operations, respectively:
10014 @kbd{-}, @kbd{n}, and @kbd{_} (the underscore). The @kbd{-} key subtracts
10015 the two numbers on the top of the stack. The @kbd{n} key changes the sign
10016 of the number on the top of the stack or the number currently being entered.
10017 The @kbd{_} key begins entry of a negative number or changes the sign of
10018 the number currently being entered. The following sequences all enter the
10019 number @mathit{-5} onto the stack: @kbd{0 @key{RET} 5 -}, @kbd{5 n @key{RET}},
10020 @kbd{5 @key{RET} n}, @kbd{_ 5 @key{RET}}, @kbd{5 _ @key{RET}}.
10021
10022 Some other keys are active during numeric entry, such as @kbd{#} for
10023 non-decimal numbers, @kbd{:} for fractions, and @kbd{@@} for HMS forms.
10024 These notations are described later in this manual with the corresponding
10025 data types. @xref{Data Types}.
10026
10027 During numeric entry, the only editing key available is @key{DEL}.
10028
10029 @node Algebraic Entry, Quick Calculator, Numeric Entry, Introduction
10030 @section Algebraic Entry
10031
10032 @noindent
10033 @kindex '
10034 @pindex calc-algebraic-entry
10035 @cindex Algebraic notation
10036 @cindex Formulas, entering
10037 The @kbd{'} (@code{calc-algebraic-entry}) command can be used to enter
10038 calculations in algebraic form. This is accomplished by typing the
10039 apostrophe key, ', followed by the expression in standard format:
10040
10041 @example
10042 ' 2+3*4 @key{RET}.
10043 @end example
10044
10045 @noindent
10046 This will compute
10047 @texline @math{2+(3\times4) = 14}
10048 @infoline @expr{2+(3*4) = 14}
10049 and push it on the stack. If you wish you can
10050 ignore the RPN aspect of Calc altogether and simply enter algebraic
10051 expressions in this way. You may want to use @key{DEL} every so often to
10052 clear previous results off the stack.
10053
10054 You can press the apostrophe key during normal numeric entry to switch
10055 the half-entered number into Algebraic entry mode. One reason to do
10056 this would be to fix a typo, as the full Emacs cursor motion and editing
10057 keys are available during algebraic entry but not during numeric entry.
10058
10059 In the same vein, during either numeric or algebraic entry you can
10060 press @kbd{`} (backquote) to switch to @code{calc-edit} mode, where
10061 you complete your half-finished entry in a separate buffer.
10062 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}.
10063
10064 @kindex m a
10065 @pindex calc-algebraic-mode
10066 @cindex Algebraic Mode
10067 If you prefer algebraic entry, you can use the command @kbd{m a}
10068 (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) to set Algebraic mode. In this mode,
10069 digits and other keys that would normally start numeric entry instead
10070 start full algebraic entry; as long as your formula begins with a digit
10071 you can omit the apostrophe. Open parentheses and square brackets also
10072 begin algebraic entry. You can still do RPN calculations in this mode,
10073 but you will have to press @key{RET} to terminate every number:
10074 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} +} would accomplish the same
10075 thing as @kbd{2*3+4 @key{RET}}.
10076
10077 @cindex Incomplete Algebraic Mode
10078 If you give a numeric prefix argument like @kbd{C-u} to the @kbd{m a}
10079 command, it enables Incomplete Algebraic mode; this is like regular
10080 Algebraic mode except that it applies to the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys
10081 only. Numeric keys still begin a numeric entry in this mode.
10082
10083 @kindex m t
10084 @pindex calc-total-algebraic-mode
10085 @cindex Total Algebraic Mode
10086 The @kbd{m t} (@code{calc-total-algebraic-mode}) gives you an even
10087 stronger algebraic-entry mode, in which @emph{all} regular letter and
10088 punctuation keys begin algebraic entry. Use this if you prefer typing
10089 @w{@kbd{sqrt( )}} instead of @kbd{Q}, @w{@kbd{factor( )}} instead of
10090 @kbd{a f}, and so on. To type regular Calc commands when you are in
10091 Total Algebraic mode, hold down the @key{META} key. Thus @kbd{M-q}
10092 is the command to quit Calc, @kbd{M-p} sets the precision, and
10093 @kbd{M-m t} (or @kbd{M-m M-t}, if you prefer) turns Total Algebraic
10094 mode back off again. Meta keys also terminate algebraic entry, so
10095 that @kbd{2+3 M-S} is equivalent to @kbd{2+3 @key{RET} M-S}. The symbol
10096 @samp{Alg*} will appear in the mode line whenever you are in this mode.
10097
10098 Pressing @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) a second time re-enters the previous
10099 algebraic formula. You can then use the normal Emacs editing keys to
10100 modify this formula to your liking before pressing @key{RET}.
10101
10102 @kindex $
10103 @cindex Formulas, referring to stack
10104 Within a formula entered from the keyboard, the symbol @kbd{$}
10105 represents the number on the top of the stack. If an entered formula
10106 contains any @kbd{$} characters, the Calculator replaces the top of
10107 stack with that formula rather than simply pushing the formula onto the
10108 stack. Thus, @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3 on the stack, and @kbd{$*2
10109 @key{RET}} replaces it with 6. Note that the @kbd{$} key always
10110 initiates algebraic entry; the @kbd{'} is unnecessary if @kbd{$} is the
10111 first character in the new formula.
10112
10113 Higher stack elements can be accessed from an entered formula with the
10114 symbols @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on. The number of stack elements
10115 removed (to be replaced by the entered values) equals the number of dollar
10116 signs in the longest such symbol in the formula. For example, @samp{$$+$$$}
10117 adds the second and third stack elements, replacing the top three elements
10118 with the answer. (All information about the top stack element is thus lost
10119 since no single @samp{$} appears in this formula.)
10120
10121 A slightly different way to refer to stack elements is with a dollar
10122 sign followed by a number: @samp{$1}, @samp{$2}, and so on are much
10123 like @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, etc., except that stack entries referred
10124 to numerically are not replaced by the algebraic entry. That is, while
10125 @samp{$+1} replaces 5 on the stack with 6, @samp{$1+1} leaves the 5
10126 on the stack and pushes an additional 6.
10127
10128 If a sequence of formulas are entered separated by commas, each formula
10129 is pushed onto the stack in turn. For example, @samp{1,2,3} pushes
10130 those three numbers onto the stack (leaving the 3 at the top), and
10131 @samp{$+1,$-1} replaces a 5 on the stack with 4 followed by 6. Also,
10132 @samp{$,$$} exchanges the top two elements of the stack, just like the
10133 @key{TAB} key.
10134
10135 You can finish an algebraic entry with @kbd{M-=} or @kbd{M-@key{RET}} instead
10136 of @key{RET}. This uses @kbd{=} to evaluate the variables in each
10137 formula that goes onto the stack. (Thus @kbd{' pi @key{RET}} pushes
10138 the variable @samp{pi}, but @kbd{' pi M-@key{RET}} pushes 3.1415.)
10139
10140 If you finish your algebraic entry by pressing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j})
10141 instead of @key{RET}, Calc disables the default simplifications
10142 (as if by @kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}) while the entry
10143 is being pushed on the stack. Thus @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3
10144 on the stack, but @kbd{' 1+2 @key{LFD}} pushes the formula @expr{1+2};
10145 you might then press @kbd{=} when it is time to evaluate this formula.
10146
10147 @node Quick Calculator, Prefix Arguments, Algebraic Entry, Introduction
10148 @section ``Quick Calculator'' Mode
10149
10150 @noindent
10151 @kindex C-x * q
10152 @pindex quick-calc
10153 @cindex Quick Calculator
10154 There is another way to invoke the Calculator if all you need to do
10155 is make one or two quick calculations. Type @kbd{C-x * q} (or
10156 @kbd{M-x quick-calc}), then type any formula as an algebraic entry.
10157 The Calculator will compute the result and display it in the echo
10158 area, without ever actually putting up a Calc window.
10159
10160 You can use the @kbd{$} character in a Quick Calculator formula to
10161 refer to the previous Quick Calculator result. Older results are
10162 not retained; the Quick Calculator has no effect on the full
10163 Calculator's stack or trail. If you compute a result and then
10164 forget what it was, just run @code{C-x * q} again and enter
10165 @samp{$} as the formula.
10166
10167 If this is the first time you have used the Calculator in this Emacs
10168 session, the @kbd{C-x * q} command will create the @code{*Calculator*}
10169 buffer and perform all the usual initializations; it simply will
10170 refrain from putting that buffer up in a new window. The Quick
10171 Calculator refers to the @code{*Calculator*} buffer for all mode
10172 settings. Thus, for example, to set the precision that the Quick
10173 Calculator uses, simply run the full Calculator momentarily and use
10174 the regular @kbd{p} command.
10175
10176 If you use @code{C-x * q} from inside the Calculator buffer, the
10177 effect is the same as pressing the apostrophe key (algebraic entry).
10178
10179 The result of a Quick calculation is placed in the Emacs ``kill ring''
10180 as well as being displayed. A subsequent @kbd{C-y} command will
10181 yank the result into the editing buffer. You can also use this
10182 to yank the result into the next @kbd{C-x * q} input line as a more
10183 explicit alternative to @kbd{$} notation, or to yank the result
10184 into the Calculator stack after typing @kbd{C-x * c}.
10185
10186 If you finish your formula by typing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j}) instead
10187 of @key{RET}, the result is inserted immediately into the current
10188 buffer rather than going into the kill ring.
10189
10190 Quick Calculator results are actually evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
10191 key (which replaces variable names by their stored values, if any).
10192 If the formula you enter is an assignment to a variable using the
10193 @samp{:=} operator, say, @samp{foo := 2 + 3} or @samp{foo := foo + 1},
10194 then the result of the evaluation is stored in that Calc variable.
10195 @xref{Store and Recall}.
10196
10197 If the result is an integer and the current display radix is decimal,
10198 the number will also be displayed in hex, octal and binary formats. If
10199 the integer is in the range from 1 to 126, it will also be displayed as
10200 an ASCII character.
10201
10202 For example, the quoted character @samp{"x"} produces the vector
10203 result @samp{[120]} (because 120 is the ASCII code of the lower-case
10204 `x'; @pxref{Strings}). Since this is a vector, not an integer, it
10205 is displayed only according to the current mode settings. But
10206 running Quick Calc again and entering @samp{120} will produce the
10207 result @samp{120 (16#78, 8#170, x)} which shows the number in its
10208 decimal, hexadecimal, octal, and ASCII forms.
10209
10210 Please note that the Quick Calculator is not any faster at loading
10211 or computing the answer than the full Calculator; the name ``quick''
10212 merely refers to the fact that it's much less hassle to use for
10213 small calculations.
10214
10215 @node Prefix Arguments, Undo, Quick Calculator, Introduction
10216 @section Numeric Prefix Arguments
10217
10218 @noindent
10219 Many Calculator commands use numeric prefix arguments. Some, such as
10220 @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}), set a parameter to the value of
10221 the prefix argument or use a default if you don't use a prefix.
10222 Others (like @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation})) require an argument
10223 and prompt for a number if you don't give one as a prefix.
10224
10225 As a rule, stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric prefix argument
10226 which is interpreted as an index into the stack. A positive argument
10227 operates on the top @var{n} stack entries; a negative argument operates
10228 on the @var{n}th stack entry in isolation; and a zero argument operates
10229 on the entire stack.
10230
10231 Most commands that perform computations (such as the arithmetic and
10232 scientific functions) accept a numeric prefix argument that allows the
10233 operation to be applied across many stack elements. For unary operations
10234 (that is, functions of one argument like absolute value or complex
10235 conjugate), a positive prefix argument applies that function to the top
10236 @var{n} stack entries simultaneously, and a negative argument applies it
10237 to the @var{n}th stack entry only. For binary operations (functions of
10238 two arguments like addition, GCD, and vector concatenation), a positive
10239 prefix argument ``reduces'' the function across the top @var{n}
10240 stack elements (for example, @kbd{C-u 5 +} sums the top 5 stack entries;
10241 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}), and a negative argument maps the next-to-top
10242 @var{n} stack elements with the top stack element as a second argument
10243 (for example, @kbd{7 c-u -5 +} adds 7 to the top 5 stack elements).
10244 This feature is not available for operations which use the numeric prefix
10245 argument for some other purpose.
10246
10247 Numeric prefixes are specified the same way as always in Emacs: Press
10248 a sequence of @key{META}-digits, or press @key{ESC} followed by digits,
10249 or press @kbd{C-u} followed by digits. Some commands treat plain
10250 @kbd{C-u} (without any actual digits) specially.
10251
10252 @kindex ~
10253 @pindex calc-num-prefix
10254 You can type @kbd{~} (@code{calc-num-prefix}) to pop an integer from the
10255 top of the stack and enter it as the numeric prefix for the next command.
10256 For example, @kbd{C-u 16 p} sets the precision to 16 digits; an alternate
10257 (silly) way to do this would be @kbd{2 @key{RET} 4 ^ ~ p}, i.e., compute 2
10258 to the fourth power and set the precision to that value.
10259
10260 Conversely, if you have typed a numeric prefix argument the @kbd{~} key
10261 pushes it onto the stack in the form of an integer.
10262
10263 @node Undo, Error Messages, Prefix Arguments, Introduction
10264 @section Undoing Mistakes
10265
10266 @noindent
10267 @kindex U
10268 @kindex C-_
10269 @pindex calc-undo
10270 @cindex Mistakes, undoing
10271 @cindex Undoing mistakes
10272 @cindex Errors, undoing
10273 The shift-@kbd{U} key (@code{calc-undo}) undoes the most recent operation.
10274 If that operation added or dropped objects from the stack, those objects
10275 are removed or restored. If it was a ``store'' operation, you are
10276 queried whether or not to restore the variable to its original value.
10277 The @kbd{U} key may be pressed any number of times to undo successively
10278 farther back in time; with a numeric prefix argument it undoes a
10279 specified number of operations. When the Calculator is quit, as with
10280 the @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command, the undo history will be
10281 truncated to the length of the customizable variable
10282 @code{calc-undo-length} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}), which by default
10283 is @expr{100}. (Recall that @kbd{C-x * c} is synonymous with
10284 @code{calc-quit} while inside the Calculator; this also truncates the
10285 undo history.)
10286
10287 Currently the mode-setting commands (like @code{calc-precision}) are not
10288 undoable. You can undo past a point where you changed a mode, but you
10289 will need to reset the mode yourself.
10290
10291 @kindex D
10292 @pindex calc-redo
10293 @cindex Redoing after an Undo
10294 The shift-@kbd{D} key (@code{calc-redo}) redoes an operation that was
10295 mistakenly undone. Pressing @kbd{U} with a negative prefix argument is
10296 equivalent to executing @code{calc-redo}. You can redo any number of
10297 times, up to the number of recent consecutive undo commands. Redo
10298 information is cleared whenever you give any command that adds new undo
10299 information, i.e., if you undo, then enter a number on the stack or make
10300 any other change, then it will be too late to redo.
10301
10302 @kindex M-@key{RET}
10303 @pindex calc-last-args
10304 @cindex Last-arguments feature
10305 @cindex Arguments, restoring
10306 The @kbd{M-@key{RET}} key (@code{calc-last-args}) is like undo in that
10307 it restores the arguments of the most recent command onto the stack;
10308 however, it does not remove the result of that command. Given a numeric
10309 prefix argument, this command applies to the @expr{n}th most recent
10310 command which removed items from the stack; it pushes those items back
10311 onto the stack.
10312
10313 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command provides a related function
10314 to @kbd{M-@key{RET}}. @xref{Stack and Trail}.
10315
10316 It is also possible to recall previous results or inputs using the trail.
10317 @xref{Trail Commands}.
10318
10319 The standard Emacs @kbd{C-_} undo key is recognized as a synonym for @kbd{U}.
10320
10321 @node Error Messages, Multiple Calculators, Undo, Introduction
10322 @section Error Messages
10323
10324 @noindent
10325 @kindex w
10326 @pindex calc-why
10327 @cindex Errors, messages
10328 @cindex Why did an error occur?
10329 Many situations that would produce an error message in other calculators
10330 simply create unsimplified formulas in the Emacs Calculator. For example,
10331 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} pushes the formula @expr{1 / 0}; @w{@kbd{0 L}} pushes
10332 the formula @samp{ln(0)}. Floating-point overflow and underflow are also
10333 reasons for this to happen.
10334
10335 When a function call must be left in symbolic form, Calc usually
10336 produces a message explaining why. Messages that are probably
10337 surprising or indicative of user errors are displayed automatically.
10338 Other messages are simply kept in Calc's memory and are displayed only
10339 if you type @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why}). You can also press @kbd{w} if
10340 the same computation results in several messages. (The first message
10341 will end with @samp{[w=more]} in this case.)
10342
10343 @kindex d w
10344 @pindex calc-auto-why
10345 The @kbd{d w} (@code{calc-auto-why}) command controls when error messages
10346 are displayed automatically. (Calc effectively presses @kbd{w} for you
10347 after your computation finishes.) By default, this occurs only for
10348 ``important'' messages. The other possible modes are to report
10349 @emph{all} messages automatically, or to report none automatically (so
10350 that you must always press @kbd{w} yourself to see the messages).
10351
10352 @node Multiple Calculators, Troubleshooting Commands, Error Messages, Introduction
10353 @section Multiple Calculators
10354
10355 @noindent
10356 @pindex another-calc
10357 It is possible to have any number of Calc mode buffers at once.
10358 Usually this is done by executing @kbd{M-x another-calc}, which
10359 is similar to @kbd{C-x * c} except that if a @samp{*Calculator*}
10360 buffer already exists, a new, independent one with a name of the
10361 form @samp{*Calculator*<@var{n}>} is created. You can also use the
10362 command @code{calc-mode} to put any buffer into Calculator mode, but
10363 this would ordinarily never be done.
10364
10365 The @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command does not destroy a Calculator buffer;
10366 it only closes its window. Use @kbd{M-x kill-buffer} to destroy a
10367 Calculator buffer.
10368
10369 Each Calculator buffer keeps its own stack, undo list, and mode settings
10370 such as precision, angular mode, and display formats. In Emacs terms,
10371 variables such as @code{calc-stack} are buffer-local variables. The
10372 global default values of these variables are used only when a new
10373 Calculator buffer is created. The @code{calc-quit} command saves
10374 the stack and mode settings of the buffer being quit as the new defaults.
10375
10376 There is only one trail buffer, @samp{*Calc Trail*}, used by all
10377 Calculator buffers.
10378
10379 @node Troubleshooting Commands, , Multiple Calculators, Introduction
10380 @section Troubleshooting Commands
10381
10382 @noindent
10383 This section describes commands you can use in case a computation
10384 incorrectly fails or gives the wrong answer.
10385
10386 @xref{Reporting Bugs}, if you find a problem that appears to be due
10387 to a bug or deficiency in Calc.
10388
10389 @menu
10390 * Autoloading Problems::
10391 * Recursion Depth::
10392 * Caches::
10393 * Debugging Calc::
10394 @end menu
10395
10396 @node Autoloading Problems, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands, Troubleshooting Commands
10397 @subsection Autoloading Problems
10398
10399 @noindent
10400 The Calc program is split into many component files; components are
10401 loaded automatically as you use various commands that require them.
10402 Occasionally Calc may lose track of when a certain component is
10403 necessary; typically this means you will type a command and it won't
10404 work because some function you've never heard of was undefined.
10405
10406 @kindex C-x * L
10407 @pindex calc-load-everything
10408 If this happens, the easiest workaround is to type @kbd{C-x * L}
10409 (@code{calc-load-everything}) to force all the parts of Calc to be
10410 loaded right away. This will cause Emacs to take up a lot more
10411 memory than it would otherwise, but it's guaranteed to fix the problem.
10412
10413 @node Recursion Depth, Caches, Autoloading Problems, Troubleshooting Commands
10414 @subsection Recursion Depth
10415
10416 @noindent
10417 @kindex M
10418 @kindex I M
10419 @pindex calc-more-recursion-depth
10420 @pindex calc-less-recursion-depth
10421 @cindex Recursion depth
10422 @cindex ``Computation got stuck'' message
10423 @cindex @code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10424 @cindex @code{max-specpdl-size}
10425 Calc uses recursion in many of its calculations. Emacs Lisp keeps a
10426 variable @code{max-lisp-eval-depth} which limits the amount of recursion
10427 possible in an attempt to recover from program bugs. If a calculation
10428 ever halts incorrectly with the message ``Computation got stuck or
10429 ran too long,'' use the @kbd{M} command (@code{calc-more-recursion-depth})
10430 to increase this limit. (Of course, this will not help if the
10431 calculation really did get stuck due to some problem inside Calc.)
10432
10433 The limit is always increased (multiplied) by a factor of two. There
10434 is also an @kbd{I M} (@code{calc-less-recursion-depth}) command which
10435 decreases this limit by a factor of two, down to a minimum value of 200.
10436 The default value is 1000.
10437
10438 These commands also double or halve @code{max-specpdl-size}, another
10439 internal Lisp recursion limit. The minimum value for this limit is 600.
10440
10441 @node Caches, Debugging Calc, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands
10442 @subsection Caches
10443
10444 @noindent
10445 @cindex Caches
10446 @cindex Flushing caches
10447 Calc saves certain values after they have been computed once. For
10448 example, the @kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}) command initially ``knows'' the
10449 constant @cpi{} to about 20 decimal places; if the current precision
10450 is greater than this, it will recompute @cpi{} using a series
10451 approximation. This value will not need to be recomputed ever again
10452 unless you raise the precision still further. Many operations such as
10453 logarithms and sines make use of similarly cached values such as
10454 @cpiover{4} and
10455 @texline @math{\ln 2}.
10456 @infoline @expr{ln(2)}.
10457 The visible effect of caching is that
10458 high-precision computations may seem to do extra work the first time.
10459 Other things cached include powers of two (for the binary arithmetic
10460 functions), matrix inverses and determinants, symbolic integrals, and
10461 data points computed by the graphing commands.
10462
10463 @pindex calc-flush-caches
10464 If you suspect a Calculator cache has become corrupt, you can use the
10465 @code{calc-flush-caches} command to reset all caches to the empty state.
10466 (This should only be necessary in the event of bugs in the Calculator.)
10467 The @kbd{C-x * 0} (with the zero key) command also resets caches along
10468 with all other aspects of the Calculator's state.
10469
10470 @node Debugging Calc, , Caches, Troubleshooting Commands
10471 @subsection Debugging Calc
10472
10473 @noindent
10474 A few commands exist to help in the debugging of Calc commands.
10475 @xref{Programming}, to see the various ways that you can write
10476 your own Calc commands.
10477
10478 @kindex Z T
10479 @pindex calc-timing
10480 The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing}) command turns on and off a mode
10481 in which the timing of slow commands is reported in the Trail.
10482 Any Calc command that takes two seconds or longer writes a line
10483 to the Trail showing how many seconds it took. This value is
10484 accurate only to within one second.
10485
10486 All steps of executing a command are included; in particular, time
10487 taken to format the result for display in the stack and trail is
10488 counted. Some prompts also count time taken waiting for them to
10489 be answered, while others do not; this depends on the exact
10490 implementation of the command. For best results, if you are timing
10491 a sequence that includes prompts or multiple commands, define a
10492 keyboard macro to run the whole sequence at once. Calc's @kbd{X}
10493 command (@pxref{Keyboard Macros}) will then report the time taken
10494 to execute the whole macro.
10495
10496 Another advantage of the @kbd{X} command is that while it is
10497 executing, the stack and trail are not updated from step to step.
10498 So if you expect the output of your test sequence to leave a result
10499 that may take a long time to format and you don't wish to count
10500 this formatting time, end your sequence with a @key{DEL} keystroke
10501 to clear the result from the stack. When you run the sequence with
10502 @kbd{X}, Calc will never bother to format the large result.
10503
10504 Another thing @kbd{Z T} does is to increase the Emacs variable
10505 @code{gc-cons-threshold} to a much higher value (two million; the
10506 usual default in Calc is 250,000) for the duration of each command.
10507 This generally prevents garbage collection during the timing of
10508 the command, though it may cause your Emacs process to grow
10509 abnormally large. (Garbage collection time is a major unpredictable
10510 factor in the timing of Emacs operations.)
10511
10512 Another command that is useful when debugging your own Lisp
10513 extensions to Calc is @kbd{M-x calc-pass-errors}, which disables
10514 the error handler that changes the ``@code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10515 exceeded'' message to the much more friendly ``Computation got
10516 stuck or ran too long.'' This handler interferes with the Emacs
10517 Lisp debugger's @code{debug-on-error} mode. Errors are reported
10518 in the handler itself rather than at the true location of the
10519 error. After you have executed @code{calc-pass-errors}, Lisp
10520 errors will be reported correctly but the user-friendly message
10521 will be lost.
10522
10523 @node Data Types, Stack and Trail, Introduction, Top
10524 @chapter Data Types
10525
10526 @noindent
10527 This chapter discusses the various types of objects that can be placed
10528 on the Calculator stack, how they are displayed, and how they are
10529 entered. (@xref{Data Type Formats}, for information on how these data
10530 types are represented as underlying Lisp objects.)
10531
10532 Integers, fractions, and floats are various ways of describing real
10533 numbers. HMS forms also for many purposes act as real numbers. These
10534 types can be combined to form complex numbers, modulo forms, error forms,
10535 or interval forms. (But these last four types cannot be combined
10536 arbitrarily:@: error forms may not contain modulo forms, for example.)
10537 Finally, all these types of numbers may be combined into vectors,
10538 matrices, or algebraic formulas.
10539
10540 @menu
10541 * Integers:: The most basic data type.
10542 * Fractions:: This and above are called @dfn{rationals}.
10543 * Floats:: This and above are called @dfn{reals}.
10544 * Complex Numbers:: This and above are called @dfn{numbers}.
10545 * Infinities::
10546 * Vectors and Matrices::
10547 * Strings::
10548 * HMS Forms::
10549 * Date Forms::
10550 * Modulo Forms::
10551 * Error Forms::
10552 * Interval Forms::
10553 * Incomplete Objects::
10554 * Variables::
10555 * Formulas::
10556 @end menu
10557
10558 @node Integers, Fractions, Data Types, Data Types
10559 @section Integers
10560
10561 @noindent
10562 @cindex Integers
10563 The Calculator stores integers to arbitrary precision. Addition,
10564 subtraction, and multiplication of integers always yields an exact
10565 integer result. (If the result of a division or exponentiation of
10566 integers is not an integer, it is expressed in fractional or
10567 floating-point form according to the current Fraction mode.
10568 @xref{Fraction Mode}.)
10569
10570 A decimal integer is represented as an optional sign followed by a
10571 sequence of digits. Grouping (@pxref{Grouping Digits}) can be used to
10572 insert a comma at every third digit for display purposes, but you
10573 must not type commas during the entry of numbers.
10574
10575 @kindex #
10576 A non-decimal integer is represented as an optional sign, a radix
10577 between 2 and 36, a @samp{#} symbol, and one or more digits. For radix 11
10578 and above, the letters A through Z (upper- or lower-case) count as
10579 digits and do not terminate numeric entry mode. @xref{Radix Modes}, for how
10580 to set the default radix for display of integers. Numbers of any radix
10581 may be entered at any time. If you press @kbd{#} at the beginning of a
10582 number, the current display radix is used.
10583
10584 @node Fractions, Floats, Integers, Data Types
10585 @section Fractions
10586
10587 @noindent
10588 @cindex Fractions
10589 A @dfn{fraction} is a ratio of two integers. Fractions are traditionally
10590 written ``2/3'' but Calc uses the notation @samp{2:3}. (The @kbd{/} key
10591 performs RPN division; the following two sequences push the number
10592 @samp{2:3} on the stack: @kbd{2 :@: 3 @key{RET}}, or @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 /}
10593 assuming Fraction mode has been enabled.)
10594 When the Calculator produces a fractional result it always reduces it to
10595 simplest form, which may in fact be an integer.
10596
10597 Fractions may also be entered in a three-part form, where @samp{2:3:4}
10598 represents two-and-three-quarters. @xref{Fraction Formats}, for fraction
10599 display formats.
10600
10601 Non-decimal fractions are entered and displayed as
10602 @samp{@var{radix}#@var{num}:@var{denom}} (or in the analogous three-part
10603 form). The numerator and denominator always use the same radix.
10604
10605 @node Floats, Complex Numbers, Fractions, Data Types
10606 @section Floats
10607
10608 @noindent
10609 @cindex Floating-point numbers
10610 A floating-point number or @dfn{float} is a number stored in scientific
10611 notation. The number of significant digits in the fractional part is
10612 governed by the current floating precision (@pxref{Precision}). The
10613 range of acceptable values is from
10614 @texline @math{10^{-3999999}}
10615 @infoline @expr{10^-3999999}
10616 (inclusive) to
10617 @texline @math{10^{4000000}}
10618 @infoline @expr{10^4000000}
10619 (exclusive), plus the corresponding negative values and zero.
10620
10621 Calculations that would exceed the allowable range of values (such
10622 as @samp{exp(exp(20))}) are left in symbolic form by Calc. The
10623 messages ``floating-point overflow'' or ``floating-point underflow''
10624 indicate that during the calculation a number would have been produced
10625 that was too large or too close to zero, respectively, to be represented
10626 by Calc. This does not necessarily mean the final result would have
10627 overflowed, just that an overflow occurred while computing the result.
10628 (In fact, it could report an underflow even though the final result
10629 would have overflowed!)
10630
10631 If a rational number and a float are mixed in a calculation, the result
10632 will in general be expressed as a float. Commands that require an integer
10633 value (such as @kbd{k g} [@code{gcd}]) will also accept integer-valued
10634 floats, i.e., floating-point numbers with nothing after the decimal point.
10635
10636 Floats are identified by the presence of a decimal point and/or an
10637 exponent. In general a float consists of an optional sign, digits
10638 including an optional decimal point, and an optional exponent consisting
10639 of an @samp{e}, an optional sign, and up to seven exponent digits.
10640 For example, @samp{23.5e-2} is 23.5 times ten to the minus-second power,
10641 or 0.235.
10642
10643 Floating-point numbers are normally displayed in decimal notation with
10644 all significant figures shown. Exceedingly large or small numbers are
10645 displayed in scientific notation. Various other display options are
10646 available. @xref{Float Formats}.
10647
10648 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
10649 Floating-point numbers are stored in decimal, not binary. The result
10650 of each operation is rounded to the nearest value representable in the
10651 number of significant digits specified by the current precision,
10652 rounding away from zero in the case of a tie. Thus (in the default
10653 display mode) what you see is exactly what you get. Some operations such
10654 as square roots and transcendental functions are performed with several
10655 digits of extra precision and then rounded down, in an effort to make the
10656 final result accurate to the full requested precision. However,
10657 accuracy is not rigorously guaranteed. If you suspect the validity of a
10658 result, try doing the same calculation in a higher precision. The
10659 Calculator's arithmetic is not intended to be IEEE-conformant in any
10660 way.
10661
10662 While floats are always @emph{stored} in decimal, they can be entered
10663 and displayed in any radix just like integers and fractions. Since a
10664 float that is entered in a radix other that 10 will be converted to
10665 decimal, the number that Calc stores may not be exactly the number that
10666 was entered, it will be the closest decimal approximation given the
10667 current precison. The notation @samp{@var{radix}#@var{ddd}.@var{ddd}}
10668 is a floating-point number whose digits are in the specified radix.
10669 Note that the @samp{.} is more aptly referred to as a ``radix point''
10670 than as a decimal point in this case. The number @samp{8#123.4567} is
10671 defined as @samp{8#1234567 * 8^-4}. If the radix is 14 or less, you can
10672 use @samp{e} notation to write a non-decimal number in scientific
10673 notation. The exponent is written in decimal, and is considered to be a
10674 power of the radix: @samp{8#1234567e-4}. If the radix is 15 or above,
10675 the letter @samp{e} is a digit, so scientific notation must be written
10676 out, e.g., @samp{16#123.4567*16^2}. The first two exercises of the
10677 Modes Tutorial explore some of the properties of non-decimal floats.
10678
10679 @node Complex Numbers, Infinities, Floats, Data Types
10680 @section Complex Numbers
10681
10682 @noindent
10683 @cindex Complex numbers
10684 There are two supported formats for complex numbers: rectangular and
10685 polar. The default format is rectangular, displayed in the form
10686 @samp{(@var{real},@var{imag})} where @var{real} is the real part and
10687 @var{imag} is the imaginary part, each of which may be any real number.
10688 Rectangular complex numbers can also be displayed in @samp{@var{a}+@var{b}i}
10689 notation; @pxref{Complex Formats}.
10690
10691 Polar complex numbers are displayed in the form
10692 @texline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@math{\theta}@tfn{)}'
10693 @infoline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@var{theta}@tfn{)}'
10694 where @var{r} is the nonnegative magnitude and
10695 @texline @math{\theta}
10696 @infoline @var{theta}
10697 is the argument or phase angle. The range of
10698 @texline @math{\theta}
10699 @infoline @var{theta}
10700 depends on the current angular mode (@pxref{Angular Modes}); it is
10701 generally between @mathit{-180} and @mathit{+180} degrees or the equivalent range
10702 in radians.
10703
10704 Complex numbers are entered in stages using incomplete objects.
10705 @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10706
10707 Operations on rectangular complex numbers yield rectangular complex
10708 results, and similarly for polar complex numbers. Where the two types
10709 are mixed, or where new complex numbers arise (as for the square root of
10710 a negative real), the current @dfn{Polar mode} is used to determine the
10711 type. @xref{Polar Mode}.
10712
10713 A complex result in which the imaginary part is zero (or the phase angle
10714 is 0 or 180 degrees or @cpi{} radians) is automatically converted to a real
10715 number.
10716
10717 @node Infinities, Vectors and Matrices, Complex Numbers, Data Types
10718 @section Infinities
10719
10720 @noindent
10721 @cindex Infinity
10722 @cindex @code{inf} variable
10723 @cindex @code{uinf} variable
10724 @cindex @code{nan} variable
10725 @vindex inf
10726 @vindex uinf
10727 @vindex nan
10728 The word @code{inf} represents the mathematical concept of @dfn{infinity}.
10729 Calc actually has three slightly different infinity-like values:
10730 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan}. These are just regular
10731 variable names (@pxref{Variables}); you should avoid using these
10732 names for your own variables because Calc gives them special
10733 treatment. Infinities, like all variable names, are normally
10734 entered using algebraic entry.
10735
10736 Mathematically speaking, it is not rigorously correct to treat
10737 ``infinity'' as if it were a number, but mathematicians often do
10738 so informally. When they say that @samp{1 / inf = 0}, what they
10739 really mean is that @expr{1 / x}, as @expr{x} becomes larger and
10740 larger, becomes arbitrarily close to zero. So you can imagine
10741 that if @expr{x} got ``all the way to infinity,'' then @expr{1 / x}
10742 would go all the way to zero. Similarly, when they say that
10743 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}, they mean that
10744 @texline @math{e^x}
10745 @infoline @expr{exp(x)}
10746 grows without bound as @expr{x} grows. The symbol @samp{-inf} likewise
10747 stands for an infinitely negative real value; for example, we say that
10748 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. You can have an infinity pointing in any
10749 direction on the complex plane: @samp{sqrt(-inf) = i inf}.
10750
10751 The same concept of limits can be used to define @expr{1 / 0}. We
10752 really want the value that @expr{1 / x} approaches as @expr{x}
10753 approaches zero. But if all we have is @expr{1 / 0}, we can't
10754 tell which direction @expr{x} was coming from. If @expr{x} was
10755 positive and decreasing toward zero, then we should say that
10756 @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. But if @expr{x} was negative and increasing
10757 toward zero, the answer is @samp{1 / 0 = -inf}. In fact, @expr{x}
10758 could be an imaginary number, giving the answer @samp{i inf} or
10759 @samp{-i inf}. Calc uses the special symbol @samp{uinf} to mean
10760 @dfn{undirected infinity}, i.e., a value which is infinitely
10761 large but with an unknown sign (or direction on the complex plane).
10762
10763 Calc actually has three modes that say how infinities are handled.
10764 Normally, infinities never arise from calculations that didn't
10765 already have them. Thus, @expr{1 / 0} is treated simply as an
10766 error and left unevaluated. The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode})
10767 command (@pxref{Infinite Mode}) enables a mode in which
10768 @expr{1 / 0} evaluates to @code{uinf} instead. There is also
10769 an alternative type of infinite mode which says to treat zeros
10770 as if they were positive, so that @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. While this
10771 is less mathematically correct, it may be the answer you want in
10772 some cases.
10773
10774 Since all infinities are ``as large'' as all others, Calc simplifies,
10775 e.g., @samp{5 inf} to @samp{inf}. Another example is
10776 @samp{5 - inf = -inf}, where the @samp{-inf} is so large that
10777 adding a finite number like five to it does not affect it.
10778 Note that @samp{a - inf} also results in @samp{-inf}; Calc assumes
10779 that variables like @code{a} always stand for finite quantities.
10780 Just to show that infinities really are all the same size,
10781 note that @samp{sqrt(inf) = inf^2 = exp(inf) = inf} in Calc's
10782 notation.
10783
10784 It's not so easy to define certain formulas like @samp{0 * inf} and
10785 @samp{inf / inf}. Depending on where these zeros and infinities
10786 came from, the answer could be literally anything. The latter
10787 formula could be the limit of @expr{x / x} (giving a result of one),
10788 or @expr{2 x / x} (giving two), or @expr{x^2 / x} (giving @code{inf}),
10789 or @expr{x / x^2} (giving zero). Calc uses the symbol @code{nan}
10790 to represent such an @dfn{indeterminate} value. (The name ``nan''
10791 comes from analogy with the ``NAN'' concept of IEEE standard
10792 arithmetic; it stands for ``Not A Number.'' This is somewhat of a
10793 misnomer, since @code{nan} @emph{does} stand for some number or
10794 infinity, it's just that @emph{which} number it stands for
10795 cannot be determined.) In Calc's notation, @samp{0 * inf = nan}
10796 and @samp{inf / inf = nan}. A few other common indeterminate
10797 expressions are @samp{inf - inf} and @samp{inf ^ 0}. Also,
10798 @samp{0 / 0 = nan} if you have turned on Infinite mode
10799 (as described above).
10800
10801 Infinities are especially useful as parts of @dfn{intervals}.
10802 @xref{Interval Forms}.
10803
10804 @node Vectors and Matrices, Strings, Infinities, Data Types
10805 @section Vectors and Matrices
10806
10807 @noindent
10808 @cindex Vectors
10809 @cindex Plain vectors
10810 @cindex Matrices
10811 The @dfn{vector} data type is flexible and general. A vector is simply a
10812 list of zero or more data objects. When these objects are numbers, the
10813 whole is a vector in the mathematical sense. When these objects are
10814 themselves vectors of equal (nonzero) length, the whole is a @dfn{matrix}.
10815 A vector which is not a matrix is referred to here as a @dfn{plain vector}.
10816
10817 A vector is displayed as a list of values separated by commas and enclosed
10818 in square brackets: @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Thus the following is a 2 row by
10819 3 column matrix: @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}. Vectors, like complex
10820 numbers, are entered as incomplete objects. @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10821 During algebraic entry, vectors are entered all at once in the usual
10822 brackets-and-commas form. Matrices may be entered algebraically as nested
10823 vectors, or using the shortcut notation @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3; 4, 5, 6]}},
10824 with rows separated by semicolons. The commas may usually be omitted
10825 when entering vectors: @samp{[1 2 3]}. Curly braces may be used in
10826 place of brackets: @samp{@{1, 2, 3@}}, but the commas are required in
10827 this case.
10828
10829 Traditional vector and matrix arithmetic is also supported;
10830 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic} and @pxref{Matrix Functions}.
10831 Many other operations are applied to vectors element-wise. For example,
10832 the complex conjugate of a vector is a vector of the complex conjugates
10833 of its elements.
10834
10835 @ignore
10836 @starindex
10837 @end ignore
10838 @tindex vec
10839 Algebraic functions for building vectors include @samp{vec(a, b, c)}
10840 to build @samp{[a, b, c]}, @samp{cvec(a, n, m)} to build an
10841 @texline @math{n\times m}
10842 @infoline @var{n}x@var{m}
10843 matrix of @samp{a}s, and @samp{index(n)} to build a vector of integers
10844 from 1 to @samp{n}.
10845
10846 @node Strings, HMS Forms, Vectors and Matrices, Data Types
10847 @section Strings
10848
10849 @noindent
10850 @kindex "
10851 @cindex Strings
10852 @cindex Character strings
10853 Character strings are not a special data type in the Calculator.
10854 Rather, a string is represented simply as a vector all of whose
10855 elements are integers in the range 0 to 255 (ASCII codes). You can
10856 enter a string at any time by pressing the @kbd{"} key. Quotation
10857 marks and backslashes are written @samp{\"} and @samp{\\}, respectively,
10858 inside strings. Other notations introduced by backslashes are:
10859
10860 @example
10861 @group
10862 \a 7 \^@@ 0
10863 \b 8 \^a-z 1-26
10864 \e 27 \^[ 27
10865 \f 12 \^\\ 28
10866 \n 10 \^] 29
10867 \r 13 \^^ 30
10868 \t 9 \^_ 31
10869 \^? 127
10870 @end group
10871 @end example
10872
10873 @noindent
10874 Finally, a backslash followed by three octal digits produces any
10875 character from its ASCII code.
10876
10877 @kindex d "
10878 @pindex calc-display-strings
10879 Strings are normally displayed in vector-of-integers form. The
10880 @w{@kbd{d "}} (@code{calc-display-strings}) command toggles a mode in
10881 which any vectors of small integers are displayed as quoted strings
10882 instead.
10883
10884 The backslash notations shown above are also used for displaying
10885 strings. Characters 128 and above are not translated by Calc; unless
10886 you have an Emacs modified for 8-bit fonts, these will show up in
10887 backslash-octal-digits notation. For characters below 32, and
10888 for character 127, Calc uses the backslash-letter combination if
10889 there is one, or otherwise uses a @samp{\^} sequence.
10890
10891 The only Calc feature that uses strings is @dfn{compositions};
10892 @pxref{Compositions}. Strings also provide a convenient
10893 way to do conversions between ASCII characters and integers.
10894
10895 @ignore
10896 @starindex
10897 @end ignore
10898 @tindex string
10899 There is a @code{string} function which provides a different display
10900 format for strings. Basically, @samp{string(@var{s})}, where @var{s}
10901 is a vector of integers in the proper range, is displayed as the
10902 corresponding string of characters with no surrounding quotation
10903 marks or other modifications. Thus @samp{string("ABC")} (or
10904 @samp{string([65 66 67])}) will look like @samp{ABC} on the stack.
10905 This happens regardless of whether @w{@kbd{d "}} has been used. The
10906 only way to turn it off is to use @kbd{d U} (unformatted language
10907 mode) which will display @samp{string("ABC")} instead.
10908
10909 Control characters are displayed somewhat differently by @code{string}.
10910 Characters below 32, and character 127, are shown using @samp{^} notation
10911 (same as shown above, but without the backslash). The quote and
10912 backslash characters are left alone, as are characters 128 and above.
10913
10914 @ignore
10915 @starindex
10916 @end ignore
10917 @tindex bstring
10918 The @code{bstring} function is just like @code{string} except that
10919 the resulting string is breakable across multiple lines if it doesn't
10920 fit all on one line. Potential break points occur at every space
10921 character in the string.
10922
10923 @node HMS Forms, Date Forms, Strings, Data Types
10924 @section HMS Forms
10925
10926 @noindent
10927 @cindex Hours-minutes-seconds forms
10928 @cindex Degrees-minutes-seconds forms
10929 @dfn{HMS} stands for Hours-Minutes-Seconds; when used as an angular
10930 argument, the interpretation is Degrees-Minutes-Seconds. All functions
10931 that operate on angles accept HMS forms. These are interpreted as
10932 degrees regardless of the current angular mode. It is also possible to
10933 use HMS as the angular mode so that calculated angles are expressed in
10934 degrees, minutes, and seconds.
10935
10936 @kindex @@
10937 @ignore
10938 @mindex @null
10939 @end ignore
10940 @kindex ' (HMS forms)
10941 @ignore
10942 @mindex @null
10943 @end ignore
10944 @kindex " (HMS forms)
10945 @ignore
10946 @mindex @null
10947 @end ignore
10948 @kindex h (HMS forms)
10949 @ignore
10950 @mindex @null
10951 @end ignore
10952 @kindex o (HMS forms)
10953 @ignore
10954 @mindex @null
10955 @end ignore
10956 @kindex m (HMS forms)
10957 @ignore
10958 @mindex @null
10959 @end ignore
10960 @kindex s (HMS forms)
10961 The default format for HMS values is
10962 @samp{@var{hours}@@ @var{mins}' @var{secs}"}. During entry, the letters
10963 @samp{h} (for ``hours'') or
10964 @samp{o} (approximating the ``degrees'' symbol) are accepted as well as
10965 @samp{@@}, @samp{m} is accepted in place of @samp{'}, and @samp{s} is
10966 accepted in place of @samp{"}.
10967 The @var{hours} value is an integer (or integer-valued float).
10968 The @var{mins} value is an integer or integer-valued float between 0 and 59.
10969 The @var{secs} value is a real number between 0 (inclusive) and 60
10970 (exclusive). A positive HMS form is interpreted as @var{hours} +
10971 @var{mins}/60 + @var{secs}/3600. A negative HMS form is interpreted
10972 as @mathit{- @var{hours}} @mathit{-} @var{mins}/60 @mathit{-} @var{secs}/3600.
10973 Display format for HMS forms is quite flexible. @xref{HMS Formats}.
10974
10975 HMS forms can be added and subtracted. When they are added to numbers,
10976 the numbers are interpreted according to the current angular mode. HMS
10977 forms can also be multiplied and divided by real numbers. Dividing
10978 two HMS forms produces a real-valued ratio of the two angles.
10979
10980 @pindex calc-time
10981 @cindex Time of day
10982 Just for kicks, @kbd{M-x calc-time} pushes the current time of day on
10983 the stack as an HMS form.
10984
10985 @node Date Forms, Modulo Forms, HMS Forms, Data Types
10986 @section Date Forms
10987
10988 @noindent
10989 @cindex Date forms
10990 A @dfn{date form} represents a date and possibly an associated time.
10991 Simple date arithmetic is supported: Adding a number to a date
10992 produces a new date shifted by that many days; adding an HMS form to
10993 a date shifts it by that many hours. Subtracting two date forms
10994 computes the number of days between them (represented as a simple
10995 number). Many other operations, such as multiplying two date forms,
10996 are nonsensical and are not allowed by Calc.
10997
10998 Date forms are entered and displayed enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets.
10999 The default format is, e.g., @samp{<Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates,
11000 or @samp{<3:32:20pm Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates with times.
11001 Input is flexible; date forms can be entered in any of the usual
11002 notations for dates and times. @xref{Date Formats}.
11003
11004 Date forms are stored internally as numbers, specifically the number
11005 of days since midnight on the morning of January 1 of the year 1 AD.
11006 If the internal number is an integer, the form represents a date only;
11007 if the internal number is a fraction or float, the form represents
11008 a date and time. For example, @samp{<6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991>}
11009 is represented by the number 726842.25. The standard precision of
11010 12 decimal digits is enough to ensure that a (reasonable) date and
11011 time can be stored without roundoff error.
11012
11013 If the current precision is greater than 12, date forms will keep
11014 additional digits in the seconds position. For example, if the
11015 precision is 15, the seconds will keep three digits after the
11016 decimal point. Decreasing the precision below 12 may cause the
11017 time part of a date form to become inaccurate. This can also happen
11018 if astronomically high years are used, though this will not be an
11019 issue in everyday (or even everymillennium) use. Note that date
11020 forms without times are stored as exact integers, so roundoff is
11021 never an issue for them.
11022
11023 You can use the @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) and @kbd{v u}
11024 (@code{calc-unpack}) commands to get at the numerical representation
11025 of a date form. @xref{Packing and Unpacking}.
11026
11027 Date forms can go arbitrarily far into the future or past. Negative
11028 year numbers represent years BC. Calc uses a combination of the
11029 Gregorian and Julian calendars, following the history of Great
11030 Britain and the British colonies. This is the same calendar that
11031 is used by the @code{cal} program in most Unix implementations.
11032
11033 @cindex Julian calendar
11034 @cindex Gregorian calendar
11035 Some historical background: The Julian calendar was created by
11036 Julius Caesar in the year 46 BC as an attempt to fix the gradual
11037 drift caused by the lack of leap years in the calendar used
11038 until that time. The Julian calendar introduced an extra day in
11039 all years divisible by four. After some initial confusion, the
11040 calendar was adopted around the year we call 8 AD. Some centuries
11041 later it became apparent that the Julian year of 365.25 days was
11042 itself not quite right. In 1582 Pope Gregory XIII introduced the
11043 Gregorian calendar, which added the new rule that years divisible
11044 by 100, but not by 400, were not to be considered leap years
11045 despite being divisible by four. Many countries delayed adoption
11046 of the Gregorian calendar because of religious differences;
11047 in Britain it was put off until the year 1752, by which time
11048 the Julian calendar had fallen eleven days behind the true
11049 seasons. So the switch to the Gregorian calendar in early
11050 September 1752 introduced a discontinuity: The day after
11051 Sep 2, 1752 is Sep 14, 1752. Calc follows this convention.
11052 To take another example, Russia waited until 1918 before
11053 adopting the new calendar, and thus needed to remove thirteen
11054 days (between Feb 1, 1918 and Feb 14, 1918). This means that
11055 Calc's reckoning will be inconsistent with Russian history between
11056 1752 and 1918, and similarly for various other countries.
11057
11058 Today's timekeepers introduce an occasional ``leap second'' as
11059 well, but Calc does not take these minor effects into account.
11060 (If it did, it would have to report a non-integer number of days
11061 between, say, @samp{<12:00am Mon Jan 1, 1900>} and
11062 @samp{<12:00am Sat Jan 1, 2000>}.)
11063
11064 Calc uses the Julian calendar for all dates before the year 1752,
11065 including dates BC when the Julian calendar technically had not
11066 yet been invented. Thus the claim that day number @mathit{-10000} is
11067 called ``August 16, 28 BC'' should be taken with a grain of salt.
11068
11069 Please note that there is no ``year 0''; the day before
11070 @samp{<Sat Jan 1, +1>} is @samp{<Fri Dec 31, -1>}. These are
11071 days 0 and @mathit{-1} respectively in Calc's internal numbering scheme.
11072
11073 @cindex Julian day counting
11074 Another day counting system in common use is, confusingly, also called
11075 ``Julian.'' The Julian day number is the numbers of days since
11076 12:00 noon (GMT) on Jan 1, 4713 BC, which in Calc's scheme (in GMT)
11077 is @mathit{-1721423.5} (recall that Calc starts at midnight instead
11078 of noon). Thus to convert a Calc date code obtained by unpacking a
11079 date form into a Julian day number, simply add 1721423.5 after
11080 compensating for the time zone difference. The built-in @kbd{t J}
11081 command performs this conversion for you.
11082
11083 The Julian day number is based on the Julian cycle, which was invented
11084 in 1583 by Joseph Justus Scaliger. Scaliger named it the Julian cycle
11085 since it involves the Julian calendar, but some have suggested that
11086 Scaliger named it in honor of his father, Julius Caesar Scaliger. The
11087 Julian cycle is based on three other cycles: the indiction cycle, the
11088 Metonic cycle, and the solar cycle. The indiction cycle is a 15 year
11089 cycle originally used by the Romans for tax purposes but later used to
11090 date medieval documents. The Metonic cycle is a 19 year cycle; 19
11091 years is close to being a common multiple of a solar year and a lunar
11092 month, and so every 19 years the phases of the moon will occur on the
11093 same days of the year. The solar cycle is a 28 year cycle; the Julian
11094 calendar repeats itself every 28 years. The smallest time period
11095 which contains multiples of all three cycles is the least common
11096 multiple of 15 years, 19 years and 28 years, which (since they're
11097 pairwise relatively prime) is
11098 @texline @math{15\times 19\times 28 = 7980} years.
11099 @infoline 15*19*28 = 7980 years.
11100 This is the length of a Julian cycle. Working backwards, the previous
11101 year in which all three cycles began was 4713 BC, and so Scalinger
11102 chose that year as the beginning of a Julian cycle. Since at the time
11103 there were no historical records from before 4713 BC, using this year
11104 as a starting point had the advantage of avoiding negative year
11105 numbers. In 1849, the astronomer John Herschel (son of William
11106 Herschel) suggested using the number of days since the beginning of
11107 the Julian cycle as an astronomical dating system; this idea was taken
11108 up by other astronomers. (At the time, noon was the start of the
11109 astronomical day. Herschel originally suggested counting the days
11110 since Jan 1, 4713 BC at noon Alexandria time; this was later amended to
11111 noon GMT.) Julian day numbering is largely used in astronomy.
11112
11113 @cindex Unix time format
11114 The Unix operating system measures time as an integer number of
11115 seconds since midnight, Jan 1, 1970. To convert a Calc date
11116 value into a Unix time stamp, first subtract 719164 (the code
11117 for @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}), then multiply by 86400 (the number of
11118 seconds in a day) and press @kbd{R} to round to the nearest
11119 integer. If you have a date form, you can simply subtract the
11120 day @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>} instead of unpacking and subtracting
11121 719164. Likewise, divide by 86400 and add @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}
11122 to convert from Unix time to a Calc date form. (Note that
11123 Unix normally maintains the time in the GMT time zone; you may
11124 need to subtract five hours to get New York time, or eight hours
11125 for California time. The same is usually true of Julian day
11126 counts.) The built-in @kbd{t U} command performs these
11127 conversions.
11128
11129 @node Modulo Forms, Error Forms, Date Forms, Data Types
11130 @section Modulo Forms
11131
11132 @noindent
11133 @cindex Modulo forms
11134 A @dfn{modulo form} is a real number which is taken modulo (i.e., within
11135 an integer multiple of) some value @var{M}. Arithmetic modulo @var{M}
11136 often arises in number theory. Modulo forms are written
11137 `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}',
11138 where @var{a} and @var{M} are real numbers or HMS forms, and
11139 @texline @math{0 \le a < M}.
11140 @infoline @expr{0 <= a < @var{M}}.
11141 In many applications @expr{a} and @expr{M} will be
11142 integers but this is not required.
11143
11144 @ignore
11145 @mindex M
11146 @end ignore
11147 @kindex M (modulo forms)
11148 @ignore
11149 @mindex mod
11150 @end ignore
11151 @tindex mod (operator)
11152 To create a modulo form during numeric entry, press the shift-@kbd{M}
11153 key to enter the word @samp{mod}. As a special convenience, pressing
11154 shift-@kbd{M} a second time automatically enters the value of @expr{M}
11155 that was most recently used before. During algebraic entry, either
11156 type @samp{mod} by hand or press @kbd{M-m} (that's @kbd{@key{META}-m}).
11157 Once again, pressing this a second time enters the current modulo.
11158
11159 Modulo forms are not to be confused with the modulo operator @samp{%}.
11160 The expression @samp{27 % 10} means to compute 27 modulo 10 to produce
11161 the result 7. Further computations treat this 7 as just a regular integer.
11162 The expression @samp{27 mod 10} produces the result @samp{7 mod 10};
11163 further computations with this value are again reduced modulo 10 so that
11164 the result always lies in the desired range.
11165
11166 When two modulo forms with identical @expr{M}'s are added or multiplied,
11167 the Calculator simply adds or multiplies the values, then reduces modulo
11168 @expr{M}. If one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number,
11169 the plain number is treated like a compatible modulo form. It is also
11170 possible to raise modulo forms to powers; the result is the value raised
11171 to the power, then reduced modulo @expr{M}. (When all values involved
11172 are integers, this calculation is done much more efficiently than
11173 actually computing the power and then reducing.)
11174
11175 @cindex Modulo division
11176 Two modulo forms `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}' and `@var{b} @tfn{mod} @var{M}'
11177 can be divided if @expr{a}, @expr{b}, and @expr{M} are all
11178 integers. The result is the modulo form which, when multiplied by
11179 `@var{b} @tfn{mod} @var{M}', produces `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}'. If
11180 there is no solution to this equation (which can happen only when
11181 @expr{M} is non-prime), or if any of the arguments are non-integers, the
11182 division is left in symbolic form. Other operations, such as square
11183 roots, are not yet supported for modulo forms. (Note that, although
11184 @w{`@tfn{(}@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}@tfn{)^.5}'} will compute a ``modulo square root''
11185 in the sense of reducing
11186 @texline @math{\sqrt a}
11187 @infoline @expr{sqrt(a)}
11188 modulo @expr{M}, this is not a useful definition from the
11189 number-theoretical point of view.)
11190
11191 It is possible to mix HMS forms and modulo forms. For example, an
11192 HMS form modulo 24 could be used to manipulate clock times; an HMS
11193 form modulo 360 would be suitable for angles. Making the modulo @expr{M}
11194 also be an HMS form eliminates troubles that would arise if the angular
11195 mode were inadvertently set to Radians, in which case
11196 @w{@samp{2@@ 0' 0" mod 24}} would be interpreted as two degrees modulo
11197 24 radians!
11198
11199 Modulo forms cannot have variables or formulas for components. If you
11200 enter the formula @samp{(x + 2) mod 5}, Calc propagates the modulus
11201 to each of the coefficients: @samp{(1 mod 5) x + (2 mod 5)}.
11202
11203 You can use @kbd{v p} and @kbd{%} to modify modulo forms.
11204 @xref{Packing and Unpacking}. @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
11205
11206 @ignore
11207 @starindex
11208 @end ignore
11209 @tindex makemod
11210 The algebraic function @samp{makemod(a, m)} builds the modulo form
11211 @w{@samp{a mod m}}.
11212
11213 @node Error Forms, Interval Forms, Modulo Forms, Data Types
11214 @section Error Forms
11215
11216 @noindent
11217 @cindex Error forms
11218 @cindex Standard deviations
11219 An @dfn{error form} is a number with an associated standard
11220 deviation, as in @samp{2.3 +/- 0.12}. The notation
11221 @texline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}'
11222 @infoline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} sigma'
11223 stands for an uncertain value which follows
11224 a normal or Gaussian distribution of mean @expr{x} and standard
11225 deviation or ``error''
11226 @texline @math{\sigma}.
11227 @infoline @expr{sigma}.
11228 Both the mean and the error can be either numbers or
11229 formulas. Generally these are real numbers but the mean may also be
11230 complex. If the error is negative or complex, it is changed to its
11231 absolute value. An error form with zero error is converted to a
11232 regular number by the Calculator.
11233
11234 All arithmetic and transcendental functions accept error forms as input.
11235 Operations on the mean-value part work just like operations on regular
11236 numbers. The error part for any function @expr{f(x)} (such as
11237 @texline @math{\sin x}
11238 @infoline @expr{sin(x)})
11239 is defined by the error of @expr{x} times the derivative of @expr{f}
11240 evaluated at the mean value of @expr{x}. For a two-argument function
11241 @expr{f(x,y)} (such as addition) the error is the square root of the sum
11242 of the squares of the errors due to @expr{x} and @expr{y}.
11243 @tex
11244 $$ \eqalign{
11245 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma)
11246 &= f(x) \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma \left| {df(x) \over dx} \right| \cr
11247 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_x, y \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_y)
11248 &= f(x,y) \hbox{\code{ +/- }}
11249 \sqrt{\left(\sigma_x \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial x}
11250 \right| \right)^2
11251 +\left(\sigma_y \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial y}
11252 \right| \right)^2 } \cr
11253 } $$
11254 @end tex
11255 Note that this
11256 definition assumes the errors in @expr{x} and @expr{y} are uncorrelated.
11257 A side effect of this definition is that @samp{(2 +/- 1) * (2 +/- 1)}
11258 is not the same as @samp{(2 +/- 1)^2}; the former represents the product
11259 of two independent values which happen to have the same probability
11260 distributions, and the latter is the product of one random value with itself.
11261 The former will produce an answer with less error, since on the average
11262 the two independent errors can be expected to cancel out.
11263
11264 Consult a good text on error analysis for a discussion of the proper use
11265 of standard deviations. Actual errors often are neither Gaussian-distributed
11266 nor uncorrelated, and the above formulas are valid only when errors
11267 are small. As an example, the error arising from
11268 @texline `@tfn{sin(}@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}@tfn{)}'
11269 @infoline `@tfn{sin(}@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @var{sigma}@tfn{)}'
11270 is
11271 @texline `@math{\sigma} @tfn{abs(cos(}@var{x}@tfn{))}'.
11272 @infoline `@var{sigma} @tfn{abs(cos(}@var{x}@tfn{))}'.
11273 When @expr{x} is close to zero,
11274 @texline @math{\cos x}
11275 @infoline @expr{cos(x)}
11276 is close to one so the error in the sine is close to
11277 @texline @math{\sigma};
11278 @infoline @expr{sigma};
11279 this makes sense, since
11280 @texline @math{\sin x}
11281 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
11282 is approximately @expr{x} near zero, so a given error in @expr{x} will
11283 produce about the same error in the sine. Likewise, near 90 degrees
11284 @texline @math{\cos x}
11285 @infoline @expr{cos(x)}
11286 is nearly zero and so the computed error is
11287 small: The sine curve is nearly flat in that region, so an error in @expr{x}
11288 has relatively little effect on the value of
11289 @texline @math{\sin x}.
11290 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}.
11291 However, consider @samp{sin(90 +/- 1000)}. The cosine of 90 is zero, so
11292 Calc will report zero error! We get an obviously wrong result because
11293 we have violated the small-error approximation underlying the error
11294 analysis. If the error in @expr{x} had been small, the error in
11295 @texline @math{\sin x}
11296 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
11297 would indeed have been negligible.
11298
11299 @ignore
11300 @mindex p
11301 @end ignore
11302 @kindex p (error forms)
11303 @tindex +/-
11304 To enter an error form during regular numeric entry, use the @kbd{p}
11305 (``plus-or-minus'') key to type the @samp{+/-} symbol. (If you try actually
11306 typing @samp{+/-} the @kbd{+} key will be interpreted as the Calculator's
11307 @kbd{+} command!) Within an algebraic formula, you can press @kbd{M-+} to
11308 type the @samp{+/-} symbol, or type it out by hand.
11309
11310 Error forms and complex numbers can be mixed; the formulas shown above
11311 are used for complex numbers, too; note that if the error part evaluates
11312 to a complex number its absolute value (or the square root of the sum of
11313 the squares of the absolute values of the two error contributions) is
11314 used. Mathematically, this corresponds to a radially symmetric Gaussian
11315 distribution of numbers on the complex plane. However, note that Calc
11316 considers an error form with real components to represent a real number,
11317 not a complex distribution around a real mean.
11318
11319 Error forms may also be composed of HMS forms. For best results, both
11320 the mean and the error should be HMS forms if either one is.
11321
11322 @ignore
11323 @starindex
11324 @end ignore
11325 @tindex sdev
11326 The algebraic function @samp{sdev(a, b)} builds the error form @samp{a +/- b}.
11327
11328 @node Interval Forms, Incomplete Objects, Error Forms, Data Types
11329 @section Interval Forms
11330
11331 @noindent
11332 @cindex Interval forms
11333 An @dfn{interval} is a subset of consecutive real numbers. For example,
11334 the interval @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} represents all the numbers from 2 to 4,
11335 inclusive. If you multiply it by the interval @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]} you
11336 obtain @samp{[1 ..@: 8]}. This calculation represents the fact that if
11337 you multiply some number in the range @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} by some other
11338 number in the range @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]}, your result will lie in the range
11339 from 1 to 8. Interval arithmetic is used to get a worst-case estimate
11340 of the possible range of values a computation will produce, given the
11341 set of possible values of the input.
11342
11343 @ifnottex
11344 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including @dfn{closed}
11345 intervals of the type shown above, @dfn{open} intervals such as
11346 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11347 @emph{exclusive}, and @dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11348 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11349 terms,
11350 @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} means @expr{2 <= x <= 4}, whereas
11351 @samp{[2 ..@: 4)} represents @expr{2 <= x < 4},
11352 @samp{(2 ..@: 4]} represents @expr{2 < x <= 4}, and
11353 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)} represents @expr{2 < x < 4}.
11354 @end ifnottex
11355 @tex
11356 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including \dfn{closed}
11357 intervals of the type shown above, \dfn{open} intervals such as
11358 \samp{(2 ..\: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11359 \emph{exclusive}, and \dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11360 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11361 terms,
11362 $$ \eqalign{
11363 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x \le 4 \cr
11364 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x < 4 \cr
11365 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x \le 4 \cr
11366 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x < 4 \cr
11367 } $$
11368 @end tex
11369
11370 The lower and upper limits of an interval must be either real numbers
11371 (or HMS or date forms), or symbolic expressions which are assumed to be
11372 real-valued, or @samp{-inf} and @samp{inf}. In general the lower limit
11373 must be less than the upper limit. A closed interval containing only
11374 one value, @samp{[3 ..@: 3]}, is converted to a plain number (3)
11375 automatically. An interval containing no values at all (such as
11376 @samp{[3 ..@: 2]} or @samp{[2 ..@: 2)}) can be represented but is not
11377 guaranteed to behave well when used in arithmetic. Note that the
11378 interval @samp{[3 .. inf)} represents all real numbers greater than
11379 or equal to 3, and @samp{(-inf .. inf)} represents all real numbers.
11380 In fact, @samp{[-inf .. inf]} represents all real numbers including
11381 the real infinities.
11382
11383 Intervals are entered in the notation shown here, either as algebraic
11384 formulas, or using incomplete forms. (@xref{Incomplete Objects}.)
11385 In algebraic formulas, multiple periods in a row are collected from
11386 left to right, so that @samp{1...1e2} is interpreted as @samp{1.0 ..@: 1e2}
11387 rather than @samp{1 ..@: 0.1e2}. Add spaces or zeros if you want to
11388 get the other interpretation. If you omit the lower or upper limit,
11389 a default of @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} (respectively) is furnished.
11390
11391 Infinite mode also affects operations on intervals
11392 (@pxref{Infinities}). Calc will always introduce an open infinity,
11393 as in @samp{1 / (0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf)}. But closed infinities,
11394 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf]}}, arise only in Infinite mode;
11395 otherwise they are left unevaluated. Note that the ``direction'' of
11396 a zero is not an issue in this case since the zero is always assumed
11397 to be continuous with the rest of the interval. For intervals that
11398 contain zero inside them Calc is forced to give the result,
11399 @samp{1 / (-2 .. 2) = [-inf .. inf]}.
11400
11401 While it may seem that intervals and error forms are similar, they are
11402 based on entirely different concepts of inexact quantities. An error
11403 form
11404 @texline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}'
11405 @infoline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @var{sigma}'
11406 means a variable is random, and its value could
11407 be anything but is ``probably'' within one
11408 @texline @math{\sigma}
11409 @infoline @var{sigma}
11410 of the mean value @expr{x}. An interval
11411 `@tfn{[}@var{a} @tfn{..@:} @var{b}@tfn{]}' means a
11412 variable's value is unknown, but guaranteed to lie in the specified
11413 range. Error forms are statistical or ``average case'' approximations;
11414 interval arithmetic tends to produce ``worst case'' bounds on an
11415 answer.
11416
11417 Intervals may not contain complex numbers, but they may contain
11418 HMS forms or date forms.
11419
11420 @xref{Set Operations}, for commands that interpret interval forms
11421 as subsets of the set of real numbers.
11422
11423 @ignore
11424 @starindex
11425 @end ignore
11426 @tindex intv
11427 The algebraic function @samp{intv(n, a, b)} builds an interval form
11428 from @samp{a} to @samp{b}; @samp{n} is an integer code which must
11429 be 0 for @samp{(..)}, 1 for @samp{(..]}, 2 for @samp{[..)}, or
11430 3 for @samp{[..]}.
11431
11432 Please note that in fully rigorous interval arithmetic, care would be
11433 taken to make sure that the computation of the lower bound rounds toward
11434 minus infinity, while upper bound computations round toward plus
11435 infinity. Calc's arithmetic always uses a round-to-nearest mode,
11436 which means that roundoff errors could creep into an interval
11437 calculation to produce intervals slightly smaller than they ought to
11438 be. For example, entering @samp{[1..2]} and pressing @kbd{Q 2 ^}
11439 should yield the interval @samp{[1..2]} again, but in fact it yields the
11440 (slightly too small) interval @samp{[1..1.9999999]} due to roundoff
11441 error.
11442
11443 @node Incomplete Objects, Variables, Interval Forms, Data Types
11444 @section Incomplete Objects
11445
11446 @noindent
11447 @ignore
11448 @mindex [ ]
11449 @end ignore
11450 @kindex [
11451 @ignore
11452 @mindex ( )
11453 @end ignore
11454 @kindex (
11455 @kindex ,
11456 @ignore
11457 @mindex @null
11458 @end ignore
11459 @kindex ]
11460 @ignore
11461 @mindex @null
11462 @end ignore
11463 @kindex )
11464 @cindex Incomplete vectors
11465 @cindex Incomplete complex numbers
11466 @cindex Incomplete interval forms
11467 When @kbd{(} or @kbd{[} is typed to begin entering a complex number or
11468 vector, respectively, the effect is to push an @dfn{incomplete} complex
11469 number or vector onto the stack. The @kbd{,} key adds the value(s) at
11470 the top of the stack onto the current incomplete object. The @kbd{)}
11471 and @kbd{]} keys ``close'' the incomplete object after adding any values
11472 on the top of the stack in front of the incomplete object.
11473
11474 As a result, the sequence of keystrokes @kbd{[ 2 , 3 @key{RET} 2 * , 9 ]}
11475 pushes the vector @samp{[2, 6, 9]} onto the stack. Likewise, @kbd{( 1 , 2 Q )}
11476 pushes the complex number @samp{(1, 1.414)} (approximately).
11477
11478 If several values lie on the stack in front of the incomplete object,
11479 all are collected and appended to the object. Thus the @kbd{,} key
11480 is redundant: @kbd{[ 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 2 * 9 ]}. Some people
11481 prefer the equivalent @key{SPC} key to @key{RET}.
11482
11483 As a special case, typing @kbd{,} immediately after @kbd{(}, @kbd{[}, or
11484 @kbd{,} adds a zero or duplicates the preceding value in the list being
11485 formed. Typing @key{DEL} during incomplete entry removes the last item
11486 from the list.
11487
11488 @kindex ;
11489 The @kbd{;} key is used in the same way as @kbd{,} to create polar complex
11490 numbers: @kbd{( 1 ; 2 )}. When entering a vector, @kbd{;} is useful for
11491 creating a matrix. In particular, @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ; 3 , 4 ; 5 , 6 ] ]} is
11492 equivalent to @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ] , [ 3 , 4 ] , [ 5 , 6 ] ]}.
11493
11494 @kindex ..
11495 @pindex calc-dots
11496 Incomplete entry is also used to enter intervals. For example,
11497 @kbd{[ 2 ..@: 4 )} enters a semi-open interval. Note that when you type
11498 the first period, it will be interpreted as a decimal point, but when
11499 you type a second period immediately afterward, it is re-interpreted as
11500 part of the interval symbol. Typing @kbd{..} corresponds to executing
11501 the @code{calc-dots} command.
11502
11503 If you find incomplete entry distracting, you may wish to enter vectors
11504 and complex numbers as algebraic formulas by pressing the apostrophe key.
11505
11506 @node Variables, Formulas, Incomplete Objects, Data Types
11507 @section Variables
11508
11509 @noindent
11510 @cindex Variables, in formulas
11511 A @dfn{variable} is somewhere between a storage register on a conventional
11512 calculator, and a variable in a programming language. (In fact, a Calc
11513 variable is really just an Emacs Lisp variable that contains a Calc number
11514 or formula.) A variable's name is normally composed of letters and digits.
11515 Calc also allows apostrophes and @code{#} signs in variable names.
11516 (The Calc variable @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp variable
11517 @code{var-foo}, but unless you access the variable from within Emacs
11518 Lisp, you don't need to worry about it. Variable names in algebraic
11519 formulas implicitly have @samp{var-} prefixed to their names. The
11520 @samp{#} character in variable names used in algebraic formulas
11521 corresponds to a dash @samp{-} in the Lisp variable name. If the name
11522 contains any dashes, the prefix @samp{var-} is @emph{not} automatically
11523 added. Thus the two formulas @samp{foo + 1} and @samp{var#foo + 1} both
11524 refer to the same variable.)
11525
11526 In a command that takes a variable name, you can either type the full
11527 name of a variable, or type a single digit to use one of the special
11528 convenience variables @code{q0} through @code{q9}. For example,
11529 @kbd{3 s s 2} stores the number 3 in variable @code{q2}, and
11530 @w{@kbd{3 s s foo @key{RET}}} stores that number in variable
11531 @code{foo}.
11532
11533 To push a variable itself (as opposed to the variable's value) on the
11534 stack, enter its name as an algebraic expression using the apostrophe
11535 (@key{'}) key.
11536
11537 @kindex =
11538 @pindex calc-evaluate
11539 @cindex Evaluation of variables in a formula
11540 @cindex Variables, evaluation
11541 @cindex Formulas, evaluation
11542 The @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) key ``evaluates'' a formula by
11543 replacing all variables in the formula which have been given values by a
11544 @code{calc-store} or @code{calc-let} command by their stored values.
11545 Other variables are left alone. Thus a variable that has not been
11546 stored acts like an abstract variable in algebra; a variable that has
11547 been stored acts more like a register in a traditional calculator.
11548 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{=} evaluates the top
11549 @var{n} stack entries; with a negative argument, @kbd{=} evaluates
11550 the @var{n}th stack entry.
11551
11552 @cindex @code{e} variable
11553 @cindex @code{pi} variable
11554 @cindex @code{i} variable
11555 @cindex @code{phi} variable
11556 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
11557 @vindex e
11558 @vindex pi
11559 @vindex i
11560 @vindex phi
11561 @vindex gamma
11562 A few variables are called @dfn{special constants}. Their names are
11563 @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi}, and @samp{gamma}.
11564 (@xref{Scientific Functions}.) When they are evaluated with @kbd{=},
11565 their values are calculated if necessary according to the current precision
11566 or complex polar mode. If you wish to use these symbols for other purposes,
11567 simply undefine or redefine them using @code{calc-store}.
11568
11569 The variables @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} stand for
11570 infinite or indeterminate values. It's best not to use them as
11571 regular variables, since Calc uses special algebraic rules when
11572 it manipulates them. Calc displays a warning message if you store
11573 a value into any of these special variables.
11574
11575 @xref{Store and Recall}, for a discussion of commands dealing with variables.
11576
11577 @node Formulas, , Variables, Data Types
11578 @section Formulas
11579
11580 @noindent
11581 @cindex Formulas
11582 @cindex Expressions
11583 @cindex Operators in formulas
11584 @cindex Precedence of operators
11585 When you press the apostrophe key you may enter any expression or formula
11586 in algebraic form. (Calc uses the terms ``expression'' and ``formula''
11587 interchangeably.) An expression is built up of numbers, variable names,
11588 and function calls, combined with various arithmetic operators.
11589 Parentheses may
11590 be used to indicate grouping. Spaces are ignored within formulas, except
11591 that spaces are not permitted within variable names or numbers.
11592 Arithmetic operators, in order from highest to lowest precedence, and
11593 with their equivalent function names, are:
11594
11595 @samp{_} [@code{subscr}] (subscripts);
11596
11597 postfix @samp{%} [@code{percent}] (as in @samp{25% = 0.25});
11598
11599 prefix @samp{!} [@code{lnot}] (logical ``not,'' as in @samp{!x});
11600
11601 @samp{+/-} [@code{sdev}] (the standard deviation symbol) and
11602 @samp{mod} [@code{makemod}] (the symbol for modulo forms);
11603
11604 postfix @samp{!} [@code{fact}] (factorial, as in @samp{n!})
11605 and postfix @samp{!!} [@code{dfact}] (double factorial);
11606
11607 @samp{^} [@code{pow}] (raised-to-the-power-of);
11608
11609 prefix @samp{+} and @samp{-} [@code{neg}] (as in @samp{-x});
11610
11611 @samp{*} [@code{mul}];
11612
11613 @samp{/} [@code{div}], @samp{%} [@code{mod}] (modulo), and
11614 @samp{\} [@code{idiv}] (integer division);
11615
11616 infix @samp{+} [@code{add}] and @samp{-} [@code{sub}] (as in @samp{x-y});
11617
11618 @samp{|} [@code{vconcat}] (vector concatenation);
11619
11620 relations @samp{=} [@code{eq}], @samp{!=} [@code{neq}], @samp{<} [@code{lt}],
11621 @samp{>} [@code{gt}], @samp{<=} [@code{leq}], and @samp{>=} [@code{geq}];
11622
11623 @samp{&&} [@code{land}] (logical ``and'');
11624
11625 @samp{||} [@code{lor}] (logical ``or'');
11626
11627 the C-style ``if'' operator @samp{a?b:c} [@code{if}];
11628
11629 @samp{!!!} [@code{pnot}] (rewrite pattern ``not'');
11630
11631 @samp{&&&} [@code{pand}] (rewrite pattern ``and'');
11632
11633 @samp{|||} [@code{por}] (rewrite pattern ``or'');
11634
11635 @samp{:=} [@code{assign}] (for assignments and rewrite rules);
11636
11637 @samp{::} [@code{condition}] (rewrite pattern condition);
11638
11639 @samp{=>} [@code{evalto}].
11640
11641 Note that, unlike in usual computer notation, multiplication binds more
11642 strongly than division: @samp{a*b/c*d} is equivalent to
11643 @texline @math{a b \over c d}.
11644 @infoline @expr{(a*b)/(c*d)}.
11645
11646 @cindex Multiplication, implicit
11647 @cindex Implicit multiplication
11648 The multiplication sign @samp{*} may be omitted in many cases. In particular,
11649 if the righthand side is a number, variable name, or parenthesized
11650 expression, the @samp{*} may be omitted. Implicit multiplication has the
11651 same precedence as the explicit @samp{*} operator. The one exception to
11652 the rule is that a variable name followed by a parenthesized expression,
11653 as in @samp{f(x)},
11654 is interpreted as a function call, not an implicit @samp{*}. In many
11655 cases you must use a space if you omit the @samp{*}: @samp{2a} is the
11656 same as @samp{2*a}, and @samp{a b} is the same as @samp{a*b}, but @samp{ab}
11657 is a variable called @code{ab}, @emph{not} the product of @samp{a} and
11658 @samp{b}! Also note that @samp{f (x)} is still a function call.
11659
11660 @cindex Implicit comma in vectors
11661 The rules are slightly different for vectors written with square brackets.
11662 In vectors, the space character is interpreted (like the comma) as a
11663 separator of elements of the vector. Thus @w{@samp{[ 2a b+c d ]}} is
11664 equivalent to @samp{[2*a, b+c, d]}, whereas @samp{2a b+c d} is equivalent
11665 to @samp{2*a*b + c*d}.
11666 Note that spaces around the brackets, and around explicit commas, are
11667 ignored. To force spaces to be interpreted as multiplication you can
11668 enclose a formula in parentheses as in @samp{[(a b) 2(c d)]}, which is
11669 interpreted as @samp{[a*b, 2*c*d]}. An implicit comma is also inserted
11670 between @samp{][}, as in the matrix @samp{[[1 2][3 4]]}.
11671
11672 Vectors that contain commas (not embedded within nested parentheses or
11673 brackets) do not treat spaces specially: @samp{[a b, 2 c d]} is a vector
11674 of two elements. Also, if it would be an error to treat spaces as
11675 separators, but not otherwise, then Calc will ignore spaces:
11676 @w{@samp{[a - b]}} is a vector of one element, but @w{@samp{[a -b]}} is
11677 a vector of two elements. Finally, vectors entered with curly braces
11678 instead of square brackets do not give spaces any special treatment.
11679 When Calc displays a vector that does not contain any commas, it will
11680 insert parentheses if necessary to make the meaning clear:
11681 @w{@samp{[(a b)]}}.
11682
11683 The expression @samp{5%-2} is ambiguous; is this five-percent minus two,
11684 or five modulo minus-two? Calc always interprets the leftmost symbol as
11685 an infix operator preferentially (modulo, in this case), so you would
11686 need to write @samp{(5%)-2} to get the former interpretation.
11687
11688 @cindex Function call notation
11689 A function call is, e.g., @samp{sin(1+x)}. (The Calc algebraic function
11690 @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp function @code{calcFunc-foo},
11691 but unless you access the function from within Emacs Lisp, you don't
11692 need to worry about it.) Most mathematical Calculator commands like
11693 @code{calc-sin} have function equivalents like @code{sin}.
11694 If no Lisp function is defined for a function called by a formula, the
11695 call is left as it is during algebraic manipulation: @samp{f(x+y)} is
11696 left alone. Beware that many innocent-looking short names like @code{in}
11697 and @code{re} have predefined meanings which could surprise you; however,
11698 single letters or single letters followed by digits are always safe to
11699 use for your own function names. @xref{Function Index}.
11700
11701 In the documentation for particular commands, the notation @kbd{H S}
11702 (@code{calc-sinh}) [@code{sinh}] means that the key sequence @kbd{H S}, the
11703 command @kbd{M-x calc-sinh}, and the algebraic function @code{sinh(x)} all
11704 represent the same operation.
11705
11706 Commands that interpret (``parse'') text as algebraic formulas include
11707 algebraic entry (@kbd{'}), editing commands like @kbd{`} which parse
11708 the contents of the editing buffer when you finish, the @kbd{C-x * g}
11709 and @w{@kbd{C-x * r}} commands, the @kbd{C-y} command, the X window system
11710 ``paste'' mouse operation, and Embedded mode. All of these operations
11711 use the same rules for parsing formulas; in particular, language modes
11712 (@pxref{Language Modes}) affect them all in the same way.
11713
11714 When you read a large amount of text into the Calculator (say a vector
11715 which represents a big set of rewrite rules; @pxref{Rewrite Rules}),
11716 you may wish to include comments in the text. Calc's formula parser
11717 ignores the symbol @samp{%%} and anything following it on a line:
11718
11719 @example
11720 [ a + b, %% the sum of "a" and "b"
11721 c + d,
11722 %% last line is coming up:
11723 e + f ]
11724 @end example
11725
11726 @noindent
11727 This is parsed exactly the same as @samp{[ a + b, c + d, e + f ]}.
11728
11729 @xref{Syntax Tables}, for a way to create your own operators and other
11730 input notations. @xref{Compositions}, for a way to create new display
11731 formats.
11732
11733 @xref{Algebra}, for commands for manipulating formulas symbolically.
11734
11735 @node Stack and Trail, Mode Settings, Data Types, Top
11736 @chapter Stack and Trail Commands
11737
11738 @noindent
11739 This chapter describes the Calc commands for manipulating objects on the
11740 stack and in the trail buffer. (These commands operate on objects of any
11741 type, such as numbers, vectors, formulas, and incomplete objects.)
11742
11743 @menu
11744 * Stack Manipulation::
11745 * Editing Stack Entries::
11746 * Trail Commands::
11747 * Keep Arguments::
11748 @end menu
11749
11750 @node Stack Manipulation, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail, Stack and Trail
11751 @section Stack Manipulation Commands
11752
11753 @noindent
11754 @kindex @key{RET}
11755 @kindex @key{SPC}
11756 @pindex calc-enter
11757 @cindex Duplicating stack entries
11758 To duplicate the top object on the stack, press @key{RET} or @key{SPC}
11759 (two equivalent keys for the @code{calc-enter} command).
11760 Given a positive numeric prefix argument, these commands duplicate
11761 several elements at the top of the stack.
11762 Given a negative argument,
11763 these commands duplicate the specified element of the stack.
11764 Given an argument of zero, they duplicate the entire stack.
11765 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11766 @key{RET} creates @samp{10 20 30 30},
11767 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20 30},
11768 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20}, and
11769 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 10 20 30}.
11770
11771 @kindex @key{LFD}
11772 @pindex calc-over
11773 The @key{LFD} (@code{calc-over}) command (on a key marked Line-Feed if you
11774 have it, else on @kbd{C-j}) is like @code{calc-enter}
11775 except that the sign of the numeric prefix argument is interpreted
11776 oppositely. Also, with no prefix argument the default argument is 2.
11777 Thus with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack, @key{LFD} and @kbd{C-u 2 @key{LFD}}
11778 are both equivalent to @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}}, producing
11779 @samp{10 20 30 20}.
11780
11781 @kindex @key{DEL}
11782 @kindex C-d
11783 @pindex calc-pop
11784 @cindex Removing stack entries
11785 @cindex Deleting stack entries
11786 To remove the top element from the stack, press @key{DEL} (@code{calc-pop}).
11787 The @kbd{C-d} key is a synonym for @key{DEL}.
11788 (If the top element is an incomplete object with at least one element, the
11789 last element is removed from it.) Given a positive numeric prefix argument,
11790 several elements are removed. Given a negative argument, the specified
11791 element of the stack is deleted. Given an argument of zero, the entire
11792 stack is emptied.
11793 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11794 @key{DEL} leaves @samp{10 20},
11795 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10},
11796 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10 30}, and
11797 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{DEL}} leaves an empty stack.
11798
11799 @kindex M-@key{DEL}
11800 @pindex calc-pop-above
11801 The @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} (@code{calc-pop-above}) command is to @key{DEL} what
11802 @key{LFD} is to @key{RET}: It interprets the sign of the numeric
11803 prefix argument in the opposite way, and the default argument is 2.
11804 Thus @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} by itself removes the second-from-top stack element,
11805 leaving the first, third, fourth, and so on; @kbd{M-3 M-@key{DEL}} deletes
11806 the third stack element.
11807
11808 @kindex @key{TAB}
11809 @pindex calc-roll-down
11810 To exchange the top two elements of the stack, press @key{TAB}
11811 (@code{calc-roll-down}). Given a positive numeric prefix argument, the
11812 specified number of elements at the top of the stack are rotated downward.
11813 Given a negative argument, the entire stack is rotated downward the specified
11814 number of times. Given an argument of zero, the entire stack is reversed
11815 top-for-bottom.
11816 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11817 @key{TAB} creates @samp{10 20 30 50 40},
11818 @kbd{C-u 3 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 50 30 40},
11819 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{40 50 10 20 30}, and
11820 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.
11821
11822 @kindex M-@key{TAB}
11823 @pindex calc-roll-up
11824 The command @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{calc-roll-up}) is analogous to @key{TAB}
11825 except that it rotates upward instead of downward. Also, the default
11826 with no prefix argument is to rotate the top 3 elements.
11827 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11828 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 40 50 30},
11829 @kbd{C-u 4 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 30 40 50 20},
11830 @kbd{C-u - 2 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{30 40 50 10 20}, and
11831 @kbd{C-u 0 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.
11832
11833 A good way to view the operation of @key{TAB} and @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} is in
11834 terms of moving a particular element to a new position in the stack.
11835 With a positive argument @var{n}, @key{TAB} moves the top stack
11836 element down to level @var{n}, making room for it by pulling all the
11837 intervening stack elements toward the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} moves the
11838 element at level @var{n} up to the top. (Compare with @key{LFD},
11839 which copies instead of moving the element in level @var{n}.)
11840
11841 With a negative argument @mathit{-@var{n}}, @key{TAB} rotates the stack
11842 to move the object in level @var{n} to the deepest place in the
11843 stack, and the object in level @mathit{@var{n}+1} to the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}
11844 rotates the deepest stack element to be in level @var{n}, also
11845 putting the top stack element in level @mathit{@var{n}+1}.
11846
11847 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for a way to apply these commands to
11848 any portion of a vector or formula on the stack.
11849
11850 @kindex C-xC-t
11851 @pindex calc-transpose-lines
11852 @cindex Moving stack entries
11853 The command @kbd{C-x C-t} (@code{calc-transpose-lines}) will transpose
11854 the stack object determined by the point with the stack object at the
11855 next higher level. For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the
11856 stack and the point on the line containing @samp{30}, @kbd{C-x C-t}
11857 creates @samp{10 20 40 30 50}. More generally, @kbd{C-x C-t} acts on
11858 the stack objects determined by the current point (and mark) similar
11859 to how the text-mode command @code{transpose-lines} acts on
11860 lines. With argument @var{n}, @kbd{C-x C-t} will move the stack object
11861 at the level above the current point and move it past N other objects;
11862 for example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack and the point on
11863 the line containing @samp{30}, @kbd{C-u 2 C-x C-t} creates
11864 @samp{10 40 20 30 50}. With an argument of 0, @kbd{C-x C-t} will switch
11865 the stack objects at the levels determined by the point and the mark.
11866
11867 @node Editing Stack Entries, Trail Commands, Stack Manipulation, Stack and Trail
11868 @section Editing Stack Entries
11869
11870 @noindent
11871 @kindex `
11872 @pindex calc-edit
11873 @pindex calc-edit-finish
11874 @cindex Editing the stack with Emacs
11875 The @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command creates a temporary buffer
11876 (@samp{*Calc Edit*}) for editing the top-of-stack value using regular
11877 Emacs commands. Note that @kbd{`} is a backquote, not a quote. With a
11878 numeric prefix argument, it edits the specified number of stack entries
11879 at once. (An argument of zero edits the entire stack; a negative
11880 argument edits one specific stack entry.)
11881
11882 When you are done editing, press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish and return
11883 to Calc. The @key{RET} and @key{LFD} keys also work to finish most
11884 sorts of editing, though in some cases Calc leaves @key{RET} with its
11885 usual meaning (``insert a newline'') if it's a situation where you
11886 might want to insert new lines into the editing buffer.
11887
11888 When you finish editing, the Calculator parses the lines of text in
11889 the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer as numbers or formulas, replaces the
11890 original stack elements in the original buffer with these new values,
11891 then kills the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. The original Calculator buffer
11892 continues to exist during editing, but for best results you should be
11893 careful not to change it until you have finished the edit. You can
11894 also cancel the edit by killing the buffer with @kbd{C-x k}.
11895
11896 The formula is normally reevaluated as it is put onto the stack.
11897 For example, editing @samp{a + 2} to @samp{3 + 2} and pressing
11898 @kbd{C-c C-c} will push 5 on the stack. If you use @key{LFD} to
11899 finish, Calc will put the result on the stack without evaluating it.
11900
11901 If you give a prefix argument to @kbd{C-c C-c},
11902 Calc will not kill the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. You can switch
11903 back to that buffer and continue editing if you wish. However, you
11904 should understand that if you initiated the edit with @kbd{`}, the
11905 @kbd{C-c C-c} operation will be programmed to replace the top of the
11906 stack with the new edited value, and it will do this even if you have
11907 rearranged the stack in the meanwhile. This is not so much of a problem
11908 with other editing commands, though, such as @kbd{s e}
11909 (@code{calc-edit-variable}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}).
11910
11911 If the @code{calc-edit} command involves more than one stack entry,
11912 each line of the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer is interpreted as a
11913 separate formula. Otherwise, the entire buffer is interpreted as
11914 one formula, with line breaks ignored. (You can use @kbd{C-o} or
11915 @kbd{C-q C-j} to insert a newline in the buffer without pressing @key{RET}.)
11916
11917 The @kbd{`} key also works during numeric or algebraic entry. The
11918 text entered so far is moved to the @code{*Calc Edit*} buffer for
11919 more extensive editing than is convenient in the minibuffer.
11920
11921 @node Trail Commands, Keep Arguments, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail
11922 @section Trail Commands
11923
11924 @noindent
11925 @cindex Trail buffer
11926 The commands for manipulating the Calc Trail buffer are two-key sequences
11927 beginning with the @kbd{t} prefix.
11928
11929 @kindex t d
11930 @pindex calc-trail-display
11931 The @kbd{t d} (@code{calc-trail-display}) command turns display of the
11932 trail on and off. Normally the trail display is toggled on if it was off,
11933 off if it was on. With a numeric prefix of zero, this command always
11934 turns the trail off; with a prefix of one, it always turns the trail on.
11935 The other trail-manipulation commands described here automatically turn
11936 the trail on. Note that when the trail is off values are still recorded
11937 there; they are simply not displayed. To set Emacs to turn the trail
11938 off by default, type @kbd{t d} and then save the mode settings with
11939 @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}).
11940
11941 @kindex t i
11942 @pindex calc-trail-in
11943 @kindex t o
11944 @pindex calc-trail-out
11945 The @kbd{t i} (@code{calc-trail-in}) and @kbd{t o}
11946 (@code{calc-trail-out}) commands switch the cursor into and out of the
11947 Calc Trail window. In practice they are rarely used, since the commands
11948 shown below are a more convenient way to move around in the
11949 trail, and they work ``by remote control'' when the cursor is still
11950 in the Calculator window.
11951
11952 @cindex Trail pointer
11953 There is a @dfn{trail pointer} which selects some entry of the trail at
11954 any given time. The trail pointer looks like a @samp{>} symbol right
11955 before the selected number. The following commands operate on the
11956 trail pointer in various ways.
11957
11958 @kindex t y
11959 @pindex calc-trail-yank
11960 @cindex Retrieving previous results
11961 The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command reads the selected value in
11962 the trail and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. It allows you to
11963 re-use any previously computed value without retyping. With a numeric
11964 prefix argument @var{n}, it yanks the value @var{n} lines above the current
11965 trail pointer.
11966
11967 @kindex t <
11968 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-left
11969 @kindex t >
11970 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-right
11971 The @kbd{t <} (@code{calc-trail-scroll-left}) and @kbd{t >}
11972 (@code{calc-trail-scroll-right}) commands horizontally scroll the trail
11973 window left or right by one half of its width.
11974
11975 @kindex t n
11976 @pindex calc-trail-next
11977 @kindex t p
11978 @pindex calc-trail-previous
11979 @kindex t f
11980 @pindex calc-trail-forward
11981 @kindex t b
11982 @pindex calc-trail-backward
11983 The @kbd{t n} (@code{calc-trail-next}) and @kbd{t p}
11984 (@code{calc-trail-previous)} commands move the trail pointer down or up
11985 one line. The @kbd{t f} (@code{calc-trail-forward}) and @kbd{t b}
11986 (@code{calc-trail-backward}) commands move the trail pointer down or up
11987 one screenful at a time. All of these commands accept numeric prefix
11988 arguments to move several lines or screenfuls at a time.
11989
11990 @kindex t [
11991 @pindex calc-trail-first
11992 @kindex t ]
11993 @pindex calc-trail-last
11994 @kindex t h
11995 @pindex calc-trail-here
11996 The @kbd{t [} (@code{calc-trail-first}) and @kbd{t ]}
11997 (@code{calc-trail-last}) commands move the trail pointer to the first or
11998 last line of the trail. The @kbd{t h} (@code{calc-trail-here}) command
11999 moves the trail pointer to the cursor position; unlike the other trail
12000 commands, @kbd{t h} works only when Calc Trail is the selected window.
12001
12002 @kindex t s
12003 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-forward
12004 @kindex t r
12005 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-backward
12006 @ifnottex
12007 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
12008 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) commands perform an incremental
12009 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
12010 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
12011 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
12012 it was when the search began.
12013 @end ifnottex
12014 @tex
12015 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
12016 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) com\-mands perform an incremental
12017 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
12018 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
12019 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
12020 it was when the search began.
12021 @end tex
12022
12023 @kindex t m
12024 @pindex calc-trail-marker
12025 The @kbd{t m} (@code{calc-trail-marker}) command allows you to enter a
12026 line of text of your own choosing into the trail. The text is inserted
12027 after the line containing the trail pointer; this usually means it is
12028 added to the end of the trail. Trail markers are useful mainly as the
12029 targets for later incremental searches in the trail.
12030
12031 @kindex t k
12032 @pindex calc-trail-kill
12033 The @kbd{t k} (@code{calc-trail-kill}) command removes the selected line
12034 from the trail. The line is saved in the Emacs kill ring suitable for
12035 yanking into another buffer, but it is not easy to yank the text back
12036 into the trail buffer. With a numeric prefix argument, this command
12037 kills the @var{n} lines below or above the selected one.
12038
12039 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command is described
12040 elsewhere; @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
12041
12042 @node Keep Arguments, , Trail Commands, Stack and Trail
12043 @section Keep Arguments
12044
12045 @noindent
12046 @kindex K
12047 @pindex calc-keep-args
12048 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command acts like a prefix for
12049 the following command. It prevents that command from removing its
12050 arguments from the stack. For example, after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +},
12051 the stack contains the sole number 5, but after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K +},
12052 the stack contains the arguments and the result: @samp{2 3 5}.
12053
12054 With the exception of keyboard macros, this works for all commands that
12055 take arguments off the stack. (To avoid potentially unpleasant behavior,
12056 a @kbd{K} prefix before a keyboard macro will be ignored. A @kbd{K}
12057 prefix called @emph{within} the keyboard macro will still take effect.)
12058 As another example, @kbd{K a s} simplifies a formula, pushing the
12059 simplified version of the formula onto the stack after the original
12060 formula (rather than replacing the original formula). Note that you
12061 could get the same effect by typing @kbd{@key{RET} a s}, copying the
12062 formula and then simplifying the copy. One difference is that for a very
12063 large formula the time taken to format the intermediate copy in
12064 @kbd{@key{RET} a s} could be noticeable; @kbd{K a s} would avoid this
12065 extra work.
12066
12067 Even stack manipulation commands are affected. @key{TAB} works by
12068 popping two values and pushing them back in the opposite order,
12069 so @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K @key{TAB}} produces @samp{2 3 3 2}.
12070
12071 A few Calc commands provide other ways of doing the same thing.
12072 For example, @kbd{' sin($)} replaces the number on the stack with
12073 its sine using algebraic entry; to push the sine and keep the
12074 original argument you could use either @kbd{' sin($1)} or
12075 @kbd{K ' sin($)}. @xref{Algebraic Entry}. Also, the @kbd{s s}
12076 command is effectively the same as @kbd{K s t}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
12077
12078 If you execute a command and then decide you really wanted to keep
12079 the argument, you can press @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
12080 This command pushes the last arguments that were popped by any command
12081 onto the stack. Note that the order of things on the stack will be
12082 different than with @kbd{K}: @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + M-@key{RET}} leaves
12083 @samp{5 2 3} on the stack instead of @samp{2 3 5}. @xref{Undo}.
12084
12085 @node Mode Settings, Arithmetic, Stack and Trail, Top
12086 @chapter Mode Settings
12087
12088 @noindent
12089 This chapter describes commands that set modes in the Calculator.
12090 They do not affect the contents of the stack, although they may change
12091 the @emph{appearance} or @emph{interpretation} of the stack's contents.
12092
12093 @menu
12094 * General Mode Commands::
12095 * Precision::
12096 * Inverse and Hyperbolic::
12097 * Calculation Modes::
12098 * Simplification Modes::
12099 * Declarations::
12100 * Display Modes::
12101 * Language Modes::
12102 * Modes Variable::
12103 * Calc Mode Line::
12104 @end menu
12105
12106 @node General Mode Commands, Precision, Mode Settings, Mode Settings
12107 @section General Mode Commands
12108
12109 @noindent
12110 @kindex m m
12111 @pindex calc-save-modes
12112 @cindex Continuous memory
12113 @cindex Saving mode settings
12114 @cindex Permanent mode settings
12115 @cindex Calc init file, mode settings
12116 You can save all of the current mode settings in your Calc init file
12117 (the file given by the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically
12118 @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}) with the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes})
12119 command. This will cause Emacs to reestablish these modes each time
12120 it starts up. The modes saved in the file include everything
12121 controlled by the @kbd{m} and @kbd{d} prefix keys, the current
12122 precision and binary word size, whether or not the trail is displayed,
12123 the current height of the Calc window, and more. The current
12124 interface (used when you type @kbd{C-x * *}) is also saved. If there
12125 were already saved mode settings in the file, they are replaced.
12126 Otherwise, the new mode information is appended to the end of the
12127 file.
12128
12129 @kindex m R
12130 @pindex calc-mode-record-mode
12131 The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command tells Calc to
12132 record all the mode settings (as if by pressing @kbd{m m}) every
12133 time a mode setting changes. If the modes are saved this way, then this
12134 ``automatic mode recording'' mode is also saved.
12135 Type @kbd{m R} again to disable this method of recording the mode
12136 settings. To turn it off permanently, the @kbd{m m} command will also be
12137 necessary. (If Embedded mode is enabled, other options for recording
12138 the modes are available; @pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.)
12139
12140 @kindex m F
12141 @pindex calc-settings-file-name
12142 The @kbd{m F} (@code{calc-settings-file-name}) command allows you to
12143 choose a different file than the current value of @code{calc-settings-file}
12144 for @kbd{m m}, @kbd{Z P}, and similar commands to save permanent information.
12145 You are prompted for a file name. All Calc modes are then reset to
12146 their default values, then settings from the file you named are loaded
12147 if this file exists, and this file becomes the one that Calc will
12148 use in the future for commands like @kbd{m m}. The default settings
12149 file name is @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}. You can see the current file name by
12150 giving a blank response to the @kbd{m F} prompt. See also the
12151 discussion of the @code{calc-settings-file} variable; @pxref{Customizing Calc}.
12152
12153 If the file name you give is your user init file (typically
12154 @file{~/.emacs}), @kbd{m F} will not automatically load the new file. This
12155 is because your user init file may contain other things you don't want
12156 to reread. You can give
12157 a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{m F} to force it to read the
12158 file no matter what. Conversely, an argument of @mathit{-1} tells
12159 @kbd{m F} @emph{not} to read the new file. An argument of 2 or @mathit{-2}
12160 tells @kbd{m F} not to reset the modes to their defaults beforehand,
12161 which is useful if you intend your new file to have a variant of the
12162 modes present in the file you were using before.
12163
12164 @kindex m x
12165 @pindex calc-always-load-extensions
12166 The @kbd{m x} (@code{calc-always-load-extensions}) command enables a mode
12167 in which the first use of Calc loads the entire program, including all
12168 extensions modules. Otherwise, the extensions modules will not be loaded
12169 until the various advanced Calc features are used. Since this mode only
12170 has effect when Calc is first loaded, @kbd{m x} is usually followed by
12171 @kbd{m m} to make the mode-setting permanent. To load all of Calc just
12172 once, rather than always in the future, you can press @kbd{C-x * L}.
12173
12174 @kindex m S
12175 @pindex calc-shift-prefix
12176 The @kbd{m S} (@code{calc-shift-prefix}) command enables a mode in which
12177 all of Calc's letter prefix keys may be typed shifted as well as unshifted.
12178 If you are typing, say, @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) quite often
12179 you might find it easier to turn this mode on so that you can type
12180 @kbd{A S} instead. When this mode is enabled, the commands that used to
12181 be on those single shifted letters (e.g., @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs})) can
12182 now be invoked by pressing the shifted letter twice: @kbd{A A}. Note
12183 that the @kbd{v} prefix key always works both shifted and unshifted, and
12184 the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z} prefix keys are always distinct. Also, the @kbd{h}
12185 prefix is not affected by this mode. Press @kbd{m S} again to disable
12186 shifted-prefix mode.
12187
12188 @node Precision, Inverse and Hyperbolic, General Mode Commands, Mode Settings
12189 @section Precision
12190
12191 @noindent
12192 @kindex p
12193 @pindex calc-precision
12194 @cindex Precision of calculations
12195 The @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision}) command controls the precision to
12196 which floating-point calculations are carried. The precision must be
12197 at least 3 digits and may be arbitrarily high, within the limits of
12198 memory and time. This affects only floats: Integer and rational
12199 calculations are always carried out with as many digits as necessary.
12200
12201 The @kbd{p} key prompts for the current precision. If you wish you
12202 can instead give the precision as a numeric prefix argument.
12203
12204 Many internal calculations are carried to one or two digits higher
12205 precision than normal. Results are rounded down afterward to the
12206 current precision. Unless a special display mode has been selected,
12207 floats are always displayed with their full stored precision, i.e.,
12208 what you see is what you get. Reducing the current precision does not
12209 round values already on the stack, but those values will be rounded
12210 down before being used in any calculation. The @kbd{c 0} through
12211 @kbd{c 9} commands (@pxref{Conversions}) can be used to round an
12212 existing value to a new precision.
12213
12214 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
12215 It is important to distinguish the concepts of @dfn{precision} and
12216 @dfn{accuracy}. In the normal usage of these words, the number
12217 123.4567 has a precision of 7 digits but an accuracy of 4 digits.
12218 The precision is the total number of digits not counting leading
12219 or trailing zeros (regardless of the position of the decimal point).
12220 The accuracy is simply the number of digits after the decimal point
12221 (again not counting trailing zeros). In Calc you control the precision,
12222 not the accuracy of computations. If you were to set the accuracy
12223 instead, then calculations like @samp{exp(100)} would generate many
12224 more digits than you would typically need, while @samp{exp(-100)} would
12225 probably round to zero! In Calc, both these computations give you
12226 exactly 12 (or the requested number of) significant digits.
12227
12228 The only Calc features that deal with accuracy instead of precision
12229 are fixed-point display mode for floats (@kbd{d f}; @pxref{Float Formats}),
12230 and the rounding functions like @code{floor} and @code{round}
12231 (@pxref{Integer Truncation}). Also, @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}
12232 deal with both precision and accuracy depending on the magnitudes
12233 of the numbers involved.
12234
12235 If you need to work with a particular fixed accuracy (say, dollars and
12236 cents with two digits after the decimal point), one solution is to work
12237 with integers and an ``implied'' decimal point. For example, $8.99
12238 divided by 6 would be entered @kbd{899 @key{RET} 6 /}, yielding 149.833
12239 (actually $1.49833 with our implied decimal point); pressing @kbd{R}
12240 would round this to 150 cents, i.e., $1.50.
12241
12242 @xref{Floats}, for still more on floating-point precision and related
12243 issues.
12244
12245 @node Inverse and Hyperbolic, Calculation Modes, Precision, Mode Settings
12246 @section Inverse and Hyperbolic Flags
12247
12248 @noindent
12249 @kindex I
12250 @pindex calc-inverse
12251 There is no single-key equivalent to the @code{calc-arcsin} function.
12252 Instead, you must first press @kbd{I} (@code{calc-inverse}) to set
12253 the @dfn{Inverse Flag}, then press @kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}).
12254 The @kbd{I} key actually toggles the Inverse Flag. When this flag
12255 is set, the word @samp{Inv} appears in the mode line.
12256
12257 @kindex H
12258 @pindex calc-hyperbolic
12259 Likewise, the @kbd{H} key (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) sets or clears the
12260 Hyperbolic Flag, which transforms @code{calc-sin} into @code{calc-sinh}.
12261 If both of these flags are set at once, the effect will be
12262 @code{calc-arcsinh}. (The Hyperbolic flag is also used by some
12263 non-trigonometric commands; for example @kbd{H L} computes a base-10,
12264 instead of base-@mathit{e}, logarithm.)
12265
12266 Command names like @code{calc-arcsin} are provided for completeness, and
12267 may be executed with @kbd{x} or @kbd{M-x}. Their effect is simply to
12268 toggle the Inverse and/or Hyperbolic flags and then execute the
12269 corresponding base command (@code{calc-sin} in this case).
12270
12271 @kindex O
12272 @pindex calc-option
12273 The @kbd{O} key (@code{calc-option}) sets another flag, the
12274 @dfn{Option Flag}, which also can alter the subsequent Calc command in
12275 various ways.
12276
12277 The Inverse, Hyperbolic and Option flags apply only to the next
12278 Calculator command, after which they are automatically cleared. (They
12279 are also cleared if the next keystroke is not a Calc command.) Digits
12280 you type after @kbd{I}, @kbd{H} or @kbd{O} (or @kbd{K}) are treated as
12281 prefix arguments for the next command, not as numeric entries. The
12282 same is true of @kbd{C-u}, but not of the minus sign (@kbd{K -} means
12283 to subtract and keep arguments).
12284
12285 Another Calc prefix flag, @kbd{K} (keep-arguments), is discussed
12286 elsewhere. @xref{Keep Arguments}.
12287
12288 @node Calculation Modes, Simplification Modes, Inverse and Hyperbolic, Mode Settings
12289 @section Calculation Modes
12290
12291 @noindent
12292 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with
12293 the @kbd{m} prefix. (That's the letter @kbd{m}, not the @key{META} key.)
12294 The @samp{m a} (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) command is described elsewhere
12295 (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
12296
12297 @menu
12298 * Angular Modes::
12299 * Polar Mode::
12300 * Fraction Mode::
12301 * Infinite Mode::
12302 * Symbolic Mode::
12303 * Matrix Mode::
12304 * Automatic Recomputation::
12305 * Working Message::
12306 @end menu
12307
12308 @node Angular Modes, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes, Calculation Modes
12309 @subsection Angular Modes
12310
12311 @noindent
12312 @cindex Angular mode
12313 The Calculator supports three notations for angles: radians, degrees,
12314 and degrees-minutes-seconds. When a number is presented to a function
12315 like @code{sin} that requires an angle, the current angular mode is
12316 used to interpret the number as either radians or degrees. If an HMS
12317 form is presented to @code{sin}, it is always interpreted as
12318 degrees-minutes-seconds.
12319
12320 Functions that compute angles produce a number in radians, a number in
12321 degrees, or an HMS form depending on the current angular mode. If the
12322 result is a complex number and the current mode is HMS, the number is
12323 instead expressed in degrees. (Complex-number calculations would
12324 normally be done in Radians mode, though. Complex numbers are converted
12325 to degrees by calculating the complex result in radians and then
12326 multiplying by 180 over @cpi{}.)
12327
12328 @kindex m r
12329 @pindex calc-radians-mode
12330 @kindex m d
12331 @pindex calc-degrees-mode
12332 @kindex m h
12333 @pindex calc-hms-mode
12334 The @kbd{m r} (@code{calc-radians-mode}), @kbd{m d} (@code{calc-degrees-mode}),
12335 and @kbd{m h} (@code{calc-hms-mode}) commands control the angular mode.
12336 The current angular mode is displayed on the Emacs mode line.
12337 The default angular mode is Degrees.
12338
12339 @node Polar Mode, Fraction Mode, Angular Modes, Calculation Modes
12340 @subsection Polar Mode
12341
12342 @noindent
12343 @cindex Polar mode
12344 The Calculator normally ``prefers'' rectangular complex numbers in the
12345 sense that rectangular form is used when the proper form can not be
12346 decided from the input. This might happen by multiplying a rectangular
12347 number by a polar one, by taking the square root of a negative real
12348 number, or by entering @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )}.
12349
12350 @kindex m p
12351 @pindex calc-polar-mode
12352 The @kbd{m p} (@code{calc-polar-mode}) command toggles complex-number
12353 preference between rectangular and polar forms. In Polar mode, all
12354 of the above example situations would produce polar complex numbers.
12355
12356 @node Fraction Mode, Infinite Mode, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes
12357 @subsection Fraction Mode
12358
12359 @noindent
12360 @cindex Fraction mode
12361 @cindex Division of integers
12362 Division of two integers normally yields a floating-point number if the
12363 result cannot be expressed as an integer. In some cases you would
12364 rather get an exact fractional answer. One way to accomplish this is
12365 to use the @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) [@code{fdiv}] command, which
12366 divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fraction:
12367 @kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 :} produces @expr{3:2} even though
12368 @kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 /} produces @expr{1.5}.
12369
12370 @kindex m f
12371 @pindex calc-frac-mode
12372 To set the Calculator to produce fractional results for normal integer
12373 divisions, use the @kbd{m f} (@code{calc-frac-mode}) command.
12374 For example, @expr{8/4} produces @expr{2} in either mode,
12375 but @expr{6/4} produces @expr{3:2} in Fraction mode, @expr{1.5} in
12376 Float mode.
12377
12378 At any time you can use @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) to convert a
12379 fraction to a float, or @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) to convert a
12380 float to a fraction. @xref{Conversions}.
12381
12382 @node Infinite Mode, Symbolic Mode, Fraction Mode, Calculation Modes
12383 @subsection Infinite Mode
12384
12385 @noindent
12386 @cindex Infinite mode
12387 The Calculator normally treats results like @expr{1 / 0} as errors;
12388 formulas like this are left in unsimplified form. But Calc can be
12389 put into a mode where such calculations instead produce ``infinite''
12390 results.
12391
12392 @kindex m i
12393 @pindex calc-infinite-mode
12394 The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode}) command turns this mode
12395 on and off. When the mode is off, infinities do not arise except
12396 in calculations that already had infinities as inputs. (One exception
12397 is that infinite open intervals like @samp{[0 .. inf)} can be
12398 generated; however, intervals closed at infinity (@samp{[0 .. inf]})
12399 will not be generated when Infinite mode is off.)
12400
12401 With Infinite mode turned on, @samp{1 / 0} will generate @code{uinf},
12402 an undirected infinity. @xref{Infinities}, for a discussion of the
12403 difference between @code{inf} and @code{uinf}. Also, @expr{0 / 0}
12404 evaluates to @code{nan}, the ``indeterminate'' symbol. Various other
12405 functions can also return infinities in this mode; for example,
12406 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}, and @samp{gamma(-7) = uinf}. Once again,
12407 note that @samp{exp(inf) = inf} regardless of Infinite mode because
12408 this calculation has infinity as an input.
12409
12410 @cindex Positive Infinite mode
12411 The @kbd{m i} command with a numeric prefix argument of zero,
12412 i.e., @kbd{C-u 0 m i}, turns on a Positive Infinite mode in
12413 which zero is treated as positive instead of being directionless.
12414 Thus, @samp{1 / 0 = inf} and @samp{-1 / 0 = -inf} in this mode.
12415 Note that zero never actually has a sign in Calc; there are no
12416 separate representations for @mathit{+0} and @mathit{-0}. Positive
12417 Infinite mode merely changes the interpretation given to the
12418 single symbol, @samp{0}. One consequence of this is that, while
12419 you might expect @samp{1 / -0 = -inf}, actually @samp{1 / -0}
12420 is equivalent to @samp{1 / 0}, which is equal to positive @code{inf}.
12421
12422 @node Symbolic Mode, Matrix Mode, Infinite Mode, Calculation Modes
12423 @subsection Symbolic Mode
12424
12425 @noindent
12426 @cindex Symbolic mode
12427 @cindex Inexact results
12428 Calculations are normally performed numerically wherever possible.
12429 For example, the @code{calc-sqrt} command, or @code{sqrt} function in an
12430 algebraic expression, produces a numeric answer if the argument is a
12431 number or a symbolic expression if the argument is an expression:
12432 @kbd{2 Q} pushes 1.4142 but @kbd{@key{'} x+1 @key{RET} Q} pushes @samp{sqrt(x+1)}.
12433
12434 @kindex m s
12435 @pindex calc-symbolic-mode
12436 In @dfn{Symbolic mode}, controlled by the @kbd{m s} (@code{calc-symbolic-mode})
12437 command, functions which would produce inexact, irrational results are
12438 left in symbolic form. Thus @kbd{16 Q} pushes 4, but @kbd{2 Q} pushes
12439 @samp{sqrt(2)}.
12440
12441 @kindex N
12442 @pindex calc-eval-num
12443 The shift-@kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) command evaluates numerically
12444 the expression at the top of the stack, by temporarily disabling
12445 @code{calc-symbolic-mode} and executing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
12446 Given a numeric prefix argument, it also
12447 sets the floating-point precision to the specified value for the duration
12448 of the command.
12449
12450 To evaluate a formula numerically without expanding the variables it
12451 contains, you can use the key sequence @kbd{m s a v m s} (this uses
12452 @code{calc-alg-evaluate}, which resimplifies but doesn't evaluate
12453 variables.)
12454
12455 @node Matrix Mode, Automatic Recomputation, Symbolic Mode, Calculation Modes
12456 @subsection Matrix and Scalar Modes
12457
12458 @noindent
12459 @cindex Matrix mode
12460 @cindex Scalar mode
12461 Calc sometimes makes assumptions during algebraic manipulation that
12462 are awkward or incorrect when vectors and matrices are involved.
12463 Calc has two modes, @dfn{Matrix mode} and @dfn{Scalar mode}, which
12464 modify its behavior around vectors in useful ways.
12465
12466 @kindex m v
12467 @pindex calc-matrix-mode
12468 Press @kbd{m v} (@code{calc-matrix-mode}) once to enter Matrix mode.
12469 In this mode, all objects are assumed to be matrices unless provably
12470 otherwise. One major effect is that Calc will no longer consider
12471 multiplication to be commutative. (Recall that in matrix arithmetic,
12472 @samp{A*B} is not the same as @samp{B*A}.) This assumption affects
12473 rewrite rules and algebraic simplification. Another effect of this
12474 mode is that calculations that would normally produce constants like
12475 0 and 1 (e.g., @expr{a - a} and @expr{a / a}, respectively) will now
12476 produce function calls that represent ``generic'' zero or identity
12477 matrices: @samp{idn(0)}, @samp{idn(1)}. The @code{idn} function
12478 @samp{idn(@var{a},@var{n})} returns @var{a} times an @var{n}x@var{n}
12479 identity matrix; if @var{n} is omitted, it doesn't know what
12480 dimension to use and so the @code{idn} call remains in symbolic
12481 form. However, if this generic identity matrix is later combined
12482 with a matrix whose size is known, it will be converted into
12483 a true identity matrix of the appropriate size. On the other hand,
12484 if it is combined with a scalar (as in @samp{idn(1) + 2}), Calc
12485 will assume it really was a scalar after all and produce, e.g., 3.
12486
12487 Press @kbd{m v} a second time to get Scalar mode. Here, objects are
12488 assumed @emph{not} to be vectors or matrices unless provably so.
12489 For example, normally adding a variable to a vector, as in
12490 @samp{[x, y, z] + a}, will leave the sum in symbolic form because
12491 as far as Calc knows, @samp{a} could represent either a number or
12492 another 3-vector. In Scalar mode, @samp{a} is assumed to be a
12493 non-vector, and the addition is evaluated to @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]}.
12494
12495 Press @kbd{m v} a third time to return to the normal mode of operation.
12496
12497 If you press @kbd{m v} with a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, you
12498 get a special ``dimensioned'' Matrix mode in which matrices of
12499 unknown size are assumed to be @var{n}x@var{n} square matrices.
12500 Then, the function call @samp{idn(1)} will expand into an actual
12501 matrix rather than representing a ``generic'' matrix. Simply typing
12502 @kbd{C-u m v} will get you a square Matrix mode, in which matrices of
12503 unknown size are assumed to be square matrices of unspecified size.
12504
12505 @cindex Declaring scalar variables
12506 Of course these modes are approximations to the true state of
12507 affairs, which is probably that some quantities will be matrices
12508 and others will be scalars. One solution is to ``declare''
12509 certain variables or functions to be scalar-valued.
12510 @xref{Declarations}, to see how to make declarations in Calc.
12511
12512 There is nothing stopping you from declaring a variable to be
12513 scalar and then storing a matrix in it; however, if you do, the
12514 results you get from Calc may not be valid. Suppose you let Calc
12515 get the result @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]} shown above, and then stored
12516 @samp{[1, 2, 3]} in @samp{a}. The result would not be the same as
12517 for @samp{[x, y, z] + [1, 2, 3]}, but that's because you have broken
12518 your earlier promise to Calc that @samp{a} would be scalar.
12519
12520 Another way to mix scalars and matrices is to use selections
12521 (@pxref{Selecting Subformulas}). Use Matrix mode when operating on
12522 your formula normally; then, to apply Scalar mode to a certain part
12523 of the formula without affecting the rest just select that part,
12524 change into Scalar mode and press @kbd{=} to resimplify the part
12525 under this mode, then change back to Matrix mode before deselecting.
12526
12527 @node Automatic Recomputation, Working Message, Matrix Mode, Calculation Modes
12528 @subsection Automatic Recomputation
12529
12530 @noindent
12531 The @dfn{evaluates-to} operator, @samp{=>}, has the special
12532 property that any @samp{=>} formulas on the stack are recomputed
12533 whenever variable values or mode settings that might affect them
12534 are changed. @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}.
12535
12536 @kindex m C
12537 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
12538 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns this
12539 automatic recomputation on and off. If you turn it off, Calc will
12540 not update @samp{=>} operators on the stack (nor those in the
12541 attached Embedded mode buffer, if there is one). They will not
12542 be updated unless you explicitly do so by pressing @kbd{=} or until
12543 you press @kbd{m C} to turn recomputation back on. (While automatic
12544 recomputation is off, you can think of @kbd{m C m C} as a command
12545 to update all @samp{=>} operators while leaving recomputation off.)
12546
12547 To update @samp{=>} operators in an Embedded buffer while
12548 automatic recomputation is off, use @w{@kbd{C-x * u}}.
12549 @xref{Embedded Mode}.
12550
12551 @node Working Message, , Automatic Recomputation, Calculation Modes
12552 @subsection Working Messages
12553
12554 @noindent
12555 @cindex Performance
12556 @cindex Working messages
12557 Since the Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, which is not
12558 designed for heavy numerical work, many operations are quite slow.
12559 The Calculator normally displays the message @samp{Working...} in the
12560 echo area during any command that may be slow. In addition, iterative
12561 operations such as square roots and trigonometric functions display the
12562 intermediate result at each step. Both of these types of messages can
12563 be disabled if you find them distracting.
12564
12565 @kindex m w
12566 @pindex calc-working
12567 Type @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) with a numeric prefix of 0 to
12568 disable all ``working'' messages. Use a numeric prefix of 1 to enable
12569 only the plain @samp{Working...} message. Use a numeric prefix of 2 to
12570 see intermediate results as well. With no numeric prefix this displays
12571 the current mode.
12572
12573 While it may seem that the ``working'' messages will slow Calc down
12574 considerably, experiments have shown that their impact is actually
12575 quite small. But if your terminal is slow you may find that it helps
12576 to turn the messages off.
12577
12578 @node Simplification Modes, Declarations, Calculation Modes, Mode Settings
12579 @section Simplification Modes
12580
12581 @noindent
12582 The current @dfn{simplification mode} controls how numbers and formulas
12583 are ``normalized'' when being taken from or pushed onto the stack.
12584 Some normalizations are unavoidable, such as rounding floating-point
12585 results to the current precision, and reducing fractions to simplest
12586 form. Others, such as simplifying a formula like @expr{a+a} (or @expr{2+3}),
12587 are done by default but can be turned off when necessary.
12588
12589 When you press a key like @kbd{+} when @expr{2} and @expr{3} are on the
12590 stack, Calc pops these numbers, normalizes them, creates the formula
12591 @expr{2+3}, normalizes it, and pushes the result. Of course the standard
12592 rules for normalizing @expr{2+3} will produce the result @expr{5}.
12593
12594 Simplification mode commands consist of the lower-case @kbd{m} prefix key
12595 followed by a shifted letter.
12596
12597 @kindex m O
12598 @pindex calc-no-simplify-mode
12599 The @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) command turns off all optional
12600 simplifications. These would leave a formula like @expr{2+3} alone. In
12601 fact, nothing except simple numbers are ever affected by normalization
12602 in this mode.
12603
12604 @kindex m N
12605 @pindex calc-num-simplify-mode
12606 The @kbd{m N} (@code{calc-num-simplify-mode}) command turns off simplification
12607 of any formulas except those for which all arguments are constants. For
12608 example, @expr{1+2} is simplified to @expr{3}, and @expr{a+(2-2)} is
12609 simplified to @expr{a+0} but no further, since one argument of the sum
12610 is not a constant. Unfortunately, @expr{(a+2)-2} is @emph{not} simplified
12611 because the top-level @samp{-} operator's arguments are not both
12612 constant numbers (one of them is the formula @expr{a+2}).
12613 A constant is a number or other numeric object (such as a constant
12614 error form or modulo form), or a vector all of whose
12615 elements are constant.
12616
12617 @kindex m D
12618 @pindex calc-default-simplify-mode
12619 The @kbd{m D} (@code{calc-default-simplify-mode}) command restores the
12620 default simplifications for all formulas. This includes many easy and
12621 fast algebraic simplifications such as @expr{a+0} to @expr{a}, and
12622 @expr{a + 2 a} to @expr{3 a}, as well as evaluating functions like
12623 @expr{@tfn{deriv}(x^2, x)} to @expr{2 x}.
12624
12625 @kindex m B
12626 @pindex calc-bin-simplify-mode
12627 The @kbd{m B} (@code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}) mode applies the default
12628 simplifications to a result and then, if the result is an integer,
12629 uses the @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip}) command to clip the integer according
12630 to the current binary word size. @xref{Binary Functions}. Real numbers
12631 are rounded to the nearest integer and then clipped; other kinds of
12632 results (after the default simplifications) are left alone.
12633
12634 @kindex m A
12635 @pindex calc-alg-simplify-mode
12636 The @kbd{m A} (@code{calc-alg-simplify-mode}) mode does algebraic
12637 simplification; it applies all the default simplifications, and also
12638 the more powerful (and slower) simplifications made by @kbd{a s}
12639 (@code{calc-simplify}). @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
12640
12641 @kindex m E
12642 @pindex calc-ext-simplify-mode
12643 The @kbd{m E} (@code{calc-ext-simplify-mode}) mode does ``extended''
12644 algebraic simplification, as by the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended})
12645 command. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
12646
12647 @kindex m U
12648 @pindex calc-units-simplify-mode
12649 The @kbd{m U} (@code{calc-units-simplify-mode}) mode does units
12650 simplification; it applies the command @kbd{u s}
12651 (@code{calc-simplify-units}), which in turn
12652 is a superset of @kbd{a s}. In this mode, variable names which
12653 are identifiable as unit names (like @samp{mm} for ``millimeters'')
12654 are simplified with their unit definitions in mind.
12655
12656 A common technique is to set the simplification mode down to the lowest
12657 amount of simplification you will allow to be applied automatically, then
12658 use manual commands like @kbd{a s} and @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) to
12659 perform higher types of simplifications on demand. @xref{Algebraic
12660 Definitions}, for another sample use of No-Simplification mode.
12661
12662 @node Declarations, Display Modes, Simplification Modes, Mode Settings
12663 @section Declarations
12664
12665 @noindent
12666 A @dfn{declaration} is a statement you make that promises you will
12667 use a certain variable or function in a restricted way. This may
12668 give Calc the freedom to do things that it couldn't do if it had to
12669 take the fully general situation into account.
12670
12671 @menu
12672 * Declaration Basics::
12673 * Kinds of Declarations::
12674 * Functions for Declarations::
12675 @end menu
12676
12677 @node Declaration Basics, Kinds of Declarations, Declarations, Declarations
12678 @subsection Declaration Basics
12679
12680 @noindent
12681 @kindex s d
12682 @pindex calc-declare-variable
12683 The @kbd{s d} (@code{calc-declare-variable}) command is the easiest
12684 way to make a declaration for a variable. This command prompts for
12685 the variable name, then prompts for the declaration. The default
12686 at the declaration prompt is the previous declaration, if any.
12687 You can edit this declaration, or press @kbd{C-k} to erase it and
12688 type a new declaration. (Or, erase it and press @key{RET} to clear
12689 the declaration, effectively ``undeclaring'' the variable.)
12690
12691 A declaration is in general a vector of @dfn{type symbols} and
12692 @dfn{range} values. If there is only one type symbol or range value,
12693 you can write it directly rather than enclosing it in a vector.
12694 For example, @kbd{s d foo @key{RET} real @key{RET}} declares @code{foo} to
12695 be a real number, and @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} [int, const, [1..6]] @key{RET}}
12696 declares @code{bar} to be a constant integer between 1 and 6.
12697 (Actually, you can omit the outermost brackets and Calc will
12698 provide them for you: @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} int, const, [1..6] @key{RET}}.)
12699
12700 @cindex @code{Decls} variable
12701 @vindex Decls
12702 Declarations in Calc are kept in a special variable called @code{Decls}.
12703 This variable encodes the set of all outstanding declarations in
12704 the form of a matrix. Each row has two elements: A variable or
12705 vector of variables declared by that row, and the declaration
12706 specifier as described above. You can use the @kbd{s D} command to
12707 edit this variable if you wish to see all the declarations at once.
12708 @xref{Operations on Variables}, for a description of this command
12709 and the @kbd{s p} command that allows you to save your declarations
12710 permanently if you wish.
12711
12712 Items being declared can also be function calls. The arguments in
12713 the call are ignored; the effect is to say that this function returns
12714 values of the declared type for any valid arguments. The @kbd{s d}
12715 command declares only variables, so if you wish to make a function
12716 declaration you will have to edit the @code{Decls} matrix yourself.
12717
12718 For example, the declaration matrix
12719
12720 @smallexample
12721 @group
12722 [ [ foo, real ]
12723 [ [j, k, n], int ]
12724 [ f(1,2,3), [0 .. inf) ] ]
12725 @end group
12726 @end smallexample
12727
12728 @noindent
12729 declares that @code{foo} represents a real number, @code{j}, @code{k}
12730 and @code{n} represent integers, and the function @code{f} always
12731 returns a real number in the interval shown.
12732
12733 @vindex All
12734 If there is a declaration for the variable @code{All}, then that
12735 declaration applies to all variables that are not otherwise declared.
12736 It does not apply to function names. For example, using the row
12737 @samp{[All, real]} says that all your variables are real unless they
12738 are explicitly declared without @code{real} in some other row.
12739 The @kbd{s d} command declares @code{All} if you give a blank
12740 response to the variable-name prompt.
12741
12742 @node Kinds of Declarations, Functions for Declarations, Declaration Basics, Declarations
12743 @subsection Kinds of Declarations
12744
12745 @noindent
12746 The type-specifier part of a declaration (that is, the second prompt
12747 in the @kbd{s d} command) can be a type symbol, an interval, or a
12748 vector consisting of zero or more type symbols followed by zero or
12749 more intervals or numbers that represent the set of possible values
12750 for the variable.
12751
12752 @smallexample
12753 @group
12754 [ [ a, [1, 2, 3, 4, 5] ]
12755 [ b, [1 .. 5] ]
12756 [ c, [int, 1 .. 5] ] ]
12757 @end group
12758 @end smallexample
12759
12760 Here @code{a} is declared to contain one of the five integers shown;
12761 @code{b} is any number in the interval from 1 to 5 (any real number
12762 since we haven't specified), and @code{c} is any integer in that
12763 interval. Thus the declarations for @code{a} and @code{c} are
12764 nearly equivalent (see below).
12765
12766 The type-specifier can be the empty vector @samp{[]} to say that
12767 nothing is known about a given variable's value. This is the same
12768 as not declaring the variable at all except that it overrides any
12769 @code{All} declaration which would otherwise apply.
12770
12771 The initial value of @code{Decls} is the empty vector @samp{[]}.
12772 If @code{Decls} has no stored value or if the value stored in it
12773 is not valid, it is ignored and there are no declarations as far
12774 as Calc is concerned. (The @kbd{s d} command will replace such a
12775 malformed value with a fresh empty matrix, @samp{[]}, before recording
12776 the new declaration.) Unrecognized type symbols are ignored.
12777
12778 The following type symbols describe what sorts of numbers will be
12779 stored in a variable:
12780
12781 @table @code
12782 @item int
12783 Integers.
12784 @item numint
12785 Numerical integers. (Integers or integer-valued floats.)
12786 @item frac
12787 Fractions. (Rational numbers which are not integers.)
12788 @item rat
12789 Rational numbers. (Either integers or fractions.)
12790 @item float
12791 Floating-point numbers.
12792 @item real
12793 Real numbers. (Integers, fractions, or floats. Actually,
12794 intervals and error forms with real components also count as
12795 reals here.)
12796 @item pos
12797 Positive real numbers. (Strictly greater than zero.)
12798 @item nonneg
12799 Nonnegative real numbers. (Greater than or equal to zero.)
12800 @item number
12801 Numbers. (Real or complex.)
12802 @end table
12803
12804 Calc uses this information to determine when certain simplifications
12805 of formulas are safe. For example, @samp{(x^y)^z} cannot be
12806 simplified to @samp{x^(y z)} in general; for example,
12807 @samp{((-3)^2)^1:2} is 3, but @samp{(-3)^(2*1:2) = (-3)^1} is @mathit{-3}.
12808 However, this simplification @emph{is} safe if @code{z} is known
12809 to be an integer, or if @code{x} is known to be a nonnegative
12810 real number. If you have given declarations that allow Calc to
12811 deduce either of these facts, Calc will perform this simplification
12812 of the formula.
12813
12814 Calc can apply a certain amount of logic when using declarations.
12815 For example, @samp{(x^y)^(2n+1)} will be simplified if @code{n}
12816 has been declared @code{int}; Calc knows that an integer times an
12817 integer, plus an integer, must always be an integer. (In fact,
12818 Calc would simplify @samp{(-x)^(2n+1)} to @samp{-(x^(2n+1))} since
12819 it is able to determine that @samp{2n+1} must be an odd integer.)
12820
12821 Similarly, @samp{(abs(x)^y)^z} will be simplified to @samp{abs(x)^(y z)}
12822 because Calc knows that the @code{abs} function always returns a
12823 nonnegative real. If you had a @code{myabs} function that also had
12824 this property, you could get Calc to recognize it by adding the row
12825 @samp{[myabs(), nonneg]} to the @code{Decls} matrix.
12826
12827 One instance of this simplification is @samp{sqrt(x^2)} (since the
12828 @code{sqrt} function is effectively a one-half power). Normally
12829 Calc leaves this formula alone. After the command
12830 @kbd{s d x @key{RET} real @key{RET}}, however, it can simplify the formula to
12831 @samp{abs(x)}. And after @kbd{s d x @key{RET} nonneg @key{RET}}, Calc can
12832 simplify this formula all the way to @samp{x}.
12833
12834 If there are any intervals or real numbers in the type specifier,
12835 they comprise the set of possible values that the variable or
12836 function being declared can have. In particular, the type symbol
12837 @code{real} is effectively the same as the range @samp{[-inf .. inf]}
12838 (note that infinity is included in the range of possible values);
12839 @code{pos} is the same as @samp{(0 .. inf]}, and @code{nonneg} is
12840 the same as @samp{[0 .. inf]}. Saying @samp{[real, [-5 .. 5]]} is
12841 redundant because the fact that the variable is real can be
12842 deduced just from the interval, but @samp{[int, [-5 .. 5]]} and
12843 @samp{[rat, [-5 .. 5]]} are useful combinations.
12844
12845 Note that the vector of intervals or numbers is in the same format
12846 used by Calc's set-manipulation commands. @xref{Set Operations}.
12847
12848 The type specifier @samp{[1, 2, 3]} is equivalent to
12849 @samp{[numint, 1, 2, 3]}, @emph{not} to @samp{[int, 1, 2, 3]}.
12850 In other words, the range of possible values means only that
12851 the variable's value must be numerically equal to a number in
12852 that range, but not that it must be equal in type as well.
12853 Calc's set operations act the same way; @samp{in(2, [1., 2., 3.])}
12854 and @samp{in(1.5, [1:2, 3:2, 5:2])} both report ``true.''
12855
12856 If you use a conflicting combination of type specifiers, the
12857 results are unpredictable. An example is @samp{[pos, [0 .. 5]]},
12858 where the interval does not lie in the range described by the
12859 type symbol.
12860
12861 ``Real'' declarations mostly affect simplifications involving powers
12862 like the one described above. Another case where they are used
12863 is in the @kbd{a P} command which returns a list of all roots of a
12864 polynomial; if the variable has been declared real, only the real
12865 roots (if any) will be included in the list.
12866
12867 ``Integer'' declarations are used for simplifications which are valid
12868 only when certain values are integers (such as @samp{(x^y)^z}
12869 shown above).
12870
12871 Another command that makes use of declarations is @kbd{a s}, when
12872 simplifying equations and inequalities. It will cancel @code{x}
12873 from both sides of @samp{a x = b x} only if it is sure @code{x}
12874 is non-zero, say, because it has a @code{pos} declaration.
12875 To declare specifically that @code{x} is real and non-zero,
12876 use @samp{[[-inf .. 0), (0 .. inf]]}. (There is no way in the
12877 current notation to say that @code{x} is nonzero but not necessarily
12878 real.) The @kbd{a e} command does ``unsafe'' simplifications,
12879 including cancelling @samp{x} from the equation when @samp{x} is
12880 not known to be nonzero.
12881
12882 Another set of type symbols distinguish between scalars and vectors.
12883
12884 @table @code
12885 @item scalar
12886 The value is not a vector.
12887 @item vector
12888 The value is a vector.
12889 @item matrix
12890 The value is a matrix (a rectangular vector of vectors).
12891 @item sqmatrix
12892 The value is a square matrix.
12893 @end table
12894
12895 These type symbols can be combined with the other type symbols
12896 described above; @samp{[int, matrix]} describes an object which
12897 is a matrix of integers.
12898
12899 Scalar/vector declarations are used to determine whether certain
12900 algebraic operations are safe. For example, @samp{[a, b, c] + x}
12901 is normally not simplified to @samp{[a + x, b + x, c + x]}, but
12902 it will be if @code{x} has been declared @code{scalar}. On the
12903 other hand, multiplication is usually assumed to be commutative,
12904 but the terms in @samp{x y} will never be exchanged if both @code{x}
12905 and @code{y} are known to be vectors or matrices. (Calc currently
12906 never distinguishes between @code{vector} and @code{matrix}
12907 declarations.)
12908
12909 @xref{Matrix Mode}, for a discussion of Matrix mode and
12910 Scalar mode, which are similar to declaring @samp{[All, matrix]}
12911 or @samp{[All, scalar]} but much more convenient.
12912
12913 One more type symbol that is recognized is used with the @kbd{H a d}
12914 command for taking total derivatives of a formula. @xref{Calculus}.
12915
12916 @table @code
12917 @item const
12918 The value is a constant with respect to other variables.
12919 @end table
12920
12921 Calc does not check the declarations for a variable when you store
12922 a value in it. However, storing @mathit{-3.5} in a variable that has
12923 been declared @code{pos}, @code{int}, or @code{matrix} may have
12924 unexpected effects; Calc may evaluate @samp{sqrt(x^2)} to @expr{3.5}
12925 if it substitutes the value first, or to @expr{-3.5} if @code{x}
12926 was declared @code{pos} and the formula @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is
12927 simplified to @samp{x} before the value is substituted. Before
12928 using a variable for a new purpose, it is best to use @kbd{s d}
12929 or @kbd{s D} to check to make sure you don't still have an old
12930 declaration for the variable that will conflict with its new meaning.
12931
12932 @node Functions for Declarations, , Kinds of Declarations, Declarations
12933 @subsection Functions for Declarations
12934
12935 @noindent
12936 Calc has a set of functions for accessing the current declarations
12937 in a convenient manner. These functions return 1 if the argument
12938 can be shown to have the specified property, or 0 if the argument
12939 can be shown @emph{not} to have that property; otherwise they are
12940 left unevaluated. These functions are suitable for use with rewrite
12941 rules (@pxref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}) or programming constructs
12942 (@pxref{Conditionals in Macros}). They can be entered only using
12943 algebraic notation. @xref{Logical Operations}, for functions
12944 that perform other tests not related to declarations.
12945
12946 For example, @samp{dint(17)} returns 1 because 17 is an integer, as
12947 do @samp{dint(n)} and @samp{dint(2 n - 3)} if @code{n} has been declared
12948 @code{int}, but @samp{dint(2.5)} and @samp{dint(n + 0.5)} return 0.
12949 Calc consults knowledge of its own built-in functions as well as your
12950 own declarations: @samp{dint(floor(x))} returns 1.
12951
12952 @ignore
12953 @starindex
12954 @end ignore
12955 @tindex dint
12956 @ignore
12957 @starindex
12958 @end ignore
12959 @tindex dnumint
12960 @ignore
12961 @starindex
12962 @end ignore
12963 @tindex dnatnum
12964 The @code{dint} function checks if its argument is an integer.
12965 The @code{dnatnum} function checks if its argument is a natural
12966 number, i.e., a nonnegative integer. The @code{dnumint} function
12967 checks if its argument is numerically an integer, i.e., either an
12968 integer or an integer-valued float. Note that these and the other
12969 data type functions also accept vectors or matrices composed of
12970 suitable elements, and that real infinities @samp{inf} and @samp{-inf}
12971 are considered to be integers for the purposes of these functions.
12972
12973 @ignore
12974 @starindex
12975 @end ignore
12976 @tindex drat
12977 The @code{drat} function checks if its argument is rational, i.e.,
12978 an integer or fraction. Infinities count as rational, but intervals
12979 and error forms do not.
12980
12981 @ignore
12982 @starindex
12983 @end ignore
12984 @tindex dreal
12985 The @code{dreal} function checks if its argument is real. This
12986 includes integers, fractions, floats, real error forms, and intervals.
12987
12988 @ignore
12989 @starindex
12990 @end ignore
12991 @tindex dimag
12992 The @code{dimag} function checks if its argument is imaginary,
12993 i.e., is mathematically equal to a real number times @expr{i}.
12994
12995 @ignore
12996 @starindex
12997 @end ignore
12998 @tindex dpos
12999 @ignore
13000 @starindex
13001 @end ignore
13002 @tindex dneg
13003 @ignore
13004 @starindex
13005 @end ignore
13006 @tindex dnonneg
13007 The @code{dpos} function checks for positive (but nonzero) reals.
13008 The @code{dneg} function checks for negative reals. The @code{dnonneg}
13009 function checks for nonnegative reals, i.e., reals greater than or
13010 equal to zero. Note that the @kbd{a s} command can simplify an
13011 expression like @expr{x > 0} to 1 or 0 using @code{dpos}, and that
13012 @kbd{a s} is effectively applied to all conditions in rewrite rules,
13013 so the actual functions @code{dpos}, @code{dneg}, and @code{dnonneg}
13014 are rarely necessary.
13015
13016 @ignore
13017 @starindex
13018 @end ignore
13019 @tindex dnonzero
13020 The @code{dnonzero} function checks that its argument is nonzero.
13021 This includes all nonzero real or complex numbers, all intervals that
13022 do not include zero, all nonzero modulo forms, vectors all of whose
13023 elements are nonzero, and variables or formulas whose values can be
13024 deduced to be nonzero. It does not include error forms, since they
13025 represent values which could be anything including zero. (This is
13026 also the set of objects considered ``true'' in conditional contexts.)
13027
13028 @ignore
13029 @starindex
13030 @end ignore
13031 @tindex deven
13032 @ignore
13033 @starindex
13034 @end ignore
13035 @tindex dodd
13036 The @code{deven} function returns 1 if its argument is known to be
13037 an even integer (or integer-valued float); it returns 0 if its argument
13038 is known not to be even (because it is known to be odd or a non-integer).
13039 The @kbd{a s} command uses this to simplify a test of the form
13040 @samp{x % 2 = 0}. There is also an analogous @code{dodd} function.
13041
13042 @ignore
13043 @starindex
13044 @end ignore
13045 @tindex drange
13046 The @code{drange} function returns a set (an interval or a vector
13047 of intervals and/or numbers; @pxref{Set Operations}) that describes
13048 the set of possible values of its argument. If the argument is
13049 a variable or a function with a declaration, the range is copied
13050 from the declaration. Otherwise, the possible signs of the
13051 expression are determined using a method similar to @code{dpos},
13052 etc., and a suitable set like @samp{[0 .. inf]} is returned. If
13053 the expression is not provably real, the @code{drange} function
13054 remains unevaluated.
13055
13056 @ignore
13057 @starindex
13058 @end ignore
13059 @tindex dscalar
13060 The @code{dscalar} function returns 1 if its argument is provably
13061 scalar, or 0 if its argument is provably non-scalar. It is left
13062 unevaluated if this cannot be determined. (If Matrix mode or Scalar
13063 mode is in effect, this function returns 1 or 0, respectively,
13064 if it has no other information.) When Calc interprets a condition
13065 (say, in a rewrite rule) it considers an unevaluated formula to be
13066 ``false.'' Thus, @samp{dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a} is
13067 provably scalar, and @samp{!dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a}
13068 is provably non-scalar; both are ``false'' if there is insufficient
13069 information to tell.
13070
13071 @node Display Modes, Language Modes, Declarations, Mode Settings
13072 @section Display Modes
13073
13074 @noindent
13075 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with the
13076 @kbd{d} prefix. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) and @kbd{d b}
13077 (@code{calc-line-breaking}) commands are described elsewhere;
13078 @pxref{Stack Basics} and @pxref{Normal Language Modes}, respectively.
13079 Display formats for vectors and matrices are also covered elsewhere;
13080 @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
13081
13082 One thing all display modes have in common is their treatment of the
13083 @kbd{H} prefix. This prefix causes any mode command that would normally
13084 refresh the stack to leave the stack display alone. The word ``Dirty''
13085 will appear in the mode line when Calc thinks the stack display may not
13086 reflect the latest mode settings.
13087
13088 @kindex d @key{RET}
13089 @pindex calc-refresh-top
13090 The @kbd{d @key{RET}} (@code{calc-refresh-top}) command reformats the
13091 top stack entry according to all the current modes. Positive prefix
13092 arguments reformat the top @var{n} entries; negative prefix arguments
13093 reformat the specified entry, and a prefix of zero is equivalent to
13094 @kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}), which reformats the entire stack.
13095 For example, @kbd{H d s M-2 d @key{RET}} changes to scientific notation
13096 but reformats only the top two stack entries in the new mode.
13097
13098 The @kbd{I} prefix has another effect on the display modes. The mode
13099 is set only temporarily; the top stack entry is reformatted according
13100 to that mode, then the original mode setting is restored. In other
13101 words, @kbd{I d s} is equivalent to @kbd{H d s d @key{RET} H d (@var{old mode})}.
13102
13103 @menu
13104 * Radix Modes::
13105 * Grouping Digits::
13106 * Float Formats::
13107 * Complex Formats::
13108 * Fraction Formats::
13109 * HMS Formats::
13110 * Date Formats::
13111 * Truncating the Stack::
13112 * Justification::
13113 * Labels::
13114 @end menu
13115
13116 @node Radix Modes, Grouping Digits, Display Modes, Display Modes
13117 @subsection Radix Modes
13118
13119 @noindent
13120 @cindex Radix display
13121 @cindex Non-decimal numbers
13122 @cindex Decimal and non-decimal numbers
13123 Calc normally displays numbers in decimal (@dfn{base-10} or @dfn{radix-10})
13124 notation. Calc can actually display in any radix from two (binary) to 36.
13125 When the radix is above 10, the letters @code{A} to @code{Z} are used as
13126 digits. When entering such a number, letter keys are interpreted as
13127 potential digits rather than terminating numeric entry mode.
13128
13129 @kindex d 2
13130 @kindex d 8
13131 @kindex d 6
13132 @kindex d 0
13133 @cindex Hexadecimal integers
13134 @cindex Octal integers
13135 The key sequences @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, @kbd{d 6}, and @kbd{d 0} select
13136 binary, octal, hexadecimal, and decimal as the current display radix,
13137 respectively. Numbers can always be entered in any radix, though the
13138 current radix is used as a default if you press @kbd{#} without any initial
13139 digits. A number entered without a @kbd{#} is @emph{always} interpreted
13140 as decimal.
13141
13142 @kindex d r
13143 @pindex calc-radix
13144 To set the radix generally, use @kbd{d r} (@code{calc-radix}) and enter
13145 an integer from 2 to 36. You can specify the radix as a numeric prefix
13146 argument; otherwise you will be prompted for it.
13147
13148 @kindex d z
13149 @pindex calc-leading-zeros
13150 @cindex Leading zeros
13151 Integers normally are displayed with however many digits are necessary to
13152 represent the integer and no more. The @kbd{d z} (@code{calc-leading-zeros})
13153 command causes integers to be padded out with leading zeros according to the
13154 current binary word size. (@xref{Binary Functions}, for a discussion of
13155 word size.) If the absolute value of the word size is @expr{w}, all integers
13156 are displayed with at least enough digits to represent
13157 @texline @math{2^w-1}
13158 @infoline @expr{(2^w)-1}
13159 in the current radix. (Larger integers will still be displayed in their
13160 entirety.)
13161
13162 @cindex Two's complements
13163 Calc can display @expr{w}-bit integers using two's complement
13164 notation, although this is most useful with the binary, octal and
13165 hexadecimal display modes. This option is selected by using the
13166 @kbd{O} option prefix before setting the display radix, and a negative word
13167 size might be appropriate (@pxref{Binary Functions}). In two's
13168 complement notation, the integers in the (nearly) symmetric interval
13169 from
13170 @texline @math{-2^{w-1}}
13171 @infoline @expr{-2^(w-1)}
13172 to
13173 @texline @math{2^{w-1}-1}
13174 @infoline @expr{2^(w-1)-1}
13175 are represented by the integers from @expr{0} to @expr{2^w-1}:
13176 the integers from @expr{0} to
13177 @texline @math{2^{w-1}-1}
13178 @infoline @expr{2^(w-1)-1}
13179 are represented by themselves and the integers from
13180 @texline @math{-2^{w-1}}
13181 @infoline @expr{-2^(w-1)}
13182 to @expr{-1} are represented by the integers from
13183 @texline @math{2^{w-1}}
13184 @infoline @expr{2^(w-1)}
13185 to @expr{2^w-1} (the integer @expr{k} is represented by @expr{k+2^w}).
13186 Calc will display a two's complement integer by the radix (either
13187 @expr{2}, @expr{8} or @expr{16}), two @kbd{#} symbols, and then its
13188 representation (including any leading zeros necessary to include all
13189 @expr{w} bits). In a two's complement display mode, numbers that
13190 are not displayed in two's complement notation (i.e., that aren't
13191 integers from
13192 @texline @math{-2^{w-1}}
13193 @infoline @expr{-2^(w-1)}
13194 to
13195 @c (
13196 @texline @math{2^{w-1}-1})
13197 @infoline @expr{2^(w-1)-1})
13198 will be represented using Calc's usual notation (in the appropriate
13199 radix).
13200
13201 @node Grouping Digits, Float Formats, Radix Modes, Display Modes
13202 @subsection Grouping Digits
13203
13204 @noindent
13205 @kindex d g
13206 @pindex calc-group-digits
13207 @cindex Grouping digits
13208 @cindex Digit grouping
13209 Long numbers can be hard to read if they have too many digits. For
13210 example, the factorial of 30 is 33 digits long! Press @kbd{d g}
13211 (@code{calc-group-digits}) to enable @dfn{Grouping} mode, in which digits
13212 are displayed in clumps of 3 or 4 (depending on the current radix)
13213 separated by commas.
13214
13215 The @kbd{d g} command toggles grouping on and off.
13216 With a numeric prefix of 0, this command displays the current state of
13217 the grouping flag; with an argument of minus one it disables grouping;
13218 with a positive argument @expr{N} it enables grouping on every @expr{N}
13219 digits. For floating-point numbers, grouping normally occurs only
13220 before the decimal point. A negative prefix argument @expr{-N} enables
13221 grouping every @expr{N} digits both before and after the decimal point.
13222
13223 @kindex d ,
13224 @pindex calc-group-char
13225 The @kbd{d ,} (@code{calc-group-char}) command allows you to choose any
13226 character as the grouping separator. The default is the comma character.
13227 If you find it difficult to read vectors of large integers grouped with
13228 commas, you may wish to use spaces or some other character instead.
13229 This command takes the next character you type, whatever it is, and
13230 uses it as the digit separator. As a special case, @kbd{d , \} selects
13231 @samp{\,} (@TeX{}'s thin-space symbol) as the digit separator.
13232
13233 Please note that grouped numbers will not generally be parsed correctly
13234 if re-read in textual form, say by the use of @kbd{C-x * y} and @kbd{C-x * g}.
13235 (@xref{Kill and Yank}, for details on these commands.) One exception is
13236 the @samp{\,} separator, which doesn't interfere with parsing because it
13237 is ignored by @TeX{} language mode.
13238
13239 @node Float Formats, Complex Formats, Grouping Digits, Display Modes
13240 @subsection Float Formats
13241
13242 @noindent
13243 Floating-point quantities are normally displayed in standard decimal
13244 form, with scientific notation used if the exponent is especially high
13245 or low. All significant digits are normally displayed. The commands
13246 in this section allow you to choose among several alternative display
13247 formats for floats.
13248
13249 @kindex d n
13250 @pindex calc-normal-notation
13251 The @kbd{d n} (@code{calc-normal-notation}) command selects the normal
13252 display format. All significant figures in a number are displayed.
13253 With a positive numeric prefix, numbers are rounded if necessary to
13254 that number of significant digits. With a negative numerix prefix,
13255 the specified number of significant digits less than the current
13256 precision is used. (Thus @kbd{C-u -2 d n} displays 10 digits if the
13257 current precision is 12.)
13258
13259 @kindex d f
13260 @pindex calc-fix-notation
13261 The @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation}) command selects fixed-point
13262 notation. The numeric argument is the number of digits after the
13263 decimal point, zero or more. This format will relax into scientific
13264 notation if a nonzero number would otherwise have been rounded all the
13265 way to zero. Specifying a negative number of digits is the same as
13266 for a positive number, except that small nonzero numbers will be rounded
13267 to zero rather than switching to scientific notation.
13268
13269 @kindex d s
13270 @pindex calc-sci-notation
13271 @cindex Scientific notation, display of
13272 The @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}) command selects scientific
13273 notation. A positive argument sets the number of significant figures
13274 displayed, of which one will be before and the rest after the decimal
13275 point. A negative argument works the same as for @kbd{d n} format.
13276 The default is to display all significant digits.
13277
13278 @kindex d e
13279 @pindex calc-eng-notation
13280 @cindex Engineering notation, display of
13281 The @kbd{d e} (@code{calc-eng-notation}) command selects engineering
13282 notation. This is similar to scientific notation except that the
13283 exponent is rounded down to a multiple of three, with from one to three
13284 digits before the decimal point. An optional numeric prefix sets the
13285 number of significant digits to display, as for @kbd{d s}.
13286
13287 It is important to distinguish between the current @emph{precision} and
13288 the current @emph{display format}. After the commands @kbd{C-u 10 p}
13289 and @kbd{C-u 6 d n} the Calculator computes all results to ten
13290 significant figures but displays only six. (In fact, intermediate
13291 calculations are often carried to one or two more significant figures,
13292 but values placed on the stack will be rounded down to ten figures.)
13293 Numbers are never actually rounded to the display precision for storage,
13294 except by commands like @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{C-x * y} which operate on the
13295 actual displayed text in the Calculator buffer.
13296
13297 @kindex d .
13298 @pindex calc-point-char
13299 The @kbd{d .} (@code{calc-point-char}) command selects the character used
13300 as a decimal point. Normally this is a period; users in some countries
13301 may wish to change this to a comma. Note that this is only a display
13302 style; on entry, periods must always be used to denote floating-point
13303 numbers, and commas to separate elements in a list.
13304
13305 @node Complex Formats, Fraction Formats, Float Formats, Display Modes
13306 @subsection Complex Formats
13307
13308 @noindent
13309 @kindex d c
13310 @pindex calc-complex-notation
13311 There are three supported notations for complex numbers in rectangular
13312 form. The default is as a pair of real numbers enclosed in parentheses
13313 and separated by a comma: @samp{(a,b)}. The @kbd{d c}
13314 (@code{calc-complex-notation}) command selects this style.
13315
13316 @kindex d i
13317 @pindex calc-i-notation
13318 @kindex d j
13319 @pindex calc-j-notation
13320 The other notations are @kbd{d i} (@code{calc-i-notation}), in which
13321 numbers are displayed in @samp{a+bi} form, and @kbd{d j}
13322 (@code{calc-j-notation}) which displays the form @samp{a+bj} preferred
13323 in some disciplines.
13324
13325 @cindex @code{i} variable
13326 @vindex i
13327 Complex numbers are normally entered in @samp{(a,b)} format.
13328 If you enter @samp{2+3i} as an algebraic formula, it will be stored as
13329 the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i}. However, if you use @kbd{=} to evaluate
13330 this formula and you have not changed the variable @samp{i}, the @samp{i}
13331 will be interpreted as @samp{(0,1)} and the formula will be simplified
13332 to @samp{(2,3)}. Other commands (like @code{calc-sin}) will @emph{not}
13333 interpret the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i} as a complex number.
13334 @xref{Variables}, under ``special constants.''
13335
13336 @node Fraction Formats, HMS Formats, Complex Formats, Display Modes
13337 @subsection Fraction Formats
13338
13339 @noindent
13340 @kindex d o
13341 @pindex calc-over-notation
13342 Display of fractional numbers is controlled by the @kbd{d o}
13343 (@code{calc-over-notation}) command. By default, a number like
13344 eight thirds is displayed in the form @samp{8:3}. The @kbd{d o} command
13345 prompts for a one- or two-character format. If you give one character,
13346 that character is used as the fraction separator. Common separators are
13347 @samp{:} and @samp{/}. (During input of numbers, the @kbd{:} key must be
13348 used regardless of the display format; in particular, the @kbd{/} is used
13349 for RPN-style division, @emph{not} for entering fractions.)
13350
13351 If you give two characters, fractions use ``integer-plus-fractional-part''
13352 notation. For example, the format @samp{+/} would display eight thirds
13353 as @samp{2+2/3}. If two colons are present in a number being entered,
13354 the number is interpreted in this form (so that the entries @kbd{2:2:3}
13355 and @kbd{8:3} are equivalent).
13356
13357 It is also possible to follow the one- or two-character format with
13358 a number. For example: @samp{:10} or @samp{+/3}. In this case,
13359 Calc adjusts all fractions that are displayed to have the specified
13360 denominator, if possible. Otherwise it adjusts the denominator to
13361 be a multiple of the specified value. For example, in @samp{:6} mode
13362 the fraction @expr{1:6} will be unaffected, but @expr{2:3} will be
13363 displayed as @expr{4:6}, @expr{1:2} will be displayed as @expr{3:6},
13364 and @expr{1:8} will be displayed as @expr{3:24}. Integers are also
13365 affected by this mode: 3 is displayed as @expr{18:6}. Note that the
13366 format @samp{:1} writes fractions the same as @samp{:}, but it writes
13367 integers as @expr{n:1}.
13368
13369 The fraction format does not affect the way fractions or integers are
13370 stored, only the way they appear on the screen. The fraction format
13371 never affects floats.
13372
13373 @node HMS Formats, Date Formats, Fraction Formats, Display Modes
13374 @subsection HMS Formats
13375
13376 @noindent
13377 @kindex d h
13378 @pindex calc-hms-notation
13379 The @kbd{d h} (@code{calc-hms-notation}) command controls the display of
13380 HMS (hours-minutes-seconds) forms. It prompts for a string which
13381 consists basically of an ``hours'' marker, optional punctuation, a
13382 ``minutes'' marker, more optional punctuation, and a ``seconds'' marker.
13383 Punctuation is zero or more spaces, commas, or semicolons. The hours
13384 marker is one or more non-punctuation characters. The minutes and
13385 seconds markers must be single non-punctuation characters.
13386
13387 The default HMS format is @samp{@@ ' "}, producing HMS values of the form
13388 @samp{23@@ 30' 15.75"}. The format @samp{deg, ms} would display this same
13389 value as @samp{23deg, 30m15.75s}. During numeric entry, the @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}
13390 keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{@@} regardless of display format.
13391 The @kbd{m} and @kbd{s} keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{'} and
13392 @kbd{"}, respectively, but only if an @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}) has
13393 already been typed; otherwise, they have their usual meanings
13394 (@kbd{m-} prefix and @kbd{s-} prefix). Thus, @kbd{5 "}, @kbd{0 @@ 5 "}, and
13395 @kbd{0 h 5 s} are some of the ways to enter the quantity ``five seconds.''
13396 The @kbd{'} key is recognized as ``minutes'' only if @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or
13397 @kbd{o}) has already been pressed; otherwise it means to switch to algebraic
13398 entry.
13399
13400 @node Date Formats, Truncating the Stack, HMS Formats, Display Modes
13401 @subsection Date Formats
13402
13403 @noindent
13404 @kindex d d
13405 @pindex calc-date-notation
13406 The @kbd{d d} (@code{calc-date-notation}) command controls the display
13407 of date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). It prompts for a string which
13408 contains letters that represent the various parts of a date and time.
13409 To show which parts should be omitted when the form represents a pure
13410 date with no time, parts of the string can be enclosed in @samp{< >}
13411 marks. If you don't include @samp{< >} markers in the format, Calc
13412 guesses at which parts, if any, should be omitted when formatting
13413 pure dates.
13414
13415 The default format is: @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY}.
13416 An example string in this format is @samp{3:32pm Wed Jan 9, 1991}.
13417 If you enter a blank format string, this default format is
13418 reestablished.
13419
13420 Calc uses @samp{< >} notation for nameless functions as well as for
13421 dates. @xref{Specifying Operators}. To avoid confusion with nameless
13422 functions, your date formats should avoid using the @samp{#} character.
13423
13424 @menu
13425 * Date Formatting Codes::
13426 * Free-Form Dates::
13427 * Standard Date Formats::
13428 @end menu
13429
13430 @node Date Formatting Codes, Free-Form Dates, Date Formats, Date Formats
13431 @subsubsection Date Formatting Codes
13432
13433 @noindent
13434 When displaying a date, the current date format is used. All
13435 characters except for letters and @samp{<} and @samp{>} are
13436 copied literally when dates are formatted. The portion between
13437 @samp{< >} markers is omitted for pure dates, or included for
13438 date/time forms. Letters are interpreted according to the table
13439 below.
13440
13441 When dates are read in during algebraic entry, Calc first tries to
13442 match the input string to the current format either with or without
13443 the time part. The punctuation characters (including spaces) must
13444 match exactly; letter fields must correspond to suitable text in
13445 the input. If this doesn't work, Calc checks if the input is a
13446 simple number; if so, the number is interpreted as a number of days
13447 since Jan 1, 1 AD. Otherwise, Calc tries a much more relaxed and
13448 flexible algorithm which is described in the next section.
13449
13450 Weekday names are ignored during reading.
13451
13452 Two-digit year numbers are interpreted as lying in the range
13453 from 1941 to 2039. Years outside that range are always
13454 entered and displayed in full. Year numbers with a leading
13455 @samp{+} sign are always interpreted exactly, allowing the
13456 entry and display of the years 1 through 99 AD.
13457
13458 Here is a complete list of the formatting codes for dates:
13459
13460 @table @asis
13461 @item Y
13462 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13463 @item YY
13464 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``07'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13465 @item BY
13466 Year: ``91'' for 1991, `` 7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13467 @item YYY
13468 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``23'' for 23 AD.
13469 @item YYYY
13470 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13471 @item aa
13472 Year: ``ad'' or blank.
13473 @item AA
13474 Year: ``AD'' or blank.
13475 @item aaa
13476 Year: ``ad '' or blank. (Note trailing space.)
13477 @item AAA
13478 Year: ``AD '' or blank.
13479 @item aaaa
13480 Year: ``a.d.'' or blank.
13481 @item AAAA
13482 Year: ``A.D.'' or blank.
13483 @item bb
13484 Year: ``bc'' or blank.
13485 @item BB
13486 Year: ``BC'' or blank.
13487 @item bbb
13488 Year: `` bc'' or blank. (Note leading space.)
13489 @item BBB
13490 Year: `` BC'' or blank.
13491 @item bbbb
13492 Year: ``b.c.'' or blank.
13493 @item BBBB
13494 Year: ``B.C.'' or blank.
13495 @item M
13496 Month: ``8'' for August.
13497 @item MM
13498 Month: ``08'' for August.
13499 @item BM
13500 Month: `` 8'' for August.
13501 @item MMM
13502 Month: ``AUG'' for August.
13503 @item Mmm
13504 Month: ``Aug'' for August.
13505 @item mmm
13506 Month: ``aug'' for August.
13507 @item MMMM
13508 Month: ``AUGUST'' for August.
13509 @item Mmmm
13510 Month: ``August'' for August.
13511 @item D
13512 Day: ``7'' for 7th day of month.
13513 @item DD
13514 Day: ``07'' for 7th day of month.
13515 @item BD
13516 Day: `` 7'' for 7th day of month.
13517 @item W
13518 Weekday: ``0'' for Sunday, ``6'' for Saturday.
13519 @item WWW
13520 Weekday: ``SUN'' for Sunday.
13521 @item Www
13522 Weekday: ``Sun'' for Sunday.
13523 @item www
13524 Weekday: ``sun'' for Sunday.
13525 @item WWWW
13526 Weekday: ``SUNDAY'' for Sunday.
13527 @item Wwww
13528 Weekday: ``Sunday'' for Sunday.
13529 @item d
13530 Day of year: ``34'' for Feb. 3.
13531 @item ddd
13532 Day of year: ``034'' for Feb. 3.
13533 @item bdd
13534 Day of year: `` 34'' for Feb. 3.
13535 @item h
13536 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13537 @item hh
13538 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13539 @item bh
13540 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13541 @item H
13542 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13543 @item HH
13544 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13545 @item BH
13546 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13547 @item p
13548 AM/PM: ``a'' or ``p''.
13549 @item P
13550 AM/PM: ``A'' or ``P''.
13551 @item pp
13552 AM/PM: ``am'' or ``pm''.
13553 @item PP
13554 AM/PM: ``AM'' or ``PM''.
13555 @item pppp
13556 AM/PM: ``a.m.'' or ``p.m.''.
13557 @item PPPP
13558 AM/PM: ``A.M.'' or ``P.M.''.
13559 @item m
13560 Minutes: ``7'' for 7.
13561 @item mm
13562 Minutes: ``07'' for 7.
13563 @item bm
13564 Minutes: `` 7'' for 7.
13565 @item s
13566 Seconds: ``7'' for 7; ``7.23'' for 7.23.
13567 @item ss
13568 Seconds: ``07'' for 7; ``07.23'' for 7.23.
13569 @item bs
13570 Seconds: `` 7'' for 7; `` 7.23'' for 7.23.
13571 @item SS
13572 Optional seconds: ``07'' for 7; blank for 0.
13573 @item BS
13574 Optional seconds: `` 7'' for 7; blank for 0.
13575 @item N
13576 Numeric date/time: ``726842.25'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13577 @item n
13578 Numeric date: ``726842'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13579 @item J
13580 Julian date/time: ``2448265.75'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13581 @item j
13582 Julian date: ``2448266'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13583 @item U
13584 Unix time: ``663400800'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13585 @item X
13586 Brackets suppression. An ``X'' at the front of the format
13587 causes the surrounding @w{@samp{< >}} delimiters to be omitted
13588 when formatting dates. Note that the brackets are still
13589 required for algebraic entry.
13590 @end table
13591
13592 If ``SS'' or ``BS'' (optional seconds) is preceded by a colon, the
13593 colon is also omitted if the seconds part is zero.
13594
13595 If ``bb,'' ``bbb'' or ``bbbb'' or their upper-case equivalents
13596 appear in the format, then negative year numbers are displayed
13597 without a minus sign. Note that ``aa'' and ``bb'' are mutually
13598 exclusive. Some typical usages would be @samp{YYYY AABB};
13599 @samp{AAAYYYYBBB}; @samp{YYYYBBB}.
13600
13601 The formats ``YY,'' ``YYYY,'' ``MM,'' ``DD,'' ``ddd,'' ``hh,'' ``HH,''
13602 ``mm,'' ``ss,'' and ``SS'' actually match any number of digits during
13603 reading unless several of these codes are strung together with no
13604 punctuation in between, in which case the input must have exactly as
13605 many digits as there are letters in the format.
13606
13607 The ``j,'' ``J,'' and ``U'' formats do not make any time zone
13608 adjustment. They effectively use @samp{julian(x,0)} and
13609 @samp{unixtime(x,0)} to make the conversion; @pxref{Date Arithmetic}.
13610
13611 @node Free-Form Dates, Standard Date Formats, Date Formatting Codes, Date Formats
13612 @subsubsection Free-Form Dates
13613
13614 @noindent
13615 When reading a date form during algebraic entry, Calc falls back
13616 on the algorithm described here if the input does not exactly
13617 match the current date format. This algorithm generally
13618 ``does the right thing'' and you don't have to worry about it,
13619 but it is described here in full detail for the curious.
13620
13621 Calc does not distinguish between upper- and lower-case letters
13622 while interpreting dates.
13623
13624 First, the time portion, if present, is located somewhere in the
13625 text and then removed. The remaining text is then interpreted as
13626 the date.
13627
13628 A time is of the form @samp{hh:mm:ss}, possibly with the seconds
13629 part omitted and possibly with an AM/PM indicator added to indicate
13630 12-hour time. If the AM/PM is present, the minutes may also be
13631 omitted. The AM/PM part may be any of the words @samp{am},
13632 @samp{pm}, @samp{noon}, or @samp{midnight}; each of these may be
13633 abbreviated to one letter, and the alternate forms @samp{a.m.},
13634 @samp{p.m.}, and @samp{mid} are also understood. Obviously
13635 @samp{noon} and @samp{midnight} are allowed only on 12:00:00.
13636 The words @samp{noon}, @samp{mid}, and @samp{midnight} are also
13637 recognized with no number attached.
13638
13639 If there is no AM/PM indicator, the time is interpreted in 24-hour
13640 format.
13641
13642 To read the date portion, all words and numbers are isolated
13643 from the string; other characters are ignored. All words must
13644 be either month names or day-of-week names (the latter of which
13645 are ignored). Names can be written in full or as three-letter
13646 abbreviations.
13647
13648 Large numbers, or numbers with @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
13649 are interpreted as years. If one of the other numbers is
13650 greater than 12, then that must be the day and the remaining
13651 number in the input is therefore the month. Otherwise, Calc
13652 assumes the month, day and year are in the same order that they
13653 appear in the current date format. If the year is omitted, the
13654 current year is taken from the system clock.
13655
13656 If there are too many or too few numbers, or any unrecognizable
13657 words, then the input is rejected.
13658
13659 If there are any large numbers (of five digits or more) other than
13660 the year, they are ignored on the assumption that they are something
13661 like Julian dates that were included along with the traditional
13662 date components when the date was formatted.
13663
13664 One of the words @samp{ad}, @samp{a.d.}, @samp{bc}, or @samp{b.c.}
13665 may optionally be used; the latter two are equivalent to a
13666 minus sign on the year value.
13667
13668 If you always enter a four-digit year, and use a name instead
13669 of a number for the month, there is no danger of ambiguity.
13670
13671 @node Standard Date Formats, , Free-Form Dates, Date Formats
13672 @subsubsection Standard Date Formats
13673
13674 @noindent
13675 There are actually ten standard date formats, numbered 0 through 9.
13676 Entering a blank line at the @kbd{d d} command's prompt gives
13677 you format number 1, Calc's usual format. You can enter any digit
13678 to select the other formats.
13679
13680 To create your own standard date formats, give a numeric prefix
13681 argument from 0 to 9 to the @w{@kbd{d d}} command. The format you
13682 enter will be recorded as the new standard format of that
13683 number, as well as becoming the new current date format.
13684 You can save your formats permanently with the @w{@kbd{m m}}
13685 command (@pxref{Mode Settings}).
13686
13687 @table @asis
13688 @item 0
13689 @samp{N} (Numerical format)
13690 @item 1
13691 @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY} (American format)
13692 @item 2
13693 @samp{D Mmm YYYY<, h:mm:SS>} (European format)
13694 @item 3
13695 @samp{Www Mmm BD< hh:mm:ss> YYYY} (Unix written date format)
13696 @item 4
13697 @samp{M/D/Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American slashed format)
13698 @item 5
13699 @samp{D.M.Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dotted format)
13700 @item 6
13701 @samp{M-D-Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American dashed format)
13702 @item 7
13703 @samp{D-M-Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dashed format)
13704 @item 8
13705 @samp{j<, h:mm:ss>} (Julian day plus time)
13706 @item 9
13707 @samp{YYddd< hh:mm:ss>} (Year-day format)
13708 @end table
13709
13710 @node Truncating the Stack, Justification, Date Formats, Display Modes
13711 @subsection Truncating the Stack
13712
13713 @noindent
13714 @kindex d t
13715 @pindex calc-truncate-stack
13716 @cindex Truncating the stack
13717 @cindex Narrowing the stack
13718 The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack}) command moves the @samp{.}@:
13719 line that marks the top-of-stack up or down in the Calculator buffer.
13720 The number right above that line is considered to the be at the top of
13721 the stack. Any numbers below that line are ``hidden'' from all stack
13722 operations (although still visible to the user). This is similar to the
13723 Emacs ``narrowing'' feature, except that the values below the @samp{.}
13724 are @emph{visible}, just temporarily frozen. This feature allows you to
13725 keep several independent calculations running at once in different parts
13726 of the stack, or to apply a certain command to an element buried deep in
13727 the stack.
13728
13729 Pressing @kbd{d t} by itself moves the @samp{.} to the line the cursor
13730 is on. Thus, this line and all those below it become hidden. To un-hide
13731 these lines, move down to the end of the buffer and press @w{@kbd{d t}}.
13732 With a positive numeric prefix argument @expr{n}, @kbd{d t} hides the
13733 bottom @expr{n} values in the buffer. With a negative argument, it hides
13734 all but the top @expr{n} values. With an argument of zero, it hides zero
13735 values, i.e., moves the @samp{.} all the way down to the bottom.
13736
13737 @kindex d [
13738 @pindex calc-truncate-up
13739 @kindex d ]
13740 @pindex calc-truncate-down
13741 The @kbd{d [} (@code{calc-truncate-up}) and @kbd{d ]}
13742 (@code{calc-truncate-down}) commands move the @samp{.} up or down one
13743 line at a time (or several lines with a prefix argument).
13744
13745 @node Justification, Labels, Truncating the Stack, Display Modes
13746 @subsection Justification
13747
13748 @noindent
13749 @kindex d <
13750 @pindex calc-left-justify
13751 @kindex d =
13752 @pindex calc-center-justify
13753 @kindex d >
13754 @pindex calc-right-justify
13755 Values on the stack are normally left-justified in the window. You can
13756 control this arrangement by typing @kbd{d <} (@code{calc-left-justify}),
13757 @kbd{d >} (@code{calc-right-justify}), or @kbd{d =}
13758 (@code{calc-center-justify}). For example, in Right-Justification mode,
13759 stack entries are displayed flush-right against the right edge of the
13760 window.
13761
13762 If you change the width of the Calculator window you may have to type
13763 @kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}) to re-align right-justified or centered
13764 text.
13765
13766 Right-justification is especially useful together with fixed-point
13767 notation (see @code{d f}; @code{calc-fix-notation}). With these modes
13768 together, the decimal points on numbers will always line up.
13769
13770 With a numeric prefix argument, the justification commands give you
13771 a little extra control over the display. The argument specifies the
13772 horizontal ``origin'' of a display line. It is also possible to
13773 specify a maximum line width using the @kbd{d b} command (@pxref{Normal
13774 Language Modes}). For reference, the precise rules for formatting and
13775 breaking lines are given below. Notice that the interaction between
13776 origin and line width is slightly different in each justification
13777 mode.
13778
13779 In Left-Justified mode, the line is indented by a number of spaces
13780 given by the origin (default zero). If the result is longer than the
13781 maximum line width, if given, or too wide to fit in the Calc window
13782 otherwise, then it is broken into lines which will fit; each broken
13783 line is indented to the origin.
13784
13785 In Right-Justified mode, lines are shifted right so that the rightmost
13786 character is just before the origin, or just before the current
13787 window width if no origin was specified. If the line is too long
13788 for this, then it is broken; the current line width is used, if
13789 specified, or else the origin is used as a width if that is
13790 specified, or else the line is broken to fit in the window.
13791
13792 In Centering mode, the origin is the column number of the center of
13793 each stack entry. If a line width is specified, lines will not be
13794 allowed to go past that width; Calc will either indent less or
13795 break the lines if necessary. If no origin is specified, half the
13796 line width or Calc window width is used.
13797
13798 Note that, in each case, if line numbering is enabled the display
13799 is indented an additional four spaces to make room for the line
13800 number. The width of the line number is taken into account when
13801 positioning according to the current Calc window width, but not
13802 when positioning by explicit origins and widths. In the latter
13803 case, the display is formatted as specified, and then uniformly
13804 shifted over four spaces to fit the line numbers.
13805
13806 @node Labels, , Justification, Display Modes
13807 @subsection Labels
13808
13809 @noindent
13810 @kindex d @{
13811 @pindex calc-left-label
13812 The @kbd{d @{} (@code{calc-left-label}) command prompts for a string,
13813 then displays that string to the left of every stack entry. If the
13814 entries are left-justified (@pxref{Justification}), then they will
13815 appear immediately after the label (unless you specified an origin
13816 greater than the length of the label). If the entries are centered
13817 or right-justified, the label appears on the far left and does not
13818 affect the horizontal position of the stack entry.
13819
13820 Give a blank string (with @kbd{d @{ @key{RET}}) to turn the label off.
13821
13822 @kindex d @}
13823 @pindex calc-right-label
13824 The @kbd{d @}} (@code{calc-right-label}) command similarly adds a
13825 label on the righthand side. It does not affect positioning of
13826 the stack entries unless they are right-justified. Also, if both
13827 a line width and an origin are given in Right-Justified mode, the
13828 stack entry is justified to the origin and the righthand label is
13829 justified to the line width.
13830
13831 One application of labels would be to add equation numbers to
13832 formulas you are manipulating in Calc and then copying into a
13833 document (possibly using Embedded mode). The equations would
13834 typically be centered, and the equation numbers would be on the
13835 left or right as you prefer.
13836
13837 @node Language Modes, Modes Variable, Display Modes, Mode Settings
13838 @section Language Modes
13839
13840 @noindent
13841 The commands in this section change Calc to use a different notation for
13842 entry and display of formulas, corresponding to the conventions of some
13843 other common language such as Pascal or La@TeX{}. Objects displayed on the
13844 stack or yanked from the Calculator to an editing buffer will be formatted
13845 in the current language; objects entered in algebraic entry or yanked from
13846 another buffer will be interpreted according to the current language.
13847
13848 The current language has no effect on things written to or read from the
13849 trail buffer, nor does it affect numeric entry. Only algebraic entry is
13850 affected. You can make even algebraic entry ignore the current language
13851 and use the standard notation by giving a numeric prefix, e.g., @kbd{C-u '}.
13852
13853 For example, suppose the formula @samp{2*a[1] + atan(a[2])} occurs in a C
13854 program; elsewhere in the program you need the derivatives of this formula
13855 with respect to @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}. First, type @kbd{d C}
13856 to switch to C notation. Now use @code{C-u C-x * g} to grab the formula
13857 into the Calculator, @kbd{a d a[1] @key{RET}} to differentiate with respect
13858 to the first variable, and @kbd{C-x * y} to yank the formula for the derivative
13859 back into your C program. Press @kbd{U} to undo the differentiation and
13860 repeat with @kbd{a d a[2] @key{RET}} for the other derivative.
13861
13862 Without being switched into C mode first, Calc would have misinterpreted
13863 the brackets in @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}, would not have known that
13864 @code{atan} was equivalent to Calc's built-in @code{arctan} function,
13865 and would have written the formula back with notations (like implicit
13866 multiplication) which would not have been valid for a C program.
13867
13868 As another example, suppose you are maintaining a C program and a La@TeX{}
13869 document, each of which needs a copy of the same formula. You can grab the
13870 formula from the program in C mode, switch to La@TeX{} mode, and yank the
13871 formula into the document in La@TeX{} math-mode format.
13872
13873 Language modes are selected by typing the letter @kbd{d} followed by a
13874 shifted letter key.
13875
13876 @menu
13877 * Normal Language Modes::
13878 * C FORTRAN Pascal::
13879 * TeX and LaTeX Language Modes::
13880 * Eqn Language Mode::
13881 * Yacas Language Mode::
13882 * Maxima Language Mode::
13883 * Giac Language Mode::
13884 * Mathematica Language Mode::
13885 * Maple Language Mode::
13886 * Compositions::
13887 * Syntax Tables::
13888 @end menu
13889
13890 @node Normal Language Modes, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes, Language Modes
13891 @subsection Normal Language Modes
13892
13893 @noindent
13894 @kindex d N
13895 @pindex calc-normal-language
13896 The @kbd{d N} (@code{calc-normal-language}) command selects the usual
13897 notation for Calc formulas, as described in the rest of this manual.
13898 Matrices are displayed in a multi-line tabular format, but all other
13899 objects are written in linear form, as they would be typed from the
13900 keyboard.
13901
13902 @kindex d O
13903 @pindex calc-flat-language
13904 @cindex Matrix display
13905 The @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) command selects a language
13906 identical with the normal one, except that matrices are written in
13907 one-line form along with everything else. In some applications this
13908 form may be more suitable for yanking data into other buffers.
13909
13910 @kindex d b
13911 @pindex calc-line-breaking
13912 @cindex Line breaking
13913 @cindex Breaking up long lines
13914 Even in one-line mode, long formulas or vectors will still be split
13915 across multiple lines if they exceed the width of the Calculator window.
13916 The @kbd{d b} (@code{calc-line-breaking}) command turns this line-breaking
13917 feature on and off. (It works independently of the current language.)
13918 If you give a numeric prefix argument of five or greater to the @kbd{d b}
13919 command, that argument will specify the line width used when breaking
13920 long lines.
13921
13922 @kindex d B
13923 @pindex calc-big-language
13924 The @kbd{d B} (@code{calc-big-language}) command selects a language
13925 which uses textual approximations to various mathematical notations,
13926 such as powers, quotients, and square roots:
13927
13928 @example
13929 ____________
13930 | a + 1 2
13931 | ----- + c
13932 \| b
13933 @end example
13934
13935 @noindent
13936 in place of @samp{sqrt((a+1)/b + c^2)}.
13937
13938 Subscripts like @samp{a_i} are displayed as actual subscripts in Big
13939 mode. Double subscripts, @samp{a_i_j} (@samp{subscr(subscr(a, i), j)})
13940 are displayed as @samp{a} with subscripts separated by commas:
13941 @samp{i, j}. They must still be entered in the usual underscore
13942 notation.
13943
13944 One slight ambiguity of Big notation is that
13945
13946 @example
13947 3
13948 - -
13949 4
13950 @end example
13951
13952 @noindent
13953 can represent either the negative rational number @expr{-3:4}, or the
13954 actual expression @samp{-(3/4)}; but the latter formula would normally
13955 never be displayed because it would immediately be evaluated to
13956 @expr{-3:4} or @expr{-0.75}, so this ambiguity is not a problem in
13957 typical use.
13958
13959 Non-decimal numbers are displayed with subscripts. Thus there is no
13960 way to tell the difference between @samp{16#C2} and @samp{C2_16},
13961 though generally you will know which interpretation is correct.
13962 Logarithms @samp{log(x,b)} and @samp{log10(x)} also use subscripts
13963 in Big mode.
13964
13965 In Big mode, stack entries often take up several lines. To aid
13966 readability, stack entries are separated by a blank line in this mode.
13967 You may find it useful to expand the Calc window's height using
13968 @kbd{C-x ^} (@code{enlarge-window}) or to make the Calc window the only
13969 one on the screen with @kbd{C-x 1} (@code{delete-other-windows}).
13970
13971 Long lines are currently not rearranged to fit the window width in
13972 Big mode, so you may need to use the @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys
13973 to scroll across a wide formula. For really big formulas, you may
13974 even need to use @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} to scroll up and down.
13975
13976 @kindex d U
13977 @pindex calc-unformatted-language
13978 The @kbd{d U} (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) command altogether disables
13979 the use of operator notation in formulas. In this mode, the formula
13980 shown above would be displayed:
13981
13982 @example
13983 sqrt(add(div(add(a, 1), b), pow(c, 2)))
13984 @end example
13985
13986 These four modes differ only in display format, not in the format
13987 expected for algebraic entry. The standard Calc operators work in
13988 all four modes, and unformatted notation works in any language mode
13989 (except that Mathematica mode expects square brackets instead of
13990 parentheses).
13991
13992 @node C FORTRAN Pascal, TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Normal Language Modes, Language Modes
13993 @subsection C, FORTRAN, and Pascal Modes
13994
13995 @noindent
13996 @kindex d C
13997 @pindex calc-c-language
13998 @cindex C language
13999 The @kbd{d C} (@code{calc-c-language}) command selects the conventions
14000 of the C language for display and entry of formulas. This differs from
14001 the normal language mode in a variety of (mostly minor) ways. In
14002 particular, C language operators and operator precedences are used in
14003 place of Calc's usual ones. For example, @samp{a^b} means @samp{xor(a,b)}
14004 in C mode; a value raised to a power is written as a function call,
14005 @samp{pow(a,b)}.
14006
14007 In C mode, vectors and matrices use curly braces instead of brackets.
14008 Octal and hexadecimal values are written with leading @samp{0} or @samp{0x}
14009 rather than using the @samp{#} symbol. Array subscripting is
14010 translated into @code{subscr} calls, so that @samp{a[i]} in C
14011 mode is the same as @samp{a_i} in Normal mode. Assignments
14012 turn into the @code{assign} function, which Calc normally displays
14013 using the @samp{:=} symbol.
14014
14015 The variables @code{pi} and @code{e} would be displayed @samp{pi}
14016 and @samp{e} in Normal mode, but in C mode they are displayed as
14017 @samp{M_PI} and @samp{M_E}, corresponding to the names of constants
14018 typically provided in the @file{<math.h>} header. Functions whose
14019 names are different in C are translated automatically for entry and
14020 display purposes. For example, entering @samp{asin(x)} will push the
14021 formula @samp{arcsin(x)} onto the stack; this formula will be displayed
14022 as @samp{asin(x)} as long as C mode is in effect.
14023
14024 @kindex d P
14025 @pindex calc-pascal-language
14026 @cindex Pascal language
14027 The @kbd{d P} (@code{calc-pascal-language}) command selects Pascal
14028 conventions. Like C mode, Pascal mode interprets array brackets and uses
14029 a different table of operators. Hexadecimal numbers are entered and
14030 displayed with a preceding dollar sign. (Thus the regular meaning of
14031 @kbd{$2} during algebraic entry does not work in Pascal mode, though
14032 @kbd{$} (and @kbd{$$}, etc.) not followed by digits works the same as
14033 always.) No special provisions are made for other non-decimal numbers,
14034 vectors, and so on, since there is no universally accepted standard way
14035 of handling these in Pascal.
14036
14037 @kindex d F
14038 @pindex calc-fortran-language
14039 @cindex FORTRAN language
14040 The @kbd{d F} (@code{calc-fortran-language}) command selects FORTRAN
14041 conventions. Various function names are transformed into FORTRAN
14042 equivalents. Vectors are written as @samp{/1, 2, 3/}, and may be
14043 entered this way or using square brackets. Since FORTRAN uses round
14044 parentheses for both function calls and array subscripts, Calc displays
14045 both in the same way; @samp{a(i)} is interpreted as a function call
14046 upon reading, and subscripts must be entered as @samp{subscr(a, i)}.
14047 If the variable @code{a} has been declared to have type
14048 @code{vector} or @code{matrix}, however, then @samp{a(i)} will be
14049 parsed as a subscript. (@xref{Declarations}.) Usually it doesn't
14050 matter, though; if you enter the subscript expression @samp{a(i)} and
14051 Calc interprets it as a function call, you'll never know the difference
14052 unless you switch to another language mode or replace @code{a} with an
14053 actual vector (or unless @code{a} happens to be the name of a built-in
14054 function!).
14055
14056 Underscores are allowed in variable and function names in all of these
14057 language modes. The underscore here is equivalent to the @samp{#} in
14058 Normal mode, or to hyphens in the underlying Emacs Lisp variable names.
14059
14060 FORTRAN and Pascal modes normally do not adjust the case of letters in
14061 formulas. Most built-in Calc names use lower-case letters. If you use a
14062 positive numeric prefix argument with @kbd{d P} or @kbd{d F}, these
14063 modes will use upper-case letters exclusively for display, and will
14064 convert to lower-case on input. With a negative prefix, these modes
14065 convert to lower-case for display and input.
14066
14067 @node TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Eqn Language Mode, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes
14068 @subsection @TeX{} and La@TeX{} Language Modes
14069
14070 @noindent
14071 @kindex d T
14072 @pindex calc-tex-language
14073 @cindex TeX language
14074 @kindex d L
14075 @pindex calc-latex-language
14076 @cindex LaTeX language
14077 The @kbd{d T} (@code{calc-tex-language}) command selects the conventions
14078 of ``math mode'' in Donald Knuth's @TeX{} typesetting language,
14079 and the @kbd{d L} (@code{calc-latex-language}) command selects the
14080 conventions of ``math mode'' in La@TeX{}, a typesetting language that
14081 uses @TeX{} as its formatting engine. Calc's La@TeX{} language mode can
14082 read any formula that the @TeX{} language mode can, although La@TeX{}
14083 mode may display it differently.
14084
14085 Formulas are entered and displayed in the appropriate notation;
14086 @texline @math{\sin(a/b)}
14087 @infoline @expr{sin(a/b)}
14088 will appear as @samp{\sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)} in @TeX{} mode and
14089 @samp{\sin\left(\frac@{a@}@{b@}\right)} in La@TeX{} mode.
14090 Math formulas are often enclosed by @samp{$ $} signs in @TeX{} and
14091 La@TeX{}; these should be omitted when interfacing with Calc. To Calc,
14092 the @samp{$} sign has the same meaning it always does in algebraic
14093 formulas (a reference to an existing entry on the stack).
14094
14095 Complex numbers are displayed as in @samp{3 + 4i}. Fractions and
14096 quotients are written using @code{\over} in @TeX{} mode (as in
14097 @code{@{a \over b@}}) and @code{\frac} in La@TeX{} mode (as in
14098 @code{\frac@{a@}@{b@}}); binomial coefficients are written with
14099 @code{\choose} in @TeX{} mode (as in @code{@{a \choose b@}}) and
14100 @code{\binom} in La@TeX{} mode (as in @code{\binom@{a@}@{b@}}).
14101 Interval forms are written with @code{\ldots}, and error forms are
14102 written with @code{\pm}. Absolute values are written as in
14103 @samp{|x + 1|}, and the floor and ceiling functions are written with
14104 @code{\lfloor}, @code{\rfloor}, etc. The words @code{\left} and
14105 @code{\right} are ignored when reading formulas in @TeX{} and La@TeX{}
14106 modes. Both @code{inf} and @code{uinf} are written as @code{\infty};
14107 when read, @code{\infty} always translates to @code{inf}.
14108
14109 Function calls are written the usual way, with the function name followed
14110 by the arguments in parentheses. However, functions for which @TeX{}
14111 and La@TeX{} have special names (like @code{\sin}) will use curly braces
14112 instead of parentheses for very simple arguments. During input, curly
14113 braces and parentheses work equally well for grouping, but when the
14114 document is formatted the curly braces will be invisible. Thus the
14115 printed result is
14116 @texline @math{\sin{2 x}}
14117 @infoline @expr{sin 2x}
14118 but
14119 @texline @math{\sin(2 + x)}.
14120 @infoline @expr{sin(2 + x)}.
14121
14122 Function and variable names not treated specially by @TeX{} and La@TeX{}
14123 are simply written out as-is, which will cause them to come out in
14124 italic letters in the printed document. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or
14125 @kbd{d L} with a positive numeric prefix argument, names of more than
14126 one character will instead be enclosed in a protective commands that
14127 will prevent them from being typeset in the math italics; they will be
14128 written @samp{\hbox@{@var{name}@}} in @TeX{} mode and
14129 @samp{\text@{@var{name}@}} in La@TeX{} mode. The
14130 @samp{\hbox@{ @}} and @samp{\text@{ @}} notations are ignored during
14131 reading. If you use a negative prefix argument, such function names are
14132 written @samp{\@var{name}}, and function names that begin with @code{\} during
14133 reading have the @code{\} removed. (Note that in this mode, long
14134 variable names are still written with @code{\hbox} or @code{\text}.
14135 However, you can always make an actual variable name like @code{\bar} in
14136 any @TeX{} mode.)
14137
14138 During reading, text of the form @samp{\matrix@{ ...@: @}} is replaced
14139 by @samp{[ ...@: ]}. The same also applies to @code{\pmatrix} and
14140 @code{\bmatrix}. In La@TeX{} mode this also applies to
14141 @samp{\begin@{matrix@} ... \end@{matrix@}},
14142 @samp{\begin@{bmatrix@} ... \end@{bmatrix@}},
14143 @samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} ... \end@{pmatrix@}}, as well as
14144 @samp{\begin@{smallmatrix@} ... \end@{smallmatrix@}}.
14145 The symbol @samp{&} is interpreted as a comma,
14146 and the symbols @samp{\cr} and @samp{\\} are interpreted as semicolons.
14147 During output, matrices are displayed in @samp{\matrix@{ a & b \\ c & d@}}
14148 format in @TeX{} mode and in
14149 @samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} a & b \\ c & d \end@{pmatrix@}} format in
14150 La@TeX{} mode; you may need to edit this afterwards to change to your
14151 preferred matrix form. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or @kbd{d L} with an
14152 argument of 2 or -2, then matrices will be displayed in two-dimensional
14153 form, such as
14154
14155 @example
14156 \begin@{pmatrix@}
14157 a & b \\
14158 c & d
14159 \end@{pmatrix@}
14160 @end example
14161
14162 @noindent
14163 This may be convenient for isolated matrices, but could lead to
14164 expressions being displayed like
14165
14166 @example
14167 \begin@{pmatrix@} \times x
14168 a & b \\
14169 c & d
14170 \end@{pmatrix@}
14171 @end example
14172
14173 @noindent
14174 While this wouldn't bother Calc, it is incorrect La@TeX{}.
14175 (Similarly for @TeX{}.)
14176
14177 Accents like @code{\tilde} and @code{\bar} translate into function
14178 calls internally (@samp{tilde(x)}, @samp{bar(x)}). The @code{\underline}
14179 sequence is treated as an accent. The @code{\vec} accent corresponds
14180 to the function name @code{Vec}, because @code{vec} is the name of
14181 a built-in Calc function. The following table shows the accents
14182 in Calc, @TeX{}, La@TeX{} and @dfn{eqn} (described in the next section):
14183
14184 @ignore
14185 @iftex
14186 @begingroup
14187 @let@calcindexershow=@calcindexernoshow @c Suppress marginal notes
14188 @let@calcindexersh=@calcindexernoshow
14189 @end iftex
14190 @starindex
14191 @end ignore
14192 @tindex acute
14193 @ignore
14194 @starindex
14195 @end ignore
14196 @tindex Acute
14197 @ignore
14198 @starindex
14199 @end ignore
14200 @tindex bar
14201 @ignore
14202 @starindex
14203 @end ignore
14204 @tindex Bar
14205 @ignore
14206 @starindex
14207 @end ignore
14208 @tindex breve
14209 @ignore
14210 @starindex
14211 @end ignore
14212 @tindex Breve
14213 @ignore
14214 @starindex
14215 @end ignore
14216 @tindex check
14217 @ignore
14218 @starindex
14219 @end ignore
14220 @tindex Check
14221 @ignore
14222 @starindex
14223 @end ignore
14224 @tindex dddot
14225 @ignore
14226 @starindex
14227 @end ignore
14228 @tindex ddddot
14229 @ignore
14230 @starindex
14231 @end ignore
14232 @tindex dot
14233 @ignore
14234 @starindex
14235 @end ignore
14236 @tindex Dot
14237 @ignore
14238 @starindex
14239 @end ignore
14240 @tindex dotdot
14241 @ignore
14242 @starindex
14243 @end ignore
14244 @tindex DotDot
14245 @ignore
14246 @starindex
14247 @end ignore
14248 @tindex dyad
14249 @ignore
14250 @starindex
14251 @end ignore
14252 @tindex grave
14253 @ignore
14254 @starindex
14255 @end ignore
14256 @tindex Grave
14257 @ignore
14258 @starindex
14259 @end ignore
14260 @tindex hat
14261 @ignore
14262 @starindex
14263 @end ignore
14264 @tindex Hat
14265 @ignore
14266 @starindex
14267 @end ignore
14268 @tindex Prime
14269 @ignore
14270 @starindex
14271 @end ignore
14272 @tindex tilde
14273 @ignore
14274 @starindex
14275 @end ignore
14276 @tindex Tilde
14277 @ignore
14278 @starindex
14279 @end ignore
14280 @tindex under
14281 @ignore
14282 @starindex
14283 @end ignore
14284 @tindex Vec
14285 @ignore
14286 @starindex
14287 @end ignore
14288 @tindex VEC
14289 @ignore
14290 @iftex
14291 @endgroup
14292 @end iftex
14293 @end ignore
14294 @example
14295 Calc TeX LaTeX eqn
14296 ---- --- ----- ---
14297 acute \acute \acute
14298 Acute \Acute
14299 bar \bar \bar bar
14300 Bar \Bar
14301 breve \breve \breve
14302 Breve \Breve
14303 check \check \check
14304 Check \Check
14305 dddot \dddot
14306 ddddot \ddddot
14307 dot \dot \dot dot
14308 Dot \Dot
14309 dotdot \ddot \ddot dotdot
14310 DotDot \Ddot
14311 dyad dyad
14312 grave \grave \grave
14313 Grave \Grave
14314 hat \hat \hat hat
14315 Hat \Hat
14316 Prime prime
14317 tilde \tilde \tilde tilde
14318 Tilde \Tilde
14319 under \underline \underline under
14320 Vec \vec \vec vec
14321 VEC \Vec
14322 @end example
14323
14324 The @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operator appears as a @code{\to} symbol:
14325 @samp{@{@var{a} \to @var{b}@}}. @TeX{} defines @code{\to} as an
14326 alias for @code{\rightarrow}. However, if the @samp{=>} is the
14327 top-level expression being formatted, a slightly different notation
14328 is used: @samp{\evalto @var{a} \to @var{b}}. The @code{\evalto}
14329 word is ignored by Calc's input routines, and is undefined in @TeX{}.
14330 You will typically want to include one of the following definitions
14331 at the top of a @TeX{} file that uses @code{\evalto}:
14332
14333 @example
14334 \def\evalto@{@}
14335 \def\evalto#1\to@{@}
14336 @end example
14337
14338 The first definition formats evaluates-to operators in the usual
14339 way. The second causes only the @var{b} part to appear in the
14340 printed document; the @var{a} part and the arrow are hidden.
14341 Another definition you may wish to use is @samp{\let\to=\Rightarrow}
14342 which causes @code{\to} to appear more like Calc's @samp{=>} symbol.
14343 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a discussion of @code{evalto}.
14344
14345 The complete set of @TeX{} control sequences that are ignored during
14346 reading is:
14347
14348 @example
14349 \hbox \mbox \text \left \right
14350 \, \> \: \; \! \quad \qquad \hfil \hfill
14351 \displaystyle \textstyle \dsize \tsize
14352 \scriptstyle \scriptscriptstyle \ssize \ssize
14353 \rm \bf \it \sl \roman \bold \italic \slanted
14354 \cal \mit \Cal \Bbb \frak \goth
14355 \evalto
14356 @end example
14357
14358 Note that, because these symbols are ignored, reading a @TeX{} or
14359 La@TeX{} formula into Calc and writing it back out may lose spacing and
14360 font information.
14361
14362 Also, the ``discretionary multiplication sign'' @samp{\*} is read
14363 the same as @samp{*}.
14364
14365 @ifnottex
14366 The @TeX{} version of this manual includes some printed examples at the
14367 end of this section.
14368 @end ifnottex
14369 @iftex
14370 Here are some examples of how various Calc formulas are formatted in @TeX{}:
14371
14372 @example
14373 @group
14374 sin(a^2 / b_i)
14375 \sin\left( {a^2 \over b_i} \right)
14376 @end group
14377 @end example
14378 @tex
14379 $$ \sin\left( a^2 \over b_i \right) $$
14380 @end tex
14381 @sp 1
14382
14383 @example
14384 @group
14385 [(3, 4), 3:4, 3 +/- 4, [3 .. inf)]
14386 [3 + 4i, @{3 \over 4@}, 3 \pm 4, [3 \ldots \infty)]
14387 @end group
14388 @end example
14389 @tex
14390 $$ [3 + 4i, {3 \over 4}, 3 \pm 4, [ 3 \ldots \infty)] $$
14391 @end tex
14392 @sp 1
14393
14394 @example
14395 @group
14396 [abs(a), abs(a / b), floor(a), ceil(a / b)]
14397 [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14398 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil]
14399 @end group
14400 @end example
14401 @tex
14402 $$ [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14403 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil] $$
14404 @end tex
14405 @sp 1
14406
14407 @example
14408 @group
14409 [sin(a), sin(2 a), sin(2 + a), sin(a / b)]
14410 [\sin@{a@}, \sin@{2 a@}, \sin(2 + a),
14411 \sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)]
14412 @end group
14413 @end example
14414 @tex
14415 $$ [\sin{a}, \sin{2 a}, \sin(2 + a), \sin\left( {a \over b} \right)] $$
14416 @end tex
14417 @sp 2
14418
14419 First with plain @kbd{d T}, then with @kbd{C-u d T}, then finally with
14420 @kbd{C-u - d T} (using the example definition
14421 @samp{\def\foo#1@{\tilde F(#1)@}}:
14422
14423 @example
14424 @group
14425 [f(a), foo(bar), sin(pi)]
14426 [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}]
14427 [f(a), \hbox@{foo@}(\hbox@{bar@}), \sin@{\pi@}]
14428 [f(a), \foo@{\hbox@{bar@}@}, \sin@{\pi@}]
14429 @end group
14430 @end example
14431 @tex
14432 $$ [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}] $$
14433 $$ [f(a), \hbox{foo}(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14434 $$ [f(a), \tilde F(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14435 @end tex
14436 @sp 2
14437
14438 First with @samp{\def\evalto@{@}}, then with @samp{\def\evalto#1\to@{@}}:
14439
14440 @example
14441 @group
14442 2 + 3 => 5
14443 \evalto 2 + 3 \to 5
14444 @end group
14445 @end example
14446 @tex
14447 $$ 2 + 3 \to 5 $$
14448 $$ 5 $$
14449 @end tex
14450 @sp 2
14451
14452 First with standard @code{\to}, then with @samp{\let\to\Rightarrow}:
14453
14454 @example
14455 @group
14456 [2 + 3 => 5, a / 2 => (b + c) / 2]
14457 [@{2 + 3 \to 5@}, @{@{a \over 2@} \to @{b + c \over 2@}@}]
14458 @end group
14459 @end example
14460 @tex
14461 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$
14462 {\let\to\Rightarrow
14463 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$}
14464 @end tex
14465 @sp 2
14466
14467 Matrices normally, then changing @code{\matrix} to @code{\pmatrix}:
14468
14469 @example
14470 @group
14471 [ [ a / b, 0 ], [ 0, 2^(x + 1) ] ]
14472 \matrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14473 \pmatrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14474 @end group
14475 @end example
14476 @tex
14477 $$ \matrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14478 $$ \pmatrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14479 @end tex
14480 @sp 2
14481 @end iftex
14482
14483 @node Eqn Language Mode, Yacas Language Mode, TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Language Modes
14484 @subsection Eqn Language Mode
14485
14486 @noindent
14487 @kindex d E
14488 @pindex calc-eqn-language
14489 @dfn{Eqn} is another popular formatter for math formulas. It is
14490 designed for use with the TROFF text formatter, and comes standard
14491 with many versions of Unix. The @kbd{d E} (@code{calc-eqn-language})
14492 command selects @dfn{eqn} notation.
14493
14494 The @dfn{eqn} language's main idiosyncrasy is that whitespace plays
14495 a significant part in the parsing of the language. For example,
14496 @samp{sqrt x+1 + y} treats @samp{x+1} as the argument of the
14497 @code{sqrt} operator. @dfn{Eqn} also understands more conventional
14498 grouping using curly braces: @samp{sqrt@{x+1@} + y}. Braces are
14499 required only when the argument contains spaces.
14500
14501 In Calc's @dfn{eqn} mode, however, curly braces are required to
14502 delimit arguments of operators like @code{sqrt}. The first of the
14503 above examples would treat only the @samp{x} as the argument of
14504 @code{sqrt}, and in fact @samp{sin x+1} would be interpreted as
14505 @samp{sin * x + 1}, because @code{sin} is not a special operator
14506 in the @dfn{eqn} language. If you always surround the argument
14507 with curly braces, Calc will never misunderstand.
14508
14509 Calc also understands parentheses as grouping characters. Another
14510 peculiarity of @dfn{eqn}'s syntax makes it advisable to separate
14511 words with spaces from any surrounding characters that aren't curly
14512 braces, so Calc writes @samp{sin ( x + y )} in @dfn{eqn} mode.
14513 (The spaces around @code{sin} are important to make @dfn{eqn}
14514 recognize that @code{sin} should be typeset in a roman font, and
14515 the spaces around @code{x} and @code{y} are a good idea just in
14516 case the @dfn{eqn} document has defined special meanings for these
14517 names, too.)
14518
14519 Powers and subscripts are written with the @code{sub} and @code{sup}
14520 operators, respectively. Note that the caret symbol @samp{^} is
14521 treated the same as a space in @dfn{eqn} mode, as is the @samp{~}
14522 symbol (these are used to introduce spaces of various widths into
14523 the typeset output of @dfn{eqn}).
14524
14525 As in La@TeX{} mode, Calc's formatter omits parentheses around the
14526 arguments of functions like @code{ln} and @code{sin} if they are
14527 ``simple-looking''; in this case Calc surrounds the argument with
14528 braces, separated by a @samp{~} from the function name: @samp{sin~@{x@}}.
14529
14530 Font change codes (like @samp{roman @var{x}}) and positioning codes
14531 (like @samp{~} and @samp{down @var{n} @var{x}}) are ignored by the
14532 @dfn{eqn} reader. Also ignored are the words @code{left}, @code{right},
14533 @code{mark}, and @code{lineup}. Quotation marks in @dfn{eqn} mode input
14534 are treated the same as curly braces: @samp{sqrt "1+x"} is equivalent to
14535 @samp{sqrt @{1+x@}}; this is only an approximation to the true meaning
14536 of quotes in @dfn{eqn}, but it is good enough for most uses.
14537
14538 Accent codes (@samp{@var{x} dot}) are handled by treating them as
14539 function calls (@samp{dot(@var{x})}) internally.
14540 @xref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for a table of these accent
14541 functions. The @code{prime} accent is treated specially if it occurs on
14542 a variable or function name: @samp{f prime prime @w{( x prime )}} is
14543 stored internally as @samp{f'@w{'}(x')}. For example, taking the
14544 derivative of @samp{f(2 x)} with @kbd{a d x} will produce @samp{2 f'(2
14545 x)}, which @dfn{eqn} mode will display as @samp{2 f prime ( 2 x )}.
14546
14547 Assignments are written with the @samp{<-} (left-arrow) symbol,
14548 and @code{evalto} operators are written with @samp{->} or
14549 @samp{evalto ... ->} (@pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for a discussion
14550 of this). The regular Calc symbols @samp{:=} and @samp{=>} are also
14551 recognized for these operators during reading.
14552
14553 Vectors in @dfn{eqn} mode use regular Calc square brackets, but
14554 matrices are formatted as @samp{matrix @{ ccol @{ a above b @} ... @}}.
14555 The words @code{lcol} and @code{rcol} are recognized as synonyms
14556 for @code{ccol} during input, and are generated instead of @code{ccol}
14557 if the matrix justification mode so specifies.
14558
14559 @node Yacas Language Mode, Maxima Language Mode, Eqn Language Mode, Language Modes
14560 @subsection Yacas Language Mode
14561
14562 @noindent
14563 @kindex d Y
14564 @pindex calc-yacas-language
14565 @cindex Yacas language
14566 The @kbd{d Y} (@code{calc-yacas-language}) command selects the
14567 conventions of Yacas, a free computer algebra system. While the
14568 operators and functions in Yacas are similar to those of Calc, the names
14569 of built-in functions in Yacas are capitalized. The Calc formula
14570 @samp{sin(2 x)}, for example, is entered and displayed @samp{Sin(2 x)}
14571 in Yacas mode, and `@samp{arcsin(x^2)} is @samp{ArcSin(x^2)} in Yacas
14572 mode. Complex numbers are written are written @samp{3 + 4 I}.
14573 The standard special constants are written @code{Pi}, @code{E},
14574 @code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio} and @code{Gamma}. @code{Infinity}
14575 represents both @code{inf} and @code{uinf}, and @code{Undefined}
14576 represents @code{nan}.
14577
14578 Certain operators on functions, such as @code{D} for differentiation
14579 and @code{Integrate} for integration, take a prefix form in Yacas. For
14580 example, the derivative of @w{@samp{e^x sin(x)}} can be computed with
14581 @w{@samp{D(x) Exp(x)*Sin(x)}}.
14582
14583 Other notable differences between Yacas and standard Calc expressions
14584 are that vectors and matrices use curly braces in Yacas, and subscripts
14585 use square brackets. If, for example, @samp{A} represents the list
14586 @samp{@{a,2,c,4@}}, then @samp{A[3]} would equal @samp{c}.
14587
14588
14589 @node Maxima Language Mode, Giac Language Mode, Yacas Language Mode, Language Modes
14590 @subsection Maxima Language Mode
14591
14592 @noindent
14593 @kindex d X
14594 @pindex calc-maxima-language
14595 @cindex Maxima language
14596 The @kbd{d X} (@code{calc-maxima-language}) command selects the
14597 conventions of Maxima, another free computer algebra system. The
14598 function names in Maxima are similar, but not always identical, to Calc.
14599 For example, instead of @samp{arcsin(x)}, Maxima will use
14600 @samp{asin(x)}. Complex numbers are written @samp{3 + 4 %i}. The
14601 standard special constants are written @code{%pi}, @code{%e},
14602 @code{%i}, @code{%phi} and @code{%gamma}. In Maxima, @code{inf} means
14603 the same as in Calc, but @code{infinity} represents Calc's @code{uinf}.
14604
14605 Underscores as well as percent signs are allowed in function and
14606 variable names in Maxima mode. The underscore again is equivalent to
14607 the @samp{#} in Normal mode, and the percent sign is equivalent to
14608 @samp{o'o}.
14609
14610 Maxima uses square brackets for lists and vectors, and matrices are
14611 written as calls to the function @code{matrix}, given the row vectors of
14612 the matrix as arguments. Square brackets are also used as subscripts.
14613
14614 @node Giac Language Mode, Mathematica Language Mode, Maxima Language Mode, Language Modes
14615 @subsection Giac Language Mode
14616
14617 @noindent
14618 @kindex d A
14619 @pindex calc-giac-language
14620 @cindex Giac language
14621 The @kbd{d A} (@code{calc-giac-language}) command selects the
14622 conventions of Giac, another free computer algebra system. The function
14623 names in Giac are similar to Maxima. Complex numbers are written
14624 @samp{3 + 4 i}. The standard special constants in Giac are the same as
14625 in Calc, except that @code{infinity} represents both Calc's @code{inf}
14626 and @code{uinf}.
14627
14628 Underscores are allowed in function and variable names in Giac mode.
14629 Brackets are used for subscripts. In Giac, indexing of lists begins at
14630 0, instead of 1 as in Calc. So if @samp{A} represents the list
14631 @samp{[a,2,c,4]}, then @samp{A[2]} would equal @samp{c}. In general,
14632 @samp{A[n]} in Giac mode corresponds to @samp{A_(n+1)} in Normal mode.
14633
14634 The Giac interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} has no surrounding brackets;
14635 Calc reads @samp{2 .. 3} as the closed interval @samp{[2 .. 3]} and
14636 writes any kind of interval as @samp{2 .. 3}. This means you cannot see
14637 the difference between an open and a closed interval while in Giac mode.
14638
14639 @node Mathematica Language Mode, Maple Language Mode, Giac Language Mode, Language Modes
14640 @subsection Mathematica Language Mode
14641
14642 @noindent
14643 @kindex d M
14644 @pindex calc-mathematica-language
14645 @cindex Mathematica language
14646 The @kbd{d M} (@code{calc-mathematica-language}) command selects the
14647 conventions of Mathematica. Notable differences in Mathematica mode
14648 are that the names of built-in functions are capitalized, and function
14649 calls use square brackets instead of parentheses. Thus the Calc
14650 formula @samp{sin(2 x)} is entered and displayed @w{@samp{Sin[2 x]}} in
14651 Mathematica mode.
14652
14653 Vectors and matrices use curly braces in Mathematica. Complex numbers
14654 are written @samp{3 + 4 I}. The standard special constants in Calc are
14655 written @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio}, @code{EulerGamma},
14656 @code{Infinity}, @code{ComplexInfinity}, and @code{Indeterminate} in
14657 Mathematica mode.
14658 Non-decimal numbers are written, e.g., @samp{16^^7fff}. Floating-point
14659 numbers in scientific notation are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14660 Subscripts use double square brackets: @samp{a[[i]]}.
14661
14662 @node Maple Language Mode, Compositions, Mathematica Language Mode, Language Modes
14663 @subsection Maple Language Mode
14664
14665 @noindent
14666 @kindex d W
14667 @pindex calc-maple-language
14668 @cindex Maple language
14669 The @kbd{d W} (@code{calc-maple-language}) command selects the
14670 conventions of Maple.
14671
14672 Maple's language is much like C. Underscores are allowed in symbol
14673 names; square brackets are used for subscripts; explicit @samp{*}s for
14674 multiplications are required. Use either @samp{^} or @samp{**} to
14675 denote powers.
14676
14677 Maple uses square brackets for lists and curly braces for sets. Calc
14678 interprets both notations as vectors, and displays vectors with square
14679 brackets. This means Maple sets will be converted to lists when they
14680 pass through Calc. As a special case, matrices are written as calls
14681 to the function @code{matrix}, given a list of lists as the argument,
14682 and can be read in this form or with all-capitals @code{MATRIX}.
14683
14684 The Maple interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} is like Giac's interval
14685 notation, and is handled the same by Calc.
14686
14687 Maple writes complex numbers as @samp{3 + 4*I}. Its special constants
14688 are @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, and @code{infinity} (all three of
14689 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} display as @code{infinity}).
14690 Floating-point numbers are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14691
14692 Among things not currently handled by Calc's Maple mode are the
14693 various quote symbols, procedures and functional operators, and
14694 inert (@samp{&}) operators.
14695
14696 @node Compositions, Syntax Tables, Maple Language Mode, Language Modes
14697 @subsection Compositions
14698
14699 @noindent
14700 @cindex Compositions
14701 There are several @dfn{composition functions} which allow you to get
14702 displays in a variety of formats similar to those in Big language
14703 mode. Most of these functions do not evaluate to anything; they are
14704 placeholders which are left in symbolic form by Calc's evaluator but
14705 are recognized by Calc's display formatting routines.
14706
14707 Two of these, @code{string} and @code{bstring}, are described elsewhere.
14708 @xref{Strings}. For example, @samp{string("ABC")} is displayed as
14709 @samp{ABC}. When viewed on the stack it will be indistinguishable from
14710 the variable @code{ABC}, but internally it will be stored as
14711 @samp{string([65, 66, 67])} and can still be manipulated this way; for
14712 example, the selection and vector commands @kbd{j 1 v v j u} would
14713 select the vector portion of this object and reverse the elements, then
14714 deselect to reveal a string whose characters had been reversed.
14715
14716 The composition functions do the same thing in all language modes
14717 (although their components will of course be formatted in the current
14718 language mode). The one exception is Unformatted mode (@kbd{d U}),
14719 which does not give the composition functions any special treatment.
14720 The functions are discussed here because of their relationship to
14721 the language modes.
14722
14723 @menu
14724 * Composition Basics::
14725 * Horizontal Compositions::
14726 * Vertical Compositions::
14727 * Other Compositions::
14728 * Information about Compositions::
14729 * User-Defined Compositions::
14730 @end menu
14731
14732 @node Composition Basics, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions, Compositions
14733 @subsubsection Composition Basics
14734
14735 @noindent
14736 Compositions are generally formed by stacking formulas together
14737 horizontally or vertically in various ways. Those formulas are
14738 themselves compositions. @TeX{} users will find this analogous
14739 to @TeX{}'s ``boxes.'' Each multi-line composition has a
14740 @dfn{baseline}; horizontal compositions use the baselines to
14741 decide how formulas should be positioned relative to one another.
14742 For example, in the Big mode formula
14743
14744 @example
14745 @group
14746 2
14747 a + b
14748 17 + ------
14749 c
14750 @end group
14751 @end example
14752
14753 @noindent
14754 the second term of the sum is four lines tall and has line three as
14755 its baseline. Thus when the term is combined with 17, line three
14756 is placed on the same level as the baseline of 17.
14757
14758 @tex
14759 \bigskip
14760 @end tex
14761
14762 Another important composition concept is @dfn{precedence}. This is
14763 an integer that represents the binding strength of various operators.
14764 For example, @samp{*} has higher precedence (195) than @samp{+} (180),
14765 which means that @samp{(a * b) + c} will be formatted without the
14766 parentheses, but @samp{a * (b + c)} will keep the parentheses.
14767
14768 The operator table used by normal and Big language modes has the
14769 following precedences:
14770
14771 @example
14772 _ 1200 @r{(subscripts)}
14773 % 1100 @r{(as in n}%@r{)}
14774 ! 1000 @r{(as in }!@r{n)}
14775 mod 400
14776 +/- 300
14777 !! 210 @r{(as in n}!!@r{)}
14778 ! 210 @r{(as in n}!@r{)}
14779 ^ 200
14780 - 197 @r{(as in }-@r{n)}
14781 * 195 @r{(or implicit multiplication)}
14782 / % \ 190
14783 + - 180 @r{(as in a}+@r{b)}
14784 | 170
14785 < = 160 @r{(and other relations)}
14786 && 110
14787 || 100
14788 ? : 90
14789 !!! 85
14790 &&& 80
14791 ||| 75
14792 := 50
14793 :: 45
14794 => 40
14795 @end example
14796
14797 The general rule is that if an operator with precedence @expr{n}
14798 occurs as an argument to an operator with precedence @expr{m}, then
14799 the argument is enclosed in parentheses if @expr{n < m}. Top-level
14800 expressions and expressions which are function arguments, vector
14801 components, etc., are formatted with precedence zero (so that they
14802 normally never get additional parentheses).
14803
14804 For binary left-associative operators like @samp{+}, the righthand
14805 argument is actually formatted with one-higher precedence than shown
14806 in the table. This makes sure @samp{(a + b) + c} omits the parentheses,
14807 but the unnatural form @samp{a + (b + c)} keeps its parentheses.
14808 Right-associative operators like @samp{^} format the lefthand argument
14809 with one-higher precedence.
14810
14811 @ignore
14812 @starindex
14813 @end ignore
14814 @tindex cprec
14815 The @code{cprec} function formats an expression with an arbitrary
14816 precedence. For example, @samp{cprec(abc, 185)} will combine into
14817 sums and products as follows: @samp{7 + abc}, @samp{7 (abc)} (because
14818 this @code{cprec} form has higher precedence than addition, but lower
14819 precedence than multiplication).
14820
14821 @tex
14822 \bigskip
14823 @end tex
14824
14825 A final composition issue is @dfn{line breaking}. Calc uses two
14826 different strategies for ``flat'' and ``non-flat'' compositions.
14827 A non-flat composition is anything that appears on multiple lines
14828 (not counting line breaking). Examples would be matrices and Big
14829 mode powers and quotients. Non-flat compositions are displayed
14830 exactly as specified. If they come out wider than the current
14831 window, you must use horizontal scrolling (@kbd{<} and @kbd{>}) to
14832 view them.
14833
14834 Flat compositions, on the other hand, will be broken across several
14835 lines if they are too wide to fit the window. Certain points in a
14836 composition are noted internally as @dfn{break points}. Calc's
14837 general strategy is to fill each line as much as possible, then to
14838 move down to the next line starting at the first break point that
14839 didn't fit. However, the line breaker understands the hierarchical
14840 structure of formulas. It will not break an ``inner'' formula if
14841 it can use an earlier break point from an ``outer'' formula instead.
14842 For example, a vector of sums might be formatted as:
14843
14844 @example
14845 @group
14846 [ a + b + c, d + e + f,
14847 g + h + i, j + k + l, m ]
14848 @end group
14849 @end example
14850
14851 @noindent
14852 If the @samp{m} can fit, then so, it seems, could the @samp{g}.
14853 But Calc prefers to break at the comma since the comma is part
14854 of a ``more outer'' formula. Calc would break at a plus sign
14855 only if it had to, say, if the very first sum in the vector had
14856 itself been too large to fit.
14857
14858 Of the composition functions described below, only @code{choriz}
14859 generates break points. The @code{bstring} function (@pxref{Strings})
14860 also generates breakable items: A break point is added after every
14861 space (or group of spaces) except for spaces at the very beginning or
14862 end of the string.
14863
14864 Composition functions themselves count as levels in the formula
14865 hierarchy, so a @code{choriz} that is a component of a larger
14866 @code{choriz} will be less likely to be broken. As a special case,
14867 if a @code{bstring} occurs as a component of a @code{choriz} or
14868 @code{choriz}-like object (such as a vector or a list of arguments
14869 in a function call), then the break points in that @code{bstring}
14870 will be on the same level as the break points of the surrounding
14871 object.
14872
14873 @node Horizontal Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Composition Basics, Compositions
14874 @subsubsection Horizontal Compositions
14875
14876 @noindent
14877 @ignore
14878 @starindex
14879 @end ignore
14880 @tindex choriz
14881 The @code{choriz} function takes a vector of objects and composes
14882 them horizontally. For example, @samp{choriz([17, a b/c, d])} formats
14883 as @w{@samp{17a b / cd}} in Normal language mode, or as
14884
14885 @example
14886 @group
14887 a b
14888 17---d
14889 c
14890 @end group
14891 @end example
14892
14893 @noindent
14894 in Big language mode. This is actually one case of the general
14895 function @samp{choriz(@var{vec}, @var{sep}, @var{prec})}, where
14896 either or both of @var{sep} and @var{prec} may be omitted.
14897 @var{Prec} gives the @dfn{precedence} to use when formatting
14898 each of the components of @var{vec}. The default precedence is
14899 the precedence from the surrounding environment.
14900
14901 @var{Sep} is a string (i.e., a vector of character codes as might
14902 be entered with @code{" "} notation) which should separate components
14903 of the composition. Also, if @var{sep} is given, the line breaker
14904 will allow lines to be broken after each occurrence of @var{sep}.
14905 If @var{sep} is omitted, the composition will not be breakable
14906 (unless any of its component compositions are breakable).
14907
14908 For example, @samp{2 choriz([a, b c, d = e], " + ", 180)} is
14909 formatted as @samp{2 a + b c + (d = e)}. To get the @code{choriz}
14910 to have precedence 180 ``outwards'' as well as ``inwards,''
14911 enclose it in a @code{cprec} form: @samp{2 cprec(choriz(...), 180)}
14912 formats as @samp{2 (a + b c + (d = e))}.
14913
14914 The baseline of a horizontal composition is the same as the
14915 baselines of the component compositions, which are all aligned.
14916
14917 @node Vertical Compositions, Other Compositions, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions
14918 @subsubsection Vertical Compositions
14919
14920 @noindent
14921 @ignore
14922 @starindex
14923 @end ignore
14924 @tindex cvert
14925 The @code{cvert} function makes a vertical composition. Each
14926 component of the vector is centered in a column. The baseline of
14927 the result is by default the top line of the resulting composition.
14928 For example, @samp{f(cvert([a, bb, ccc]), cvert([a^2 + 1, b^2]))}
14929 formats in Big mode as
14930
14931 @example
14932 @group
14933 f( a , 2 )
14934 bb a + 1
14935 ccc 2
14936 b
14937 @end group
14938 @end example
14939
14940 @ignore
14941 @starindex
14942 @end ignore
14943 @tindex cbase
14944 There are several special composition functions that work only as
14945 components of a vertical composition. The @code{cbase} function
14946 controls the baseline of the vertical composition; the baseline
14947 will be the same as the baseline of whatever component is enclosed
14948 in @code{cbase}. Thus @samp{f(cvert([a, cbase(bb), ccc]),
14949 cvert([a^2 + 1, cbase(b^2)]))} displays as
14950
14951 @example
14952 @group
14953 2
14954 a + 1
14955 a 2
14956 f(bb , b )
14957 ccc
14958 @end group
14959 @end example
14960
14961 @ignore
14962 @starindex
14963 @end ignore
14964 @tindex ctbase
14965 @ignore
14966 @starindex
14967 @end ignore
14968 @tindex cbbase
14969 There are also @code{ctbase} and @code{cbbase} functions which
14970 make the baseline of the vertical composition equal to the top
14971 or bottom line (rather than the baseline) of that component.
14972 Thus @samp{cvert([cbase(a / b)]) + cvert([ctbase(a / b)]) +
14973 cvert([cbbase(a / b)])} gives
14974
14975 @example
14976 @group
14977 a
14978 a -
14979 - + a + b
14980 b -
14981 b
14982 @end group
14983 @end example
14984
14985 There should be only one @code{cbase}, @code{ctbase}, or @code{cbbase}
14986 function in a given vertical composition. These functions can also
14987 be written with no arguments: @samp{ctbase()} is a zero-height object
14988 which means the baseline is the top line of the following item, and
14989 @samp{cbbase()} means the baseline is the bottom line of the preceding
14990 item.
14991
14992 @ignore
14993 @starindex
14994 @end ignore
14995 @tindex crule
14996 The @code{crule} function builds a ``rule,'' or horizontal line,
14997 across a vertical composition. By itself @samp{crule()} uses @samp{-}
14998 characters to build the rule. You can specify any other character,
14999 e.g., @samp{crule("=")}. The argument must be a character code or
15000 vector of exactly one character code. It is repeated to match the
15001 width of the widest item in the stack. For example, a quotient
15002 with a thick line is @samp{cvert([a + 1, cbase(crule("=")), b^2])}:
15003
15004 @example
15005 @group
15006 a + 1
15007 =====
15008 2
15009 b
15010 @end group
15011 @end example
15012
15013 @ignore
15014 @starindex
15015 @end ignore
15016 @tindex clvert
15017 @ignore
15018 @starindex
15019 @end ignore
15020 @tindex crvert
15021 Finally, the functions @code{clvert} and @code{crvert} act exactly
15022 like @code{cvert} except that the items are left- or right-justified
15023 in the stack. Thus @samp{clvert([a, bb, ccc]) + crvert([a, bb, ccc])}
15024 gives:
15025
15026 @example
15027 @group
15028 a + a
15029 bb bb
15030 ccc ccc
15031 @end group
15032 @end example
15033
15034 Like @code{choriz}, the vertical compositions accept a second argument
15035 which gives the precedence to use when formatting the components.
15036 Vertical compositions do not support separator strings.
15037
15038 @node Other Compositions, Information about Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Compositions
15039 @subsubsection Other Compositions
15040
15041 @noindent
15042 @ignore
15043 @starindex
15044 @end ignore
15045 @tindex csup
15046 The @code{csup} function builds a superscripted expression. For
15047 example, @samp{csup(a, b)} looks the same as @samp{a^b} does in Big
15048 language mode. This is essentially a horizontal composition of
15049 @samp{a} and @samp{b}, where @samp{b} is shifted up so that its
15050 bottom line is one above the baseline.
15051
15052 @ignore
15053 @starindex
15054 @end ignore
15055 @tindex csub
15056 Likewise, the @code{csub} function builds a subscripted expression.
15057 This shifts @samp{b} down so that its top line is one below the
15058 bottom line of @samp{a} (note that this is not quite analogous to
15059 @code{csup}). Other arrangements can be obtained by using
15060 @code{choriz} and @code{cvert} directly.
15061
15062 @ignore
15063 @starindex
15064 @end ignore
15065 @tindex cflat
15066 The @code{cflat} function formats its argument in ``flat'' mode,
15067 as obtained by @samp{d O}, if the current language mode is normal
15068 or Big. It has no effect in other language modes. For example,
15069 @samp{a^(b/c)} is formatted by Big mode like @samp{csup(a, cflat(b/c))}
15070 to improve its readability.
15071
15072 @ignore
15073 @starindex
15074 @end ignore
15075 @tindex cspace
15076 The @code{cspace} function creates horizontal space. For example,
15077 @samp{cspace(4)} is effectively the same as @samp{string(" ")}.
15078 A second string (i.e., vector of characters) argument is repeated
15079 instead of the space character. For example, @samp{cspace(4, "ab")}
15080 looks like @samp{abababab}. If the second argument is not a string,
15081 it is formatted in the normal way and then several copies of that
15082 are composed together: @samp{cspace(4, a^2)} yields
15083
15084 @example
15085 @group
15086 2 2 2 2
15087 a a a a
15088 @end group
15089 @end example
15090
15091 @noindent
15092 If the number argument is zero, this is a zero-width object.
15093
15094 @ignore
15095 @starindex
15096 @end ignore
15097 @tindex cvspace
15098 The @code{cvspace} function creates vertical space, or a vertical
15099 stack of copies of a certain string or formatted object. The
15100 baseline is the center line of the resulting stack. A numerical
15101 argument of zero will produce an object which contributes zero
15102 height if used in a vertical composition.
15103
15104 @ignore
15105 @starindex
15106 @end ignore
15107 @tindex ctspace
15108 @ignore
15109 @starindex
15110 @end ignore
15111 @tindex cbspace
15112 There are also @code{ctspace} and @code{cbspace} functions which
15113 create vertical space with the baseline the same as the baseline
15114 of the top or bottom copy, respectively, of the second argument.
15115 Thus @samp{cvspace(2, a/b) + ctspace(2, a/b) + cbspace(2, a/b)}
15116 displays as:
15117
15118 @example
15119 @group
15120 a
15121 -
15122 a b
15123 - a a
15124 b + - + -
15125 a b b
15126 - a
15127 b -
15128 b
15129 @end group
15130 @end example
15131
15132 @node Information about Compositions, User-Defined Compositions, Other Compositions, Compositions
15133 @subsubsection Information about Compositions
15134
15135 @noindent
15136 The functions in this section are actual functions; they compose their
15137 arguments according to the current language and other display modes,
15138 then return a certain measurement of the composition as an integer.
15139
15140 @ignore
15141 @starindex
15142 @end ignore
15143 @tindex cwidth
15144 The @code{cwidth} function measures the width, in characters, of a
15145 composition. For example, @samp{cwidth(a + b)} is 5, and
15146 @samp{cwidth(a / b)} is 5 in Normal mode, 1 in Big mode, and 11 in
15147 @TeX{} mode (for @samp{@{a \over b@}}). The argument may involve
15148 the composition functions described in this section.
15149
15150 @ignore
15151 @starindex
15152 @end ignore
15153 @tindex cheight
15154 The @code{cheight} function measures the height of a composition.
15155 This is the total number of lines in the argument's printed form.
15156
15157 @ignore
15158 @starindex
15159 @end ignore
15160 @tindex cascent
15161 @ignore
15162 @starindex
15163 @end ignore
15164 @tindex cdescent
15165 The functions @code{cascent} and @code{cdescent} measure the amount
15166 of the height that is above (and including) the baseline, or below
15167 the baseline, respectively. Thus @samp{cascent(@var{x}) + cdescent(@var{x})}
15168 always equals @samp{cheight(@var{x})}. For a one-line formula like
15169 @samp{a + b}, @code{cascent} returns 1 and @code{cdescent} returns 0.
15170 For @samp{a / b} in Big mode, @code{cascent} returns 2 and @code{cdescent}
15171 returns 1. The only formula for which @code{cascent} will return zero
15172 is @samp{cvspace(0)} or equivalents.
15173
15174 @node User-Defined Compositions, , Information about Compositions, Compositions
15175 @subsubsection User-Defined Compositions
15176
15177 @noindent
15178 @kindex Z C
15179 @pindex calc-user-define-composition
15180 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command lets you
15181 define the display format for any algebraic function. You provide a
15182 formula containing a certain number of argument variables on the stack.
15183 Any time Calc formats a call to the specified function in the current
15184 language mode and with that number of arguments, Calc effectively
15185 replaces the function call with that formula with the arguments
15186 replaced.
15187
15188 Calc builds the default argument list by sorting all the variable names
15189 that appear in the formula into alphabetical order. You can edit this
15190 argument list before pressing @key{RET} if you wish. Any variables in
15191 the formula that do not appear in the argument list will be displayed
15192 literally; any arguments that do not appear in the formula will not
15193 affect the display at all.
15194
15195 You can define formats for built-in functions, for functions you have
15196 defined with @kbd{Z F} (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}), or for functions
15197 which have no definitions but are being used as purely syntactic objects.
15198 You can define different formats for each language mode, and for each
15199 number of arguments, using a succession of @kbd{Z C} commands. When
15200 Calc formats a function call, it first searches for a format defined
15201 for the current language mode (and number of arguments); if there is
15202 none, it uses the format defined for the Normal language mode. If
15203 neither format exists, Calc uses its built-in standard format for that
15204 function (usually just @samp{@var{func}(@var{args})}).
15205
15206 If you execute @kbd{Z C} with the number 0 on the stack instead of a
15207 formula, any defined formats for the function in the current language
15208 mode will be removed. The function will revert to its standard format.
15209
15210 For example, the default format for the binomial coefficient function
15211 @samp{choose(n, m)} in the Big language mode is
15212
15213 @example
15214 @group
15215 n
15216 ( )
15217 m
15218 @end group
15219 @end example
15220
15221 @noindent
15222 You might prefer the notation,
15223
15224 @example
15225 @group
15226 C
15227 n m
15228 @end group
15229 @end example
15230
15231 @noindent
15232 To define this notation, first make sure you are in Big mode,
15233 then put the formula
15234
15235 @smallexample
15236 choriz([cvert([cvspace(1), n]), C, cvert([cvspace(1), m])])
15237 @end smallexample
15238
15239 @noindent
15240 on the stack and type @kbd{Z C}. Answer the first prompt with
15241 @code{choose}. The second prompt will be the default argument list
15242 of @samp{(C m n)}. Edit this list to be @samp{(n m)} and press
15243 @key{RET}. Now, try it out: For example, turn simplification
15244 off with @kbd{m O} and enter @samp{choose(a,b) + choose(7,3)}
15245 as an algebraic entry.
15246
15247 @example
15248 @group
15249 C + C
15250 a b 7 3
15251 @end group
15252 @end example
15253
15254 As another example, let's define the usual notation for Stirling
15255 numbers of the first kind, @samp{stir1(n, m)}. This is just like
15256 the regular format for binomial coefficients but with square brackets
15257 instead of parentheses.
15258
15259 @smallexample
15260 choriz([string("["), cvert([n, cbase(cvspace(1)), m]), string("]")])
15261 @end smallexample
15262
15263 Now type @kbd{Z C stir1 @key{RET}}, edit the argument list to
15264 @samp{(n m)}, and type @key{RET}.
15265
15266 The formula provided to @kbd{Z C} usually will involve composition
15267 functions, but it doesn't have to. Putting the formula @samp{a + b + c}
15268 onto the stack and typing @kbd{Z C foo @key{RET} @key{RET}} would define
15269 the function @samp{foo(x,y,z)} to display like @samp{x + y + z}.
15270 This ``sum'' will act exactly like a real sum for all formatting
15271 purposes (it will be parenthesized the same, and so on). However
15272 it will be computationally unrelated to a sum. For example, the
15273 formula @samp{2 * foo(1, 2, 3)} will display as @samp{2 (1 + 2 + 3)}.
15274 Operator precedences have caused the ``sum'' to be written in
15275 parentheses, but the arguments have not actually been summed.
15276 (Generally a display format like this would be undesirable, since
15277 it can easily be confused with a real sum.)
15278
15279 The special function @code{eval} can be used inside a @kbd{Z C}
15280 composition formula to cause all or part of the formula to be
15281 evaluated at display time. For example, if the formula is
15282 @samp{a + eval(b + c)}, then @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} will be displayed
15283 as @samp{1 + 5}. Evaluation will use the default simplifications,
15284 regardless of the current simplification mode. There are also
15285 @code{evalsimp} and @code{evalextsimp} which simplify as if by
15286 @kbd{a s} and @kbd{a e} (respectively). Note that these ``functions''
15287 operate only in the context of composition formulas (and also in
15288 rewrite rules, where they serve a similar purpose; @pxref{Rewrite
15289 Rules}). On the stack, a call to @code{eval} will be left in
15290 symbolic form.
15291
15292 It is not a good idea to use @code{eval} except as a last resort.
15293 It can cause the display of formulas to be extremely slow. For
15294 example, while @samp{eval(a + b)} might seem quite fast and simple,
15295 there are several situations where it could be slow. For example,
15296 @samp{a} and/or @samp{b} could be polar complex numbers, in which
15297 case doing the sum requires trigonometry. Or, @samp{a} could be
15298 the factorial @samp{fact(100)} which is unevaluated because you
15299 have typed @kbd{m O}; @code{eval} will evaluate it anyway to
15300 produce a large, unwieldy integer.
15301
15302 You can save your display formats permanently using the @kbd{Z P}
15303 command (@pxref{Creating User Keys}).
15304
15305 @node Syntax Tables, , Compositions, Language Modes
15306 @subsection Syntax Tables
15307
15308 @noindent
15309 @cindex Syntax tables
15310 @cindex Parsing formulas, customized
15311 Syntax tables do for input what compositions do for output: They
15312 allow you to teach custom notations to Calc's formula parser.
15313 Calc keeps a separate syntax table for each language mode.
15314
15315 (Note that the Calc ``syntax tables'' discussed here are completely
15316 unrelated to the syntax tables described in the Emacs manual.)
15317
15318 @kindex Z S
15319 @pindex calc-edit-user-syntax
15320 The @kbd{Z S} (@code{calc-edit-user-syntax}) command edits the
15321 syntax table for the current language mode. If you want your
15322 syntax to work in any language, define it in the Normal language
15323 mode. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing the syntax table, or
15324 @kbd{C-x k} to cancel the edit. The @kbd{m m} command saves all
15325 the syntax tables along with the other mode settings;
15326 @pxref{General Mode Commands}.
15327
15328 @menu
15329 * Syntax Table Basics::
15330 * Precedence in Syntax Tables::
15331 * Advanced Syntax Patterns::
15332 * Conditional Syntax Rules::
15333 @end menu
15334
15335 @node Syntax Table Basics, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15336 @subsubsection Syntax Table Basics
15337
15338 @noindent
15339 @dfn{Parsing} is the process of converting a raw string of characters,
15340 such as you would type in during algebraic entry, into a Calc formula.
15341 Calc's parser works in two stages. First, the input is broken down
15342 into @dfn{tokens}, such as words, numbers, and punctuation symbols
15343 like @samp{+}, @samp{:=}, and @samp{+/-}. Space between tokens is
15344 ignored (except when it serves to separate adjacent words). Next,
15345 the parser matches this string of tokens against various built-in
15346 syntactic patterns, such as ``an expression followed by @samp{+}
15347 followed by another expression'' or ``a name followed by @samp{(},
15348 zero or more expressions separated by commas, and @samp{)}.''
15349
15350 A @dfn{syntax table} is a list of user-defined @dfn{syntax rules},
15351 which allow you to specify new patterns to define your own
15352 favorite input notations. Calc's parser always checks the syntax
15353 table for the current language mode, then the table for the Normal
15354 language mode, before it uses its built-in rules to parse an
15355 algebraic formula you have entered. Each syntax rule should go on
15356 its own line; it consists of a @dfn{pattern}, a @samp{:=} symbol,
15357 and a Calc formula with an optional @dfn{condition}. (Syntax rules
15358 resemble algebraic rewrite rules, but the notation for patterns is
15359 completely different.)
15360
15361 A syntax pattern is a list of tokens, separated by spaces.
15362 Except for a few special symbols, tokens in syntax patterns are
15363 matched literally, from left to right. For example, the rule,
15364
15365 @example
15366 foo ( ) := 2+3
15367 @end example
15368
15369 @noindent
15370 would cause Calc to parse the formula @samp{4+foo()*5} as if it
15371 were @samp{4+(2+3)*5}. Notice that the parentheses were written
15372 as two separate tokens in the rule. As a result, the rule works
15373 for both @samp{foo()} and @w{@samp{foo ( )}}. If we had written
15374 the rule as @samp{foo () := 2+3}, then Calc would treat @samp{()}
15375 as a single, indivisible token, so that @w{@samp{foo( )}} would
15376 not be recognized by the rule. (It would be parsed as a regular
15377 zero-argument function call instead.) In fact, this rule would
15378 also make trouble for the rest of Calc's parser: An unrelated
15379 formula like @samp{bar()} would now be tokenized into @samp{bar ()}
15380 instead of @samp{bar ( )}, so that the standard parser for function
15381 calls would no longer recognize it!
15382
15383 While it is possible to make a token with a mixture of letters
15384 and punctuation symbols, this is not recommended. It is better to
15385 break it into several tokens, as we did with @samp{foo()} above.
15386
15387 The symbol @samp{#} in a syntax pattern matches any Calc expression.
15388 On the righthand side, the things that matched the @samp{#}s can
15389 be referred to as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on (where @samp{#1}
15390 matches the leftmost @samp{#} in the pattern). For example, these
15391 rules match a user-defined function, prefix operator, infix operator,
15392 and postfix operator, respectively:
15393
15394 @example
15395 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15396 foo # := myprefix(#1)
15397 # foo # := myinfix(#1,#2)
15398 # foo := mypostfix(#1)
15399 @end example
15400
15401 Thus @samp{foo(3)} will parse as @samp{myfunc(3)}, and @samp{2+3 foo}
15402 will parse as @samp{mypostfix(2+3)}.
15403
15404 It is important to write the first two rules in the order shown,
15405 because Calc tries rules in order from first to last. If the
15406 pattern @samp{foo #} came first, it would match anything that could
15407 match the @samp{foo ( # )} rule, since an expression in parentheses
15408 is itself a valid expression. Thus the @w{@samp{foo ( # )}} rule would
15409 never get to match anything. Likewise, the last two rules must be
15410 written in the order shown or else @samp{3 foo 4} will be parsed as
15411 @samp{mypostfix(3) * 4}. (Of course, the best way to avoid these
15412 ambiguities is not to use the same symbol in more than one way at
15413 the same time! In case you're not convinced, try the following
15414 exercise: How will the above rules parse the input @samp{foo(3,4)},
15415 if at all? Work it out for yourself, then try it in Calc and see.)
15416
15417 Calc is quite flexible about what sorts of patterns are allowed.
15418 The only rule is that every pattern must begin with a literal
15419 token (like @samp{foo} in the first two patterns above), or with
15420 a @samp{#} followed by a literal token (as in the last two
15421 patterns). After that, any mixture is allowed, although putting
15422 two @samp{#}s in a row will not be very useful since two
15423 expressions with nothing between them will be parsed as one
15424 expression that uses implicit multiplication.
15425
15426 As a more practical example, Maple uses the notation
15427 @samp{sum(a(i), i=1..10)} for sums, which Calc's Maple mode doesn't
15428 recognize at present. To handle this syntax, we simply add the
15429 rule,
15430
15431 @example
15432 sum ( # , # = # .. # ) := sum(#1,#2,#3,#4)
15433 @end example
15434
15435 @noindent
15436 to the Maple mode syntax table. As another example, C mode can't
15437 read assignment operators like @samp{++} and @samp{*=}. We can
15438 define these operators quite easily:
15439
15440 @example
15441 # *= # := muleq(#1,#2)
15442 # ++ := postinc(#1)
15443 ++ # := preinc(#1)
15444 @end example
15445
15446 @noindent
15447 To complete the job, we would use corresponding composition functions
15448 and @kbd{Z C} to cause these functions to display in their respective
15449 Maple and C notations. (Note that the C example ignores issues of
15450 operator precedence, which are discussed in the next section.)
15451
15452 You can enclose any token in quotes to prevent its usual
15453 interpretation in syntax patterns:
15454
15455 @example
15456 # ":=" # := becomes(#1,#2)
15457 @end example
15458
15459 Quotes also allow you to include spaces in a token, although once
15460 again it is generally better to use two tokens than one token with
15461 an embedded space. To include an actual quotation mark in a quoted
15462 token, precede it with a backslash. (This also works to include
15463 backslashes in tokens.)
15464
15465 @example
15466 # "bad token" # "/\"\\" # := silly(#1,#2,#3)
15467 @end example
15468
15469 @noindent
15470 This will parse @samp{3 bad token 4 /"\ 5} to @samp{silly(3,4,5)}.
15471
15472 The token @kbd{#} has a predefined meaning in Calc's formula parser;
15473 it is not valid to use @samp{"#"} in a syntax rule. However, longer
15474 tokens that include the @samp{#} character are allowed. Also, while
15475 @samp{"$"} and @samp{"\""} are allowed as tokens, their presence in
15476 the syntax table will prevent those characters from working in their
15477 usual ways (referring to stack entries and quoting strings,
15478 respectively).
15479
15480 Finally, the notation @samp{%%} anywhere in a syntax table causes
15481 the rest of the line to be ignored as a comment.
15482
15483 @node Precedence in Syntax Tables, Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Table Basics, Syntax Tables
15484 @subsubsection Precedence
15485
15486 @noindent
15487 Different operators are generally assigned different @dfn{precedences}.
15488 By default, an operator defined by a rule like
15489
15490 @example
15491 # foo # := foo(#1,#2)
15492 @end example
15493
15494 @noindent
15495 will have an extremely low precedence, so that @samp{2*3+4 foo 5 == 6}
15496 will be parsed as @samp{(2*3+4) foo (5 == 6)}. To change the
15497 precedence of an operator, use the notation @samp{#/@var{p}} in
15498 place of @samp{#}, where @var{p} is an integer precedence level.
15499 For example, 185 lies between the precedences for @samp{+} and
15500 @samp{*}, so if we change this rule to
15501
15502 @example
15503 #/185 foo #/186 := foo(#1,#2)
15504 @end example
15505
15506 @noindent
15507 then @samp{2+3 foo 4*5} will be parsed as @samp{2+(3 foo (4*5))}.
15508 Also, because we've given the righthand expression slightly higher
15509 precedence, our new operator will be left-associative:
15510 @samp{1 foo 2 foo 3} will be parsed as @samp{(1 foo 2) foo 3}.
15511 By raising the precedence of the lefthand expression instead, we
15512 can create a right-associative operator.
15513
15514 @xref{Composition Basics}, for a table of precedences of the
15515 standard Calc operators. For the precedences of operators in other
15516 language modes, look in the Calc source file @file{calc-lang.el}.
15517
15518 @node Advanced Syntax Patterns, Conditional Syntax Rules, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15519 @subsubsection Advanced Syntax Patterns
15520
15521 @noindent
15522 To match a function with a variable number of arguments, you could
15523 write
15524
15525 @example
15526 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15527 foo ( # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2)
15528 foo ( # , # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2,#3)
15529 @end example
15530
15531 @noindent
15532 but this isn't very elegant. To match variable numbers of items,
15533 Calc uses some notations inspired regular expressions and the
15534 ``extended BNF'' style used by some language designers.
15535
15536 @example
15537 foo ( @{ # @}*, ) := apply(myfunc,#1)
15538 @end example
15539
15540 The token @samp{@{} introduces a repeated or optional portion.
15541 One of the three tokens @samp{@}*}, @samp{@}+}, or @samp{@}?}
15542 ends the portion. These will match zero or more, one or more,
15543 or zero or one copies of the enclosed pattern, respectively.
15544 In addition, @samp{@}*} and @samp{@}+} can be followed by a
15545 separator token (with no space in between, as shown above).
15546 Thus @samp{@{ # @}*,} matches nothing, or one expression, or
15547 several expressions separated by commas.
15548
15549 A complete @samp{@{ ... @}} item matches as a vector of the
15550 items that matched inside it. For example, the above rule will
15551 match @samp{foo(1,2,3)} to get @samp{apply(myfunc,[1,2,3])}.
15552 The Calc @code{apply} function takes a function name and a vector
15553 of arguments and builds a call to the function with those
15554 arguments, so the net result is the formula @samp{myfunc(1,2,3)}.
15555
15556 If the body of a @samp{@{ ... @}} contains several @samp{#}s
15557 (or nested @samp{@{ ... @}} constructs), then the items will be
15558 strung together into the resulting vector. If the body
15559 does not contain anything but literal tokens, the result will
15560 always be an empty vector.
15561
15562 @example
15563 foo ( @{ # , # @}+, ) := bar(#1)
15564 foo ( @{ @{ # @}*, @}*; ) := matrix(#1)
15565 @end example
15566
15567 @noindent
15568 will parse @samp{foo(1, 2, 3, 4)} as @samp{bar([1, 2, 3, 4])}, and
15569 @samp{foo(1, 2; 3, 4)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2], [3, 4]])}. Also, after
15570 some thought it's easy to see how this pair of rules will parse
15571 @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2, 3]])}, since the first
15572 rule will only match an even number of arguments. The rule
15573
15574 @example
15575 foo ( # @{ , # , # @}? ) := bar(#1,#2)
15576 @end example
15577
15578 @noindent
15579 will parse @samp{foo(2,3,4)} as @samp{bar(2,[3,4])}, and
15580 @samp{foo(2)} as @samp{bar(2,[])}.
15581
15582 The notation @samp{@{ ... @}?.} (note the trailing period) works
15583 just the same as regular @samp{@{ ... @}?}, except that it does not
15584 count as an argument; the following two rules are equivalent:
15585
15586 @example
15587 foo ( # , @{ also @}? # ) := bar(#1,#3)
15588 foo ( # , @{ also @}?. # ) := bar(#1,#2)
15589 @end example
15590
15591 @noindent
15592 Note that in the first case the optional text counts as @samp{#2},
15593 which will always be an empty vector, but in the second case no
15594 empty vector is produced.
15595
15596 Another variant is @samp{@{ ... @}?$}, which means the body is
15597 optional only at the end of the input formula. All built-in syntax
15598 rules in Calc use this for closing delimiters, so that during
15599 algebraic entry you can type @kbd{[sqrt(2), sqrt(3 @key{RET}}, omitting
15600 the closing parenthesis and bracket. Calc does this automatically
15601 for trailing @samp{)}, @samp{]}, and @samp{>} tokens in syntax
15602 rules, but you can use @samp{@{ ... @}?$} explicitly to get
15603 this effect with any token (such as @samp{"@}"} or @samp{end}).
15604 Like @samp{@{ ... @}?.}, this notation does not count as an
15605 argument. Conversely, you can use quotes, as in @samp{")"}, to
15606 prevent a closing-delimiter token from being automatically treated
15607 as optional.
15608
15609 Calc's parser does not have full backtracking, which means some
15610 patterns will not work as you might expect:
15611
15612 @example
15613 foo ( @{ # , @}? # , # ) := bar(#1,#2,#3)
15614 @end example
15615
15616 @noindent
15617 Here we are trying to make the first argument optional, so that
15618 @samp{foo(2,3)} parses as @samp{bar([],2,3)}. Unfortunately, Calc
15619 first tries to match @samp{2,} against the optional part of the
15620 pattern, finds a match, and so goes ahead to match the rest of the
15621 pattern. Later on it will fail to match the second comma, but it
15622 doesn't know how to go back and try the other alternative at that
15623 point. One way to get around this would be to use two rules:
15624
15625 @example
15626 foo ( # , # , # ) := bar([#1],#2,#3)
15627 foo ( # , # ) := bar([],#1,#2)
15628 @end example
15629
15630 More precisely, when Calc wants to match an optional or repeated
15631 part of a pattern, it scans forward attempting to match that part.
15632 If it reaches the end of the optional part without failing, it
15633 ``finalizes'' its choice and proceeds. If it fails, though, it
15634 backs up and tries the other alternative. Thus Calc has ``partial''
15635 backtracking. A fully backtracking parser would go on to make sure
15636 the rest of the pattern matched before finalizing the choice.
15637
15638 @node Conditional Syntax Rules, , Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Tables
15639 @subsubsection Conditional Syntax Rules
15640
15641 @noindent
15642 It is possible to attach a @dfn{condition} to a syntax rule. For
15643 example, the rules
15644
15645 @example
15646 foo ( # ) := ifoo(#1) :: integer(#1)
15647 foo ( # ) := gfoo(#1)
15648 @end example
15649
15650 @noindent
15651 will parse @samp{foo(3)} as @samp{ifoo(3)}, but will parse
15652 @samp{foo(3.5)} and @samp{foo(x)} as calls to @code{gfoo}. Any
15653 number of conditions may be attached; all must be true for the
15654 rule to succeed. A condition is ``true'' if it evaluates to a
15655 nonzero number. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a list of Calc
15656 functions like @code{integer} that perform logical tests.
15657
15658 The exact sequence of events is as follows: When Calc tries a
15659 rule, it first matches the pattern as usual. It then substitutes
15660 @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, etc., in the conditions, if any. Next, the
15661 conditions are simplified and evaluated in order from left to right,
15662 as if by the @w{@kbd{a s}} algebra command (@pxref{Simplifying Formulas}).
15663 Each result is true if it is a nonzero number, or an expression
15664 that can be proven to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}). If the
15665 results of all conditions are true, the expression (such as
15666 @samp{ifoo(#1)}) has its @samp{#}s substituted, and that is the
15667 result of the parse. If the result of any condition is false, Calc
15668 goes on to try the next rule in the syntax table.
15669
15670 Syntax rules also support @code{let} conditions, which operate in
15671 exactly the same way as they do in algebraic rewrite rules.
15672 @xref{Other Features of Rewrite Rules}, for details. A @code{let}
15673 condition is always true, but as a side effect it defines a
15674 variable which can be used in later conditions, and also in the
15675 expression after the @samp{:=} sign:
15676
15677 @example
15678 foo ( # ) := hifoo(x) :: let(x := #1 + 0.5) :: dnumint(x)
15679 @end example
15680
15681 @noindent
15682 The @code{dnumint} function tests if a value is numerically an
15683 integer, i.e., either a true integer or an integer-valued float.
15684 This rule will parse @code{foo} with a half-integer argument,
15685 like @samp{foo(3.5)}, to a call like @samp{hifoo(4.)}.
15686
15687 The lefthand side of a syntax rule @code{let} must be a simple
15688 variable, not the arbitrary pattern that is allowed in rewrite
15689 rules.
15690
15691 The @code{matches} function is also treated specially in syntax
15692 rule conditions (again, in the same way as in rewrite rules).
15693 @xref{Matching Commands}. If the matching pattern contains
15694 meta-variables, then those meta-variables may be used in later
15695 conditions and in the result expression. The arguments to
15696 @code{matches} are not evaluated in this situation.
15697
15698 @example
15699 sum ( # , # ) := sum(#1,a,b,c) :: matches(#2, a=[b..c])
15700 @end example
15701
15702 @noindent
15703 This is another way to implement the Maple mode @code{sum} notation.
15704 In this approach, we allow @samp{#2} to equal the whole expression
15705 @samp{i=1..10}. Then, we use @code{matches} to break it apart into
15706 its components. If the expression turns out not to match the pattern,
15707 the syntax rule will fail. Note that @kbd{Z S} always uses Calc's
15708 Normal language mode for editing expressions in syntax rules, so we
15709 must use regular Calc notation for the interval @samp{[b..c]} that
15710 will correspond to the Maple mode interval @samp{1..10}.
15711
15712 @node Modes Variable, Calc Mode Line, Language Modes, Mode Settings
15713 @section The @code{Modes} Variable
15714
15715 @noindent
15716 @kindex m g
15717 @pindex calc-get-modes
15718 The @kbd{m g} (@code{calc-get-modes}) command pushes onto the stack
15719 a vector of numbers that describes the various mode settings that
15720 are in effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it pushes only the
15721 @var{n}th mode, i.e., the @var{n}th element of this vector. Keyboard
15722 macros can use the @kbd{m g} command to modify their behavior based
15723 on the current mode settings.
15724
15725 @cindex @code{Modes} variable
15726 @vindex Modes
15727 The modes vector is also available in the special variable
15728 @code{Modes}. In other words, @kbd{m g} is like @kbd{s r Modes @key{RET}}.
15729 It will not work to store into this variable; in fact, if you do,
15730 @code{Modes} will cease to track the current modes. (The @kbd{m g}
15731 command will continue to work, however.)
15732
15733 In general, each number in this vector is suitable as a numeric
15734 prefix argument to the associated mode-setting command. (Recall
15735 that the @kbd{~} key takes a number from the stack and gives it as
15736 a numeric prefix to the next command.)
15737
15738 The elements of the modes vector are as follows:
15739
15740 @enumerate
15741 @item
15742 Current precision. Default is 12; associated command is @kbd{p}.
15743
15744 @item
15745 Binary word size. Default is 32; associated command is @kbd{b w}.
15746
15747 @item
15748 Stack size (not counting the value about to be pushed by @kbd{m g}).
15749 This is zero if @kbd{m g} is executed with an empty stack.
15750
15751 @item
15752 Number radix. Default is 10; command is @kbd{d r}.
15753
15754 @item
15755 Floating-point format. This is the number of digits, plus the
15756 constant 0 for normal notation, 10000 for scientific notation,
15757 20000 for engineering notation, or 30000 for fixed-point notation.
15758 These codes are acceptable as prefix arguments to the @kbd{d n}
15759 command, but note that this may lose information: For example,
15760 @kbd{d s} and @kbd{C-u 12 d s} have similar (but not quite
15761 identical) effects if the current precision is 12, but they both
15762 produce a code of 10012, which will be treated by @kbd{d n} as
15763 @kbd{C-u 12 d s}. If the precision then changes, the float format
15764 will still be frozen at 12 significant figures.
15765
15766 @item
15767 Angular mode. Default is 1 (degrees). Other values are 2 (radians)
15768 and 3 (HMS). The @kbd{m d} command accepts these prefixes.
15769
15770 @item
15771 Symbolic mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m s}.
15772
15773 @item
15774 Fraction mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m f}.
15775
15776 @item
15777 Polar mode. Value is 0 (rectangular) or 1 (polar); default is 0.
15778 Command is @kbd{m p}.
15779
15780 @item
15781 Matrix/Scalar mode. Default value is @mathit{-1}. Value is 0 for Scalar
15782 mode, @mathit{-2} for Matrix mode, @mathit{-3} for square Matrix mode,
15783 or @var{N} for
15784 @texline @math{N\times N}
15785 @infoline @var{N}x@var{N}
15786 Matrix mode. Command is @kbd{m v}.
15787
15788 @item
15789 Simplification mode. Default is 1. Value is @mathit{-1} for off (@kbd{m O}),
15790 0 for @kbd{m N}, 2 for @kbd{m B}, 3 for @kbd{m A}, 4 for @kbd{m E},
15791 or 5 for @w{@kbd{m U}}. The @kbd{m D} command accepts these prefixes.
15792
15793 @item
15794 Infinite mode. Default is @mathit{-1} (off). Value is 1 if the mode is on,
15795 or 0 if the mode is on with positive zeros. Command is @kbd{m i}.
15796 @end enumerate
15797
15798 For example, the sequence @kbd{M-1 m g @key{RET} 2 + ~ p} increases the
15799 precision by two, leaving a copy of the old precision on the stack.
15800 Later, @kbd{~ p} will restore the original precision using that
15801 stack value. (This sequence might be especially useful inside a
15802 keyboard macro.)
15803
15804 As another example, @kbd{M-3 m g 1 - ~ @key{DEL}} deletes all but the
15805 oldest (bottommost) stack entry.
15806
15807 Yet another example: The HP-48 ``round'' command rounds a number
15808 to the current displayed precision. You could roughly emulate this
15809 in Calc with the sequence @kbd{M-5 m g 10000 % ~ c c}. (This
15810 would not work for fixed-point mode, but it wouldn't be hard to
15811 do a full emulation with the help of the @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z ]}
15812 programming commands. @xref{Conditionals in Macros}.)
15813
15814 @node Calc Mode Line, , Modes Variable, Mode Settings
15815 @section The Calc Mode Line
15816
15817 @noindent
15818 @cindex Mode line indicators
15819 This section is a summary of all symbols that can appear on the
15820 Calc mode line, the highlighted bar that appears under the Calc
15821 stack window (or under an editing window in Embedded mode).
15822
15823 The basic mode line format is:
15824
15825 @example
15826 --%*-Calc: 12 Deg @var{other modes} (Calculator)
15827 @end example
15828
15829 The @samp{%*} indicates that the buffer is ``read-only''; it shows that
15830 regular Emacs commands are not allowed to edit the stack buffer
15831 as if it were text.
15832
15833 The word @samp{Calc:} changes to @samp{CalcEmbed:} if Embedded mode
15834 is enabled. The words after this describe the various Calc modes
15835 that are in effect.
15836
15837 The first mode is always the current precision, an integer.
15838 The second mode is always the angular mode, either @code{Deg},
15839 @code{Rad}, or @code{Hms}.
15840
15841 Here is a complete list of the remaining symbols that can appear
15842 on the mode line:
15843
15844 @table @code
15845 @item Alg
15846 Algebraic mode (@kbd{m a}; @pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
15847
15848 @item Alg[(
15849 Incomplete algebraic mode (@kbd{C-u m a}).
15850
15851 @item Alg*
15852 Total algebraic mode (@kbd{m t}).
15853
15854 @item Symb
15855 Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}).
15856
15857 @item Matrix
15858 Matrix mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15859
15860 @item Matrix@var{n}
15861 Dimensioned Matrix mode (@kbd{C-u @var{n} m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15862
15863 @item SqMatrix
15864 Square Matrix mode (@kbd{C-u m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15865
15866 @item Scalar
15867 Scalar mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15868
15869 @item Polar
15870 Polar complex mode (@kbd{m p}; @pxref{Polar Mode}).
15871
15872 @item Frac
15873 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}; @pxref{Fraction Mode}).
15874
15875 @item Inf
15876 Infinite mode (@kbd{m i}; @pxref{Infinite Mode}).
15877
15878 @item +Inf
15879 Positive Infinite mode (@kbd{C-u 0 m i}).
15880
15881 @item NoSimp
15882 Default simplifications off (@kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}).
15883
15884 @item NumSimp
15885 Default simplifications for numeric arguments only (@kbd{m N}).
15886
15887 @item BinSimp@var{w}
15888 Binary-integer simplification mode; word size @var{w} (@kbd{m B}, @kbd{b w}).
15889
15890 @item AlgSimp
15891 Algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m A}).
15892
15893 @item ExtSimp
15894 Extended algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m E}).
15895
15896 @item UnitSimp
15897 Units simplification mode (@kbd{m U}).
15898
15899 @item Bin
15900 Current radix is 2 (@kbd{d 2}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15901
15902 @item Oct
15903 Current radix is 8 (@kbd{d 8}).
15904
15905 @item Hex
15906 Current radix is 16 (@kbd{d 6}).
15907
15908 @item Radix@var{n}
15909 Current radix is @var{n} (@kbd{d r}).
15910
15911 @item Zero
15912 Leading zeros (@kbd{d z}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15913
15914 @item Big
15915 Big language mode (@kbd{d B}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15916
15917 @item Flat
15918 One-line normal language mode (@kbd{d O}).
15919
15920 @item Unform
15921 Unformatted language mode (@kbd{d U}).
15922
15923 @item C
15924 C language mode (@kbd{d C}; @pxref{C FORTRAN Pascal}).
15925
15926 @item Pascal
15927 Pascal language mode (@kbd{d P}).
15928
15929 @item Fortran
15930 FORTRAN language mode (@kbd{d F}).
15931
15932 @item TeX
15933 @TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d T}; @pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}).
15934
15935 @item LaTeX
15936 La@TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d L}; @pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}).
15937
15938 @item Eqn
15939 @dfn{Eqn} language mode (@kbd{d E}; @pxref{Eqn Language Mode}).
15940
15941 @item Math
15942 Mathematica language mode (@kbd{d M}; @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}).
15943
15944 @item Maple
15945 Maple language mode (@kbd{d W}; @pxref{Maple Language Mode}).
15946
15947 @item Norm@var{n}
15948 Normal float mode with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d n}; @pxref{Float Formats}).
15949
15950 @item Fix@var{n}
15951 Fixed point mode with @var{n} digits after the point (@kbd{d f}).
15952
15953 @item Sci
15954 Scientific notation mode (@kbd{d s}).
15955
15956 @item Sci@var{n}
15957 Scientific notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d s}).
15958
15959 @item Eng
15960 Engineering notation mode (@kbd{d e}).
15961
15962 @item Eng@var{n}
15963 Engineering notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d e}).
15964
15965 @item Left@var{n}
15966 Left-justified display indented by @var{n} (@kbd{d <}; @pxref{Justification}).
15967
15968 @item Right
15969 Right-justified display (@kbd{d >}).
15970
15971 @item Right@var{n}
15972 Right-justified display with width @var{n} (@kbd{d >}).
15973
15974 @item Center
15975 Centered display (@kbd{d =}).
15976
15977 @item Center@var{n}
15978 Centered display with center column @var{n} (@kbd{d =}).
15979
15980 @item Wid@var{n}
15981 Line breaking with width @var{n} (@kbd{d b}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15982
15983 @item Wide
15984 No line breaking (@kbd{d b}).
15985
15986 @item Break
15987 Selections show deep structure (@kbd{j b}; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15988
15989 @item Save
15990 Record modes in @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el} (@kbd{m R}; @pxref{General Mode Commands}).
15991
15992 @item Local
15993 Record modes in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15994
15995 @item LocEdit
15996 Record modes as editing-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15997
15998 @item LocPerm
15999 Record modes as permanent-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
16000
16001 @item Global
16002 Record modes as global in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
16003
16004 @item Manual
16005 Automatic recomputation turned off (@kbd{m C}; @pxref{Automatic
16006 Recomputation}).
16007
16008 @item Graph
16009 GNUPLOT process is alive in background (@pxref{Graphics}).
16010
16011 @item Sel
16012 Top-of-stack has a selection (Embedded only; @pxref{Making Selections}).
16013
16014 @item Dirty
16015 The stack display may not be up-to-date (@pxref{Display Modes}).
16016
16017 @item Inv
16018 ``Inverse'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{I}; @pxref{Inverse and Hyperbolic}).
16019
16020 @item Hyp
16021 ``Hyperbolic'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{H}).
16022
16023 @item Keep
16024 ``Keep-arguments'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{K}).
16025
16026 @item Narrow
16027 Stack is truncated (@kbd{d t}; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}).
16028 @end table
16029
16030 In addition, the symbols @code{Active} and @code{~Active} can appear
16031 as minor modes on an Embedded buffer's mode line. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
16032
16033 @node Arithmetic, Scientific Functions, Mode Settings, Top
16034 @chapter Arithmetic Functions
16035
16036 @noindent
16037 This chapter describes the Calc commands for doing simple calculations
16038 on numbers, such as addition, absolute value, and square roots. These
16039 commands work by removing the top one or two values from the stack,
16040 performing the desired operation, and pushing the result back onto the
16041 stack. If the operation cannot be performed, the result pushed is a
16042 formula instead of a number, such as @samp{2/0} (because division by zero
16043 is invalid) or @samp{sqrt(x)} (because the argument @samp{x} is a formula).
16044
16045 Most of the commands described here can be invoked by a single keystroke.
16046 Some of the more obscure ones are two-letter sequences beginning with
16047 the @kbd{f} (``functions'') prefix key.
16048
16049 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
16050 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
16051 interpret a prefix argument.
16052
16053 @menu
16054 * Basic Arithmetic::
16055 * Integer Truncation::
16056 * Complex Number Functions::
16057 * Conversions::
16058 * Date Arithmetic::
16059 * Financial Functions::
16060 * Binary Functions::
16061 @end menu
16062
16063 @node Basic Arithmetic, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic, Arithmetic
16064 @section Basic Arithmetic
16065
16066 @noindent
16067 @kindex +
16068 @pindex calc-plus
16069 @ignore
16070 @mindex @null
16071 @end ignore
16072 @tindex +
16073 The @kbd{+} (@code{calc-plus}) command adds two numbers. The numbers may
16074 be any of the standard Calc data types. The resulting sum is pushed back
16075 onto the stack.
16076
16077 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are vectors or matrices (of matching dimensions),
16078 the result is a vector or matrix sum. If one argument is a vector and the
16079 other a scalar (i.e., a non-vector), the scalar is added to each of the
16080 elements of the vector to form a new vector. If the scalar is not a
16081 number, the operation is left in symbolic form: Suppose you added @samp{x}
16082 to the vector @samp{[1,2]}. You may want the result @samp{[1+x,2+x]}, or
16083 you may plan to substitute a 2-vector for @samp{x} in the future. Since
16084 the Calculator can't tell which interpretation you want, it makes the
16085 safest assumption. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, for a way to add @samp{x}
16086 to every element of a vector.
16087
16088 If either argument of @kbd{+} is a complex number, the result will in general
16089 be complex. If one argument is in rectangular form and the other polar,
16090 the current Polar mode determines the form of the result. If Symbolic
16091 mode is enabled, the sum may be left as a formula if the necessary
16092 conversions for polar addition are non-trivial.
16093
16094 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are HMS forms, the forms are added according to
16095 the usual conventions of hours-minutes-seconds notation. If one argument
16096 is an HMS form and the other is a number, that number is converted from
16097 degrees or radians (depending on the current Angular mode) to HMS format
16098 and then the two HMS forms are added.
16099
16100 If one argument of @kbd{+} is a date form, the other can be either a
16101 real number, which advances the date by a certain number of days, or
16102 an HMS form, which advances the date by a certain amount of time.
16103 Subtracting two date forms yields the number of days between them.
16104 Adding two date forms is meaningless, but Calc interprets it as the
16105 subtraction of one date form and the negative of the other. (The
16106 negative of a date form can be understood by remembering that dates
16107 are stored as the number of days before or after Jan 1, 1 AD.)
16108
16109 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are error forms, the result is an error form
16110 with an appropriately computed standard deviation. If one argument is an
16111 error form and the other is a number, the number is taken to have zero error.
16112 Error forms may have symbolic formulas as their mean and/or error parts;
16113 adding these will produce a symbolic error form result. However, adding an
16114 error form to a plain symbolic formula (as in @samp{(a +/- b) + c}) will not
16115 work, for the same reasons just mentioned for vectors. Instead you must
16116 write @samp{(a +/- b) + (c +/- 0)}.
16117
16118 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are modulo forms with equal values of @expr{M},
16119 or if one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number, the
16120 result is a modulo form which represents the sum, modulo @expr{M}, of
16121 the two values.
16122
16123 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are intervals, the result is an interval
16124 which describes all possible sums of the possible input values. If
16125 one argument is a plain number, it is treated as the interval
16126 @w{@samp{[x ..@: x]}}.
16127
16128 If one argument of @kbd{+} is an infinity and the other is not, the
16129 result is that same infinity. If both arguments are infinite and in
16130 the same direction, the result is the same infinity, but if they are
16131 infinite in different directions the result is @code{nan}.
16132
16133 @kindex -
16134 @pindex calc-minus
16135 @ignore
16136 @mindex @null
16137 @end ignore
16138 @tindex -
16139 The @kbd{-} (@code{calc-minus}) command subtracts two values. The top
16140 number on the stack is subtracted from the one behind it, so that the
16141 computation @kbd{5 @key{RET} 2 -} produces 3, not @mathit{-3}. All options
16142 available for @kbd{+} are available for @kbd{-} as well.
16143
16144 @kindex *
16145 @pindex calc-times
16146 @ignore
16147 @mindex @null
16148 @end ignore
16149 @tindex *
16150 The @kbd{*} (@code{calc-times}) command multiplies two numbers. If one
16151 argument is a vector and the other a scalar, the scalar is multiplied by
16152 the elements of the vector to produce a new vector. If both arguments
16153 are vectors, the interpretation depends on the dimensions of the
16154 vectors: If both arguments are matrices, a matrix multiplication is
16155 done. If one argument is a matrix and the other a plain vector, the
16156 vector is interpreted as a row vector or column vector, whichever is
16157 dimensionally correct. If both arguments are plain vectors, the result
16158 is a single scalar number which is the dot product of the two vectors.
16159
16160 If one argument of @kbd{*} is an HMS form and the other a number, the
16161 HMS form is multiplied by that amount. It is an error to multiply two
16162 HMS forms together, or to attempt any multiplication involving date
16163 forms. Error forms, modulo forms, and intervals can be multiplied;
16164 see the comments for addition of those forms. When two error forms
16165 or intervals are multiplied they are considered to be statistically
16166 independent; thus, @samp{[-2 ..@: 3] * [-2 ..@: 3]} is @samp{[-6 ..@: 9]},
16167 whereas @w{@samp{[-2 ..@: 3] ^ 2}} is @samp{[0 ..@: 9]}.
16168
16169 @kindex /
16170 @pindex calc-divide
16171 @ignore
16172 @mindex @null
16173 @end ignore
16174 @tindex /
16175 The @kbd{/} (@code{calc-divide}) command divides two numbers.
16176
16177 When combining multiplication and division in an algebraic formula, it
16178 is good style to use parentheses to distinguish between possible
16179 interpretations; the expression @samp{a/b*c} should be written
16180 @samp{(a/b)*c} or @samp{a/(b*c)}, as appropriate. Without the
16181 parentheses, Calc will interpret @samp{a/b*c} as @samp{a/(b*c)}, since
16182 in algebraic entry Calc gives division a lower precedence than
16183 multiplication. (This is not standard across all computer languages, and
16184 Calc may change the precedence depending on the language mode being used.
16185 @xref{Language Modes}.) This default ordering can be changed by setting
16186 the customizable variable @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} to
16187 @code{nil} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}); this will give multiplication and
16188 division equal precedences. Note that Calc's default choice of
16189 precedence allows @samp{a b / c d} to be used as a shortcut for
16190 @smallexample
16191 @group
16192 a b
16193 ---.
16194 c d
16195 @end group
16196 @end smallexample
16197
16198 When dividing a scalar @expr{B} by a square matrix @expr{A}, the
16199 computation performed is @expr{B} times the inverse of @expr{A}. This
16200 also occurs if @expr{B} is itself a vector or matrix, in which case the
16201 effect is to solve the set of linear equations represented by @expr{B}.
16202 If @expr{B} is a matrix with the same number of rows as @expr{A}, or a
16203 plain vector (which is interpreted here as a column vector), then the
16204 equation @expr{A X = B} is solved for the vector or matrix @expr{X}.
16205 Otherwise, if @expr{B} is a non-square matrix with the same number of
16206 @emph{columns} as @expr{A}, the equation @expr{X A = B} is solved. If
16207 you wish a vector @expr{B} to be interpreted as a row vector to be
16208 solved as @expr{X A = B}, make it into a one-row matrix with @kbd{C-u 1
16209 v p} first. To force a left-handed solution with a square matrix
16210 @expr{B}, transpose @expr{A} and @expr{B} before dividing, then
16211 transpose the result.
16212
16213 HMS forms can be divided by real numbers or by other HMS forms. Error
16214 forms can be divided in any combination of ways. Modulo forms where both
16215 values and the modulo are integers can be divided to get an integer modulo
16216 form result. Intervals can be divided; dividing by an interval that
16217 encompasses zero or has zero as a limit will result in an infinite
16218 interval.
16219
16220 @kindex ^
16221 @pindex calc-power
16222 @ignore
16223 @mindex @null
16224 @end ignore
16225 @tindex ^
16226 The @kbd{^} (@code{calc-power}) command raises a number to a power. If
16227 the power is an integer, an exact result is computed using repeated
16228 multiplications. For non-integer powers, Calc uses Newton's method or
16229 logarithms and exponentials. Square matrices can be raised to integer
16230 powers. If either argument is an error (or interval or modulo) form,
16231 the result is also an error (or interval or modulo) form.
16232
16233 @kindex I ^
16234 @tindex nroot
16235 If you press the @kbd{I} (inverse) key first, the @kbd{I ^} command
16236 computes an Nth root: @kbd{125 @key{RET} 3 I ^} computes the number 5.
16237 (This is entirely equivalent to @kbd{125 @key{RET} 1:3 ^}.)
16238
16239 @kindex \
16240 @pindex calc-idiv
16241 @tindex idiv
16242 @ignore
16243 @mindex @null
16244 @end ignore
16245 @tindex \
16246 The @kbd{\} (@code{calc-idiv}) command divides two numbers on the stack
16247 to produce an integer result. It is equivalent to dividing with
16248 @key{/}, then rounding down with @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}), only a bit
16249 more convenient and efficient. Also, since it is an all-integer
16250 operation when the arguments are integers, it avoids problems that
16251 @kbd{/ F} would have with floating-point roundoff.
16252
16253 @kindex %
16254 @pindex calc-mod
16255 @ignore
16256 @mindex @null
16257 @end ignore
16258 @tindex %
16259 The @kbd{%} (@code{calc-mod}) command performs a ``modulo'' (or ``remainder'')
16260 operation. Mathematically, @samp{a%b = a - (a\b)*b}, and is defined
16261 for all real numbers @expr{a} and @expr{b} (except @expr{b=0}). For
16262 positive @expr{b}, the result will always be between 0 (inclusive) and
16263 @expr{b} (exclusive). Modulo does not work for HMS forms and error forms.
16264 If @expr{a} is a modulo form, its modulo is changed to @expr{b}, which
16265 must be positive real number.
16266
16267 @kindex :
16268 @pindex calc-fdiv
16269 @tindex fdiv
16270 The @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) [@code{fdiv}] command
16271 divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fractional
16272 result. This is a convenient shorthand for enabling Fraction mode (with
16273 @kbd{m f}) temporarily and using @samp{/}. Note that during numeric entry
16274 the @kbd{:} key is interpreted as a fraction separator, so to divide 8 by 6
16275 you would have to type @kbd{8 @key{RET} 6 @key{RET} :}. (Of course, in
16276 this case, it would be much easier simply to enter the fraction directly
16277 as @kbd{8:6 @key{RET}}!)
16278
16279 @kindex n
16280 @pindex calc-change-sign
16281 The @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the number on the top
16282 of the stack. It works on numbers, vectors and matrices, HMS forms, date
16283 forms, error forms, intervals, and modulo forms.
16284
16285 @kindex A
16286 @pindex calc-abs
16287 @tindex abs
16288 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the absolute
16289 value of a number. The result of @code{abs} is always a nonnegative
16290 real number: With a complex argument, it computes the complex magnitude.
16291 With a vector or matrix argument, it computes the Frobenius norm, i.e.,
16292 the square root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
16293 elements. The absolute value of an error form is defined by replacing
16294 the mean part with its absolute value and leaving the error part the same.
16295 The absolute value of a modulo form is undefined. The absolute value of
16296 an interval is defined in the obvious way.
16297
16298 @kindex f A
16299 @pindex calc-abssqr
16300 @tindex abssqr
16301 The @kbd{f A} (@code{calc-abssqr}) [@code{abssqr}] command computes the
16302 absolute value squared of a number, vector or matrix, or error form.
16303
16304 @kindex f s
16305 @pindex calc-sign
16306 @tindex sign
16307 The @kbd{f s} (@code{calc-sign}) [@code{sign}] command returns 1 if its
16308 argument is positive, @mathit{-1} if its argument is negative, or 0 if its
16309 argument is zero. In algebraic form, you can also write @samp{sign(a,x)}
16310 which evaluates to @samp{x * sign(a)}, i.e., either @samp{x}, @samp{-x}, or
16311 zero depending on the sign of @samp{a}.
16312
16313 @kindex &
16314 @pindex calc-inv
16315 @tindex inv
16316 @cindex Reciprocal
16317 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
16318 reciprocal of a number, i.e., @expr{1 / x}. Operating on a square
16319 matrix, it computes the inverse of that matrix.
16320
16321 @kindex Q
16322 @pindex calc-sqrt
16323 @tindex sqrt
16324 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] command computes the square
16325 root of a number. For a negative real argument, the result will be a
16326 complex number whose form is determined by the current Polar mode.
16327
16328 @kindex f h
16329 @pindex calc-hypot
16330 @tindex hypot
16331 The @kbd{f h} (@code{calc-hypot}) [@code{hypot}] command computes the square
16332 root of the sum of the squares of two numbers. That is, @samp{hypot(a,b)}
16333 is the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle with sides @expr{a}
16334 and @expr{b}. If the arguments are complex numbers, their squared
16335 magnitudes are used.
16336
16337 @kindex f Q
16338 @pindex calc-isqrt
16339 @tindex isqrt
16340 The @kbd{f Q} (@code{calc-isqrt}) [@code{isqrt}] command computes the
16341 integer square root of an integer. This is the true square root of the
16342 number, rounded down to an integer. For example, @samp{isqrt(10)}
16343 produces 3. Note that, like @kbd{\} [@code{idiv}], this uses exact
16344 integer arithmetic throughout to avoid roundoff problems. If the input
16345 is a floating-point number or other non-integer value, this is exactly
16346 the same as @samp{floor(sqrt(x))}.
16347
16348 @kindex f n
16349 @kindex f x
16350 @pindex calc-min
16351 @tindex min
16352 @pindex calc-max
16353 @tindex max
16354 The @kbd{f n} (@code{calc-min}) [@code{min}] and @kbd{f x} (@code{calc-max})
16355 [@code{max}] commands take the minimum or maximum of two real numbers,
16356 respectively. These commands also work on HMS forms, date forms,
16357 intervals, and infinities. (In algebraic expressions, these functions
16358 take any number of arguments and return the maximum or minimum among
16359 all the arguments.)
16360
16361 @kindex f M
16362 @kindex f X
16363 @pindex calc-mant-part
16364 @tindex mant
16365 @pindex calc-xpon-part
16366 @tindex xpon
16367 The @kbd{f M} (@code{calc-mant-part}) [@code{mant}] function extracts
16368 the ``mantissa'' part @expr{m} of its floating-point argument; @kbd{f X}
16369 (@code{calc-xpon-part}) [@code{xpon}] extracts the ``exponent'' part
16370 @expr{e}. The original number is equal to
16371 @texline @math{m \times 10^e},
16372 @infoline @expr{m * 10^e},
16373 where @expr{m} is in the interval @samp{[1.0 ..@: 10.0)} except that
16374 @expr{m=e=0} if the original number is zero. For integers
16375 and fractions, @code{mant} returns the number unchanged and @code{xpon}
16376 returns zero. The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command can also be
16377 used to ``unpack'' a floating-point number; this produces an integer
16378 mantissa and exponent, with the constraint that the mantissa is not
16379 a multiple of ten (again except for the @expr{m=e=0} case).
16380
16381 @kindex f S
16382 @pindex calc-scale-float
16383 @tindex scf
16384 The @kbd{f S} (@code{calc-scale-float}) [@code{scf}] function scales a number
16385 by a given power of ten. Thus, @samp{scf(mant(x), xpon(x)) = x} for any
16386 real @samp{x}. The second argument must be an integer, but the first
16387 may actually be any numeric value. For example, @samp{scf(5,-2) = 0.05}
16388 or @samp{1:20} depending on the current Fraction mode.
16389
16390 @kindex f [
16391 @kindex f ]
16392 @pindex calc-decrement
16393 @pindex calc-increment
16394 @tindex decr
16395 @tindex incr
16396 The @kbd{f [} (@code{calc-decrement}) [@code{decr}] and @kbd{f ]}
16397 (@code{calc-increment}) [@code{incr}] functions decrease or increase
16398 a number by one unit. For integers, the effect is obvious. For
16399 floating-point numbers, the change is by one unit in the last place.
16400 For example, incrementing @samp{12.3456} when the current precision
16401 is 6 digits yields @samp{12.3457}. If the current precision had been
16402 8 digits, the result would have been @samp{12.345601}. Incrementing
16403 @samp{0.0} produces
16404 @texline @math{10^{-p}},
16405 @infoline @expr{10^-p},
16406 where @expr{p} is the current
16407 precision. These operations are defined only on integers and floats.
16408 With numeric prefix arguments, they change the number by @expr{n} units.
16409
16410 Note that incrementing followed by decrementing, or vice-versa, will
16411 almost but not quite always cancel out. Suppose the precision is
16412 6 digits and the number @samp{9.99999} is on the stack. Incrementing
16413 will produce @samp{10.0000}; decrementing will produce @samp{9.9999}.
16414 One digit has been dropped. This is an unavoidable consequence of the
16415 way floating-point numbers work.
16416
16417 Incrementing a date/time form adjusts it by a certain number of seconds.
16418 Incrementing a pure date form adjusts it by a certain number of days.
16419
16420 @node Integer Truncation, Complex Number Functions, Basic Arithmetic, Arithmetic
16421 @section Integer Truncation
16422
16423 @noindent
16424 There are four commands for truncating a real number to an integer,
16425 differing mainly in their treatment of negative numbers. All of these
16426 commands have the property that if the argument is an integer, the result
16427 is the same integer. An integer-valued floating-point argument is converted
16428 to integer form.
16429
16430 If you press @kbd{H} (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) first, the result will be
16431 expressed as an integer-valued floating-point number.
16432
16433 @cindex Integer part of a number
16434 @kindex F
16435 @pindex calc-floor
16436 @tindex floor
16437 @tindex ffloor
16438 @ignore
16439 @mindex @null
16440 @end ignore
16441 @kindex H F
16442 The @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) [@code{floor} or @code{ffloor}] command
16443 truncates a real number to the next lower integer, i.e., toward minus
16444 infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 F} produces 3, but @kbd{_3.6 F} produces
16445 @mathit{-4}.
16446
16447 @kindex I F
16448 @pindex calc-ceiling
16449 @tindex ceil
16450 @tindex fceil
16451 @ignore
16452 @mindex @null
16453 @end ignore
16454 @kindex H I F
16455 The @kbd{I F} (@code{calc-ceiling}) [@code{ceil} or @code{fceil}]
16456 command truncates toward positive infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 I F} produces
16457 4, and @kbd{_3.6 I F} produces @mathit{-3}.
16458
16459 @kindex R
16460 @pindex calc-round
16461 @tindex round
16462 @tindex fround
16463 @ignore
16464 @mindex @null
16465 @end ignore
16466 @kindex H R
16467 The @kbd{R} (@code{calc-round}) [@code{round} or @code{fround}] command
16468 rounds to the nearest integer. When the fractional part is .5 exactly,
16469 this command rounds away from zero. (All other rounding in the
16470 Calculator uses this convention as well.) Thus @kbd{3.5 R} produces 4
16471 but @kbd{3.4 R} produces 3; @kbd{_3.5 R} produces @mathit{-4}.
16472
16473 @kindex I R
16474 @pindex calc-trunc
16475 @tindex trunc
16476 @tindex ftrunc
16477 @ignore
16478 @mindex @null
16479 @end ignore
16480 @kindex H I R
16481 The @kbd{I R} (@code{calc-trunc}) [@code{trunc} or @code{ftrunc}]
16482 command truncates toward zero. In other words, it ``chops off''
16483 everything after the decimal point. Thus @kbd{3.6 I R} produces 3 and
16484 @kbd{_3.6 I R} produces @mathit{-3}.
16485
16486 These functions may not be applied meaningfully to error forms, but they
16487 do work for intervals. As a convenience, applying @code{floor} to a
16488 modulo form floors the value part of the form. Applied to a vector,
16489 these functions operate on all elements of the vector one by one.
16490 Applied to a date form, they operate on the internal numerical
16491 representation of dates, converting a date/time form into a pure date.
16492
16493 @ignore
16494 @starindex
16495 @end ignore
16496 @tindex rounde
16497 @ignore
16498 @starindex
16499 @end ignore
16500 @tindex roundu
16501 @ignore
16502 @starindex
16503 @end ignore
16504 @tindex frounde
16505 @ignore
16506 @starindex
16507 @end ignore
16508 @tindex froundu
16509 There are two more rounding functions which can only be entered in
16510 algebraic notation. The @code{roundu} function is like @code{round}
16511 except that it rounds up, toward plus infinity, when the fractional
16512 part is .5. This distinction matters only for negative arguments.
16513 Also, @code{rounde} rounds to an even number in the case of a tie,
16514 rounding up or down as necessary. For example, @samp{rounde(3.5)} and
16515 @samp{rounde(4.5)} both return 4, but @samp{rounde(5.5)} returns 6.
16516 The advantage of round-to-even is that the net error due to rounding
16517 after a long calculation tends to cancel out to zero. An important
16518 subtle point here is that the number being fed to @code{rounde} will
16519 already have been rounded to the current precision before @code{rounde}
16520 begins. For example, @samp{rounde(2.500001)} with a current precision
16521 of 6 will incorrectly, or at least surprisingly, yield 2 because the
16522 argument will first have been rounded down to @expr{2.5} (which
16523 @code{rounde} sees as an exact tie between 2 and 3).
16524
16525 Each of these functions, when written in algebraic formulas, allows
16526 a second argument which specifies the number of digits after the
16527 decimal point to keep. For example, @samp{round(123.4567, 2)} will
16528 produce the answer 123.46, and @samp{round(123.4567, -1)} will
16529 produce 120 (i.e., the cutoff is one digit to the @emph{left} of
16530 the decimal point). A second argument of zero is equivalent to
16531 no second argument at all.
16532
16533 @cindex Fractional part of a number
16534 To compute the fractional part of a number (i.e., the amount which, when
16535 added to `@tfn{floor(}@var{n}@tfn{)}', will produce @var{n}) just take @var{n}
16536 modulo 1 using the @code{%} command.
16537
16538 Note also the @kbd{\} (integer quotient), @kbd{f I} (integer logarithm),
16539 and @kbd{f Q} (integer square root) commands, which are analogous to
16540 @kbd{/}, @kbd{B}, and @kbd{Q}, respectively, except that they take integer
16541 arguments and return the result rounded down to an integer.
16542
16543 @node Complex Number Functions, Conversions, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic
16544 @section Complex Number Functions
16545
16546 @noindent
16547 @kindex J
16548 @pindex calc-conj
16549 @tindex conj
16550 The @kbd{J} (@code{calc-conj}) [@code{conj}] command computes the
16551 complex conjugate of a number. For complex number @expr{a+bi}, the
16552 complex conjugate is @expr{a-bi}. If the argument is a real number,
16553 this command leaves it the same. If the argument is a vector or matrix,
16554 this command replaces each element by its complex conjugate.
16555
16556 @kindex G
16557 @pindex calc-argument
16558 @tindex arg
16559 The @kbd{G} (@code{calc-argument}) [@code{arg}] command computes the
16560 ``argument'' or polar angle of a complex number. For a number in polar
16561 notation, this is simply the second component of the pair
16562 @texline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@math{\theta}@tfn{)}'.
16563 @infoline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@var{theta}@tfn{)}'.
16564 The result is expressed according to the current angular mode and will
16565 be in the range @mathit{-180} degrees (exclusive) to @mathit{+180} degrees
16566 (inclusive), or the equivalent range in radians.
16567
16568 @pindex calc-imaginary
16569 The @code{calc-imaginary} command multiplies the number on the
16570 top of the stack by the imaginary number @expr{i = (0,1)}. This
16571 command is not normally bound to a key in Calc, but it is available
16572 on the @key{IMAG} button in Keypad mode.
16573
16574 @kindex f r
16575 @pindex calc-re
16576 @tindex re
16577 The @kbd{f r} (@code{calc-re}) [@code{re}] command replaces a complex number
16578 by its real part. This command has no effect on real numbers. (As an
16579 added convenience, @code{re} applied to a modulo form extracts
16580 the value part.)
16581
16582 @kindex f i
16583 @pindex calc-im
16584 @tindex im
16585 The @kbd{f i} (@code{calc-im}) [@code{im}] command replaces a complex number
16586 by its imaginary part; real numbers are converted to zero. With a vector
16587 or matrix argument, these functions operate element-wise.
16588
16589 @ignore
16590 @mindex v p
16591 @end ignore
16592 @kindex v p (complex)
16593 @kindex V p (complex)
16594 @pindex calc-pack
16595 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) command can pack the top two numbers on
16596 the stack into a composite object such as a complex number. With
16597 a prefix argument of @mathit{-1}, it produces a rectangular complex number;
16598 with an argument of @mathit{-2}, it produces a polar complex number.
16599 (Also, @pxref{Building Vectors}.)
16600
16601 @ignore
16602 @mindex v u
16603 @end ignore
16604 @kindex v u (complex)
16605 @kindex V u (complex)
16606 @pindex calc-unpack
16607 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the complex number
16608 (or other composite object) on the top of the stack and unpacks it
16609 into its separate components.
16610
16611 @node Conversions, Date Arithmetic, Complex Number Functions, Arithmetic
16612 @section Conversions
16613
16614 @noindent
16615 The commands described in this section convert numbers from one form
16616 to another; they are two-key sequences beginning with the letter @kbd{c}.
16617
16618 @kindex c f
16619 @pindex calc-float
16620 @tindex pfloat
16621 The @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) [@code{pfloat}] command converts the
16622 number on the top of the stack to floating-point form. For example,
16623 @expr{23} is converted to @expr{23.0}, @expr{3:2} is converted to
16624 @expr{1.5}, and @expr{2.3} is left the same. If the value is a composite
16625 object such as a complex number or vector, each of the components is
16626 converted to floating-point. If the value is a formula, all numbers
16627 in the formula are converted to floating-point. Note that depending
16628 on the current floating-point precision, conversion to floating-point
16629 format may lose information.
16630
16631 As a special exception, integers which appear as powers or subscripts
16632 are not floated by @kbd{c f}. If you really want to float a power,
16633 you can use a @kbd{j s} command to select the power followed by @kbd{c f}.
16634 Because @kbd{c f} cannot examine the formula outside of the selection,
16635 it does not notice that the thing being floated is a power.
16636 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}.
16637
16638 The normal @kbd{c f} command is ``pervasive'' in the sense that it
16639 applies to all numbers throughout the formula. The @code{pfloat}
16640 algebraic function never stays around in a formula; @samp{pfloat(a + 1)}
16641 changes to @samp{a + 1.0} as soon as it is evaluated.
16642
16643 @kindex H c f
16644 @tindex float
16645 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c f} [@code{float}] operates
16646 only on the number or vector of numbers at the top level of its
16647 argument. Thus, @samp{float(1)} is 1.0, but @samp{float(a + 1)}
16648 is left unevaluated because its argument is not a number.
16649
16650 You should use @kbd{H c f} if you wish to guarantee that the final
16651 value, once all the variables have been assigned, is a float; you
16652 would use @kbd{c f} if you wish to do the conversion on the numbers
16653 that appear right now.
16654
16655 @kindex c F
16656 @pindex calc-fraction
16657 @tindex pfrac
16658 The @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) [@code{pfrac}] command converts a
16659 floating-point number into a fractional approximation. By default, it
16660 produces a fraction whose decimal representation is the same as the
16661 input number, to within the current precision. You can also give a
16662 numeric prefix argument to specify a tolerance, either directly, or,
16663 if the prefix argument is zero, by using the number on top of the stack
16664 as the tolerance. If the tolerance is a positive integer, the fraction
16665 is correct to within that many significant figures. If the tolerance is
16666 a non-positive integer, it specifies how many digits fewer than the current
16667 precision to use. If the tolerance is a floating-point number, the
16668 fraction is correct to within that absolute amount.
16669
16670 @kindex H c F
16671 @tindex frac
16672 The @code{pfrac} function is pervasive, like @code{pfloat}.
16673 There is also a non-pervasive version, @kbd{H c F} [@code{frac}],
16674 which is analogous to @kbd{H c f} discussed above.
16675
16676 @kindex c d
16677 @pindex calc-to-degrees
16678 @tindex deg
16679 The @kbd{c d} (@code{calc-to-degrees}) [@code{deg}] command converts a
16680 number into degrees form. The value on the top of the stack may be an
16681 HMS form (interpreted as degrees-minutes-seconds), or a real number which
16682 will be interpreted in radians regardless of the current angular mode.
16683
16684 @kindex c r
16685 @pindex calc-to-radians
16686 @tindex rad
16687 The @kbd{c r} (@code{calc-to-radians}) [@code{rad}] command converts an
16688 HMS form or angle in degrees into an angle in radians.
16689
16690 @kindex c h
16691 @pindex calc-to-hms
16692 @tindex hms
16693 The @kbd{c h} (@code{calc-to-hms}) [@code{hms}] command converts a real
16694 number, interpreted according to the current angular mode, to an HMS
16695 form describing the same angle. In algebraic notation, the @code{hms}
16696 function also accepts three arguments: @samp{hms(@var{h}, @var{m}, @var{s})}.
16697 (The three-argument version is independent of the current angular mode.)
16698
16699 @pindex calc-from-hms
16700 The @code{calc-from-hms} command converts the HMS form on the top of the
16701 stack into a real number according to the current angular mode.
16702
16703 @kindex c p
16704 @kindex I c p
16705 @pindex calc-polar
16706 @tindex polar
16707 @tindex rect
16708 The @kbd{c p} (@code{calc-polar}) command converts the complex number on
16709 the top of the stack from polar to rectangular form, or from rectangular
16710 to polar form, whichever is appropriate. Real numbers are left the same.
16711 This command is equivalent to the @code{rect} or @code{polar}
16712 functions in algebraic formulas, depending on the direction of
16713 conversion. (It uses @code{polar}, except that if the argument is
16714 already a polar complex number, it uses @code{rect} instead. The
16715 @kbd{I c p} command always uses @code{rect}.)
16716
16717 @kindex c c
16718 @pindex calc-clean
16719 @tindex pclean
16720 The @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) [@code{pclean}] command ``cleans'' the
16721 number on the top of the stack. Floating point numbers are re-rounded
16722 according to the current precision. Polar numbers whose angular
16723 components have strayed from the @mathit{-180} to @mathit{+180} degree range
16724 are normalized. (Note that results will be undesirable if the current
16725 angular mode is different from the one under which the number was
16726 produced!) Integers and fractions are generally unaffected by this
16727 operation. Vectors and formulas are cleaned by cleaning each component
16728 number (i.e., pervasively).
16729
16730 If the simplification mode is set below the default level, it is raised
16731 to the default level for the purposes of this command. Thus, @kbd{c c}
16732 applies the default simplifications even if their automatic application
16733 is disabled. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
16734
16735 @cindex Roundoff errors, correcting
16736 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{c c} sets the floating-point precision
16737 to that value for the duration of the command. A positive prefix (of at
16738 least 3) sets the precision to the specified value; a negative or zero
16739 prefix decreases the precision by the specified amount.
16740
16741 @kindex c 0-9
16742 @pindex calc-clean-num
16743 The keystroke sequences @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} are equivalent
16744 to @kbd{c c} with the corresponding negative prefix argument. If roundoff
16745 errors have changed 2.0 into 1.999999, typing @kbd{c 1} to clip off one
16746 decimal place often conveniently does the trick.
16747
16748 The @kbd{c c} command with a numeric prefix argument, and the @kbd{c 0}
16749 through @kbd{c 9} commands, also ``clip'' very small floating-point
16750 numbers to zero. If the exponent is less than or equal to the negative
16751 of the specified precision, the number is changed to 0.0. For example,
16752 if the current precision is 12, then @kbd{c 2} changes the vector
16753 @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 1e-10, 1e-11]} to @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 0, 0]}.
16754 Numbers this small generally arise from roundoff noise.
16755
16756 If the numbers you are using really are legitimately this small,
16757 you should avoid using the @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} commands.
16758 (The plain @kbd{c c} command rounds to the current precision but
16759 does not clip small numbers.)
16760
16761 One more property of @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}, and of @kbd{c c} with
16762 a prefix argument, is that integer-valued floats are converted to
16763 plain integers, so that @kbd{c 1} on @samp{[1., 1.5, 2., 2.5, 3.]}
16764 produces @samp{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3]}. This is not done for huge
16765 numbers (@samp{1e100} is technically an integer-valued float, but
16766 you wouldn't want it automatically converted to a 100-digit integer).
16767
16768 @kindex H c 0-9
16769 @kindex H c c
16770 @tindex clean
16771 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c c} and @kbd{H c 0} through @kbd{H c 9}
16772 operate non-pervasively [@code{clean}].
16773
16774 @node Date Arithmetic, Financial Functions, Conversions, Arithmetic
16775 @section Date Arithmetic
16776
16777 @noindent
16778 @cindex Date arithmetic, additional functions
16779 The commands described in this section perform various conversions
16780 and calculations involving date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). They
16781 use the @kbd{t} (for time/date) prefix key followed by shifted
16782 letters.
16783
16784 The simplest date arithmetic is done using the regular @kbd{+} and @kbd{-}
16785 commands. In particular, adding a number to a date form advances the
16786 date form by a certain number of days; adding an HMS form to a date
16787 form advances the date by a certain amount of time; and subtracting two
16788 date forms produces a difference measured in days. The commands
16789 described here provide additional, more specialized operations on dates.
16790
16791 Many of these commands accept a numeric prefix argument; if you give
16792 plain @kbd{C-u} as the prefix, these commands will instead take the
16793 additional argument from the top of the stack.
16794
16795 @menu
16796 * Date Conversions::
16797 * Date Functions::
16798 * Time Zones::
16799 * Business Days::
16800 @end menu
16801
16802 @node Date Conversions, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic, Date Arithmetic
16803 @subsection Date Conversions
16804
16805 @noindent
16806 @kindex t D
16807 @pindex calc-date
16808 @tindex date
16809 The @kbd{t D} (@code{calc-date}) [@code{date}] command converts a
16810 date form into a number, measured in days since Jan 1, 1 AD. The
16811 result will be an integer if @var{date} is a pure date form, or a
16812 fraction or float if @var{date} is a date/time form. Or, if its
16813 argument is a number, it converts this number into a date form.
16814
16815 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{t D} takes that many objects
16816 (up to six) from the top of the stack and interprets them in one
16817 of the following ways:
16818
16819 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day})} function
16820 builds a pure date form out of the specified year, month, and
16821 day, which must all be integers. @var{Year} is a year number,
16822 such as 1991 (@emph{not} the same as 91!). @var{Month} must be
16823 an integer in the range 1 to 12; @var{day} must be in the range
16824 1 to 31. If the specified month has fewer than 31 days and
16825 @var{day} is too large, the equivalent day in the following
16826 month will be used.
16827
16828 The @samp{date(@var{month}, @var{day})} function builds a
16829 pure date form using the current year, as determined by the
16830 real-time clock.
16831
16832 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hms})}
16833 function builds a date/time form using an @var{hms} form.
16834
16835 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hour},
16836 @var{minute}, @var{second})} function builds a date/time form.
16837 @var{hour} should be an integer in the range 0 to 23;
16838 @var{minute} should be an integer in the range 0 to 59;
16839 @var{second} should be any real number in the range @samp{[0 .. 60)}.
16840 The last two arguments default to zero if omitted.
16841
16842 @kindex t J
16843 @pindex calc-julian
16844 @tindex julian
16845 @cindex Julian day counts, conversions
16846 The @kbd{t J} (@code{calc-julian}) [@code{julian}] command converts
16847 a date form into a Julian day count, which is the number of days
16848 since noon (GMT) on Jan 1, 4713 BC. A pure date is converted to an
16849 integer Julian count representing noon of that day. A date/time form
16850 is converted to an exact floating-point Julian count, adjusted to
16851 interpret the date form in the current time zone but the Julian
16852 day count in Greenwich Mean Time. A numeric prefix argument allows
16853 you to specify the time zone; @pxref{Time Zones}. Use a prefix of
16854 zero to suppress the time zone adjustment. Note that pure date forms
16855 are never time-zone adjusted.
16856
16857 This command can also do the opposite conversion, from a Julian day
16858 count (either an integer day, or a floating-point day and time in
16859 the GMT zone), into a pure date form or a date/time form in the
16860 current or specified time zone.
16861
16862 @kindex t U
16863 @pindex calc-unix-time
16864 @tindex unixtime
16865 @cindex Unix time format, conversions
16866 The @kbd{t U} (@code{calc-unix-time}) [@code{unixtime}] command
16867 converts a date form into a Unix time value, which is the number of
16868 seconds since midnight on Jan 1, 1970, or vice-versa. The numeric result
16869 will be an integer if the current precision is 12 or less; for higher
16870 precisions, the result may be a float with (@var{precision}@minus{}12)
16871 digits after the decimal. Just as for @kbd{t J}, the numeric time
16872 is interpreted in the GMT time zone and the date form is interpreted
16873 in the current or specified zone. Some systems use Unix-like
16874 numbering but with the local time zone; give a prefix of zero to
16875 suppress the adjustment if so.
16876
16877 @kindex t C
16878 @pindex calc-convert-time-zones
16879 @tindex tzconv
16880 @cindex Time Zones, converting between
16881 The @kbd{t C} (@code{calc-convert-time-zones}) [@code{tzconv}]
16882 command converts a date form from one time zone to another. You
16883 are prompted for each time zone name in turn; you can answer with
16884 any suitable Calc time zone expression (@pxref{Time Zones}).
16885 If you answer either prompt with a blank line, the local time
16886 zone is used for that prompt. You can also answer the first
16887 prompt with @kbd{$} to take the two time zone names from the
16888 stack (and the date to be converted from the third stack level).
16889
16890 @node Date Functions, Business Days, Date Conversions, Date Arithmetic
16891 @subsection Date Functions
16892
16893 @noindent
16894 @kindex t N
16895 @pindex calc-now
16896 @tindex now
16897 The @kbd{t N} (@code{calc-now}) [@code{now}] command pushes the
16898 current date and time on the stack as a date form. The time is
16899 reported in terms of the specified time zone; with no numeric prefix
16900 argument, @kbd{t N} reports for the current time zone.
16901
16902 @kindex t P
16903 @pindex calc-date-part
16904 The @kbd{t P} (@code{calc-date-part}) command extracts one part
16905 of a date form. The prefix argument specifies the part; with no
16906 argument, this command prompts for a part code from 1 to 9.
16907 The various part codes are described in the following paragraphs.
16908
16909 @tindex year
16910 The @kbd{M-1 t P} [@code{year}] function extracts the year number
16911 from a date form as an integer, e.g., 1991. This and the
16912 following functions will also accept a real number for an
16913 argument, which is interpreted as a standard Calc day number.
16914 Note that this function will never return zero, since the year
16915 1 BC immediately precedes the year 1 AD.
16916
16917 @tindex month
16918 The @kbd{M-2 t P} [@code{month}] function extracts the month number
16919 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 12.
16920
16921 @tindex day
16922 The @kbd{M-3 t P} [@code{day}] function extracts the day number
16923 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 31.
16924
16925 @tindex hour
16926 The @kbd{M-4 t P} [@code{hour}] function extracts the hour from
16927 a date form as an integer in the range 0 (midnight) to 23. Note
16928 that 24-hour time is always used. This returns zero for a pure
16929 date form. This function (and the following two) also accept
16930 HMS forms as input.
16931
16932 @tindex minute
16933 The @kbd{M-5 t P} [@code{minute}] function extracts the minute
16934 from a date form as an integer in the range 0 to 59.
16935
16936 @tindex second
16937 The @kbd{M-6 t P} [@code{second}] function extracts the second
16938 from a date form. If the current precision is 12 or less,
16939 the result is an integer in the range 0 to 59. For higher
16940 precisions, the result may instead be a floating-point number.
16941
16942 @tindex weekday
16943 The @kbd{M-7 t P} [@code{weekday}] function extracts the weekday
16944 number from a date form as an integer in the range 0 (Sunday)
16945 to 6 (Saturday).
16946
16947 @tindex yearday
16948 The @kbd{M-8 t P} [@code{yearday}] function extracts the day-of-year
16949 number from a date form as an integer in the range 1 (January 1)
16950 to 366 (December 31 of a leap year).
16951
16952 @tindex time
16953 The @kbd{M-9 t P} [@code{time}] function extracts the time portion
16954 of a date form as an HMS form. This returns @samp{0@@ 0' 0"}
16955 for a pure date form.
16956
16957 @kindex t M
16958 @pindex calc-new-month
16959 @tindex newmonth
16960 The @kbd{t M} (@code{calc-new-month}) [@code{newmonth}] command
16961 computes a new date form that represents the first day of the month
16962 specified by the input date. The result is always a pure date
16963 form; only the year and month numbers of the input are retained.
16964 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n} in the range from 1 to 31,
16965 @kbd{t M} computes the @var{n}th day of the month. (If @var{n}
16966 is greater than the actual number of days in the month, or if
16967 @var{n} is zero, the last day of the month is used.)
16968
16969 @kindex t Y
16970 @pindex calc-new-year
16971 @tindex newyear
16972 The @kbd{t Y} (@code{calc-new-year}) [@code{newyear}] command
16973 computes a new pure date form that represents the first day of
16974 the year specified by the input. The month, day, and time
16975 of the input date form are lost. With a numeric prefix argument
16976 @var{n} in the range from 1 to 366, @kbd{t Y} computes the
16977 @var{n}th day of the year (366 is treated as 365 in non-leap
16978 years). A prefix argument of 0 computes the last day of the
16979 year (December 31). A negative prefix argument from @mathit{-1} to
16980 @mathit{-12} computes the first day of the @var{n}th month of the year.
16981
16982 @kindex t W
16983 @pindex calc-new-week
16984 @tindex newweek
16985 The @kbd{t W} (@code{calc-new-week}) [@code{newweek}] command
16986 computes a new pure date form that represents the Sunday on or before
16987 the input date. With a numeric prefix argument, it can be made to
16988 use any day of the week as the starting day; the argument must be in
16989 the range from 0 (Sunday) to 6 (Saturday). This function always
16990 subtracts between 0 and 6 days from the input date.
16991
16992 Here's an example use of @code{newweek}: Find the date of the next
16993 Wednesday after a given date. Using @kbd{M-3 t W} or @samp{newweek(d, 3)}
16994 will give you the @emph{preceding} Wednesday, so @samp{newweek(d+7, 3)}
16995 will give you the following Wednesday. A further look at the definition
16996 of @code{newweek} shows that if the input date is itself a Wednesday,
16997 this formula will return the Wednesday one week in the future. An
16998 exercise for the reader is to modify this formula to yield the same day
16999 if the input is already a Wednesday. Another interesting exercise is
17000 to preserve the time-of-day portion of the input (@code{newweek} resets
17001 the time to midnight; hint:@: how can @code{newweek} be defined in terms
17002 of the @code{weekday} function?).
17003
17004 @ignore
17005 @starindex
17006 @end ignore
17007 @tindex pwday
17008 The @samp{pwday(@var{date})} function (not on any key) computes the
17009 day-of-month number of the Sunday on or before @var{date}. With
17010 two arguments, @samp{pwday(@var{date}, @var{day})} computes the day
17011 number of the Sunday on or before day number @var{day} of the month
17012 specified by @var{date}. The @var{day} must be in the range from
17013 7 to 31; if the day number is greater than the actual number of days
17014 in the month, the true number of days is used instead. Thus
17015 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 7)} finds the first Sunday of the month, and
17016 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 31)} finds the last Sunday of the month.
17017 With a third @var{weekday} argument, @code{pwday} can be made to look
17018 for any day of the week instead of Sunday.
17019
17020 @kindex t I
17021 @pindex calc-inc-month
17022 @tindex incmonth
17023 The @kbd{t I} (@code{calc-inc-month}) [@code{incmonth}] command
17024 increases a date form by one month, or by an arbitrary number of
17025 months specified by a numeric prefix argument. The time portion,
17026 if any, of the date form stays the same. The day also stays the
17027 same, except that if the new month has fewer days the day
17028 number may be reduced to lie in the valid range. For example,
17029 @samp{incmonth(<Jan 31, 1991>)} produces @samp{<Feb 28, 1991>}.
17030 Because of this, @kbd{t I t I} and @kbd{M-2 t I} do not always give
17031 the same results (@samp{<Mar 28, 1991>} versus @samp{<Mar 31, 1991>}
17032 in this case).
17033
17034 @ignore
17035 @starindex
17036 @end ignore
17037 @tindex incyear
17038 The @samp{incyear(@var{date}, @var{step})} function increases
17039 a date form by the specified number of years, which may be
17040 any positive or negative integer. Note that @samp{incyear(d, n)}
17041 is equivalent to @w{@samp{incmonth(d, 12*n)}}, but these do not have
17042 simple equivalents in terms of day arithmetic because
17043 months and years have varying lengths. If the @var{step}
17044 argument is omitted, 1 year is assumed. There is no keyboard
17045 command for this function; use @kbd{C-u 12 t I} instead.
17046
17047 There is no @code{newday} function at all because @kbd{F} [@code{floor}]
17048 serves this purpose. Similarly, instead of @code{incday} and
17049 @code{incweek} simply use @expr{d + n} or @expr{d + 7 n}.
17050
17051 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}, for the @kbd{f ]} [@code{incr}] command
17052 which can adjust a date/time form by a certain number of seconds.
17053
17054 @node Business Days, Time Zones, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic
17055 @subsection Business Days
17056
17057 @noindent
17058 Often time is measured in ``business days'' or ``working days,''
17059 where weekends and holidays are skipped. Calc's normal date
17060 arithmetic functions use calendar days, so that subtracting two
17061 consecutive Mondays will yield a difference of 7 days. By contrast,
17062 subtracting two consecutive Mondays would yield 5 business days
17063 (assuming two-day weekends and the absence of holidays).
17064
17065 @kindex t +
17066 @kindex t -
17067 @tindex badd
17068 @tindex bsub
17069 @pindex calc-business-days-plus
17070 @pindex calc-business-days-minus
17071 The @kbd{t +} (@code{calc-business-days-plus}) [@code{badd}]
17072 and @kbd{t -} (@code{calc-business-days-minus}) [@code{bsub}]
17073 commands perform arithmetic using business days. For @kbd{t +},
17074 one argument must be a date form and the other must be a real
17075 number (positive or negative). If the number is not an integer,
17076 then a certain amount of time is added as well as a number of
17077 days; for example, adding 0.5 business days to a time in Friday
17078 evening will produce a time in Monday morning. It is also
17079 possible to add an HMS form; adding @samp{12@@ 0' 0"} also adds
17080 half a business day. For @kbd{t -}, the arguments are either a
17081 date form and a number or HMS form, or two date forms, in which
17082 case the result is the number of business days between the two
17083 dates.
17084
17085 @cindex @code{Holidays} variable
17086 @vindex Holidays
17087 By default, Calc considers any day that is not a Saturday or
17088 Sunday to be a business day. You can define any number of
17089 additional holidays by editing the variable @code{Holidays}.
17090 (There is an @w{@kbd{s H}} convenience command for editing this
17091 variable.) Initially, @code{Holidays} contains the vector
17092 @samp{[sat, sun]}. Entries in the @code{Holidays} vector may
17093 be any of the following kinds of objects:
17094
17095 @itemize @bullet
17096 @item
17097 Date forms (pure dates, not date/time forms). These specify
17098 particular days which are to be treated as holidays.
17099
17100 @item
17101 Intervals of date forms. These specify a range of days, all of
17102 which are holidays (e.g., Christmas week). @xref{Interval Forms}.
17103
17104 @item
17105 Nested vectors of date forms. Each date form in the vector is
17106 considered to be a holiday.
17107
17108 @item
17109 Any Calc formula which evaluates to one of the above three things.
17110 If the formula involves the variable @expr{y}, it stands for a
17111 yearly repeating holiday; @expr{y} will take on various year
17112 numbers like 1992. For example, @samp{date(y, 12, 25)} specifies
17113 Christmas day, and @samp{newweek(date(y, 11, 7), 4) + 21} specifies
17114 Thanksgiving (which is held on the fourth Thursday of November).
17115 If the formula involves the variable @expr{m}, that variable
17116 takes on month numbers from 1 to 12: @samp{date(y, m, 15)} is
17117 a holiday that takes place on the 15th of every month.
17118
17119 @item
17120 A weekday name, such as @code{sat} or @code{sun}. This is really
17121 a variable whose name is a three-letter, lower-case day name.
17122
17123 @item
17124 An interval of year numbers (integers). This specifies the span of
17125 years over which this holiday list is to be considered valid. Any
17126 business-day arithmetic that goes outside this range will result
17127 in an error message. Use this if you are including an explicit
17128 list of holidays, rather than a formula to generate them, and you
17129 want to make sure you don't accidentally go beyond the last point
17130 where the holidays you entered are complete. If there is no
17131 limiting interval in the @code{Holidays} vector, the default
17132 @samp{[1 .. 2737]} is used. (This is the absolute range of years
17133 for which Calc's business-day algorithms will operate.)
17134
17135 @item
17136 An interval of HMS forms. This specifies the span of hours that
17137 are to be considered one business day. For example, if this
17138 range is @samp{[9@@ 0' 0" .. 17@@ 0' 0"]} (i.e., 9am to 5pm), then
17139 the business day is only eight hours long, so that @kbd{1.5 t +}
17140 on @samp{<4:00pm Fri Dec 13, 1991>} will add one business day and
17141 four business hours to produce @samp{<12:00pm Tue Dec 17, 1991>}.
17142 Likewise, @kbd{t -} will now express differences in time as
17143 fractions of an eight-hour day. Times before 9am will be treated
17144 as 9am by business date arithmetic, and times at or after 5pm will
17145 be treated as 4:59:59pm. If there is no HMS interval in @code{Holidays},
17146 the full 24-hour day @samp{[0@ 0' 0" .. 24@ 0' 0"]} is assumed.
17147 (Regardless of the type of bounds you specify, the interval is
17148 treated as inclusive on the low end and exclusive on the high end,
17149 so that the work day goes from 9am up to, but not including, 5pm.)
17150 @end itemize
17151
17152 If the @code{Holidays} vector is empty, then @kbd{t +} and
17153 @kbd{t -} will act just like @kbd{+} and @kbd{-} because there will
17154 then be no difference between business days and calendar days.
17155
17156 Calc expands the intervals and formulas you give into a complete
17157 list of holidays for internal use. This is done mainly to make
17158 sure it can detect multiple holidays. (For example,
17159 @samp{<Jan 1, 1989>} is both New Year's Day and a Sunday, but
17160 Calc's algorithms take care to count it only once when figuring
17161 the number of holidays between two dates.)
17162
17163 Since the complete list of holidays for all the years from 1 to
17164 2737 would be huge, Calc actually computes only the part of the
17165 list between the smallest and largest years that have been involved
17166 in business-day calculations so far. Normally, you won't have to
17167 worry about this. Keep in mind, however, that if you do one
17168 calculation for 1992, and another for 1792, even if both involve
17169 only a small range of years, Calc will still work out all the
17170 holidays that fall in that 200-year span.
17171
17172 If you add a (positive) number of days to a date form that falls on a
17173 weekend or holiday, the date form is treated as if it were the most
17174 recent business day. (Thus adding one business day to a Friday,
17175 Saturday, or Sunday will all yield the following Monday.) If you
17176 subtract a number of days from a weekend or holiday, the date is
17177 effectively on the following business day. (So subtracting one business
17178 day from Saturday, Sunday, or Monday yields the preceding Friday.) The
17179 difference between two dates one or both of which fall on holidays
17180 equals the number of actual business days between them. These
17181 conventions are consistent in the sense that, if you add @var{n}
17182 business days to any date, the difference between the result and the
17183 original date will come out to @var{n} business days. (It can't be
17184 completely consistent though; a subtraction followed by an addition
17185 might come out a bit differently, since @kbd{t +} is incapable of
17186 producing a date that falls on a weekend or holiday.)
17187
17188 @ignore
17189 @starindex
17190 @end ignore
17191 @tindex holiday
17192 There is a @code{holiday} function, not on any keys, that takes
17193 any date form and returns 1 if that date falls on a weekend or
17194 holiday, as defined in @code{Holidays}, or 0 if the date is a
17195 business day.
17196
17197 @node Time Zones, , Business Days, Date Arithmetic
17198 @subsection Time Zones
17199
17200 @noindent
17201 @cindex Time zones
17202 @cindex Daylight saving time
17203 Time zones and daylight saving time are a complicated business.
17204 The conversions to and from Julian and Unix-style dates automatically
17205 compute the correct time zone and daylight saving adjustment to use,
17206 provided they can figure out this information. This section describes
17207 Calc's time zone adjustment algorithm in detail, in case you want to
17208 do conversions in different time zones or in case Calc's algorithms
17209 can't determine the right correction to use.
17210
17211 Adjustments for time zones and daylight saving time are done by
17212 @kbd{t U}, @kbd{t J}, @kbd{t N}, and @kbd{t C}, but not by any other
17213 commands. In particular, @samp{<may 1 1991> - <apr 1 1991>} evaluates
17214 to exactly 30 days even though there is a daylight-saving
17215 transition in between. This is also true for Julian pure dates:
17216 @samp{julian(<may 1 1991>) - julian(<apr 1 1991>)}. But Julian
17217 and Unix date/times will adjust for daylight saving time: using Calc's
17218 default daylight saving time rule (see the explanation below),
17219 @samp{julian(<12am may 1 1991>) - julian(<12am apr 1 1991>)}
17220 evaluates to @samp{29.95833} (that's 29 days and 23 hours)
17221 because one hour was lost when daylight saving commenced on
17222 April 7, 1991.
17223
17224 In brief, the idiom @samp{julian(@var{date1}) - julian(@var{date2})}
17225 computes the actual number of 24-hour periods between two dates, whereas
17226 @samp{@var{date1} - @var{date2}} computes the number of calendar
17227 days between two dates without taking daylight saving into account.
17228
17229 @pindex calc-time-zone
17230 @ignore
17231 @starindex
17232 @end ignore
17233 @tindex tzone
17234 The @code{calc-time-zone} [@code{tzone}] command converts the time
17235 zone specified by its numeric prefix argument into a number of
17236 seconds difference from Greenwich mean time (GMT). If the argument
17237 is a number, the result is simply that value multiplied by 3600.
17238 Typical arguments for North America are 5 (Eastern) or 8 (Pacific). If
17239 Daylight Saving time is in effect, one hour should be subtracted from
17240 the normal difference.
17241
17242 If you give a prefix of plain @kbd{C-u}, @code{calc-time-zone} (like other
17243 date arithmetic commands that include a time zone argument) takes the
17244 zone argument from the top of the stack. (In the case of @kbd{t J}
17245 and @kbd{t U}, the normal argument is then taken from the second-to-top
17246 stack position.) This allows you to give a non-integer time zone
17247 adjustment. The time-zone argument can also be an HMS form, or
17248 it can be a variable which is a time zone name in upper- or lower-case.
17249 For example @samp{tzone(PST) = tzone(8)} and @samp{tzone(pdt) = tzone(7)}
17250 (for Pacific standard and daylight saving times, respectively).
17251
17252 North American and European time zone names are defined as follows;
17253 note that for each time zone there is one name for standard time,
17254 another for daylight saving time, and a third for ``generalized'' time
17255 in which the daylight saving adjustment is computed from context.
17256
17257 @smallexample
17258 @group
17259 YST PST MST CST EST AST NST GMT WET MET MEZ
17260 9 8 7 6 5 4 3.5 0 -1 -2 -2
17261
17262 YDT PDT MDT CDT EDT ADT NDT BST WETDST METDST MESZ
17263 8 7 6 5 4 3 2.5 -1 -2 -3 -3
17264
17265 YGT PGT MGT CGT EGT AGT NGT BGT WEGT MEGT MEGZ
17266 9/8 8/7 7/6 6/5 5/4 4/3 3.5/2.5 0/-1 -1/-2 -2/-3 -2/-3
17267 @end group
17268 @end smallexample
17269
17270 @vindex math-tzone-names
17271 To define time zone names that do not appear in the above table,
17272 you must modify the Lisp variable @code{math-tzone-names}. This
17273 is a list of lists describing the different time zone names; its
17274 structure is best explained by an example. The three entries for
17275 Pacific Time look like this:
17276
17277 @smallexample
17278 @group
17279 ( ( "PST" 8 0 ) ; Name as an upper-case string, then standard
17280 ( "PDT" 8 -1 ) ; adjustment, then daylight saving adjustment.
17281 ( "PGT" 8 "PST" "PDT" ) ) ; Generalized time zone.
17282 @end group
17283 @end smallexample
17284
17285 @cindex @code{TimeZone} variable
17286 @vindex TimeZone
17287 With no arguments, @code{calc-time-zone} or @samp{tzone()} will by
17288 default get the time zone and daylight saving information from the
17289 calendar (@pxref{Daylight Saving,Calendar/Diary,The Calendar and the Diary,
17290 emacs,The GNU Emacs Manual}). To use a different time zone, or if the
17291 calendar does not give the desired result, you can set the Calc variable
17292 @code{TimeZone} (which is by default @code{nil}) to an appropriate
17293 time zone name. (The easiest way to do this is to edit the
17294 @code{TimeZone} variable using Calc's @kbd{s T} command, then use the
17295 @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save the value of
17296 @code{TimeZone} permanently.)
17297 If the time zone given by @code{TimeZone} is a generalized time zone,
17298 e.g., @code{EGT}, Calc examines the date being converted to tell whether
17299 to use standard or daylight saving time. But if the current time zone
17300 is explicit, e.g., @code{EST} or @code{EDT}, then that adjustment is
17301 used exactly and Calc's daylight saving algorithm is not consulted.
17302 The special time zone name @code{local}
17303 is equivalent to no argument; i.e., it uses the information obtained
17304 from the calendar.
17305
17306 The @kbd{t J} and @code{t U} commands with no numeric prefix
17307 arguments do the same thing as @samp{tzone()}; namely, use the
17308 information from the calendar if @code{TimeZone} is @code{nil},
17309 otherwise use the time zone given by @code{TimeZone}.
17310
17311 @vindex math-daylight-savings-hook
17312 @findex math-std-daylight-savings
17313 When Calc computes the daylight saving information itself (i.e., when
17314 the @code{TimeZone} variable is set), it will by default consider
17315 daylight saving time to begin at 2 a.m.@: on the second Sunday of March
17316 (for years from 2007 on) or on the last Sunday in April (for years
17317 before 2007), and to end at 2 a.m.@: on the first Sunday of
17318 November. (for years from 2007 on) or the last Sunday in October (for
17319 years before 2007). These are the rules that have been in effect in
17320 much of North America since 1966 and take into account the rule change
17321 that began in 2007. If you are in a country that uses different rules
17322 for computing daylight saving time, you have two choices: Write your own
17323 daylight saving hook, or control time zones explicitly by setting the
17324 @code{TimeZone} variable and/or always giving a time-zone argument for
17325 the conversion functions.
17326
17327 The Lisp variable @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} holds the
17328 name of a function that is used to compute the daylight saving
17329 adjustment for a given date. The default is
17330 @code{math-std-daylight-savings}, which computes an adjustment
17331 (either 0 or @mathit{-1}) using the North American rules given above.
17332
17333 The daylight saving hook function is called with four arguments:
17334 The date, as a floating-point number in standard Calc format;
17335 a six-element list of the date decomposed into year, month, day,
17336 hour, minute, and second, respectively; a string which contains
17337 the generalized time zone name in upper-case, e.g., @code{"WEGT"};
17338 and a special adjustment to be applied to the hour value when
17339 converting into a generalized time zone (see below).
17340
17341 @findex math-prev-weekday-in-month
17342 The Lisp function @code{math-prev-weekday-in-month} is useful for
17343 daylight saving computations. This is an internal version of
17344 the user-level @code{pwday} function described in the previous
17345 section. It takes four arguments: The floating-point date value,
17346 the corresponding six-element date list, the day-of-month number,
17347 and the weekday number (0-6).
17348
17349 The default daylight saving hook ignores the time zone name, but a
17350 more sophisticated hook could use different algorithms for different
17351 time zones. It would also be possible to use different algorithms
17352 depending on the year number, but the default hook always uses the
17353 algorithm for 1987 and later. Here is a listing of the default
17354 daylight saving hook:
17355
17356 @smallexample
17357 (defun math-std-daylight-savings (date dt zone bump)
17358 (cond ((< (nth 1 dt) 4) 0)
17359 ((= (nth 1 dt) 4)
17360 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 7 0)))
17361 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) 0)
17362 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17363 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 3 bump)) -1 0))
17364 (t -1))))
17365 ((< (nth 1 dt) 10) -1)
17366 ((= (nth 1 dt) 10)
17367 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 31 0)))
17368 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) -1)
17369 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17370 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 2 bump)) 0 -1))
17371 (t 0))))
17372 (t 0))
17373 )
17374 @end smallexample
17375
17376 @noindent
17377 The @code{bump} parameter is equal to zero when Calc is converting
17378 from a date form in a generalized time zone into a GMT date value.
17379 It is @mathit{-1} when Calc is converting in the other direction. The
17380 adjustments shown above ensure that the conversion behaves correctly
17381 and reasonably around the 2 a.m.@: transition in each direction.
17382
17383 There is a ``missing'' hour between 2 a.m.@: and 3 a.m.@: at the
17384 beginning of daylight saving time; converting a date/time form that
17385 falls in this hour results in a time value for the following hour,
17386 from 3 a.m.@: to 4 a.m. At the end of daylight saving time, the
17387 hour from 1 a.m.@: to 2 a.m.@: repeats itself; converting a date/time
17388 form that falls in this hour results in a time value for the first
17389 manifestation of that time (@emph{not} the one that occurs one hour
17390 later).
17391
17392 If @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} is @code{nil}, then the
17393 daylight saving adjustment is always taken to be zero.
17394
17395 In algebraic formulas, @samp{tzone(@var{zone}, @var{date})}
17396 computes the time zone adjustment for a given zone name at a
17397 given date. The @var{date} is ignored unless @var{zone} is a
17398 generalized time zone. If @var{date} is a date form, the
17399 daylight saving computation is applied to it as it appears.
17400 If @var{date} is a numeric date value, it is adjusted for the
17401 daylight-saving version of @var{zone} before being given to
17402 the daylight saving hook. This odd-sounding rule ensures
17403 that the daylight-saving computation is always done in
17404 local time, not in the GMT time that a numeric @var{date}
17405 is typically represented in.
17406
17407 @ignore
17408 @starindex
17409 @end ignore
17410 @tindex dsadj
17411 The @samp{dsadj(@var{date}, @var{zone})} function computes the
17412 daylight saving adjustment that is appropriate for @var{date} in
17413 time zone @var{zone}. If @var{zone} is explicitly in or not in
17414 daylight saving time (e.g., @code{PDT} or @code{PST}) the
17415 @var{date} is ignored. If @var{zone} is a generalized time zone,
17416 the algorithms described above are used. If @var{zone} is omitted,
17417 the computation is done for the current time zone.
17418
17419 @node Financial Functions, Binary Functions, Date Arithmetic, Arithmetic
17420 @section Financial Functions
17421
17422 @noindent
17423 Calc's financial or business functions use the @kbd{b} prefix
17424 key followed by a shifted letter. (The @kbd{b} prefix followed by
17425 a lower-case letter is used for operations on binary numbers.)
17426
17427 Note that the rate and the number of intervals given to these
17428 functions must be on the same time scale, e.g., both months or
17429 both years. Mixing an annual interest rate with a time expressed
17430 in months will give you very wrong answers!
17431
17432 It is wise to compute these functions to a higher precision than
17433 you really need, just to make sure your answer is correct to the
17434 last penny; also, you may wish to check the definitions at the end
17435 of this section to make sure the functions have the meaning you expect.
17436
17437 @menu
17438 * Percentages::
17439 * Future Value::
17440 * Present Value::
17441 * Related Financial Functions::
17442 * Depreciation Functions::
17443 * Definitions of Financial Functions::
17444 @end menu
17445
17446 @node Percentages, Future Value, Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17447 @subsection Percentages
17448
17449 @kindex M-%
17450 @pindex calc-percent
17451 @tindex %
17452 @tindex percent
17453 The @kbd{M-%} (@code{calc-percent}) command takes a percentage value,
17454 say 5.4, and converts it to an equivalent actual number. For example,
17455 @kbd{5.4 M-%} enters 0.054 on the stack. (That's the @key{META} or
17456 @key{ESC} key combined with @kbd{%}.)
17457
17458 Actually, @kbd{M-%} creates a formula of the form @samp{5.4%}.
17459 You can enter @samp{5.4%} yourself during algebraic entry. The
17460 @samp{%} operator simply means, ``the preceding value divided by
17461 100.'' The @samp{%} operator has very high precedence, so that
17462 @samp{1+8%} is interpreted as @samp{1+(8%)}, not as @samp{(1+8)%}.
17463 (The @samp{%} operator is just a postfix notation for the
17464 @code{percent} function, just like @samp{20!} is the notation for
17465 @samp{fact(20)}, or twenty-factorial.)
17466
17467 The formula @samp{5.4%} would normally evaluate immediately to
17468 0.054, but the @kbd{M-%} command suppresses evaluation as it puts
17469 the formula onto the stack. However, the next Calc command that
17470 uses the formula @samp{5.4%} will evaluate it as its first step.
17471 The net effect is that you get to look at @samp{5.4%} on the stack,
17472 but Calc commands see it as @samp{0.054}, which is what they expect.
17473
17474 In particular, @samp{5.4%} and @samp{0.054} are suitable values
17475 for the @var{rate} arguments of the various financial functions,
17476 but the number @samp{5.4} is probably @emph{not} suitable---it
17477 represents a rate of 540 percent!
17478
17479 The key sequence @kbd{M-% *} effectively means ``percent-of.''
17480 For example, @kbd{68 @key{RET} 25 M-% *} computes 17, which is 25% of
17481 68 (and also 68% of 25, which comes out to the same thing).
17482
17483 @kindex c %
17484 @pindex calc-convert-percent
17485 The @kbd{c %} (@code{calc-convert-percent}) command converts the
17486 value on the top of the stack from numeric to percentage form.
17487 For example, if 0.08 is on the stack, @kbd{c %} converts it to
17488 @samp{8%}. The quantity is the same, it's just represented
17489 differently. (Contrast this with @kbd{M-%}, which would convert
17490 this number to @samp{0.08%}.) The @kbd{=} key is a convenient way
17491 to convert a formula like @samp{8%} back to numeric form, 0.08.
17492
17493 To compute what percentage one quantity is of another quantity,
17494 use @kbd{/ c %}. For example, @w{@kbd{17 @key{RET} 68 / c %}} displays
17495 @samp{25%}.
17496
17497 @kindex b %
17498 @pindex calc-percent-change
17499 @tindex relch
17500 The @kbd{b %} (@code{calc-percent-change}) [@code{relch}] command
17501 calculates the percentage change from one number to another.
17502 For example, @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} produces the answer @samp{25%},
17503 since 50 is 25% larger than 40. A negative result represents a
17504 decrease: @kbd{50 @key{RET} 40 b %} produces @samp{-20%}, since 40 is
17505 20% smaller than 50. (The answers are different in magnitude
17506 because, in the first case, we're increasing by 25% of 40, but
17507 in the second case, we're decreasing by 20% of 50.) The effect
17508 of @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} is to compute @expr{(50-40)/40}, converting
17509 the answer to percentage form as if by @kbd{c %}.
17510
17511 @node Future Value, Present Value, Percentages, Financial Functions
17512 @subsection Future Value
17513
17514 @noindent
17515 @kindex b F
17516 @pindex calc-fin-fv
17517 @tindex fv
17518 The @kbd{b F} (@code{calc-fin-fv}) [@code{fv}] command computes
17519 the future value of an investment. It takes three arguments
17520 from the stack: @samp{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17521 If you give payments of @var{payment} every year for @var{n}
17522 years, and the money you have paid earns interest at @var{rate} per
17523 year, then this function tells you what your investment would be
17524 worth at the end of the period. (The actual interval doesn't
17525 have to be years, as long as @var{n} and @var{rate} are expressed
17526 in terms of the same intervals.) This function assumes payments
17527 occur at the @emph{end} of each interval.
17528
17529 @kindex I b F
17530 @tindex fvb
17531 The @kbd{I b F} [@code{fvb}] command does the same computation,
17532 but assuming your payments are at the beginning of each interval.
17533 Suppose you plan to deposit $1000 per year in a savings account
17534 earning 5.4% interest, starting right now. How much will be
17535 in the account after five years? @code{fvb(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5870.73}.
17536 Thus you will have earned $870 worth of interest over the years.
17537 Using the stack, this calculation would have been
17538 @kbd{5.4 M-% 5 @key{RET} 1000 I b F}. Note that the rate is expressed
17539 as a number between 0 and 1, @emph{not} as a percentage.
17540
17541 @kindex H b F
17542 @tindex fvl
17543 The @kbd{H b F} [@code{fvl}] command computes the future value
17544 of an initial lump sum investment. Suppose you could deposit
17545 those five thousand dollars in the bank right now; how much would
17546 they be worth in five years? @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 5000) = 6503.89}.
17547
17548 The algebraic functions @code{fv} and @code{fvb} accept an optional
17549 fourth argument, which is used as an initial lump sum in the sense
17550 of @code{fvl}. In other words, @code{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17551 @var{payment}, @var{initial}) = fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})
17552 + fvl(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{initial})}.
17553
17554 To illustrate the relationships between these functions, we could
17555 do the @code{fvb} calculation ``by hand'' using @code{fvl}. The
17556 final balance will be the sum of the contributions of our five
17557 deposits at various times. The first deposit earns interest for
17558 five years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 1300.78}. The second
17559 deposit only earns interest for four years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 4, 1000) =
17560 1234.13}. And so on down to the last deposit, which earns one
17561 year's interest: @code{fvl(5.4%, 1, 1000) = 1054.00}. The sum of
17562 these five values is, sure enough, $5870.73, just as was computed
17563 by @code{fvb} directly.
17564
17565 What does @code{fv(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5569.96} mean? The payments
17566 are now at the ends of the periods. The end of one year is the same
17567 as the beginning of the next, so what this really means is that we've
17568 lost the payment at year zero (which contributed $1300.78), but we're
17569 now counting the payment at year five (which, since it didn't have
17570 a chance to earn interest, counts as $1000). Indeed, @expr{5569.96 =
17571 5870.73 - 1300.78 + 1000} (give or take a bit of roundoff error).
17572
17573 @node Present Value, Related Financial Functions, Future Value, Financial Functions
17574 @subsection Present Value
17575
17576 @noindent
17577 @kindex b P
17578 @pindex calc-fin-pv
17579 @tindex pv
17580 The @kbd{b P} (@code{calc-fin-pv}) [@code{pv}] command computes
17581 the present value of an investment. Like @code{fv}, it takes
17582 three arguments: @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17583 It computes the present value of a series of regular payments.
17584 Suppose you have the chance to make an investment that will
17585 pay $2000 per year over the next four years; as you receive
17586 these payments you can put them in the bank at 9% interest.
17587 You want to know whether it is better to make the investment, or
17588 to keep the money in the bank where it earns 9% interest right
17589 from the start. The calculation @code{pv(9%, 4, 2000)} gives the
17590 result 6479.44. If your initial investment must be less than this,
17591 say, $6000, then the investment is worthwhile. But if you had to
17592 put up $7000, then it would be better just to leave it in the bank.
17593
17594 Here is the interpretation of the result of @code{pv}: You are
17595 trying to compare the return from the investment you are
17596 considering, which is @code{fv(9%, 4, 2000) = 9146.26}, with
17597 the return from leaving the money in the bank, which is
17598 @code{fvl(9%, 4, @var{x})} where @var{x} is the amount of money
17599 you would have to put up in advance. The @code{pv} function
17600 finds the break-even point, @expr{x = 6479.44}, at which
17601 @code{fvl(9%, 4, 6479.44)} is also equal to 9146.26. This is
17602 the largest amount you should be willing to invest.
17603
17604 @kindex I b P
17605 @tindex pvb
17606 The @kbd{I b P} [@code{pvb}] command solves the same problem,
17607 but with payments occurring at the beginning of each interval.
17608 It has the same relationship to @code{fvb} as @code{pv} has
17609 to @code{fv}. For example @code{pvb(9%, 4, 2000) = 7062.59},
17610 a larger number than @code{pv} produced because we get to start
17611 earning interest on the return from our investment sooner.
17612
17613 @kindex H b P
17614 @tindex pvl
17615 The @kbd{H b P} [@code{pvl}] command computes the present value of
17616 an investment that will pay off in one lump sum at the end of the
17617 period. For example, if we get our $8000 all at the end of the
17618 four years, @code{pvl(9%, 4, 8000) = 5667.40}. This is much
17619 less than @code{pv} reported, because we don't earn any interest
17620 on the return from this investment. Note that @code{pvl} and
17621 @code{fvl} are simple inverses: @code{fvl(9%, 4, 5667.40) = 8000}.
17622
17623 You can give an optional fourth lump-sum argument to @code{pv}
17624 and @code{pvb}; this is handled in exactly the same way as the
17625 fourth argument for @code{fv} and @code{fvb}.
17626
17627 @kindex b N
17628 @pindex calc-fin-npv
17629 @tindex npv
17630 The @kbd{b N} (@code{calc-fin-npv}) [@code{npv}] command computes
17631 the net present value of a series of irregular investments.
17632 The first argument is the interest rate. The second argument is
17633 a vector which represents the expected return from the investment
17634 at the end of each interval. For example, if the rate represents
17635 a yearly interest rate, then the vector elements are the return
17636 from the first year, second year, and so on.
17637
17638 Thus, @code{npv(9%, [2000,2000,2000,2000]) = pv(9%, 4, 2000) = 6479.44}.
17639 Obviously this function is more interesting when the payments are
17640 not all the same!
17641
17642 The @code{npv} function can actually have two or more arguments.
17643 Multiple arguments are interpreted in the same way as for the
17644 vector statistical functions like @code{vsum}.
17645 @xref{Single-Variable Statistics}. Basically, if there are several
17646 payment arguments, each either a vector or a plain number, all these
17647 values are collected left-to-right into the complete list of payments.
17648 A numeric prefix argument on the @kbd{b N} command says how many
17649 payment values or vectors to take from the stack.
17650
17651 @kindex I b N
17652 @tindex npvb
17653 The @kbd{I b N} [@code{npvb}] command computes the net present
17654 value where payments occur at the beginning of each interval
17655 rather than at the end.
17656
17657 @node Related Financial Functions, Depreciation Functions, Present Value, Financial Functions
17658 @subsection Related Financial Functions
17659
17660 @noindent
17661 The functions in this section are basically inverses of the
17662 present value functions with respect to the various arguments.
17663
17664 @kindex b M
17665 @pindex calc-fin-pmt
17666 @tindex pmt
17667 The @kbd{b M} (@code{calc-fin-pmt}) [@code{pmt}] command computes
17668 the amount of periodic payment necessary to amortize a loan.
17669 Thus @code{pmt(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{amount})} equals the
17670 value of @var{payment} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17671 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}.
17672
17673 @kindex I b M
17674 @tindex pmtb
17675 The @kbd{I b M} [@code{pmtb}] command does the same computation
17676 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. Like @code{pv} and
17677 @code{pvb}, these functions can also take a fourth argument which
17678 represents an initial lump-sum investment.
17679
17680 @kindex H b M
17681 The @kbd{H b M} key just invokes the @code{fvl} function, which is
17682 the inverse of @code{pvl}. There is no explicit @code{pmtl} function.
17683
17684 @kindex b #
17685 @pindex calc-fin-nper
17686 @tindex nper
17687 The @kbd{b #} (@code{calc-fin-nper}) [@code{nper}] command computes
17688 the number of regular payments necessary to amortize a loan.
17689 Thus @code{nper(@var{rate}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} equals
17690 the value of @var{n} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17691 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}. If @var{payment} is too small
17692 ever to amortize a loan for @var{amount} at interest rate @var{rate},
17693 the @code{nper} function is left in symbolic form.
17694
17695 @kindex I b #
17696 @tindex nperb
17697 The @kbd{I b #} [@code{nperb}] command does the same computation
17698 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. You can give a fourth
17699 lump-sum argument to these functions, but the computation will be
17700 rather slow in the four-argument case.
17701
17702 @kindex H b #
17703 @tindex nperl
17704 The @kbd{H b #} [@code{nperl}] command does the same computation
17705 using @code{pvl}. By exchanging @var{payment} and @var{amount} you
17706 can also get the solution for @code{fvl}. For example,
17707 @code{nperl(8%, 2000, 1000) = 9.006}, so if you place $1000 in a
17708 bank account earning 8%, it will take nine years to grow to $2000.
17709
17710 @kindex b T
17711 @pindex calc-fin-rate
17712 @tindex rate
17713 The @kbd{b T} (@code{calc-fin-rate}) [@code{rate}] command computes
17714 the rate of return on an investment. This is also an inverse of @code{pv}:
17715 @code{rate(@var{n}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} computes the value of
17716 @var{rate} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment}) =
17717 @var{amount}}. The result is expressed as a formula like @samp{6.3%}.
17718
17719 @kindex I b T
17720 @kindex H b T
17721 @tindex rateb
17722 @tindex ratel
17723 The @kbd{I b T} [@code{rateb}] and @kbd{H b T} [@code{ratel}]
17724 commands solve the analogous equations with @code{pvb} or @code{pvl}
17725 in place of @code{pv}. Also, @code{rate} and @code{rateb} can
17726 accept an optional fourth argument just like @code{pv} and @code{pvb}.
17727 To redo the above example from a different perspective,
17728 @code{ratel(9, 2000, 1000) = 8.00597%}, which says you will need an
17729 interest rate of 8% in order to double your account in nine years.
17730
17731 @kindex b I
17732 @pindex calc-fin-irr
17733 @tindex irr
17734 The @kbd{b I} (@code{calc-fin-irr}) [@code{irr}] command is the
17735 analogous function to @code{rate} but for net present value.
17736 Its argument is a vector of payments. Thus @code{irr(@var{payments})}
17737 computes the @var{rate} such that @code{npv(@var{rate}, @var{payments}) = 0};
17738 this rate is known as the @dfn{internal rate of return}.
17739
17740 @kindex I b I
17741 @tindex irrb
17742 The @kbd{I b I} [@code{irrb}] command computes the internal rate of
17743 return assuming payments occur at the beginning of each period.
17744
17745 @node Depreciation Functions, Definitions of Financial Functions, Related Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17746 @subsection Depreciation Functions
17747
17748 @noindent
17749 The functions in this section calculate @dfn{depreciation}, which is
17750 the amount of value that a possession loses over time. These functions
17751 are characterized by three parameters: @var{cost}, the original cost
17752 of the asset; @var{salvage}, the value the asset will have at the end
17753 of its expected ``useful life''; and @var{life}, the number of years
17754 (or other periods) of the expected useful life.
17755
17756 There are several methods for calculating depreciation that differ in
17757 the way they spread the depreciation over the lifetime of the asset.
17758
17759 @kindex b S
17760 @pindex calc-fin-sln
17761 @tindex sln
17762 The @kbd{b S} (@code{calc-fin-sln}) [@code{sln}] command computes the
17763 ``straight-line'' depreciation. In this method, the asset depreciates
17764 by the same amount every year (or period). For example,
17765 @samp{sln(12000, 2000, 5)} returns 2000. The asset costs $12000
17766 initially and will be worth $2000 after five years; it loses $2000
17767 per year.
17768
17769 @kindex b Y
17770 @pindex calc-fin-syd
17771 @tindex syd
17772 The @kbd{b Y} (@code{calc-fin-syd}) [@code{syd}] command computes the
17773 accelerated ``sum-of-years'-digits'' depreciation. Here the depreciation
17774 is higher during the early years of the asset's life. Since the
17775 depreciation is different each year, @kbd{b Y} takes a fourth @var{period}
17776 parameter which specifies which year is requested, from 1 to @var{life}.
17777 If @var{period} is outside this range, the @code{syd} function will
17778 return zero.
17779
17780 @kindex b D
17781 @pindex calc-fin-ddb
17782 @tindex ddb
17783 The @kbd{b D} (@code{calc-fin-ddb}) [@code{ddb}] command computes an
17784 accelerated depreciation using the double-declining balance method.
17785 It also takes a fourth @var{period} parameter.
17786
17787 For symmetry, the @code{sln} function will accept a @var{period}
17788 parameter as well, although it will ignore its value except that the
17789 return value will as usual be zero if @var{period} is out of range.
17790
17791 For example, pushing the vector @expr{[1,2,3,4,5]} (perhaps with @kbd{v x 5})
17792 and then mapping @kbd{V M ' [sln(12000,2000,5,$), syd(12000,2000,5,$),
17793 ddb(12000,2000,5,$)] @key{RET}} produces a matrix that allows us to compare
17794 the three depreciation methods:
17795
17796 @example
17797 @group
17798 [ [ 2000, 3333, 4800 ]
17799 [ 2000, 2667, 2880 ]
17800 [ 2000, 2000, 1728 ]
17801 [ 2000, 1333, 592 ]
17802 [ 2000, 667, 0 ] ]
17803 @end group
17804 @end example
17805
17806 @noindent
17807 (Values have been rounded to nearest integers in this figure.)
17808 We see that @code{sln} depreciates by the same amount each year,
17809 @kbd{syd} depreciates more at the beginning and less at the end,
17810 and @kbd{ddb} weights the depreciation even more toward the beginning.
17811
17812 Summing columns with @kbd{V R : +} yields @expr{[10000, 10000, 10000]};
17813 the total depreciation in any method is (by definition) the
17814 difference between the cost and the salvage value.
17815
17816 @node Definitions of Financial Functions, , Depreciation Functions, Financial Functions
17817 @subsection Definitions
17818
17819 @noindent
17820 For your reference, here are the actual formulas used to compute
17821 Calc's financial functions.
17822
17823 Calc will not evaluate a financial function unless the @var{rate} or
17824 @var{n} argument is known. However, @var{payment} or @var{amount} can
17825 be a variable. Calc expands these functions according to the
17826 formulas below for symbolic arguments only when you use the @kbd{a "}
17827 (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command, or when taking derivatives or
17828 integrals or solving equations involving the functions.
17829
17830 @ifnottex
17831 These formulas are shown using the conventions of Big display
17832 mode (@kbd{d B}); for example, the formula for @code{fv} written
17833 linearly is @samp{pmt * ((1 + rate)^n) - 1) / rate}.
17834
17835 @example
17836 n
17837 (1 + rate) - 1
17838 fv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ---------------
17839 rate
17840
17841 n
17842 ((1 + rate) - 1) (1 + rate)
17843 fvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------------------
17844 rate
17845
17846 n
17847 fvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17848
17849 -n
17850 1 - (1 + rate)
17851 pv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------
17852 rate
17853
17854 -n
17855 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17856 pvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * -----------------------------
17857 rate
17858
17859 -n
17860 pvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17861
17862 -1 -2 -3
17863 npv(rate, [a, b, c]) = a*(1 + rate) + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17864
17865 -1 -2
17866 npvb(rate, [a, b, c]) = a + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17867
17868 -n
17869 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17870 pmt(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17871 -n
17872 1 - (1 + rate)
17873
17874 -n
17875 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17876 pmtb(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17877 -n
17878 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17879
17880 amt * rate
17881 nper(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ------------, 1 + rate)
17882 pmt
17883
17884 amt * rate
17885 nperb(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ---------------, 1 + rate)
17886 pmt * (1 + rate)
17887
17888 amt
17889 nperl(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(---, 1 + rate)
17890 pmt
17891
17892 1/n
17893 pmt
17894 ratel(n, pmt, amt) = ------ - 1
17895 1/n
17896 amt
17897
17898 cost - salv
17899 sln(cost, salv, life) = -----------
17900 life
17901
17902 (cost - salv) * (life - per + 1)
17903 syd(cost, salv, life, per) = --------------------------------
17904 life * (life + 1) / 2
17905
17906 book * 2
17907 ddb(cost, salv, life, per) = --------, book = cost - depreciation so far
17908 life
17909 @end example
17910 @end ifnottex
17911 @tex
17912 $$ \code{fv}(r, n, p) = p { (1 + r)^n - 1 \over r } $$
17913 $$ \code{fvb}(r, n, p) = p { ((1 + r)^n - 1) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17914 $$ \code{fvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^n $$
17915 $$ \code{pv}(r, n, p) = p { 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} \over r } $$
17916 $$ \code{pvb}(r, n, p) = p { (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17917 $$ \code{pvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^{-n} $$
17918 $$ \code{npv}(r, [a,b,c]) = a (1 + r)^{-1} + b (1 + r)^{-2} + c (1 + r)^{-3} $$
17919 $$ \code{npvb}(r, [a,b,c]) = a + b (1 + r)^{-1} + c (1 + r)^{-2} $$
17920 $$ \code{pmt}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} }$$
17921 $$ \code{pmtb}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over
17922 (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) } $$
17923 $$ \code{nper}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p }, 1 + r) $$
17924 $$ \code{nperb}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p (1 + r) }, 1 + r) $$
17925 $$ \code{nperl}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}({a \over p}, 1 + r) $$
17926 $$ \code{ratel}(n, p, a) = { p^{1/n} \over a^{1/n} } - 1 $$
17927 $$ \code{sln}(c, s, l) = { c - s \over l } $$
17928 $$ \code{syd}(c, s, l, p) = { (c - s) (l - p + 1) \over l (l+1) / 2 } $$
17929 $$ \code{ddb}(c, s, l, p) = { 2 (c - \hbox{depreciation so far}) \over l } $$
17930 @end tex
17931
17932 @noindent
17933 In @code{pmt} and @code{pmtb}, @expr{x=0} if omitted.
17934
17935 These functions accept any numeric objects, including error forms,
17936 intervals, and even (though not very usefully) complex numbers. The
17937 above formulas specify exactly the behavior of these functions with
17938 all sorts of inputs.
17939
17940 Note that if the first argument to the @code{log} in @code{nper} is
17941 negative, @code{nper} leaves itself in symbolic form rather than
17942 returning a (financially meaningless) complex number.
17943
17944 @samp{rate(num, pmt, amt)} solves the equation
17945 @samp{pv(rate, num, pmt) = amt} for @samp{rate} using @kbd{H a R}
17946 (@code{calc-find-root}), with the interval @samp{[.01% .. 100%]}
17947 for an initial guess. The @code{rateb} function is the same except
17948 that it uses @code{pvb}. Note that @code{ratel} can be solved
17949 directly; its formula is shown in the above list.
17950
17951 Similarly, @samp{irr(pmts)} solves the equation @samp{npv(rate, pmts) = 0}
17952 for @samp{rate}.
17953
17954 If you give a fourth argument to @code{nper} or @code{nperb}, Calc
17955 will also use @kbd{H a R} to solve the equation using an initial
17956 guess interval of @samp{[0 .. 100]}.
17957
17958 A fourth argument to @code{fv} simply sums the two components
17959 calculated from the above formulas for @code{fv} and @code{fvl}.
17960 The same is true of @code{fvb}, @code{pv}, and @code{pvb}.
17961
17962 The @kbd{ddb} function is computed iteratively; the ``book'' value
17963 starts out equal to @var{cost}, and decreases according to the above
17964 formula for the specified number of periods. If the book value
17965 would decrease below @var{salvage}, it only decreases to @var{salvage}
17966 and the depreciation is zero for all subsequent periods. The @code{ddb}
17967 function returns the amount the book value decreased in the specified
17968 period.
17969
17970 @node Binary Functions, , Financial Functions, Arithmetic
17971 @section Binary Number Functions
17972
17973 @noindent
17974 The commands in this chapter all use two-letter sequences beginning with
17975 the @kbd{b} prefix.
17976
17977 @cindex Binary numbers
17978 The ``binary'' operations actually work regardless of the currently
17979 displayed radix, although their results make the most sense in a radix
17980 like 2, 8, or 16 (as obtained by the @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, or @w{@kbd{d 6}}
17981 commands, respectively). You may also wish to enable display of leading
17982 zeros with @kbd{d z}. @xref{Radix Modes}.
17983
17984 @cindex Word size for binary operations
17985 The Calculator maintains a current @dfn{word size} @expr{w}, an
17986 arbitrary positive or negative integer. For a positive word size, all
17987 of the binary operations described here operate modulo @expr{2^w}. In
17988 particular, negative arguments are converted to positive integers modulo
17989 @expr{2^w} by all binary functions.
17990
17991 If the word size is negative, binary operations produce twos-complement
17992 integers from
17993 @texline @math{-2^{-w-1}}
17994 @infoline @expr{-(2^(-w-1))}
17995 to
17996 @texline @math{2^{-w-1}-1}
17997 @infoline @expr{2^(-w-1)-1}
17998 inclusive. Either mode accepts inputs in any range; the sign of
17999 @expr{w} affects only the results produced.
18000
18001 @kindex b c
18002 @pindex calc-clip
18003 @tindex clip
18004 The @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip})
18005 [@code{clip}] command can be used to clip a number by reducing it modulo
18006 @expr{2^w}. The commands described in this chapter automatically clip
18007 their results to the current word size. Note that other operations like
18008 addition do not use the current word size, since integer addition
18009 generally is not ``binary.'' (However, @pxref{Simplification Modes},
18010 @code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}.) For example, with a word size of 8
18011 bits @kbd{b c} converts a number to the range 0 to 255; with a word
18012 size of @mathit{-8} @kbd{b c} converts to the range @mathit{-128} to 127.
18013
18014 @kindex b w
18015 @pindex calc-word-size
18016 The default word size is 32 bits. All operations except the shifts and
18017 rotates allow you to specify a different word size for that one
18018 operation by giving a numeric prefix argument: @kbd{C-u 8 b c} clips the
18019 top of stack to the range 0 to 255 regardless of the current word size.
18020 To set the word size permanently, use @kbd{b w} (@code{calc-word-size}).
18021 This command displays a prompt with the current word size; press @key{RET}
18022 immediately to keep this word size, or type a new word size at the prompt.
18023
18024 When the binary operations are written in symbolic form, they take an
18025 optional second (or third) word-size parameter. When a formula like
18026 @samp{and(a,b)} is finally evaluated, the word size current at that time
18027 will be used, but when @samp{and(a,b,-8)} is evaluated, a word size of
18028 @mathit{-8} will always be used. A symbolic binary function will be left
18029 in symbolic form unless the all of its argument(s) are integers or
18030 integer-valued floats.
18031
18032 If either or both arguments are modulo forms for which @expr{M} is a
18033 power of two, that power of two is taken as the word size unless a
18034 numeric prefix argument overrides it. The current word size is never
18035 consulted when modulo-power-of-two forms are involved.
18036
18037 @kindex b a
18038 @pindex calc-and
18039 @tindex and
18040 The @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}) [@code{and}] command computes the bitwise
18041 AND of the two numbers on the top of the stack. In other words, for each
18042 of the @expr{w} binary digits of the two numbers (pairwise), the corresponding
18043 bit of the result is 1 if and only if both input bits are 1:
18044 @samp{and(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1000}.
18045
18046 @kindex b o
18047 @pindex calc-or
18048 @tindex or
18049 The @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}) [@code{or}] command computes the bitwise
18050 inclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if either of the input bits, or
18051 both, are 1: @samp{or(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1110}.
18052
18053 @kindex b x
18054 @pindex calc-xor
18055 @tindex xor
18056 The @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}) [@code{xor}] command computes the bitwise
18057 exclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if exactly one of the input bits
18058 is 1: @samp{xor(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0110}.
18059
18060 @kindex b d
18061 @pindex calc-diff
18062 @tindex diff
18063 The @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}) [@code{diff}] command computes the bitwise
18064 difference of two numbers; this is defined by @samp{diff(a,b) = and(a,not(b))},
18065 so that @samp{diff(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0100}.
18066
18067 @kindex b n
18068 @pindex calc-not
18069 @tindex not
18070 The @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}) [@code{not}] command computes the bitwise
18071 NOT of a number. A bit is 1 if the input bit is 0 and vice-versa.
18072
18073 @kindex b l
18074 @pindex calc-lshift-binary
18075 @tindex lsh
18076 The @kbd{b l} (@code{calc-lshift-binary}) [@code{lsh}] command shifts a
18077 number left by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
18078 prefix argument. A negative prefix argument performs a logical right shift,
18079 in which zeros are shifted in on the left. In symbolic form, @samp{lsh(a)}
18080 is short for @samp{lsh(a,1)}, which in turn is short for @samp{lsh(a,n,w)}.
18081 Bits shifted ``off the end,'' according to the current word size, are lost.
18082
18083 @kindex H b l
18084 @kindex H b r
18085 @ignore
18086 @mindex @idots
18087 @end ignore
18088 @kindex H b L
18089 @ignore
18090 @mindex @null
18091 @end ignore
18092 @kindex H b R
18093 @ignore
18094 @mindex @null
18095 @end ignore
18096 @kindex H b t
18097 The @kbd{H b l} command also does a left shift, but it takes two arguments
18098 from the stack (the value to shift, and, at top-of-stack, the number of
18099 bits to shift). This version interprets the prefix argument just like
18100 the regular binary operations, i.e., as a word size. The Hyperbolic flag
18101 has a similar effect on the rest of the binary shift and rotate commands.
18102
18103 @kindex b r
18104 @pindex calc-rshift-binary
18105 @tindex rsh
18106 The @kbd{b r} (@code{calc-rshift-binary}) [@code{rsh}] command shifts a
18107 number right by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
18108 prefix argument: @samp{rsh(a,n) = lsh(a,-n)}.
18109
18110 @kindex b L
18111 @pindex calc-lshift-arith
18112 @tindex ash
18113 The @kbd{b L} (@code{calc-lshift-arith}) [@code{ash}] command shifts a
18114 number left. It is analogous to @code{lsh}, except that if the shift
18115 is rightward (the prefix argument is negative), an arithmetic shift
18116 is performed as described below.
18117
18118 @kindex b R
18119 @pindex calc-rshift-arith
18120 @tindex rash
18121 The @kbd{b R} (@code{calc-rshift-arith}) [@code{rash}] command performs
18122 an ``arithmetic'' shift to the right, in which the leftmost bit (according
18123 to the current word size) is duplicated rather than shifting in zeros.
18124 This corresponds to dividing by a power of two where the input is interpreted
18125 as a signed, twos-complement number. (The distinction between the @samp{rsh}
18126 and @samp{rash} operations is totally independent from whether the word
18127 size is positive or negative.) With a negative prefix argument, this
18128 performs a standard left shift.
18129
18130 @kindex b t
18131 @pindex calc-rotate-binary
18132 @tindex rot
18133 The @kbd{b t} (@code{calc-rotate-binary}) [@code{rot}] command rotates a
18134 number one bit to the left. The leftmost bit (according to the current
18135 word size) is dropped off the left and shifted in on the right. With a
18136 numeric prefix argument, the number is rotated that many bits to the left
18137 or right.
18138
18139 @xref{Set Operations}, for the @kbd{b p} and @kbd{b u} commands that
18140 pack and unpack binary integers into sets. (For example, @kbd{b u}
18141 unpacks the number @samp{2#11001} to the set of bit-numbers
18142 @samp{[0, 3, 4]}.) Type @kbd{b u V #} to count the number of ``1''
18143 bits in a binary integer.
18144
18145 Another interesting use of the set representation of binary integers
18146 is to reverse the bits in, say, a 32-bit integer. Type @kbd{b u} to
18147 unpack; type @kbd{31 @key{TAB} -} to replace each bit-number in the set
18148 with 31 minus that bit-number; type @kbd{b p} to pack the set back
18149 into a binary integer.
18150
18151 @node Scientific Functions, Matrix Functions, Arithmetic, Top
18152 @chapter Scientific Functions
18153
18154 @noindent
18155 The functions described here perform trigonometric and other transcendental
18156 calculations. They generally produce floating-point answers correct to the
18157 full current precision. The @kbd{H} (Hyperbolic) and @kbd{I} (Inverse)
18158 flag keys must be used to get some of these functions from the keyboard.
18159
18160 @kindex P
18161 @pindex calc-pi
18162 @cindex @code{pi} variable
18163 @vindex pi
18164 @kindex H P
18165 @cindex @code{e} variable
18166 @vindex e
18167 @kindex I P
18168 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
18169 @vindex gamma
18170 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
18171 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
18172 @kindex H I P
18173 @cindex @code{phi} variable
18174 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
18175 @cindex Golden ratio
18176 One miscellaneous command is shift-@kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}), which pushes
18177 the value of @cpi{} (at the current precision) onto the stack. With the
18178 Hyperbolic flag, it pushes the value @expr{e}, the base of natural logarithms.
18179 With the Inverse flag, it pushes Euler's constant
18180 @texline @math{\gamma}
18181 @infoline @expr{gamma}
18182 (about 0.5772). With both Inverse and Hyperbolic, it
18183 pushes the ``golden ratio''
18184 @texline @math{\phi}
18185 @infoline @expr{phi}
18186 (about 1.618). (At present, Euler's constant is not available
18187 to unlimited precision; Calc knows only the first 100 digits.)
18188 In Symbolic mode, these commands push the
18189 actual variables @samp{pi}, @samp{e}, @samp{gamma}, and @samp{phi},
18190 respectively, instead of their values; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}.
18191
18192 @ignore
18193 @mindex Q
18194 @end ignore
18195 @ignore
18196 @mindex I Q
18197 @end ignore
18198 @kindex I Q
18199 @tindex sqr
18200 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] function is described elsewhere;
18201 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}. With the Inverse flag [@code{sqr}], this command
18202 computes the square of the argument.
18203
18204 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
18205 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
18206 interpret a prefix argument.
18207
18208 @menu
18209 * Logarithmic Functions::
18210 * Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions::
18211 * Advanced Math Functions::
18212 * Branch Cuts::
18213 * Random Numbers::
18214 * Combinatorial Functions::
18215 * Probability Distribution Functions::
18216 @end menu
18217
18218 @node Logarithmic Functions, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions, Scientific Functions
18219 @section Logarithmic Functions
18220
18221 @noindent
18222 @kindex L
18223 @pindex calc-ln
18224 @tindex ln
18225 @ignore
18226 @mindex @null
18227 @end ignore
18228 @kindex I E
18229 The shift-@kbd{L} (@code{calc-ln}) [@code{ln}] command computes the natural
18230 logarithm of the real or complex number on the top of the stack. With
18231 the Inverse flag it computes the exponential function instead, although
18232 this is redundant with the @kbd{E} command.
18233
18234 @kindex E
18235 @pindex calc-exp
18236 @tindex exp
18237 @ignore
18238 @mindex @null
18239 @end ignore
18240 @kindex I L
18241 The shift-@kbd{E} (@code{calc-exp}) [@code{exp}] command computes the
18242 exponential, i.e., @expr{e} raised to the power of the number on the stack.
18243 The meanings of the Inverse and Hyperbolic flags follow from those for
18244 the @code{calc-ln} command.
18245
18246 @kindex H L
18247 @kindex H E
18248 @pindex calc-log10
18249 @tindex log10
18250 @tindex exp10
18251 @ignore
18252 @mindex @null
18253 @end ignore
18254 @kindex H I L
18255 @ignore
18256 @mindex @null
18257 @end ignore
18258 @kindex H I E
18259 The @kbd{H L} (@code{calc-log10}) [@code{log10}] command computes the common
18260 (base-10) logarithm of a number. (With the Inverse flag [@code{exp10}],
18261 it raises ten to a given power.) Note that the common logarithm of a
18262 complex number is computed by taking the natural logarithm and dividing
18263 by
18264 @texline @math{\ln10}.
18265 @infoline @expr{ln(10)}.
18266
18267 @kindex B
18268 @kindex I B
18269 @pindex calc-log
18270 @tindex log
18271 @tindex alog
18272 The @kbd{B} (@code{calc-log}) [@code{log}] command computes a logarithm
18273 to any base. For example, @kbd{1024 @key{RET} 2 B} produces 10, since
18274 @texline @math{2^{10} = 1024}.
18275 @infoline @expr{2^10 = 1024}.
18276 In certain cases like @samp{log(3,9)}, the result
18277 will be either @expr{1:2} or @expr{0.5} depending on the current Fraction
18278 mode setting. With the Inverse flag [@code{alog}], this command is
18279 similar to @kbd{^} except that the order of the arguments is reversed.
18280
18281 @kindex f I
18282 @pindex calc-ilog
18283 @tindex ilog
18284 The @kbd{f I} (@code{calc-ilog}) [@code{ilog}] command computes the
18285 integer logarithm of a number to any base. The number and the base must
18286 themselves be positive integers. This is the true logarithm, rounded
18287 down to an integer. Thus @kbd{ilog(x,10)} is 3 for all @expr{x} in the
18288 range from 1000 to 9999. If both arguments are positive integers, exact
18289 integer arithmetic is used; otherwise, this is equivalent to
18290 @samp{floor(log(x,b))}.
18291
18292 @kindex f E
18293 @pindex calc-expm1
18294 @tindex expm1
18295 The @kbd{f E} (@code{calc-expm1}) [@code{expm1}] command computes
18296 @texline @math{e^x - 1},
18297 @infoline @expr{exp(x)-1},
18298 but using an algorithm that produces a more accurate
18299 answer when the result is close to zero, i.e., when
18300 @texline @math{e^x}
18301 @infoline @expr{exp(x)}
18302 is close to one.
18303
18304 @kindex f L
18305 @pindex calc-lnp1
18306 @tindex lnp1
18307 The @kbd{f L} (@code{calc-lnp1}) [@code{lnp1}] command computes
18308 @texline @math{\ln(x+1)},
18309 @infoline @expr{ln(x+1)},
18310 producing a more accurate answer when @expr{x} is close to zero.
18311
18312 @node Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Advanced Math Functions, Logarithmic Functions, Scientific Functions
18313 @section Trigonometric/Hyperbolic Functions
18314
18315 @noindent
18316 @kindex S
18317 @pindex calc-sin
18318 @tindex sin
18319 The shift-@kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}) [@code{sin}] command computes the sine
18320 of an angle or complex number. If the input is an HMS form, it is interpreted
18321 as degrees-minutes-seconds; otherwise, the input is interpreted according
18322 to the current angular mode. It is best to use Radians mode when operating
18323 on complex numbers.
18324
18325 Calc's ``units'' mechanism includes angular units like @code{deg},
18326 @code{rad}, and @code{grad}. While @samp{sin(45 deg)} is not evaluated
18327 all the time, the @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command will
18328 simplify @samp{sin(45 deg)} by taking the sine of 45 degrees, regardless
18329 of the current angular mode. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
18330
18331 Also, the symbolic variable @code{pi} is not ordinarily recognized in
18332 arguments to trigonometric functions, as in @samp{sin(3 pi / 4)}, but
18333 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command recognizes many such
18334 formulas when the current angular mode is Radians @emph{and} Symbolic
18335 mode is enabled; this example would be replaced by @samp{sqrt(2) / 2}.
18336 @xref{Symbolic Mode}. Beware, this simplification occurs even if you
18337 have stored a different value in the variable @samp{pi}; this is one
18338 reason why changing built-in variables is a bad idea. Arguments of
18339 the form @expr{x} plus a multiple of @cpiover{2} are also simplified.
18340 Calc includes similar formulas for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
18341
18342 The @kbd{a s} command knows all angles which are integer multiples of
18343 @cpiover{12}, @cpiover{10}, or @cpiover{8} radians. In Degrees mode,
18344 analogous simplifications occur for integer multiples of 15 or 18
18345 degrees, and for arguments plus multiples of 90 degrees.
18346
18347 @kindex I S
18348 @pindex calc-arcsin
18349 @tindex arcsin
18350 With the Inverse flag, @code{calc-sin} computes an arcsine. This is also
18351 available as the @code{calc-arcsin} command or @code{arcsin} algebraic
18352 function. The returned argument is converted to degrees, radians, or HMS
18353 notation depending on the current angular mode.
18354
18355 @kindex H S
18356 @pindex calc-sinh
18357 @tindex sinh
18358 @kindex H I S
18359 @pindex calc-arcsinh
18360 @tindex arcsinh
18361 With the Hyperbolic flag, @code{calc-sin} computes the hyperbolic
18362 sine, also available as @code{calc-sinh} [@code{sinh}]. With the
18363 Hyperbolic and Inverse flags, it computes the hyperbolic arcsine
18364 (@code{calc-arcsinh}) [@code{arcsinh}].
18365
18366 @kindex C
18367 @pindex calc-cos
18368 @tindex cos
18369 @ignore
18370 @mindex @idots
18371 @end ignore
18372 @kindex I C
18373 @pindex calc-arccos
18374 @ignore
18375 @mindex @null
18376 @end ignore
18377 @tindex arccos
18378 @ignore
18379 @mindex @null
18380 @end ignore
18381 @kindex H C
18382 @pindex calc-cosh
18383 @ignore
18384 @mindex @null
18385 @end ignore
18386 @tindex cosh
18387 @ignore
18388 @mindex @null
18389 @end ignore
18390 @kindex H I C
18391 @pindex calc-arccosh
18392 @ignore
18393 @mindex @null
18394 @end ignore
18395 @tindex arccosh
18396 @ignore
18397 @mindex @null
18398 @end ignore
18399 @kindex T
18400 @pindex calc-tan
18401 @ignore
18402 @mindex @null
18403 @end ignore
18404 @tindex tan
18405 @ignore
18406 @mindex @null
18407 @end ignore
18408 @kindex I T
18409 @pindex calc-arctan
18410 @ignore
18411 @mindex @null
18412 @end ignore
18413 @tindex arctan
18414 @ignore
18415 @mindex @null
18416 @end ignore
18417 @kindex H T
18418 @pindex calc-tanh
18419 @ignore
18420 @mindex @null
18421 @end ignore
18422 @tindex tanh
18423 @ignore
18424 @mindex @null
18425 @end ignore
18426 @kindex H I T
18427 @pindex calc-arctanh
18428 @ignore
18429 @mindex @null
18430 @end ignore
18431 @tindex arctanh
18432 The shift-@kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}] command computes the cosine
18433 of an angle or complex number, and shift-@kbd{T} (@code{calc-tan}) [@code{tan}]
18434 computes the tangent, along with all the various inverse and hyperbolic
18435 variants of these functions.
18436
18437 @kindex f T
18438 @pindex calc-arctan2
18439 @tindex arctan2
18440 The @kbd{f T} (@code{calc-arctan2}) [@code{arctan2}] command takes two
18441 numbers from the stack and computes the arc tangent of their ratio. The
18442 result is in the full range from @mathit{-180} (exclusive) to @mathit{+180}
18443 (inclusive) degrees, or the analogous range in radians. A similar
18444 result would be obtained with @kbd{/} followed by @kbd{I T}, but the
18445 value would only be in the range from @mathit{-90} to @mathit{+90} degrees
18446 since the division loses information about the signs of the two
18447 components, and an error might result from an explicit division by zero
18448 which @code{arctan2} would avoid. By (arbitrary) definition,
18449 @samp{arctan2(0,0)=0}.
18450
18451 @pindex calc-sincos
18452 @ignore
18453 @starindex
18454 @end ignore
18455 @tindex sincos
18456 @ignore
18457 @starindex
18458 @end ignore
18459 @ignore
18460 @mindex arc@idots
18461 @end ignore
18462 @tindex arcsincos
18463 The @code{calc-sincos} [@code{sincos}] command computes the sine and
18464 cosine of a number, returning them as a vector of the form
18465 @samp{[@var{cos}, @var{sin}]}.
18466 With the Inverse flag [@code{arcsincos}], this command takes a two-element
18467 vector as an argument and computes @code{arctan2} of the elements.
18468 (This command does not accept the Hyperbolic flag.)
18469
18470 @pindex calc-sec
18471 @tindex sec
18472 @pindex calc-csc
18473 @tindex csc
18474 @pindex calc-cot
18475 @tindex cot
18476 @pindex calc-sech
18477 @tindex sech
18478 @pindex calc-csch
18479 @tindex csch
18480 @pindex calc-coth
18481 @tindex coth
18482 The remaining trigonometric functions, @code{calc-sec} [@code{sec}],
18483 @code{calc-csc} [@code{csc}] and @code{calc-cot} [@code{cot}], are also
18484 available. With the Hyperbolic flag, these compute their hyperbolic
18485 counterparts, which are also available separately as @code{calc-sech}
18486 [@code{sech}], @code{calc-csch} [@code{csch}] and @code{calc-coth}
18487 [@code{coth}]. (These commands do not accept the Inverse flag.)
18488
18489 @node Advanced Math Functions, Branch Cuts, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions
18490 @section Advanced Mathematical Functions
18491
18492 @noindent
18493 Calc can compute a variety of less common functions that arise in
18494 various branches of mathematics. All of the functions described in
18495 this section allow arbitrary complex arguments and, except as noted,
18496 will work to arbitrarily large precisions. They can not at present
18497 handle error forms or intervals as arguments.
18498
18499 NOTE: These functions are still experimental. In particular, their
18500 accuracy is not guaranteed in all domains. It is advisable to set the
18501 current precision comfortably higher than you actually need when
18502 using these functions. Also, these functions may be impractically
18503 slow for some values of the arguments.
18504
18505 @kindex f g
18506 @pindex calc-gamma
18507 @tindex gamma
18508 The @kbd{f g} (@code{calc-gamma}) [@code{gamma}] command computes the Euler
18509 gamma function. For positive integer arguments, this is related to the
18510 factorial function: @samp{gamma(n+1) = fact(n)}. For general complex
18511 arguments the gamma function can be defined by the following definite
18512 integral:
18513 @texline @math{\Gamma(a) = \int_0^\infty t^{a-1} e^t dt}.
18514 @infoline @expr{gamma(a) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, inf)}.
18515 (The actual implementation uses far more efficient computational methods.)
18516
18517 @kindex f G
18518 @tindex gammaP
18519 @ignore
18520 @mindex @idots
18521 @end ignore
18522 @kindex I f G
18523 @ignore
18524 @mindex @null
18525 @end ignore
18526 @kindex H f G
18527 @ignore
18528 @mindex @null
18529 @end ignore
18530 @kindex H I f G
18531 @pindex calc-inc-gamma
18532 @ignore
18533 @mindex @null
18534 @end ignore
18535 @tindex gammaQ
18536 @ignore
18537 @mindex @null
18538 @end ignore
18539 @tindex gammag
18540 @ignore
18541 @mindex @null
18542 @end ignore
18543 @tindex gammaG
18544 The @kbd{f G} (@code{calc-inc-gamma}) [@code{gammaP}] command computes
18545 the incomplete gamma function, denoted @samp{P(a,x)}. This is defined by
18546 the integral,
18547 @texline @math{P(a,x) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} e^t dt \right) / \Gamma(a)}.
18548 @infoline @expr{gammaP(a,x) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, x) / gamma(a)}.
18549 This implies that @samp{gammaP(a,inf) = 1} for any @expr{a} (see the
18550 definition of the normal gamma function).
18551
18552 Several other varieties of incomplete gamma function are defined.
18553 The complement of @expr{P(a,x)}, called @expr{Q(a,x) = 1-P(a,x)} by
18554 some authors, is computed by the @kbd{I f G} [@code{gammaQ}] command.
18555 You can think of this as taking the other half of the integral, from
18556 @expr{x} to infinity.
18557
18558 @ifnottex
18559 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define @expr{P(a,x)}
18560 and @expr{Q(a,x)} but without the normalizing @expr{1/gamma(a)}
18561 factor are called @expr{g(a,x)} and @expr{G(a,x)}, respectively
18562 (where @expr{g} and @expr{G} represent the lower- and upper-case Greek
18563 letter gamma). You can obtain these using the @kbd{H f G} [@code{gammag}]
18564 and @kbd{H I f G} [@code{gammaG}] commands.
18565 @end ifnottex
18566 @tex
18567 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define $P(a,x)$
18568 and $Q(a,x)$ but without the normalizing $1/\Gamma(a)$
18569 factor are called $\gamma(a,x)$ and $\Gamma(a,x)$, respectively.
18570 You can obtain these using the \kbd{H f G} [\code{gammag}] and
18571 \kbd{I H f G} [\code{gammaG}] commands.
18572 @end tex
18573
18574 @kindex f b
18575 @pindex calc-beta
18576 @tindex beta
18577 The @kbd{f b} (@code{calc-beta}) [@code{beta}] command computes the
18578 Euler beta function, which is defined in terms of the gamma function as
18579 @texline @math{B(a,b) = \Gamma(a) \Gamma(b) / \Gamma(a+b)},
18580 @infoline @expr{beta(a,b) = gamma(a) gamma(b) / gamma(a+b)},
18581 or by
18582 @texline @math{B(a,b) = \int_0^1 t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt}.
18583 @infoline @expr{beta(a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, 1)}.
18584
18585 @kindex f B
18586 @kindex H f B
18587 @pindex calc-inc-beta
18588 @tindex betaI
18589 @tindex betaB
18590 The @kbd{f B} (@code{calc-inc-beta}) [@code{betaI}] command computes
18591 the incomplete beta function @expr{I(x,a,b)}. It is defined by
18592 @texline @math{I(x,a,b) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt \right) / B(a,b)}.
18593 @infoline @expr{betaI(x,a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, x) / beta(a,b)}.
18594 Once again, the @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix gives the corresponding
18595 un-normalized version [@code{betaB}].
18596
18597 @kindex f e
18598 @kindex I f e
18599 @pindex calc-erf
18600 @tindex erf
18601 @tindex erfc
18602 The @kbd{f e} (@code{calc-erf}) [@code{erf}] command computes the
18603 error function
18604 @texline @math{\hbox{erf}(x) = {2 \over \sqrt{\pi}} \int_0^x e^{-t^2} dt}.
18605 @infoline @expr{erf(x) = 2 integ(exp(-(t^2)), t, 0, x) / sqrt(pi)}.
18606 The complementary error function @kbd{I f e} (@code{calc-erfc}) [@code{erfc}]
18607 is the corresponding integral from @samp{x} to infinity; the sum
18608 @texline @math{\hbox{erf}(x) + \hbox{erfc}(x) = 1}.
18609 @infoline @expr{erf(x) + erfc(x) = 1}.
18610
18611 @kindex f j
18612 @kindex f y
18613 @pindex calc-bessel-J
18614 @pindex calc-bessel-Y
18615 @tindex besJ
18616 @tindex besY
18617 The @kbd{f j} (@code{calc-bessel-J}) [@code{besJ}] and @kbd{f y}
18618 (@code{calc-bessel-Y}) [@code{besY}] commands compute the Bessel
18619 functions of the first and second kinds, respectively.
18620 In @samp{besJ(n,x)} and @samp{besY(n,x)} the ``order'' parameter
18621 @expr{n} is often an integer, but is not required to be one.
18622 Calc's implementation of the Bessel functions currently limits the
18623 precision to 8 digits, and may not be exact even to that precision.
18624 Use with care!
18625
18626 @node Branch Cuts, Random Numbers, Advanced Math Functions, Scientific Functions
18627 @section Branch Cuts and Principal Values
18628
18629 @noindent
18630 @cindex Branch cuts
18631 @cindex Principal values
18632 All of the logarithmic, trigonometric, and other scientific functions are
18633 defined for complex numbers as well as for reals.
18634 This section describes the values
18635 returned in cases where the general result is a family of possible values.
18636 Calc follows section 12.5.3 of Steele's @dfn{Common Lisp, the Language},
18637 second edition, in these matters. This section will describe each
18638 function briefly; for a more detailed discussion (including some nifty
18639 diagrams), consult Steele's book.
18640
18641 Note that the branch cuts for @code{arctan} and @code{arctanh} were
18642 changed between the first and second editions of Steele. Recent
18643 versions of Calc follow the second edition.
18644
18645 The new branch cuts exactly match those of the HP-28/48 calculators.
18646 They also match those of Mathematica 1.2, except that Mathematica's
18647 @code{arctan} cut is always in the right half of the complex plane,
18648 and its @code{arctanh} cut is always in the top half of the plane.
18649 Calc's cuts are continuous with quadrants I and III for @code{arctan},
18650 or II and IV for @code{arctanh}.
18651
18652 Note: The current implementations of these functions with complex arguments
18653 are designed with proper behavior around the branch cuts in mind, @emph{not}
18654 efficiency or accuracy. You may need to increase the floating precision
18655 and wait a while to get suitable answers from them.
18656
18657 For @samp{sqrt(a+bi)}: When @expr{a<0} and @expr{b} is small but positive
18658 or zero, the result is close to the @expr{+i} axis. For @expr{b} small and
18659 negative, the result is close to the @expr{-i} axis. The result always lies
18660 in the right half of the complex plane.
18661
18662 For @samp{ln(a+bi)}: The real part is defined as @samp{ln(abs(a+bi))}.
18663 The imaginary part is defined as @samp{arg(a+bi) = arctan2(b,a)}.
18664 Thus the branch cuts for @code{sqrt} and @code{ln} both lie on the
18665 negative real axis.
18666
18667 The following table describes these branch cuts in another way.
18668 If the real and imaginary parts of @expr{z} are as shown, then
18669 the real and imaginary parts of @expr{f(z)} will be as shown.
18670 Here @code{eps} stands for a small positive value; each
18671 occurrence of @code{eps} may stand for a different small value.
18672
18673 @smallexample
18674 z sqrt(z) ln(z)
18675 ----------------------------------------
18676 +, 0 +, 0 any, 0
18677 -, 0 0, + any, pi
18678 -, +eps +eps, + +eps, +
18679 -, -eps +eps, - +eps, -
18680 @end smallexample
18681
18682 For @samp{z1^z2}: This is defined by @samp{exp(ln(z1)*z2)}.
18683 One interesting consequence of this is that @samp{(-8)^1:3} does
18684 not evaluate to @mathit{-2} as you might expect, but to the complex
18685 number @expr{(1., 1.732)}. Both of these are valid cube roots
18686 of @mathit{-8} (as is @expr{(1., -1.732)}); Calc chooses a perhaps
18687 less-obvious root for the sake of mathematical consistency.
18688
18689 For @samp{arcsin(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(i*z + sqrt(1-z^2))}.
18690 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18691
18692 For @samp{arccos(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(z + i*sqrt(1-z^2))},
18693 or equivalently by @samp{pi/2 - arcsin(z)}. The branch cuts are on
18694 the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18695
18696 For @samp{arctan(z)}: This is defined by
18697 @samp{(ln(1+i*z) - ln(1-i*z)) / (2*i)}. The branch cuts are on the
18698 imaginary axis, below @expr{-i} and above @expr{i}.
18699
18700 For @samp{arcsinh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{ln(z + sqrt(1+z^2))}.
18701 The branch cuts are on the imaginary axis, below @expr{-i} and
18702 above @expr{i}.
18703
18704 For @samp{arccosh(z)}: This is defined by
18705 @samp{ln(z + (z+1)*sqrt((z-1)/(z+1)))}. The branch cut is on the
18706 real axis less than 1.
18707
18708 For @samp{arctanh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{(ln(1+z) - ln(1-z)) / 2}.
18709 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18710
18711 The following tables for @code{arcsin}, @code{arccos}, and
18712 @code{arctan} assume the current angular mode is Radians. The
18713 hyperbolic functions operate independently of the angular mode.
18714
18715 @smallexample
18716 z arcsin(z) arccos(z)
18717 -------------------------------------------------------
18718 (-1..1), 0 (-pi/2..pi/2), 0 (0..pi), 0
18719 (-1..1), +eps (-pi/2..pi/2), +eps (0..pi), -eps
18720 (-1..1), -eps (-pi/2..pi/2), -eps (0..pi), +eps
18721 <-1, 0 -pi/2, + pi, -
18722 <-1, +eps -pi/2 + eps, + pi - eps, -
18723 <-1, -eps -pi/2 + eps, - pi - eps, +
18724 >1, 0 pi/2, - 0, +
18725 >1, +eps pi/2 - eps, + +eps, -
18726 >1, -eps pi/2 - eps, - +eps, +
18727 @end smallexample
18728
18729 @smallexample
18730 z arccosh(z) arctanh(z)
18731 -----------------------------------------------------
18732 (-1..1), 0 0, (0..pi) any, 0
18733 (-1..1), +eps +eps, (0..pi) any, +eps
18734 (-1..1), -eps +eps, (-pi..0) any, -eps
18735 <-1, 0 +, pi -, pi/2
18736 <-1, +eps +, pi - eps -, pi/2 - eps
18737 <-1, -eps +, -pi + eps -, -pi/2 + eps
18738 >1, 0 +, 0 +, -pi/2
18739 >1, +eps +, +eps +, pi/2 - eps
18740 >1, -eps +, -eps +, -pi/2 + eps
18741 @end smallexample
18742
18743 @smallexample
18744 z arcsinh(z) arctan(z)
18745 -----------------------------------------------------
18746 0, (-1..1) 0, (-pi/2..pi/2) 0, any
18747 0, <-1 -, -pi/2 -pi/2, -
18748 +eps, <-1 +, -pi/2 + eps pi/2 - eps, -
18749 -eps, <-1 -, -pi/2 + eps -pi/2 + eps, -
18750 0, >1 +, pi/2 pi/2, +
18751 +eps, >1 +, pi/2 - eps pi/2 - eps, +
18752 -eps, >1 -, pi/2 - eps -pi/2 + eps, +
18753 @end smallexample
18754
18755 Finally, the following identities help to illustrate the relationship
18756 between the complex trigonometric and hyperbolic functions. They
18757 are valid everywhere, including on the branch cuts.
18758
18759 @smallexample
18760 sin(i*z) = i*sinh(z) arcsin(i*z) = i*arcsinh(z)
18761 cos(i*z) = cosh(z) arcsinh(i*z) = i*arcsin(z)
18762 tan(i*z) = i*tanh(z) arctan(i*z) = i*arctanh(z)
18763 sinh(i*z) = i*sin(z) cosh(i*z) = cos(z)
18764 @end smallexample
18765
18766 The ``advanced math'' functions (gamma, Bessel, etc.@:) are also defined
18767 for general complex arguments, but their branch cuts and principal values
18768 are not rigorously specified at present.
18769
18770 @node Random Numbers, Combinatorial Functions, Branch Cuts, Scientific Functions
18771 @section Random Numbers
18772
18773 @noindent
18774 @kindex k r
18775 @pindex calc-random
18776 @tindex random
18777 The @kbd{k r} (@code{calc-random}) [@code{random}] command produces
18778 random numbers of various sorts.
18779
18780 Given a positive numeric prefix argument @expr{M}, it produces a random
18781 integer @expr{N} in the range
18782 @texline @math{0 \le N < M}.
18783 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < M}.
18784 Each possible value @expr{N} appears with equal probability.
18785
18786 With no numeric prefix argument, the @kbd{k r} command takes its argument
18787 from the stack instead. Once again, if this is a positive integer @expr{M}
18788 the result is a random integer less than @expr{M}. However, note that
18789 while numeric prefix arguments are limited to six digits or so, an @expr{M}
18790 taken from the stack can be arbitrarily large. If @expr{M} is negative,
18791 the result is a random integer in the range
18792 @texline @math{M < N \le 0}.
18793 @infoline @expr{M < N <= 0}.
18794
18795 If the value on the stack is a floating-point number @expr{M}, the result
18796 is a random floating-point number @expr{N} in the range
18797 @texline @math{0 \le N < M}
18798 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < M}
18799 or
18800 @texline @math{M < N \le 0},
18801 @infoline @expr{M < N <= 0},
18802 according to the sign of @expr{M}.
18803
18804 If @expr{M} is zero, the result is a Gaussian-distributed random real
18805 number; the distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation
18806 of one. The algorithm used generates random numbers in pairs; thus,
18807 every other call to this function will be especially fast.
18808
18809 If @expr{M} is an error form
18810 @texline @math{m} @code{+/-} @math{\sigma}
18811 @infoline @samp{m +/- s}
18812 where @var{m} and
18813 @texline @math{\sigma}
18814 @infoline @var{s}
18815 are both real numbers, the result uses a Gaussian distribution with mean
18816 @var{m} and standard deviation
18817 @texline @math{\sigma}.
18818 @infoline @var{s}.
18819
18820 If @expr{M} is an interval form, the lower and upper bounds specify the
18821 acceptable limits of the random numbers. If both bounds are integers,
18822 the result is a random integer in the specified range. If either bound
18823 is floating-point, the result is a random real number in the specified
18824 range. If the interval is open at either end, the result will be sure
18825 not to equal that end value. (This makes a big difference for integer
18826 intervals, but for floating-point intervals it's relatively minor:
18827 with a precision of 6, @samp{random([1.0..2.0))} will return any of one
18828 million numbers from 1.00000 to 1.99999; @samp{random([1.0..2.0])} may
18829 additionally return 2.00000, but the probability of this happening is
18830 extremely small.)
18831
18832 If @expr{M} is a vector, the result is one element taken at random from
18833 the vector. All elements of the vector are given equal probabilities.
18834
18835 @vindex RandSeed
18836 The sequence of numbers produced by @kbd{k r} is completely random by
18837 default, i.e., the sequence is seeded each time you start Calc using
18838 the current time and other information. You can get a reproducible
18839 sequence by storing a particular ``seed value'' in the Calc variable
18840 @code{RandSeed}. Any integer will do for a seed; integers of from 1
18841 to 12 digits are good. If you later store a different integer into
18842 @code{RandSeed}, Calc will switch to a different pseudo-random
18843 sequence. If you ``unstore'' @code{RandSeed}, Calc will re-seed itself
18844 from the current time. If you store the same integer that you used
18845 before back into @code{RandSeed}, you will get the exact same sequence
18846 of random numbers as before.
18847
18848 @pindex calc-rrandom
18849 The @code{calc-rrandom} command (not on any key) produces a random real
18850 number between zero and one. It is equivalent to @samp{random(1.0)}.
18851
18852 @kindex k a
18853 @pindex calc-random-again
18854 The @kbd{k a} (@code{calc-random-again}) command produces another random
18855 number, re-using the most recent value of @expr{M}. With a numeric
18856 prefix argument @var{n}, it produces @var{n} more random numbers using
18857 that value of @expr{M}.
18858
18859 @kindex k h
18860 @pindex calc-shuffle
18861 @tindex shuffle
18862 The @kbd{k h} (@code{calc-shuffle}) command produces a vector of several
18863 random values with no duplicates. The value on the top of the stack
18864 specifies the set from which the random values are drawn, and may be any
18865 of the @expr{M} formats described above. The numeric prefix argument
18866 gives the length of the desired list. (If you do not provide a numeric
18867 prefix argument, the length of the list is taken from the top of the
18868 stack, and @expr{M} from second-to-top.)
18869
18870 If @expr{M} is a floating-point number, zero, or an error form (so
18871 that the random values are being drawn from the set of real numbers)
18872 there is little practical difference between using @kbd{k h} and using
18873 @kbd{k r} several times. But if the set of possible values consists
18874 of just a few integers, or the elements of a vector, then there is
18875 a very real chance that multiple @kbd{k r}'s will produce the same
18876 number more than once. The @kbd{k h} command produces a vector whose
18877 elements are always distinct. (Actually, there is a slight exception:
18878 If @expr{M} is a vector, no given vector element will be drawn more
18879 than once, but if several elements of @expr{M} are equal, they may
18880 each make it into the result vector.)
18881
18882 One use of @kbd{k h} is to rearrange a list at random. This happens
18883 if the prefix argument is equal to the number of values in the list:
18884 @kbd{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3] 5 k h} might produce the permuted list
18885 @samp{[2.5, 1, 1.5, 3, 2]}. As a convenient feature, if the argument
18886 @var{n} is negative it is replaced by the size of the set represented
18887 by @expr{M}. Naturally, this is allowed only when @expr{M} specifies
18888 a small discrete set of possibilities.
18889
18890 To do the equivalent of @kbd{k h} but with duplications allowed,
18891 given @expr{M} on the stack and with @var{n} just entered as a numeric
18892 prefix, use @kbd{v b} to build a vector of copies of @expr{M}, then use
18893 @kbd{V M k r} to ``map'' the normal @kbd{k r} function over the
18894 elements of this vector. @xref{Matrix Functions}.
18895
18896 @menu
18897 * Random Number Generator:: (Complete description of Calc's algorithm)
18898 @end menu
18899
18900 @node Random Number Generator, , Random Numbers, Random Numbers
18901 @subsection Random Number Generator
18902
18903 Calc's random number generator uses several methods to ensure that
18904 the numbers it produces are highly random. Knuth's @emph{Art of
18905 Computer Programming}, Volume II, contains a thorough description
18906 of the theory of random number generators and their measurement and
18907 characterization.
18908
18909 If @code{RandSeed} has no stored value, Calc calls Emacs' built-in
18910 @code{random} function to get a stream of random numbers, which it
18911 then treats in various ways to avoid problems inherent in the simple
18912 random number generators that many systems use to implement @code{random}.
18913
18914 When Calc's random number generator is first invoked, it ``seeds''
18915 the low-level random sequence using the time of day, so that the
18916 random number sequence will be different every time you use Calc.
18917
18918 Since Emacs Lisp doesn't specify the range of values that will be
18919 returned by its @code{random} function, Calc exercises the function
18920 several times to estimate the range. When Calc subsequently uses
18921 the @code{random} function, it takes only 10 bits of the result
18922 near the most-significant end. (It avoids at least the bottom
18923 four bits, preferably more, and also tries to avoid the top two
18924 bits.) This strategy works well with the linear congruential
18925 generators that are typically used to implement @code{random}.
18926
18927 If @code{RandSeed} contains an integer, Calc uses this integer to
18928 seed an ``additive congruential'' method (Knuth's algorithm 3.2.2A,
18929 computing
18930 @texline @math{X_{n-55} - X_{n-24}}.
18931 @infoline @expr{X_n-55 - X_n-24}).
18932 This method expands the seed
18933 value into a large table which is maintained internally; the variable
18934 @code{RandSeed} is changed from, e.g., 42 to the vector @expr{[42]}
18935 to indicate that the seed has been absorbed into this table. When
18936 @code{RandSeed} contains a vector, @kbd{k r} and related commands
18937 continue to use the same internal table as last time. There is no
18938 way to extract the complete state of the random number generator
18939 so that you can restart it from any point; you can only restart it
18940 from the same initial seed value. A simple way to restart from the
18941 same seed is to type @kbd{s r RandSeed} to get the seed vector,
18942 @kbd{v u} to unpack it back into a number, then @kbd{s t RandSeed}
18943 to reseed the generator with that number.
18944
18945 Calc uses a ``shuffling'' method as described in algorithm 3.2.2B
18946 of Knuth. It fills a table with 13 random 10-bit numbers. Then,
18947 to generate a new random number, it uses the previous number to
18948 index into the table, picks the value it finds there as the new
18949 random number, then replaces that table entry with a new value
18950 obtained from a call to the base random number generator (either
18951 the additive congruential generator or the @code{random} function
18952 supplied by the system). If there are any flaws in the base
18953 generator, shuffling will tend to even them out. But if the system
18954 provides an excellent @code{random} function, shuffling will not
18955 damage its randomness.
18956
18957 To create a random integer of a certain number of digits, Calc
18958 builds the integer three decimal digits at a time. For each group
18959 of three digits, Calc calls its 10-bit shuffling random number generator
18960 (which returns a value from 0 to 1023); if the random value is 1000
18961 or more, Calc throws it out and tries again until it gets a suitable
18962 value.
18963
18964 To create a random floating-point number with precision @var{p}, Calc
18965 simply creates a random @var{p}-digit integer and multiplies by
18966 @texline @math{10^{-p}}.
18967 @infoline @expr{10^-p}.
18968 The resulting random numbers should be very clean, but note
18969 that relatively small numbers will have few significant random digits.
18970 In other words, with a precision of 12, you will occasionally get
18971 numbers on the order of
18972 @texline @math{10^{-9}}
18973 @infoline @expr{10^-9}
18974 or
18975 @texline @math{10^{-10}},
18976 @infoline @expr{10^-10},
18977 but those numbers will only have two or three random digits since they
18978 correspond to small integers times
18979 @texline @math{10^{-12}}.
18980 @infoline @expr{10^-12}.
18981
18982 To create a random integer in the interval @samp{[0 .. @var{m})}, Calc
18983 counts the digits in @var{m}, creates a random integer with three
18984 additional digits, then reduces modulo @var{m}. Unless @var{m} is a
18985 power of ten the resulting values will be very slightly biased toward
18986 the lower numbers, but this bias will be less than 0.1%. (For example,
18987 if @var{m} is 42, Calc will reduce a random integer less than 100000
18988 modulo 42 to get a result less than 42. It is easy to show that the
18989 numbers 40 and 41 will be only 2380/2381 as likely to result from this
18990 modulo operation as numbers 39 and below.) If @var{m} is a power of
18991 ten, however, the numbers should be completely unbiased.
18992
18993 The Gaussian random numbers generated by @samp{random(0.0)} use the
18994 ``polar'' method described in Knuth section 3.4.1C. This method
18995 generates a pair of Gaussian random numbers at a time, so only every
18996 other call to @samp{random(0.0)} will require significant calculations.
18997
18998 @node Combinatorial Functions, Probability Distribution Functions, Random Numbers, Scientific Functions
18999 @section Combinatorial Functions
19000
19001 @noindent
19002 Commands relating to combinatorics and number theory begin with the
19003 @kbd{k} key prefix.
19004
19005 @kindex k g
19006 @pindex calc-gcd
19007 @tindex gcd
19008 The @kbd{k g} (@code{calc-gcd}) [@code{gcd}] command computes the
19009 Greatest Common Divisor of two integers. It also accepts fractions;
19010 the GCD of two fractions is defined by taking the GCD of the
19011 numerators, and the LCM of the denominators. This definition is
19012 consistent with the idea that @samp{a / gcd(a,x)} should yield an
19013 integer for any @samp{a} and @samp{x}. For other types of arguments,
19014 the operation is left in symbolic form.
19015
19016 @kindex k l
19017 @pindex calc-lcm
19018 @tindex lcm
19019 The @kbd{k l} (@code{calc-lcm}) [@code{lcm}] command computes the
19020 Least Common Multiple of two integers or fractions. The product of
19021 the LCM and GCD of two numbers is equal to the product of the
19022 numbers.
19023
19024 @kindex k E
19025 @pindex calc-extended-gcd
19026 @tindex egcd
19027 The @kbd{k E} (@code{calc-extended-gcd}) [@code{egcd}] command computes
19028 the GCD of two integers @expr{x} and @expr{y} and returns a vector
19029 @expr{[g, a, b]} where
19030 @texline @math{g = \gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
19031 @infoline @expr{g = gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
19032
19033 @kindex !
19034 @pindex calc-factorial
19035 @tindex fact
19036 @ignore
19037 @mindex @null
19038 @end ignore
19039 @tindex !
19040 The @kbd{!} (@code{calc-factorial}) [@code{fact}] command computes the
19041 factorial of the number at the top of the stack. If the number is an
19042 integer, the result is an exact integer. If the number is an
19043 integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point approximation. If
19044 the number is a non-integral real number, the generalized factorial is used,
19045 as defined by the Euler Gamma function. Please note that computation of
19046 large factorials can be slow; using floating-point format will help
19047 since fewer digits must be maintained. The same is true of many of
19048 the commands in this section.
19049
19050 @kindex k d
19051 @pindex calc-double-factorial
19052 @tindex dfact
19053 @ignore
19054 @mindex @null
19055 @end ignore
19056 @tindex !!
19057 The @kbd{k d} (@code{calc-double-factorial}) [@code{dfact}] command
19058 computes the ``double factorial'' of an integer. For an even integer,
19059 this is the product of even integers from 2 to @expr{N}. For an odd
19060 integer, this is the product of odd integers from 3 to @expr{N}. If
19061 the argument is an integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point
19062 approximation. This function is undefined for negative even integers.
19063 The notation @expr{N!!} is also recognized for double factorials.
19064
19065 @kindex k c
19066 @pindex calc-choose
19067 @tindex choose
19068 The @kbd{k c} (@code{calc-choose}) [@code{choose}] command computes the
19069 binomial coefficient @expr{N}-choose-@expr{M}, where @expr{M} is the number
19070 on the top of the stack and @expr{N} is second-to-top. If both arguments
19071 are integers, the result is an exact integer. Otherwise, the result is a
19072 floating-point approximation. The binomial coefficient is defined for all
19073 real numbers by
19074 @texline @math{N! \over M! (N-M)!\,}.
19075 @infoline @expr{N! / M! (N-M)!}.
19076
19077 @kindex H k c
19078 @pindex calc-perm
19079 @tindex perm
19080 @ifnottex
19081 The @kbd{H k c} (@code{calc-perm}) [@code{perm}] command computes the
19082 number-of-permutations function @expr{N! / (N-M)!}.
19083 @end ifnottex
19084 @tex
19085 The \kbd{H k c} (\code{calc-perm}) [\code{perm}] command computes the
19086 number-of-perm\-utations function $N! \over (N-M)!\,$.
19087 @end tex
19088
19089 @kindex k b
19090 @kindex H k b
19091 @pindex calc-bernoulli-number
19092 @tindex bern
19093 The @kbd{k b} (@code{calc-bernoulli-number}) [@code{bern}] command
19094 computes a given Bernoulli number. The value at the top of the stack
19095 is a nonnegative integer @expr{n} that specifies which Bernoulli number
19096 is desired. The @kbd{H k b} command computes a Bernoulli polynomial,
19097 taking @expr{n} from the second-to-top position and @expr{x} from the
19098 top of the stack. If @expr{x} is a variable or formula the result is
19099 a polynomial in @expr{x}; if @expr{x} is a number the result is a number.
19100
19101 @kindex k e
19102 @kindex H k e
19103 @pindex calc-euler-number
19104 @tindex euler
19105 The @kbd{k e} (@code{calc-euler-number}) [@code{euler}] command similarly
19106 computes an Euler number, and @w{@kbd{H k e}} computes an Euler polynomial.
19107 Bernoulli and Euler numbers occur in the Taylor expansions of several
19108 functions.
19109
19110 @kindex k s
19111 @kindex H k s
19112 @pindex calc-stirling-number
19113 @tindex stir1
19114 @tindex stir2
19115 The @kbd{k s} (@code{calc-stirling-number}) [@code{stir1}] command
19116 computes a Stirling number of the first
19117 @texline kind@tie{}@math{n \brack m},
19118 @infoline kind,
19119 given two integers @expr{n} and @expr{m} on the stack. The @kbd{H k s}
19120 [@code{stir2}] command computes a Stirling number of the second
19121 @texline kind@tie{}@math{n \brace m}.
19122 @infoline kind.
19123 These are the number of @expr{m}-cycle permutations of @expr{n} objects,
19124 and the number of ways to partition @expr{n} objects into @expr{m}
19125 non-empty sets, respectively.
19126
19127 @kindex k p
19128 @pindex calc-prime-test
19129 @cindex Primes
19130 The @kbd{k p} (@code{calc-prime-test}) command checks if the integer on
19131 the top of the stack is prime. For integers less than eight million, the
19132 answer is always exact and reasonably fast. For larger integers, a
19133 probabilistic method is used (see Knuth vol. II, section 4.5.4, algorithm P).
19134 The number is first checked against small prime factors (up to 13). Then,
19135 any number of iterations of the algorithm are performed. Each step either
19136 discovers that the number is non-prime, or substantially increases the
19137 certainty that the number is prime. After a few steps, the chance that
19138 a number was mistakenly described as prime will be less than one percent.
19139 (Indeed, this is a worst-case estimate of the probability; in practice
19140 even a single iteration is quite reliable.) After the @kbd{k p} command,
19141 the number will be reported as definitely prime or non-prime if possible,
19142 or otherwise ``probably'' prime with a certain probability of error.
19143
19144 @ignore
19145 @starindex
19146 @end ignore
19147 @tindex prime
19148 The normal @kbd{k p} command performs one iteration of the primality
19149 test. Pressing @kbd{k p} repeatedly for the same integer will perform
19150 additional iterations. Also, @kbd{k p} with a numeric prefix performs
19151 the specified number of iterations. There is also an algebraic function
19152 @samp{prime(n)} or @samp{prime(n,iters)} which returns 1 if @expr{n}
19153 is (probably) prime and 0 if not.
19154
19155 @kindex k f
19156 @pindex calc-prime-factors
19157 @tindex prfac
19158 The @kbd{k f} (@code{calc-prime-factors}) [@code{prfac}] command
19159 attempts to decompose an integer into its prime factors. For numbers up
19160 to 25 million, the answer is exact although it may take some time. The
19161 result is a vector of the prime factors in increasing order. For larger
19162 inputs, prime factors above 5000 may not be found, in which case the
19163 last number in the vector will be an unfactored integer greater than 25
19164 million (with a warning message). For negative integers, the first
19165 element of the list will be @mathit{-1}. For inputs @mathit{-1}, @mathit{0}, and
19166 @mathit{1}, the result is a list of the same number.
19167
19168 @kindex k n
19169 @pindex calc-next-prime
19170 @ignore
19171 @mindex nextpr@idots
19172 @end ignore
19173 @tindex nextprime
19174 The @kbd{k n} (@code{calc-next-prime}) [@code{nextprime}] command finds
19175 the next prime above a given number. Essentially, it searches by calling
19176 @code{calc-prime-test} on successive integers until it finds one that
19177 passes the test. This is quite fast for integers less than eight million,
19178 but once the probabilistic test comes into play the search may be rather
19179 slow. Ordinarily this command stops for any prime that passes one iteration
19180 of the primality test. With a numeric prefix argument, a number must pass
19181 the specified number of iterations before the search stops. (This only
19182 matters when searching above eight million.) You can always use additional
19183 @kbd{k p} commands to increase your certainty that the number is indeed
19184 prime.
19185
19186 @kindex I k n
19187 @pindex calc-prev-prime
19188 @ignore
19189 @mindex prevpr@idots
19190 @end ignore
19191 @tindex prevprime
19192 The @kbd{I k n} (@code{calc-prev-prime}) [@code{prevprime}] command
19193 analogously finds the next prime less than a given number.
19194
19195 @kindex k t
19196 @pindex calc-totient
19197 @tindex totient
19198 The @kbd{k t} (@code{calc-totient}) [@code{totient}] command computes the
19199 Euler ``totient''
19200 @texline function@tie{}@math{\phi(n)},
19201 @infoline function,
19202 the number of integers less than @expr{n} which
19203 are relatively prime to @expr{n}.
19204
19205 @kindex k m
19206 @pindex calc-moebius
19207 @tindex moebius
19208 The @kbd{k m} (@code{calc-moebius}) [@code{moebius}] command computes the
19209 @texline M@"obius @math{\mu}
19210 @infoline Moebius ``mu''
19211 function. If the input number is a product of @expr{k}
19212 distinct factors, this is @expr{(-1)^k}. If the input number has any
19213 duplicate factors (i.e., can be divided by the same prime more than once),
19214 the result is zero.
19215
19216 @node Probability Distribution Functions, , Combinatorial Functions, Scientific Functions
19217 @section Probability Distribution Functions
19218
19219 @noindent
19220 The functions in this section compute various probability distributions.
19221 For continuous distributions, this is the integral of the probability
19222 density function from @expr{x} to infinity. (These are the ``upper
19223 tail'' distribution functions; there are also corresponding ``lower
19224 tail'' functions which integrate from minus infinity to @expr{x}.)
19225 For discrete distributions, the upper tail function gives the sum
19226 from @expr{x} to infinity; the lower tail function gives the sum
19227 from minus infinity up to, but not including,@w{ }@expr{x}.
19228
19229 To integrate from @expr{x} to @expr{y}, just use the distribution
19230 function twice and subtract. For example, the probability that a
19231 Gaussian random variable with mean 2 and standard deviation 1 will
19232 lie in the range from 2.5 to 2.8 is @samp{utpn(2.5,2,1) - utpn(2.8,2,1)}
19233 (``the probability that it is greater than 2.5, but not greater than 2.8''),
19234 or equivalently @samp{ltpn(2.8,2,1) - ltpn(2.5,2,1)}.
19235
19236 @kindex k B
19237 @kindex I k B
19238 @pindex calc-utpb
19239 @tindex utpb
19240 @tindex ltpb
19241 The @kbd{k B} (@code{calc-utpb}) [@code{utpb}] function uses the
19242 binomial distribution. Push the parameters @var{n}, @var{p}, and
19243 then @var{x} onto the stack; the result (@samp{utpb(x,n,p)}) is the
19244 probability that an event will occur @var{x} or more times out
19245 of @var{n} trials, if its probability of occurring in any given
19246 trial is @var{p}. The @kbd{I k B} [@code{ltpb}] function is
19247 the probability that the event will occur fewer than @var{x} times.
19248
19249 The other probability distribution functions similarly take the
19250 form @kbd{k @var{X}} (@code{calc-utp@var{x}}) [@code{utp@var{x}}]
19251 and @kbd{I k @var{X}} [@code{ltp@var{x}}], for various letters
19252 @var{x}. The arguments to the algebraic functions are the value of
19253 the random variable first, then whatever other parameters define the
19254 distribution. Note these are among the few Calc functions where the
19255 order of the arguments in algebraic form differs from the order of
19256 arguments as found on the stack. (The random variable comes last on
19257 the stack, so that you can type, e.g., @kbd{2 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 2.5
19258 k N M-@key{RET} @key{DEL} 2.8 k N -}, using @kbd{M-@key{RET} @key{DEL}} to
19259 recover the original arguments but substitute a new value for @expr{x}.)
19260
19261 @kindex k C
19262 @pindex calc-utpc
19263 @tindex utpc
19264 @ignore
19265 @mindex @idots
19266 @end ignore
19267 @kindex I k C
19268 @ignore
19269 @mindex @null
19270 @end ignore
19271 @tindex ltpc
19272 The @samp{utpc(x,v)} function uses the chi-square distribution with
19273 @texline @math{\nu}
19274 @infoline @expr{v}
19275 degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a model is
19276 correct if its chi-square statistic is @expr{x}.
19277
19278 @kindex k F
19279 @pindex calc-utpf
19280 @tindex utpf
19281 @ignore
19282 @mindex @idots
19283 @end ignore
19284 @kindex I k F
19285 @ignore
19286 @mindex @null
19287 @end ignore
19288 @tindex ltpf
19289 The @samp{utpf(F,v1,v2)} function uses the F distribution, used in
19290 various statistical tests. The parameters
19291 @texline @math{\nu_1}
19292 @infoline @expr{v1}
19293 and
19294 @texline @math{\nu_2}
19295 @infoline @expr{v2}
19296 are the degrees of freedom in the numerator and denominator,
19297 respectively, used in computing the statistic @expr{F}.
19298
19299 @kindex k N
19300 @pindex calc-utpn
19301 @tindex utpn
19302 @ignore
19303 @mindex @idots
19304 @end ignore
19305 @kindex I k N
19306 @ignore
19307 @mindex @null
19308 @end ignore
19309 @tindex ltpn
19310 The @samp{utpn(x,m,s)} function uses a normal (Gaussian) distribution
19311 with mean @expr{m} and standard deviation
19312 @texline @math{\sigma}.
19313 @infoline @expr{s}.
19314 It is the probability that such a normal-distributed random variable
19315 would exceed @expr{x}.
19316
19317 @kindex k P
19318 @pindex calc-utpp
19319 @tindex utpp
19320 @ignore
19321 @mindex @idots
19322 @end ignore
19323 @kindex I k P
19324 @ignore
19325 @mindex @null
19326 @end ignore
19327 @tindex ltpp
19328 The @samp{utpp(n,x)} function uses a Poisson distribution with
19329 mean @expr{x}. It is the probability that @expr{n} or more such
19330 Poisson random events will occur.
19331
19332 @kindex k T
19333 @pindex calc-ltpt
19334 @tindex utpt
19335 @ignore
19336 @mindex @idots
19337 @end ignore
19338 @kindex I k T
19339 @ignore
19340 @mindex @null
19341 @end ignore
19342 @tindex ltpt
19343 The @samp{utpt(t,v)} function uses the Student's ``t'' distribution
19344 with
19345 @texline @math{\nu}
19346 @infoline @expr{v}
19347 degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a
19348 t-distributed random variable will be greater than @expr{t}.
19349 (Note: This computes the distribution function
19350 @texline @math{A(t|\nu)}
19351 @infoline @expr{A(t|v)}
19352 where
19353 @texline @math{A(0|\nu) = 1}
19354 @infoline @expr{A(0|v) = 1}
19355 and
19356 @texline @math{A(\infty|\nu) \to 0}.
19357 @infoline @expr{A(inf|v) -> 0}.
19358 The @code{UTPT} operation on the HP-48 uses a different definition which
19359 returns half of Calc's value: @samp{UTPT(t,v) = .5*utpt(t,v)}.)
19360
19361 While Calc does not provide inverses of the probability distribution
19362 functions, the @kbd{a R} command can be used to solve for the inverse.
19363 Since the distribution functions are monotonic, @kbd{a R} is guaranteed
19364 to be able to find a solution given any initial guess.
19365 @xref{Numerical Solutions}.
19366
19367 @node Matrix Functions, Algebra, Scientific Functions, Top
19368 @chapter Vector/Matrix Functions
19369
19370 @noindent
19371 Many of the commands described here begin with the @kbd{v} prefix.
19372 (For convenience, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix is equivalent to @kbd{v}.)
19373 The commands usually apply to both plain vectors and matrices; some
19374 apply only to matrices or only to square matrices. If the argument
19375 has the wrong dimensions the operation is left in symbolic form.
19376
19377 Vectors are entered and displayed using @samp{[a,b,c]} notation.
19378 Matrices are vectors of which all elements are vectors of equal length.
19379 (Though none of the standard Calc commands use this concept, a
19380 three-dimensional matrix or rank-3 tensor could be defined as a
19381 vector of matrices, and so on.)
19382
19383 @menu
19384 * Packing and Unpacking::
19385 * Building Vectors::
19386 * Extracting Elements::
19387 * Manipulating Vectors::
19388 * Vector and Matrix Arithmetic::
19389 * Set Operations::
19390 * Statistical Operations::
19391 * Reducing and Mapping::
19392 * Vector and Matrix Formats::
19393 @end menu
19394
19395 @node Packing and Unpacking, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions, Matrix Functions
19396 @section Packing and Unpacking
19397
19398 @noindent
19399 Calc's ``pack'' and ``unpack'' commands collect stack entries to build
19400 composite objects such as vectors and complex numbers. They are
19401 described in this chapter because they are most often used to build
19402 vectors.
19403
19404 @kindex v p
19405 @kindex V p
19406 @pindex calc-pack
19407 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) [@code{pack}] command collects several
19408 elements from the stack into a matrix, complex number, HMS form, error
19409 form, etc. It uses a numeric prefix argument to specify the kind of
19410 object to be built; this argument is referred to as the ``packing mode.''
19411 If the packing mode is a nonnegative integer, a vector of that
19412 length is created. For example, @kbd{C-u 5 v p} will pop the top
19413 five stack elements and push back a single vector of those five
19414 elements. (@kbd{C-u 0 v p} simply creates an empty vector.)
19415
19416 The same effect can be had by pressing @kbd{[} to push an incomplete
19417 vector on the stack, using @key{TAB} (@code{calc-roll-down}) to sneak
19418 the incomplete object up past a certain number of elements, and
19419 then pressing @kbd{]} to complete the vector.
19420
19421 Negative packing modes create other kinds of composite objects:
19422
19423 @table @cite
19424 @item -1
19425 Two values are collected to build a complex number. For example,
19426 @kbd{5 @key{RET} 7 C-u -1 v p} creates the complex number
19427 @expr{(5, 7)}. The result is always a rectangular complex
19428 number. The two input values must both be real numbers,
19429 i.e., integers, fractions, or floats. If they are not, Calc
19430 will instead build a formula like @samp{a + (0, 1) b}. (The
19431 other packing modes also create a symbolic answer if the
19432 components are not suitable.)
19433
19434 @item -2
19435 Two values are collected to build a polar complex number.
19436 The first is the magnitude; the second is the phase expressed
19437 in either degrees or radians according to the current angular
19438 mode.
19439
19440 @item -3
19441 Three values are collected into an HMS form. The first
19442 two values (hours and minutes) must be integers or
19443 integer-valued floats. The third value may be any real
19444 number.
19445
19446 @item -4
19447 Two values are collected into an error form. The inputs
19448 may be real numbers or formulas.
19449
19450 @item -5
19451 Two values are collected into a modulo form. The inputs
19452 must be real numbers.
19453
19454 @item -6
19455 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b]}.
19456 The inputs may be real numbers, HMS or date forms, or formulas.
19457
19458 @item -7
19459 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b)}.
19460
19461 @item -8
19462 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b]}.
19463
19464 @item -9
19465 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b)}.
19466
19467 @item -10
19468 Two integer values are collected into a fraction.
19469
19470 @item -11
19471 Two values are collected into a floating-point number.
19472 The first is the mantissa; the second, which must be an
19473 integer, is the exponent. The result is the mantissa
19474 times ten to the power of the exponent.
19475
19476 @item -12
19477 This is treated the same as @mathit{-11} by the @kbd{v p} command.
19478 When unpacking, @mathit{-12} specifies that a floating-point mantissa
19479 is desired.
19480
19481 @item -13
19482 A real number is converted into a date form.
19483
19484 @item -14
19485 Three numbers (year, month, day) are packed into a pure date form.
19486
19487 @item -15
19488 Six numbers are packed into a date/time form.
19489 @end table
19490
19491 With any of the two-input negative packing modes, either or both
19492 of the inputs may be vectors. If both are vectors of the same
19493 length, the result is another vector made by packing corresponding
19494 elements of the input vectors. If one input is a vector and the
19495 other is a plain number, the number is packed along with each vector
19496 element to produce a new vector. For example, @kbd{C-u -4 v p}
19497 could be used to convert a vector of numbers and a vector of errors
19498 into a single vector of error forms; @kbd{C-u -5 v p} could convert
19499 a vector of numbers and a single number @var{M} into a vector of
19500 numbers modulo @var{M}.
19501
19502 If you don't give a prefix argument to @kbd{v p}, it takes
19503 the packing mode from the top of the stack. The elements to
19504 be packed then begin at stack level 2. Thus
19505 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 4 n v p} is another way to
19506 enter the error form @samp{1 +/- 2}.
19507
19508 If the packing mode taken from the stack is a vector, the result is a
19509 matrix with the dimensions specified by the elements of the vector,
19510 which must each be integers. For example, if the packing mode is
19511 @samp{[2, 3]}, then six numbers will be taken from the stack and
19512 returned in the form @samp{[@w{[a, b, c]}, [d, e, f]]}.
19513
19514 If any elements of the vector are negative, other kinds of
19515 packing are done at that level as described above. For
19516 example, @samp{[2, 3, -4]} takes 12 objects and creates a
19517 @texline @math{2\times3}
19518 @infoline 2x3
19519 matrix of error forms: @samp{[[a +/- b, c +/- d ... ]]}.
19520 Also, @samp{[-4, -10]} will convert four integers into an
19521 error form consisting of two fractions: @samp{a:b +/- c:d}.
19522
19523 @ignore
19524 @starindex
19525 @end ignore
19526 @tindex pack
19527 There is an equivalent algebraic function,
19528 @samp{pack(@var{mode}, @var{items})} where @var{mode} is a
19529 packing mode (an integer or a vector of integers) and @var{items}
19530 is a vector of objects to be packed (re-packed, really) according
19531 to that mode. For example, @samp{pack([3, -4], [a,b,c,d,e,f])}
19532 yields @samp{[a +/- b, @w{c +/- d}, e +/- f]}. The function is
19533 left in symbolic form if the packing mode is invalid, or if the
19534 number of data items does not match the number of items required
19535 by the mode.
19536
19537 @kindex v u
19538 @kindex V u
19539 @pindex calc-unpack
19540 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the vector, complex
19541 number, HMS form, or other composite object on the top of the stack and
19542 ``unpacks'' it, pushing each of its elements onto the stack as separate
19543 objects. Thus, it is the ``inverse'' of @kbd{v p}. If the value
19544 at the top of the stack is a formula, @kbd{v u} unpacks it by pushing
19545 each of the arguments of the top-level operator onto the stack.
19546
19547 You can optionally give a numeric prefix argument to @kbd{v u}
19548 to specify an explicit (un)packing mode. If the packing mode is
19549 negative and the input is actually a vector or matrix, the result
19550 will be two or more similar vectors or matrices of the elements.
19551 For example, given the vector @samp{[@w{a +/- b}, c^2, d +/- 7]},
19552 the result of @kbd{C-u -4 v u} will be the two vectors
19553 @samp{[a, c^2, d]} and @w{@samp{[b, 0, 7]}}.
19554
19555 Note that the prefix argument can have an effect even when the input is
19556 not a vector. For example, if the input is the number @mathit{-5}, then
19557 @kbd{c-u -1 v u} yields @mathit{-5} and 0 (the components of @mathit{-5}
19558 when viewed as a rectangular complex number); @kbd{C-u -2 v u} yields 5
19559 and 180 (assuming Degrees mode); and @kbd{C-u -10 v u} yields @mathit{-5}
19560 and 1 (the numerator and denominator of @mathit{-5}, viewed as a rational
19561 number). Plain @kbd{v u} with this input would complain that the input
19562 is not a composite object.
19563
19564 Unpacking mode @mathit{-11} converts a float into an integer mantissa and
19565 an integer exponent, where the mantissa is not divisible by 10
19566 (except that 0.0 is represented by a mantissa and exponent of 0).
19567 Unpacking mode @mathit{-12} converts a float into a floating-point mantissa
19568 and integer exponent, where the mantissa (for non-zero numbers)
19569 is guaranteed to lie in the range [1 .. 10). In both cases,
19570 the mantissa is shifted left or right (and the exponent adjusted
19571 to compensate) in order to satisfy these constraints.
19572
19573 Positive unpacking modes are treated differently than for @kbd{v p}.
19574 A mode of 1 is much like plain @kbd{v u} with no prefix argument,
19575 except that in addition to the components of the input object,
19576 a suitable packing mode to re-pack the object is also pushed.
19577 Thus, @kbd{C-u 1 v u} followed by @kbd{v p} will re-build the
19578 original object.
19579
19580 A mode of 2 unpacks two levels of the object; the resulting
19581 re-packing mode will be a vector of length 2. This might be used
19582 to unpack a matrix, say, or a vector of error forms. Higher
19583 unpacking modes unpack the input even more deeply.
19584
19585 @ignore
19586 @starindex
19587 @end ignore
19588 @tindex unpack
19589 There are two algebraic functions analogous to @kbd{v u}.
19590 The @samp{unpack(@var{mode}, @var{item})} function unpacks the
19591 @var{item} using the given @var{mode}, returning the result as
19592 a vector of components. Here the @var{mode} must be an
19593 integer, not a vector. For example, @samp{unpack(-4, a +/- b)}
19594 returns @samp{[a, b]}, as does @samp{unpack(1, a +/- b)}.
19595
19596 @ignore
19597 @starindex
19598 @end ignore
19599 @tindex unpackt
19600 The @code{unpackt} function is like @code{unpack} but instead
19601 of returning a simple vector of items, it returns a vector of
19602 two things: The mode, and the vector of items. For example,
19603 @samp{unpackt(1, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[-4, [2:3, 1:4]]},
19604 and @samp{unpackt(2, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[[-4, -10], [2, 3, 1, 4]]}.
19605 The identity for re-building the original object is
19606 @samp{apply(pack, unpackt(@var{n}, @var{x})) = @var{x}}. (The
19607 @code{apply} function builds a function call given the function
19608 name and a vector of arguments.)
19609
19610 @cindex Numerator of a fraction, extracting
19611 Subscript notation is a useful way to extract a particular part
19612 of an object. For example, to get the numerator of a rational
19613 number, you can use @samp{unpack(-10, @var{x})_1}.
19614
19615 @node Building Vectors, Extracting Elements, Packing and Unpacking, Matrix Functions
19616 @section Building Vectors
19617
19618 @noindent
19619 Vectors and matrices can be added,
19620 subtracted, multiplied, and divided; @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}.
19621
19622 @kindex |
19623 @pindex calc-concat
19624 @ignore
19625 @mindex @null
19626 @end ignore
19627 @tindex |
19628 The @kbd{|} (@code{calc-concat}) [@code{vconcat}] command ``concatenates'' two vectors
19629 into one. For example, after @kbd{@w{[ 1 , 2 ]} [ 3 , 4 ] |}, the stack
19630 will contain the single vector @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]}. If the arguments
19631 are matrices, the rows of the first matrix are concatenated with the
19632 rows of the second. (In other words, two matrices are just two vectors
19633 of row-vectors as far as @kbd{|} is concerned.)
19634
19635 If either argument to @kbd{|} is a scalar (a non-vector), it is treated
19636 like a one-element vector for purposes of concatenation: @kbd{1 [ 2 , 3 ] |}
19637 produces the vector @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Likewise, if one argument is a
19638 matrix and the other is a plain vector, the vector is treated as a
19639 one-row matrix.
19640
19641 @kindex H |
19642 @tindex append
19643 The @kbd{H |} (@code{calc-append}) [@code{append}] command concatenates
19644 two vectors without any special cases. Both inputs must be vectors.
19645 Whether or not they are matrices is not taken into account. If either
19646 argument is a scalar, the @code{append} function is left in symbolic form.
19647 See also @code{cons} and @code{rcons} below.
19648
19649 @kindex I |
19650 @kindex H I |
19651 The @kbd{I |} and @kbd{H I |} commands are similar, but they use their
19652 two stack arguments in the opposite order. Thus @kbd{I |} is equivalent
19653 to @kbd{@key{TAB} |}, but possibly more convenient and also a bit faster.
19654
19655 @kindex v d
19656 @kindex V d
19657 @pindex calc-diag
19658 @tindex diag
19659 The @kbd{v d} (@code{calc-diag}) [@code{diag}] function builds a diagonal
19660 square matrix. The optional numeric prefix gives the number of rows
19661 and columns in the matrix. If the value at the top of the stack is a
19662 vector, the elements of the vector are used as the diagonal elements; the
19663 prefix, if specified, must match the size of the vector. If the value on
19664 the stack is a scalar, it is used for each element on the diagonal, and
19665 the prefix argument is required.
19666
19667 To build a constant square matrix, e.g., a
19668 @texline @math{3\times3}
19669 @infoline 3x3
19670 matrix filled with ones, use @kbd{0 M-3 v d 1 +}, i.e., build a zero
19671 matrix first and then add a constant value to that matrix. (Another
19672 alternative would be to use @kbd{v b} and @kbd{v a}; see below.)
19673
19674 @kindex v i
19675 @kindex V i
19676 @pindex calc-ident
19677 @tindex idn
19678 The @kbd{v i} (@code{calc-ident}) [@code{idn}] function builds an identity
19679 matrix of the specified size. It is a convenient form of @kbd{v d}
19680 where the diagonal element is always one. If no prefix argument is given,
19681 this command prompts for one.
19682
19683 In algebraic notation, @samp{idn(a,n)} acts much like @samp{diag(a,n)},
19684 except that @expr{a} is required to be a scalar (non-vector) quantity.
19685 If @expr{n} is omitted, @samp{idn(a)} represents @expr{a} times an
19686 identity matrix of unknown size. Calc can operate algebraically on
19687 such generic identity matrices, and if one is combined with a matrix
19688 whose size is known, it is converted automatically to an identity
19689 matrix of a suitable matching size. The @kbd{v i} command with an
19690 argument of zero creates a generic identity matrix, @samp{idn(1)}.
19691 Note that in dimensioned Matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), generic
19692 identity matrices are immediately expanded to the current default
19693 dimensions.
19694
19695 @kindex v x
19696 @kindex V x
19697 @pindex calc-index
19698 @tindex index
19699 The @kbd{v x} (@code{calc-index}) [@code{index}] function builds a vector
19700 of consecutive integers from 1 to @var{n}, where @var{n} is the numeric
19701 prefix argument. If you do not provide a prefix argument, you will be
19702 prompted to enter a suitable number. If @var{n} is negative, the result
19703 is a vector of negative integers from @var{n} to @mathit{-1}.
19704
19705 With a prefix argument of just @kbd{C-u}, the @kbd{v x} command takes
19706 three values from the stack: @var{n}, @var{start}, and @var{incr} (with
19707 @var{incr} at top-of-stack). Counting starts at @var{start} and increases
19708 by @var{incr} for successive vector elements. If @var{start} or @var{n}
19709 is in floating-point format, the resulting vector elements will also be
19710 floats. Note that @var{start} and @var{incr} may in fact be any kind
19711 of numbers or formulas.
19712
19713 When @var{start} and @var{incr} are specified, a negative @var{n} has a
19714 different interpretation: It causes a geometric instead of arithmetic
19715 sequence to be generated. For example, @samp{index(-3, a, b)} produces
19716 @samp{[a, a b, a b^2]}. If you omit @var{incr} in the algebraic form,
19717 @samp{index(@var{n}, @var{start})}, the default value for @var{incr}
19718 is one for positive @var{n} or two for negative @var{n}.
19719
19720 @kindex v b
19721 @kindex V b
19722 @pindex calc-build-vector
19723 @tindex cvec
19724 The @kbd{v b} (@code{calc-build-vector}) [@code{cvec}] function builds a
19725 vector of @var{n} copies of the value on the top of the stack, where @var{n}
19726 is the numeric prefix argument. In algebraic formulas, @samp{cvec(x,n,m)}
19727 can also be used to build an @var{n}-by-@var{m} matrix of copies of @var{x}.
19728 (Interactively, just use @kbd{v b} twice: once to build a row, then again
19729 to build a matrix of copies of that row.)
19730
19731 @kindex v h
19732 @kindex V h
19733 @kindex I v h
19734 @kindex I V h
19735 @pindex calc-head
19736 @pindex calc-tail
19737 @tindex head
19738 @tindex tail
19739 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) [@code{head}] function returns the first
19740 element of a vector. The @kbd{I v h} (@code{calc-tail}) [@code{tail}]
19741 function returns the vector with its first element removed. In both
19742 cases, the argument must be a non-empty vector.
19743
19744 @kindex v k
19745 @kindex V k
19746 @pindex calc-cons
19747 @tindex cons
19748 The @kbd{v k} (@code{calc-cons}) [@code{cons}] function takes a value @var{h}
19749 and a vector @var{t} from the stack, and produces the vector whose head is
19750 @var{h} and whose tail is @var{t}. This is similar to @kbd{|}, except
19751 if @var{h} is itself a vector, @kbd{|} will concatenate the two vectors
19752 whereas @code{cons} will insert @var{h} at the front of the vector @var{t}.
19753
19754 @kindex H v h
19755 @kindex H V h
19756 @tindex rhead
19757 @ignore
19758 @mindex @idots
19759 @end ignore
19760 @kindex H I v h
19761 @kindex H I V h
19762 @ignore
19763 @mindex @null
19764 @end ignore
19765 @kindex H v k
19766 @kindex H V k
19767 @ignore
19768 @mindex @null
19769 @end ignore
19770 @tindex rtail
19771 @ignore
19772 @mindex @null
19773 @end ignore
19774 @tindex rcons
19775 Each of these three functions also accepts the Hyperbolic flag [@code{rhead},
19776 @code{rtail}, @code{rcons}] in which case @var{t} instead represents
19777 the @emph{last} single element of the vector, with @var{h}
19778 representing the remainder of the vector. Thus the vector
19779 @samp{[a, b, c, d] = cons(a, [b, c, d]) = rcons([a, b, c], d)}.
19780 Also, @samp{head([a, b, c, d]) = a}, @samp{tail([a, b, c, d]) = [b, c, d]},
19781 @samp{rhead([a, b, c, d]) = [a, b, c]}, and @samp{rtail([a, b, c, d]) = d}.
19782
19783 @node Extracting Elements, Manipulating Vectors, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions
19784 @section Extracting Vector Elements
19785
19786 @noindent
19787 @kindex v r
19788 @kindex V r
19789 @pindex calc-mrow
19790 @tindex mrow
19791 The @kbd{v r} (@code{calc-mrow}) [@code{mrow}] command extracts one row of
19792 the matrix on the top of the stack, or one element of the plain vector on
19793 the top of the stack. The row or element is specified by the numeric
19794 prefix argument; the default is to prompt for the row or element number.
19795 The matrix or vector is replaced by the specified row or element in the
19796 form of a vector or scalar, respectively.
19797
19798 @cindex Permutations, applying
19799 With a prefix argument of @kbd{C-u} only, @kbd{v r} takes the index of
19800 the element or row from the top of the stack, and the vector or matrix
19801 from the second-to-top position. If the index is itself a vector of
19802 integers, the result is a vector of the corresponding elements of the
19803 input vector, or a matrix of the corresponding rows of the input matrix.
19804 This command can be used to obtain any permutation of a vector.
19805
19806 With @kbd{C-u}, if the index is an interval form with integer components,
19807 it is interpreted as a range of indices and the corresponding subvector or
19808 submatrix is returned.
19809
19810 @cindex Subscript notation
19811 @kindex a _
19812 @pindex calc-subscript
19813 @tindex subscr
19814 @tindex _
19815 Subscript notation in algebraic formulas (@samp{a_b}) stands for the
19816 Calc function @code{subscr}, which is synonymous with @code{mrow}.
19817 Thus, @samp{[x, y, z]_k} produces @expr{x}, @expr{y}, or @expr{z} if
19818 @expr{k} is one, two, or three, respectively. A double subscript
19819 (@samp{M_i_j}, equivalent to @samp{subscr(subscr(M, i), j)}) will
19820 access the element at row @expr{i}, column @expr{j} of a matrix.
19821 The @kbd{a _} (@code{calc-subscript}) command creates a subscript
19822 formula @samp{a_b} out of two stack entries. (It is on the @kbd{a}
19823 ``algebra'' prefix because subscripted variables are often used
19824 purely as an algebraic notation.)
19825
19826 @tindex mrrow
19827 Given a negative prefix argument, @kbd{v r} instead deletes one row or
19828 element from the matrix or vector on the top of the stack. Thus
19829 @kbd{C-u 2 v r} replaces a matrix with its second row, but @kbd{C-u -2 v r}
19830 replaces the matrix with the same matrix with its second row removed.
19831 In algebraic form this function is called @code{mrrow}.
19832
19833 @tindex getdiag
19834 Given a prefix argument of zero, @kbd{v r} extracts the diagonal elements
19835 of a square matrix in the form of a vector. In algebraic form this
19836 function is called @code{getdiag}.
19837
19838 @kindex v c
19839 @kindex V c
19840 @pindex calc-mcol
19841 @tindex mcol
19842 @tindex mrcol
19843 The @kbd{v c} (@code{calc-mcol}) [@code{mcol} or @code{mrcol}] command is
19844 the analogous operation on columns of a matrix. Given a plain vector
19845 it extracts (or removes) one element, just like @kbd{v r}. If the
19846 index in @kbd{C-u v c} is an interval or vector and the argument is a
19847 matrix, the result is a submatrix with only the specified columns
19848 retained (and possibly permuted in the case of a vector index).
19849
19850 To extract a matrix element at a given row and column, use @kbd{v r} to
19851 extract the row as a vector, then @kbd{v c} to extract the column element
19852 from that vector. In algebraic formulas, it is often more convenient to
19853 use subscript notation: @samp{m_i_j} gives row @expr{i}, column @expr{j}
19854 of matrix @expr{m}.
19855
19856 @kindex v s
19857 @kindex V s
19858 @pindex calc-subvector
19859 @tindex subvec
19860 The @kbd{v s} (@code{calc-subvector}) [@code{subvec}] command extracts
19861 a subvector of a vector. The arguments are the vector, the starting
19862 index, and the ending index, with the ending index in the top-of-stack
19863 position. The starting index indicates the first element of the vector
19864 to take. The ending index indicates the first element @emph{past} the
19865 range to be taken. Thus, @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)} produces
19866 the subvector @samp{[b, c]}. You could get the same result using
19867 @samp{mrow([a, b, c, d, e], @w{[2 .. 4)})}.
19868
19869 If either the start or the end index is zero or negative, it is
19870 interpreted as relative to the end of the vector. Thus
19871 @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, -2)} also produces @samp{[b, c]}. In
19872 the algebraic form, the end index can be omitted in which case it
19873 is taken as zero, i.e., elements from the starting element to the
19874 end of the vector are used. The infinity symbol, @code{inf}, also
19875 has this effect when used as the ending index.
19876
19877 @kindex I v s
19878 @kindex I V s
19879 @tindex rsubvec
19880 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I v s} [@code{rsubvec}] removes a subvector
19881 from a vector. The arguments are interpreted the same as for the
19882 normal @kbd{v s} command. Thus, @samp{rsubvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)}
19883 produces @samp{[a, d, e]}. It is always true that @code{subvec} and
19884 @code{rsubvec} return complementary parts of the input vector.
19885
19886 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for an alternative way to operate on
19887 vectors one element at a time.
19888
19889 @node Manipulating Vectors, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Extracting Elements, Matrix Functions
19890 @section Manipulating Vectors
19891
19892 @noindent
19893 @kindex v l
19894 @kindex V l
19895 @pindex calc-vlength
19896 @tindex vlen
19897 The @kbd{v l} (@code{calc-vlength}) [@code{vlen}] command computes the
19898 length of a vector. The length of a non-vector is considered to be zero.
19899 Note that matrices are just vectors of vectors for the purposes of this
19900 command.
19901
19902 @kindex H v l
19903 @kindex H V l
19904 @tindex mdims
19905 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v l} [@code{mdims}] computes a vector
19906 of the dimensions of a vector, matrix, or higher-order object. For
19907 example, @samp{mdims([[a,b,c],[d,e,f]])} returns @samp{[2, 3]} since
19908 its argument is a
19909 @texline @math{2\times3}
19910 @infoline 2x3
19911 matrix.
19912
19913 @kindex v f
19914 @kindex V f
19915 @pindex calc-vector-find
19916 @tindex find
19917 The @kbd{v f} (@code{calc-vector-find}) [@code{find}] command searches
19918 along a vector for the first element equal to a given target. The target
19919 is on the top of the stack; the vector is in the second-to-top position.
19920 If a match is found, the result is the index of the matching element.
19921 Otherwise, the result is zero. The numeric prefix argument, if given,
19922 allows you to select any starting index for the search.
19923
19924 @kindex v a
19925 @kindex V a
19926 @pindex calc-arrange-vector
19927 @tindex arrange
19928 @cindex Arranging a matrix
19929 @cindex Reshaping a matrix
19930 @cindex Flattening a matrix
19931 The @kbd{v a} (@code{calc-arrange-vector}) [@code{arrange}] command
19932 rearranges a vector to have a certain number of columns and rows. The
19933 numeric prefix argument specifies the number of columns; if you do not
19934 provide an argument, you will be prompted for the number of columns.
19935 The vector or matrix on the top of the stack is @dfn{flattened} into a
19936 plain vector. If the number of columns is nonzero, this vector is
19937 then formed into a matrix by taking successive groups of @var{n} elements.
19938 If the number of columns does not evenly divide the number of elements
19939 in the vector, the last row will be short and the result will not be
19940 suitable for use as a matrix. For example, with the matrix
19941 @samp{[[1, 2], @w{[3, 4]}]} on the stack, @kbd{v a 4} produces
19942 @samp{[[1, 2, 3, 4]]} (a
19943 @texline @math{1\times4}
19944 @infoline 1x4
19945 matrix), @kbd{v a 1} produces @samp{[[1], [2], [3], [4]]} (a
19946 @texline @math{4\times1}
19947 @infoline 4x1
19948 matrix), @kbd{v a 2} produces @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4]]} (the original
19949 @texline @math{2\times2}
19950 @infoline 2x2
19951 matrix), @w{@kbd{v a 3}} produces @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4]]} (not a
19952 matrix), and @kbd{v a 0} produces the flattened list
19953 @samp{[1, 2, @w{3, 4}]}.
19954
19955 @cindex Sorting data
19956 @kindex v S
19957 @kindex V S
19958 @kindex I v S
19959 @kindex I V S
19960 @pindex calc-sort
19961 @tindex sort
19962 @tindex rsort
19963 The @kbd{V S} (@code{calc-sort}) [@code{sort}] command sorts the elements of
19964 a vector into increasing order. Real numbers, real infinities, and
19965 constant interval forms come first in this ordering; next come other
19966 kinds of numbers, then variables (in alphabetical order), then finally
19967 come formulas and other kinds of objects; these are sorted according
19968 to a kind of lexicographic ordering with the useful property that
19969 one vector is less or greater than another if the first corresponding
19970 unequal elements are less or greater, respectively. Since quoted strings
19971 are stored by Calc internally as vectors of ASCII character codes
19972 (@pxref{Strings}), this means vectors of strings are also sorted into
19973 alphabetical order by this command.
19974
19975 The @kbd{I V S} [@code{rsort}] command sorts a vector into decreasing order.
19976
19977 @cindex Permutation, inverse of
19978 @cindex Inverse of permutation
19979 @cindex Index tables
19980 @cindex Rank tables
19981 @kindex v G
19982 @kindex V G
19983 @kindex I v G
19984 @kindex I V G
19985 @pindex calc-grade
19986 @tindex grade
19987 @tindex rgrade
19988 The @kbd{V G} (@code{calc-grade}) [@code{grade}, @code{rgrade}] command
19989 produces an index table or permutation vector which, if applied to the
19990 input vector (as the index of @kbd{C-u v r}, say), would sort the vector.
19991 A permutation vector is just a vector of integers from 1 to @var{n}, where
19992 each integer occurs exactly once. One application of this is to sort a
19993 matrix of data rows using one column as the sort key; extract that column,
19994 grade it with @kbd{V G}, then use the result to reorder the original matrix
19995 with @kbd{C-u v r}. Another interesting property of the @code{V G} command
19996 is that, if the input is itself a permutation vector, the result will
19997 be the inverse of the permutation. The inverse of an index table is
19998 a rank table, whose @var{k}th element says where the @var{k}th original
19999 vector element will rest when the vector is sorted. To get a rank
20000 table, just use @kbd{V G V G}.
20001
20002 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I V G} produces an index table that would
20003 sort the input into decreasing order. Note that @kbd{V S} and @kbd{V G}
20004 use a ``stable'' sorting algorithm, i.e., any two elements which are equal
20005 will not be moved out of their original order. Generally there is no way
20006 to tell with @kbd{V S}, since two elements which are equal look the same,
20007 but with @kbd{V G} this can be an important issue. In the matrix-of-rows
20008 example, suppose you have names and telephone numbers as two columns and
20009 you wish to sort by phone number primarily, and by name when the numbers
20010 are equal. You can sort the data matrix by names first, and then again
20011 by phone numbers. Because the sort is stable, any two rows with equal
20012 phone numbers will remain sorted by name even after the second sort.
20013
20014 @cindex Histograms
20015 @kindex v H
20016 @kindex V H
20017 @pindex calc-histogram
20018 @ignore
20019 @mindex histo@idots
20020 @end ignore
20021 @tindex histogram
20022 The @kbd{V H} (@code{calc-histogram}) [@code{histogram}] command builds a
20023 histogram of a vector of numbers. Vector elements are assumed to be
20024 integers or real numbers in the range [0..@var{n}) for some ``number of
20025 bins'' @var{n}, which is the numeric prefix argument given to the
20026 command. The result is a vector of @var{n} counts of how many times
20027 each value appeared in the original vector. Non-integers in the input
20028 are rounded down to integers. Any vector elements outside the specified
20029 range are ignored. (You can tell if elements have been ignored by noting
20030 that the counts in the result vector don't add up to the length of the
20031 input vector.)
20032
20033 If no prefix is given, then you will be prompted for a vector which
20034 will be used to determine the bins. (If a positive integer is given at
20035 this prompt, it will be still treated as if it were given as a
20036 prefix.) Each bin will consist of the interval of numbers closest to
20037 the corresponding number of this new vector; if the vector
20038 @expr{[a, b, c, ...]} is entered at the prompt, the bins will be
20039 @expr{(-inf, (a+b)/2]}, @expr{((a+b)/2, (b+c)/2]}, etc. The result of
20040 this command will be a vector counting how many elements of the
20041 original vector are in each bin.
20042
20043 The result will then be a vector with the same length as this new vector;
20044 each element of the new vector will be replaced by the number of
20045 elements of the original vector which are closest to it.
20046
20047 @kindex H v H
20048 @kindex H V H
20049 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H V H} pulls two vectors from the stack.
20050 The second-to-top vector is the list of numbers as before. The top
20051 vector is an equal-sized list of ``weights'' to attach to the elements
20052 of the data vector. For example, if the first data element is 4.2 and
20053 the first weight is 10, then 10 will be added to bin 4 of the result
20054 vector. Without the hyperbolic flag, every element has a weight of one.
20055
20056 @kindex v t
20057 @kindex V t
20058 @pindex calc-transpose
20059 @tindex trn
20060 The @kbd{v t} (@code{calc-transpose}) [@code{trn}] command computes
20061 the transpose of the matrix at the top of the stack. If the argument
20062 is a plain vector, it is treated as a row vector and transposed into
20063 a one-column matrix.
20064
20065 @kindex v v
20066 @kindex V v
20067 @pindex calc-reverse-vector
20068 @tindex rev
20069 The @kbd{v v} (@code{calc-reverse-vector}) [@code{rev}] command reverses
20070 a vector end-for-end. Given a matrix, it reverses the order of the rows.
20071 (To reverse the columns instead, just use @kbd{v t v v v t}. The same
20072 principle can be used to apply other vector commands to the columns of
20073 a matrix.)
20074
20075 @kindex v m
20076 @kindex V m
20077 @pindex calc-mask-vector
20078 @tindex vmask
20079 The @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector}) [@code{vmask}] command uses
20080 one vector as a mask to extract elements of another vector. The mask
20081 is in the second-to-top position; the target vector is on the top of
20082 the stack. These vectors must have the same length. The result is
20083 the same as the target vector, but with all elements which correspond
20084 to zeros in the mask vector deleted. Thus, for example,
20085 @samp{vmask([1, 0, 1, 0, 1], [a, b, c, d, e])} produces @samp{[a, c, e]}.
20086 @xref{Logical Operations}.
20087
20088 @kindex v e
20089 @kindex V e
20090 @pindex calc-expand-vector
20091 @tindex vexp
20092 The @kbd{v e} (@code{calc-expand-vector}) [@code{vexp}] command
20093 expands a vector according to another mask vector. The result is a
20094 vector the same length as the mask, but with nonzero elements replaced
20095 by successive elements from the target vector. The length of the target
20096 vector is normally the number of nonzero elements in the mask. If the
20097 target vector is longer, its last few elements are lost. If the target
20098 vector is shorter, the last few nonzero mask elements are left
20099 unreplaced in the result. Thus @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b])}
20100 produces @samp{[a, 0, b, 0, 7]}.
20101
20102 @kindex H v e
20103 @kindex H V e
20104 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v e} takes a filler value from the
20105 top of the stack; the mask and target vectors come from the third and
20106 second elements of the stack. This filler is used where the mask is
20107 zero: @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b], z)} produces
20108 @samp{[a, z, c, z, 7]}. If the filler value is itself a vector,
20109 then successive values are taken from it, so that the effect is to
20110 interleave two vectors according to the mask:
20111 @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 7, 0, 0], [a, b], [x, y])} produces
20112 @samp{[a, x, b, 7, y, 0]}.
20113
20114 Another variation on the masking idea is to combine @samp{[a, b, c, d, e]}
20115 with the mask @samp{[1, 0, 1, 0, 1]} to produce @samp{[a, 0, c, 0, e]}.
20116 You can accomplish this with @kbd{V M a &}, mapping the logical ``and''
20117 operation across the two vectors. @xref{Logical Operations}. Note that
20118 the @code{? :} operation also discussed there allows other types of
20119 masking using vectors.
20120
20121 @node Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Set Operations, Manipulating Vectors, Matrix Functions
20122 @section Vector and Matrix Arithmetic
20123
20124 @noindent
20125 Basic arithmetic operations like addition and multiplication are defined
20126 for vectors and matrices as well as for numbers. Division of matrices, in
20127 the sense of multiplying by the inverse, is supported. (Division by a
20128 matrix actually uses LU-decomposition for greater accuracy and speed.)
20129 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
20130
20131 The following functions are applied element-wise if their arguments are
20132 vectors or matrices: @code{change-sign}, @code{conj}, @code{arg},
20133 @code{re}, @code{im}, @code{polar}, @code{rect}, @code{clean},
20134 @code{float}, @code{frac}. @xref{Function Index}.
20135
20136 @kindex v J
20137 @kindex V J
20138 @pindex calc-conj-transpose
20139 @tindex ctrn
20140 The @kbd{V J} (@code{calc-conj-transpose}) [@code{ctrn}] command computes
20141 the conjugate transpose of its argument, i.e., @samp{conj(trn(x))}.
20142
20143 @ignore
20144 @mindex A
20145 @end ignore
20146 @kindex A (vectors)
20147 @pindex calc-abs (vectors)
20148 @ignore
20149 @mindex abs
20150 @end ignore
20151 @tindex abs (vectors)
20152 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the
20153 Frobenius norm of a vector or matrix argument. This is the square
20154 root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
20155 elements of the vector or matrix. If the vector is interpreted as
20156 a point in two- or three-dimensional space, this is the distance
20157 from that point to the origin.
20158
20159 @kindex v n
20160 @kindex V n
20161 @pindex calc-rnorm
20162 @tindex rnorm
20163 The @kbd{v n} (@code{calc-rnorm}) [@code{rnorm}] command computes the
20164 infinity-norm of a vector, or the row norm of a matrix. For a plain
20165 vector, this is the maximum of the absolute values of the elements. For
20166 a matrix, this is the maximum of the row-absolute-value-sums, i.e., of
20167 the sums of the absolute values of the elements along the various rows.
20168
20169 @kindex v N
20170 @kindex V N
20171 @pindex calc-cnorm
20172 @tindex cnorm
20173 The @kbd{V N} (@code{calc-cnorm}) [@code{cnorm}] command computes
20174 the one-norm of a vector, or column norm of a matrix. For a plain
20175 vector, this is the sum of the absolute values of the elements.
20176 For a matrix, this is the maximum of the column-absolute-value-sums.
20177 General @expr{k}-norms for @expr{k} other than one or infinity are
20178 not provided. However, the 2-norm (or Frobenius norm) is provided for
20179 vectors by the @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) command.
20180
20181 @kindex v C
20182 @kindex V C
20183 @pindex calc-cross
20184 @tindex cross
20185 The @kbd{V C} (@code{calc-cross}) [@code{cross}] command computes the
20186 right-handed cross product of two vectors, each of which must have
20187 exactly three elements.
20188
20189 @ignore
20190 @mindex &
20191 @end ignore
20192 @kindex & (matrices)
20193 @pindex calc-inv (matrices)
20194 @ignore
20195 @mindex inv
20196 @end ignore
20197 @tindex inv (matrices)
20198 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
20199 inverse of a square matrix. If the matrix is singular, the inverse
20200 operation is left in symbolic form. Matrix inverses are recorded so
20201 that once an inverse (or determinant) of a particular matrix has been
20202 computed, the inverse and determinant of the matrix can be recomputed
20203 quickly in the future.
20204
20205 If the argument to @kbd{&} is a plain number @expr{x}, this
20206 command simply computes @expr{1/x}. This is okay, because the
20207 @samp{/} operator also does a matrix inversion when dividing one
20208 by a matrix.
20209
20210 @kindex v D
20211 @kindex V D
20212 @pindex calc-mdet
20213 @tindex det
20214 The @kbd{V D} (@code{calc-mdet}) [@code{det}] command computes the
20215 determinant of a square matrix.
20216
20217 @kindex v L
20218 @kindex V L
20219 @pindex calc-mlud
20220 @tindex lud
20221 The @kbd{V L} (@code{calc-mlud}) [@code{lud}] command computes the
20222 LU decomposition of a matrix. The result is a list of three matrices
20223 which, when multiplied together left-to-right, form the original matrix.
20224 The first is a permutation matrix that arises from pivoting in the
20225 algorithm, the second is lower-triangular with ones on the diagonal,
20226 and the third is upper-triangular.
20227
20228 @kindex v T
20229 @kindex V T
20230 @pindex calc-mtrace
20231 @tindex tr
20232 The @kbd{V T} (@code{calc-mtrace}) [@code{tr}] command computes the
20233 trace of a square matrix. This is defined as the sum of the diagonal
20234 elements of the matrix.
20235
20236 @kindex v K
20237 @kindex V K
20238 @pindex calc-kron
20239 @tindex kron
20240 The @kbd{V K} (@code{calc-kron}) [@code{kron}] command computes
20241 the Kronecker product of two matrices.
20242
20243 @node Set Operations, Statistical Operations, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Matrix Functions
20244 @section Set Operations using Vectors
20245
20246 @noindent
20247 @cindex Sets, as vectors
20248 Calc includes several commands which interpret vectors as @dfn{sets} of
20249 objects. A set is a collection of objects; any given object can appear
20250 only once in the set. Calc stores sets as vectors of objects in
20251 sorted order. Objects in a Calc set can be any of the usual things,
20252 such as numbers, variables, or formulas. Two set elements are considered
20253 equal if they are identical, except that numerically equal numbers like
20254 the integer 4 and the float 4.0 are considered equal even though they
20255 are not ``identical.'' Variables are treated like plain symbols without
20256 attached values by the set operations; subtracting the set @samp{[b]}
20257 from @samp{[a, b]} always yields the set @samp{[a]} even though if
20258 the variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} both equaled 17, you might
20259 expect the answer @samp{[]}.
20260
20261 If a set contains interval forms, then it is assumed to be a set of
20262 real numbers. In this case, all set operations require the elements
20263 of the set to be only things that are allowed in intervals: Real
20264 numbers, plus and minus infinity, HMS forms, and date forms. If
20265 there are variables or other non-real objects present in a real set,
20266 all set operations on it will be left in unevaluated form.
20267
20268 If the input to a set operation is a plain number or interval form
20269 @var{a}, it is treated like the one-element vector @samp{[@var{a}]}.
20270 The result is always a vector, except that if the set consists of a
20271 single interval, the interval itself is returned instead.
20272
20273 @xref{Logical Operations}, for the @code{in} function which tests if
20274 a certain value is a member of a given set. To test if the set @expr{A}
20275 is a subset of the set @expr{B}, use @samp{vdiff(A, B) = []}.
20276
20277 @kindex v +
20278 @kindex V +
20279 @pindex calc-remove-duplicates
20280 @tindex rdup
20281 The @kbd{V +} (@code{calc-remove-duplicates}) [@code{rdup}] command
20282 converts an arbitrary vector into set notation. It works by sorting
20283 the vector as if by @kbd{V S}, then removing duplicates. (For example,
20284 @kbd{[a, 5, 4, a, 4.0]} is sorted to @samp{[4, 4.0, 5, a, a]} and then
20285 reduced to @samp{[4, 5, a]}). Overlapping intervals are merged as
20286 necessary. You rarely need to use @kbd{V +} explicitly, since all the
20287 other set-based commands apply @kbd{V +} to their inputs before using
20288 them.
20289
20290 @kindex v V
20291 @kindex V V
20292 @pindex calc-set-union
20293 @tindex vunion
20294 The @kbd{V V} (@code{calc-set-union}) [@code{vunion}] command computes
20295 the union of two sets. An object is in the union of two sets if and
20296 only if it is in either (or both) of the input sets. (You could
20297 accomplish the same thing by concatenating the sets with @kbd{|},
20298 then using @kbd{V +}.)
20299
20300 @kindex v ^
20301 @kindex V ^
20302 @pindex calc-set-intersect
20303 @tindex vint
20304 The @kbd{V ^} (@code{calc-set-intersect}) [@code{vint}] command computes
20305 the intersection of two sets. An object is in the intersection if
20306 and only if it is in both of the input sets. Thus if the input
20307 sets are disjoint, i.e., if they share no common elements, the result
20308 will be the empty vector @samp{[]}. Note that the characters @kbd{V}
20309 and @kbd{^} were chosen to be close to the conventional mathematical
20310 notation for set
20311 @texline union@tie{}(@math{A \cup B})
20312 @infoline union
20313 and
20314 @texline intersection@tie{}(@math{A \cap B}).
20315 @infoline intersection.
20316
20317 @kindex v -
20318 @kindex V -
20319 @pindex calc-set-difference
20320 @tindex vdiff
20321 The @kbd{V -} (@code{calc-set-difference}) [@code{vdiff}] command computes
20322 the difference between two sets. An object is in the difference
20323 @expr{A - B} if and only if it is in @expr{A} but not in @expr{B}.
20324 Thus subtracting @samp{[y,z]} from a set will remove the elements
20325 @samp{y} and @samp{z} if they are present. You can also think of this
20326 as a general @dfn{set complement} operator; if @expr{A} is the set of
20327 all possible values, then @expr{A - B} is the ``complement'' of @expr{B}.
20328 Obviously this is only practical if the set of all possible values in
20329 your problem is small enough to list in a Calc vector (or simple
20330 enough to express in a few intervals).
20331
20332 @kindex v X
20333 @kindex V X
20334 @pindex calc-set-xor
20335 @tindex vxor
20336 The @kbd{V X} (@code{calc-set-xor}) [@code{vxor}] command computes
20337 the ``exclusive-or,'' or ``symmetric difference'' of two sets.
20338 An object is in the symmetric difference of two sets if and only
20339 if it is in one, but @emph{not} both, of the sets. Objects that
20340 occur in both sets ``cancel out.''
20341
20342 @kindex v ~
20343 @kindex V ~
20344 @pindex calc-set-complement
20345 @tindex vcompl
20346 The @kbd{V ~} (@code{calc-set-complement}) [@code{vcompl}] command
20347 computes the complement of a set with respect to the real numbers.
20348 Thus @samp{vcompl(x)} is equivalent to @samp{vdiff([-inf .. inf], x)}.
20349 For example, @samp{vcompl([2, (3 .. 4]])} evaluates to
20350 @samp{[[-inf .. 2), (2 .. 3], (4 .. inf]]}.
20351
20352 @kindex v F
20353 @kindex V F
20354 @pindex calc-set-floor
20355 @tindex vfloor
20356 The @kbd{V F} (@code{calc-set-floor}) [@code{vfloor}] command
20357 reinterprets a set as a set of integers. Any non-integer values,
20358 and intervals that do not enclose any integers, are removed. Open
20359 intervals are converted to equivalent closed intervals. Successive
20360 integers are converted into intervals of integers. For example, the
20361 complement of the set @samp{[2, 6, 7, 8]} is messy, but if you wanted
20362 the complement with respect to the set of integers you could type
20363 @kbd{V ~ V F} to get @samp{[[-inf .. 1], [3 .. 5], [9 .. inf]]}.
20364
20365 @kindex v E
20366 @kindex V E
20367 @pindex calc-set-enumerate
20368 @tindex venum
20369 The @kbd{V E} (@code{calc-set-enumerate}) [@code{venum}] command
20370 converts a set of integers into an explicit vector. Intervals in
20371 the set are expanded out to lists of all integers encompassed by
20372 the intervals. This only works for finite sets (i.e., sets which
20373 do not involve @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf}).
20374
20375 @kindex v :
20376 @kindex V :
20377 @pindex calc-set-span
20378 @tindex vspan
20379 The @kbd{V :} (@code{calc-set-span}) [@code{vspan}] command converts any
20380 set of reals into an interval form that encompasses all its elements.
20381 The lower limit will be the smallest element in the set; the upper
20382 limit will be the largest element. For an empty set, @samp{vspan([])}
20383 returns the empty interval @w{@samp{[0 .. 0)}}.
20384
20385 @kindex v #
20386 @kindex V #
20387 @pindex calc-set-cardinality
20388 @tindex vcard
20389 The @kbd{V #} (@code{calc-set-cardinality}) [@code{vcard}] command counts
20390 the number of integers in a set. The result is the length of the vector
20391 that would be produced by @kbd{V E}, although the computation is much
20392 more efficient than actually producing that vector.
20393
20394 @cindex Sets, as binary numbers
20395 Another representation for sets that may be more appropriate in some
20396 cases is binary numbers. If you are dealing with sets of integers
20397 in the range 0 to 49, you can use a 50-bit binary number where a
20398 particular bit is 1 if the corresponding element is in the set.
20399 @xref{Binary Functions}, for a list of commands that operate on
20400 binary numbers. Note that many of the above set operations have
20401 direct equivalents in binary arithmetic: @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}),
20402 @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}), @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}),
20403 @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}), and @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}),
20404 respectively. You can use whatever representation for sets is most
20405 convenient to you.
20406
20407 @kindex b p
20408 @kindex b u
20409 @pindex calc-pack-bits
20410 @pindex calc-unpack-bits
20411 @tindex vpack
20412 @tindex vunpack
20413 The @kbd{b u} (@code{calc-unpack-bits}) [@code{vunpack}] command
20414 converts an integer that represents a set in binary into a set
20415 in vector/interval notation. For example, @samp{vunpack(67)}
20416 returns @samp{[[0 .. 1], 6]}. If the input is negative, the set
20417 it represents is semi-infinite: @samp{vunpack(-4) = [2 .. inf)}.
20418 Use @kbd{V E} afterwards to expand intervals to individual
20419 values if you wish. Note that this command uses the @kbd{b}
20420 (binary) prefix key.
20421
20422 The @kbd{b p} (@code{calc-pack-bits}) [@code{vpack}] command
20423 converts the other way, from a vector or interval representing
20424 a set of nonnegative integers into a binary integer describing
20425 the same set. The set may include positive infinity, but must
20426 not include any negative numbers. The input is interpreted as a
20427 set of integers in the sense of @kbd{V F} (@code{vfloor}). Beware
20428 that a simple input like @samp{[100]} can result in a huge integer
20429 representation
20430 @texline (@math{2^{100}}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
20431 @infoline (@expr{2^100}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
20432
20433 @node Statistical Operations, Reducing and Mapping, Set Operations, Matrix Functions
20434 @section Statistical Operations on Vectors
20435
20436 @noindent
20437 @cindex Statistical functions
20438 The commands in this section take vectors as arguments and compute
20439 various statistical measures on the data stored in the vectors. The
20440 references used in the definitions of these functions are Bevington's
20441 @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences},
20442 and @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky and
20443 Vetterling.
20444
20445 The statistical commands use the @kbd{u} prefix key followed by
20446 a shifted letter or other character.
20447
20448 @xref{Manipulating Vectors}, for a description of @kbd{V H}
20449 (@code{calc-histogram}).
20450
20451 @xref{Curve Fitting}, for the @kbd{a F} command for doing
20452 least-squares fits to statistical data.
20453
20454 @xref{Probability Distribution Functions}, for several common
20455 probability distribution functions.
20456
20457 @menu
20458 * Single-Variable Statistics::
20459 * Paired-Sample Statistics::
20460 @end menu
20461
20462 @node Single-Variable Statistics, Paired-Sample Statistics, Statistical Operations, Statistical Operations
20463 @subsection Single-Variable Statistics
20464
20465 @noindent
20466 These functions do various statistical computations on single
20467 vectors. Given a numeric prefix argument, they actually pop
20468 @var{n} objects from the stack and combine them into a data
20469 vector. Each object may be either a number or a vector; if a
20470 vector, any sub-vectors inside it are ``flattened'' as if by
20471 @kbd{v a 0}; @pxref{Manipulating Vectors}. By default one object
20472 is popped, which (in order to be useful) is usually a vector.
20473
20474 If an argument is a variable name, and the value stored in that
20475 variable is a vector, then the stored vector is used. This method
20476 has the advantage that if your data vector is large, you can avoid
20477 the slow process of manipulating it directly on the stack.
20478
20479 These functions are left in symbolic form if any of their arguments
20480 are not numbers or vectors, e.g., if an argument is a formula, or
20481 a non-vector variable. However, formulas embedded within vector
20482 arguments are accepted; the result is a symbolic representation
20483 of the computation, based on the assumption that the formula does
20484 not itself represent a vector. All varieties of numbers such as
20485 error forms and interval forms are acceptable.
20486
20487 Some of the functions in this section also accept a single error form
20488 or interval as an argument. They then describe a property of the
20489 normal or uniform (respectively) statistical distribution described
20490 by the argument. The arguments are interpreted in the same way as
20491 the @var{M} argument of the random number function @kbd{k r}. In
20492 particular, an interval with integer limits is considered an integer
20493 distribution, so that @samp{[2 .. 6)} is the same as @samp{[2 .. 5]}.
20494 An interval with at least one floating-point limit is a continuous
20495 distribution: @samp{[2.0 .. 6.0)} is @emph{not} the same as
20496 @samp{[2.0 .. 5.0]}!
20497
20498 @kindex u #
20499 @pindex calc-vector-count
20500 @tindex vcount
20501 The @kbd{u #} (@code{calc-vector-count}) [@code{vcount}] command
20502 computes the number of data values represented by the inputs.
20503 For example, @samp{vcount(1, [2, 3], [[4, 5], [], x, y])} returns 7.
20504 If the argument is a single vector with no sub-vectors, this
20505 simply computes the length of the vector.
20506
20507 @kindex u +
20508 @kindex u *
20509 @pindex calc-vector-sum
20510 @pindex calc-vector-prod
20511 @tindex vsum
20512 @tindex vprod
20513 @cindex Summations (statistical)
20514 The @kbd{u +} (@code{calc-vector-sum}) [@code{vsum}] command
20515 computes the sum of the data values. The @kbd{u *}
20516 (@code{calc-vector-prod}) [@code{vprod}] command computes the
20517 product of the data values. If the input is a single flat vector,
20518 these are the same as @kbd{V R +} and @kbd{V R *}
20519 (@pxref{Reducing and Mapping}).
20520
20521 @kindex u X
20522 @kindex u N
20523 @pindex calc-vector-max
20524 @pindex calc-vector-min
20525 @tindex vmax
20526 @tindex vmin
20527 The @kbd{u X} (@code{calc-vector-max}) [@code{vmax}] command
20528 computes the maximum of the data values, and the @kbd{u N}
20529 (@code{calc-vector-min}) [@code{vmin}] command computes the minimum.
20530 If the argument is an interval, this finds the minimum or maximum
20531 value in the interval. (Note that @samp{vmax([2..6)) = 5} as
20532 described above.) If the argument is an error form, this returns
20533 plus or minus infinity.
20534
20535 @kindex u M
20536 @pindex calc-vector-mean
20537 @tindex vmean
20538 @cindex Mean of data values
20539 The @kbd{u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean}) [@code{vmean}] command
20540 computes the average (arithmetic mean) of the data values.
20541 If the inputs are error forms
20542 @texline @math{x \pm \sigma},
20543 @infoline @samp{x +/- s},
20544 this is the weighted mean of the @expr{x} values with weights
20545 @texline @math{1 /\sigma^2}.
20546 @infoline @expr{1 / s^2}.
20547 @tex
20548 $$ \mu = { \displaystyle \sum { x_i \over \sigma_i^2 } \over
20549 \displaystyle \sum { 1 \over \sigma_i^2 } } $$
20550 @end tex
20551 If the inputs are not error forms, this is simply the sum of the
20552 values divided by the count of the values.
20553
20554 Note that a plain number can be considered an error form with
20555 error
20556 @texline @math{\sigma = 0}.
20557 @infoline @expr{s = 0}.
20558 If the input to @kbd{u M} is a mixture of
20559 plain numbers and error forms, the result is the mean of the
20560 plain numbers, ignoring all values with non-zero errors. (By the
20561 above definitions it's clear that a plain number effectively
20562 has an infinite weight, next to which an error form with a finite
20563 weight is completely negligible.)
20564
20565 This function also works for distributions (error forms or
20566 intervals). The mean of an error form `@var{a} @tfn{+/-} @var{b}' is simply
20567 @expr{a}. The mean of an interval is the mean of the minimum
20568 and maximum values of the interval.
20569
20570 @kindex I u M
20571 @pindex calc-vector-mean-error
20572 @tindex vmeane
20573 The @kbd{I u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean-error}) [@code{vmeane}]
20574 command computes the mean of the data points expressed as an
20575 error form. This includes the estimated error associated with
20576 the mean. If the inputs are error forms, the error is the square
20577 root of the reciprocal of the sum of the reciprocals of the squares
20578 of the input errors. (I.e., the variance is the reciprocal of the
20579 sum of the reciprocals of the variances.)
20580 @tex
20581 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {1 \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}} $$
20582 @end tex
20583 If the inputs are plain
20584 numbers, the error is equal to the standard deviation of the values
20585 divided by the square root of the number of values. (This works
20586 out to be equivalent to calculating the standard deviation and
20587 then assuming each value's error is equal to this standard
20588 deviation.)
20589 @tex
20590 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {\sigma^2 \over N} $$
20591 @end tex
20592
20593 @kindex H u M
20594 @pindex calc-vector-median
20595 @tindex vmedian
20596 @cindex Median of data values
20597 The @kbd{H u M} (@code{calc-vector-median}) [@code{vmedian}]
20598 command computes the median of the data values. The values are
20599 first sorted into numerical order; the median is the middle
20600 value after sorting. (If the number of data values is even,
20601 the median is taken to be the average of the two middle values.)
20602 The median function is different from the other functions in
20603 this section in that the arguments must all be real numbers;
20604 variables are not accepted even when nested inside vectors.
20605 (Otherwise it is not possible to sort the data values.) If
20606 any of the input values are error forms, their error parts are
20607 ignored.
20608
20609 The median function also accepts distributions. For both normal
20610 (error form) and uniform (interval) distributions, the median is
20611 the same as the mean.
20612
20613 @kindex H I u M
20614 @pindex calc-vector-harmonic-mean
20615 @tindex vhmean
20616 @cindex Harmonic mean
20617 The @kbd{H I u M} (@code{calc-vector-harmonic-mean}) [@code{vhmean}]
20618 command computes the harmonic mean of the data values. This is
20619 defined as the reciprocal of the arithmetic mean of the reciprocals
20620 of the values.
20621 @tex
20622 $$ { N \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over x_i} } $$
20623 @end tex
20624
20625 @kindex u G
20626 @pindex calc-vector-geometric-mean
20627 @tindex vgmean
20628 @cindex Geometric mean
20629 The @kbd{u G} (@code{calc-vector-geometric-mean}) [@code{vgmean}]
20630 command computes the geometric mean of the data values. This
20631 is the @var{n}th root of the product of the values. This is also
20632 equal to the @code{exp} of the arithmetic mean of the logarithms
20633 of the data values.
20634 @tex
20635 $$ \exp \left ( \sum { \ln x_i } \right ) =
20636 \left ( \prod { x_i } \right)^{1 / N} $$
20637 @end tex
20638
20639 @kindex H u G
20640 @tindex agmean
20641 The @kbd{H u G} [@code{agmean}] command computes the ``arithmetic-geometric
20642 mean'' of two numbers taken from the stack. This is computed by
20643 replacing the two numbers with their arithmetic mean and geometric
20644 mean, then repeating until the two values converge.
20645 @tex
20646 $$ a_{i+1} = { a_i + b_i \over 2 } , \qquad b_{i+1} = \sqrt{a_i b_i} $$
20647 @end tex
20648
20649 @cindex Root-mean-square
20650 Another commonly used mean, the RMS (root-mean-square), can be computed
20651 for a vector of numbers simply by using the @kbd{A} command.
20652
20653 @kindex u S
20654 @pindex calc-vector-sdev
20655 @tindex vsdev
20656 @cindex Standard deviation
20657 @cindex Sample statistics
20658 The @kbd{u S} (@code{calc-vector-sdev}) [@code{vsdev}] command
20659 computes the standard
20660 @texline deviation@tie{}@math{\sigma}
20661 @infoline deviation
20662 of the data values. If the values are error forms, the errors are used
20663 as weights just as for @kbd{u M}. This is the @emph{sample} standard
20664 deviation, whose value is the square root of the sum of the squares of
20665 the differences between the values and the mean of the @expr{N} values,
20666 divided by @expr{N-1}.
20667 @tex
20668 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N - 1} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20669 @end tex
20670
20671 This function also applies to distributions. The standard deviation
20672 of a single error form is simply the error part. The standard deviation
20673 of a continuous interval happens to equal the difference between the
20674 limits, divided by
20675 @texline @math{\sqrt{12}}.
20676 @infoline @expr{sqrt(12)}.
20677 The standard deviation of an integer interval is the same as the
20678 standard deviation of a vector of those integers.
20679
20680 @kindex I u S
20681 @pindex calc-vector-pop-sdev
20682 @tindex vpsdev
20683 @cindex Population statistics
20684 The @kbd{I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-sdev}) [@code{vpsdev}]
20685 command computes the @emph{population} standard deviation.
20686 It is defined by the same formula as above but dividing
20687 by @expr{N} instead of by @expr{N-1}. The population standard
20688 deviation is used when the input represents the entire set of
20689 data values in the distribution; the sample standard deviation
20690 is used when the input represents a sample of the set of all
20691 data values, so that the mean computed from the input is itself
20692 only an estimate of the true mean.
20693 @tex
20694 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20695 @end tex
20696
20697 For error forms and continuous intervals, @code{vpsdev} works
20698 exactly like @code{vsdev}. For integer intervals, it computes the
20699 population standard deviation of the equivalent vector of integers.
20700
20701 @kindex H u S
20702 @kindex H I u S
20703 @pindex calc-vector-variance
20704 @pindex calc-vector-pop-variance
20705 @tindex vvar
20706 @tindex vpvar
20707 @cindex Variance of data values
20708 The @kbd{H u S} (@code{calc-vector-variance}) [@code{vvar}] and
20709 @kbd{H I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-variance}) [@code{vpvar}]
20710 commands compute the variance of the data values. The variance
20711 is the
20712 @texline square@tie{}@math{\sigma^2}
20713 @infoline square
20714 of the standard deviation, i.e., the sum of the
20715 squares of the deviations of the data values from the mean.
20716 (This definition also applies when the argument is a distribution.)
20717
20718 @ignore
20719 @starindex
20720 @end ignore
20721 @tindex vflat
20722 The @code{vflat} algebraic function returns a vector of its
20723 arguments, interpreted in the same way as the other functions
20724 in this section. For example, @samp{vflat(1, [2, [3, 4]], 5)}
20725 returns @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
20726
20727 @node Paired-Sample Statistics, , Single-Variable Statistics, Statistical Operations
20728 @subsection Paired-Sample Statistics
20729
20730 @noindent
20731 The functions in this section take two arguments, which must be
20732 vectors of equal size. The vectors are each flattened in the same
20733 way as by the single-variable statistical functions. Given a numeric
20734 prefix argument of 1, these functions instead take one object from
20735 the stack, which must be an
20736 @texline @math{N\times2}
20737 @infoline Nx2
20738 matrix of data values. Once again, variable names can be used in place
20739 of actual vectors and matrices.
20740
20741 @kindex u C
20742 @pindex calc-vector-covariance
20743 @tindex vcov
20744 @cindex Covariance
20745 The @kbd{u C} (@code{calc-vector-covariance}) [@code{vcov}] command
20746 computes the sample covariance of two vectors. The covariance
20747 of vectors @var{x} and @var{y} is the sum of the products of the
20748 differences between the elements of @var{x} and the mean of @var{x}
20749 times the differences between the corresponding elements of @var{y}
20750 and the mean of @var{y}, all divided by @expr{N-1}. Note that
20751 the variance of a vector is just the covariance of the vector
20752 with itself. Once again, if the inputs are error forms the
20753 errors are used as weight factors. If both @var{x} and @var{y}
20754 are composed of error forms, the error for a given data point
20755 is taken as the square root of the sum of the squares of the two
20756 input errors.
20757 @tex
20758 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 = {1 \over N-1} \sum (x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) $$
20759 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 =
20760 {\displaystyle {1 \over N-1}
20761 \sum {(x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) \over \sigma_i^2}
20762 \over \displaystyle {1 \over N} \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}}
20763 $$
20764 @end tex
20765
20766 @kindex I u C
20767 @pindex calc-vector-pop-covariance
20768 @tindex vpcov
20769 The @kbd{I u C} (@code{calc-vector-pop-covariance}) [@code{vpcov}]
20770 command computes the population covariance, which is the same as the
20771 sample covariance computed by @kbd{u C} except dividing by @expr{N}
20772 instead of @expr{N-1}.
20773
20774 @kindex H u C
20775 @pindex calc-vector-correlation
20776 @tindex vcorr
20777 @cindex Correlation coefficient
20778 @cindex Linear correlation
20779 The @kbd{H u C} (@code{calc-vector-correlation}) [@code{vcorr}]
20780 command computes the linear correlation coefficient of two vectors.
20781 This is defined by the covariance of the vectors divided by the
20782 product of their standard deviations. (There is no difference
20783 between sample or population statistics here.)
20784 @tex
20785 $$ r_{x\!y} = { \sigma_{x\!y}^2 \over \sigma_x^2 \sigma_y^2 } $$
20786 @end tex
20787
20788 @node Reducing and Mapping, Vector and Matrix Formats, Statistical Operations, Matrix Functions
20789 @section Reducing and Mapping Vectors
20790
20791 @noindent
20792 The commands in this section allow for more general operations on the
20793 elements of vectors.
20794
20795 @kindex v A
20796 @kindex V A
20797 @pindex calc-apply
20798 @tindex apply
20799 The simplest of these operations is @kbd{V A} (@code{calc-apply})
20800 [@code{apply}], which applies a given operator to the elements of a vector.
20801 For example, applying the hypothetical function @code{f} to the vector
20802 @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3]}} would produce the function call @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20803 Applying the @code{+} function to the vector @samp{[a, b]} gives
20804 @samp{a + b}. Applying @code{+} to the vector @samp{[a, b, c]} is an
20805 error, since the @code{+} function expects exactly two arguments.
20806
20807 While @kbd{V A} is useful in some cases, you will usually find that either
20808 @kbd{V R} or @kbd{V M}, described below, is closer to what you want.
20809
20810 @menu
20811 * Specifying Operators::
20812 * Mapping::
20813 * Reducing::
20814 * Nesting and Fixed Points::
20815 * Generalized Products::
20816 @end menu
20817
20818 @node Specifying Operators, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20819 @subsection Specifying Operators
20820
20821 @noindent
20822 Commands in this section (like @kbd{V A}) prompt you to press the key
20823 corresponding to the desired operator. Press @kbd{?} for a partial
20824 list of the available operators. Generally, an operator is any key or
20825 sequence of keys that would normally take one or more arguments from
20826 the stack and replace them with a result. For example, @kbd{V A H C}
20827 uses the hyperbolic cosine operator, @code{cosh}. (Since @code{cosh}
20828 expects one argument, @kbd{V A H C} requires a vector with a single
20829 element as its argument.)
20830
20831 You can press @kbd{x} at the operator prompt to select any algebraic
20832 function by name to use as the operator. This includes functions you
20833 have defined yourself using the @kbd{Z F} command. (@xref{Algebraic
20834 Definitions}.) If you give a name for which no function has been
20835 defined, the result is left in symbolic form, as in @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20836 Calc will prompt for the number of arguments the function takes if it
20837 can't figure it out on its own (say, because you named a function that
20838 is currently undefined). It is also possible to type a digit key before
20839 the function name to specify the number of arguments, e.g.,
20840 @kbd{V M 3 x f @key{RET}} calls @code{f} with three arguments even if it
20841 looks like it ought to have only two. This technique may be necessary
20842 if the function allows a variable number of arguments. For example,
20843 the @kbd{v e} [@code{vexp}] function accepts two or three arguments;
20844 if you want to map with the three-argument version, you will have to
20845 type @kbd{V M 3 v e}.
20846
20847 It is also possible to apply any formula to a vector by treating that
20848 formula as a function. When prompted for the operator to use, press
20849 @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) and type your formula as an algebraic entry.
20850 You will then be prompted for the argument list, which defaults to a
20851 list of all variables that appear in the formula, sorted into alphabetic
20852 order. For example, suppose you enter the formula @w{@samp{x + 2y^x}}.
20853 The default argument list would be @samp{(x y)}, which means that if
20854 this function is applied to the arguments @samp{[3, 10]} the result will
20855 be @samp{3 + 2*10^3}. (If you plan to use a certain formula in this
20856 way often, you might consider defining it as a function with @kbd{Z F}.)
20857
20858 Another way to specify the arguments to the formula you enter is with
20859 @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on. For example, @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$}
20860 has the same effect as the previous example. The argument list is
20861 automatically taken to be @samp{($$ $)}. (The order of the arguments
20862 may seem backwards, but it is analogous to the way normal algebraic
20863 entry interacts with the stack.)
20864
20865 If you press @kbd{$} at the operator prompt, the effect is similar to
20866 the apostrophe except that the relevant formula is taken from top-of-stack
20867 instead. The actual vector arguments of the @kbd{V A $} or related command
20868 then start at the second-to-top stack position. You will still be
20869 prompted for an argument list.
20870
20871 @cindex Nameless functions
20872 @cindex Generic functions
20873 A function can be written without a name using the notation @samp{<#1 - #2>},
20874 which means ``a function of two arguments that computes the first
20875 argument minus the second argument.'' The symbols @samp{#1} and @samp{#2}
20876 are placeholders for the arguments. You can use any names for these
20877 placeholders if you wish, by including an argument list followed by a
20878 colon: @samp{<x, y : x - y>}. When you type @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$ @key{RET}},
20879 Calc builds the nameless function @samp{<#1 + 2 #2^#1>} as the function
20880 to map across the vectors. When you type @kbd{V A ' x + 2y^x @key{RET} @key{RET}},
20881 Calc builds the nameless function @w{@samp{<x, y : x + 2 y^x>}}. In both
20882 cases, Calc also writes the nameless function to the Trail so that you
20883 can get it back later if you wish.
20884
20885 If there is only one argument, you can write @samp{#} in place of @samp{#1}.
20886 (Note that @samp{< >} notation is also used for date forms. Calc tells
20887 that @samp{<@var{stuff}>} is a nameless function by the presence of
20888 @samp{#} signs inside @var{stuff}, or by the fact that @var{stuff}
20889 begins with a list of variables followed by a colon.)
20890
20891 You can type a nameless function directly to @kbd{V A '}, or put one on
20892 the stack and use it with @w{@kbd{V A $}}. Calc will not prompt for an
20893 argument list in this case, since the nameless function specifies the
20894 argument list as well as the function itself. In @kbd{V A '}, you can
20895 omit the @samp{< >} marks if you use @samp{#} notation for the arguments,
20896 so that @kbd{V A ' #1+#2 @key{RET}} is the same as @kbd{V A ' <#1+#2> @key{RET}},
20897 which in turn is the same as @kbd{V A ' $$+$ @key{RET}}.
20898
20899 @cindex Lambda expressions
20900 @ignore
20901 @starindex
20902 @end ignore
20903 @tindex lambda
20904 The internal format for @samp{<x, y : x + y>} is @samp{lambda(x, y, x + y)}.
20905 (The word @code{lambda} derives from Lisp notation and the theory of
20906 functions.) The internal format for @samp{<#1 + #2>} is @samp{lambda(ArgA,
20907 ArgB, ArgA + ArgB)}. Note that there is no actual Calc function called
20908 @code{lambda}; the whole point is that the @code{lambda} expression is
20909 used in its symbolic form, not evaluated for an answer until it is applied
20910 to specific arguments by a command like @kbd{V A} or @kbd{V M}.
20911
20912 (Actually, @code{lambda} does have one special property: Its arguments
20913 are never evaluated; for example, putting @samp{<(2/3) #>} on the stack
20914 will not simplify the @samp{2/3} until the nameless function is actually
20915 called.)
20916
20917 @tindex add
20918 @tindex sub
20919 @ignore
20920 @mindex @idots
20921 @end ignore
20922 @tindex mul
20923 @ignore
20924 @mindex @null
20925 @end ignore
20926 @tindex div
20927 @ignore
20928 @mindex @null
20929 @end ignore
20930 @tindex pow
20931 @ignore
20932 @mindex @null
20933 @end ignore
20934 @tindex neg
20935 @ignore
20936 @mindex @null
20937 @end ignore
20938 @tindex mod
20939 @ignore
20940 @mindex @null
20941 @end ignore
20942 @tindex vconcat
20943 As usual, commands like @kbd{V A} have algebraic function name equivalents.
20944 For example, @kbd{V A k g} with an argument of @samp{v} is equivalent to
20945 @samp{apply(gcd, v)}. The first argument specifies the operator name,
20946 and is either a variable whose name is the same as the function name,
20947 or a nameless function like @samp{<#^3+1>}. Operators that are normally
20948 written as algebraic symbols have the names @code{add}, @code{sub},
20949 @code{mul}, @code{div}, @code{pow}, @code{neg}, @code{mod}, and
20950 @code{vconcat}.
20951
20952 @ignore
20953 @starindex
20954 @end ignore
20955 @tindex call
20956 The @code{call} function builds a function call out of several arguments:
20957 @samp{call(gcd, x, y)} is the same as @samp{apply(gcd, [x, y])}, which
20958 in turn is the same as @samp{gcd(x, y)}. The first argument of @code{call},
20959 like the other functions described here, may be either a variable naming a
20960 function, or a nameless function (@samp{call(<#1+2#2>, x, y)} is the same
20961 as @samp{x + 2y}).
20962
20963 (Experts will notice that it's not quite proper to use a variable to name
20964 a function, since the name @code{gcd} corresponds to the Lisp variable
20965 @code{var-gcd} but to the Lisp function @code{calcFunc-gcd}. Calc
20966 automatically makes this translation, so you don't have to worry
20967 about it.)
20968
20969 @node Mapping, Reducing, Specifying Operators, Reducing and Mapping
20970 @subsection Mapping
20971
20972 @noindent
20973 @kindex v M
20974 @kindex V M
20975 @pindex calc-map
20976 @tindex map
20977 The @kbd{V M} (@code{calc-map}) [@code{map}] command applies a given
20978 operator elementwise to one or more vectors. For example, mapping
20979 @code{A} [@code{abs}] produces a vector of the absolute values of the
20980 elements in the input vector. Mapping @code{+} pops two vectors from
20981 the stack, which must be of equal length, and produces a vector of the
20982 pairwise sums of the elements. If either argument is a non-vector, it
20983 is duplicated for each element of the other vector. For example,
20984 @kbd{[1,2,3] 2 V M ^} squares the elements of the specified vector.
20985 With the 2 listed first, it would have computed a vector of powers of
20986 two. Mapping a user-defined function pops as many arguments from the
20987 stack as the function requires. If you give an undefined name, you will
20988 be prompted for the number of arguments to use.
20989
20990 If any argument to @kbd{V M} is a matrix, the operator is normally mapped
20991 across all elements of the matrix. For example, given the matrix
20992 @expr{[[1, -2, 3], [-4, 5, -6]]}, @kbd{V M A} takes six absolute values to
20993 produce another
20994 @texline @math{3\times2}
20995 @infoline 3x2
20996 matrix, @expr{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}.
20997
20998 @tindex mapr
20999 The command @kbd{V M _} [@code{mapr}] (i.e., type an underscore at the
21000 operator prompt) maps by rows instead. For example, @kbd{V M _ A} views
21001 the above matrix as a vector of two 3-element row vectors. It produces
21002 a new vector which contains the absolute values of those row vectors,
21003 namely @expr{[3.74, 8.77]}. (Recall, the absolute value of a vector is
21004 defined as the square root of the sum of the squares of the elements.)
21005 Some operators accept vectors and return new vectors; for example,
21006 @kbd{v v} reverses a vector, so @kbd{V M _ v v} would reverse each row
21007 of the matrix to get a new matrix, @expr{[[3, -2, 1], [-6, 5, -4]]}.
21008
21009 Sometimes a vector of vectors (representing, say, strings, sets, or lists)
21010 happens to look like a matrix. If so, remember to use @kbd{V M _} if you
21011 want to map a function across the whole strings or sets rather than across
21012 their individual elements.
21013
21014 @tindex mapc
21015 The command @kbd{V M :} [@code{mapc}] maps by columns. Basically, it
21016 transposes the input matrix, maps by rows, and then, if the result is a
21017 matrix, transposes again. For example, @kbd{V M : A} takes the absolute
21018 values of the three columns of the matrix, treating each as a 2-vector,
21019 and @kbd{V M : v v} reverses the columns to get the matrix
21020 @expr{[[-4, 5, -6], [1, -2, 3]]}.
21021
21022 (The symbols @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} were chosen because they had row-like
21023 and column-like appearances, and were not already taken by useful
21024 operators. Also, they appear shifted on most keyboards so they are easy
21025 to type after @kbd{V M}.)
21026
21027 The @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} modifiers have no effect on arguments that are
21028 not matrices (so if none of the arguments are matrices, they have no
21029 effect at all). If some of the arguments are matrices and others are
21030 plain numbers, the plain numbers are held constant for all rows of the
21031 matrix (so that @kbd{2 V M _ ^} squares every row of a matrix; squaring
21032 a vector takes a dot product of the vector with itself).
21033
21034 If some of the arguments are vectors with the same lengths as the
21035 rows (for @kbd{V M _}) or columns (for @kbd{V M :}) of the matrix
21036 arguments, those vectors are also held constant for every row or
21037 column.
21038
21039 Sometimes it is useful to specify another mapping command as the operator
21040 to use with @kbd{V M}. For example, @kbd{V M _ V A +} applies @kbd{V A +}
21041 to each row of the input matrix, which in turn adds the two values on that
21042 row. If you give another vector-operator command as the operator for
21043 @kbd{V M}, it automatically uses map-by-rows mode if you don't specify
21044 otherwise; thus @kbd{V M V A +} is equivalent to @kbd{V M _ V A +}. (If
21045 you really want to map-by-elements another mapping command, you can use
21046 a triple-nested mapping command: @kbd{V M V M V A +} means to map
21047 @kbd{V M V A +} over the rows of the matrix; in turn, @kbd{V A +} is
21048 mapped over the elements of each row.)
21049
21050 @tindex mapa
21051 @tindex mapd
21052 Previous versions of Calc had ``map across'' and ``map down'' modes
21053 that are now considered obsolete; the old ``map across'' is now simply
21054 @kbd{V M V A}, and ``map down'' is now @kbd{V M : V A}. The algebraic
21055 functions @code{mapa} and @code{mapd} are still supported, though.
21056 Note also that, while the old mapping modes were persistent (once you
21057 set the mode, it would apply to later mapping commands until you reset
21058 it), the new @kbd{:} and @kbd{_} modifiers apply only to the current
21059 mapping command. The default @kbd{V M} always means map-by-elements.
21060
21061 @xref{Algebraic Manipulation}, for the @kbd{a M} command, which is like
21062 @kbd{V M} but for equations and inequalities instead of vectors.
21063 @xref{Storing Variables}, for the @kbd{s m} command which modifies a
21064 variable's stored value using a @kbd{V M}-like operator.
21065
21066 @node Reducing, Nesting and Fixed Points, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
21067 @subsection Reducing
21068
21069 @noindent
21070 @kindex v R
21071 @kindex V R
21072 @pindex calc-reduce
21073 @tindex reduce
21074 The @kbd{V R} (@code{calc-reduce}) [@code{reduce}] command applies a given
21075 binary operator across all the elements of a vector. A binary operator is
21076 a function such as @code{+} or @code{max} which takes two arguments. For
21077 example, reducing @code{+} over a vector computes the sum of the elements
21078 of the vector. Reducing @code{-} computes the first element minus each of
21079 the remaining elements. Reducing @code{max} computes the maximum element
21080 and so on. In general, reducing @code{f} over the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]}
21081 produces @samp{f(f(f(a, b), c), d)}.
21082
21083 @kindex I v R
21084 @kindex I V R
21085 @tindex rreduce
21086 The @kbd{I V R} [@code{rreduce}] command is similar to @kbd{V R} except
21087 that works from right to left through the vector. For example, plain
21088 @kbd{V R -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces @samp{a - b - c - d}
21089 but @kbd{I V R -} on the same vector produces @samp{a - (b - (c - d))},
21090 or @samp{a - b + c - d}. This ``alternating sum'' occurs frequently
21091 in power series expansions.
21092
21093 @kindex v U
21094 @kindex V U
21095 @tindex accum
21096 The @kbd{V U} (@code{calc-accumulate}) [@code{accum}] command does an
21097 accumulation operation. Here Calc does the corresponding reduction
21098 operation, but instead of producing only the final result, it produces
21099 a vector of all the intermediate results. Accumulating @code{+} over
21100 the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the vector
21101 @samp{[a, a + b, a + b + c, a + b + c + d]}.
21102
21103 @kindex I v U
21104 @kindex I V U
21105 @tindex raccum
21106 The @kbd{I V U} [@code{raccum}] command does a right-to-left accumulation.
21107 For example, @kbd{I V U -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the
21108 vector @samp{[a - b + c - d, b - c + d, c - d, d]}.
21109
21110 @tindex reducea
21111 @tindex rreducea
21112 @tindex reduced
21113 @tindex rreduced
21114 As for @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R} normally reduces a matrix elementwise. For
21115 example, given the matrix @expr{[[a, b, c], [d, e, f]]}, @kbd{V R +} will
21116 compute @expr{a + b + c + d + e + f}. You can type @kbd{V R _} or
21117 @kbd{V R :} to modify this behavior. The @kbd{V R _} [@code{reducea}]
21118 command reduces ``across'' the matrix; it reduces each row of the matrix
21119 as a vector, then collects the results. Thus @kbd{V R _ +} of this
21120 matrix would produce @expr{[a + b + c, d + e + f]}. Similarly, @kbd{V R :}
21121 [@code{reduced}] reduces down; @kbd{V R : +} would produce @expr{[a + d,
21122 b + e, c + f]}.
21123
21124 @tindex reducer
21125 @tindex rreducer
21126 There is a third ``by rows'' mode for reduction that is occasionally
21127 useful; @kbd{V R =} [@code{reducer}] simply reduces the operator over
21128 the rows of the matrix themselves. Thus @kbd{V R = +} on the above
21129 matrix would get the same result as @kbd{V R : +}, since adding two
21130 row vectors is equivalent to adding their elements. But @kbd{V R = *}
21131 would multiply the two rows (to get a single number, their dot product),
21132 while @kbd{V R : *} would produce a vector of the products of the columns.
21133
21134 These three matrix reduction modes work with @kbd{V R} and @kbd{I V R},
21135 but they are not currently supported with @kbd{V U} or @kbd{I V U}.
21136
21137 @tindex reducec
21138 @tindex rreducec
21139 The obsolete reduce-by-columns function, @code{reducec}, is still
21140 supported but there is no way to get it through the @kbd{V R} command.
21141
21142 The commands @kbd{C-x * :} and @kbd{C-x * _} are equivalent to typing
21143 @kbd{C-x * r} to grab a rectangle of data into Calc, and then typing
21144 @kbd{V R : +} or @kbd{V R _ +}, respectively, to sum the columns or
21145 rows of the matrix. @xref{Grabbing From Buffers}.
21146
21147 @node Nesting and Fixed Points, Generalized Products, Reducing, Reducing and Mapping
21148 @subsection Nesting and Fixed Points
21149
21150 @noindent
21151 @kindex H v R
21152 @kindex H V R
21153 @tindex nest
21154 The @kbd{H V R} [@code{nest}] command applies a function to a given
21155 argument repeatedly. It takes two values, @samp{a} and @samp{n}, from
21156 the stack, where @samp{n} must be an integer. It then applies the
21157 function nested @samp{n} times; if the function is @samp{f} and @samp{n}
21158 is 3, the result is @samp{f(f(f(a)))}. The number @samp{n} may be
21159 negative if Calc knows an inverse for the function @samp{f}; for
21160 example, @samp{nest(sin, a, -2)} returns @samp{arcsin(arcsin(a))}.
21161
21162 @kindex H v U
21163 @kindex H V U
21164 @tindex anest
21165 The @kbd{H V U} [@code{anest}] command is an accumulating version of
21166 @code{nest}: It returns a vector of @samp{n+1} values, e.g.,
21167 @samp{[a, f(a), f(f(a)), f(f(f(a)))]}. If @samp{n} is negative and
21168 @samp{F} is the inverse of @samp{f}, then the result is of the
21169 form @samp{[a, F(a), F(F(a)), F(F(F(a)))]}.
21170
21171 @kindex H I v R
21172 @kindex H I V R
21173 @tindex fixp
21174 @cindex Fixed points
21175 The @kbd{H I V R} [@code{fixp}] command is like @kbd{H V R}, except
21176 that it takes only an @samp{a} value from the stack; the function is
21177 applied until it reaches a ``fixed point,'' i.e., until the result
21178 no longer changes.
21179
21180 @kindex H I v U
21181 @kindex H I V U
21182 @tindex afixp
21183 The @kbd{H I V U} [@code{afixp}] command is an accumulating @code{fixp}.
21184 The first element of the return vector will be the initial value @samp{a};
21185 the last element will be the final result that would have been returned
21186 by @code{fixp}.
21187
21188 For example, 0.739085 is a fixed point of the cosine function (in radians):
21189 @samp{cos(0.739085) = 0.739085}. You can find this value by putting, say,
21190 1.0 on the stack and typing @kbd{H I V U C}. (We use the accumulating
21191 version so we can see the intermediate results: @samp{[1, 0.540302, 0.857553,
21192 0.65329, ...]}. With a precision of six, this command will take 36 steps
21193 to converge to 0.739085.)
21194
21195 Newton's method for finding roots is a classic example of iteration
21196 to a fixed point. To find the square root of five starting with an
21197 initial guess, Newton's method would look for a fixed point of the
21198 function @samp{(x + 5/x) / 2}. Putting a guess of 1 on the stack
21199 and typing @kbd{H I V R ' ($ + 5/$)/2 @key{RET}} quickly yields the result
21200 2.23607. This is equivalent to using the @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root})
21201 command to find a root of the equation @samp{x^2 = 5}.
21202
21203 These examples used numbers for @samp{a} values. Calc keeps applying
21204 the function until two successive results are equal to within the
21205 current precision. For complex numbers, both the real parts and the
21206 imaginary parts must be equal to within the current precision. If
21207 @samp{a} is a formula (say, a variable name), then the function is
21208 applied until two successive results are exactly the same formula.
21209 It is up to you to ensure that the function will eventually converge;
21210 if it doesn't, you may have to press @kbd{C-g} to stop the Calculator.
21211
21212 The algebraic @code{fixp} function takes two optional arguments, @samp{n}
21213 and @samp{tol}. The first is the maximum number of steps to be allowed,
21214 and must be either an integer or the symbol @samp{inf} (infinity, the
21215 default). The second is a convergence tolerance. If a tolerance is
21216 specified, all results during the calculation must be numbers, not
21217 formulas, and the iteration stops when the magnitude of the difference
21218 between two successive results is less than or equal to the tolerance.
21219 (This implies that a tolerance of zero iterates until the results are
21220 exactly equal.)
21221
21222 Putting it all together, @samp{fixp(<(# + A/#)/2>, B, 20, 1e-10)}
21223 computes the square root of @samp{A} given the initial guess @samp{B},
21224 stopping when the result is correct within the specified tolerance, or
21225 when 20 steps have been taken, whichever is sooner.
21226
21227 @node Generalized Products, , Nesting and Fixed Points, Reducing and Mapping
21228 @subsection Generalized Products
21229
21230 @kindex v O
21231 @kindex V O
21232 @pindex calc-outer-product
21233 @tindex outer
21234 The @kbd{V O} (@code{calc-outer-product}) [@code{outer}] command applies
21235 a given binary operator to all possible pairs of elements from two
21236 vectors, to produce a matrix. For example, @kbd{V O *} with @samp{[a, b]}
21237 and @samp{[x, y, z]} on the stack produces a multiplication table:
21238 @samp{[[a x, a y, a z], [b x, b y, b z]]}. Element @var{r},@var{c} of
21239 the result matrix is obtained by applying the operator to element @var{r}
21240 of the lefthand vector and element @var{c} of the righthand vector.
21241
21242 @kindex v I
21243 @kindex V I
21244 @pindex calc-inner-product
21245 @tindex inner
21246 The @kbd{V I} (@code{calc-inner-product}) [@code{inner}] command computes
21247 the generalized inner product of two vectors or matrices, given a
21248 ``multiplicative'' operator and an ``additive'' operator. These can each
21249 actually be any binary operators; if they are @samp{*} and @samp{+},
21250 respectively, the result is a standard matrix multiplication. Element
21251 @var{r},@var{c} of the result matrix is obtained by mapping the
21252 multiplicative operator across row @var{r} of the lefthand matrix and
21253 column @var{c} of the righthand matrix, and then reducing with the additive
21254 operator. Just as for the standard @kbd{*} command, this can also do a
21255 vector-matrix or matrix-vector inner product, or a vector-vector
21256 generalized dot product.
21257
21258 Since @kbd{V I} requires two operators, it prompts twice. In each case,
21259 you can use any of the usual methods for entering the operator. If you
21260 use @kbd{$} twice to take both operator formulas from the stack, the
21261 first (multiplicative) operator is taken from the top of the stack
21262 and the second (additive) operator is taken from second-to-top.
21263
21264 @node Vector and Matrix Formats, , Reducing and Mapping, Matrix Functions
21265 @section Vector and Matrix Display Formats
21266
21267 @noindent
21268 Commands for controlling vector and matrix display use the @kbd{v} prefix
21269 instead of the usual @kbd{d} prefix. But they are display modes; in
21270 particular, they are influenced by the @kbd{I} and @kbd{H} prefix keys
21271 in the same way (@pxref{Display Modes}). Matrix display is also
21272 influenced by the @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) mode;
21273 @pxref{Normal Language Modes}.
21274
21275 @kindex v <
21276 @kindex V <
21277 @pindex calc-matrix-left-justify
21278 @kindex v =
21279 @kindex V =
21280 @pindex calc-matrix-center-justify
21281 @kindex v >
21282 @kindex V >
21283 @pindex calc-matrix-right-justify
21284 The commands @kbd{v <} (@code{calc-matrix-left-justify}), @kbd{v >}
21285 (@code{calc-matrix-right-justify}), and @w{@kbd{v =}}
21286 (@code{calc-matrix-center-justify}) control whether matrix elements
21287 are justified to the left, right, or center of their columns.
21288
21289 @kindex v [
21290 @kindex V [
21291 @pindex calc-vector-brackets
21292 @kindex v @{
21293 @kindex V @{
21294 @pindex calc-vector-braces
21295 @kindex v (
21296 @kindex V (
21297 @pindex calc-vector-parens
21298 The @kbd{v [} (@code{calc-vector-brackets}) command turns the square
21299 brackets that surround vectors and matrices displayed in the stack on
21300 and off. The @kbd{v @{} (@code{calc-vector-braces}) and @kbd{v (}
21301 (@code{calc-vector-parens}) commands use curly braces or parentheses,
21302 respectively, instead of square brackets. For example, @kbd{v @{} might
21303 be used in preparation for yanking a matrix into a buffer running
21304 Mathematica. (In fact, the Mathematica language mode uses this mode;
21305 @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}.) Note that, regardless of the
21306 display mode, either brackets or braces may be used to enter vectors,
21307 and parentheses may never be used for this purpose.
21308
21309 @kindex V ]
21310 @kindex v ]
21311 @kindex V )
21312 @kindex v )
21313 @kindex V @}
21314 @kindex v @}
21315 @pindex calc-matrix-brackets
21316 The @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) command controls the
21317 ``big'' style display of matrices, for matrices which have more than
21318 one row. It prompts for a string of code letters; currently
21319 implemented letters are @code{R}, which enables brackets on each row
21320 of the matrix; @code{O}, which enables outer brackets in opposite
21321 corners of the matrix; and @code{C}, which enables commas or
21322 semicolons at the ends of all rows but the last. The default format
21323 is @samp{RO}. (Before Calc 2.00, the format was fixed at @samp{ROC}.)
21324 Here are some example matrices:
21325
21326 @example
21327 @group
21328 [ [ 123, 0, 0 ] [ [ 123, 0, 0 ],
21329 [ 0, 123, 0 ] [ 0, 123, 0 ],
21330 [ 0, 0, 123 ] ] [ 0, 0, 123 ] ]
21331
21332 RO ROC
21333
21334 @end group
21335 @end example
21336 @noindent
21337 @example
21338 @group
21339 [ 123, 0, 0 [ 123, 0, 0 ;
21340 0, 123, 0 0, 123, 0 ;
21341 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123 ]
21342
21343 O OC
21344
21345 @end group
21346 @end example
21347 @noindent
21348 @example
21349 @group
21350 [ 123, 0, 0 ] 123, 0, 0
21351 [ 0, 123, 0 ] 0, 123, 0
21352 [ 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123
21353
21354 R @r{blank}
21355 @end group
21356 @end example
21357
21358 @noindent
21359 Note that of the formats shown here, @samp{RO}, @samp{ROC}, and
21360 @samp{OC} are all recognized as matrices during reading, while
21361 the others are useful for display only.
21362
21363 @kindex v ,
21364 @kindex V ,
21365 @pindex calc-vector-commas
21366 The @kbd{v ,} (@code{calc-vector-commas}) command turns commas on and
21367 off in vector and matrix display.
21368
21369 In vectors of length one, and in all vectors when commas have been
21370 turned off, Calc adds extra parentheses around formulas that might
21371 otherwise be ambiguous. For example, @samp{[a b]} could be a vector
21372 of the one formula @samp{a b}, or it could be a vector of two
21373 variables with commas turned off. Calc will display the former
21374 case as @samp{[(a b)]}. You can disable these extra parentheses
21375 (to make the output less cluttered at the expense of allowing some
21376 ambiguity) by adding the letter @code{P} to the control string you
21377 give to @kbd{v ]} (as described above).
21378
21379 @kindex v .
21380 @kindex V .
21381 @pindex calc-full-vectors
21382 The @kbd{v .} (@code{calc-full-vectors}) command turns abbreviated
21383 display of long vectors on and off. In this mode, vectors of six
21384 or more elements, or matrices of six or more rows or columns, will
21385 be displayed in an abbreviated form that displays only the first
21386 three elements and the last element: @samp{[a, b, c, ..., z]}.
21387 When very large vectors are involved this will substantially
21388 improve Calc's display speed.
21389
21390 @kindex t .
21391 @pindex calc-full-trail-vectors
21392 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command controls a
21393 similar mode for recording vectors in the Trail. If you turn on
21394 this mode, vectors of six or more elements and matrices of six or
21395 more rows or columns will be abbreviated when they are put in the
21396 Trail. The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command will be
21397 unable to recover those vectors. If you are working with very
21398 large vectors, this mode will improve the speed of all operations
21399 that involve the trail.
21400
21401 @kindex v /
21402 @kindex V /
21403 @pindex calc-break-vectors
21404 The @kbd{v /} (@code{calc-break-vectors}) command turns multi-line
21405 vector display on and off. Normally, matrices are displayed with one
21406 row per line but all other types of vectors are displayed in a single
21407 line. This mode causes all vectors, whether matrices or not, to be
21408 displayed with a single element per line. Sub-vectors within the
21409 vectors will still use the normal linear form.
21410
21411 @node Algebra, Units, Matrix Functions, Top
21412 @chapter Algebra
21413
21414 @noindent
21415 This section covers the Calc features that help you work with
21416 algebraic formulas. First, the general sub-formula selection
21417 mechanism is described; this works in conjunction with any Calc
21418 commands. Then, commands for specific algebraic operations are
21419 described. Finally, the flexible @dfn{rewrite rule} mechanism
21420 is discussed.
21421
21422 The algebraic commands use the @kbd{a} key prefix; selection
21423 commands use the @kbd{j} (for ``just a letter that wasn't used
21424 for anything else'') prefix.
21425
21426 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, to see how to manipulate formulas
21427 using regular Emacs editing commands.
21428
21429 When doing algebraic work, you may find several of the Calculator's
21430 modes to be helpful, including Algebraic Simplification mode (@kbd{m A})
21431 or No-Simplification mode (@kbd{m O}),
21432 Algebraic entry mode (@kbd{m a}), Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}), and
21433 Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}). @xref{Mode Settings}, for discussions
21434 of these modes. You may also wish to select Big display mode (@kbd{d B}).
21435 @xref{Normal Language Modes}.
21436
21437 @menu
21438 * Selecting Subformulas::
21439 * Algebraic Manipulation::
21440 * Simplifying Formulas::
21441 * Polynomials::
21442 * Calculus::
21443 * Solving Equations::
21444 * Numerical Solutions::
21445 * Curve Fitting::
21446 * Summations::
21447 * Logical Operations::
21448 * Rewrite Rules::
21449 @end menu
21450
21451 @node Selecting Subformulas, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra, Algebra
21452 @section Selecting Sub-Formulas
21453
21454 @noindent
21455 @cindex Selections
21456 @cindex Sub-formulas
21457 @cindex Parts of formulas
21458 When working with an algebraic formula it is often necessary to
21459 manipulate a portion of the formula rather than the formula as a
21460 whole. Calc allows you to ``select'' a portion of any formula on
21461 the stack. Commands which would normally operate on that stack
21462 entry will now operate only on the sub-formula, leaving the
21463 surrounding part of the stack entry alone.
21464
21465 One common non-algebraic use for selection involves vectors. To work
21466 on one element of a vector in-place, simply select that element as a
21467 ``sub-formula'' of the vector.
21468
21469 @menu
21470 * Making Selections::
21471 * Changing Selections::
21472 * Displaying Selections::
21473 * Operating on Selections::
21474 * Rearranging with Selections::
21475 @end menu
21476
21477 @node Making Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas, Selecting Subformulas
21478 @subsection Making Selections
21479
21480 @noindent
21481 @kindex j s
21482 @pindex calc-select-here
21483 To select a sub-formula, move the Emacs cursor to any character in that
21484 sub-formula, and press @w{@kbd{j s}} (@code{calc-select-here}). Calc will
21485 highlight the smallest portion of the formula that contains that
21486 character. By default the sub-formula is highlighted by blanking out
21487 all of the rest of the formula with dots. Selection works in any
21488 display mode but is perhaps easiest in Big mode (@kbd{d B}).
21489 Suppose you enter the following formula:
21490
21491 @smallexample
21492 @group
21493 3 ___
21494 (a + b) + V c
21495 1: ---------------
21496 2 x + 1
21497 @end group
21498 @end smallexample
21499
21500 @noindent
21501 (by typing @kbd{' ((a+b)^3 + sqrt(c)) / (2x+1)}). If you move the
21502 cursor to the letter @samp{b} and press @w{@kbd{j s}}, the display changes
21503 to
21504
21505 @smallexample
21506 @group
21507 . ...
21508 .. . b. . . .
21509 1* ...............
21510 . . . .
21511 @end group
21512 @end smallexample
21513
21514 @noindent
21515 Every character not part of the sub-formula @samp{b} has been changed
21516 to a dot. (If the customizable variable
21517 @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is non-nil, then the characters
21518 not part of the sub-formula are de-emphasized by using a less
21519 noticeable face instead of using dots. @pxref{Displaying Selections}.)
21520 The @samp{*} next to the line number is to remind you that
21521 the formula has a portion of it selected. (In this case, it's very
21522 obvious, but it might not always be. If Embedded mode is enabled,
21523 the word @samp{Sel} also appears in the mode line because the stack
21524 may not be visible. @pxref{Embedded Mode}.)
21525
21526 If you had instead placed the cursor on the parenthesis immediately to
21527 the right of the @samp{b}, the selection would have been:
21528
21529 @smallexample
21530 @group
21531 . ...
21532 (a + b) . . .
21533 1* ...............
21534 . . . .
21535 @end group
21536 @end smallexample
21537
21538 @noindent
21539 The portion selected is always large enough to be considered a complete
21540 formula all by itself, so selecting the parenthesis selects the whole
21541 formula that it encloses. Putting the cursor on the @samp{+} sign
21542 would have had the same effect.
21543
21544 (Strictly speaking, the Emacs cursor is really the manifestation of
21545 the Emacs ``point,'' which is a position @emph{between} two characters
21546 in the buffer. So purists would say that Calc selects the smallest
21547 sub-formula which contains the character to the right of ``point.'')
21548
21549 If you supply a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, the selection is
21550 expanded to the @var{n}th enclosing sub-formula. Thus, positioning
21551 the cursor on the @samp{b} and typing @kbd{C-u 1 j s} will select
21552 @samp{a + b}; typing @kbd{C-u 2 j s} will select @samp{(a + b)^3},
21553 and so on.
21554
21555 If the cursor is not on any part of the formula, or if you give a
21556 numeric prefix that is too large, the entire formula is selected.
21557
21558 If the cursor is on the @samp{.} line that marks the top of the stack
21559 (i.e., its normal ``rest position''), this command selects the entire
21560 formula at stack level 1. Most selection commands similarly operate
21561 on the formula at the top of the stack if you haven't positioned the
21562 cursor on any stack entry.
21563
21564 @kindex j a
21565 @pindex calc-select-additional
21566 The @kbd{j a} (@code{calc-select-additional}) command enlarges the
21567 current selection to encompass the cursor. To select the smallest
21568 sub-formula defined by two different points, move to the first and
21569 press @kbd{j s}, then move to the other and press @kbd{j a}. This
21570 is roughly analogous to using @kbd{C-@@} (@code{set-mark-command}) to
21571 select the two ends of a region of text during normal Emacs editing.
21572
21573 @kindex j o
21574 @pindex calc-select-once
21575 The @kbd{j o} (@code{calc-select-once}) command selects a formula in
21576 exactly the same way as @kbd{j s}, except that the selection will
21577 last only as long as the next command that uses it. For example,
21578 @kbd{j o 1 +} is a handy way to add one to the sub-formula indicated
21579 by the cursor.
21580
21581 (A somewhat more precise definition: The @kbd{j o} command sets a flag
21582 such that the next command involving selected stack entries will clear
21583 the selections on those stack entries afterwards. All other selection
21584 commands except @kbd{j a} and @kbd{j O} clear this flag.)
21585
21586 @kindex j S
21587 @kindex j O
21588 @pindex calc-select-here-maybe
21589 @pindex calc-select-once-maybe
21590 The @kbd{j S} (@code{calc-select-here-maybe}) and @kbd{j O}
21591 (@code{calc-select-once-maybe}) commands are equivalent to @kbd{j s}
21592 and @kbd{j o}, respectively, except that if the formula already
21593 has a selection they have no effect. This is analogous to the
21594 behavior of some commands such as @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection};
21595 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}) and is mainly intended to be
21596 used in keyboard macros that implement your own selection-oriented
21597 commands.
21598
21599 Selection of sub-formulas normally treats associative terms like
21600 @samp{a + b - c + d} and @samp{x * y * z} as single levels of the formula.
21601 If you place the cursor anywhere inside @samp{a + b - c + d} except
21602 on one of the variable names and use @kbd{j s}, you will select the
21603 entire four-term sum.
21604
21605 @kindex j b
21606 @pindex calc-break-selections
21607 The @kbd{j b} (@code{calc-break-selections}) command controls a mode
21608 in which the ``deep structure'' of these associative formulas shows
21609 through. Calc actually stores the above formulas as
21610 @samp{((a + b) - c) + d} and @samp{x * (y * z)}. (Note that for certain
21611 obscure reasons, by default Calc treats multiplication as
21612 right-associative.) Once you have enabled @kbd{j b} mode, selecting
21613 with the cursor on the @samp{-} sign would only select the @samp{a + b -
21614 c} portion, which makes sense when the deep structure of the sum is
21615 considered. There is no way to select the @samp{b - c + d} portion;
21616 although this might initially look like just as legitimate a sub-formula
21617 as @samp{a + b - c}, the deep structure shows that it isn't. The @kbd{d
21618 U} command can be used to view the deep structure of any formula
21619 (@pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
21620
21621 When @kbd{j b} mode has not been enabled, the deep structure is
21622 generally hidden by the selection commands---what you see is what
21623 you get.
21624
21625 @kindex j u
21626 @pindex calc-unselect
21627 The @kbd{j u} (@code{calc-unselect}) command unselects the formula
21628 that the cursor is on. If there was no selection in the formula,
21629 this command has no effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it
21630 unselects the @var{n}th stack element rather than using the cursor
21631 position.
21632
21633 @kindex j c
21634 @pindex calc-clear-selections
21635 The @kbd{j c} (@code{calc-clear-selections}) command unselects all
21636 stack elements.
21637
21638 @node Changing Selections, Displaying Selections, Making Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21639 @subsection Changing Selections
21640
21641 @noindent
21642 @kindex j m
21643 @pindex calc-select-more
21644 Once you have selected a sub-formula, you can expand it using the
21645 @w{@kbd{j m}} (@code{calc-select-more}) command. If @samp{a + b} is
21646 selected, pressing @w{@kbd{j m}} repeatedly works as follows:
21647
21648 @smallexample
21649 @group
21650 3 ... 3 ___ 3 ___
21651 (a + b) . . . (a + b) + V c (a + b) + V c
21652 1* ............... 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21653 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21654 @end group
21655 @end smallexample
21656
21657 @noindent
21658 In the last example, the entire formula is selected. This is roughly
21659 the same as having no selection at all, but because there are subtle
21660 differences the @samp{*} character is still there on the line number.
21661
21662 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, @kbd{j m} expands @var{n}
21663 times (or until the entire formula is selected). Note that @kbd{j s}
21664 with argument @var{n} is equivalent to plain @kbd{j s} followed by
21665 @kbd{j m} with argument @var{n}. If @w{@kbd{j m}} is used when there
21666 is no current selection, it is equivalent to @w{@kbd{j s}}.
21667
21668 Even though @kbd{j m} does not explicitly use the location of the
21669 cursor within the formula, it nevertheless uses the cursor to determine
21670 which stack element to operate on. As usual, @kbd{j m} when the cursor
21671 is not on any stack element operates on the top stack element.
21672
21673 @kindex j l
21674 @pindex calc-select-less
21675 The @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) command reduces the current
21676 selection around the cursor position. That is, it selects the
21677 immediate sub-formula of the current selection which contains the
21678 cursor, the opposite of @kbd{j m}. If the cursor is not inside the
21679 current selection, the command de-selects the formula.
21680
21681 @kindex j 1-9
21682 @pindex calc-select-part
21683 The @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} (@code{calc-select-part}) commands
21684 select the @var{n}th sub-formula of the current selection. They are
21685 like @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) except they use counting
21686 rather than the cursor position to decide which sub-formula to select.
21687 For example, if the current selection is @kbd{a + b + c} or
21688 @kbd{f(a, b, c)} or @kbd{[a, b, c]}, then @kbd{j 1} selects @samp{a},
21689 @kbd{j 2} selects @samp{b}, and @kbd{j 3} selects @samp{c}; in each of
21690 these cases, @kbd{j 4} through @kbd{j 9} would be errors.
21691
21692 If there is no current selection, @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} select
21693 the @var{n}th top-level sub-formula. (In other words, they act as if
21694 the entire stack entry were selected first.) To select the @var{n}th
21695 sub-formula where @var{n} is greater than nine, you must instead invoke
21696 @w{@kbd{j 1}} with @var{n} as a numeric prefix argument.
21697
21698 @kindex j n
21699 @kindex j p
21700 @pindex calc-select-next
21701 @pindex calc-select-previous
21702 The @kbd{j n} (@code{calc-select-next}) and @kbd{j p}
21703 (@code{calc-select-previous}) commands change the current selection
21704 to the next or previous sub-formula at the same level. For example,
21705 if @samp{b} is selected in @w{@samp{2 + a*b*c + x}}, then @kbd{j n}
21706 selects @samp{c}. Further @kbd{j n} commands would be in error because,
21707 even though there is something to the right of @samp{c} (namely, @samp{x}),
21708 it is not at the same level; in this case, it is not a term of the
21709 same product as @samp{b} and @samp{c}. However, @kbd{j m} (to select
21710 the whole product @samp{a*b*c} as a term of the sum) followed by
21711 @w{@kbd{j n}} would successfully select the @samp{x}.
21712
21713 Similarly, @kbd{j p} moves the selection from the @samp{b} in this
21714 sample formula to the @samp{a}. Both commands accept numeric prefix
21715 arguments to move several steps at a time.
21716
21717 It is interesting to compare Calc's selection commands with the
21718 Emacs Info system's commands for navigating through hierarchically
21719 organized documentation. Calc's @kbd{j n} command is completely
21720 analogous to Info's @kbd{n} command. Likewise, @kbd{j p} maps to
21721 @kbd{p}, @kbd{j 2} maps to @kbd{2}, and Info's @kbd{u} is like @kbd{j m}.
21722 (Note that @kbd{j u} stands for @code{calc-unselect}, not ``up''.)
21723 The Info @kbd{m} command is somewhat similar to Calc's @kbd{j s} and
21724 @kbd{j l}; in each case, you can jump directly to a sub-component
21725 of the hierarchy simply by pointing to it with the cursor.
21726
21727 @node Displaying Selections, Operating on Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21728 @subsection Displaying Selections
21729
21730 @noindent
21731 @kindex j d
21732 @pindex calc-show-selections
21733 @vindex calc-highlight-selections-with-faces
21734 @vindex calc-selected-face
21735 @vindex calc-nonselected-face
21736 The @kbd{j d} (@code{calc-show-selections}) command controls how
21737 selected sub-formulas are displayed. One of the alternatives is
21738 illustrated in the above examples; if we press @kbd{j d} we switch
21739 to the other style in which the selected portion itself is obscured
21740 by @samp{#} signs:
21741
21742 @smallexample
21743 @group
21744 3 ... # ___
21745 (a + b) . . . ## # ## + V c
21746 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21747 . . . . 2 x + 1
21748 @end group
21749 @end smallexample
21750 If the customizable variable
21751 @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is non-nil, then the
21752 non-selected portion of the formula will be de-emphasized by using a
21753 less noticeable face (@code{calc-nonselected-face}) instead of dots
21754 and the selected sub-formula will be highlighted by using a more
21755 noticeable face (@code{calc-selected-face}) instead of @samp{#}
21756 signs. (@pxref{Customizing Calc}.)
21757
21758 @node Operating on Selections, Rearranging with Selections, Displaying Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21759 @subsection Operating on Selections
21760
21761 @noindent
21762 Once a selection is made, all Calc commands that manipulate items
21763 on the stack will operate on the selected portions of the items
21764 instead. (Note that several stack elements may have selections
21765 at once, though there can be only one selection at a time in any
21766 given stack element.)
21767
21768 @kindex j e
21769 @pindex calc-enable-selections
21770 The @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command disables the
21771 effect that selections have on Calc commands. The current selections
21772 still exist, but Calc commands operate on whole stack elements anyway.
21773 This mode can be identified by the fact that the @samp{*} markers on
21774 the line numbers are gone, even though selections are visible. To
21775 reactivate the selections, press @kbd{j e} again.
21776
21777 To extract a sub-formula as a new formula, simply select the
21778 sub-formula and press @key{RET}. This normally duplicates the top
21779 stack element; here it duplicates only the selected portion of that
21780 element.
21781
21782 To replace a sub-formula with something different, you can enter the
21783 new value onto the stack and press @key{TAB}. This normally exchanges
21784 the top two stack elements; here it swaps the value you entered into
21785 the selected portion of the formula, returning the old selected
21786 portion to the top of the stack.
21787
21788 @smallexample
21789 @group
21790 3 ... ... ___
21791 (a + b) . . . 17 x y . . . 17 x y + V c
21792 2* ............... 2* ............. 2: -------------
21793 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21794
21795 3 3
21796 1: 17 x y 1: (a + b) 1: (a + b)
21797 @end group
21798 @end smallexample
21799
21800 In this example we select a sub-formula of our original example,
21801 enter a new formula, @key{TAB} it into place, then deselect to see
21802 the complete, edited formula.
21803
21804 If you want to swap whole formulas around even though they contain
21805 selections, just use @kbd{j e} before and after.
21806
21807 @kindex j '
21808 @pindex calc-enter-selection
21809 The @kbd{j '} (@code{calc-enter-selection}) command is another way
21810 to replace a selected sub-formula. This command does an algebraic
21811 entry just like the regular @kbd{'} key. When you press @key{RET},
21812 the formula you type replaces the original selection. You can use
21813 the @samp{$} symbol in the formula to refer to the original
21814 selection. If there is no selection in the formula under the cursor,
21815 the cursor is used to make a temporary selection for the purposes of
21816 the command. Thus, to change a term of a formula, all you have to
21817 do is move the Emacs cursor to that term and press @kbd{j '}.
21818
21819 @kindex j `
21820 @pindex calc-edit-selection
21821 The @kbd{j `} (@code{calc-edit-selection}) command is a similar
21822 analogue of the @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command. It edits the
21823 selected sub-formula in a separate buffer. If there is no
21824 selection, it edits the sub-formula indicated by the cursor.
21825
21826 To delete a sub-formula, press @key{DEL}. This generally replaces
21827 the sub-formula with the constant zero, but in a few suitable contexts
21828 it uses the constant one instead. The @key{DEL} key automatically
21829 deselects and re-simplifies the entire formula afterwards. Thus:
21830
21831 @smallexample
21832 @group
21833 ###
21834 17 x y + # # 17 x y 17 # y 17 y
21835 1* ------------- 1: ------- 1* ------- 1: -------
21836 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1
21837 @end group
21838 @end smallexample
21839
21840 In this example, we first delete the @samp{sqrt(c)} term; Calc
21841 accomplishes this by replacing @samp{sqrt(c)} with zero and
21842 resimplifying. We then delete the @kbd{x} in the numerator;
21843 since this is part of a product, Calc replaces it with @samp{1}
21844 and resimplifies.
21845
21846 If you select an element of a vector and press @key{DEL}, that
21847 element is deleted from the vector. If you delete one side of
21848 an equation or inequality, only the opposite side remains.
21849
21850 @kindex j @key{DEL}
21851 @pindex calc-del-selection
21852 The @kbd{j @key{DEL}} (@code{calc-del-selection}) command is like
21853 @key{DEL} but with the auto-selecting behavior of @kbd{j '} and
21854 @kbd{j `}. It deletes the selected portion of the formula
21855 indicated by the cursor, or, in the absence of a selection, it
21856 deletes the sub-formula indicated by the cursor position.
21857
21858 @kindex j @key{RET}
21859 @pindex calc-grab-selection
21860 (There is also an auto-selecting @kbd{j @key{RET}} (@code{calc-copy-selection})
21861 command.)
21862
21863 Normal arithmetic operations also apply to sub-formulas. Here we
21864 select the denominator, press @kbd{5 -} to subtract five from the
21865 denominator, press @kbd{n} to negate the denominator, then
21866 press @kbd{Q} to take the square root.
21867
21868 @smallexample
21869 @group
21870 .. . .. . .. . .. .
21871 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ..........
21872 2 x + 1 2 x - 4 4 - 2 x _________
21873 V 4 - 2 x
21874 @end group
21875 @end smallexample
21876
21877 Certain types of operations on selections are not allowed. For
21878 example, for an arithmetic function like @kbd{-} no more than one of
21879 the arguments may be a selected sub-formula. (As the above example
21880 shows, the result of the subtraction is spliced back into the argument
21881 which had the selection; if there were more than one selection involved,
21882 this would not be well-defined.) If you try to subtract two selections,
21883 the command will abort with an error message.
21884
21885 Operations on sub-formulas sometimes leave the formula as a whole
21886 in an ``un-natural'' state. Consider negating the @samp{2 x} term
21887 of our sample formula by selecting it and pressing @kbd{n}
21888 (@code{calc-change-sign}).
21889
21890 @smallexample
21891 @group
21892 .. . .. .
21893 1* .......... 1* ...........
21894 ......... ..........
21895 . . . 2 x . . . -2 x
21896 @end group
21897 @end smallexample
21898
21899 Unselecting the sub-formula reveals that the minus sign, which would
21900 normally have cancelled out with the subtraction automatically, has
21901 not been able to do so because the subtraction was not part of the
21902 selected portion. Pressing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) or doing
21903 any other mathematical operation on the whole formula will cause it
21904 to be simplified.
21905
21906 @smallexample
21907 @group
21908 17 y 17 y
21909 1: ----------- 1: ----------
21910 __________ _________
21911 V 4 - -2 x V 4 + 2 x
21912 @end group
21913 @end smallexample
21914
21915 @node Rearranging with Selections, , Operating on Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21916 @subsection Rearranging Formulas using Selections
21917
21918 @noindent
21919 @kindex j R
21920 @pindex calc-commute-right
21921 The @kbd{j R} (@code{calc-commute-right}) command moves the selected
21922 sub-formula to the right in its surrounding formula. Generally the
21923 selection is one term of a sum or product; the sum or product is
21924 rearranged according to the commutative laws of algebra.
21925
21926 As with @kbd{j '} and @kbd{j @key{DEL}}, the term under the cursor is used
21927 if there is no selection in the current formula. All commands described
21928 in this section share this property. In this example, we place the
21929 cursor on the @samp{a} and type @kbd{j R}, then repeat.
21930
21931 @smallexample
21932 1: a + b - c 1: b + a - c 1: b - c + a
21933 @end smallexample
21934
21935 @noindent
21936 Note that in the final step above, the @samp{a} is switched with
21937 the @samp{c} but the signs are adjusted accordingly. When moving
21938 terms of sums and products, @kbd{j R} will never change the
21939 mathematical meaning of the formula.
21940
21941 The selected term may also be an element of a vector or an argument
21942 of a function. The term is exchanged with the one to its right.
21943 In this case, the ``meaning'' of the vector or function may of
21944 course be drastically changed.
21945
21946 @smallexample
21947 1: [a, b, c] 1: [b, a, c] 1: [b, c, a]
21948
21949 1: f(a, b, c) 1: f(b, a, c) 1: f(b, c, a)
21950 @end smallexample
21951
21952 @kindex j L
21953 @pindex calc-commute-left
21954 The @kbd{j L} (@code{calc-commute-left}) command is like @kbd{j R}
21955 except that it swaps the selected term with the one to its left.
21956
21957 With numeric prefix arguments, these commands move the selected
21958 term several steps at a time. It is an error to try to move a
21959 term left or right past the end of its enclosing formula.
21960 With numeric prefix arguments of zero, these commands move the
21961 selected term as far as possible in the given direction.
21962
21963 @kindex j D
21964 @pindex calc-sel-distribute
21965 The @kbd{j D} (@code{calc-sel-distribute}) command mixes the selected
21966 sum or product into the surrounding formula using the distributive
21967 law. For example, in @samp{a * (b - c)} with the @samp{b - c}
21968 selected, the result is @samp{a b - a c}. This also distributes
21969 products or quotients into surrounding powers, and can also do
21970 transformations like @samp{exp(a + b)} to @samp{exp(a) exp(b)},
21971 where @samp{a + b} is the selected term, and @samp{ln(a ^ b)}
21972 to @samp{ln(a) b}, where @samp{a ^ b} is the selected term.
21973
21974 For multiple-term sums or products, @kbd{j D} takes off one term
21975 at a time: @samp{a * (b + c - d)} goes to @samp{a * (c - d) + a b}
21976 with the @samp{c - d} selected so that you can type @kbd{j D}
21977 repeatedly to expand completely. The @kbd{j D} command allows a
21978 numeric prefix argument which specifies the maximum number of
21979 times to expand at once; the default is one time only.
21980
21981 @vindex DistribRules
21982 The @kbd{j D} command is implemented using rewrite rules.
21983 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}. The rules are stored in
21984 the Calc variable @code{DistribRules}. A convenient way to view
21985 these rules is to use @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) which
21986 displays and edits the stored value of a variable. Press @kbd{C-c C-c}
21987 to return from editing mode; be careful not to make any actual changes
21988 or else you will affect the behavior of future @kbd{j D} commands!
21989
21990 To extend @kbd{j D} to handle new cases, just edit @code{DistribRules}
21991 as described above. You can then use the @kbd{s p} command to save
21992 this variable's value permanently for future Calc sessions.
21993 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
21994
21995 @kindex j M
21996 @pindex calc-sel-merge
21997 @vindex MergeRules
21998 The @kbd{j M} (@code{calc-sel-merge}) command is the complement
21999 of @kbd{j D}; given @samp{a b - a c} with either @samp{a b} or
22000 @samp{a c} selected, the result is @samp{a * (b - c)}. Once
22001 again, @kbd{j M} can also merge calls to functions like @code{exp}
22002 and @code{ln}; examine the variable @code{MergeRules} to see all
22003 the relevant rules.
22004
22005 @kindex j C
22006 @pindex calc-sel-commute
22007 @vindex CommuteRules
22008 The @kbd{j C} (@code{calc-sel-commute}) command swaps the arguments
22009 of the selected sum, product, or equation. It always behaves as
22010 if @kbd{j b} mode were in effect, i.e., the sum @samp{a + b + c} is
22011 treated as the nested sums @samp{(a + b) + c} by this command.
22012 If you put the cursor on the first @samp{+}, the result is
22013 @samp{(b + a) + c}; if you put the cursor on the second @samp{+}, the
22014 result is @samp{c + (a + b)} (which the default simplifications
22015 will rearrange to @samp{(c + a) + b}). The relevant rules are stored
22016 in the variable @code{CommuteRules}.
22017
22018 You may need to turn default simplifications off (with the @kbd{m O}
22019 command) in order to get the full benefit of @kbd{j C}. For example,
22020 commuting @samp{a - b} produces @samp{-b + a}, but the default
22021 simplifications will ``simplify'' this right back to @samp{a - b} if
22022 you don't turn them off. The same is true of some of the other
22023 manipulations described in this section.
22024
22025 @kindex j N
22026 @pindex calc-sel-negate
22027 @vindex NegateRules
22028 The @kbd{j N} (@code{calc-sel-negate}) command replaces the selected
22029 term with the negative of that term, then adjusts the surrounding
22030 formula in order to preserve the meaning. For example, given
22031 @samp{exp(a - b)} where @samp{a - b} is selected, the result is
22032 @samp{1 / exp(b - a)}. By contrast, selecting a term and using the
22033 regular @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the
22034 term without adjusting the surroundings, thus changing the meaning
22035 of the formula as a whole. The rules variable is @code{NegateRules}.
22036
22037 @kindex j &
22038 @pindex calc-sel-invert
22039 @vindex InvertRules
22040 The @kbd{j &} (@code{calc-sel-invert}) command is similar to @kbd{j N}
22041 except it takes the reciprocal of the selected term. For example,
22042 given @samp{a - ln(b)} with @samp{b} selected, the result is
22043 @samp{a + ln(1/b)}. The rules variable is @code{InvertRules}.
22044
22045 @kindex j E
22046 @pindex calc-sel-jump-equals
22047 @vindex JumpRules
22048 The @kbd{j E} (@code{calc-sel-jump-equals}) command moves the
22049 selected term from one side of an equation to the other. Given
22050 @samp{a + b = c + d} with @samp{c} selected, the result is
22051 @samp{a + b - c = d}. This command also works if the selected
22052 term is part of a @samp{*}, @samp{/}, or @samp{^} formula. The
22053 relevant rules variable is @code{JumpRules}.
22054
22055 @kindex j I
22056 @kindex H j I
22057 @pindex calc-sel-isolate
22058 The @kbd{j I} (@code{calc-sel-isolate}) command isolates the
22059 selected term on its side of an equation. It uses the @kbd{a S}
22060 (@code{calc-solve-for}) command to solve the equation, and the
22061 Hyperbolic flag affects it in the same way. @xref{Solving Equations}.
22062 When it applies, @kbd{j I} is often easier to use than @kbd{j E}.
22063 It understands more rules of algebra, and works for inequalities
22064 as well as equations.
22065
22066 @kindex j *
22067 @kindex j /
22068 @pindex calc-sel-mult-both-sides
22069 @pindex calc-sel-div-both-sides
22070 The @kbd{j *} (@code{calc-sel-mult-both-sides}) command prompts for a
22071 formula using algebraic entry, then multiplies both sides of the
22072 selected quotient or equation by that formula. It simplifies each
22073 side with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) before re-forming the
22074 quotient or equation. You can suppress this simplification by
22075 providing a prefix argument: @kbd{C-u j *}. There is also a @kbd{j /}
22076 (@code{calc-sel-div-both-sides}) which is similar to @kbd{j *} but
22077 dividing instead of multiplying by the factor you enter.
22078
22079 If the selection is a quotient with numerator 1, then Calc's default
22080 simplifications would normally cancel the new factors. To prevent
22081 this, when the @kbd{j *} command is used on a selection whose numerator is
22082 1 or -1, the denominator is expanded at the top level using the
22083 distributive law (as if using the @kbd{C-u 1 a x} command). Suppose the
22084 formula on the stack is @samp{1 / (a + 1)} and you wish to multiplying the
22085 top and bottom by @samp{a - 1}. Calc's default simplifications would
22086 normally change the result @samp{(a - 1) /(a + 1) (a - 1)} back
22087 to the original form by cancellation; when @kbd{j *} is used, Calc
22088 expands the denominator to @samp{a (a - 1) + a - 1} to prevent this.
22089
22090 If you wish the @kbd{j *} command to completely expand the denominator
22091 of a quotient you can call it with a zero prefix: @kbd{C-u 0 j *}. For
22092 example, if the formula on the stack is @samp{1 / (sqrt(a) + 1)}, you may
22093 wish to eliminate the square root in the denominator by multiplying
22094 the top and bottom by @samp{sqrt(a) - 1}. If you did this simply by using
22095 a simple @kbd{j *} command, you would get
22096 @samp{(sqrt(a)-1)/ (sqrt(a) (sqrt(a) - 1) + sqrt(a) - 1)}. Instead,
22097 you would probably want to use @kbd{C-u 0 j *}, which would expand the
22098 bottom and give you the desired result @samp{(sqrt(a)-1)/(a-1)}. More
22099 generally, if @kbd{j *} is called with an argument of a positive
22100 integer @var{n}, then the denominator of the expression will be
22101 expanded @var{n} times (as if with the @kbd{C-u @var{n} a x} command).
22102
22103 If the selection is an inequality, @kbd{j *} and @kbd{j /} will
22104 accept any factor, but will warn unless they can prove the factor
22105 is either positive or negative. (In the latter case the direction
22106 of the inequality will be switched appropriately.) @xref{Declarations},
22107 for ways to inform Calc that a given variable is positive or
22108 negative. If Calc can't tell for sure what the sign of the factor
22109 will be, it will assume it is positive and display a warning
22110 message.
22111
22112 For selections that are not quotients, equations, or inequalities,
22113 these commands pull out a multiplicative factor: They divide (or
22114 multiply) by the entered formula, simplify, then multiply (or divide)
22115 back by the formula.
22116
22117 @kindex j +
22118 @kindex j -
22119 @pindex calc-sel-add-both-sides
22120 @pindex calc-sel-sub-both-sides
22121 The @kbd{j +} (@code{calc-sel-add-both-sides}) and @kbd{j -}
22122 (@code{calc-sel-sub-both-sides}) commands analogously add to or
22123 subtract from both sides of an equation or inequality. For other
22124 types of selections, they extract an additive factor. A numeric
22125 prefix argument suppresses simplification of the intermediate
22126 results.
22127
22128 @kindex j U
22129 @pindex calc-sel-unpack
22130 The @kbd{j U} (@code{calc-sel-unpack}) command replaces the
22131 selected function call with its argument. For example, given
22132 @samp{a + sin(x^2)} with @samp{sin(x^2)} selected, the result
22133 is @samp{a + x^2}. (The @samp{x^2} will remain selected; if you
22134 wanted to change the @code{sin} to @code{cos}, just press @kbd{C}
22135 now to take the cosine of the selected part.)
22136
22137 @kindex j v
22138 @pindex calc-sel-evaluate
22139 The @kbd{j v} (@code{calc-sel-evaluate}) command performs the
22140 normal default simplifications on the selected sub-formula.
22141 These are the simplifications that are normally done automatically
22142 on all results, but which may have been partially inhibited by
22143 previous selection-related operations, or turned off altogether
22144 by the @kbd{m O} command. This command is just an auto-selecting
22145 version of the @w{@kbd{a v}} command (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}).
22146
22147 With a numeric prefix argument of 2, @kbd{C-u 2 j v} applies
22148 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command to the selected
22149 sub-formula. With a prefix argument of 3 or more, e.g., @kbd{C-u j v}
22150 applies the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) command.
22151 @xref{Simplifying Formulas}. With a negative prefix argument
22152 it simplifies at the top level only, just as with @kbd{a v}.
22153 Here the ``top'' level refers to the top level of the selected
22154 sub-formula.
22155
22156 @kindex j "
22157 @pindex calc-sel-expand-formula
22158 The @kbd{j "} (@code{calc-sel-expand-formula}) command is to @kbd{a "}
22159 (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}) what @kbd{j v} is to @kbd{a v}.
22160
22161 You can use the @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command
22162 to define other algebraic operations on sub-formulas. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
22163
22164 @node Algebraic Manipulation, Simplifying Formulas, Selecting Subformulas, Algebra
22165 @section Algebraic Manipulation
22166
22167 @noindent
22168 The commands in this section perform general-purpose algebraic
22169 manipulations. They work on the whole formula at the top of the
22170 stack (unless, of course, you have made a selection in that
22171 formula).
22172
22173 Many algebra commands prompt for a variable name or formula. If you
22174 answer the prompt with a blank line, the variable or formula is taken
22175 from top-of-stack, and the normal argument for the command is taken
22176 from the second-to-top stack level.
22177
22178 @kindex a v
22179 @pindex calc-alg-evaluate
22180 The @kbd{a v} (@code{calc-alg-evaluate}) command performs the normal
22181 default simplifications on a formula; for example, @samp{a - -b} is
22182 changed to @samp{a + b}. These simplifications are normally done
22183 automatically on all Calc results, so this command is useful only if
22184 you have turned default simplifications off with an @kbd{m O}
22185 command. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
22186
22187 It is often more convenient to type @kbd{=}, which is like @kbd{a v}
22188 but which also substitutes stored values for variables in the formula.
22189 Use @kbd{a v} if you want the variables to ignore their stored values.
22190
22191 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 2 to @kbd{a v}, it simplifies
22192 as if in Algebraic Simplification mode. This is equivalent to typing
22193 @kbd{a s}; @pxref{Simplifying Formulas}. If you give a numeric prefix
22194 of 3 or more, it uses Extended Simplification mode (@kbd{a e}).
22195
22196 If you give a negative prefix argument @mathit{-1}, @mathit{-2}, or @mathit{-3},
22197 it simplifies in the corresponding mode but only works on the top-level
22198 function call of the formula. For example, @samp{(2 + 3) * (2 + 3)} will
22199 simplify to @samp{(2 + 3)^2}, without simplifying the sub-formulas
22200 @samp{2 + 3}. As another example, typing @kbd{V R +} to sum the vector
22201 @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]} produces the formula @samp{reduce(add, [1, 2, 3, 4])}
22202 in No-Simplify mode. Using @kbd{a v} will evaluate this all the way to
22203 10; using @kbd{C-u - a v} will evaluate it only to @samp{1 + 2 + 3 + 4}.
22204 (@xref{Reducing and Mapping}.)
22205
22206 @tindex evalv
22207 @tindex evalvn
22208 The @kbd{=} command corresponds to the @code{evalv} function, and
22209 the related @kbd{N} command, which is like @kbd{=} but temporarily
22210 disables Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}) during the evaluation, corresponds
22211 to the @code{evalvn} function. (These commands interpret their prefix
22212 arguments differently than @kbd{a v}; @kbd{=} treats the prefix as
22213 the number of stack elements to evaluate at once, and @kbd{N} treats
22214 it as a temporary different working precision.)
22215
22216 The @code{evalvn} function can take an alternate working precision
22217 as an optional second argument. This argument can be either an
22218 integer, to set the precision absolutely, or a vector containing
22219 a single integer, to adjust the precision relative to the current
22220 precision. Note that @code{evalvn} with a larger than current
22221 precision will do the calculation at this higher precision, but the
22222 result will as usual be rounded back down to the current precision
22223 afterward. For example, @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415)} at a precision
22224 of 12 will return @samp{9.265359e-5}; @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, 30)}
22225 will return @samp{9.26535897932e-5} (computing a 25-digit result which
22226 is then rounded down to 12); and @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, [-2])}
22227 will return @samp{9.2654e-5}.
22228
22229 @kindex a "
22230 @pindex calc-expand-formula
22231 The @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command expands functions
22232 into their defining formulas wherever possible. For example,
22233 @samp{deg(x^2)} is changed to @samp{180 x^2 / pi}. Most functions,
22234 like @code{sin} and @code{gcd}, are not defined by simple formulas
22235 and so are unaffected by this command. One important class of
22236 functions which @emph{can} be expanded is the user-defined functions
22237 created by the @kbd{Z F} command. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
22238 Other functions which @kbd{a "} can expand include the probability
22239 distribution functions, most of the financial functions, and the
22240 hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions. A numeric prefix argument
22241 affects @kbd{a "} in the same way as it does @kbd{a v}: A positive
22242 argument expands all functions in the formula and then simplifies in
22243 various ways; a negative argument expands and simplifies only the
22244 top-level function call.
22245
22246 @kindex a M
22247 @pindex calc-map-equation
22248 @tindex mapeq
22249 The @kbd{a M} (@code{calc-map-equation}) [@code{mapeq}] command applies
22250 a given function or operator to one or more equations. It is analogous
22251 to @kbd{V M}, which operates on vectors instead of equations.
22252 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}. For example, @kbd{a M S} changes
22253 @samp{x = y+1} to @samp{sin(x) = sin(y+1)}, and @kbd{a M +} with
22254 @samp{x = y+1} and @expr{6} on the stack produces @samp{x+6 = y+7}.
22255 With two equations on the stack, @kbd{a M +} would add the lefthand
22256 sides together and the righthand sides together to get the two
22257 respective sides of a new equation.
22258
22259 Mapping also works on inequalities. Mapping two similar inequalities
22260 produces another inequality of the same type. Mapping an inequality
22261 with an equation produces an inequality of the same type. Mapping a
22262 @samp{<=} with a @samp{<} or @samp{!=} (not-equal) produces a @samp{<}.
22263 If inequalities with opposite direction (e.g., @samp{<} and @samp{>})
22264 are mapped, the direction of the second inequality is reversed to
22265 match the first: Using @kbd{a M +} on @samp{a < b} and @samp{a > 2}
22266 reverses the latter to get @samp{2 < a}, which then allows the
22267 combination @samp{a + 2 < b + a}, which the @kbd{a s} command can
22268 then simplify to get @samp{2 < b}.
22269
22270 Using @kbd{a M *}, @kbd{a M /}, @kbd{a M n}, or @kbd{a M &} to negate
22271 or invert an inequality will reverse the direction of the inequality.
22272 Other adjustments to inequalities are @emph{not} done automatically;
22273 @kbd{a M S} will change @w{@samp{x < y}} to @samp{sin(x) < sin(y)} even
22274 though this is not true for all values of the variables.
22275
22276 @kindex H a M
22277 @tindex mapeqp
22278 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a M} [@code{mapeqp}] does a plain
22279 mapping operation without reversing the direction of any inequalities.
22280 Thus, @kbd{H a M &} would change @kbd{x > 2} to @kbd{1/x > 0.5}.
22281 (This change is mathematically incorrect, but perhaps you were
22282 fixing an inequality which was already incorrect.)
22283
22284 @kindex I a M
22285 @tindex mapeqr
22286 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a M} [@code{mapeqr}] always reverses
22287 the direction of the inequality. You might use @kbd{I a M C} to
22288 change @samp{x < y} to @samp{cos(x) > cos(y)} if you know you are
22289 working with small positive angles.
22290
22291 @kindex a b
22292 @pindex calc-substitute
22293 @tindex subst
22294 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) [@code{subst}] command substitutes
22295 all occurrences
22296 of some variable or sub-expression of an expression with a new
22297 sub-expression. For example, substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(y)}
22298 in @samp{2 sin(x)^2 + x sin(x) + sin(2 x)} produces
22299 @samp{2 cos(y)^2 + x cos(y) + @w{sin(2 x)}}.
22300 Note that this is a purely structural substitution; the lone @samp{x} and
22301 the @samp{sin(2 x)} stayed the same because they did not look like
22302 @samp{sin(x)}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a more general method for
22303 doing substitutions.
22304
22305 The @kbd{a b} command normally prompts for two formulas, the old
22306 one and the new one. If you enter a blank line for the first
22307 prompt, all three arguments are taken from the stack (new, then old,
22308 then target expression). If you type an old formula but then enter a
22309 blank line for the new one, the new formula is taken from top-of-stack
22310 and the target from second-to-top. If you answer both prompts, the
22311 target is taken from top-of-stack as usual.
22312
22313 Note that @kbd{a b} has no understanding of commutativity or
22314 associativity. The pattern @samp{x+y} will not match the formula
22315 @samp{y+x}. Also, @samp{y+z} will not match inside the formula @samp{x+y+z}
22316 because the @samp{+} operator is left-associative, so the ``deep
22317 structure'' of that formula is @samp{(x+y) + z}. Use @kbd{d U}
22318 (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) mode to see the true structure of
22319 a formula. The rewrite rule mechanism, discussed later, does not have
22320 these limitations.
22321
22322 As an algebraic function, @code{subst} takes three arguments:
22323 Target expression, old, new. Note that @code{subst} is always
22324 evaluated immediately, even if its arguments are variables, so if
22325 you wish to put a call to @code{subst} onto the stack you must
22326 turn the default simplifications off first (with @kbd{m O}).
22327
22328 @node Simplifying Formulas, Polynomials, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra
22329 @section Simplifying Formulas
22330
22331 @noindent
22332 @kindex a s
22333 @kindex I a s
22334 @kindex H a s
22335 @pindex calc-simplify
22336 @tindex simplify
22337 The @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) [@code{simplify}] command applies
22338 various algebraic rules to simplify a formula. This includes rules which
22339 are not part of the default simplifications because they may be too slow
22340 to apply all the time, or may not be desirable all of the time. For
22341 example, non-adjacent terms of sums are combined, as in @samp{a + b + 2 a}
22342 to @samp{b + 3 a}, and some formulas like @samp{sin(arcsin(x))} are
22343 simplified to @samp{x}.
22344
22345 The sections below describe all the various kinds of algebraic
22346 simplifications Calc provides in full detail. None of Calc's
22347 simplification commands are designed to pull rabbits out of hats;
22348 they simply apply certain specific rules to put formulas into
22349 less redundant or more pleasing forms. Serious algebra in Calc
22350 must be done manually, usually with a combination of selections
22351 and rewrite rules. @xref{Rearranging with Selections}.
22352 @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
22353
22354 @xref{Simplification Modes}, for commands to control what level of
22355 simplification occurs automatically. Normally only the ``default
22356 simplifications'' occur.
22357
22358 There are some simplifications that, while sometimes useful, are never
22359 done automatically. For example, the @kbd{I} prefix can be given to
22360 @kbd{a s}; the @kbd{I a s} command will change any trigonometric
22361 function to the appropriate combination of @samp{sin}s and @samp{cos}s
22362 before simplifying. This can be useful in simplifying even mildly
22363 complicated trigonometric expressions. For example, while @kbd{a s}
22364 can reduce @samp{sin(x) csc(x)} to @samp{1}, it will not simplify
22365 @samp{sin(x)^2 csc(x)}. The command @kbd{I a s} can be used to
22366 simplify this latter expression; it will transform @samp{sin(x)^2
22367 csc(x)} into @samp{sin(x)}. However, @kbd{I a s} will also perform
22368 some ``simplifications'' which may not be desired; for example, it
22369 will transform @samp{tan(x)^2} into @samp{sin(x)^2 / cos(x)^2}. The
22370 Hyperbolic prefix @kbd{H} can be used similarly; the @kbd{H a s} will
22371 replace any hyperbolic functions in the formula with the appropriate
22372 combinations of @samp{sinh}s and @samp{cosh}s before simplifying.
22373
22374
22375 @menu
22376 * Default Simplifications::
22377 * Algebraic Simplifications::
22378 * Unsafe Simplifications::
22379 * Simplification of Units::
22380 @end menu
22381
22382 @node Default Simplifications, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas, Simplifying Formulas
22383 @subsection Default Simplifications
22384
22385 @noindent
22386 @cindex Default simplifications
22387 This section describes the ``default simplifications,'' those which are
22388 normally applied to all results. For example, if you enter the variable
22389 @expr{x} on the stack twice and push @kbd{+}, Calc's default
22390 simplifications automatically change @expr{x + x} to @expr{2 x}.
22391
22392 The @kbd{m O} command turns off the default simplifications, so that
22393 @expr{x + x} will remain in this form unless you give an explicit
22394 ``simplify'' command like @kbd{=} or @kbd{a v}. @xref{Algebraic
22395 Manipulation}. The @kbd{m D} command turns the default simplifications
22396 back on.
22397
22398 The most basic default simplification is the evaluation of functions.
22399 For example, @expr{2 + 3} is evaluated to @expr{5}, and @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(9)}
22400 is evaluated to @expr{3}. Evaluation does not occur if the arguments
22401 to a function are somehow of the wrong type @expr{@tfn{tan}([2,3,4])}),
22402 range (@expr{@tfn{tan}(90)}), or number (@expr{@tfn{tan}(3,5)}),
22403 or if the function name is not recognized (@expr{@tfn{f}(5)}), or if
22404 Symbolic mode (@pxref{Symbolic Mode}) prevents evaluation
22405 (@expr{@tfn{sqrt}(2)}).
22406
22407 Calc simplifies (evaluates) the arguments to a function before it
22408 simplifies the function itself. Thus @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(5+4)} is
22409 simplified to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(9)} before the @code{sqrt} function
22410 itself is applied. There are very few exceptions to this rule:
22411 @code{quote}, @code{lambda}, and @code{condition} (the @code{::}
22412 operator) do not evaluate their arguments, @code{if} (the @code{? :}
22413 operator) does not evaluate all of its arguments, and @code{evalto}
22414 does not evaluate its lefthand argument.
22415
22416 Most commands apply the default simplifications to all arguments they
22417 take from the stack, perform a particular operation, then simplify
22418 the result before pushing it back on the stack. In the common special
22419 case of regular arithmetic commands like @kbd{+} and @kbd{Q} [@code{sqrt}],
22420 the arguments are simply popped from the stack and collected into a
22421 suitable function call, which is then simplified (the arguments being
22422 simplified first as part of the process, as described above).
22423
22424 The default simplifications are too numerous to describe completely
22425 here, but this section will describe the ones that apply to the
22426 major arithmetic operators. This list will be rather technical in
22427 nature, and will probably be interesting to you only if you are
22428 a serious user of Calc's algebra facilities.
22429
22430 @tex
22431 \bigskip
22432 @end tex
22433
22434 As well as the simplifications described here, if you have stored
22435 any rewrite rules in the variable @code{EvalRules} then these rules
22436 will also be applied before any built-in default simplifications.
22437 @xref{Automatic Rewrites}, for details.
22438
22439 @tex
22440 \bigskip
22441 @end tex
22442
22443 And now, on with the default simplifications:
22444
22445 Arithmetic operators like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} always take two
22446 arguments in Calc's internal form. Sums and products of three or
22447 more terms are arranged by the associative law of algebra into
22448 a left-associative form for sums, @expr{((a + b) + c) + d}, and
22449 (by default) a right-associative form for products,
22450 @expr{a * (b * (c * d))}. Formulas like @expr{(a + b) + (c + d)} are
22451 rearranged to left-associative form, though this rarely matters since
22452 Calc's algebra commands are designed to hide the inner structure of sums
22453 and products as much as possible. Sums and products in their proper
22454 associative form will be written without parentheses in the examples
22455 below.
22456
22457 Sums and products are @emph{not} rearranged according to the
22458 commutative law (@expr{a + b} to @expr{b + a}) except in a few
22459 special cases described below. Some algebra programs always
22460 rearrange terms into a canonical order, which enables them to
22461 see that @expr{a b + b a} can be simplified to @expr{2 a b}.
22462 Calc assumes you have put the terms into the order you want
22463 and generally leaves that order alone, with the consequence
22464 that formulas like the above will only be simplified if you
22465 explicitly give the @kbd{a s} command. @xref{Algebraic
22466 Simplifications}.
22467
22468 Differences @expr{a - b} are treated like sums @expr{a + (-b)}
22469 for purposes of simplification; one of the default simplifications
22470 is to rewrite @expr{a + (-b)} or @expr{(-b) + a}, where @expr{-b}
22471 represents a ``negative-looking'' term, into @expr{a - b} form.
22472 ``Negative-looking'' means negative numbers, negated formulas like
22473 @expr{-x}, and products or quotients in which either term is
22474 negative-looking.
22475
22476 Other simplifications involving negation are @expr{-(-x)} to @expr{x};
22477 @expr{-(a b)} or @expr{-(a/b)} where either @expr{a} or @expr{b} is
22478 negative-looking, simplified by negating that term, or else where
22479 @expr{a} or @expr{b} is any number, by negating that number;
22480 @expr{-(a + b)} to @expr{-a - b}, and @expr{-(b - a)} to @expr{a - b}.
22481 (This, and rewriting @expr{(-b) + a} to @expr{a - b}, are the only
22482 cases where the order of terms in a sum is changed by the default
22483 simplifications.)
22484
22485 The distributive law is used to simplify sums in some cases:
22486 @expr{a x + b x} to @expr{(a + b) x}, where @expr{a} represents
22487 a number or an implicit 1 or @mathit{-1} (as in @expr{x} or @expr{-x})
22488 and similarly for @expr{b}. Use the @kbd{a c}, @w{@kbd{a f}}, or
22489 @kbd{j M} commands to merge sums with non-numeric coefficients
22490 using the distributive law.
22491
22492 The distributive law is only used for sums of two terms, or
22493 for adjacent terms in a larger sum. Thus @expr{a + b + b + c}
22494 is simplified to @expr{a + 2 b + c}, but @expr{a + b + c + b}
22495 is not simplified. The reason is that comparing all terms of a
22496 sum with one another would require time proportional to the
22497 square of the number of terms; Calc relegates potentially slow
22498 operations like this to commands that have to be invoked
22499 explicitly, like @kbd{a s}.
22500
22501 Finally, @expr{a + 0} and @expr{0 + a} are simplified to @expr{a}.
22502 A consequence of the above rules is that @expr{0 - a} is simplified
22503 to @expr{-a}.
22504
22505 @tex
22506 \bigskip
22507 @end tex
22508
22509 The products @expr{1 a} and @expr{a 1} are simplified to @expr{a};
22510 @expr{(-1) a} and @expr{a (-1)} are simplified to @expr{-a};
22511 @expr{0 a} and @expr{a 0} are simplified to @expr{0}, except that
22512 in Matrix mode where @expr{a} is not provably scalar the result
22513 is the generic zero matrix @samp{idn(0)}, and that if @expr{a} is
22514 infinite the result is @samp{nan}.
22515
22516 Also, @expr{(-a) b} and @expr{a (-b)} are simplified to @expr{-(a b)},
22517 where this occurs for negated formulas but not for regular negative
22518 numbers.
22519
22520 Products are commuted only to move numbers to the front:
22521 @expr{a b 2} is commuted to @expr{2 a b}.
22522
22523 The product @expr{a (b + c)} is distributed over the sum only if
22524 @expr{a} and at least one of @expr{b} and @expr{c} are numbers:
22525 @expr{2 (x + 3)} goes to @expr{2 x + 6}. The formula
22526 @expr{(-a) (b - c)}, where @expr{-a} is a negative number, is
22527 rewritten to @expr{a (c - b)}.
22528
22529 The distributive law of products and powers is used for adjacent
22530 terms of the product: @expr{x^a x^b} goes to
22531 @texline @math{x^{a+b}}
22532 @infoline @expr{x^(a+b)}
22533 where @expr{a} is a number, or an implicit 1 (as in @expr{x}),
22534 or the implicit one-half of @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)}, and similarly for
22535 @expr{b}. The result is written using @samp{sqrt} or @samp{1/sqrt}
22536 if the sum of the powers is @expr{1/2} or @expr{-1/2}, respectively.
22537 If the sum of the powers is zero, the product is simplified to
22538 @expr{1} or to @samp{idn(1)} if Matrix mode is enabled.
22539
22540 The product of a negative power times anything but another negative
22541 power is changed to use division:
22542 @texline @math{x^{-2} y}
22543 @infoline @expr{x^(-2) y}
22544 goes to @expr{y / x^2} unless Matrix mode is
22545 in effect and neither @expr{x} nor @expr{y} are scalar (in which
22546 case it is considered unsafe to rearrange the order of the terms).
22547
22548 Finally, @expr{a (b/c)} is rewritten to @expr{(a b)/c}, and also
22549 @expr{(a/b) c} is changed to @expr{(a c)/b} unless in Matrix mode.
22550
22551 @tex
22552 \bigskip
22553 @end tex
22554
22555 Simplifications for quotients are analogous to those for products.
22556 The quotient @expr{0 / x} is simplified to @expr{0}, with the same
22557 exceptions that were noted for @expr{0 x}. Likewise, @expr{x / 1}
22558 and @expr{x / (-1)} are simplified to @expr{x} and @expr{-x},
22559 respectively.
22560
22561 The quotient @expr{x / 0} is left unsimplified or changed to an
22562 infinite quantity, as directed by the current infinite mode.
22563 @xref{Infinite Mode}.
22564
22565 The expression
22566 @texline @math{a / b^{-c}}
22567 @infoline @expr{a / b^(-c)}
22568 is changed to @expr{a b^c}, where @expr{-c} is any negative-looking
22569 power. Also, @expr{1 / b^c} is changed to
22570 @texline @math{b^{-c}}
22571 @infoline @expr{b^(-c)}
22572 for any power @expr{c}.
22573
22574 Also, @expr{(-a) / b} and @expr{a / (-b)} go to @expr{-(a/b)};
22575 @expr{(a/b) / c} goes to @expr{a / (b c)}; and @expr{a / (b/c)}
22576 goes to @expr{(a c) / b} unless Matrix mode prevents this
22577 rearrangement. Similarly, @expr{a / (b:c)} is simplified to
22578 @expr{(c:b) a} for any fraction @expr{b:c}.
22579
22580 The distributive law is applied to @expr{(a + b) / c} only if
22581 @expr{c} and at least one of @expr{a} and @expr{b} are numbers.
22582 Quotients of powers and square roots are distributed just as
22583 described for multiplication.
22584
22585 Quotients of products cancel only in the leading terms of the
22586 numerator and denominator. In other words, @expr{a x b / a y b}
22587 is cancelled to @expr{x b / y b} but not to @expr{x / y}. Once
22588 again this is because full cancellation can be slow; use @kbd{a s}
22589 to cancel all terms of the quotient.
22590
22591 Quotients of negative-looking values are simplified according
22592 to @expr{(-a) / (-b)} to @expr{a / b}, @expr{(-a) / (b - c)}
22593 to @expr{a / (c - b)}, and @expr{(a - b) / (-c)} to @expr{(b - a) / c}.
22594
22595 @tex
22596 \bigskip
22597 @end tex
22598
22599 The formula @expr{x^0} is simplified to @expr{1}, or to @samp{idn(1)}
22600 in Matrix mode. The formula @expr{0^x} is simplified to @expr{0}
22601 unless @expr{x} is a negative number, complex number or zero.
22602 If @expr{x} is negative, complex or @expr{0.0}, @expr{0^x} is an
22603 infinity or an unsimplified formula according to the current infinite
22604 mode. The expression @expr{0^0} is simplified to @expr{1}.
22605
22606 Powers of products or quotients @expr{(a b)^c}, @expr{(a/b)^c}
22607 are distributed to @expr{a^c b^c}, @expr{a^c / b^c} only if @expr{c}
22608 is an integer, or if either @expr{a} or @expr{b} are nonnegative
22609 real numbers. Powers of powers @expr{(a^b)^c} are simplified to
22610 @texline @math{a^{b c}}
22611 @infoline @expr{a^(b c)}
22612 only when @expr{c} is an integer and @expr{b c} also
22613 evaluates to an integer. Without these restrictions these simplifications
22614 would not be safe because of problems with principal values.
22615 (In other words,
22616 @texline @math{((-3)^{1/2})^2}
22617 @infoline @expr{((-3)^1:2)^2}
22618 is safe to simplify, but
22619 @texline @math{((-3)^2)^{1/2}}
22620 @infoline @expr{((-3)^2)^1:2}
22621 is not.) @xref{Declarations}, for ways to inform Calc that your
22622 variables satisfy these requirements.
22623
22624 As a special case of this rule, @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)^n} is simplified to
22625 @texline @math{x^{n/2}}
22626 @infoline @expr{x^(n/2)}
22627 only for even integers @expr{n}.
22628
22629 If @expr{a} is known to be real, @expr{b} is an even integer, and
22630 @expr{c} is a half- or quarter-integer, then @expr{(a^b)^c} is
22631 simplified to @expr{@tfn{abs}(a^(b c))}.
22632
22633 Also, @expr{(-a)^b} is simplified to @expr{a^b} if @expr{b} is an
22634 even integer, or to @expr{-(a^b)} if @expr{b} is an odd integer,
22635 for any negative-looking expression @expr{-a}.
22636
22637 Square roots @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)} generally act like one-half powers
22638 @texline @math{x^{1:2}}
22639 @infoline @expr{x^1:2}
22640 for the purposes of the above-listed simplifications.
22641
22642 Also, note that
22643 @texline @math{1 / x^{1:2}}
22644 @infoline @expr{1 / x^1:2}
22645 is changed to
22646 @texline @math{x^{-1:2}},
22647 @infoline @expr{x^(-1:2)},
22648 but @expr{1 / @tfn{sqrt}(x)} is left alone.
22649
22650 @tex
22651 \bigskip
22652 @end tex
22653
22654 Generic identity matrices (@pxref{Matrix Mode}) are simplified by the
22655 following rules: @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) + b} to @expr{a + b} if @expr{b}
22656 is provably scalar, or expanded out if @expr{b} is a matrix;
22657 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) + @tfn{idn}(b)} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(a + b)};
22658 @expr{-@tfn{idn}(a)} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(-a)}; @expr{a @tfn{idn}(b)} to
22659 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a b)} if @expr{a} is provably scalar, or to @expr{a b}
22660 if @expr{a} is provably non-scalar; @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) @tfn{idn}(b)} to
22661 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a b)}; analogous simplifications for quotients involving
22662 @code{idn}; and @expr{@tfn{idn}(a)^n} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(a^n)} where
22663 @expr{n} is an integer.
22664
22665 @tex
22666 \bigskip
22667 @end tex
22668
22669 The @code{floor} function and other integer truncation functions
22670 vanish if the argument is provably integer-valued, so that
22671 @expr{@tfn{floor}(@tfn{round}(x))} simplifies to @expr{@tfn{round}(x)}.
22672 Also, combinations of @code{float}, @code{floor} and its friends,
22673 and @code{ffloor} and its friends, are simplified in appropriate
22674 ways. @xref{Integer Truncation}.
22675
22676 The expression @expr{@tfn{abs}(-x)} changes to @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)}.
22677 The expression @expr{@tfn{abs}(@tfn{abs}(x))} changes to
22678 @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)}; in fact, @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)} changes to @expr{x} or
22679 @expr{-x} if @expr{x} is provably nonnegative or nonpositive
22680 (@pxref{Declarations}).
22681
22682 While most functions do not recognize the variable @code{i} as an
22683 imaginary number, the @code{arg} function does handle the two cases
22684 @expr{@tfn{arg}(@tfn{i})} and @expr{@tfn{arg}(-@tfn{i})} just for convenience.
22685
22686 The expression @expr{@tfn{conj}(@tfn{conj}(x))} simplifies to @expr{x}.
22687 Various other expressions involving @code{conj}, @code{re}, and
22688 @code{im} are simplified, especially if some of the arguments are
22689 provably real or involve the constant @code{i}. For example,
22690 @expr{@tfn{conj}(a + b i)} is changed to
22691 @expr{@tfn{conj}(a) - @tfn{conj}(b) i}, or to @expr{a - b i} if @expr{a}
22692 and @expr{b} are known to be real.
22693
22694 Functions like @code{sin} and @code{arctan} generally don't have
22695 any default simplifications beyond simply evaluating the functions
22696 for suitable numeric arguments and infinity. The @kbd{a s} command
22697 described in the next section does provide some simplifications for
22698 these functions, though.
22699
22700 One important simplification that does occur is that
22701 @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e})} is simplified to 1, and @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e}^x)} is
22702 simplified to @expr{x} for any @expr{x}. This occurs even if you have
22703 stored a different value in the Calc variable @samp{e}; but this would
22704 be a bad idea in any case if you were also using natural logarithms!
22705
22706 Among the logical functions, @tfn{!(@var{a} <= @var{b})} changes to
22707 @tfn{@var{a} > @var{b}} and so on. Equations and inequalities where both sides
22708 are either negative-looking or zero are simplified by negating both sides
22709 and reversing the inequality. While it might seem reasonable to simplify
22710 @expr{!!x} to @expr{x}, this would not be valid in general because
22711 @expr{!!2} is 1, not 2.
22712
22713 Most other Calc functions have few if any default simplifications
22714 defined, aside of course from evaluation when the arguments are
22715 suitable numbers.
22716
22717 @node Algebraic Simplifications, Unsafe Simplifications, Default Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22718 @subsection Algebraic Simplifications
22719
22720 @noindent
22721 @cindex Algebraic simplifications
22722 The @kbd{a s} command makes simplifications that may be too slow to
22723 do all the time, or that may not be desirable all of the time.
22724 If you find these simplifications are worthwhile, you can type
22725 @kbd{m A} to have Calc apply them automatically.
22726
22727 This section describes all simplifications that are performed by
22728 the @kbd{a s} command. Note that these occur in addition to the
22729 default simplifications; even if the default simplifications have
22730 been turned off by an @kbd{m O} command, @kbd{a s} will turn them
22731 back on temporarily while it simplifies the formula.
22732
22733 There is a variable, @code{AlgSimpRules}, in which you can put rewrites
22734 to be applied by @kbd{a s}. Its use is analogous to @code{EvalRules},
22735 but without the special restrictions. Basically, the simplifier does
22736 @samp{@w{a r} AlgSimpRules} with an infinite repeat count on the whole
22737 expression being simplified, then it traverses the expression applying
22738 the built-in rules described below. If the result is different from
22739 the original expression, the process repeats with the default
22740 simplifications (including @code{EvalRules}), then @code{AlgSimpRules},
22741 then the built-in simplifications, and so on.
22742
22743 @tex
22744 \bigskip
22745 @end tex
22746
22747 Sums are simplified in two ways. Constant terms are commuted to the
22748 end of the sum, so that @expr{a + 2 + b} changes to @expr{a + b + 2}.
22749 The only exception is that a constant will not be commuted away
22750 from the first position of a difference, i.e., @expr{2 - x} is not
22751 commuted to @expr{-x + 2}.
22752
22753 Also, terms of sums are combined by the distributive law, as in
22754 @expr{x + y + 2 x} to @expr{y + 3 x}. This always occurs for
22755 adjacent terms, but @kbd{a s} compares all pairs of terms including
22756 non-adjacent ones.
22757
22758 @tex
22759 \bigskip
22760 @end tex
22761
22762 Products are sorted into a canonical order using the commutative
22763 law. For example, @expr{b c a} is commuted to @expr{a b c}.
22764 This allows easier comparison of products; for example, the default
22765 simplifications will not change @expr{x y + y x} to @expr{2 x y},
22766 but @kbd{a s} will; it first rewrites the sum to @expr{x y + x y},
22767 and then the default simplifications are able to recognize a sum
22768 of identical terms.
22769
22770 The canonical ordering used to sort terms of products has the
22771 property that real-valued numbers, interval forms and infinities
22772 come first, and are sorted into increasing order. The @kbd{V S}
22773 command uses the same ordering when sorting a vector.
22774
22775 Sorting of terms of products is inhibited when Matrix mode is
22776 turned on; in this case, Calc will never exchange the order of
22777 two terms unless it knows at least one of the terms is a scalar.
22778
22779 Products of powers are distributed by comparing all pairs of
22780 terms, using the same method that the default simplifications
22781 use for adjacent terms of products.
22782
22783 Even though sums are not sorted, the commutative law is still
22784 taken into account when terms of a product are being compared.
22785 Thus @expr{(x + y) (y + x)} will be simplified to @expr{(x + y)^2}.
22786 A subtle point is that @expr{(x - y) (y - x)} will @emph{not}
22787 be simplified to @expr{-(x - y)^2}; Calc does not notice that
22788 one term can be written as a constant times the other, even if
22789 that constant is @mathit{-1}.
22790
22791 A fraction times any expression, @expr{(a:b) x}, is changed to
22792 a quotient involving integers: @expr{a x / b}. This is not
22793 done for floating-point numbers like @expr{0.5}, however. This
22794 is one reason why you may find it convenient to turn Fraction mode
22795 on while doing algebra; @pxref{Fraction Mode}.
22796
22797 @tex
22798 \bigskip
22799 @end tex
22800
22801 Quotients are simplified by comparing all terms in the numerator
22802 with all terms in the denominator for possible cancellation using
22803 the distributive law. For example, @expr{a x^2 b / c x^3 d} will
22804 cancel @expr{x^2} from the top and bottom to get @expr{a b / c x d}.
22805 (The terms in the denominator will then be rearranged to @expr{c d x}
22806 as described above.) If there is any common integer or fractional
22807 factor in the numerator and denominator, it is cancelled out;
22808 for example, @expr{(4 x + 6) / 8 x} simplifies to @expr{(2 x + 3) / 4 x}.
22809
22810 Non-constant common factors are not found even by @kbd{a s}. To
22811 cancel the factor @expr{a} in @expr{(a x + a) / a^2} you could first
22812 use @kbd{j M} on the product @expr{a x} to Merge the numerator to
22813 @expr{a (1+x)}, which can then be simplified successfully.
22814
22815 @tex
22816 \bigskip
22817 @end tex
22818
22819 Integer powers of the variable @code{i} are simplified according
22820 to the identity @expr{i^2 = -1}. If you store a new value other
22821 than the complex number @expr{(0,1)} in @code{i}, this simplification
22822 will no longer occur. This is done by @kbd{a s} instead of by default
22823 in case someone (unwisely) uses the name @code{i} for a variable
22824 unrelated to complex numbers; it would be unfortunate if Calc
22825 quietly and automatically changed this formula for reasons the
22826 user might not have been thinking of.
22827
22828 Square roots of integer or rational arguments are simplified in
22829 several ways. (Note that these will be left unevaluated only in
22830 Symbolic mode.) First, square integer or rational factors are
22831 pulled out so that @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(8)} is rewritten as
22832 @texline @math{2\,@tfn{sqrt}(2)}.
22833 @infoline @expr{2 sqrt(2)}.
22834 Conceptually speaking this implies factoring the argument into primes
22835 and moving pairs of primes out of the square root, but for reasons of
22836 efficiency Calc only looks for primes up to 29.
22837
22838 Square roots in the denominator of a quotient are moved to the
22839 numerator: @expr{1 / @tfn{sqrt}(3)} changes to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(3) / 3}.
22840 The same effect occurs for the square root of a fraction:
22841 @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(2:3)} changes to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(6) / 3}.
22842
22843 @tex
22844 \bigskip
22845 @end tex
22846
22847 The @code{%} (modulo) operator is simplified in several ways
22848 when the modulus @expr{M} is a positive real number. First, if
22849 the argument is of the form @expr{x + n} for some real number
22850 @expr{n}, then @expr{n} is itself reduced modulo @expr{M}. For
22851 example, @samp{(x - 23) % 10} is simplified to @samp{(x + 7) % 10}.
22852
22853 If the argument is multiplied by a constant, and this constant
22854 has a common integer divisor with the modulus, then this factor is
22855 cancelled out. For example, @samp{12 x % 15} is changed to
22856 @samp{3 (4 x % 5)} by factoring out 3. Also, @samp{(12 x + 1) % 15}
22857 is changed to @samp{3 ((4 x + 1:3) % 5)}. While these forms may
22858 not seem ``simpler,'' they allow Calc to discover useful information
22859 about modulo forms in the presence of declarations.
22860
22861 If the modulus is 1, then Calc can use @code{int} declarations to
22862 evaluate the expression. For example, the idiom @samp{x % 2} is
22863 often used to check whether a number is odd or even. As described
22864 above, @w{@samp{2 n % 2}} and @samp{(2 n + 1) % 2} are simplified to
22865 @samp{2 (n % 1)} and @samp{2 ((n + 1:2) % 1)}, respectively; Calc
22866 can simplify these to 0 and 1 (respectively) if @code{n} has been
22867 declared to be an integer.
22868
22869 @tex
22870 \bigskip
22871 @end tex
22872
22873 Trigonometric functions are simplified in several ways. Whenever a
22874 products of two trigonometric functions can be replaced by a single
22875 function, the replacement is made; for example,
22876 @expr{@tfn{tan}(x) @tfn{cos}(x)} is simplified to @expr{@tfn{sin}(x)}.
22877 Reciprocals of trigonometric functions are replaced by their reciprocal
22878 function; for example, @expr{1/@tfn{sec}(x)} is simplified to
22879 @expr{@tfn{cos}(x)}. The corresponding simplifications for the
22880 hyperbolic functions are also handled.
22881
22882 Trigonometric functions of their inverse functions are
22883 simplified. The expression @expr{@tfn{sin}(@tfn{arcsin}(x))} is
22884 simplified to @expr{x}, and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
22885 Trigonometric functions of inverses of different trigonometric
22886 functions can also be simplified, as in @expr{@tfn{sin}(@tfn{arccos}(x))}
22887 to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(1 - x^2)}.
22888
22889 If the argument to @code{sin} is negative-looking, it is simplified to
22890 @expr{-@tfn{sin}(x)}, and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
22891 Finally, certain special values of the argument are recognized;
22892 @pxref{Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions}.
22893
22894 Hyperbolic functions of their inverses and of negative-looking
22895 arguments are also handled, as are exponentials of inverse
22896 hyperbolic functions.
22897
22898 No simplifications for inverse trigonometric and hyperbolic
22899 functions are known, except for negative arguments of @code{arcsin},
22900 @code{arctan}, @code{arcsinh}, and @code{arctanh}. Note that
22901 @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{sin}(x))} can @emph{not} safely change to
22902 @expr{x}, since this only correct within an integer multiple of
22903 @texline @math{2 \pi}
22904 @infoline @expr{2 pi}
22905 radians or 360 degrees. However, @expr{@tfn{arcsinh}(@tfn{sinh}(x))} is
22906 simplified to @expr{x} if @expr{x} is known to be real.
22907
22908 Several simplifications that apply to logarithms and exponentials
22909 are that @expr{@tfn{exp}(@tfn{ln}(x))},
22910 @texline @tfn{e}@math{^{\ln(x)}},
22911 @infoline @expr{e^@tfn{ln}(x)},
22912 and
22913 @texline @math{10^{{\rm log10}(x)}}
22914 @infoline @expr{10^@tfn{log10}(x)}
22915 all reduce to @expr{x}. Also, @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{exp}(x))}, etc., can
22916 reduce to @expr{x} if @expr{x} is provably real. The form
22917 @expr{@tfn{exp}(x)^y} is simplified to @expr{@tfn{exp}(x y)}. If @expr{x}
22918 is a suitable multiple of
22919 @texline @math{\pi i}
22920 @infoline @expr{pi i}
22921 (as described above for the trigonometric functions), then
22922 @expr{@tfn{exp}(x)} or @expr{e^x} will be expanded. Finally,
22923 @expr{@tfn{ln}(x)} is simplified to a form involving @code{pi} and
22924 @code{i} where @expr{x} is provably negative, positive imaginary, or
22925 negative imaginary.
22926
22927 The error functions @code{erf} and @code{erfc} are simplified when
22928 their arguments are negative-looking or are calls to the @code{conj}
22929 function.
22930
22931 @tex
22932 \bigskip
22933 @end tex
22934
22935 Equations and inequalities are simplified by cancelling factors
22936 of products, quotients, or sums on both sides. Inequalities
22937 change sign if a negative multiplicative factor is cancelled.
22938 Non-constant multiplicative factors as in @expr{a b = a c} are
22939 cancelled from equations only if they are provably nonzero (generally
22940 because they were declared so; @pxref{Declarations}). Factors
22941 are cancelled from inequalities only if they are nonzero and their
22942 sign is known.
22943
22944 Simplification also replaces an equation or inequality with
22945 1 or 0 (``true'' or ``false'') if it can through the use of
22946 declarations. If @expr{x} is declared to be an integer greater
22947 than 5, then @expr{x < 3}, @expr{x = 3}, and @expr{x = 7.5} are
22948 all simplified to 0, but @expr{x > 3} is simplified to 1.
22949 By a similar analysis, @expr{abs(x) >= 0} is simplified to 1,
22950 as is @expr{x^2 >= 0} if @expr{x} is known to be real.
22951
22952 @node Unsafe Simplifications, Simplification of Units, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22953 @subsection ``Unsafe'' Simplifications
22954
22955 @noindent
22956 @cindex Unsafe simplifications
22957 @cindex Extended simplification
22958 @kindex a e
22959 @pindex calc-simplify-extended
22960 @ignore
22961 @mindex esimpl@idots
22962 @end ignore
22963 @tindex esimplify
22964 The @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) [@code{esimplify}] command
22965 is like @kbd{a s}
22966 except that it applies some additional simplifications which are not
22967 ``safe'' in all cases. Use this only if you know the values in your
22968 formula lie in the restricted ranges for which these simplifications
22969 are valid. The symbolic integrator uses @kbd{a e};
22970 one effect of this is that the integrator's results must be used with
22971 caution. Where an integral table will often attach conditions like
22972 ``for positive @expr{a} only,'' Calc (like most other symbolic
22973 integration programs) will simply produce an unqualified result.
22974
22975 Because @kbd{a e}'s simplifications are unsafe, it is sometimes better
22976 to type @kbd{C-u -3 a v}, which does extended simplification only
22977 on the top level of the formula without affecting the sub-formulas.
22978 In fact, @kbd{C-u -3 j v} allows you to target extended simplification
22979 to any specific part of a formula.
22980
22981 The variable @code{ExtSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22982 the @kbd{a e} command. These are applied in addition to
22983 @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. (The @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
22984 step described above is simply followed by an @kbd{a r ExtSimpRules} step.)
22985
22986 Following is a complete list of ``unsafe'' simplifications performed
22987 by @kbd{a e}.
22988
22989 @tex
22990 \bigskip
22991 @end tex
22992
22993 Inverse trigonometric or hyperbolic functions, called with their
22994 corresponding non-inverse functions as arguments, are simplified
22995 by @kbd{a e}. For example, @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{sin}(x))} changes
22996 to @expr{x}. Also, @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{cos}(x))} and
22997 @expr{@tfn{arccos}(@tfn{sin}(x))} both change to @expr{@tfn{pi}/2 - x}.
22998 These simplifications are unsafe because they are valid only for
22999 values of @expr{x} in a certain range; outside that range, values
23000 are folded down to the 360-degree range that the inverse trigonometric
23001 functions always produce.
23002
23003 Powers of powers @expr{(x^a)^b} are simplified to
23004 @texline @math{x^{a b}}
23005 @infoline @expr{x^(a b)}
23006 for all @expr{a} and @expr{b}. These results will be valid only
23007 in a restricted range of @expr{x}; for example, in
23008 @texline @math{(x^2)^{1:2}}
23009 @infoline @expr{(x^2)^1:2}
23010 the powers cancel to get @expr{x}, which is valid for positive values
23011 of @expr{x} but not for negative or complex values.
23012
23013 Similarly, @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x^a)} and @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)^a} are both
23014 simplified (possibly unsafely) to
23015 @texline @math{x^{a/2}}.
23016 @infoline @expr{x^(a/2)}.
23017
23018 Forms like @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(1 - sin(x)^2)} are simplified to, e.g.,
23019 @expr{@tfn{cos}(x)}. Calc has identities of this sort for @code{sin},
23020 @code{cos}, @code{tan}, @code{sinh}, and @code{cosh}.
23021
23022 Arguments of square roots are partially factored to look for
23023 squared terms that can be extracted. For example,
23024 @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(a^2 b^3 + a^3 b^2)} simplifies to
23025 @expr{a b @tfn{sqrt}(a+b)}.
23026
23027 The simplifications of @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{exp}(x))},
23028 @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e}^x)}, and @expr{@tfn{log10}(10^x)} to @expr{x} are also
23029 unsafe because of problems with principal values (although these
23030 simplifications are safe if @expr{x} is known to be real).
23031
23032 Common factors are cancelled from products on both sides of an
23033 equation, even if those factors may be zero: @expr{a x / b x}
23034 to @expr{a / b}. Such factors are never cancelled from
23035 inequalities: Even @kbd{a e} is not bold enough to reduce
23036 @expr{a x < b x} to @expr{a < b} (or @expr{a > b}, depending
23037 on whether you believe @expr{x} is positive or negative).
23038 The @kbd{a M /} command can be used to divide a factor out of
23039 both sides of an inequality.
23040
23041 @node Simplification of Units, , Unsafe Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
23042 @subsection Simplification of Units
23043
23044 @noindent
23045 The simplifications described in this section are applied by the
23046 @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command. These are in addition
23047 to the regular @kbd{a s} (but not @kbd{a e}) simplifications described
23048 earlier. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
23049
23050 The variable @code{UnitSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
23051 the @kbd{u s} command. These are applied in addition to @code{EvalRules}
23052 and @code{AlgSimpRules}.
23053
23054 Scalar mode is automatically put into effect when simplifying units.
23055 @xref{Matrix Mode}.
23056
23057 Sums @expr{a + b} involving units are simplified by extracting the
23058 units of @expr{a} as if by the @kbd{u x} command (call the result
23059 @expr{u_a}), then simplifying the expression @expr{b / u_a}
23060 using @kbd{u b} and @kbd{u s}. If the result has units then the sum
23061 is inconsistent and is left alone. Otherwise, it is rewritten
23062 in terms of the units @expr{u_a}.
23063
23064 If units auto-ranging mode is enabled, products or quotients in
23065 which the first argument is a number which is out of range for the
23066 leading unit are modified accordingly.
23067
23068 When cancelling and combining units in products and quotients,
23069 Calc accounts for unit names that differ only in the prefix letter.
23070 For example, @samp{2 km m} is simplified to @samp{2000 m^2}.
23071 However, compatible but different units like @code{ft} and @code{in}
23072 are not combined in this way.
23073
23074 Quotients @expr{a / b} are simplified in three additional ways. First,
23075 if @expr{b} is a number or a product beginning with a number, Calc
23076 computes the reciprocal of this number and moves it to the numerator.
23077
23078 Second, for each pair of unit names from the numerator and denominator
23079 of a quotient, if the units are compatible (e.g., they are both
23080 units of area) then they are replaced by the ratio between those
23081 units. For example, in @samp{3 s in N / kg cm} the units
23082 @samp{in / cm} will be replaced by @expr{2.54}.
23083
23084 Third, if the units in the quotient exactly cancel out, so that
23085 a @kbd{u b} command on the quotient would produce a dimensionless
23086 number for an answer, then the quotient simplifies to that number.
23087
23088 For powers and square roots, the ``unsafe'' simplifications
23089 @expr{(a b)^c} to @expr{a^c b^c}, @expr{(a/b)^c} to @expr{a^c / b^c},
23090 and @expr{(a^b)^c} to
23091 @texline @math{a^{b c}}
23092 @infoline @expr{a^(b c)}
23093 are done if the powers are real numbers. (These are safe in the context
23094 of units because all numbers involved can reasonably be assumed to be
23095 real.)
23096
23097 Also, if a unit name is raised to a fractional power, and the
23098 base units in that unit name all occur to powers which are a
23099 multiple of the denominator of the power, then the unit name
23100 is expanded out into its base units, which can then be simplified
23101 according to the previous paragraph. For example, @samp{acre^1.5}
23102 is simplified by noting that @expr{1.5 = 3:2}, that @samp{acre}
23103 is defined in terms of @samp{m^2}, and that the 2 in the power of
23104 @code{m} is a multiple of 2 in @expr{3:2}. Thus, @code{acre^1.5} is
23105 replaced by approximately
23106 @texline @math{(4046 m^2)^{1.5}}
23107 @infoline @expr{(4046 m^2)^1.5},
23108 which is then changed to
23109 @texline @math{4046^{1.5} \, (m^2)^{1.5}},
23110 @infoline @expr{4046^1.5 (m^2)^1.5},
23111 then to @expr{257440 m^3}.
23112
23113 The functions @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{clean}, @code{abs},
23114 as well as @code{floor} and the other integer truncation functions,
23115 applied to unit names or products or quotients involving units, are
23116 simplified. For example, @samp{round(1.6 in)} is changed to
23117 @samp{round(1.6) round(in)}; the lefthand term evaluates to 2,
23118 and the righthand term simplifies to @code{in}.
23119
23120 The functions @code{sin}, @code{cos}, and @code{tan} with arguments
23121 that have angular units like @code{rad} or @code{arcmin} are
23122 simplified by converting to base units (radians), then evaluating
23123 with the angular mode temporarily set to radians.
23124
23125 @node Polynomials, Calculus, Simplifying Formulas, Algebra
23126 @section Polynomials
23127
23128 A @dfn{polynomial} is a sum of terms which are coefficients times
23129 various powers of a ``base'' variable. For example, @expr{2 x^2 + 3 x - 4}
23130 is a polynomial in @expr{x}. Some formulas can be considered
23131 polynomials in several different variables: @expr{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2}
23132 is a polynomial in both @expr{x} and @expr{y}. Polynomial coefficients
23133 are often numbers, but they may in general be any formulas not
23134 involving the base variable.
23135
23136 @kindex a f
23137 @pindex calc-factor
23138 @tindex factor
23139 The @kbd{a f} (@code{calc-factor}) [@code{factor}] command factors a
23140 polynomial into a product of terms. For example, the polynomial
23141 @expr{x^3 + 2 x^2 + x} is factored into @samp{x*(x+1)^2}. As another
23142 example, @expr{a c + b d + b c + a d} is factored into the product
23143 @expr{(a + b) (c + d)}.
23144
23145 Calc currently has three algorithms for factoring. Formulas which are
23146 linear in several variables, such as the second example above, are
23147 merged according to the distributive law. Formulas which are
23148 polynomials in a single variable, with constant integer or fractional
23149 coefficients, are factored into irreducible linear and/or quadratic
23150 terms. The first example above factors into three linear terms
23151 (@expr{x}, @expr{x+1}, and @expr{x+1} again). Finally, formulas
23152 which do not fit the above criteria are handled by the algebraic
23153 rewrite mechanism.
23154
23155 Calc's polynomial factorization algorithm works by using the general
23156 root-finding command (@w{@kbd{a P}}) to solve for the roots of the
23157 polynomial. It then looks for roots which are rational numbers
23158 or complex-conjugate pairs, and converts these into linear and
23159 quadratic terms, respectively. Because it uses floating-point
23160 arithmetic, it may be unable to find terms that involve large
23161 integers (whose number of digits approaches the current precision).
23162 Also, irreducible factors of degree higher than quadratic are not
23163 found, and polynomials in more than one variable are not treated.
23164 (A more robust factorization algorithm may be included in a future
23165 version of Calc.)
23166
23167 @vindex FactorRules
23168 @ignore
23169 @starindex
23170 @end ignore
23171 @tindex thecoefs
23172 @ignore
23173 @starindex
23174 @end ignore
23175 @ignore
23176 @mindex @idots
23177 @end ignore
23178 @tindex thefactors
23179 The rewrite-based factorization method uses rules stored in the variable
23180 @code{FactorRules}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of the
23181 operation of rewrite rules. The default @code{FactorRules} are able
23182 to factor quadratic forms symbolically into two linear terms,
23183 @expr{(a x + b) (c x + d)}. You can edit these rules to include other
23184 cases if you wish. To use the rules, Calc builds the formula
23185 @samp{thecoefs(x, [a, b, c, ...])} where @code{x} is the polynomial
23186 base variable and @code{a}, @code{b}, etc., are polynomial coefficients
23187 (which may be numbers or formulas). The constant term is written first,
23188 i.e., in the @code{a} position. When the rules complete, they should have
23189 changed the formula into the form @samp{thefactors(x, [f1, f2, f3, ...])}
23190 where each @code{fi} should be a factored term, e.g., @samp{x - ai}.
23191 Calc then multiplies these terms together to get the complete
23192 factored form of the polynomial. If the rules do not change the
23193 @code{thecoefs} call to a @code{thefactors} call, @kbd{a f} leaves the
23194 polynomial alone on the assumption that it is unfactorable. (Note that
23195 the function names @code{thecoefs} and @code{thefactors} are used only
23196 as placeholders; there are no actual Calc functions by those names.)
23197
23198 @kindex H a f
23199 @tindex factors
23200 The @kbd{H a f} [@code{factors}] command also factors a polynomial,
23201 but it returns a list of factors instead of an expression which is the
23202 product of the factors. Each factor is represented by a sub-vector
23203 of the factor, and the power with which it appears. For example,
23204 @expr{x^5 + x^4 - 33 x^3 + 63 x^2} factors to @expr{(x + 7) x^2 (x - 3)^2}
23205 in @kbd{a f}, or to @expr{[ [x, 2], [x+7, 1], [x-3, 2] ]} in @kbd{H a f}.
23206 If there is an overall numeric factor, it always comes first in the list.
23207 The functions @code{factor} and @code{factors} allow a second argument
23208 when written in algebraic form; @samp{factor(x,v)} factors @expr{x} with
23209 respect to the specific variable @expr{v}. The default is to factor with
23210 respect to all the variables that appear in @expr{x}.
23211
23212 @kindex a c
23213 @pindex calc-collect
23214 @tindex collect
23215 The @kbd{a c} (@code{calc-collect}) [@code{collect}] command rearranges a
23216 formula as a
23217 polynomial in a given variable, ordered in decreasing powers of that
23218 variable. For example, given @expr{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2} on
23219 the stack, @kbd{a c x} would produce @expr{(2 + 4 y^2) x + (1 + 3 y)},
23220 and @kbd{a c y} would produce @expr{(4 x) y^2 + 3 y + (1 + 2 x)}.
23221 The polynomial will be expanded out using the distributive law as
23222 necessary: Collecting @expr{x} in @expr{(x - 1)^3} produces
23223 @expr{x^3 - 3 x^2 + 3 x - 1}. Terms not involving @expr{x} will
23224 not be expanded.
23225
23226 The ``variable'' you specify at the prompt can actually be any
23227 expression: @kbd{a c ln(x+1)} will collect together all terms multiplied
23228 by @samp{ln(x+1)} or integer powers thereof. If @samp{x} also appears
23229 in the formula in a context other than @samp{ln(x+1)}, @kbd{a c} will
23230 treat those occurrences as unrelated to @samp{ln(x+1)}, i.e., as constants.
23231
23232 @kindex a x
23233 @pindex calc-expand
23234 @tindex expand
23235 The @kbd{a x} (@code{calc-expand}) [@code{expand}] command expands an
23236 expression by applying the distributive law everywhere. It applies to
23237 products, quotients, and powers involving sums. By default, it fully
23238 distributes all parts of the expression. With a numeric prefix argument,
23239 the distributive law is applied only the specified number of times, then
23240 the partially expanded expression is left on the stack.
23241
23242 The @kbd{a x} and @kbd{j D} commands are somewhat redundant. Use
23243 @kbd{a x} if you want to expand all products of sums in your formula.
23244 Use @kbd{j D} if you want to expand a particular specified term of
23245 the formula. There is an exactly analogous correspondence between
23246 @kbd{a f} and @kbd{j M}. (The @kbd{j D} and @kbd{j M} commands
23247 also know many other kinds of expansions, such as
23248 @samp{exp(a + b) = exp(a) exp(b)}, which @kbd{a x} and @kbd{a f}
23249 do not do.)
23250
23251 Calc's automatic simplifications will sometimes reverse a partial
23252 expansion. For example, the first step in expanding @expr{(x+1)^3} is
23253 to write @expr{(x+1) (x+1)^2}. If @kbd{a x} stops there and tries
23254 to put this formula onto the stack, though, Calc will automatically
23255 simplify it back to @expr{(x+1)^3} form. The solution is to turn
23256 simplification off first (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), or to run
23257 @kbd{a x} without a numeric prefix argument so that it expands all
23258 the way in one step.
23259
23260 @kindex a a
23261 @pindex calc-apart
23262 @tindex apart
23263 The @kbd{a a} (@code{calc-apart}) [@code{apart}] command expands a
23264 rational function by partial fractions. A rational function is the
23265 quotient of two polynomials; @code{apart} pulls this apart into a
23266 sum of rational functions with simple denominators. In algebraic
23267 notation, the @code{apart} function allows a second argument that
23268 specifies which variable to use as the ``base''; by default, Calc
23269 chooses the base variable automatically.
23270
23271 @kindex a n
23272 @pindex calc-normalize-rat
23273 @tindex nrat
23274 The @kbd{a n} (@code{calc-normalize-rat}) [@code{nrat}] command
23275 attempts to arrange a formula into a quotient of two polynomials.
23276 For example, given @expr{1 + (a + b/c) / d}, the result would be
23277 @expr{(b + a c + c d) / c d}. The quotient is reduced, so that
23278 @kbd{a n} will simplify @expr{(x^2 + 2x + 1) / (x^2 - 1)} by dividing
23279 out the common factor @expr{x + 1}, yielding @expr{(x + 1) / (x - 1)}.
23280
23281 @kindex a \
23282 @pindex calc-poly-div
23283 @tindex pdiv
23284 The @kbd{a \} (@code{calc-poly-div}) [@code{pdiv}] command divides
23285 two polynomials @expr{u} and @expr{v}, yielding a new polynomial
23286 @expr{q}. If several variables occur in the inputs, the inputs are
23287 considered multivariate polynomials. (Calc divides by the variable
23288 with the largest power in @expr{u} first, or, in the case of equal
23289 powers, chooses the variables in alphabetical order.) For example,
23290 dividing @expr{x^2 + 3 x + 2} by @expr{x + 2} yields @expr{x + 1}.
23291 The remainder from the division, if any, is reported at the bottom
23292 of the screen and is also placed in the Trail along with the quotient.
23293
23294 Using @code{pdiv} in algebraic notation, you can specify the particular
23295 variable to be used as the base: @code{pdiv(@var{a},@var{b},@var{x})}.
23296 If @code{pdiv} is given only two arguments (as is always the case with
23297 the @kbd{a \} command), then it does a multivariate division as outlined
23298 above.
23299
23300 @kindex a %
23301 @pindex calc-poly-rem
23302 @tindex prem
23303 The @kbd{a %} (@code{calc-poly-rem}) [@code{prem}] command divides
23304 two polynomials and keeps the remainder @expr{r}. The quotient
23305 @expr{q} is discarded. For any formulas @expr{a} and @expr{b}, the
23306 results of @kbd{a \} and @kbd{a %} satisfy @expr{a = q b + r}.
23307 (This is analogous to plain @kbd{\} and @kbd{%}, which compute the
23308 integer quotient and remainder from dividing two numbers.)
23309
23310 @kindex a /
23311 @kindex H a /
23312 @pindex calc-poly-div-rem
23313 @tindex pdivrem
23314 @tindex pdivide
23315 The @kbd{a /} (@code{calc-poly-div-rem}) [@code{pdivrem}] command
23316 divides two polynomials and reports both the quotient and the
23317 remainder as a vector @expr{[q, r]}. The @kbd{H a /} [@code{pdivide}]
23318 command divides two polynomials and constructs the formula
23319 @expr{q + r/b} on the stack. (Naturally if the remainder is zero,
23320 this will immediately simplify to @expr{q}.)
23321
23322 @kindex a g
23323 @pindex calc-poly-gcd
23324 @tindex pgcd
23325 The @kbd{a g} (@code{calc-poly-gcd}) [@code{pgcd}] command computes
23326 the greatest common divisor of two polynomials. (The GCD actually
23327 is unique only to within a constant multiplier; Calc attempts to
23328 choose a GCD which will be unsurprising.) For example, the @kbd{a n}
23329 command uses @kbd{a g} to take the GCD of the numerator and denominator
23330 of a quotient, then divides each by the result using @kbd{a \}. (The
23331 definition of GCD ensures that this division can take place without
23332 leaving a remainder.)
23333
23334 While the polynomials used in operations like @kbd{a /} and @kbd{a g}
23335 often have integer coefficients, this is not required. Calc can also
23336 deal with polynomials over the rationals or floating-point reals.
23337 Polynomials with modulo-form coefficients are also useful in many
23338 applications; if you enter @samp{(x^2 + 3 x - 1) mod 5}, Calc
23339 automatically transforms this into a polynomial over the field of
23340 integers mod 5: @samp{(1 mod 5) x^2 + (3 mod 5) x + (4 mod 5)}.
23341
23342 Congratulations and thanks go to Ove Ewerlid
23343 (@code{ewerlid@@mizar.DoCS.UU.SE}), who contributed many of the
23344 polynomial routines used in the above commands.
23345
23346 @xref{Decomposing Polynomials}, for several useful functions for
23347 extracting the individual coefficients of a polynomial.
23348
23349 @node Calculus, Solving Equations, Polynomials, Algebra
23350 @section Calculus
23351
23352 @noindent
23353 The following calculus commands do not automatically simplify their
23354 inputs or outputs using @code{calc-simplify}. You may find it helps
23355 to do this by hand by typing @kbd{a s} or @kbd{a e}. It may also help
23356 to use @kbd{a x} and/or @kbd{a c} to arrange a result in the most
23357 readable way.
23358
23359 @menu
23360 * Differentiation::
23361 * Integration::
23362 * Customizing the Integrator::
23363 * Numerical Integration::
23364 * Taylor Series::
23365 @end menu
23366
23367 @node Differentiation, Integration, Calculus, Calculus
23368 @subsection Differentiation
23369
23370 @noindent
23371 @kindex a d
23372 @kindex H a d
23373 @pindex calc-derivative
23374 @tindex deriv
23375 @tindex tderiv
23376 The @kbd{a d} (@code{calc-derivative}) [@code{deriv}] command computes
23377 the derivative of the expression on the top of the stack with respect to
23378 some variable, which it will prompt you to enter. Normally, variables
23379 in the formula other than the specified differentiation variable are
23380 considered constant, i.e., @samp{deriv(y,x)} is reduced to zero. With
23381 the Hyperbolic flag, the @code{tderiv} (total derivative) operation is used
23382 instead, in which derivatives of variables are not reduced to zero
23383 unless those variables are known to be ``constant,'' i.e., independent
23384 of any other variables. (The built-in special variables like @code{pi}
23385 are considered constant, as are variables that have been declared
23386 @code{const}; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23387
23388 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, this command computes the
23389 @var{n}th derivative.
23390
23391 When working with trigonometric functions, it is best to switch to
23392 Radians mode first (with @w{@kbd{m r}}). The derivative of @samp{sin(x)}
23393 in degrees is @samp{(pi/180) cos(x)}, probably not the expected
23394 answer!
23395
23396 If you use the @code{deriv} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23397 you can write @samp{deriv(f,x,x0)} which represents the derivative
23398 of @expr{f} with respect to @expr{x}, evaluated at the point
23399 @texline @math{x=x_0}.
23400 @infoline @expr{x=x0}.
23401
23402 If the formula being differentiated contains functions which Calc does
23403 not know, the derivatives of those functions are produced by adding
23404 primes (apostrophe characters). For example, @samp{deriv(f(2x), x)}
23405 produces @samp{2 f'(2 x)}, where the function @code{f'} represents the
23406 derivative of @code{f}.
23407
23408 For functions you have defined with the @kbd{Z F} command, Calc expands
23409 the functions according to their defining formulas unless you have
23410 also defined @code{f'} suitably. For example, suppose we define
23411 @samp{sinc(x) = sin(x)/x} using @kbd{Z F}. If we then differentiate
23412 the formula @samp{sinc(2 x)}, the formula will be expanded to
23413 @samp{sin(2 x) / (2 x)} and differentiated. However, if we also
23414 define @samp{sinc'(x) = dsinc(x)}, say, then Calc will write the
23415 result as @samp{2 dsinc(2 x)}. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
23416
23417 For multi-argument functions @samp{f(x,y,z)}, the derivative with respect
23418 to the first argument is written @samp{f'(x,y,z)}; derivatives with
23419 respect to the other arguments are @samp{f'2(x,y,z)} and @samp{f'3(x,y,z)}.
23420 Various higher-order derivatives can be formed in the obvious way, e.g.,
23421 @samp{f'@var{}'(x)} (the second derivative of @code{f}) or
23422 @samp{f'@var{}'2'3(x,y,z)} (@code{f} differentiated with respect to each
23423 argument once).
23424
23425 @node Integration, Customizing the Integrator, Differentiation, Calculus
23426 @subsection Integration
23427
23428 @noindent
23429 @kindex a i
23430 @pindex calc-integral
23431 @tindex integ
23432 The @kbd{a i} (@code{calc-integral}) [@code{integ}] command computes the
23433 indefinite integral of the expression on the top of the stack with
23434 respect to a prompted-for variable. The integrator is not guaranteed to
23435 work for all integrable functions, but it is able to integrate several
23436 large classes of formulas. In particular, any polynomial or rational
23437 function (a polynomial divided by a polynomial) is acceptable.
23438 (Rational functions don't have to be in explicit quotient form, however;
23439 @texline @math{x/(1+x^{-2})}
23440 @infoline @expr{x/(1+x^-2)}
23441 is not strictly a quotient of polynomials, but it is equivalent to
23442 @expr{x^3/(x^2+1)}, which is.) Also, square roots of terms involving
23443 @expr{x} and @expr{x^2} may appear in rational functions being
23444 integrated. Finally, rational functions involving trigonometric or
23445 hyperbolic functions can be integrated.
23446
23447 With an argument (@kbd{C-u a i}), this command will compute the definite
23448 integral of the expression on top of the stack. In this case, the
23449 command will again prompt for an integration variable, then prompt for a
23450 lower limit and an upper limit.
23451
23452 @ifnottex
23453 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23454 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
23455 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
23456 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
23457 integral from @code{a} to @code{b}.
23458 @end ifnottex
23459 @tex
23460 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23461 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
23462 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
23463 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
23464 integral $\int_a^b f(x) \, dx$.
23465 @end tex
23466
23467 Please note that the current implementation of Calc's integrator sometimes
23468 produces results that are significantly more complex than they need to
23469 be. For example, the integral Calc finds for
23470 @texline @math{1/(x+\sqrt{x^2+1})}
23471 @infoline @expr{1/(x+sqrt(x^2+1))}
23472 is several times more complicated than the answer Mathematica
23473 returns for the same input, although the two forms are numerically
23474 equivalent. Also, any indefinite integral should be considered to have
23475 an arbitrary constant of integration added to it, although Calc does not
23476 write an explicit constant of integration in its result. For example,
23477 Calc's solution for
23478 @texline @math{1/(1+\tan x)}
23479 @infoline @expr{1/(1+tan(x))}
23480 differs from the solution given in the @emph{CRC Math Tables} by a
23481 constant factor of
23482 @texline @math{\pi i / 2}
23483 @infoline @expr{pi i / 2},
23484 due to a different choice of constant of integration.
23485
23486 The Calculator remembers all the integrals it has done. If conditions
23487 change in a way that would invalidate the old integrals, say, a switch
23488 from Degrees to Radians mode, then they will be thrown out. If you
23489 suspect this is not happening when it should, use the
23490 @code{calc-flush-caches} command; @pxref{Caches}.
23491
23492 @vindex IntegLimit
23493 Calc normally will pursue integration by substitution or integration by
23494 parts up to 3 nested times before abandoning an approach as fruitless.
23495 If the integrator is taking too long, you can lower this limit by storing
23496 a number (like 2) in the variable @code{IntegLimit}. (The @kbd{s I}
23497 command is a convenient way to edit @code{IntegLimit}.) If this variable
23498 has no stored value or does not contain a nonnegative integer, a limit
23499 of 3 is used. The lower this limit is, the greater the chance that Calc
23500 will be unable to integrate a function it could otherwise handle. Raising
23501 this limit allows the Calculator to solve more integrals, though the time
23502 it takes may grow exponentially. You can monitor the integrator's actions
23503 by creating an Emacs buffer called @code{*Trace*}. If such a buffer
23504 exists, the @kbd{a i} command will write a log of its actions there.
23505
23506 If you want to manipulate integrals in a purely symbolic way, you can
23507 set the integration nesting limit to 0 to prevent all but fast
23508 table-lookup solutions of integrals. You might then wish to define
23509 rewrite rules for integration by parts, various kinds of substitutions,
23510 and so on. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
23511
23512 @node Customizing the Integrator, Numerical Integration, Integration, Calculus
23513 @subsection Customizing the Integrator
23514
23515 @noindent
23516 @vindex IntegRules
23517 Calc has two built-in rewrite rules called @code{IntegRules} and
23518 @code{IntegAfterRules} which you can edit to define new integration
23519 methods. @xref{Rewrite Rules}. At each step of the integration process,
23520 Calc wraps the current integrand in a call to the fictitious function
23521 @samp{integtry(@var{expr},@var{var})}, where @var{expr} is the
23522 integrand and @var{var} is the integration variable. If your rules
23523 rewrite this to be a plain formula (not a call to @code{integtry}), then
23524 Calc will use this formula as the integral of @var{expr}. For example,
23525 the rule @samp{integtry(mysin(x),x) := -mycos(x)} would define a rule to
23526 integrate a function @code{mysin} that acts like the sine function.
23527 Then, putting @samp{4 mysin(2y+1)} on the stack and typing @kbd{a i y}
23528 will produce the integral @samp{-2 mycos(2y+1)}. Note that Calc has
23529 automatically made various transformations on the integral to allow it
23530 to use your rule; integral tables generally give rules for
23531 @samp{mysin(a x + b)}, but you don't need to use this much generality
23532 in your @code{IntegRules}.
23533
23534 @cindex Exponential integral Ei(x)
23535 @ignore
23536 @starindex
23537 @end ignore
23538 @tindex Ei
23539 As a more serious example, the expression @samp{exp(x)/x} cannot be
23540 integrated in terms of the standard functions, so the ``exponential
23541 integral'' function
23542 @texline @math{{\rm Ei}(x)}
23543 @infoline @expr{Ei(x)}
23544 was invented to describe it.
23545 We can get Calc to do this integral in terms of a made-up @code{Ei}
23546 function by adding the rule @samp{[integtry(exp(x)/x, x) := Ei(x)]}
23547 to @code{IntegRules}. Now entering @samp{exp(2x)/x} on the stack
23548 and typing @kbd{a i x} yields @samp{Ei(2 x)}. This new rule will
23549 work with Calc's various built-in integration methods (such as
23550 integration by substitution) to solve a variety of other problems
23551 involving @code{Ei}: For example, now Calc will also be able to
23552 integrate @samp{exp(exp(x))} and @samp{ln(ln(x))} (to get @samp{Ei(exp(x))}
23553 and @samp{x ln(ln(x)) - Ei(ln(x))}, respectively).
23554
23555 Your rule may do further integration by calling @code{integ}. For
23556 example, @samp{integtry(twice(u),x) := twice(integ(u))} allows Calc
23557 to integrate @samp{twice(sin(x))} to get @samp{twice(-cos(x))}.
23558 Note that @code{integ} was called with only one argument. This notation
23559 is allowed only within @code{IntegRules}; it means ``integrate this
23560 with respect to the same integration variable.'' If Calc is unable
23561 to integrate @code{u}, the integration that invoked @code{IntegRules}
23562 also fails. Thus integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} fails, returning the
23563 unevaluated integral @samp{integ(twice(f(x)), x)}. It is still valid
23564 to call @code{integ} with two or more arguments, however; in this case,
23565 if @code{u} is not integrable, @code{twice} itself will still be
23566 integrated: If the above rule is changed to @samp{... := twice(integ(u,x))},
23567 then integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} will yield @samp{twice(integ(f(x),x))}.
23568
23569 If a rule instead produces the formula @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr},
23570 @var{svar})}, either replacing the top-level @code{integtry} call or
23571 nested anywhere inside the expression, then Calc will apply the
23572 substitution @samp{@var{u} = @var{sexpr}(@var{svar})} to try to
23573 integrate the original @var{expr}. For example, the rule
23574 @samp{sqrt(a) := integsubst(sqrt(x),x)} says that if Calc ever finds
23575 a square root in the integrand, it should attempt the substitution
23576 @samp{u = sqrt(x)}. (This particular rule is unnecessary because
23577 Calc always tries ``obvious'' substitutions where @var{sexpr} actually
23578 appears in the integrand.) The variable @var{svar} may be the same
23579 as the @var{var} that appeared in the call to @code{integtry}, but
23580 it need not be.
23581
23582 When integrating according to an @code{integsubst}, Calc uses the
23583 equation solver to find the inverse of @var{sexpr} (if the integrand
23584 refers to @var{var} anywhere except in subexpressions that exactly
23585 match @var{sexpr}). It uses the differentiator to find the derivative
23586 of @var{sexpr} and/or its inverse (it has two methods that use one
23587 derivative or the other). You can also specify these items by adding
23588 extra arguments to the @code{integsubst} your rules construct; the
23589 general form is @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr}, @var{svar}, @var{sinv},
23590 @var{sprime})}, where @var{sinv} is the inverse of @var{sexpr} (still
23591 written as a function of @var{svar}), and @var{sprime} is the
23592 derivative of @var{sexpr} with respect to @var{svar}. If you don't
23593 specify these things, and Calc is not able to work them out on its
23594 own with the information it knows, then your substitution rule will
23595 work only in very specific, simple cases.
23596
23597 Calc applies @code{IntegRules} as if by @kbd{C-u 1 a r IntegRules};
23598 in other words, Calc stops rewriting as soon as any rule in your rule
23599 set succeeds. (If it weren't for this, the @samp{integsubst(sqrt(x),x)}
23600 example above would keep on adding layers of @code{integsubst} calls
23601 forever!)
23602
23603 @vindex IntegSimpRules
23604 Another set of rules, stored in @code{IntegSimpRules}, are applied
23605 every time the integrator uses @kbd{a s} to simplify an intermediate
23606 result. For example, putting the rule @samp{twice(x) := 2 x} into
23607 @code{IntegSimpRules} would tell Calc to convert the @code{twice}
23608 function into a form it knows whenever integration is attempted.
23609
23610 One more way to influence the integrator is to define a function with
23611 the @kbd{Z F} command (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}). Calc's
23612 integrator automatically expands such functions according to their
23613 defining formulas, even if you originally asked for the function to
23614 be left unevaluated for symbolic arguments. (Certain other Calc
23615 systems, such as the differentiator and the equation solver, also
23616 do this.)
23617
23618 @vindex IntegAfterRules
23619 Sometimes Calc is able to find a solution to your integral, but it
23620 expresses the result in a way that is unnecessarily complicated. If
23621 this happens, you can either use @code{integsubst} as described
23622 above to try to hint at a more direct path to the desired result, or
23623 you can use @code{IntegAfterRules}. This is an extra rule set that
23624 runs after the main integrator returns its result; basically, Calc does
23625 an @kbd{a r IntegAfterRules} on the result before showing it to you.
23626 (It also does an @kbd{a s}, without @code{IntegSimpRules}, after that
23627 to further simplify the result.) For example, Calc's integrator
23628 sometimes produces expressions of the form @samp{ln(1+x) - ln(1-x)};
23629 the default @code{IntegAfterRules} rewrite this into the more readable
23630 form @samp{2 arctanh(x)}. Note that, unlike @code{IntegRules},
23631 @code{IntegSimpRules} and @code{IntegAfterRules} are applied any number
23632 of times until no further changes are possible. Rewriting by
23633 @code{IntegAfterRules} occurs only after the main integrator has
23634 finished, not at every step as for @code{IntegRules} and
23635 @code{IntegSimpRules}.
23636
23637 @node Numerical Integration, Taylor Series, Customizing the Integrator, Calculus
23638 @subsection Numerical Integration
23639
23640 @noindent
23641 @kindex a I
23642 @pindex calc-num-integral
23643 @tindex ninteg
23644 If you want a purely numerical answer to an integration problem, you can
23645 use the @kbd{a I} (@code{calc-num-integral}) [@code{ninteg}] command. This
23646 command prompts for an integration variable, a lower limit, and an
23647 upper limit. Except for the integration variable, all other variables
23648 that appear in the integrand formula must have stored values. (A stored
23649 value, if any, for the integration variable itself is ignored.)
23650
23651 Numerical integration works by evaluating your formula at many points in
23652 the specified interval. Calc uses an ``open Romberg'' method; this means
23653 that it does not evaluate the formula actually at the endpoints (so that
23654 it is safe to integrate @samp{sin(x)/x} from zero, for example). Also,
23655 the Romberg method works especially well when the function being
23656 integrated is fairly smooth. If the function is not smooth, Calc will
23657 have to evaluate it at quite a few points before it can accurately
23658 determine the value of the integral.
23659
23660 Integration is much faster when the current precision is small. It is
23661 best to set the precision to the smallest acceptable number of digits
23662 before you use @kbd{a I}. If Calc appears to be taking too long, press
23663 @kbd{C-g} to halt it and try a lower precision. If Calc still appears
23664 to need hundreds of evaluations, check to make sure your function is
23665 well-behaved in the specified interval.
23666
23667 It is possible for the lower integration limit to be @samp{-inf} (minus
23668 infinity). Likewise, the upper limit may be plus infinity. Calc
23669 internally transforms the integral into an equivalent one with finite
23670 limits. However, integration to or across singularities is not supported:
23671 The integral of @samp{1/sqrt(x)} from 0 to 1 exists (it can be found
23672 by Calc's symbolic integrator, for example), but @kbd{a I} will fail
23673 because the integrand goes to infinity at one of the endpoints.
23674
23675 @node Taylor Series, , Numerical Integration, Calculus
23676 @subsection Taylor Series
23677
23678 @noindent
23679 @kindex a t
23680 @pindex calc-taylor
23681 @tindex taylor
23682 The @kbd{a t} (@code{calc-taylor}) [@code{taylor}] command computes a
23683 power series expansion or Taylor series of a function. You specify the
23684 variable and the desired number of terms. You may give an expression of
23685 the form @samp{@var{var} = @var{a}} or @samp{@var{var} - @var{a}} instead
23686 of just a variable to produce a Taylor expansion about the point @var{a}.
23687 You may specify the number of terms with a numeric prefix argument;
23688 otherwise the command will prompt you for the number of terms. Note that
23689 many series expansions have coefficients of zero for some terms, so you
23690 may appear to get fewer terms than you asked for.
23691
23692 If the @kbd{a i} command is unable to find a symbolic integral for a
23693 function, you can get an approximation by integrating the function's
23694 Taylor series.
23695
23696 @node Solving Equations, Numerical Solutions, Calculus, Algebra
23697 @section Solving Equations
23698
23699 @noindent
23700 @kindex a S
23701 @pindex calc-solve-for
23702 @tindex solve
23703 @cindex Equations, solving
23704 @cindex Solving equations
23705 The @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) [@code{solve}] command rearranges
23706 an equation to solve for a specific variable. An equation is an
23707 expression of the form @expr{L = R}. For example, the command @kbd{a S x}
23708 will rearrange @expr{y = 3x + 6} to the form, @expr{x = y/3 - 2}. If the
23709 input is not an equation, it is treated like an equation of the
23710 form @expr{X = 0}.
23711
23712 This command also works for inequalities, as in @expr{y < 3x + 6}.
23713 Some inequalities cannot be solved where the analogous equation could
23714 be; for example, solving
23715 @texline @math{a < b \, c}
23716 @infoline @expr{a < b c}
23717 for @expr{b} is impossible
23718 without knowing the sign of @expr{c}. In this case, @kbd{a S} will
23719 produce the result
23720 @texline @math{b \mathbin{\hbox{\code{!=}}} a/c}
23721 @infoline @expr{b != a/c}
23722 (using the not-equal-to operator) to signify that the direction of the
23723 inequality is now unknown. The inequality
23724 @texline @math{a \le b \, c}
23725 @infoline @expr{a <= b c}
23726 is not even partially solved. @xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell
23727 Calc that the signs of the variables in a formula are in fact known.
23728
23729 Two useful commands for working with the result of @kbd{a S} are
23730 @kbd{a .} (@pxref{Logical Operations}), which converts @expr{x = y/3 - 2}
23731 to @expr{y/3 - 2}, and @kbd{s l} (@pxref{Let Command}) which evaluates
23732 another formula with @expr{x} set equal to @expr{y/3 - 2}.
23733
23734 @menu
23735 * Multiple Solutions::
23736 * Solving Systems of Equations::
23737 * Decomposing Polynomials::
23738 @end menu
23739
23740 @node Multiple Solutions, Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations, Solving Equations
23741 @subsection Multiple Solutions
23742
23743 @noindent
23744 @kindex H a S
23745 @tindex fsolve
23746 Some equations have more than one solution. The Hyperbolic flag
23747 (@code{H a S}) [@code{fsolve}] tells the solver to report the fully
23748 general family of solutions. It will invent variables @code{n1},
23749 @code{n2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary integers, and
23750 @code{s1}, @code{s2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary
23751 signs (either @mathit{+1} or @mathit{-1}). If you don't use the Hyperbolic
23752 flag, Calc will use zero in place of all arbitrary integers, and plus
23753 one in place of all arbitrary signs. Note that variables like @code{n1}
23754 and @code{s1} are not given any special interpretation in Calc except by
23755 the equation solver itself. As usual, you can use the @w{@kbd{s l}}
23756 (@code{calc-let}) command to obtain solutions for various actual values
23757 of these variables.
23758
23759 For example, @kbd{' x^2 = y @key{RET} H a S x @key{RET}} solves to
23760 get @samp{x = s1 sqrt(y)}, indicating that the two solutions to the
23761 equation are @samp{sqrt(y)} and @samp{-sqrt(y)}. Another way to
23762 think about it is that the square-root operation is really a
23763 two-valued function; since every Calc function must return a
23764 single result, @code{sqrt} chooses to return the positive result.
23765 Then @kbd{H a S} doctors this result using @code{s1} to indicate
23766 the full set of possible values of the mathematical square-root.
23767
23768 There is a similar phenomenon going the other direction: Suppose
23769 we solve @samp{sqrt(y) = x} for @code{y}. Calc squares both sides
23770 to get @samp{y = x^2}. This is correct, except that it introduces
23771 some dubious solutions. Consider solving @samp{sqrt(y) = -3}:
23772 Calc will report @expr{y = 9} as a valid solution, which is true
23773 in the mathematical sense of square-root, but false (there is no
23774 solution) for the actual Calc positive-valued @code{sqrt}. This
23775 happens for both @kbd{a S} and @kbd{H a S}.
23776
23777 @cindex @code{GenCount} variable
23778 @vindex GenCount
23779 @ignore
23780 @starindex
23781 @end ignore
23782 @tindex an
23783 @ignore
23784 @starindex
23785 @end ignore
23786 @tindex as
23787 If you store a positive integer in the Calc variable @code{GenCount},
23788 then Calc will generate formulas of the form @samp{as(@var{n})} for
23789 arbitrary signs, and @samp{an(@var{n})} for arbitrary integers,
23790 where @var{n} represents successive values taken by incrementing
23791 @code{GenCount} by one. While the normal arbitrary sign and
23792 integer symbols start over at @code{s1} and @code{n1} with each
23793 new Calc command, the @code{GenCount} approach will give each
23794 arbitrary value a name that is unique throughout the entire Calc
23795 session. Also, the arbitrary values are function calls instead
23796 of variables, which is advantageous in some cases. For example,
23797 you can make a rewrite rule that recognizes all arbitrary signs
23798 using a pattern like @samp{as(n)}. The @kbd{s l} command only works
23799 on variables, but you can use the @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
23800 command to substitute actual values for function calls like @samp{as(3)}.
23801
23802 The @kbd{s G} (@code{calc-edit-GenCount}) command is a convenient
23803 way to create or edit this variable. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish.
23804
23805 If you have not stored a value in @code{GenCount}, or if the value
23806 in that variable is not a positive integer, the regular
23807 @code{s1}/@code{n1} notation is used.
23808
23809 @kindex I a S
23810 @kindex H I a S
23811 @tindex finv
23812 @tindex ffinv
23813 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a S} [@code{finv}] treats the expression
23814 on top of the stack as a function of the specified variable and solves
23815 to find the inverse function, written in terms of the same variable.
23816 For example, @kbd{I a S x} inverts @expr{2x + 6} to @expr{x/2 - 3}.
23817 You can use both Inverse and Hyperbolic [@code{ffinv}] to obtain a
23818 fully general inverse, as described above.
23819
23820 @kindex a P
23821 @pindex calc-poly-roots
23822 @tindex roots
23823 Some equations, specifically polynomials, have a known, finite number
23824 of solutions. The @kbd{a P} (@code{calc-poly-roots}) [@code{roots}]
23825 command uses @kbd{H a S} to solve an equation in general form, then, for
23826 all arbitrary-sign variables like @code{s1}, and all arbitrary-integer
23827 variables like @code{n1} for which @code{n1} only usefully varies over
23828 a finite range, it expands these variables out to all their possible
23829 values. The results are collected into a vector, which is returned.
23830 For example, @samp{roots(x^4 = 1, x)} returns the four solutions
23831 @samp{[1, -1, (0, 1), (0, -1)]}. Generally an @var{n}th degree
23832 polynomial will always have @var{n} roots on the complex plane.
23833 (If you have given a @code{real} declaration for the solution
23834 variable, then only the real-valued solutions, if any, will be
23835 reported; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23836
23837 Note that because @kbd{a P} uses @kbd{H a S}, it is able to deliver
23838 symbolic solutions if the polynomial has symbolic coefficients. Also
23839 note that Calc's solver is not able to get exact symbolic solutions
23840 to all polynomials. Polynomials containing powers up to @expr{x^4}
23841 can always be solved exactly; polynomials of higher degree sometimes
23842 can be: @expr{x^6 + x^3 + 1} is converted to @expr{(x^3)^2 + (x^3) + 1},
23843 which can be solved for @expr{x^3} using the quadratic equation, and then
23844 for @expr{x} by taking cube roots. But in many cases, like
23845 @expr{x^6 + x + 1}, Calc does not know how to rewrite the polynomial
23846 into a form it can solve. The @kbd{a P} command can still deliver a
23847 list of numerical roots, however, provided that Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s})
23848 is not turned on. (If you work with Symbolic mode on, recall that the
23849 @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) key is a handy way to reevaluate the
23850 formula on the stack with Symbolic mode temporarily off.) Naturally,
23851 @kbd{a P} can only provide numerical roots if the polynomial coefficients
23852 are all numbers (real or complex).
23853
23854 @node Solving Systems of Equations, Decomposing Polynomials, Multiple Solutions, Solving Equations
23855 @subsection Solving Systems of Equations
23856
23857 @noindent
23858 @cindex Systems of equations, symbolic
23859 You can also use the commands described above to solve systems of
23860 simultaneous equations. Just create a vector of equations, then
23861 specify a vector of variables for which to solve. (You can omit
23862 the surrounding brackets when entering the vector of variables
23863 at the prompt.)
23864
23865 For example, putting @samp{[x + y = a, x - y = b]} on the stack
23866 and typing @kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}} produces the vector of solutions
23867 @samp{[x = a - (a-b)/2, y = (a-b)/2]}. The result vector will
23868 have the same length as the variables vector, and the variables
23869 will be listed in the same order there. Note that the solutions
23870 are not always simplified as far as possible; the solution for
23871 @expr{x} here could be improved by an application of the @kbd{a n}
23872 command.
23873
23874 Calc's algorithm works by trying to eliminate one variable at a
23875 time by solving one of the equations for that variable and then
23876 substituting into the other equations. Calc will try all the
23877 possibilities, but you can speed things up by noting that Calc
23878 first tries to eliminate the first variable with the first
23879 equation, then the second variable with the second equation,
23880 and so on. It also helps to put the simpler (e.g., more linear)
23881 equations toward the front of the list. Calc's algorithm will
23882 solve any system of linear equations, and also many kinds of
23883 nonlinear systems.
23884
23885 @ignore
23886 @starindex
23887 @end ignore
23888 @tindex elim
23889 Normally there will be as many variables as equations. If you
23890 give fewer variables than equations (an ``over-determined'' system
23891 of equations), Calc will find a partial solution. For example,
23892 typing @kbd{a S y @key{RET}} with the above system of equations
23893 would produce @samp{[y = a - x]}. There are now several ways to
23894 express this solution in terms of the original variables; Calc uses
23895 the first one that it finds. You can control the choice by adding
23896 variable specifiers of the form @samp{elim(@var{v})} to the
23897 variables list. This says that @var{v} should be eliminated from
23898 the equations; the variable will not appear at all in the solution.
23899 For example, typing @kbd{a S y,elim(x)} would yield
23900 @samp{[y = a - (b+a)/2]}.
23901
23902 If the variables list contains only @code{elim} specifiers,
23903 Calc simply eliminates those variables from the equations
23904 and then returns the resulting set of equations. For example,
23905 @kbd{a S elim(x)} produces @samp{[a - 2 y = b]}. Every variable
23906 eliminated will reduce the number of equations in the system
23907 by one.
23908
23909 Again, @kbd{a S} gives you one solution to the system of
23910 equations. If there are several solutions, you can use @kbd{H a S}
23911 to get a general family of solutions, or, if there is a finite
23912 number of solutions, you can use @kbd{a P} to get a list. (In
23913 the latter case, the result will take the form of a matrix where
23914 the rows are different solutions and the columns correspond to the
23915 variables you requested.)
23916
23917 Another way to deal with certain kinds of overdetermined systems of
23918 equations is the @kbd{a F} command, which does least-squares fitting
23919 to satisfy the equations. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
23920
23921 @node Decomposing Polynomials, , Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations
23922 @subsection Decomposing Polynomials
23923
23924 @noindent
23925 @ignore
23926 @starindex
23927 @end ignore
23928 @tindex poly
23929 The @code{poly} function takes a polynomial and a variable as
23930 arguments, and returns a vector of polynomial coefficients (constant
23931 coefficient first). For example, @samp{poly(x^3 + 2 x, x)} returns
23932 @expr{[0, 2, 0, 1]}. If the input is not a polynomial in @expr{x},
23933 the call to @code{poly} is left in symbolic form. If the input does
23934 not involve the variable @expr{x}, the input is returned in a list
23935 of length one, representing a polynomial with only a constant
23936 coefficient. The call @samp{poly(x, x)} returns the vector @expr{[0, 1]}.
23937 The last element of the returned vector is guaranteed to be nonzero;
23938 note that @samp{poly(0, x)} returns the empty vector @expr{[]}.
23939 Note also that @expr{x} may actually be any formula; for example,
23940 @samp{poly(sin(x)^2 - sin(x) + 3, sin(x))} returns @expr{[3, -1, 1]}.
23941
23942 @cindex Coefficients of polynomial
23943 @cindex Degree of polynomial
23944 To get the @expr{x^k} coefficient of polynomial @expr{p}, use
23945 @samp{poly(p, x)_(k+1)}. To get the degree of polynomial @expr{p},
23946 use @samp{vlen(poly(p, x)) - 1}. For example, @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)}
23947 returns @samp{[1, 4, 6, 4, 1]}, so @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)_(2+1)}
23948 gives the @expr{x^2} coefficient of this polynomial, 6.
23949
23950 @ignore
23951 @starindex
23952 @end ignore
23953 @tindex gpoly
23954 One important feature of the solver is its ability to recognize
23955 formulas which are ``essentially'' polynomials. This ability is
23956 made available to the user through the @code{gpoly} function, which
23957 is used just like @code{poly}: @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var})}.
23958 If @var{expr} is a polynomial in some term which includes @var{var}, then
23959 this function will return a vector @samp{[@var{x}, @var{c}, @var{a}]}
23960 where @var{x} is the term that depends on @var{var}, @var{c} is a
23961 vector of polynomial coefficients (like the one returned by @code{poly}),
23962 and @var{a} is a multiplier which is usually 1. Basically,
23963 @samp{@var{expr} = @var{a}*(@var{c}_1 + @var{c}_2 @var{x} +
23964 @var{c}_3 @var{x}^2 + ...)}. The last element of @var{c} is
23965 guaranteed to be non-zero, and @var{c} will not equal @samp{[1]}
23966 (i.e., the trivial decomposition @var{expr} = @var{x} is not
23967 considered a polynomial). One side effect is that @samp{gpoly(x, x)}
23968 and @samp{gpoly(6, x)}, both of which might be expected to recognize
23969 their arguments as polynomials, will not because the decomposition
23970 is considered trivial.
23971
23972 For example, @samp{gpoly((x-2)^2, x)} returns @samp{[x, [4, -4, 1], 1]},
23973 since the expanded form of this polynomial is @expr{4 - 4 x + x^2}.
23974
23975 The term @var{x} may itself be a polynomial in @var{var}. This is
23976 done to reduce the size of the @var{c} vector. For example,
23977 @samp{gpoly(x^4 + x^2 - 1, x)} returns @samp{[x^2, [-1, 1, 1], 1]},
23978 since a quadratic polynomial in @expr{x^2} is easier to solve than
23979 a quartic polynomial in @expr{x}.
23980
23981 A few more examples of the kinds of polynomials @code{gpoly} can
23982 discover:
23983
23984 @smallexample
23985 sin(x) - 1 [sin(x), [-1, 1], 1]
23986 x + 1/x - 1 [x, [1, -1, 1], 1/x]
23987 x + 1/x [x^2, [1, 1], 1/x]
23988 x^3 + 2 x [x^2, [2, 1], x]
23989 x + x^2:3 + sqrt(x) [x^1:6, [1, 1, 0, 1], x^1:2]
23990 x^(2a) + 2 x^a + 5 [x^a, [5, 2, 1], 1]
23991 (exp(-x) + exp(x)) / 2 [e^(2 x), [0.5, 0.5], e^-x]
23992 @end smallexample
23993
23994 The @code{poly} and @code{gpoly} functions accept a third integer argument
23995 which specifies the largest degree of polynomial that is acceptable.
23996 If this is @expr{n}, then only @var{c} vectors of length @expr{n+1}
23997 or less will be returned. Otherwise, the @code{poly} or @code{gpoly}
23998 call will remain in symbolic form. For example, the equation solver
23999 can handle quartics and smaller polynomials, so it calls
24000 @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var}, 4)} to discover whether @var{expr}
24001 can be treated by its linear, quadratic, cubic, or quartic formulas.
24002
24003 @ignore
24004 @starindex
24005 @end ignore
24006 @tindex pdeg
24007 The @code{pdeg} function computes the degree of a polynomial;
24008 @samp{pdeg(p,x)} is the highest power of @code{x} that appears in
24009 @code{p}. This is the same as @samp{vlen(poly(p,x))-1}, but is
24010 much more efficient. If @code{p} is constant with respect to @code{x},
24011 then @samp{pdeg(p,x) = 0}. If @code{p} is not a polynomial in @code{x}
24012 (e.g., @samp{pdeg(2 cos(x), x)}, the function remains unevaluated.
24013 It is possible to omit the second argument @code{x}, in which case
24014 @samp{pdeg(p)} returns the highest total degree of any term of the
24015 polynomial, counting all variables that appear in @code{p}. Note
24016 that @code{pdeg(c) = pdeg(c,x) = 0} for any nonzero constant @code{c};
24017 the degree of the constant zero is considered to be @code{-inf}
24018 (minus infinity).
24019
24020 @ignore
24021 @starindex
24022 @end ignore
24023 @tindex plead
24024 The @code{plead} function finds the leading term of a polynomial.
24025 Thus @samp{plead(p,x)} is equivalent to @samp{poly(p,x)_vlen(poly(p,x))},
24026 though again more efficient. In particular, @samp{plead((2x+1)^10, x)}
24027 returns 1024 without expanding out the list of coefficients. The
24028 value of @code{plead(p,x)} will be zero only if @expr{p = 0}.
24029
24030 @ignore
24031 @starindex
24032 @end ignore
24033 @tindex pcont
24034 The @code{pcont} function finds the @dfn{content} of a polynomial. This
24035 is the greatest common divisor of all the coefficients of the polynomial.
24036 With two arguments, @code{pcont(p,x)} effectively uses @samp{poly(p,x)}
24037 to get a list of coefficients, then uses @code{pgcd} (the polynomial
24038 GCD function) to combine these into an answer. For example,
24039 @samp{pcont(4 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y, x)} is @samp{2 y}. The content is
24040 basically the ``biggest'' polynomial that can be divided into @code{p}
24041 exactly. The sign of the content is the same as the sign of the leading
24042 coefficient.
24043
24044 With only one argument, @samp{pcont(p)} computes the numerical
24045 content of the polynomial, i.e., the @code{gcd} of the numerical
24046 coefficients of all the terms in the formula. Note that @code{gcd}
24047 is defined on rational numbers as well as integers; it computes
24048 the @code{gcd} of the numerators and the @code{lcm} of the
24049 denominators. Thus @samp{pcont(4:3 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y)} returns 2:3.
24050 Dividing the polynomial by this number will clear all the
24051 denominators, as well as dividing by any common content in the
24052 numerators. The numerical content of a polynomial is negative only
24053 if all the coefficients in the polynomial are negative.
24054
24055 @ignore
24056 @starindex
24057 @end ignore
24058 @tindex pprim
24059 The @code{pprim} function finds the @dfn{primitive part} of a
24060 polynomial, which is simply the polynomial divided (using @code{pdiv}
24061 if necessary) by its content. If the input polynomial has rational
24062 coefficients, the result will have integer coefficients in simplest
24063 terms.
24064
24065 @node Numerical Solutions, Curve Fitting, Solving Equations, Algebra
24066 @section Numerical Solutions
24067
24068 @noindent
24069 Not all equations can be solved symbolically. The commands in this
24070 section use numerical algorithms that can find a solution to a specific
24071 instance of an equation to any desired accuracy. Note that the
24072 numerical commands are slower than their algebraic cousins; it is a
24073 good idea to try @kbd{a S} before resorting to these commands.
24074
24075 (@xref{Curve Fitting}, for some other, more specialized, operations
24076 on numerical data.)
24077
24078 @menu
24079 * Root Finding::
24080 * Minimization::
24081 * Numerical Systems of Equations::
24082 @end menu
24083
24084 @node Root Finding, Minimization, Numerical Solutions, Numerical Solutions
24085 @subsection Root Finding
24086
24087 @noindent
24088 @kindex a R
24089 @pindex calc-find-root
24090 @tindex root
24091 @cindex Newton's method
24092 @cindex Roots of equations
24093 @cindex Numerical root-finding
24094 The @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}) [@code{root}] command finds a
24095 numerical solution (or @dfn{root}) of an equation. (This command treats
24096 inequalities the same as equations. If the input is any other kind
24097 of formula, it is interpreted as an equation of the form @expr{X = 0}.)
24098
24099 The @kbd{a R} command requires an initial guess on the top of the
24100 stack, and a formula in the second-to-top position. It prompts for a
24101 solution variable, which must appear in the formula. All other variables
24102 that appear in the formula must have assigned values, i.e., when
24103 a value is assigned to the solution variable and the formula is
24104 evaluated with @kbd{=}, it should evaluate to a number. Any assigned
24105 value for the solution variable itself is ignored and unaffected by
24106 this command.
24107
24108 When the command completes, the initial guess is replaced on the stack
24109 by a vector of two numbers: The value of the solution variable that
24110 solves the equation, and the difference between the lefthand and
24111 righthand sides of the equation at that value. Ordinarily, the second
24112 number will be zero or very nearly zero. (Note that Calc uses a
24113 slightly higher precision while finding the root, and thus the second
24114 number may be slightly different from the value you would compute from
24115 the equation yourself.)
24116
24117 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) command is a handy way to extract
24118 the first element of the result vector, discarding the error term.
24119
24120 The initial guess can be a real number, in which case Calc searches
24121 for a real solution near that number, or a complex number, in which
24122 case Calc searches the whole complex plane near that number for a
24123 solution, or it can be an interval form which restricts the search
24124 to real numbers inside that interval.
24125
24126 Calc tries to use @kbd{a d} to take the derivative of the equation.
24127 If this succeeds, it uses Newton's method. If the equation is not
24128 differentiable Calc uses a bisection method. (If Newton's method
24129 appears to be going astray, Calc switches over to bisection if it
24130 can, or otherwise gives up. In this case it may help to try again
24131 with a slightly different initial guess.) If the initial guess is a
24132 complex number, the function must be differentiable.
24133
24134 If the formula (or the difference between the sides of an equation)
24135 is negative at one end of the interval you specify and positive at
24136 the other end, the root finder is guaranteed to find a root.
24137 Otherwise, Calc subdivides the interval into small parts looking for
24138 positive and negative values to bracket the root. When your guess is
24139 an interval, Calc will not look outside that interval for a root.
24140
24141 @kindex H a R
24142 @tindex wroot
24143 The @kbd{H a R} [@code{wroot}] command is similar to @kbd{a R}, except
24144 that if the initial guess is an interval for which the function has
24145 the same sign at both ends, then rather than subdividing the interval
24146 Calc attempts to widen it to enclose a root. Use this mode if
24147 you are not sure if the function has a root in your interval.
24148
24149 If the function is not differentiable, and you give a simple number
24150 instead of an interval as your initial guess, Calc uses this widening
24151 process even if you did not type the Hyperbolic flag. (If the function
24152 @emph{is} differentiable, Calc uses Newton's method which does not
24153 require a bounding interval in order to work.)
24154
24155 If Calc leaves the @code{root} or @code{wroot} function in symbolic
24156 form on the stack, it will normally display an explanation for why
24157 no root was found. If you miss this explanation, press @kbd{w}
24158 (@code{calc-why}) to get it back.
24159
24160 @node Minimization, Numerical Systems of Equations, Root Finding, Numerical Solutions
24161 @subsection Minimization
24162
24163 @noindent
24164 @kindex a N
24165 @kindex H a N
24166 @kindex a X
24167 @kindex H a X
24168 @pindex calc-find-minimum
24169 @pindex calc-find-maximum
24170 @tindex minimize
24171 @tindex maximize
24172 @cindex Minimization, numerical
24173 The @kbd{a N} (@code{calc-find-minimum}) [@code{minimize}] command
24174 finds a minimum value for a formula. It is very similar in operation
24175 to @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}): You give the formula and an initial
24176 guess on the stack, and are prompted for the name of a variable. The guess
24177 may be either a number near the desired minimum, or an interval enclosing
24178 the desired minimum. The function returns a vector containing the
24179 value of the variable which minimizes the formula's value, along
24180 with the minimum value itself.
24181
24182 Note that this command looks for a @emph{local} minimum. Many functions
24183 have more than one minimum; some, like
24184 @texline @math{x \sin x},
24185 @infoline @expr{x sin(x)},
24186 have infinitely many. In fact, there is no easy way to define the
24187 ``global'' minimum of
24188 @texline @math{x \sin x}
24189 @infoline @expr{x sin(x)}
24190 but Calc can still locate any particular local minimum
24191 for you. Calc basically goes downhill from the initial guess until it
24192 finds a point at which the function's value is greater both to the left
24193 and to the right. Calc does not use derivatives when minimizing a function.
24194
24195 If your initial guess is an interval and it looks like the minimum
24196 occurs at one or the other endpoint of the interval, Calc will return
24197 that endpoint only if that endpoint is closed; thus, minimizing @expr{17 x}
24198 over @expr{[2..3]} will return @expr{[2, 38]}, but minimizing over
24199 @expr{(2..3]} would report no minimum found. In general, you should
24200 use closed intervals to find literally the minimum value in that
24201 range of @expr{x}, or open intervals to find the local minimum, if
24202 any, that happens to lie in that range.
24203
24204 Most functions are smooth and flat near their minimum values. Because
24205 of this flatness, if the current precision is, say, 12 digits, the
24206 variable can only be determined meaningfully to about six digits. Thus
24207 you should set the precision to twice as many digits as you need in your
24208 answer.
24209
24210 @ignore
24211 @mindex wmin@idots
24212 @end ignore
24213 @tindex wminimize
24214 @ignore
24215 @mindex wmax@idots
24216 @end ignore
24217 @tindex wmaximize
24218 The @kbd{H a N} [@code{wminimize}] command, analogously to @kbd{H a R},
24219 expands the guess interval to enclose a minimum rather than requiring
24220 that the minimum lie inside the interval you supply.
24221
24222 The @kbd{a X} (@code{calc-find-maximum}) [@code{maximize}] and
24223 @kbd{H a X} [@code{wmaximize}] commands effectively minimize the
24224 negative of the formula you supply.
24225
24226 The formula must evaluate to a real number at all points inside the
24227 interval (or near the initial guess if the guess is a number). If
24228 the initial guess is a complex number the variable will be minimized
24229 over the complex numbers; if it is real or an interval it will
24230 be minimized over the reals.
24231
24232 @node Numerical Systems of Equations, , Minimization, Numerical Solutions
24233 @subsection Systems of Equations
24234
24235 @noindent
24236 @cindex Systems of equations, numerical
24237 The @kbd{a R} command can also solve systems of equations. In this
24238 case, the equation should instead be a vector of equations, the
24239 guess should instead be a vector of numbers (intervals are not
24240 supported), and the variable should be a vector of variables. You
24241 can omit the brackets while entering the list of variables. Each
24242 equation must be differentiable by each variable for this mode to
24243 work. The result will be a vector of two vectors: The variable
24244 values that solved the system of equations, and the differences
24245 between the sides of the equations with those variable values.
24246 There must be the same number of equations as variables. Since
24247 only plain numbers are allowed as guesses, the Hyperbolic flag has
24248 no effect when solving a system of equations.
24249
24250 It is also possible to minimize over many variables with @kbd{a N}
24251 (or maximize with @kbd{a X}). Once again the variable name should
24252 be replaced by a vector of variables, and the initial guess should
24253 be an equal-sized vector of initial guesses. But, unlike the case of
24254 multidimensional @kbd{a R}, the formula being minimized should
24255 still be a single formula, @emph{not} a vector. Beware that
24256 multidimensional minimization is currently @emph{very} slow.
24257
24258 @node Curve Fitting, Summations, Numerical Solutions, Algebra
24259 @section Curve Fitting
24260
24261 @noindent
24262 The @kbd{a F} command fits a set of data to a @dfn{model formula},
24263 such as @expr{y = m x + b} where @expr{m} and @expr{b} are parameters
24264 to be determined. For a typical set of measured data there will be
24265 no single @expr{m} and @expr{b} that exactly fit the data; in this
24266 case, Calc chooses values of the parameters that provide the closest
24267 possible fit. The model formula can be entered in various ways after
24268 the key sequence @kbd{a F} is pressed.
24269
24270 If the letter @kbd{P} is pressed after @kbd{a F} but before the model
24271 description is entered, the data as well as the model formula will be
24272 plotted after the formula is determined. This will be indicated by a
24273 ``P'' in the minibuffer after the help message.
24274
24275 @menu
24276 * Linear Fits::
24277 * Polynomial and Multilinear Fits::
24278 * Error Estimates for Fits::
24279 * Standard Nonlinear Models::
24280 * Curve Fitting Details::
24281 * Interpolation::
24282 @end menu
24283
24284 @node Linear Fits, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting, Curve Fitting
24285 @subsection Linear Fits
24286
24287 @noindent
24288 @kindex a F
24289 @pindex calc-curve-fit
24290 @tindex fit
24291 @cindex Linear regression
24292 @cindex Least-squares fits
24293 The @kbd{a F} (@code{calc-curve-fit}) [@code{fit}] command attempts
24294 to fit a set of data (@expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors of numbers) to a
24295 straight line, polynomial, or other function of @expr{x}. For the
24296 moment we will consider only the case of fitting to a line, and we
24297 will ignore the issue of whether or not the model was in fact a good
24298 fit for the data.
24299
24300 In a standard linear least-squares fit, we have a set of @expr{(x,y)}
24301 data points that we wish to fit to the model @expr{y = m x + b}
24302 by adjusting the parameters @expr{m} and @expr{b} to make the @expr{y}
24303 values calculated from the formula be as close as possible to the actual
24304 @expr{y} values in the data set. (In a polynomial fit, the model is
24305 instead, say, @expr{y = a x^3 + b x^2 + c x + d}. In a multilinear fit,
24306 we have data points of the form @expr{(x_1,x_2,x_3,y)} and our model is
24307 @expr{y = a x_1 + b x_2 + c x_3 + d}. These will be discussed later.)
24308
24309 In the model formula, variables like @expr{x} and @expr{x_2} are called
24310 the @dfn{independent variables}, and @expr{y} is the @dfn{dependent
24311 variable}. Variables like @expr{m}, @expr{a}, and @expr{b} are called
24312 the @dfn{parameters} of the model.
24313
24314 The @kbd{a F} command takes the data set to be fitted from the stack.
24315 By default, it expects the data in the form of a matrix. For example,
24316 for a linear or polynomial fit, this would be a
24317 @texline @math{2\times N}
24318 @infoline 2xN
24319 matrix where the first row is a list of @expr{x} values and the second
24320 row has the corresponding @expr{y} values. For the multilinear fit
24321 shown above, the matrix would have four rows (@expr{x_1}, @expr{x_2},
24322 @expr{x_3}, and @expr{y}, respectively).
24323
24324 If you happen to have an
24325 @texline @math{N\times2}
24326 @infoline Nx2
24327 matrix instead of a
24328 @texline @math{2\times N}
24329 @infoline 2xN
24330 matrix, just press @kbd{v t} first to transpose the matrix.
24331
24332 After you type @kbd{a F}, Calc prompts you to select a model. For a
24333 linear fit, press the digit @kbd{1}.
24334
24335 Calc then prompts for you to name the variables. By default it chooses
24336 high letters like @expr{x} and @expr{y} for independent variables and
24337 low letters like @expr{a} and @expr{b} for parameters. (The dependent
24338 variable doesn't need a name.) The two kinds of variables are separated
24339 by a semicolon. Since you generally care more about the names of the
24340 independent variables than of the parameters, Calc also allows you to
24341 name only those and let the parameters use default names.
24342
24343 For example, suppose the data matrix
24344
24345 @ifnottex
24346 @example
24347 @group
24348 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
24349 [ 5, 7, 9, 11, 13 ] ]
24350 @end group
24351 @end example
24352 @end ifnottex
24353 @tex
24354 \beforedisplay
24355 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 \cr
24356 5 & 7 & 9 & 11 & 13 }
24357 $$
24358 \afterdisplay
24359 @end tex
24360
24361 @noindent
24362 is on the stack and we wish to do a simple linear fit. Type
24363 @kbd{a F}, then @kbd{1} for the model, then @key{RET} to use
24364 the default names. The result will be the formula @expr{3. + 2. x}
24365 on the stack. Calc has created the model expression @kbd{a + b x},
24366 then found the optimal values of @expr{a} and @expr{b} to fit the
24367 data. (In this case, it was able to find an exact fit.) Calc then
24368 substituted those values for @expr{a} and @expr{b} in the model
24369 formula.
24370
24371 The @kbd{a F} command puts two entries in the trail. One is, as
24372 always, a copy of the result that went to the stack; the other is
24373 a vector of the actual parameter values, written as equations:
24374 @expr{[a = 3, b = 2]}, in case you'd rather read them in a list
24375 than pick them out of the formula. (You can type @kbd{t y}
24376 to move this vector to the stack; see @ref{Trail Commands}.
24377
24378 Specifying a different independent variable name will affect the
24379 resulting formula: @kbd{a F 1 k @key{RET}} produces @kbd{3 + 2 k}.
24380 Changing the parameter names (say, @kbd{a F 1 k;b,m @key{RET}}) will affect
24381 the equations that go into the trail.
24382
24383 @tex
24384 \bigskip
24385 @end tex
24386
24387 To see what happens when the fit is not exact, we could change
24388 the number 13 in the data matrix to 14 and try the fit again.
24389 The result is:
24390
24391 @example
24392 2.6 + 2.2 x
24393 @end example
24394
24395 Evaluating this formula, say with @kbd{v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}}, shows
24396 a reasonably close match to the y-values in the data.
24397
24398 @example
24399 [4.8, 7., 9.2, 11.4, 13.6]
24400 @end example
24401
24402 Since there is no line which passes through all the @var{n} data points,
24403 Calc has chosen a line that best approximates the data points using
24404 the method of least squares. The idea is to define the @dfn{chi-square}
24405 error measure
24406
24407 @ifnottex
24408 @example
24409 chi^2 = sum((y_i - (a + b x_i))^2, i, 1, N)
24410 @end example
24411 @end ifnottex
24412 @tex
24413 \beforedisplay
24414 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N (y_i - (a + b x_i))^2 $$
24415 \afterdisplay
24416 @end tex
24417
24418 @noindent
24419 which is clearly zero if @expr{a + b x} exactly fits all data points,
24420 and increases as various @expr{a + b x_i} values fail to match the
24421 corresponding @expr{y_i} values. There are several reasons why the
24422 summand is squared, one of them being to ensure that
24423 @texline @math{\chi^2 \ge 0}.
24424 @infoline @expr{chi^2 >= 0}.
24425 Least-squares fitting simply chooses the values of @expr{a} and @expr{b}
24426 for which the error
24427 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24428 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24429 is as small as possible.
24430
24431 Other kinds of models do the same thing but with a different model
24432 formula in place of @expr{a + b x_i}.
24433
24434 @tex
24435 \bigskip
24436 @end tex
24437
24438 A numeric prefix argument causes the @kbd{a F} command to take the
24439 data in some other form than one big matrix. A positive argument @var{n}
24440 will take @var{N} items from the stack, corresponding to the @var{n} rows
24441 of a data matrix. In the linear case, @var{n} must be 2 since there
24442 is always one independent variable and one dependent variable.
24443
24444 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} is a compromise; Calc takes two
24445 items from the stack, an @var{n}-row matrix of @expr{x} values, and a
24446 vector of @expr{y} values. If there is only one independent variable,
24447 the @expr{x} values can be either a one-row matrix or a plain vector,
24448 in which case the @kbd{C-u} prefix is the same as a @w{@kbd{C-u 2}} prefix.
24449
24450 @node Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Error Estimates for Fits, Linear Fits, Curve Fitting
24451 @subsection Polynomial and Multilinear Fits
24452
24453 @noindent
24454 To fit the data to higher-order polynomials, just type one of the
24455 digits @kbd{2} through @kbd{9} when prompted for a model. For example,
24456 we could fit the original data matrix from the previous section
24457 (with 13, not 14) to a parabola instead of a line by typing
24458 @kbd{a F 2 @key{RET}}.
24459
24460 @example
24461 2.00000000001 x - 1.5e-12 x^2 + 2.99999999999
24462 @end example
24463
24464 Note that since the constant and linear terms are enough to fit the
24465 data exactly, it's no surprise that Calc chose a tiny contribution
24466 for @expr{x^2}. (The fact that it's not exactly zero is due only
24467 to roundoff error. Since our data are exact integers, we could get
24468 an exact answer by typing @kbd{m f} first to get Fraction mode.
24469 Then the @expr{x^2} term would vanish altogether. Usually, though,
24470 the data being fitted will be approximate floats so Fraction mode
24471 won't help.)
24472
24473 Doing the @kbd{a F 2} fit on the data set with 14 instead of 13
24474 gives a much larger @expr{x^2} contribution, as Calc bends the
24475 line slightly to improve the fit.
24476
24477 @example
24478 0.142857142855 x^2 + 1.34285714287 x + 3.59999999998
24479 @end example
24480
24481 An important result from the theory of polynomial fitting is that it
24482 is always possible to fit @var{n} data points exactly using a polynomial
24483 of degree @mathit{@var{n}-1}, sometimes called an @dfn{interpolating polynomial}.
24484 Using the modified (14) data matrix, a model number of 4 gives
24485 a polynomial that exactly matches all five data points:
24486
24487 @example
24488 0.04167 x^4 - 0.4167 x^3 + 1.458 x^2 - 0.08333 x + 4.
24489 @end example
24490
24491 The actual coefficients we get with a precision of 12, like
24492 @expr{0.0416666663588}, clearly suffer from loss of precision.
24493 It is a good idea to increase the working precision to several
24494 digits beyond what you need when you do a fitting operation.
24495 Or, if your data are exact, use Fraction mode to get exact
24496 results.
24497
24498 You can type @kbd{i} instead of a digit at the model prompt to fit
24499 the data exactly to a polynomial. This just counts the number of
24500 columns of the data matrix to choose the degree of the polynomial
24501 automatically.
24502
24503 Fitting data ``exactly'' to high-degree polynomials is not always
24504 a good idea, though. High-degree polynomials have a tendency to
24505 wiggle uncontrollably in between the fitting data points. Also,
24506 if the exact-fit polynomial is going to be used to interpolate or
24507 extrapolate the data, it is numerically better to use the @kbd{a p}
24508 command described below. @xref{Interpolation}.
24509
24510 @tex
24511 \bigskip
24512 @end tex
24513
24514 Another generalization of the linear model is to assume the
24515 @expr{y} values are a sum of linear contributions from several
24516 @expr{x} values. This is a @dfn{multilinear} fit, and it is also
24517 selected by the @kbd{1} digit key. (Calc decides whether the fit
24518 is linear or multilinear by counting the rows in the data matrix.)
24519
24520 Given the data matrix,
24521
24522 @example
24523 @group
24524 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
24525 [ 7, 2, 3, 5, 2 ]
24526 [ 14.5, 15, 18.5, 22.5, 24 ] ]
24527 @end group
24528 @end example
24529
24530 @noindent
24531 the command @kbd{a F 1 @key{RET}} will call the first row @expr{x} and the
24532 second row @expr{y}, and will fit the values in the third row to the
24533 model @expr{a + b x + c y}.
24534
24535 @example
24536 8. + 3. x + 0.5 y
24537 @end example
24538
24539 Calc can do multilinear fits with any number of independent variables
24540 (i.e., with any number of data rows).
24541
24542 @tex
24543 \bigskip
24544 @end tex
24545
24546 Yet another variation is @dfn{homogeneous} linear models, in which
24547 the constant term is known to be zero. In the linear case, this
24548 means the model formula is simply @expr{a x}; in the multilinear
24549 case, the model might be @expr{a x + b y + c z}; and in the polynomial
24550 case, the model could be @expr{a x + b x^2 + c x^3}. You can get
24551 a homogeneous linear or multilinear model by pressing the letter
24552 @kbd{h} followed by a regular model key, like @kbd{1} or @kbd{2}.
24553 This will be indicated by an ``h'' in the minibuffer after the help
24554 message.
24555
24556 It is certainly possible to have other constrained linear models,
24557 like @expr{2.3 + a x} or @expr{a - 4 x}. While there is no single
24558 key to select models like these, a later section shows how to enter
24559 any desired model by hand. In the first case, for example, you
24560 would enter @kbd{a F ' 2.3 + a x}.
24561
24562 Another class of models that will work but must be entered by hand
24563 are multinomial fits, e.g., @expr{a + b x + c y + d x^2 + e y^2 + f x y}.
24564
24565 @node Error Estimates for Fits, Standard Nonlinear Models, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting
24566 @subsection Error Estimates for Fits
24567
24568 @noindent
24569 @kindex H a F
24570 @tindex efit
24571 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a F} [@code{efit}] performs the same
24572 fitting operation as @kbd{a F}, but reports the coefficients as error
24573 forms instead of plain numbers. Fitting our two data matrices (first
24574 with 13, then with 14) to a line with @kbd{H a F} gives the results,
24575
24576 @example
24577 3. + 2. x
24578 2.6 +/- 0.382970843103 + 2.2 +/- 0.115470053838 x
24579 @end example
24580
24581 In the first case the estimated errors are zero because the linear
24582 fit is perfect. In the second case, the errors are nonzero but
24583 moderately small, because the data are still very close to linear.
24584
24585 It is also possible for the @emph{input} to a fitting operation to
24586 contain error forms. The data values must either all include errors
24587 or all be plain numbers. Error forms can go anywhere but generally
24588 go on the numbers in the last row of the data matrix. If the last
24589 row contains error forms
24590 @texline `@var{y_i}@w{ @tfn{+/-} }@math{\sigma_i}',
24591 @infoline `@var{y_i}@w{ @tfn{+/-} }@var{sigma_i}',
24592 then the
24593 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24594 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24595 statistic is now,
24596
24597 @ifnottex
24598 @example
24599 chi^2 = sum(((y_i - (a + b x_i)) / sigma_i)^2, i, 1, N)
24600 @end example
24601 @end ifnottex
24602 @tex
24603 \beforedisplay
24604 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N \left(y_i - (a + b x_i) \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$
24605 \afterdisplay
24606 @end tex
24607
24608 @noindent
24609 so that data points with larger error estimates contribute less to
24610 the fitting operation.
24611
24612 If there are error forms on other rows of the data matrix, all the
24613 errors for a given data point are combined; the square root of the
24614 sum of the squares of the errors forms the
24615 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
24616 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24617 used for the data point.
24618
24619 Both @kbd{a F} and @kbd{H a F} can accept error forms in the input
24620 matrix, although if you are concerned about error analysis you will
24621 probably use @kbd{H a F} so that the output also contains error
24622 estimates.
24623
24624 If the input contains error forms but all the
24625 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
24626 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24627 values are the same, it is easy to see that the resulting fitted model
24628 will be the same as if the input did not have error forms at all
24629 @texline (@math{\chi^2}
24630 @infoline (@expr{chi^2}
24631 is simply scaled uniformly by
24632 @texline @math{1 / \sigma^2},
24633 @infoline @expr{1 / sigma^2},
24634 which doesn't affect where it has a minimum). But there @emph{will} be
24635 a difference in the estimated errors of the coefficients reported by
24636 @kbd{H a F}.
24637
24638 Consult any text on statistical modeling of data for a discussion
24639 of where these error estimates come from and how they should be
24640 interpreted.
24641
24642 @tex
24643 \bigskip
24644 @end tex
24645
24646 @kindex I a F
24647 @tindex xfit
24648 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] produces even more
24649 information. The result is a vector of six items:
24650
24651 @enumerate
24652 @item
24653 The model formula with error forms for its coefficients or
24654 parameters. This is the result that @kbd{H a F} would have
24655 produced.
24656
24657 @item
24658 A vector of ``raw'' parameter values for the model. These are the
24659 polynomial coefficients or other parameters as plain numbers, in the
24660 same order as the parameters appeared in the final prompt of the
24661 @kbd{I a F} command. For polynomials of degree @expr{d}, this vector
24662 will have length @expr{M = d+1} with the constant term first.
24663
24664 @item
24665 The covariance matrix @expr{C} computed from the fit. This is
24666 an @var{m}x@var{m} symmetric matrix; the diagonal elements
24667 @texline @math{C_{jj}}
24668 @infoline @expr{C_j_j}
24669 are the variances
24670 @texline @math{\sigma_j^2}
24671 @infoline @expr{sigma_j^2}
24672 of the parameters. The other elements are covariances
24673 @texline @math{\sigma_{ij}^2}
24674 @infoline @expr{sigma_i_j^2}
24675 that describe the correlation between pairs of parameters. (A related
24676 set of numbers, the @dfn{linear correlation coefficients}
24677 @texline @math{r_{ij}},
24678 @infoline @expr{r_i_j},
24679 are defined as
24680 @texline @math{\sigma_{ij}^2 / \sigma_i \, \sigma_j}.)
24681 @infoline @expr{sigma_i_j^2 / sigma_i sigma_j}.)
24682
24683 @item
24684 A vector of @expr{M} ``parameter filter'' functions whose
24685 meanings are described below. If no filters are necessary this
24686 will instead be an empty vector; this is always the case for the
24687 polynomial and multilinear fits described so far.
24688
24689 @item
24690 The value of
24691 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24692 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24693 for the fit, calculated by the formulas shown above. This gives a
24694 measure of the quality of the fit; statisticians consider
24695 @texline @math{\chi^2 \approx N - M}
24696 @infoline @expr{chi^2 = N - M}
24697 to indicate a moderately good fit (where again @expr{N} is the number of
24698 data points and @expr{M} is the number of parameters).
24699
24700 @item
24701 A measure of goodness of fit expressed as a probability @expr{Q}.
24702 This is computed from the @code{utpc} probability distribution
24703 function using
24704 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24705 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24706 with @expr{N - M} degrees of freedom. A
24707 value of 0.5 implies a good fit; some texts recommend that often
24708 @expr{Q = 0.1} or even 0.001 can signify an acceptable fit. In
24709 particular,
24710 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24711 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24712 statistics assume the errors in your inputs
24713 follow a normal (Gaussian) distribution; if they don't, you may
24714 have to accept smaller values of @expr{Q}.
24715
24716 The @expr{Q} value is computed only if the input included error
24717 estimates. Otherwise, Calc will report the symbol @code{nan}
24718 for @expr{Q}. The reason is that in this case the
24719 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24720 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24721 value has effectively been used to estimate the original errors
24722 in the input, and thus there is no redundant information left
24723 over to use for a confidence test.
24724 @end enumerate
24725
24726 @node Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting Details, Error Estimates for Fits, Curve Fitting
24727 @subsection Standard Nonlinear Models
24728
24729 @noindent
24730 The @kbd{a F} command also accepts other kinds of models besides
24731 lines and polynomials. Some common models have quick single-key
24732 abbreviations; others must be entered by hand as algebraic formulas.
24733
24734 Here is a complete list of the standard models recognized by @kbd{a F}:
24735
24736 @table @kbd
24737 @item 1
24738 Linear or multilinear. @mathit{a + b x + c y + d z}.
24739 @item 2-9
24740 Polynomials. @mathit{a + b x + c x^2 + d x^3}.
24741 @item e
24742 Exponential. @mathit{a} @tfn{exp}@mathit{(b x)} @tfn{exp}@mathit{(c y)}.
24743 @item E
24744 Base-10 exponential. @mathit{a} @tfn{10^}@mathit{(b x)} @tfn{10^}@mathit{(c y)}.
24745 @item x
24746 Exponential (alternate notation). @tfn{exp}@mathit{(a + b x + c y)}.
24747 @item X
24748 Base-10 exponential (alternate). @tfn{10^}@mathit{(a + b x + c y)}.
24749 @item l
24750 Logarithmic. @mathit{a + b} @tfn{ln}@mathit{(x) + c} @tfn{ln}@mathit{(y)}.
24751 @item L
24752 Base-10 logarithmic. @mathit{a + b} @tfn{log10}@mathit{(x) + c} @tfn{log10}@mathit{(y)}.
24753 @item ^
24754 General exponential. @mathit{a b^x c^y}.
24755 @item p
24756 Power law. @mathit{a x^b y^c}.
24757 @item q
24758 Quadratic. @mathit{a + b (x-c)^2 + d (x-e)^2}.
24759 @item g
24760 Gaussian.
24761 @texline @math{{a \over b \sqrt{2 \pi}} \exp\left( -{1 \over 2} \left( x - c \over b \right)^2 \right)}.
24762 @infoline @mathit{(a / b sqrt(2 pi)) exp(-0.5*((x-c)/b)^2)}.
24763 @item s
24764 Logistic @emph{s} curve.
24765 @texline @math{a/(1+e^{b(x-c)})}.
24766 @infoline @mathit{a/(1 + exp(b (x - c)))}.
24767 @item b
24768 Logistic bell curve.
24769 @texline @math{ae^{b(x-c)}/(1+e^{b(x-c)})^2}.
24770 @infoline @mathit{a exp(b (x - c))/(1 + exp(b (x - c)))^2}.
24771 @item o
24772 Hubbert linearization.
24773 @texline @math{{y \over x} = a(1-x/b)}.
24774 @infoline @mathit{(y/x) = a (1 - x/b)}.
24775 @end table
24776
24777 All of these models are used in the usual way; just press the appropriate
24778 letter at the model prompt, and choose variable names if you wish. The
24779 result will be a formula as shown in the above table, with the best-fit
24780 values of the parameters substituted. (You may find it easier to read
24781 the parameter values from the vector that is placed in the trail.)
24782
24783 All models except Gaussian, logistics, Hubbert and polynomials can
24784 generalize as shown to any number of independent variables. Also, all
24785 the built-in models except for the logistic and Hubbert curves have an
24786 additive or multiplicative parameter shown as @expr{a} in the above table
24787 which can be replaced by zero or one, as appropriate, by typing @kbd{h}
24788 before the model key.
24789
24790 Note that many of these models are essentially equivalent, but express
24791 the parameters slightly differently. For example, @expr{a b^x} and
24792 the other two exponential models are all algebraic rearrangements of
24793 each other. Also, the ``quadratic'' model is just a degree-2 polynomial
24794 with the parameters expressed differently. Use whichever form best
24795 matches the problem.
24796
24797 The HP-28/48 calculators support four different models for curve
24798 fitting, called @code{LIN}, @code{LOG}, @code{EXP}, and @code{PWR}.
24799 These correspond to Calc models @samp{a + b x}, @samp{a + b ln(x)},
24800 @samp{a exp(b x)}, and @samp{a x^b}, respectively. In each case,
24801 @expr{a} is what the HP-48 identifies as the ``intercept,'' and
24802 @expr{b} is what it calls the ``slope.''
24803
24804 @tex
24805 \bigskip
24806 @end tex
24807
24808 If the model you want doesn't appear on this list, press @kbd{'}
24809 (the apostrophe key) at the model prompt to enter any algebraic
24810 formula, such as @kbd{m x - b}, as the model. (Not all models
24811 will work, though---see the next section for details.)
24812
24813 The model can also be an equation like @expr{y = m x + b}.
24814 In this case, Calc thinks of all the rows of the data matrix on
24815 equal terms; this model effectively has two parameters
24816 (@expr{m} and @expr{b}) and two independent variables (@expr{x}
24817 and @expr{y}), with no ``dependent'' variables. Model equations
24818 do not need to take this @expr{y =} form. For example, the
24819 implicit line equation @expr{a x + b y = 1} works fine as a
24820 model.
24821
24822 When you enter a model, Calc makes an alphabetical list of all
24823 the variables that appear in the model. These are used for the
24824 default parameters, independent variables, and dependent variable
24825 (in that order). If you enter a plain formula (not an equation),
24826 Calc assumes the dependent variable does not appear in the formula
24827 and thus does not need a name.
24828
24829 For example, if the model formula has the variables @expr{a,mu,sigma,t,x},
24830 and the data matrix has three rows (meaning two independent variables),
24831 Calc will use @expr{a,mu,sigma} as the default parameters, and the
24832 data rows will be named @expr{t} and @expr{x}, respectively. If you
24833 enter an equation instead of a plain formula, Calc will use @expr{a,mu}
24834 as the parameters, and @expr{sigma,t,x} as the three independent
24835 variables.
24836
24837 You can, of course, override these choices by entering something
24838 different at the prompt. If you leave some variables out of the list,
24839 those variables must have stored values and those stored values will
24840 be used as constants in the model. (Stored values for the parameters
24841 and independent variables are ignored by the @kbd{a F} command.)
24842 If you list only independent variables, all the remaining variables
24843 in the model formula will become parameters.
24844
24845 If there are @kbd{$} signs in the model you type, they will stand
24846 for parameters and all other variables (in alphabetical order)
24847 will be independent. Use @kbd{$} for one parameter, @kbd{$$} for
24848 another, and so on. Thus @kbd{$ x + $$} is another way to describe
24849 a linear model.
24850
24851 If you type a @kbd{$} instead of @kbd{'} at the model prompt itself,
24852 Calc will take the model formula from the stack. (The data must then
24853 appear at the second stack level.) The same conventions are used to
24854 choose which variables in the formula are independent by default and
24855 which are parameters.
24856
24857 Models taken from the stack can also be expressed as vectors of
24858 two or three elements, @expr{[@var{model}, @var{vars}]} or
24859 @expr{[@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}]}. Each of @var{vars}
24860 and @var{params} may be either a variable or a vector of variables.
24861 (If @var{params} is omitted, all variables in @var{model} except
24862 those listed as @var{vars} are parameters.)
24863
24864 When you enter a model manually with @kbd{'}, Calc puts a 3-vector
24865 describing the model in the trail so you can get it back if you wish.
24866
24867 @tex
24868 \bigskip
24869 @end tex
24870
24871 @vindex Model1
24872 @vindex Model2
24873 Finally, you can store a model in one of the Calc variables
24874 @code{Model1} or @code{Model2}, then use this model by typing
24875 @kbd{a F u} or @kbd{a F U} (respectively). The value stored in
24876 the variable can be any of the formats that @kbd{a F $} would
24877 accept for a model on the stack.
24878
24879 @tex
24880 \bigskip
24881 @end tex
24882
24883 Calc uses the principal values of inverse functions like @code{ln}
24884 and @code{arcsin} when doing fits. For example, when you enter
24885 the model @samp{y = sin(a t + b)} Calc actually uses the easier
24886 form @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b}. The @code{arcsin} function always
24887 returns results in the range from @mathit{-90} to 90 degrees (or the
24888 equivalent range in radians). Suppose you had data that you
24889 believed to represent roughly three oscillations of a sine wave,
24890 so that the argument of the sine might go from zero to
24891 @texline @math{3\times360}
24892 @infoline @mathit{3*360}
24893 degrees.
24894 The above model would appear to be a good way to determine the
24895 true frequency and phase of the sine wave, but in practice it
24896 would fail utterly. The righthand side of the actual model
24897 @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b} will grow smoothly with @expr{t}, but
24898 the lefthand side will bounce back and forth between @mathit{-90} and 90.
24899 No values of @expr{a} and @expr{b} can make the two sides match,
24900 even approximately.
24901
24902 There is no good solution to this problem at present. You could
24903 restrict your data to small enough ranges so that the above problem
24904 doesn't occur (i.e., not straddling any peaks in the sine wave).
24905 Or, in this case, you could use a totally different method such as
24906 Fourier analysis, which is beyond the scope of the @kbd{a F} command.
24907 (Unfortunately, Calc does not currently have any facilities for
24908 taking Fourier and related transforms.)
24909
24910 @node Curve Fitting Details, Interpolation, Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting
24911 @subsection Curve Fitting Details
24912
24913 @noindent
24914 Calc's internal least-squares fitter can only handle multilinear
24915 models. More precisely, it can handle any model of the form
24916 @expr{a f(x,y,z) + b g(x,y,z) + c h(x,y,z)}, where @expr{a,b,c}
24917 are the parameters and @expr{x,y,z} are the independent variables
24918 (of course there can be any number of each, not just three).
24919
24920 In a simple multilinear or polynomial fit, it is easy to see how
24921 to convert the model into this form. For example, if the model
24922 is @expr{a + b x + c x^2}, then @expr{f(x) = 1}, @expr{g(x) = x},
24923 and @expr{h(x) = x^2} are suitable functions.
24924
24925 For most other models, Calc uses a variety of algebraic manipulations
24926 to try to put the problem into the form
24927
24928 @smallexample
24929 Y(x,y,z) = A(a,b,c) F(x,y,z) + B(a,b,c) G(x,y,z) + C(a,b,c) H(x,y,z)
24930 @end smallexample
24931
24932 @noindent
24933 where @expr{Y,A,B,C,F,G,H} are arbitrary functions. It computes
24934 @expr{Y}, @expr{F}, @expr{G}, and @expr{H} for all the data points,
24935 does a standard linear fit to find the values of @expr{A}, @expr{B},
24936 and @expr{C}, then uses the equation solver to solve for @expr{a,b,c}
24937 in terms of @expr{A,B,C}.
24938
24939 A remarkable number of models can be cast into this general form.
24940 We'll look at two examples here to see how it works. The power-law
24941 model @expr{y = a x^b} with two independent variables and two parameters
24942 can be rewritten as follows:
24943
24944 @example
24945 y = a x^b
24946 y = a exp(b ln(x))
24947 y = exp(ln(a) + b ln(x))
24948 ln(y) = ln(a) + b ln(x)
24949 @end example
24950
24951 @noindent
24952 which matches the desired form with
24953 @texline @math{Y = \ln(y)},
24954 @infoline @expr{Y = ln(y)},
24955 @texline @math{A = \ln(a)},
24956 @infoline @expr{A = ln(a)},
24957 @expr{F = 1}, @expr{B = b}, and
24958 @texline @math{G = \ln(x)}.
24959 @infoline @expr{G = ln(x)}.
24960 Calc thus computes the logarithms of your @expr{y} and @expr{x} values,
24961 does a linear fit for @expr{A} and @expr{B}, then solves to get
24962 @texline @math{a = \exp(A)}
24963 @infoline @expr{a = exp(A)}
24964 and @expr{b = B}.
24965
24966 Another interesting example is the ``quadratic'' model, which can
24967 be handled by expanding according to the distributive law.
24968
24969 @example
24970 y = a + b*(x - c)^2
24971 y = a + b c^2 - 2 b c x + b x^2
24972 @end example
24973
24974 @noindent
24975 which matches with @expr{Y = y}, @expr{A = a + b c^2}, @expr{F = 1},
24976 @expr{B = -2 b c}, @expr{G = x} (the @mathit{-2} factor could just as easily
24977 have been put into @expr{G} instead of @expr{B}), @expr{C = b}, and
24978 @expr{H = x^2}.
24979
24980 The Gaussian model looks quite complicated, but a closer examination
24981 shows that it's actually similar to the quadratic model but with an
24982 exponential that can be brought to the top and moved into @expr{Y}.
24983
24984 The logistic models cannot be put into general linear form. For these
24985 models, and the Hubbert linearization, Calc computes a rough
24986 approximation for the parameters, then uses the Levenberg-Marquardt
24987 iterative method to refine the approximations.
24988
24989 Another model that cannot be put into general linear
24990 form is a Gaussian with a constant background added on, i.e.,
24991 @expr{d} + the regular Gaussian formula. If you have a model like
24992 this, your best bet is to replace enough of your parameters with
24993 constants to make the model linearizable, then adjust the constants
24994 manually by doing a series of fits. You can compare the fits by
24995 graphing them, by examining the goodness-of-fit measures returned by
24996 @kbd{I a F}, or by some other method suitable to your application.
24997 Note that some models can be linearized in several ways. The
24998 Gaussian-plus-@var{d} model can be linearized by setting @expr{d}
24999 (the background) to a constant, or by setting @expr{b} (the standard
25000 deviation) and @expr{c} (the mean) to constants.
25001
25002 To fit a model with constants substituted for some parameters, just
25003 store suitable values in those parameter variables, then omit them
25004 from the list of parameters when you answer the variables prompt.
25005
25006 @tex
25007 \bigskip
25008 @end tex
25009
25010 A last desperate step would be to use the general-purpose
25011 @code{minimize} function rather than @code{fit}. After all, both
25012 functions solve the problem of minimizing an expression (the
25013 @texline @math{\chi^2}
25014 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
25015 sum) by adjusting certain parameters in the expression. The @kbd{a F}
25016 command is able to use a vastly more efficient algorithm due to its
25017 special knowledge about linear chi-square sums, but the @kbd{a N}
25018 command can do the same thing by brute force.
25019
25020 A compromise would be to pick out a few parameters without which the
25021 fit is linearizable, and use @code{minimize} on a call to @code{fit}
25022 which efficiently takes care of the rest of the parameters. The thing
25023 to be minimized would be the value of
25024 @texline @math{\chi^2}
25025 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
25026 returned as the fifth result of the @code{xfit} function:
25027
25028 @smallexample
25029 minimize(xfit(gaus(a,b,c,d,x), x, [a,b,c], data)_5, d, guess)
25030 @end smallexample
25031
25032 @noindent
25033 where @code{gaus} represents the Gaussian model with background,
25034 @code{data} represents the data matrix, and @code{guess} represents
25035 the initial guess for @expr{d} that @code{minimize} requires.
25036 This operation will only be, shall we say, extraordinarily slow
25037 rather than astronomically slow (as would be the case if @code{minimize}
25038 were used by itself to solve the problem).
25039
25040 @tex
25041 \bigskip
25042 @end tex
25043
25044 The @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] command is somewhat trickier when
25045 nonlinear models are used. The second item in the result is the
25046 vector of ``raw'' parameters @expr{A}, @expr{B}, @expr{C}. The
25047 covariance matrix is written in terms of those raw parameters.
25048 The fifth item is a vector of @dfn{filter} expressions. This
25049 is the empty vector @samp{[]} if the raw parameters were the same
25050 as the requested parameters, i.e., if @expr{A = a}, @expr{B = b},
25051 and so on (which is always true if the model is already linear
25052 in the parameters as written, e.g., for polynomial fits). If the
25053 parameters had to be rearranged, the fifth item is instead a vector
25054 of one formula per parameter in the original model. The raw
25055 parameters are expressed in these ``filter'' formulas as
25056 @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @expr{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)} for @expr{B},
25057 and so on.
25058
25059 When Calc needs to modify the model to return the result, it replaces
25060 @samp{fitdummy(1)} in all the filters with the first item in the raw
25061 parameters list, and so on for the other raw parameters, then
25062 evaluates the resulting filter formulas to get the actual parameter
25063 values to be substituted into the original model. In the case of
25064 @kbd{H a F} and @kbd{I a F} where the parameters must be error forms,
25065 Calc uses the square roots of the diagonal entries of the covariance
25066 matrix as error values for the raw parameters, then lets Calc's
25067 standard error-form arithmetic take it from there.
25068
25069 If you use @kbd{I a F} with a nonlinear model, be sure to remember
25070 that the covariance matrix is in terms of the raw parameters,
25071 @emph{not} the actual requested parameters. It's up to you to
25072 figure out how to interpret the covariances in the presence of
25073 nontrivial filter functions.
25074
25075 Things are also complicated when the input contains error forms.
25076 Suppose there are three independent and dependent variables, @expr{x},
25077 @expr{y}, and @expr{z}, one or more of which are error forms in the
25078 data. Calc combines all the error values by taking the square root
25079 of the sum of the squares of the errors. It then changes @expr{x}
25080 and @expr{y} to be plain numbers, and makes @expr{z} into an error
25081 form with this combined error. The @expr{Y(x,y,z)} part of the
25082 linearized model is evaluated, and the result should be an error
25083 form. The error part of that result is used for
25084 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
25085 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
25086 for the data point. If for some reason @expr{Y(x,y,z)} does not return
25087 an error form, the combined error from @expr{z} is used directly for
25088 @texline @math{\sigma_i}.
25089 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}.
25090 Finally, @expr{z} is also stripped of its error
25091 for use in computing @expr{F(x,y,z)}, @expr{G(x,y,z)} and so on;
25092 the righthand side of the linearized model is computed in regular
25093 arithmetic with no error forms.
25094
25095 (While these rules may seem complicated, they are designed to do
25096 the most reasonable thing in the typical case that @expr{Y(x,y,z)}
25097 depends only on the dependent variable @expr{z}, and in fact is
25098 often simply equal to @expr{z}. For common cases like polynomials
25099 and multilinear models, the combined error is simply used as the
25100 @texline @math{\sigma}
25101 @infoline @expr{sigma}
25102 for the data point with no further ado.)
25103
25104 @tex
25105 \bigskip
25106 @end tex
25107
25108 @vindex FitRules
25109 It may be the case that the model you wish to use is linearizable,
25110 but Calc's built-in rules are unable to figure it out. Calc uses
25111 its algebraic rewrite mechanism to linearize a model. The rewrite
25112 rules are kept in the variable @code{FitRules}. You can edit this
25113 variable using the @kbd{s e FitRules} command; in fact, there is
25114 a special @kbd{s F} command just for editing @code{FitRules}.
25115 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
25116
25117 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of rewrite rules.
25118
25119 @ignore
25120 @starindex
25121 @end ignore
25122 @tindex fitvar
25123 @ignore
25124 @starindex
25125 @end ignore
25126 @ignore
25127 @mindex @idots
25128 @end ignore
25129 @tindex fitparam
25130 @ignore
25131 @starindex
25132 @end ignore
25133 @ignore
25134 @mindex @null
25135 @end ignore
25136 @tindex fitmodel
25137 @ignore
25138 @starindex
25139 @end ignore
25140 @ignore
25141 @mindex @null
25142 @end ignore
25143 @tindex fitsystem
25144 @ignore
25145 @starindex
25146 @end ignore
25147 @ignore
25148 @mindex @null
25149 @end ignore
25150 @tindex fitdummy
25151 Calc uses @code{FitRules} as follows. First, it converts the model
25152 to an equation if necessary and encloses the model equation in a
25153 call to the function @code{fitmodel} (which is not actually a defined
25154 function in Calc; it is only used as a placeholder by the rewrite rules).
25155 Parameter variables are renamed to function calls @samp{fitparam(1)},
25156 @samp{fitparam(2)}, and so on, and independent variables are renamed
25157 to @samp{fitvar(1)}, @samp{fitvar(2)}, etc. The dependent variable
25158 is the highest-numbered @code{fitvar}. For example, the power law
25159 model @expr{a x^b} is converted to @expr{y = a x^b}, then to
25160
25161 @smallexample
25162 @group
25163 fitmodel(fitvar(2) = fitparam(1) fitvar(1)^fitparam(2))
25164 @end group
25165 @end smallexample
25166
25167 Calc then applies the rewrites as if by @samp{C-u 0 a r FitRules}.
25168 (The zero prefix means that rewriting should continue until no further
25169 changes are possible.)
25170
25171 When rewriting is complete, the @code{fitmodel} call should have
25172 been replaced by a @code{fitsystem} call that looks like this:
25173
25174 @example
25175 fitsystem(@var{Y}, @var{FGH}, @var{abc})
25176 @end example
25177
25178 @noindent
25179 where @var{Y} is a formula that describes the function @expr{Y(x,y,z)},
25180 @var{FGH} is the vector of formulas @expr{[F(x,y,z), G(x,y,z), H(x,y,z)]},
25181 and @var{abc} is the vector of parameter filters which refer to the
25182 raw parameters as @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @expr{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)}
25183 for @expr{B}, etc. While the number of raw parameters (the length of
25184 the @var{FGH} vector) is usually the same as the number of original
25185 parameters (the length of the @var{abc} vector), this is not required.
25186
25187 The power law model eventually boils down to
25188
25189 @smallexample
25190 @group
25191 fitsystem(ln(fitvar(2)),
25192 [1, ln(fitvar(1))],
25193 [exp(fitdummy(1)), fitdummy(2)])
25194 @end group
25195 @end smallexample
25196
25197 The actual implementation of @code{FitRules} is complicated; it
25198 proceeds in four phases. First, common rearrangements are done
25199 to try to bring linear terms together and to isolate functions like
25200 @code{exp} and @code{ln} either all the way ``out'' (so that they
25201 can be put into @var{Y}) or all the way ``in'' (so that they can
25202 be put into @var{abc} or @var{FGH}). In particular, all
25203 non-constant powers are converted to logs-and-exponentials form,
25204 and the distributive law is used to expand products of sums.
25205 Quotients are rewritten to use the @samp{fitinv} function, where
25206 @samp{fitinv(x)} represents @expr{1/x} while the @code{FitRules}
25207 are operating. (The use of @code{fitinv} makes recognition of
25208 linear-looking forms easier.) If you modify @code{FitRules}, you
25209 will probably only need to modify the rules for this phase.
25210
25211 Phase two, whose rules can actually also apply during phases one
25212 and three, first rewrites @code{fitmodel} to a two-argument
25213 form @samp{fitmodel(@var{Y}, @var{model})}, where @var{Y} is
25214 initially zero and @var{model} has been changed from @expr{a=b}
25215 to @expr{a-b} form. It then tries to peel off invertible functions
25216 from the outside of @var{model} and put them into @var{Y} instead,
25217 calling the equation solver to invert the functions. Finally, when
25218 this is no longer possible, the @code{fitmodel} is changed to a
25219 four-argument @code{fitsystem}, where the fourth argument is
25220 @var{model} and the @var{FGH} and @var{abc} vectors are initially
25221 empty. (The last vector is really @var{ABC}, corresponding to
25222 raw parameters, for now.)
25223
25224 Phase three converts a sum of items in the @var{model} to a sum
25225 of @samp{fitpart(@var{a}, @var{b}, @var{c})} terms which represent
25226 terms @samp{@var{a}*@var{b}*@var{c}} of the sum, where @var{a}
25227 is all factors that do not involve any variables, @var{b} is all
25228 factors that involve only parameters, and @var{c} is the factors
25229 that involve only independent variables. (If this decomposition
25230 is not possible, the rule set will not complete and Calc will
25231 complain that the model is too complex.) Then @code{fitpart}s
25232 with equal @var{b} or @var{c} components are merged back together
25233 using the distributive law in order to minimize the number of
25234 raw parameters needed.
25235
25236 Phase four moves the @code{fitpart} terms into the @var{FGH} and
25237 @var{ABC} vectors. Also, some of the algebraic expansions that
25238 were done in phase 1 are undone now to make the formulas more
25239 computationally efficient. Finally, it calls the solver one more
25240 time to convert the @var{ABC} vector to an @var{abc} vector, and
25241 removes the fourth @var{model} argument (which by now will be zero)
25242 to obtain the three-argument @code{fitsystem} that the linear
25243 least-squares solver wants to see.
25244
25245 @ignore
25246 @starindex
25247 @end ignore
25248 @ignore
25249 @mindex hasfit@idots
25250 @end ignore
25251 @tindex hasfitparams
25252 @ignore
25253 @starindex
25254 @end ignore
25255 @ignore
25256 @mindex @null
25257 @end ignore
25258 @tindex hasfitvars
25259 Two functions which are useful in connection with @code{FitRules}
25260 are @samp{hasfitparams(x)} and @samp{hasfitvars(x)}, which check
25261 whether @expr{x} refers to any parameters or independent variables,
25262 respectively. Specifically, these functions return ``true'' if the
25263 argument contains any @code{fitparam} (or @code{fitvar}) function
25264 calls, and ``false'' otherwise. (Recall that ``true'' means a
25265 nonzero number, and ``false'' means zero. The actual nonzero number
25266 returned is the largest @var{n} from all the @samp{fitparam(@var{n})}s
25267 or @samp{fitvar(@var{n})}s, respectively, that appear in the formula.)
25268
25269 @tex
25270 \bigskip
25271 @end tex
25272
25273 The @code{fit} function in algebraic notation normally takes four
25274 arguments, @samp{fit(@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}, @var{data})},
25275 where @var{model} is the model formula as it would be typed after
25276 @kbd{a F '}, @var{vars} is the independent variable or a vector of
25277 independent variables, @var{params} likewise gives the parameter(s),
25278 and @var{data} is the data matrix. Note that the length of @var{vars}
25279 must be equal to the number of rows in @var{data} if @var{model} is
25280 an equation, or one less than the number of rows if @var{model} is
25281 a plain formula. (Actually, a name for the dependent variable is
25282 allowed but will be ignored in the plain-formula case.)
25283
25284 If @var{params} is omitted, the parameters are all variables in
25285 @var{model} except those that appear in @var{vars}. If @var{vars}
25286 is also omitted, Calc sorts all the variables that appear in
25287 @var{model} alphabetically and uses the higher ones for @var{vars}
25288 and the lower ones for @var{params}.
25289
25290 Alternatively, @samp{fit(@var{modelvec}, @var{data})} is allowed
25291 where @var{modelvec} is a 2- or 3-vector describing the model
25292 and variables, as discussed previously.
25293
25294 If Calc is unable to do the fit, the @code{fit} function is left
25295 in symbolic form, ordinarily with an explanatory message. The
25296 message will be ``Model expression is too complex'' if the
25297 linearizer was unable to put the model into the required form.
25298
25299 The @code{efit} (corresponding to @kbd{H a F}) and @code{xfit}
25300 (for @kbd{I a F}) functions are completely analogous.
25301
25302 @node Interpolation, , Curve Fitting Details, Curve Fitting
25303 @subsection Polynomial Interpolation
25304
25305 @kindex a p
25306 @pindex calc-poly-interp
25307 @tindex polint
25308 The @kbd{a p} (@code{calc-poly-interp}) [@code{polint}] command does
25309 a polynomial interpolation at a particular @expr{x} value. It takes
25310 two arguments from the stack: A data matrix of the sort used by
25311 @kbd{a F}, and a single number which represents the desired @expr{x}
25312 value. Calc effectively does an exact polynomial fit as if by @kbd{a F i},
25313 then substitutes the @expr{x} value into the result in order to get an
25314 approximate @expr{y} value based on the fit. (Calc does not actually
25315 use @kbd{a F i}, however; it uses a direct method which is both more
25316 efficient and more numerically stable.)
25317
25318 The result of @kbd{a p} is actually a vector of two values: The @expr{y}
25319 value approximation, and an error measure @expr{dy} that reflects Calc's
25320 estimation of the probable error of the approximation at that value of
25321 @expr{x}. If the input @expr{x} is equal to any of the @expr{x} values
25322 in the data matrix, the output @expr{y} will be the corresponding @expr{y}
25323 value from the matrix, and the output @expr{dy} will be exactly zero.
25324
25325 A prefix argument of 2 causes @kbd{a p} to take separate x- and
25326 y-vectors from the stack instead of one data matrix.
25327
25328 If @expr{x} is a vector of numbers, @kbd{a p} will return a matrix of
25329 interpolated results for each of those @expr{x} values. (The matrix will
25330 have two columns, the @expr{y} values and the @expr{dy} values.)
25331 If @expr{x} is a formula instead of a number, the @code{polint} function
25332 remains in symbolic form; use the @kbd{a "} command to expand it out to
25333 a formula that describes the fit in symbolic terms.
25334
25335 In all cases, the @kbd{a p} command leaves the data vectors or matrix
25336 on the stack. Only the @expr{x} value is replaced by the result.
25337
25338 @kindex H a p
25339 @tindex ratint
25340 The @kbd{H a p} [@code{ratint}] command does a rational function
25341 interpolation. It is used exactly like @kbd{a p}, except that it
25342 uses as its model the quotient of two polynomials. If there are
25343 @expr{N} data points, the numerator and denominator polynomials will
25344 each have degree @expr{N/2} (if @expr{N} is odd, the denominator will
25345 have degree one higher than the numerator).
25346
25347 Rational approximations have the advantage that they can accurately
25348 describe functions that have poles (points at which the function's value
25349 goes to infinity, so that the denominator polynomial of the approximation
25350 goes to zero). If @expr{x} corresponds to a pole of the fitted rational
25351 function, then the result will be a division by zero. If Infinite mode
25352 is enabled, the result will be @samp{[uinf, uinf]}.
25353
25354 There is no way to get the actual coefficients of the rational function
25355 used by @kbd{H a p}. (The algorithm never generates these coefficients
25356 explicitly, and quotients of polynomials are beyond @w{@kbd{a F}}'s
25357 capabilities to fit.)
25358
25359 @node Summations, Logical Operations, Curve Fitting, Algebra
25360 @section Summations
25361
25362 @noindent
25363 @cindex Summation of a series
25364 @kindex a +
25365 @pindex calc-summation
25366 @tindex sum
25367 The @kbd{a +} (@code{calc-summation}) [@code{sum}] command computes
25368 the sum of a formula over a certain range of index values. The formula
25369 is taken from the top of the stack; the command prompts for the
25370 name of the summation index variable, the lower limit of the
25371 sum (any formula), and the upper limit of the sum. If you
25372 enter a blank line at any of these prompts, that prompt and
25373 any later ones are answered by reading additional elements from
25374 the stack. Thus, @kbd{' k^2 @key{RET} ' k @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 5 @key{RET} a + @key{RET}}
25375 produces the result 55.
25376 @tex
25377 $$ \sum_{k=1}^5 k^2 = 55 $$
25378 @end tex
25379
25380 The choice of index variable is arbitrary, but it's best not to
25381 use a variable with a stored value. In particular, while
25382 @code{i} is often a favorite index variable, it should be avoided
25383 in Calc because @code{i} has the imaginary constant @expr{(0, 1)}
25384 as a value. If you pressed @kbd{=} on a sum over @code{i}, it would
25385 be changed to a nonsensical sum over the ``variable'' @expr{(0, 1)}!
25386 If you really want to use @code{i} as an index variable, use
25387 @w{@kbd{s u i @key{RET}}} first to ``unstore'' this variable.
25388 (@xref{Storing Variables}.)
25389
25390 A numeric prefix argument steps the index by that amount rather
25391 than by one. Thus @kbd{' a_k @key{RET} C-u -2 a + k @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 0 @key{RET}}
25392 yields @samp{a_10 + a_8 + a_6 + a_4 + a_2 + a_0}. A prefix
25393 argument of plain @kbd{C-u} causes @kbd{a +} to prompt for the
25394 step value, in which case you can enter any formula or enter
25395 a blank line to take the step value from the stack. With the
25396 @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{a +} can take up to five arguments from
25397 the stack: The formula, the variable, the lower limit, the
25398 upper limit, and (at the top of the stack), the step value.
25399
25400 Calc knows how to do certain sums in closed form. For example,
25401 @samp{sum(6 k^2, k, 1, n) = @w{2 n^3} + 3 n^2 + n}. In particular,
25402 this is possible if the formula being summed is polynomial or
25403 exponential in the index variable. Sums of logarithms are
25404 transformed into logarithms of products. Sums of trigonometric
25405 and hyperbolic functions are transformed to sums of exponentials
25406 and then done in closed form. Also, of course, sums in which the
25407 lower and upper limits are both numbers can always be evaluated
25408 just by grinding them out, although Calc will use closed forms
25409 whenever it can for the sake of efficiency.
25410
25411 The notation for sums in algebraic formulas is
25412 @samp{sum(@var{expr}, @var{var}, @var{low}, @var{high}, @var{step})}.
25413 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to one. If @var{high} is
25414 omitted, @var{low} is actually the upper limit and the lower limit
25415 is one. If @var{low} is also omitted, the limits are @samp{-inf}
25416 and @samp{inf}, respectively.
25417
25418 Infinite sums can sometimes be evaluated: @samp{sum(.5^k, k, 1, inf)}
25419 returns @expr{1}. This is done by evaluating the sum in closed
25420 form (to @samp{1. - 0.5^n} in this case), then evaluating this
25421 formula with @code{n} set to @code{inf}. Calc's usual rules
25422 for ``infinite'' arithmetic can find the answer from there. If
25423 infinite arithmetic yields a @samp{nan}, or if the sum cannot be
25424 solved in closed form, Calc leaves the @code{sum} function in
25425 symbolic form. @xref{Infinities}.
25426
25427 As a special feature, if the limits are infinite (or omitted, as
25428 described above) but the formula includes vectors subscripted by
25429 expressions that involve the iteration variable, Calc narrows
25430 the limits to include only the range of integers which result in
25431 valid subscripts for the vector. For example, the sum
25432 @samp{sum(k [a,b,c,d,e,f,g]_(2k),k)} evaluates to @samp{b + 2 d + 3 f}.
25433
25434 The limits of a sum do not need to be integers. For example,
25435 @samp{sum(a_k, k, 0, 2 n, n)} produces @samp{a_0 + a_n + a_(2 n)}.
25436 Calc computes the number of iterations using the formula
25437 @samp{1 + (@var{high} - @var{low}) / @var{step}}, which must,
25438 after simplification as if by @kbd{a s}, evaluate to an integer.
25439
25440 If the number of iterations according to the above formula does
25441 not come out to an integer, the sum is invalid and will be left
25442 in symbolic form. However, closed forms are still supplied, and
25443 you are on your honor not to misuse the resulting formulas by
25444 substituting mismatched bounds into them. For example,
25445 @samp{sum(k, k, 1, 10, 2)} is invalid, but Calc will go ahead and
25446 evaluate the closed form solution for the limits 1 and 10 to get
25447 the rather dubious answer, 29.25.
25448
25449 If the lower limit is greater than the upper limit (assuming a
25450 positive step size), the result is generally zero. However,
25451 Calc only guarantees a zero result when the upper limit is
25452 exactly one step less than the lower limit, i.e., if the number
25453 of iterations is @mathit{-1}. Thus @samp{sum(f(k), k, n, n-1)} is zero
25454 but the sum from @samp{n} to @samp{n-2} may report a nonzero value
25455 if Calc used a closed form solution.
25456
25457 Calc's logical predicates like @expr{a < b} return 1 for ``true''
25458 and 0 for ``false.'' @xref{Logical Operations}. This can be
25459 used to advantage for building conditional sums. For example,
25460 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k, 1, 20)} is the sum of the squares of all
25461 prime numbers from 1 to 20; the @code{prime} predicate returns 1 if
25462 its argument is prime and 0 otherwise. You can read this expression
25463 as ``the sum of @expr{k^2}, where @expr{k} is prime.'' Indeed,
25464 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k)} would represent the sum of @emph{all} primes
25465 squared, since the limits default to plus and minus infinity, but
25466 there are no such sums that Calc's built-in rules can do in
25467 closed form.
25468
25469 As another example, @samp{sum((k != k_0) * f(k), k, 1, n)} is the
25470 sum of @expr{f(k)} for all @expr{k} from 1 to @expr{n}, excluding
25471 one value @expr{k_0}. Slightly more tricky is the summand
25472 @samp{(k != k_0) / (k - k_0)}, which is an attempt to describe
25473 the sum of all @expr{1/(k-k_0)} except at @expr{k = k_0}, where
25474 this would be a division by zero. But at @expr{k = k_0}, this
25475 formula works out to the indeterminate form @expr{0 / 0}, which
25476 Calc will not assume is zero. Better would be to use
25477 @samp{(k != k_0) ? 1/(k-k_0) : 0}; the @samp{? :} operator does
25478 an ``if-then-else'' test: This expression says, ``if
25479 @texline @math{k \ne k_0},
25480 @infoline @expr{k != k_0},
25481 then @expr{1/(k-k_0)}, else zero.'' Now the formula @expr{1/(k-k_0)}
25482 will not even be evaluated by Calc when @expr{k = k_0}.
25483
25484 @cindex Alternating sums
25485 @kindex a -
25486 @pindex calc-alt-summation
25487 @tindex asum
25488 The @kbd{a -} (@code{calc-alt-summation}) [@code{asum}] command
25489 computes an alternating sum. Successive terms of the sequence
25490 are given alternating signs, with the first term (corresponding
25491 to the lower index value) being positive. Alternating sums
25492 are converted to normal sums with an extra term of the form
25493 @samp{(-1)^(k-@var{low})}. This formula is adjusted appropriately
25494 if the step value is other than one. For example, the Taylor
25495 series for the sine function is @samp{asum(x^k / k!, k, 1, inf, 2)}.
25496 (Calc cannot evaluate this infinite series, but it can approximate
25497 it if you replace @code{inf} with any particular odd number.)
25498 Calc converts this series to a regular sum with a step of one,
25499 namely @samp{sum((-1)^k x^(2k+1) / (2k+1)!, k, 0, inf)}.
25500
25501 @cindex Product of a sequence
25502 @kindex a *
25503 @pindex calc-product
25504 @tindex prod
25505 The @kbd{a *} (@code{calc-product}) [@code{prod}] command is
25506 the analogous way to take a product of many terms. Calc also knows
25507 some closed forms for products, such as @samp{prod(k, k, 1, n) = n!}.
25508 Conditional products can be written @samp{prod(k^prime(k), k, 1, n)}
25509 or @samp{prod(prime(k) ? k : 1, k, 1, n)}.
25510
25511 @kindex a T
25512 @pindex calc-tabulate
25513 @tindex table
25514 The @kbd{a T} (@code{calc-tabulate}) [@code{table}] command
25515 evaluates a formula at a series of iterated index values, just
25516 like @code{sum} and @code{prod}, but its result is simply a
25517 vector of the results. For example, @samp{table(a_i, i, 1, 7, 2)}
25518 produces @samp{[a_1, a_3, a_5, a_7]}.
25519
25520 @node Logical Operations, Rewrite Rules, Summations, Algebra
25521 @section Logical Operations
25522
25523 @noindent
25524 The following commands and algebraic functions return true/false values,
25525 where 1 represents ``true'' and 0 represents ``false.'' In cases where
25526 a truth value is required (such as for the condition part of a rewrite
25527 rule, or as the condition for a @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} control structure), any
25528 nonzero value is accepted to mean ``true.'' (Specifically, anything
25529 for which @code{dnonzero} returns 1 is ``true,'' and anything for
25530 which @code{dnonzero} returns 0 or cannot decide is assumed ``false.''
25531 Note that this means that @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} will execute the ``then''
25532 portion if its condition is provably true, but it will execute the
25533 ``else'' portion for any condition like @expr{a = b} that is not
25534 provably true, even if it might be true. Algebraic functions that
25535 have conditions as arguments, like @code{? :} and @code{&&}, remain
25536 unevaluated if the condition is neither provably true nor provably
25537 false. @xref{Declarations}.)
25538
25539 @kindex a =
25540 @pindex calc-equal-to
25541 @tindex eq
25542 @tindex =
25543 @tindex ==
25544 The @kbd{a =} (@code{calc-equal-to}) command, or @samp{eq(a,b)} function
25545 (which can also be written @samp{a = b} or @samp{a == b} in an algebraic
25546 formula) is true if @expr{a} and @expr{b} are equal, either because they
25547 are identical expressions, or because they are numbers which are
25548 numerically equal. (Thus the integer 1 is considered equal to the float
25549 1.0.) If the equality of @expr{a} and @expr{b} cannot be determined,
25550 the comparison is left in symbolic form. Note that as a command, this
25551 operation pops two values from the stack and pushes back either a 1 or
25552 a 0, or a formula @samp{a = b} if the values' equality cannot be determined.
25553
25554 Many Calc commands use @samp{=} formulas to represent @dfn{equations}.
25555 For example, the @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) command rearranges
25556 an equation to solve for a given variable. The @kbd{a M}
25557 (@code{calc-map-equation}) command can be used to apply any
25558 function to both sides of an equation; for example, @kbd{2 a M *}
25559 multiplies both sides of the equation by two. Note that just
25560 @kbd{2 *} would not do the same thing; it would produce the formula
25561 @samp{2 (a = b)} which represents 2 if the equality is true or
25562 zero if not.
25563
25564 The @code{eq} function with more than two arguments (e.g., @kbd{C-u 3 a =}
25565 or @samp{a = b = c}) tests if all of its arguments are equal. In
25566 algebraic notation, the @samp{=} operator is unusual in that it is
25567 neither left- nor right-associative: @samp{a = b = c} is not the
25568 same as @samp{(a = b) = c} or @samp{a = (b = c)} (which each compare
25569 one variable with the 1 or 0 that results from comparing two other
25570 variables).
25571
25572 @kindex a #
25573 @pindex calc-not-equal-to
25574 @tindex neq
25575 @tindex !=
25576 The @kbd{a #} (@code{calc-not-equal-to}) command, or @samp{neq(a,b)} or
25577 @samp{a != b} function, is true if @expr{a} and @expr{b} are not equal.
25578 This also works with more than two arguments; @samp{a != b != c != d}
25579 tests that all four of @expr{a}, @expr{b}, @expr{c}, and @expr{d} are
25580 distinct numbers.
25581
25582 @kindex a <
25583 @tindex lt
25584 @ignore
25585 @mindex @idots
25586 @end ignore
25587 @kindex a >
25588 @ignore
25589 @mindex @null
25590 @end ignore
25591 @kindex a [
25592 @ignore
25593 @mindex @null
25594 @end ignore
25595 @kindex a ]
25596 @pindex calc-less-than
25597 @pindex calc-greater-than
25598 @pindex calc-less-equal
25599 @pindex calc-greater-equal
25600 @ignore
25601 @mindex @null
25602 @end ignore
25603 @tindex gt
25604 @ignore
25605 @mindex @null
25606 @end ignore
25607 @tindex leq
25608 @ignore
25609 @mindex @null
25610 @end ignore
25611 @tindex geq
25612 @ignore
25613 @mindex @null
25614 @end ignore
25615 @tindex <
25616 @ignore
25617 @mindex @null
25618 @end ignore
25619 @tindex >
25620 @ignore
25621 @mindex @null
25622 @end ignore
25623 @tindex <=
25624 @ignore
25625 @mindex @null
25626 @end ignore
25627 @tindex >=
25628 The @kbd{a <} (@code{calc-less-than}) [@samp{lt(a,b)} or @samp{a < b}]
25629 operation is true if @expr{a} is less than @expr{b}. Similar functions
25630 are @kbd{a >} (@code{calc-greater-than}) [@samp{gt(a,b)} or @samp{a > b}],
25631 @kbd{a [} (@code{calc-less-equal}) [@samp{leq(a,b)} or @samp{a <= b}], and
25632 @kbd{a ]} (@code{calc-greater-equal}) [@samp{geq(a,b)} or @samp{a >= b}].
25633
25634 While the inequality functions like @code{lt} do not accept more
25635 than two arguments, the syntax @w{@samp{a <= b < c}} is translated to an
25636 equivalent expression involving intervals: @samp{b in [a .. c)}.
25637 (See the description of @code{in} below.) All four combinations
25638 of @samp{<} and @samp{<=} are allowed, or any of the four combinations
25639 of @samp{>} and @samp{>=}. Four-argument constructions like
25640 @samp{a < b < c < d}, and mixtures like @w{@samp{a < b = c}} that
25641 involve both equalities and inequalities, are not allowed.
25642
25643 @kindex a .
25644 @pindex calc-remove-equal
25645 @tindex rmeq
25646 The @kbd{a .} (@code{calc-remove-equal}) [@code{rmeq}] command extracts
25647 the righthand side of the equation or inequality on the top of the
25648 stack. It also works elementwise on vectors. For example, if
25649 @samp{[x = 2.34, y = z / 2]} is on the stack, then @kbd{a .} produces
25650 @samp{[2.34, z / 2]}. As a special case, if the righthand side is a
25651 variable and the lefthand side is a number (as in @samp{2.34 = x}), then
25652 Calc keeps the lefthand side instead. Finally, this command works with
25653 assignments @samp{x := 2.34} as well as equations, always taking the
25654 righthand side, and for @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operators, always
25655 taking the lefthand side.
25656
25657 @kindex a &
25658 @pindex calc-logical-and
25659 @tindex land
25660 @tindex &&
25661 The @kbd{a &} (@code{calc-logical-and}) [@samp{land(a,b)} or @samp{a && b}]
25662 function is true if both of its arguments are true, i.e., are
25663 non-zero numbers. In this case, the result will be either @expr{a} or
25664 @expr{b}, chosen arbitrarily. If either argument is zero, the result is
25665 zero. Otherwise, the formula is left in symbolic form.
25666
25667 @kindex a |
25668 @pindex calc-logical-or
25669 @tindex lor
25670 @tindex ||
25671 The @kbd{a |} (@code{calc-logical-or}) [@samp{lor(a,b)} or @samp{a || b}]
25672 function is true if either or both of its arguments are true (nonzero).
25673 The result is whichever argument was nonzero, choosing arbitrarily if both
25674 are nonzero. If both @expr{a} and @expr{b} are zero, the result is
25675 zero.
25676
25677 @kindex a !
25678 @pindex calc-logical-not
25679 @tindex lnot
25680 @tindex !
25681 The @kbd{a !} (@code{calc-logical-not}) [@samp{lnot(a)} or @samp{!@: a}]
25682 function is true if @expr{a} is false (zero), or false if @expr{a} is
25683 true (nonzero). It is left in symbolic form if @expr{a} is not a
25684 number.
25685
25686 @kindex a :
25687 @pindex calc-logical-if
25688 @tindex if
25689 @ignore
25690 @mindex ? :
25691 @end ignore
25692 @tindex ?
25693 @ignore
25694 @mindex @null
25695 @end ignore
25696 @tindex :
25697 @cindex Arguments, not evaluated
25698 The @kbd{a :} (@code{calc-logical-if}) [@samp{if(a,b,c)} or @samp{a ? b :@: c}]
25699 function is equal to either @expr{b} or @expr{c} if @expr{a} is a nonzero
25700 number or zero, respectively. If @expr{a} is not a number, the test is
25701 left in symbolic form and neither @expr{b} nor @expr{c} is evaluated in
25702 any way. In algebraic formulas, this is one of the few Calc functions
25703 whose arguments are not automatically evaluated when the function itself
25704 is evaluated. The others are @code{lambda}, @code{quote}, and
25705 @code{condition}.
25706
25707 One minor surprise to watch out for is that the formula @samp{a?3:4}
25708 will not work because the @samp{3:4} is parsed as a fraction instead of
25709 as three separate symbols. Type something like @samp{a ? 3 : 4} or
25710 @samp{a?(3):4} instead.
25711
25712 As a special case, if @expr{a} evaluates to a vector, then both @expr{b}
25713 and @expr{c} are evaluated; the result is a vector of the same length
25714 as @expr{a} whose elements are chosen from corresponding elements of
25715 @expr{b} and @expr{c} according to whether each element of @expr{a}
25716 is zero or nonzero. Each of @expr{b} and @expr{c} must be either a
25717 vector of the same length as @expr{a}, or a non-vector which is matched
25718 with all elements of @expr{a}.
25719
25720 @kindex a @{
25721 @pindex calc-in-set
25722 @tindex in
25723 The @kbd{a @{} (@code{calc-in-set}) [@samp{in(a,b)}] function is true if
25724 the number @expr{a} is in the set of numbers represented by @expr{b}.
25725 If @expr{b} is an interval form, @expr{a} must be one of the values
25726 encompassed by the interval. If @expr{b} is a vector, @expr{a} must be
25727 equal to one of the elements of the vector. (If any vector elements are
25728 intervals, @expr{a} must be in any of the intervals.) If @expr{b} is a
25729 plain number, @expr{a} must be numerically equal to @expr{b}.
25730 @xref{Set Operations}, for a group of commands that manipulate sets
25731 of this sort.
25732
25733 @ignore
25734 @starindex
25735 @end ignore
25736 @tindex typeof
25737 The @samp{typeof(a)} function produces an integer or variable which
25738 characterizes @expr{a}. If @expr{a} is a number, vector, or variable,
25739 the result will be one of the following numbers:
25740
25741 @example
25742 1 Integer
25743 2 Fraction
25744 3 Floating-point number
25745 4 HMS form
25746 5 Rectangular complex number
25747 6 Polar complex number
25748 7 Error form
25749 8 Interval form
25750 9 Modulo form
25751 10 Date-only form
25752 11 Date/time form
25753 12 Infinity (inf, uinf, or nan)
25754 100 Variable
25755 101 Vector (but not a matrix)
25756 102 Matrix
25757 @end example
25758
25759 Otherwise, @expr{a} is a formula, and the result is a variable which
25760 represents the name of the top-level function call.
25761
25762 @ignore
25763 @starindex
25764 @end ignore
25765 @tindex integer
25766 @ignore
25767 @starindex
25768 @end ignore
25769 @tindex real
25770 @ignore
25771 @starindex
25772 @end ignore
25773 @tindex constant
25774 The @samp{integer(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} is an integer.
25775 The @samp{real(a)} function
25776 is true if @expr{a} is a real number, either integer, fraction, or
25777 float. The @samp{constant(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} is
25778 any of the objects for which @code{typeof} would produce an integer
25779 code result except for variables, and provided that the components of
25780 an object like a vector or error form are themselves constant.
25781 Note that infinities do not satisfy any of these tests, nor do
25782 special constants like @code{pi} and @code{e}.
25783
25784 @xref{Declarations}, for a set of similar functions that recognize
25785 formulas as well as actual numbers. For example, @samp{dint(floor(x))}
25786 is true because @samp{floor(x)} is provably integer-valued, but
25787 @samp{integer(floor(x))} does not because @samp{floor(x)} is not
25788 literally an integer constant.
25789
25790 @ignore
25791 @starindex
25792 @end ignore
25793 @tindex refers
25794 The @samp{refers(a,b)} function is true if the variable (or sub-expression)
25795 @expr{b} appears in @expr{a}, or false otherwise. Unlike the other
25796 tests described here, this function returns a definite ``no'' answer
25797 even if its arguments are still in symbolic form. The only case where
25798 @code{refers} will be left unevaluated is if @expr{a} is a plain
25799 variable (different from @expr{b}).
25800
25801 @ignore
25802 @starindex
25803 @end ignore
25804 @tindex negative
25805 The @samp{negative(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} ``looks'' negative,
25806 because it is a negative number, because it is of the form @expr{-x},
25807 or because it is a product or quotient with a term that looks negative.
25808 This is most useful in rewrite rules. Beware that @samp{negative(a)}
25809 evaluates to 1 or 0 for @emph{any} argument @expr{a}, so it can only
25810 be stored in a formula if the default simplifications are turned off
25811 first with @kbd{m O} (or if it appears in an unevaluated context such
25812 as a rewrite rule condition).
25813
25814 @ignore
25815 @starindex
25816 @end ignore
25817 @tindex variable
25818 The @samp{variable(a)} function is true if @expr{a} is a variable,
25819 or false if not. If @expr{a} is a function call, this test is left
25820 in symbolic form. Built-in variables like @code{pi} and @code{inf}
25821 are considered variables like any others by this test.
25822
25823 @ignore
25824 @starindex
25825 @end ignore
25826 @tindex nonvar
25827 The @samp{nonvar(a)} function is true if @expr{a} is a non-variable.
25828 If its argument is a variable it is left unsimplified; it never
25829 actually returns zero. However, since Calc's condition-testing
25830 commands consider ``false'' anything not provably true, this is
25831 often good enough.
25832
25833 @ignore
25834 @starindex
25835 @end ignore
25836 @tindex lin
25837 @ignore
25838 @starindex
25839 @end ignore
25840 @tindex linnt
25841 @ignore
25842 @starindex
25843 @end ignore
25844 @tindex islin
25845 @ignore
25846 @starindex
25847 @end ignore
25848 @tindex islinnt
25849 @cindex Linearity testing
25850 The functions @code{lin}, @code{linnt}, @code{islin}, and @code{islinnt}
25851 check if an expression is ``linear,'' i.e., can be written in the form
25852 @expr{a + b x} for some constants @expr{a} and @expr{b}, and some
25853 variable or subformula @expr{x}. The function @samp{islin(f,x)} checks
25854 if formula @expr{f} is linear in @expr{x}, returning 1 if so. For
25855 example, @samp{islin(x,x)}, @samp{islin(-x,x)}, @samp{islin(3,x)}, and
25856 @samp{islin(x y / 3 - 2, x)} all return 1. The @samp{lin(f,x)} function
25857 is similar, except that instead of returning 1 it returns the vector
25858 @expr{[a, b, x]}. For the above examples, this vector would be
25859 @expr{[0, 1, x]}, @expr{[0, -1, x]}, @expr{[3, 0, x]}, and
25860 @expr{[-2, y/3, x]}, respectively. Both @code{lin} and @code{islin}
25861 generally remain unevaluated for expressions which are not linear,
25862 e.g., @samp{lin(2 x^2, x)} and @samp{lin(sin(x), x)}. The second
25863 argument can also be a formula; @samp{islin(2 + 3 sin(x), sin(x))}
25864 returns true.
25865
25866 The @code{linnt} and @code{islinnt} functions perform a similar check,
25867 but require a ``non-trivial'' linear form, which means that the
25868 @expr{b} coefficient must be non-zero. For example, @samp{lin(2,x)}
25869 returns @expr{[2, 0, x]} and @samp{lin(y,x)} returns @expr{[y, 0, x]},
25870 but @samp{linnt(2,x)} and @samp{linnt(y,x)} are left unevaluated
25871 (in other words, these formulas are considered to be only ``trivially''
25872 linear in @expr{x}).
25873
25874 All four linearity-testing functions allow you to omit the second
25875 argument, in which case the input may be linear in any non-constant
25876 formula. Here, the @expr{a=0}, @expr{b=1} case is also considered
25877 trivial, and only constant values for @expr{a} and @expr{b} are
25878 recognized. Thus, @samp{lin(2 x y)} returns @expr{[0, 2, x y]},
25879 @samp{lin(2 - x y)} returns @expr{[2, -1, x y]}, and @samp{lin(x y)}
25880 returns @expr{[0, 1, x y]}. The @code{linnt} function would allow the
25881 first two cases but not the third. Also, neither @code{lin} nor
25882 @code{linnt} accept plain constants as linear in the one-argument
25883 case: @samp{islin(2,x)} is true, but @samp{islin(2)} is false.
25884
25885 @ignore
25886 @starindex
25887 @end ignore
25888 @tindex istrue
25889 The @samp{istrue(a)} function returns 1 if @expr{a} is a nonzero
25890 number or provably nonzero formula, or 0 if @expr{a} is anything else.
25891 Calls to @code{istrue} can only be manipulated if @kbd{m O} mode is
25892 used to make sure they are not evaluated prematurely. (Note that
25893 declarations are used when deciding whether a formula is true;
25894 @code{istrue} returns 1 when @code{dnonzero} would return 1, and
25895 it returns 0 when @code{dnonzero} would return 0 or leave itself
25896 in symbolic form.)
25897
25898 @node Rewrite Rules, , Logical Operations, Algebra
25899 @section Rewrite Rules
25900
25901 @noindent
25902 @cindex Rewrite rules
25903 @cindex Transformations
25904 @cindex Pattern matching
25905 @kindex a r
25906 @pindex calc-rewrite
25907 @tindex rewrite
25908 The @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) [@code{rewrite}] command makes
25909 substitutions in a formula according to a specified pattern or patterns
25910 known as @dfn{rewrite rules}. Whereas @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
25911 matches literally, so that substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(x)}
25912 matches only the @code{sin} function applied to the variable @code{x},
25913 rewrite rules match general kinds of formulas; rewriting using the rule
25914 @samp{sin(x) := cos(x)} matches @code{sin} of any argument and replaces
25915 it with @code{cos} of that same argument. The only significance of the
25916 name @code{x} is that the same name is used on both sides of the rule.
25917
25918 Rewrite rules rearrange formulas already in Calc's memory.
25919 @xref{Syntax Tables}, to read about @dfn{syntax rules}, which are
25920 similar to algebraic rewrite rules but operate when new algebraic
25921 entries are being parsed, converting strings of characters into
25922 Calc formulas.
25923
25924 @menu
25925 * Entering Rewrite Rules::
25926 * Basic Rewrite Rules::
25927 * Conditional Rewrite Rules::
25928 * Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules::
25929 * Other Features of Rewrite Rules::
25930 * Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules::
25931 * Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules::
25932 * Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules::
25933 * Selections with Rewrite Rules::
25934 * Matching Commands::
25935 * Automatic Rewrites::
25936 * Debugging Rewrites::
25937 * Examples of Rewrite Rules::
25938 @end menu
25939
25940 @node Entering Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25941 @subsection Entering Rewrite Rules
25942
25943 @noindent
25944 Rewrite rules normally use the ``assignment'' operator
25945 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}.
25946 This operator is equivalent to the function call @samp{assign(old, new)}.
25947 The @code{assign} function is undefined by itself in Calc, so an
25948 assignment formula such as a rewrite rule will be left alone by ordinary
25949 Calc commands. But certain commands, like the rewrite system, interpret
25950 assignments in special ways.
25951
25952 For example, the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1-cos(x)^2} says to replace
25953 every occurrence of the sine of something, squared, with one minus the
25954 square of the cosine of that same thing. All by itself as a formula
25955 on the stack it does nothing, but when given to the @kbd{a r} command
25956 it turns that command into a sine-squared-to-cosine-squared converter.
25957
25958 To specify a set of rules to be applied all at once, make a vector of
25959 rules.
25960
25961 When @kbd{a r} prompts you to enter the rewrite rules, you can answer
25962 in several ways:
25963
25964 @enumerate
25965 @item
25966 With a rule: @kbd{f(x) := g(x) @key{RET}}.
25967 @item
25968 With a vector of rules: @kbd{[f1(x) := g1(x), f2(x) := g2(x)] @key{RET}}.
25969 (You can omit the enclosing square brackets if you wish.)
25970 @item
25971 With the name of a variable that contains the rule or rules vector:
25972 @kbd{myrules @key{RET}}.
25973 @item
25974 With any formula except a rule, a vector, or a variable name; this
25975 will be interpreted as the @var{old} half of a rewrite rule,
25976 and you will be prompted a second time for the @var{new} half:
25977 @kbd{f(x) @key{RET} g(x) @key{RET}}.
25978 @item
25979 With a blank line, in which case the rule, rules vector, or variable
25980 will be taken from the top of the stack (and the formula to be
25981 rewritten will come from the second-to-top position).
25982 @end enumerate
25983
25984 If you enter the rules directly (as opposed to using rules stored
25985 in a variable), those rules will be put into the Trail so that you
25986 can retrieve them later. @xref{Trail Commands}.
25987
25988 It is most convenient to store rules you use often in a variable and
25989 invoke them by giving the variable name. The @kbd{s e}
25990 (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command is an easy way to create or edit a
25991 rule set stored in a variable. You may also wish to use @kbd{s p}
25992 (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) to save your rules permanently;
25993 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
25994
25995 Rewrite rules are compiled into a special internal form for faster
25996 matching. If you enter a rule set directly it must be recompiled
25997 every time. If you store the rules in a variable and refer to them
25998 through that variable, they will be compiled once and saved away
25999 along with the variable for later reference. This is another good
26000 reason to store your rules in a variable.
26001
26002 Calc also accepts an obsolete notation for rules, as vectors
26003 @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}]}. But because it is easily confused with a
26004 vector of two rules, the use of this notation is no longer recommended.
26005
26006 @node Basic Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Entering Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26007 @subsection Basic Rewrite Rules
26008
26009 @noindent
26010 To match a particular formula @expr{x} with a particular rewrite rule
26011 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}, Calc compares the structure of @expr{x} with
26012 the structure of @var{old}. Variables that appear in @var{old} are
26013 treated as @dfn{meta-variables}; the corresponding positions in @expr{x}
26014 may contain any sub-formulas. For example, the pattern @samp{f(x,y)}
26015 would match the expression @samp{f(12, a+1)} with the meta-variable
26016 @samp{x} corresponding to 12 and with @samp{y} corresponding to
26017 @samp{a+1}. However, this pattern would not match @samp{f(12)} or
26018 @samp{g(12, a+1)}, since there is no assignment of the meta-variables
26019 that will make the pattern match these expressions. Notice that if
26020 the pattern is a single meta-variable, it will match any expression.
26021
26022 If a given meta-variable appears more than once in @var{old}, the
26023 corresponding sub-formulas of @expr{x} must be identical. Thus
26024 the pattern @samp{f(x,x)} would match @samp{f(12, 12)} and
26025 @samp{f(a+1, a+1)} but not @samp{f(12, a+1)} or @samp{f(a+b, b+a)}.
26026 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for a way to match the latter.)
26027
26028 Things other than variables must match exactly between the pattern
26029 and the target formula. To match a particular variable exactly, use
26030 the pseudo-function @samp{quote(v)} in the pattern. For example, the
26031 pattern @samp{x+quote(y)} matches @samp{x+y}, @samp{2+y}, or
26032 @samp{sin(a)+y}.
26033
26034 The special variable names @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi},
26035 @samp{gamma}, @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} always match
26036 literally. Thus the pattern @samp{sin(d + e + f)} acts exactly like
26037 @samp{sin(d + quote(e) + f)}.
26038
26039 If the @var{old} pattern is found to match a given formula, that
26040 formula is replaced by @var{new}, where any occurrences in @var{new}
26041 of meta-variables from the pattern are replaced with the sub-formulas
26042 that they matched. Thus, applying the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x)}
26043 to @samp{f(12, a+1)} would produce @samp{g(a+13, 12)}.
26044
26045 The normal @kbd{a r} command applies rewrite rules over and over
26046 throughout the target formula until no further changes are possible
26047 (up to a limit of 100 times). Use @kbd{C-u 1 a r} to make only one
26048 change at a time.
26049
26050 @node Conditional Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26051 @subsection Conditional Rewrite Rules
26052
26053 @noindent
26054 A rewrite rule can also be @dfn{conditional}, written in the form
26055 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}}. (There is also the obsolete
26056 form @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}, @var{cond}]}.) If a @var{cond} part
26057 is present in the
26058 rule, this is an additional condition that must be satisfied before
26059 the rule is accepted. Once @var{old} has been successfully matched
26060 to the target expression, @var{cond} is evaluated (with all the
26061 meta-variables substituted for the values they matched) and simplified
26062 with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}). If the result is a nonzero
26063 number or any other object known to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}),
26064 the rule is accepted. If the result is zero or if it is a symbolic
26065 formula that is not known to be nonzero, the rule is rejected.
26066 @xref{Logical Operations}, for a number of functions that return
26067 1 or 0 according to the results of various tests.
26068
26069 For example, the formula @samp{n > 0} simplifies to 1 or 0 if @expr{n}
26070 is replaced by a positive or nonpositive number, respectively (or if
26071 @expr{n} has been declared to be positive or nonpositive). Thus,
26072 the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x) :: x+y > 0} would apply to
26073 @samp{f(0, 4)} but not to @samp{f(-3, 2)} or @samp{f(12, a+1)}
26074 (assuming no outstanding declarations for @expr{a}). In the case of
26075 @samp{f(-3, 2)}, the condition can be shown not to be satisfied; in
26076 the case of @samp{f(12, a+1)}, the condition merely cannot be shown
26077 to be satisfied, but that is enough to reject the rule.
26078
26079 While Calc will use declarations to reason about variables in the
26080 formula being rewritten, declarations do not apply to meta-variables.
26081 For example, the rule @samp{f(a) := g(a+1)} will match for any values
26082 of @samp{a}, such as complex numbers, vectors, or formulas, even if
26083 @samp{a} has been declared to be real or scalar. If you want the
26084 meta-variable @samp{a} to match only literal real numbers, use
26085 @samp{f(a) := g(a+1) :: real(a)}. If you want @samp{a} to match only
26086 reals and formulas which are provably real, use @samp{dreal(a)} as
26087 the condition.
26088
26089 The @samp{::} operator is a shorthand for the @code{condition}
26090 function; @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}} is equivalent to
26091 the formula @samp{condition(assign(@var{old}, @var{new}), @var{cond})}.
26092
26093 If you have several conditions, you can use @samp{... :: c1 :: c2 :: c3}
26094 or @samp{... :: c1 && c2 && c3}. The two are entirely equivalent.
26095
26096 It is also possible to embed conditions inside the pattern:
26097 @samp{f(x :: x>0, y) := g(y+x, x)}. This is purely a notational
26098 convenience, though; where a condition appears in a rule has no
26099 effect on when it is tested. The rewrite-rule compiler automatically
26100 decides when it is best to test each condition while a rule is being
26101 matched.
26102
26103 Certain conditions are handled as special cases by the rewrite rule
26104 system and are tested very efficiently: Where @expr{x} is any
26105 meta-variable, these conditions are @samp{integer(x)}, @samp{real(x)},
26106 @samp{constant(x)}, @samp{negative(x)}, @samp{x >= y} where @expr{y}
26107 is either a constant or another meta-variable and @samp{>=} may be
26108 replaced by any of the six relational operators, and @samp{x % a = b}
26109 where @expr{a} and @expr{b} are constants. Other conditions, like
26110 @samp{x >= y+1} or @samp{dreal(x)}, will be less efficient to check
26111 since Calc must bring the whole evaluator and simplifier into play.
26112
26113 An interesting property of @samp{::} is that neither of its arguments
26114 will be touched by Calc's default simplifications. This is important
26115 because conditions often are expressions that cannot safely be
26116 evaluated early. For example, the @code{typeof} function never
26117 remains in symbolic form; entering @samp{typeof(a)} will put the
26118 number 100 (the type code for variables like @samp{a}) on the stack.
26119 But putting the condition @samp{... :: typeof(a) = 6} on the stack
26120 is safe since @samp{::} prevents the @code{typeof} from being
26121 evaluated until the condition is actually used by the rewrite system.
26122
26123 Since @samp{::} protects its lefthand side, too, you can use a dummy
26124 condition to protect a rule that must itself not evaluate early.
26125 For example, it's not safe to put @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x])} on
26126 the stack because it will immediately evaluate to @samp{a(f,x) := f(x)},
26127 where the meta-variable-ness of @code{f} on the righthand side has been
26128 lost. But @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x]) :: 1} is safe, and of course
26129 the condition @samp{1} is always true (nonzero) so it has no effect on
26130 the functioning of the rule. (The rewrite compiler will ensure that
26131 it doesn't even impact the speed of matching the rule.)
26132
26133 @node Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26134 @subsection Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules
26135
26136 @noindent
26137 The rewrite mechanism understands the algebraic properties of functions
26138 like @samp{+} and @samp{*}. In particular, pattern matching takes
26139 the associativity and commutativity of the following functions into
26140 account:
26141
26142 @smallexample
26143 + - * = != && || and or xor vint vunion vxor gcd lcm max min beta
26144 @end smallexample
26145
26146 For example, the rewrite rule:
26147
26148 @example
26149 a x + b x := (a + b) x
26150 @end example
26151
26152 @noindent
26153 will match formulas of the form,
26154
26155 @example
26156 a x + b x, x a + x b, a x + x b, x a + b x
26157 @end example
26158
26159 Rewrites also understand the relationship between the @samp{+} and @samp{-}
26160 operators. The above rewrite rule will also match the formulas,
26161
26162 @example
26163 a x - b x, x a - x b, a x - x b, x a - b x
26164 @end example
26165
26166 @noindent
26167 by matching @samp{b} in the pattern to @samp{-b} from the formula.
26168
26169 Applied to a sum of many terms like @samp{r + a x + s + b x + t}, this
26170 pattern will check all pairs of terms for possible matches. The rewrite
26171 will take whichever suitable pair it discovers first.
26172
26173 In general, a pattern using an associative operator like @samp{a + b}
26174 will try @var{2 n} different ways to match a sum of @var{n} terms
26175 like @samp{x + y + z - w}. First, @samp{a} is matched against each
26176 of @samp{x}, @samp{y}, @samp{z}, and @samp{-w} in turn, with @samp{b}
26177 being matched to the remainders @samp{y + z - w}, @samp{x + z - w}, etc.
26178 If none of these succeed, then @samp{b} is matched against each of the
26179 four terms with @samp{a} matching the remainder. Half-and-half matches,
26180 like @samp{(x + y) + (z - w)}, are not tried.
26181
26182 Note that @samp{*} is not commutative when applied to matrices, but
26183 rewrite rules pretend that it is. If you type @kbd{m v} to enable
26184 Matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), rewrite rules will match @samp{*}
26185 literally, ignoring its usual commutativity property. (In the
26186 current implementation, the associativity also vanishes---it is as
26187 if the pattern had been enclosed in a @code{plain} marker; see below.)
26188 If you are applying rewrites to formulas with matrices, it's best to
26189 enable Matrix mode first to prevent algebraically incorrect rewrites
26190 from occurring.
26191
26192 The pattern @samp{-x} will actually match any expression. For example,
26193 the rule
26194
26195 @example
26196 f(-x) := -f(x)
26197 @end example
26198
26199 @noindent
26200 will rewrite @samp{f(a)} to @samp{-f(-a)}. To avoid this, either use
26201 a @code{plain} marker as described below, or add a @samp{negative(x)}
26202 condition. The @code{negative} function is true if its argument
26203 ``looks'' negative, for example, because it is a negative number or
26204 because it is a formula like @samp{-x}. The new rule using this
26205 condition is:
26206
26207 @example
26208 f(x) := -f(-x) :: negative(x) @r{or, equivalently,}
26209 f(-x) := -f(x) :: negative(-x)
26210 @end example
26211
26212 In the same way, the pattern @samp{x - y} will match the sum @samp{a + b}
26213 by matching @samp{y} to @samp{-b}.
26214
26215 The pattern @samp{a b} will also match the formula @samp{x/y} if
26216 @samp{y} is a number. Thus the rule @samp{a x + @w{b x} := (a+b) x}
26217 will also convert @samp{a x + x / 2} to @samp{(a + 0.5) x} (or
26218 @samp{(a + 1:2) x}, depending on the current fraction mode).
26219
26220 Calc will @emph{not} take other liberties with @samp{*}, @samp{/}, and
26221 @samp{^}. For example, the pattern @samp{f(a b)} will not match
26222 @samp{f(x^2)}, and @samp{f(a + b)} will not match @samp{f(2 x)}, even
26223 though conceivably these patterns could match with @samp{a = b = x}.
26224 Nor will @samp{f(a b)} match @samp{f(x / y)} if @samp{y} is not a
26225 constant, even though it could be considered to match with @samp{a = x}
26226 and @samp{b = 1/y}. The reasons are partly for efficiency, and partly
26227 because while few mathematical operations are substantively different
26228 for addition and subtraction, often it is preferable to treat the cases
26229 of multiplication, division, and integer powers separately.
26230
26231 Even more subtle is the rule set
26232
26233 @example
26234 [ f(a) + f(b) := f(a + b), -f(a) := f(-a) ]
26235 @end example
26236
26237 @noindent
26238 attempting to match @samp{f(x) - f(y)}. You might think that Calc
26239 will view this subtraction as @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))} and then apply
26240 the above two rules in turn, but actually this will not work because
26241 Calc only does this when considering rules for @samp{+} (like the
26242 first rule in this set). So it will see first that @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))}
26243 does not match @samp{f(a) + f(b)} for any assignments of the
26244 meta-variables, and then it will see that @samp{f(x) - f(y)} does
26245 not match @samp{-f(a)} for any assignment of @samp{a}. Because Calc
26246 tries only one rule at a time, it will not be able to rewrite
26247 @samp{f(x) - f(y)} with this rule set. An explicit @samp{f(a) - f(b)}
26248 rule will have to be added.
26249
26250 Another thing patterns will @emph{not} do is break up complex numbers.
26251 The pattern @samp{myconj(a + @w{b i)} := a - b i} will work for formulas
26252 involving the special constant @samp{i} (such as @samp{3 - 4 i}), but
26253 it will not match actual complex numbers like @samp{(3, -4)}. A version
26254 of the above rule for complex numbers would be
26255
26256 @example
26257 myconj(a) := re(a) - im(a) (0,1) :: im(a) != 0
26258 @end example
26259
26260 @noindent
26261 (Because the @code{re} and @code{im} functions understand the properties
26262 of the special constant @samp{i}, this rule will also work for
26263 @samp{3 - 4 i}. In fact, this particular rule would probably be better
26264 without the @samp{im(a) != 0} condition, since if @samp{im(a) = 0} the
26265 righthand side of the rule will still give the correct answer for the
26266 conjugate of a real number.)
26267
26268 It is also possible to specify optional arguments in patterns. The rule
26269
26270 @example
26271 opt(a) x + opt(b) (x^opt(c) + opt(d)) := f(a, b, c, d)
26272 @end example
26273
26274 @noindent
26275 will match the formula
26276
26277 @example
26278 5 (x^2 - 4) + 3 x
26279 @end example
26280
26281 @noindent
26282 in a fairly straightforward manner, but it will also match reduced
26283 formulas like
26284
26285 @example
26286 x + x^2, 2(x + 1) - x, x + x
26287 @end example
26288
26289 @noindent
26290 producing, respectively,
26291
26292 @example
26293 f(1, 1, 2, 0), f(-1, 2, 1, 1), f(1, 1, 1, 0)
26294 @end example
26295
26296 (The latter two formulas can be entered only if default simplifications
26297 have been turned off with @kbd{m O}.)
26298
26299 The default value for a term of a sum is zero. The default value
26300 for a part of a product, for a power, or for the denominator of a
26301 quotient, is one. Also, @samp{-x} matches the pattern @samp{opt(a) b}
26302 with @samp{a = -1}.
26303
26304 In particular, the distributive-law rule can be refined to
26305
26306 @example
26307 opt(a) x + opt(b) x := (a + b) x
26308 @end example
26309
26310 @noindent
26311 so that it will convert, e.g., @samp{a x - x}, to @samp{(a - 1) x}.
26312
26313 The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x} matches almost any formulas which
26314 are linear in @samp{x}. You can also use the @code{lin} and @code{islin}
26315 functions with rewrite conditions to test for this; @pxref{Logical
26316 Operations}. These functions are not as convenient to use in rewrite
26317 rules, but they recognize more kinds of formulas as linear:
26318 @samp{x/z} is considered linear with @expr{b = 1/z} by @code{lin},
26319 but it will not match the above pattern because that pattern calls
26320 for a multiplication, not a division.
26321
26322 As another example, the obvious rule to replace @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2}
26323 by 1,
26324
26325 @example
26326 sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 := 1
26327 @end example
26328
26329 @noindent
26330 misses many cases because the sine and cosine may both be multiplied by
26331 an equal factor. Here's a more successful rule:
26332
26333 @example
26334 opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a
26335 @end example
26336
26337 Note that this rule will @emph{not} match @samp{sin(x)^2 + 6 cos(x)^2}
26338 because one @expr{a} would have ``matched'' 1 while the other matched 6.
26339
26340 Calc automatically converts a rule like
26341
26342 @example
26343 f(x-1, x) := g(x)
26344 @end example
26345
26346 @noindent
26347 into the form
26348
26349 @example
26350 f(temp, x) := g(x) :: temp = x-1
26351 @end example
26352
26353 @noindent
26354 (where @code{temp} stands for a new, invented meta-variable that
26355 doesn't actually have a name). This modified rule will successfully
26356 match @samp{f(6, 7)}, binding @samp{temp} and @samp{x} to 6 and 7,
26357 respectively, then verifying that they differ by one even though
26358 @samp{6} does not superficially look like @samp{x-1}.
26359
26360 However, Calc does not solve equations to interpret a rule. The
26361 following rule,
26362
26363 @example
26364 f(x-1, x+1) := g(x)
26365 @end example
26366
26367 @noindent
26368 will not work. That is, it will match @samp{f(a - 1 + b, a + 1 + b)}
26369 but not @samp{f(6, 8)}. Calc always interprets at least one occurrence
26370 of a variable by literal matching. If the variable appears ``isolated''
26371 then Calc is smart enough to use it for literal matching. But in this
26372 last example, Calc is forced to rewrite the rule to @samp{f(x-1, temp)
26373 := g(x) :: temp = x+1} where the @samp{x-1} term must correspond to an
26374 actual ``something-minus-one'' in the target formula.
26375
26376 A successful way to write this would be @samp{f(x, x+2) := g(x+1)}.
26377 You could make this resemble the original form more closely by using
26378 @code{let} notation, which is described in the next section:
26379
26380 @example
26381 f(xm1, x+1) := g(x) :: let(x := xm1+1)
26382 @end example
26383
26384 Calc does this rewriting or ``conditionalizing'' for any sub-pattern
26385 which involves only the functions in the following list, operating
26386 only on constants and meta-variables which have already been matched
26387 elsewhere in the pattern. When matching a function call, Calc is
26388 careful to match arguments which are plain variables before arguments
26389 which are calls to any of the functions below, so that a pattern like
26390 @samp{f(x-1, x)} can be conditionalized even though the isolated
26391 @samp{x} comes after the @samp{x-1}.
26392
26393 @smallexample
26394 + - * / \ % ^ abs sign round rounde roundu trunc floor ceil
26395 max min re im conj arg
26396 @end smallexample
26397
26398 You can suppress all of the special treatments described in this
26399 section by surrounding a function call with a @code{plain} marker.
26400 This marker causes the function call which is its argument to be
26401 matched literally, without regard to commutativity, associativity,
26402 negation, or conditionalization. When you use @code{plain}, the
26403 ``deep structure'' of the formula being matched can show through.
26404 For example,
26405
26406 @example
26407 plain(a - a b) := f(a, b)
26408 @end example
26409
26410 @noindent
26411 will match only literal subtractions. However, the @code{plain}
26412 marker does not affect its arguments' arguments. In this case,
26413 commutativity and associativity is still considered while matching
26414 the @w{@samp{a b}} sub-pattern, so the whole pattern will match
26415 @samp{x - y x} as well as @samp{x - x y}. We could go still
26416 further and use
26417
26418 @example
26419 plain(a - plain(a b)) := f(a, b)
26420 @end example
26421
26422 @noindent
26423 which would do a completely strict match for the pattern.
26424
26425 By contrast, the @code{quote} marker means that not only the
26426 function name but also the arguments must be literally the same.
26427 The above pattern will match @samp{x - x y} but
26428
26429 @example
26430 quote(a - a b) := f(a, b)
26431 @end example
26432
26433 @noindent
26434 will match only the single formula @samp{a - a b}. Also,
26435
26436 @example
26437 quote(a - quote(a b)) := f(a, b)
26438 @end example
26439
26440 @noindent
26441 will match only @samp{a - quote(a b)}---probably not the desired
26442 effect!
26443
26444 A certain amount of algebra is also done when substituting the
26445 meta-variables on the righthand side of a rule. For example,
26446 in the rule
26447
26448 @example
26449 a + f(b) := f(a + b)
26450 @end example
26451
26452 @noindent
26453 matching @samp{f(x) - y} would produce @samp{f((-y) + x)} if
26454 taken literally, but the rewrite mechanism will simplify the
26455 righthand side to @samp{f(x - y)} automatically. (Of course,
26456 the default simplifications would do this anyway, so this
26457 special simplification is only noticeable if you have turned the
26458 default simplifications off.) This rewriting is done only when
26459 a meta-variable expands to a ``negative-looking'' expression.
26460 If this simplification is not desirable, you can use a @code{plain}
26461 marker on the righthand side:
26462
26463 @example
26464 a + f(b) := f(plain(a + b))
26465 @end example
26466
26467 @noindent
26468 In this example, we are still allowing the pattern-matcher to
26469 use all the algebra it can muster, but the righthand side will
26470 always simplify to a literal addition like @samp{f((-y) + x)}.
26471
26472 @node Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26473 @subsection Other Features of Rewrite Rules
26474
26475 @noindent
26476 Certain ``function names'' serve as markers in rewrite rules.
26477 Here is a complete list of these markers. First are listed the
26478 markers that work inside a pattern; then come the markers that
26479 work in the righthand side of a rule.
26480
26481 @ignore
26482 @starindex
26483 @end ignore
26484 @tindex import
26485 One kind of marker, @samp{import(x)}, takes the place of a whole
26486 rule. Here @expr{x} is the name of a variable containing another
26487 rule set; those rules are ``spliced into'' the rule set that
26488 imports them. For example, if @samp{[f(a+b) := f(a) + f(b),
26489 f(a b) := a f(b) :: real(a)]} is stored in variable @samp{linearF},
26490 then the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 0, import(linearF)]} will apply
26491 all three rules. It is possible to modify the imported rules
26492 slightly: @samp{import(x, v1, x1, v2, x2, @dots{})} imports
26493 the rule set @expr{x} with all occurrences of
26494 @texline @math{v_1},
26495 @infoline @expr{v1},
26496 as either a variable name or a function name, replaced with
26497 @texline @math{x_1}
26498 @infoline @expr{x1}
26499 and so on. (If
26500 @texline @math{v_1}
26501 @infoline @expr{v1}
26502 is used as a function name, then
26503 @texline @math{x_1}
26504 @infoline @expr{x1}
26505 must be either a function name itself or a @w{@samp{< >}} nameless
26506 function; @pxref{Specifying Operators}.) For example, @samp{[g(0) := 0,
26507 import(linearF, f, g)]} applies the linearity rules to the function
26508 @samp{g} instead of @samp{f}. Imports can be nested, but the
26509 import-with-renaming feature may fail to rename sub-imports properly.
26510
26511 The special functions allowed in patterns are:
26512
26513 @table @samp
26514 @item quote(x)
26515 @ignore
26516 @starindex
26517 @end ignore
26518 @tindex quote
26519 This pattern matches exactly @expr{x}; variable names in @expr{x} are
26520 not interpreted as meta-variables. The only flexibility is that
26521 numbers are compared for numeric equality, so that the pattern
26522 @samp{f(quote(12))} will match both @samp{f(12)} and @samp{f(12.0)}.
26523 (Numbers are always treated this way by the rewrite mechanism:
26524 The rule @samp{f(x,x) := g(x)} will match @samp{f(12, 12.0)}.
26525 The rewrite may produce either @samp{g(12)} or @samp{g(12.0)}
26526 as a result in this case.)
26527
26528 @item plain(x)
26529 @ignore
26530 @starindex
26531 @end ignore
26532 @tindex plain
26533 Here @expr{x} must be a function call @samp{f(x1,x2,@dots{})}. This
26534 pattern matches a call to function @expr{f} with the specified
26535 argument patterns. No special knowledge of the properties of the
26536 function @expr{f} is used in this case; @samp{+} is not commutative or
26537 associative. Unlike @code{quote}, the arguments @samp{x1,x2,@dots{}}
26538 are treated as patterns. If you wish them to be treated ``plainly''
26539 as well, you must enclose them with more @code{plain} markers:
26540 @samp{plain(plain(@w{-a}) + plain(b c))}.
26541
26542 @item opt(x,def)
26543 @ignore
26544 @starindex
26545 @end ignore
26546 @tindex opt
26547 Here @expr{x} must be a variable name. This must appear as an
26548 argument to a function or an element of a vector; it specifies that
26549 the argument or element is optional.
26550 As an argument to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{&&}, or @samp{||},
26551 or as the second argument to @samp{/} or @samp{^}, the value @var{def}
26552 may be omitted. The pattern @samp{x + opt(y)} matches a sum by
26553 binding one summand to @expr{x} and the other to @expr{y}, and it
26554 matches anything else by binding the whole expression to @expr{x} and
26555 zero to @expr{y}. The other operators above work similarly.
26556
26557 For general miscellaneous functions, the default value @code{def}
26558 must be specified. Optional arguments are dropped starting with
26559 the rightmost one during matching. For example, the pattern
26560 @samp{f(opt(a,0), b, opt(c,b))} will match @samp{f(b)}, @samp{f(a,b)},
26561 or @samp{f(a,b,c)}. Default values of zero and @expr{b} are
26562 supplied in this example for the omitted arguments. Note that
26563 the literal variable @expr{b} will be the default in the latter
26564 case, @emph{not} the value that matched the meta-variable @expr{b}.
26565 In other words, the default @var{def} is effectively quoted.
26566
26567 @item condition(x,c)
26568 @ignore
26569 @starindex
26570 @end ignore
26571 @tindex condition
26572 @tindex ::
26573 This matches the pattern @expr{x}, with the attached condition
26574 @expr{c}. It is the same as @samp{x :: c}.
26575
26576 @item pand(x,y)
26577 @ignore
26578 @starindex
26579 @end ignore
26580 @tindex pand
26581 @tindex &&&
26582 This matches anything that matches both pattern @expr{x} and
26583 pattern @expr{y}. It is the same as @samp{x &&& y}.
26584 @pxref{Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules}.
26585
26586 @item por(x,y)
26587 @ignore
26588 @starindex
26589 @end ignore
26590 @tindex por
26591 @tindex |||
26592 This matches anything that matches either pattern @expr{x} or
26593 pattern @expr{y}. It is the same as @w{@samp{x ||| y}}.
26594
26595 @item pnot(x)
26596 @ignore
26597 @starindex
26598 @end ignore
26599 @tindex pnot
26600 @tindex !!!
26601 This matches anything that does not match pattern @expr{x}.
26602 It is the same as @samp{!!! x}.
26603
26604 @item cons(h,t)
26605 @ignore
26606 @mindex cons
26607 @end ignore
26608 @tindex cons (rewrites)
26609 This matches any vector of one or more elements. The first
26610 element is matched to @expr{h}; a vector of the remaining
26611 elements is matched to @expr{t}. Note that vectors of fixed
26612 length can also be matched as actual vectors: The rule
26613 @samp{cons(a,cons(b,[])) := cons(a+b,[])} is equivalent
26614 to the rule @samp{[a,b] := [a+b]}.
26615
26616 @item rcons(t,h)
26617 @ignore
26618 @mindex rcons
26619 @end ignore
26620 @tindex rcons (rewrites)
26621 This is like @code{cons}, except that the @emph{last} element
26622 is matched to @expr{h}, with the remaining elements matched
26623 to @expr{t}.
26624
26625 @item apply(f,args)
26626 @ignore
26627 @mindex apply
26628 @end ignore
26629 @tindex apply (rewrites)
26630 This matches any function call. The name of the function, in
26631 the form of a variable, is matched to @expr{f}. The arguments
26632 of the function, as a vector of zero or more objects, are
26633 matched to @samp{args}. Constants, variables, and vectors
26634 do @emph{not} match an @code{apply} pattern. For example,
26635 @samp{apply(f,x)} matches any function call, @samp{apply(quote(f),x)}
26636 matches any call to the function @samp{f}, @samp{apply(f,[a,b])}
26637 matches any function call with exactly two arguments, and
26638 @samp{apply(quote(f), cons(a,cons(b,x)))} matches any call
26639 to the function @samp{f} with two or more arguments. Another
26640 way to implement the latter, if the rest of the rule does not
26641 need to refer to the first two arguments of @samp{f} by name,
26642 would be @samp{apply(quote(f), x :: vlen(x) >= 2)}.
26643 Here's a more interesting sample use of @code{apply}:
26644
26645 @example
26646 apply(f,[x+n]) := n + apply(f,[x])
26647 :: in(f, [floor,ceil,round,trunc]) :: integer(n)
26648 @end example
26649
26650 Note, however, that this will be slower to match than a rule
26651 set with four separate rules. The reason is that Calc sorts
26652 the rules of a rule set according to top-level function name;
26653 if the top-level function is @code{apply}, Calc must try the
26654 rule for every single formula and sub-formula. If the top-level
26655 function in the pattern is, say, @code{floor}, then Calc invokes
26656 the rule only for sub-formulas which are calls to @code{floor}.
26657
26658 Formulas normally written with operators like @code{+} are still
26659 considered function calls: @code{apply(f,x)} matches @samp{a+b}
26660 with @samp{f = add}, @samp{x = [a,b]}.
26661
26662 You must use @code{apply} for meta-variables with function names
26663 on both sides of a rewrite rule: @samp{apply(f, [x]) := f(x+1)}
26664 is @emph{not} correct, because it rewrites @samp{spam(6)} into
26665 @samp{f(7)}. The righthand side should be @samp{apply(f, [x+1])}.
26666 Also note that you will have to use No-Simplify mode (@kbd{m O})
26667 when entering this rule so that the @code{apply} isn't
26668 evaluated immediately to get the new rule @samp{f(x) := f(x+1)}.
26669 Or, use @kbd{s e} to enter the rule without going through the stack,
26670 or enter the rule as @samp{apply(f, [x]) := apply(f, [x+1]) @w{:: 1}}.
26671 @xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}.
26672
26673 @item select(x)
26674 @ignore
26675 @starindex
26676 @end ignore
26677 @tindex select
26678 This is used for applying rules to formulas with selections;
26679 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26680 @end table
26681
26682 Special functions for the righthand sides of rules are:
26683
26684 @table @samp
26685 @item quote(x)
26686 The notation @samp{quote(x)} is changed to @samp{x} when the
26687 righthand side is used. As far as the rewrite rule is concerned,
26688 @code{quote} is invisible. However, @code{quote} has the special
26689 property in Calc that its argument is not evaluated. Thus,
26690 while it will not work to put the rule @samp{t(a) := typeof(a)}
26691 on the stack because @samp{typeof(a)} is evaluated immediately
26692 to produce @samp{t(a) := 100}, you can use @code{quote} to
26693 protect the righthand side: @samp{t(a) := quote(typeof(a))}.
26694 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for another trick for
26695 protecting rules from evaluation.)
26696
26697 @item plain(x)
26698 Special properties of and simplifications for the function call
26699 @expr{x} are not used. One interesting case where @code{plain}
26700 is useful is the rule, @samp{q(x) := quote(x)}, trying to expand a
26701 shorthand notation for the @code{quote} function. This rule will
26702 not work as shown; instead of replacing @samp{q(foo)} with
26703 @samp{quote(foo)}, it will replace it with @samp{foo}! The correct
26704 rule would be @samp{q(x) := plain(quote(x))}.
26705
26706 @item cons(h,t)
26707 Where @expr{t} is a vector, this is converted into an expanded
26708 vector during rewrite processing. Note that @code{cons} is a regular
26709 Calc function which normally does this anyway; the only way @code{cons}
26710 is treated specially by rewrites is that @code{cons} on the righthand
26711 side of a rule will be evaluated even if default simplifications
26712 have been turned off.
26713
26714 @item rcons(t,h)
26715 Analogous to @code{cons} except putting @expr{h} at the @emph{end} of
26716 the vector @expr{t}.
26717
26718 @item apply(f,args)
26719 Where @expr{f} is a variable and @var{args} is a vector, this
26720 is converted to a function call. Once again, note that @code{apply}
26721 is also a regular Calc function.
26722
26723 @item eval(x)
26724 @ignore
26725 @starindex
26726 @end ignore
26727 @tindex eval
26728 The formula @expr{x} is handled in the usual way, then the
26729 default simplifications are applied to it even if they have
26730 been turned off normally. This allows you to treat any function
26731 similarly to the way @code{cons} and @code{apply} are always
26732 treated. However, there is a slight difference: @samp{cons(2+3, [])}
26733 with default simplifications off will be converted to @samp{[2+3]},
26734 whereas @samp{eval(cons(2+3, []))} will be converted to @samp{[5]}.
26735
26736 @item evalsimp(x)
26737 @ignore
26738 @starindex
26739 @end ignore
26740 @tindex evalsimp
26741 The formula @expr{x} has meta-variables substituted in the usual
26742 way, then algebraically simplified as if by the @kbd{a s} command.
26743
26744 @item evalextsimp(x)
26745 @ignore
26746 @starindex
26747 @end ignore
26748 @tindex evalextsimp
26749 The formula @expr{x} has meta-variables substituted in the normal
26750 way, then ``extendedly'' simplified as if by the @kbd{a e} command.
26751
26752 @item select(x)
26753 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26754 @end table
26755
26756 There are also some special functions you can use in conditions.
26757
26758 @table @samp
26759 @item let(v := x)
26760 @ignore
26761 @starindex
26762 @end ignore
26763 @tindex let
26764 The expression @expr{x} is evaluated with meta-variables substituted.
26765 The @kbd{a s} command's simplifications are @emph{not} applied by
26766 default, but @expr{x} can include calls to @code{evalsimp} or
26767 @code{evalextsimp} as described above to invoke higher levels
26768 of simplification. The
26769 result of @expr{x} is then bound to the meta-variable @expr{v}. As
26770 usual, if this meta-variable has already been matched to something
26771 else the two values must be equal; if the meta-variable is new then
26772 it is bound to the result of the expression. This variable can then
26773 appear in later conditions, and on the righthand side of the rule.
26774 In fact, @expr{v} may be any pattern in which case the result of
26775 evaluating @expr{x} is matched to that pattern, binding any
26776 meta-variables that appear in that pattern. Note that @code{let}
26777 can only appear by itself as a condition, or as one term of an
26778 @samp{&&} which is a whole condition: It cannot be inside
26779 an @samp{||} term or otherwise buried.
26780
26781 The alternate, equivalent form @samp{let(v, x)} is also recognized.
26782 Note that the use of @samp{:=} by @code{let}, while still being
26783 assignment-like in character, is unrelated to the use of @samp{:=}
26784 in the main part of a rewrite rule.
26785
26786 As an example, @samp{f(a) := g(ia) :: let(ia := 1/a) :: constant(ia)}
26787 replaces @samp{f(a)} with @samp{g} of the inverse of @samp{a}, if
26788 that inverse exists and is constant. For example, if @samp{a} is a
26789 singular matrix the operation @samp{1/a} is left unsimplified and
26790 @samp{constant(ia)} fails, but if @samp{a} is an invertible matrix
26791 then the rule succeeds. Without @code{let} there would be no way
26792 to express this rule that didn't have to invert the matrix twice.
26793 Note that, because the meta-variable @samp{ia} is otherwise unbound
26794 in this rule, the @code{let} condition itself always ``succeeds''
26795 because no matter what @samp{1/a} evaluates to, it can successfully
26796 be bound to @code{ia}.
26797
26798 Here's another example, for integrating cosines of linear
26799 terms: @samp{myint(cos(y),x) := sin(y)/b :: let([a,b,x] := lin(y,x))}.
26800 The @code{lin} function returns a 3-vector if its argument is linear,
26801 or leaves itself unevaluated if not. But an unevaluated @code{lin}
26802 call will not match the 3-vector on the lefthand side of the @code{let},
26803 so this @code{let} both verifies that @code{y} is linear, and binds
26804 the coefficients @code{a} and @code{b} for use elsewhere in the rule.
26805 (It would have been possible to use @samp{sin(a x + b)/b} for the
26806 righthand side instead, but using @samp{sin(y)/b} avoids gratuitous
26807 rearrangement of the argument of the sine.)
26808
26809 @ignore
26810 @starindex
26811 @end ignore
26812 @tindex ierf
26813 Similarly, here is a rule that implements an inverse-@code{erf}
26814 function. It uses @code{root} to search for a solution. If
26815 @code{root} succeeds, it will return a vector of two numbers
26816 where the first number is the desired solution. If no solution
26817 is found, @code{root} remains in symbolic form. So we use
26818 @code{let} to check that the result was indeed a vector.
26819
26820 @example
26821 ierf(x) := y :: let([y,z] := root(erf(a) = x, a, .5))
26822 @end example
26823
26824 @item matches(v,p)
26825 The meta-variable @var{v}, which must already have been matched
26826 to something elsewhere in the rule, is compared against pattern
26827 @var{p}. Since @code{matches} is a standard Calc function, it
26828 can appear anywhere in a condition. But if it appears alone or
26829 as a term of a top-level @samp{&&}, then you get the special
26830 extra feature that meta-variables which are bound to things
26831 inside @var{p} can be used elsewhere in the surrounding rewrite
26832 rule.
26833
26834 The only real difference between @samp{let(p := v)} and
26835 @samp{matches(v, p)} is that the former evaluates @samp{v} using
26836 the default simplifications, while the latter does not.
26837
26838 @item remember
26839 @vindex remember
26840 This is actually a variable, not a function. If @code{remember}
26841 appears as a condition in a rule, then when that rule succeeds
26842 the original expression and rewritten expression are added to the
26843 front of the rule set that contained the rule. If the rule set
26844 was not stored in a variable, @code{remember} is ignored. The
26845 lefthand side is enclosed in @code{quote} in the added rule if it
26846 contains any variables.
26847
26848 For example, the rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: remember} applied
26849 to @samp{f(7)} will add the rule @samp{f(7) := 7 f(6)} to the front
26850 of the rule set. The rule set @code{EvalRules} works slightly
26851 differently: There, the evaluation of @samp{f(6)} will complete before
26852 the result is added to the rule set, in this case as @samp{f(7) := 5040}.
26853 Thus @code{remember} is most useful inside @code{EvalRules}.
26854
26855 It is up to you to ensure that the optimization performed by
26856 @code{remember} is safe. For example, the rule @samp{foo(n) := n
26857 :: evalv(eatfoo) > 0 :: remember} is a bad idea (@code{evalv} is
26858 the function equivalent of the @kbd{=} command); if the variable
26859 @code{eatfoo} ever contains 1, rules like @samp{foo(7) := 7} will
26860 be added to the rule set and will continue to operate even if
26861 @code{eatfoo} is later changed to 0.
26862
26863 @item remember(c)
26864 @ignore
26865 @starindex
26866 @end ignore
26867 @tindex remember
26868 Remember the match as described above, but only if condition @expr{c}
26869 is true. For example, @samp{remember(n % 4 = 0)} in the above factorial
26870 rule remembers only every fourth result. Note that @samp{remember(1)}
26871 is equivalent to @samp{remember}, and @samp{remember(0)} has no effect.
26872 @end table
26873
26874 @node Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26875 @subsection Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules
26876
26877 @noindent
26878 There are three operators, @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!},
26879 that combine rewrite patterns to make larger patterns. The
26880 combinations are ``and,'' ``or,'' and ``not,'' respectively, and
26881 these operators are the pattern equivalents of @samp{&&}, @samp{||}
26882 and @samp{!} (which operate on zero-or-nonzero logical values).
26883
26884 Note that @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!} are left in symbolic
26885 form by all regular Calc features; they have special meaning only in
26886 the context of rewrite rule patterns.
26887
26888 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} &&& @var{p2}} matches anything that
26889 matches both @var{p1} and @var{p2}. One especially useful case is
26890 when one of @var{p1} or @var{p2} is a meta-variable. For example,
26891 here is a rule that operates on error forms:
26892
26893 @example
26894 f(x &&& a +/- b, x) := g(x)
26895 @end example
26896
26897 This does the same thing, but is arguably simpler than, the rule
26898
26899 @example
26900 f(a +/- b, a +/- b) := g(a +/- b)
26901 @end example
26902
26903 @ignore
26904 @starindex
26905 @end ignore
26906 @tindex ends
26907 Here's another interesting example:
26908
26909 @example
26910 ends(cons(a, x) &&& rcons(y, b)) := [a, b]
26911 @end example
26912
26913 @noindent
26914 which effectively clips out the middle of a vector leaving just
26915 the first and last elements. This rule will change a one-element
26916 vector @samp{[a]} to @samp{[a, a]}. The similar rule
26917
26918 @example
26919 ends(cons(a, rcons(y, b))) := [a, b]
26920 @end example
26921
26922 @noindent
26923 would do the same thing except that it would fail to match a
26924 one-element vector.
26925
26926 @tex
26927 \bigskip
26928 @end tex
26929
26930 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} ||| @var{p2}} matches anything that
26931 matches either @var{p1} or @var{p2}. Calc first tries matching
26932 against @var{p1}; if that fails, it goes on to try @var{p2}.
26933
26934 @ignore
26935 @starindex
26936 @end ignore
26937 @tindex curve
26938 A simple example of @samp{|||} is
26939
26940 @example
26941 curve(inf ||| -inf) := 0
26942 @end example
26943
26944 @noindent
26945 which converts both @samp{curve(inf)} and @samp{curve(-inf)} to zero.
26946
26947 Here is a larger example:
26948
26949 @example
26950 log(a, b) ||| (ln(a) :: let(b := e)) := mylog(a, b)
26951 @end example
26952
26953 This matches both generalized and natural logarithms in a single rule.
26954 Note that the @samp{::} term must be enclosed in parentheses because
26955 that operator has lower precedence than @samp{|||} or @samp{:=}.
26956
26957 (In practice this rule would probably include a third alternative,
26958 omitted here for brevity, to take care of @code{log10}.)
26959
26960 While Calc generally treats interior conditions exactly the same as
26961 conditions on the outside of a rule, it does guarantee that if all the
26962 variables in the condition are special names like @code{e}, or already
26963 bound in the pattern to which the condition is attached (say, if
26964 @samp{a} had appeared in this condition), then Calc will process this
26965 condition right after matching the pattern to the left of the @samp{::}.
26966 Thus, we know that @samp{b} will be bound to @samp{e} only if the
26967 @code{ln} branch of the @samp{|||} was taken.
26968
26969 Note that this rule was careful to bind the same set of meta-variables
26970 on both sides of the @samp{|||}. Calc does not check this, but if
26971 you bind a certain meta-variable only in one branch and then use that
26972 meta-variable elsewhere in the rule, results are unpredictable:
26973
26974 @example
26975 f(a,b) ||| g(b) := h(a,b)
26976 @end example
26977
26978 Here if the pattern matches @samp{g(17)}, Calc makes no promises about
26979 the value that will be substituted for @samp{a} on the righthand side.
26980
26981 @tex
26982 \bigskip
26983 @end tex
26984
26985 The pattern @samp{!!! @var{pat}} matches anything that does not
26986 match @var{pat}. Any meta-variables that are bound while matching
26987 @var{pat} remain unbound outside of @var{pat}.
26988
26989 For example,
26990
26991 @example
26992 f(x &&& !!! a +/- b, !!![]) := g(x)
26993 @end example
26994
26995 @noindent
26996 converts @code{f} whose first argument is anything @emph{except} an
26997 error form, and whose second argument is not the empty vector, into
26998 a similar call to @code{g} (but without the second argument).
26999
27000 If we know that the second argument will be a vector (empty or not),
27001 then an equivalent rule would be:
27002
27003 @example
27004 f(x, y) := g(x) :: typeof(x) != 7 :: vlen(y) > 0
27005 @end example
27006
27007 @noindent
27008 where of course 7 is the @code{typeof} code for error forms.
27009 Another final condition, that works for any kind of @samp{y},
27010 would be @samp{!istrue(y == [])}. (The @code{istrue} function
27011 returns an explicit 0 if its argument was left in symbolic form;
27012 plain @samp{!(y == [])} or @samp{y != []} would not work to replace
27013 @samp{!!![]} since these would be left unsimplified, and thus cause
27014 the rule to fail, if @samp{y} was something like a variable name.)
27015
27016 It is possible for a @samp{!!!} to refer to meta-variables bound
27017 elsewhere in the pattern. For example,
27018
27019 @example
27020 f(a, !!!a) := g(a)
27021 @end example
27022
27023 @noindent
27024 matches any call to @code{f} with different arguments, changing
27025 this to @code{g} with only the first argument.
27026
27027 If a function call is to be matched and one of the argument patterns
27028 contains a @samp{!!!} somewhere inside it, that argument will be
27029 matched last. Thus
27030
27031 @example
27032 f(!!!a, a) := g(a)
27033 @end example
27034
27035 @noindent
27036 will be careful to bind @samp{a} to the second argument of @code{f}
27037 before testing the first argument. If Calc had tried to match the
27038 first argument of @code{f} first, the results would have been
27039 disastrous: since @code{a} was unbound so far, the pattern @samp{a}
27040 would have matched anything at all, and the pattern @samp{!!!a}
27041 therefore would @emph{not} have matched anything at all!
27042
27043 @node Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27044 @subsection Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules
27045
27046 @noindent
27047 When @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) is used, it takes an expression from
27048 the top of the stack and attempts to match any of the specified rules
27049 to any part of the expression, starting with the whole expression
27050 and then, if that fails, trying deeper and deeper sub-expressions.
27051 For each part of the expression, the rules are tried in the order
27052 they appear in the rules vector. The first rule to match the first
27053 sub-expression wins; it replaces the matched sub-expression according
27054 to the @var{new} part of the rule.
27055
27056 Often, the rule set will match and change the formula several times.
27057 The top-level formula is first matched and substituted repeatedly until
27058 it no longer matches the pattern; then, sub-formulas are tried, and
27059 so on. Once every part of the formula has gotten its chance, the
27060 rewrite mechanism starts over again with the top-level formula
27061 (in case a substitution of one of its arguments has caused it again
27062 to match). This continues until no further matches can be made
27063 anywhere in the formula.
27064
27065 It is possible for a rule set to get into an infinite loop. The
27066 most obvious case, replacing a formula with itself, is not a problem
27067 because a rule is not considered to ``succeed'' unless the righthand
27068 side actually comes out to something different than the original
27069 formula or sub-formula that was matched. But if you accidentally
27070 had both @samp{ln(a b) := ln(a) + ln(b)} and the reverse
27071 @samp{ln(a) + ln(b) := ln(a b)} in your rule set, Calc would
27072 run forever switching a formula back and forth between the two
27073 forms.
27074
27075 To avoid disaster, Calc normally stops after 100 changes have been
27076 made to the formula. This will be enough for most multiple rewrites,
27077 but it will keep an endless loop of rewrites from locking up the
27078 computer forever. (On most systems, you can also type @kbd{C-g} to
27079 halt any Emacs command prematurely.)
27080
27081 To change this limit, give a positive numeric prefix argument.
27082 In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} applies only one rewrite at a time,
27083 useful when you are first testing your rule (or just if repeated
27084 rewriting is not what is called for by your application).
27085
27086 @ignore
27087 @starindex
27088 @end ignore
27089 @ignore
27090 @mindex iter@idots
27091 @end ignore
27092 @tindex iterations
27093 You can also put a ``function call'' @samp{iterations(@var{n})}
27094 in place of a rule anywhere in your rules vector (but usually at
27095 the top). Then, @var{n} will be used instead of 100 as the default
27096 number of iterations for this rule set. You can use
27097 @samp{iterations(inf)} if you want no iteration limit by default.
27098 A prefix argument will override the @code{iterations} limit in the
27099 rule set.
27100
27101 @example
27102 [ iterations(1),
27103 f(x) := f(x+1) ]
27104 @end example
27105
27106 More precisely, the limit controls the number of ``iterations,''
27107 where each iteration is a successful matching of a rule pattern whose
27108 righthand side, after substituting meta-variables and applying the
27109 default simplifications, is different from the original sub-formula
27110 that was matched.
27111
27112 A prefix argument of zero sets the limit to infinity. Use with caution!
27113
27114 Given a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{a r} will match and
27115 substitute the top-level expression up to that many times, but
27116 will not attempt to match the rules to any sub-expressions.
27117
27118 In a formula, @code{rewrite(@var{expr}, @var{rules}, @var{n})}
27119 does a rewriting operation. Here @var{expr} is the expression
27120 being rewritten, @var{rules} is the rule, vector of rules, or
27121 variable containing the rules, and @var{n} is the optional
27122 iteration limit, which may be a positive integer, a negative
27123 integer, or @samp{inf} or @samp{-inf}. If @var{n} is omitted
27124 the @code{iterations} value from the rule set is used; if both
27125 are omitted, 100 is used.
27126
27127 @node Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27128 @subsection Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules
27129
27130 @noindent
27131 It is possible to separate a rewrite rule set into several @dfn{phases}.
27132 During each phase, certain rules will be enabled while certain others
27133 will be disabled. A @dfn{phase schedule} controls the order in which
27134 phases occur during the rewriting process.
27135
27136 @ignore
27137 @starindex
27138 @end ignore
27139 @tindex phase
27140 @vindex all
27141 If a call to the marker function @code{phase} appears in the rules
27142 vector in place of a rule, all rules following that point will be
27143 members of the phase(s) identified in the arguments to @code{phase}.
27144 Phases are given integer numbers. The markers @samp{phase()} and
27145 @samp{phase(all)} both mean the following rules belong to all phases;
27146 this is the default at the start of the rule set.
27147
27148 If you do not explicitly schedule the phases, Calc sorts all phase
27149 numbers that appear in the rule set and executes the phases in
27150 ascending order. For example, the rule set
27151
27152 @example
27153 @group
27154 [ f0(x) := g0(x),
27155 phase(1),
27156 f1(x) := g1(x),
27157 phase(2),
27158 f2(x) := g2(x),
27159 phase(3),
27160 f3(x) := g3(x),
27161 phase(1,2),
27162 f4(x) := g4(x) ]
27163 @end group
27164 @end example
27165
27166 @noindent
27167 has three phases, 1 through 3. Phase 1 consists of the @code{f0},
27168 @code{f1}, and @code{f4} rules (in that order). Phase 2 consists of
27169 @code{f0}, @code{f2}, and @code{f4}. Phase 3 consists of @code{f0}
27170 and @code{f3}.
27171
27172 When Calc rewrites a formula using this rule set, it first rewrites
27173 the formula using only the phase 1 rules until no further changes are
27174 possible. Then it switches to the phase 2 rule set and continues
27175 until no further changes occur, then finally rewrites with phase 3.
27176 When no more phase 3 rules apply, rewriting finishes. (This is
27177 assuming @kbd{a r} with a large enough prefix argument to allow the
27178 rewriting to run to completion; the sequence just described stops
27179 early if the number of iterations specified in the prefix argument,
27180 100 by default, is reached.)
27181
27182 During each phase, Calc descends through the nested levels of the
27183 formula as described previously. (@xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite
27184 Rules}.) Rewriting starts at the top of the formula, then works its
27185 way down to the parts, then goes back to the top and works down again.
27186 The phase 2 rules do not begin until no phase 1 rules apply anywhere
27187 in the formula.
27188
27189 @ignore
27190 @starindex
27191 @end ignore
27192 @tindex schedule
27193 A @code{schedule} marker appearing in the rule set (anywhere, but
27194 conventionally at the top) changes the default schedule of phases.
27195 In the simplest case, @code{schedule} has a sequence of phase numbers
27196 for arguments; each phase number is invoked in turn until the
27197 arguments to @code{schedule} are exhausted. Thus adding
27198 @samp{schedule(3,2,1)} at the top of the above rule set would
27199 reverse the order of the phases; @samp{schedule(1,2,3)} would have
27200 no effect since this is the default schedule; and @samp{schedule(1,2,1,3)}
27201 would give phase 1 a second chance after phase 2 has completed, before
27202 moving on to phase 3.
27203
27204 Any argument to @code{schedule} can instead be a vector of phase
27205 numbers (or even of sub-vectors). Then the sub-sequence of phases
27206 described by the vector are tried repeatedly until no change occurs
27207 in any phase in the sequence. For example, @samp{schedule([1, 2], 3)}
27208 tries phase 1, then phase 2, then, if either phase made any changes
27209 to the formula, repeats these two phases until they can make no
27210 further progress. Finally, it goes on to phase 3 for finishing
27211 touches.
27212
27213 Also, items in @code{schedule} can be variable names as well as
27214 numbers. A variable name is interpreted as the name of a function
27215 to call on the whole formula. For example, @samp{schedule(1, simplify)}
27216 says to apply the phase-1 rules (presumably, all of them), then to
27217 call @code{simplify} which is the function name equivalent of @kbd{a s}.
27218 Likewise, @samp{schedule([1, simplify])} says to alternate between
27219 phase 1 and @kbd{a s} until no further changes occur.
27220
27221 Phases can be used purely to improve efficiency; if it is known that
27222 a certain group of rules will apply only at the beginning of rewriting,
27223 and a certain other group will apply only at the end, then rewriting
27224 will be faster if these groups are identified as separate phases.
27225 Once the phase 1 rules are done, Calc can put them aside and no longer
27226 spend any time on them while it works on phase 2.
27227
27228 There are also some problems that can only be solved with several
27229 rewrite phases. For a real-world example of a multi-phase rule set,
27230 examine the set @code{FitRules}, which is used by the curve-fitting
27231 command to convert a model expression to linear form.
27232 @xref{Curve Fitting Details}. This set is divided into four phases.
27233 The first phase rewrites certain kinds of expressions to be more
27234 easily linearizable, but less computationally efficient. After the
27235 linear components have been picked out, the final phase includes the
27236 opposite rewrites to put each component back into an efficient form.
27237 If both sets of rules were included in one big phase, Calc could get
27238 into an infinite loop going back and forth between the two forms.
27239
27240 Elsewhere in @code{FitRules}, the components are first isolated,
27241 then recombined where possible to reduce the complexity of the linear
27242 fit, then finally packaged one component at a time into vectors.
27243 If the packaging rules were allowed to begin before the recombining
27244 rules were finished, some components might be put away into vectors
27245 before they had a chance to recombine. By putting these rules in
27246 two separate phases, this problem is neatly avoided.
27247
27248 @node Selections with Rewrite Rules, Matching Commands, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27249 @subsection Selections with Rewrite Rules
27250
27251 @noindent
27252 If a sub-formula of the current formula is selected (as by @kbd{j s};
27253 @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}), the @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite})
27254 command applies only to that sub-formula. Together with a negative
27255 prefix argument, you can use this fact to apply a rewrite to one
27256 specific part of a formula without affecting any other parts.
27257
27258 @kindex j r
27259 @pindex calc-rewrite-selection
27260 The @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command allows more
27261 sophisticated operations on selections. This command prompts for
27262 the rules in the same way as @kbd{a r}, but it then applies those
27263 rules to the whole formula in question even though a sub-formula
27264 of it has been selected. However, the selected sub-formula will
27265 first have been surrounded by a @samp{select( )} function call.
27266 (Calc's evaluator does not understand the function name @code{select};
27267 this is only a tag used by the @kbd{j r} command.)
27268
27269 For example, suppose the formula on the stack is @samp{2 (a + b)^2}
27270 and the sub-formula @samp{a + b} is selected. This formula will
27271 be rewritten to @samp{2 select(a + b)^2} and then the rewrite
27272 rules will be applied in the usual way. The rewrite rules can
27273 include references to @code{select} to tell where in the pattern
27274 the selected sub-formula should appear.
27275
27276 If there is still exactly one @samp{select( )} function call in
27277 the formula after rewriting is done, it indicates which part of
27278 the formula should be selected afterwards. Otherwise, the
27279 formula will be unselected.
27280
27281 You can make @kbd{j r} act much like @kbd{a r} by enclosing both parts
27282 of the rewrite rule with @samp{select()}. However, @kbd{j r}
27283 allows you to use the current selection in more flexible ways.
27284 Suppose you wished to make a rule which removed the exponent from
27285 the selected term; the rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} would
27286 work. In the above example, it would rewrite @samp{2 select(a + b)^2}
27287 to @samp{2 select(a + b)}. This would then be returned to the
27288 stack as @samp{2 (a + b)} with the @samp{a + b} selected.
27289
27290 The @kbd{j r} command uses one iteration by default, unlike
27291 @kbd{a r} which defaults to 100 iterations. A numeric prefix
27292 argument affects @kbd{j r} in the same way as @kbd{a r}.
27293 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.
27294
27295 As with other selection commands, @kbd{j r} operates on the stack
27296 entry that contains the cursor. (If the cursor is on the top-of-stack
27297 @samp{.} marker, it works as if the cursor were on the formula
27298 at stack level 1.)
27299
27300 If you don't specify a set of rules, the rules are taken from the
27301 top of the stack, just as with @kbd{a r}. In this case, the
27302 cursor must indicate stack entry 2 or above as the formula to be
27303 rewritten (otherwise the same formula would be used as both the
27304 target and the rewrite rules).
27305
27306 If the indicated formula has no selection, the cursor position within
27307 the formula temporarily selects a sub-formula for the purposes of this
27308 command. If the cursor is not on any sub-formula (e.g., it is in
27309 the line-number area to the left of the formula), the @samp{select( )}
27310 markers are ignored by the rewrite mechanism and the rules are allowed
27311 to apply anywhere in the formula.
27312
27313 As a special feature, the normal @kbd{a r} command also ignores
27314 @samp{select( )} calls in rewrite rules. For example, if you used the
27315 above rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} with @kbd{a r}, it would apply
27316 the rule as if it were @samp{a^x := a}. Thus, you can write general
27317 purpose rules with @samp{select( )} hints inside them so that they
27318 will ``do the right thing'' in both @kbd{a r} and @kbd{j r},
27319 both with and without selections.
27320
27321 @node Matching Commands, Automatic Rewrites, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27322 @subsection Matching Commands
27323
27324 @noindent
27325 @kindex a m
27326 @pindex calc-match
27327 @tindex match
27328 The @kbd{a m} (@code{calc-match}) [@code{match}] function takes a
27329 vector of formulas and a rewrite-rule-style pattern, and produces
27330 a vector of all formulas which match the pattern. The command
27331 prompts you to enter the pattern; as for @kbd{a r}, you can enter
27332 a single pattern (i.e., a formula with meta-variables), or a
27333 vector of patterns, or a variable which contains patterns, or
27334 you can give a blank response in which case the patterns are taken
27335 from the top of the stack. The pattern set will be compiled once
27336 and saved if it is stored in a variable. If there are several
27337 patterns in the set, vector elements are kept if they match any
27338 of the patterns.
27339
27340 For example, @samp{match(a+b, [x, x+y, x-y, 7, x+y+z])}
27341 will return @samp{[x+y, x-y, x+y+z]}.
27342
27343 The @code{import} mechanism is not available for pattern sets.
27344
27345 The @kbd{a m} command can also be used to extract all vector elements
27346 which satisfy any condition: The pattern @samp{x :: x>0} will select
27347 all the positive vector elements.
27348
27349 @kindex I a m
27350 @tindex matchnot
27351 With the Inverse flag [@code{matchnot}], this command extracts all
27352 vector elements which do @emph{not} match the given pattern.
27353
27354 @ignore
27355 @starindex
27356 @end ignore
27357 @tindex matches
27358 There is also a function @samp{matches(@var{x}, @var{p})} which
27359 evaluates to 1 if expression @var{x} matches pattern @var{p}, or
27360 to 0 otherwise. This is sometimes useful for including into the
27361 conditional clauses of other rewrite rules.
27362
27363 @ignore
27364 @starindex
27365 @end ignore
27366 @tindex vmatches
27367 The function @code{vmatches} is just like @code{matches}, except
27368 that if the match succeeds it returns a vector of assignments to
27369 the meta-variables instead of the number 1. For example,
27370 @samp{vmatches(f(1,2), f(a,b))} returns @samp{[a := 1, b := 2]}.
27371 If the match fails, the function returns the number 0.
27372
27373 @node Automatic Rewrites, Debugging Rewrites, Matching Commands, Rewrite Rules
27374 @subsection Automatic Rewrites
27375
27376 @noindent
27377 @cindex @code{EvalRules} variable
27378 @vindex EvalRules
27379 It is possible to get Calc to apply a set of rewrite rules on all
27380 results, effectively adding to the built-in set of default
27381 simplifications. To do this, simply store your rule set in the
27382 variable @code{EvalRules}. There is a convenient @kbd{s E} command
27383 for editing @code{EvalRules}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
27384
27385 For example, suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out
27386 to @samp{sin(b) cos(a) + cos(b) sin(a)} wherever it appears, and
27387 similarly for @samp{cos(a + b)}. The corresponding rewrite rule
27388 set would be,
27389
27390 @smallexample
27391 @group
27392 [ sin(a + b) := cos(a) sin(b) + sin(a) cos(b),
27393 cos(a + b) := cos(a) cos(b) - sin(a) sin(b) ]
27394 @end group
27395 @end smallexample
27396
27397 To apply these manually, you could put them in a variable called
27398 @code{trigexp} and then use @kbd{a r trigexp} every time you wanted
27399 to expand trig functions. But if instead you store them in the
27400 variable @code{EvalRules}, they will automatically be applied to all
27401 sines and cosines of sums. Then, with @samp{2 x} and @samp{45} on
27402 the stack, typing @kbd{+ S} will (assuming Degrees mode) result in
27403 @samp{0.7071 sin(2 x) + 0.7071 cos(2 x)} automatically.
27404
27405 As each level of a formula is evaluated, the rules from
27406 @code{EvalRules} are applied before the default simplifications.
27407 Rewriting continues until no further @code{EvalRules} apply.
27408 Note that this is different from the usual order of application of
27409 rewrite rules: @code{EvalRules} works from the bottom up, simplifying
27410 the arguments to a function before the function itself, while @kbd{a r}
27411 applies rules from the top down.
27412
27413 Because the @code{EvalRules} are tried first, you can use them to
27414 override the normal behavior of any built-in Calc function.
27415
27416 It is important not to write a rule that will get into an infinite
27417 loop. For example, the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 1, f(n) := n f(n-1)]}
27418 appears to be a good definition of a factorial function, but it is
27419 unsafe. Imagine what happens if @samp{f(2.5)} is simplified. Calc
27420 will continue to subtract 1 from this argument forever without reaching
27421 zero. A safer second rule would be @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0}.
27422 Another dangerous rule is @samp{g(x, y) := g(y, x)}. Rewriting
27423 @samp{g(2, 4)}, this would bounce back and forth between that and
27424 @samp{g(4, 2)} forever. If an infinite loop in @code{EvalRules}
27425 occurs, Emacs will eventually stop with a ``Computation got stuck
27426 or ran too long'' message.
27427
27428 Another subtle difference between @code{EvalRules} and regular rewrites
27429 concerns rules that rewrite a formula into an identical formula. For
27430 example, @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} ``fails to match'' when @expr{n} is
27431 already an integer. But in @code{EvalRules} this case is detected only
27432 if the righthand side literally becomes the original formula before any
27433 further simplification. This means that @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} will
27434 get into an infinite loop if it occurs in @code{EvalRules}. Calc will
27435 replace @samp{f(6)} with @samp{f(floor(6))}, which is different from
27436 @samp{f(6)}, so it will consider the rule to have matched and will
27437 continue simplifying that formula; first the argument is simplified
27438 to get @samp{f(6)}, then the rule matches again to get @samp{f(floor(6))}
27439 again, ad infinitum. A much safer rule would check its argument first,
27440 say, with @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n)) :: !dint(n)}.
27441
27442 (What really happens is that the rewrite mechanism substitutes the
27443 meta-variables in the righthand side of a rule, compares to see if the
27444 result is the same as the original formula and fails if so, then uses
27445 the default simplifications to simplify the result and compares again
27446 (and again fails if the formula has simplified back to its original
27447 form). The only special wrinkle for the @code{EvalRules} is that the
27448 same rules will come back into play when the default simplifications
27449 are used. What Calc wants to do is build @samp{f(floor(6))}, see that
27450 this is different from the original formula, simplify to @samp{f(6)},
27451 see that this is the same as the original formula, and thus halt the
27452 rewriting. But while simplifying, @samp{f(6)} will again trigger
27453 the same @code{EvalRules} rule and Calc will get into a loop inside
27454 the rewrite mechanism itself.)
27455
27456 The @code{phase}, @code{schedule}, and @code{iterations} markers do
27457 not work in @code{EvalRules}. If the rule set is divided into phases,
27458 only the phase 1 rules are applied, and the schedule is ignored.
27459 The rules are always repeated as many times as possible.
27460
27461 The @code{EvalRules} are applied to all function calls in a formula,
27462 but not to numbers (and other number-like objects like error forms),
27463 nor to vectors or individual variable names. (Though they will apply
27464 to @emph{components} of vectors and error forms when appropriate.) You
27465 might try to make a variable @code{phihat} which automatically expands
27466 to its definition without the need to press @kbd{=} by writing the
27467 rule @samp{quote(phihat) := (1-sqrt(5))/2}, but unfortunately this rule
27468 will not work as part of @code{EvalRules}.
27469
27470 Finally, another limitation is that Calc sometimes calls its built-in
27471 functions directly rather than going through the default simplifications.
27472 When it does this, @code{EvalRules} will not be able to override those
27473 functions. For example, when you take the absolute value of the complex
27474 number @expr{(2, 3)}, Calc computes @samp{sqrt(2*2 + 3*3)} by calling
27475 the multiplication, addition, and square root functions directly rather
27476 than applying the default simplifications to this formula. So an
27477 @code{EvalRules} rule that (perversely) rewrites @samp{sqrt(13) := 6}
27478 would not apply. (However, if you put Calc into Symbolic mode so that
27479 @samp{sqrt(13)} will be left in symbolic form by the built-in square
27480 root function, your rule will be able to apply. But if the complex
27481 number were @expr{(3,4)}, so that @samp{sqrt(25)} must be calculated,
27482 then Symbolic mode will not help because @samp{sqrt(25)} can be
27483 evaluated exactly to 5.)
27484
27485 One subtle restriction that normally only manifests itself with
27486 @code{EvalRules} is that while a given rewrite rule is in the process
27487 of being checked, that same rule cannot be recursively applied. Calc
27488 effectively removes the rule from its rule set while checking the rule,
27489 then puts it back once the match succeeds or fails. (The technical
27490 reason for this is that compiled pattern programs are not reentrant.)
27491 For example, consider the rule @samp{foo(x) := x :: foo(x/2) > 0}
27492 attempting to match @samp{foo(8)}. This rule will be inactive while
27493 the condition @samp{foo(4) > 0} is checked, even though it might be
27494 an integral part of evaluating that condition. Note that this is not
27495 a problem for the more usual recursive type of rule, such as
27496 @samp{foo(x) := foo(x/2)}, because there the rule has succeeded and
27497 been reactivated by the time the righthand side is evaluated.
27498
27499 If @code{EvalRules} has no stored value (its default state), or if
27500 anything but a vector is stored in it, then it is ignored.
27501
27502 Even though Calc's rewrite mechanism is designed to compare rewrite
27503 rules to formulas as quickly as possible, storing rules in
27504 @code{EvalRules} may make Calc run substantially slower. This is
27505 particularly true of rules where the top-level call is a commonly used
27506 function, or is not fixed. The rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0} will
27507 only activate the rewrite mechanism for calls to the function @code{f},
27508 but @samp{lg(n) + lg(m) := lg(n m)} will check every @samp{+} operator.
27509
27510 @smallexample
27511 apply(f, [a*b]) := apply(f, [a]) + apply(f, [b]) :: in(f, [ln, log10])
27512 @end smallexample
27513
27514 @noindent
27515 may seem more ``efficient'' than two separate rules for @code{ln} and
27516 @code{log10}, but actually it is vastly less efficient because rules
27517 with @code{apply} as the top-level pattern must be tested against
27518 @emph{every} function call that is simplified.
27519
27520 @cindex @code{AlgSimpRules} variable
27521 @vindex AlgSimpRules
27522 Suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out not all the time,
27523 but only when @kbd{a s} is used to simplify the formula. The variable
27524 @code{AlgSimpRules} holds rules for this purpose. The @kbd{a s} command
27525 will apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules} to the formula, as
27526 well as all of its built-in simplifications.
27527
27528 Most of the special limitations for @code{EvalRules} don't apply to
27529 @code{AlgSimpRules}. Calc simply does an @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
27530 command with an infinite repeat count as the first step of @kbd{a s}.
27531 It then applies its own built-in simplifications throughout the
27532 formula, and then repeats these two steps (along with applying the
27533 default simplifications) until no further changes are possible.
27534
27535 @cindex @code{ExtSimpRules} variable
27536 @cindex @code{UnitSimpRules} variable
27537 @vindex ExtSimpRules
27538 @vindex UnitSimpRules
27539 There are also @code{ExtSimpRules} and @code{UnitSimpRules} variables
27540 that are used by @kbd{a e} and @kbd{u s}, respectively; these commands
27541 also apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. The variable
27542 @code{IntegSimpRules} contains simplification rules that are used
27543 only during integration by @kbd{a i}.
27544
27545 @node Debugging Rewrites, Examples of Rewrite Rules, Automatic Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
27546 @subsection Debugging Rewrites
27547
27548 @noindent
27549 If a buffer named @samp{*Trace*} exists, the rewrite mechanism will
27550 record some useful information there as it operates. The original
27551 formula is written there, as is the result of each successful rewrite,
27552 and the final result of the rewriting. All phase changes are also
27553 noted.
27554
27555 Calc always appends to @samp{*Trace*}. You must empty this buffer
27556 yourself periodically if it is in danger of growing unwieldy.
27557
27558 Note that the rewriting mechanism is substantially slower when the
27559 @samp{*Trace*} buffer exists, even if the buffer is not visible on
27560 the screen. Once you are done, you will probably want to kill this
27561 buffer (with @kbd{C-x k *Trace* @key{RET}}). If you leave it in
27562 existence and forget about it, all your future rewrite commands will
27563 be needlessly slow.
27564
27565 @node Examples of Rewrite Rules, , Debugging Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
27566 @subsection Examples of Rewrite Rules
27567
27568 @noindent
27569 Returning to the example of substituting the pattern
27570 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2} with 1, we saw that the rule
27571 @samp{opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a} does a good job of
27572 finding suitable cases. Another solution would be to use the rule
27573 @samp{cos(x)^2 := 1 - sin(x)^2}, followed by algebraic simplification
27574 if necessary. This rule will be the most effective way to do the job,
27575 but at the expense of making some changes that you might not desire.
27576
27577 Another algebraic rewrite rule is @samp{exp(x+y) := exp(x) exp(y)}.
27578 To make this work with the @w{@kbd{j r}} command so that it can be
27579 easily targeted to a particular exponential in a large formula,
27580 you might wish to write the rule as @samp{select(exp(x+y)) :=
27581 select(exp(x) exp(y))}. The @samp{select} markers will be
27582 ignored by the regular @kbd{a r} command
27583 (@pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}).
27584
27585 A surprisingly useful rewrite rule is @samp{a/(b-c) := a*(b+c)/(b^2-c^2)}.
27586 This will simplify the formula whenever @expr{b} and/or @expr{c} can
27587 be made simpler by squaring. For example, applying this rule to
27588 @samp{2 / (sqrt(2) + 3)} yields @samp{6:7 - 2:7 sqrt(2)} (assuming
27589 Symbolic mode has been enabled to keep the square root from being
27590 evaluated to a floating-point approximation). This rule is also
27591 useful when working with symbolic complex numbers, e.g.,
27592 @samp{(a + b i) / (c + d i)}.
27593
27594 As another example, we could define our own ``triangular numbers'' function
27595 with the rules @samp{[tri(0) := 0, tri(n) := n + tri(n-1) :: n>0]}. Enter
27596 this vector and store it in a variable: @kbd{@w{s t} trirules}. Now, given
27597 a suitable formula like @samp{tri(5)} on the stack, type @samp{a r trirules}
27598 to apply these rules repeatedly. After six applications, @kbd{a r} will
27599 stop with 15 on the stack. Once these rules are debugged, it would probably
27600 be most useful to add them to @code{EvalRules} so that Calc will evaluate
27601 the new @code{tri} function automatically. We could then use @kbd{Z K} on
27602 the keyboard macro @kbd{' tri($) @key{RET}} to make a command that applies
27603 @code{tri} to the value on the top of the stack. @xref{Programming}.
27604
27605 @cindex Quaternions
27606 The following rule set, contributed by
27607 @texline Fran\c cois
27608 @infoline Francois
27609 Pinard, implements @dfn{quaternions}, a generalization of the concept of
27610 complex numbers. Quaternions have four components, and are here
27611 represented by function calls @samp{quat(@var{w}, [@var{x}, @var{y},
27612 @var{z}])} with ``real part'' @var{w} and the three ``imaginary'' parts
27613 collected into a vector. Various arithmetical operations on quaternions
27614 are supported. To use these rules, either add them to @code{EvalRules},
27615 or create a command based on @kbd{a r} for simplifying quaternion
27616 formulas. A convenient way to enter quaternions would be a command
27617 defined by a keyboard macro containing: @kbd{' quat($$$$, [$$$, $$, $])
27618 @key{RET}}.
27619
27620 @smallexample
27621 [ quat(w, x, y, z) := quat(w, [x, y, z]),
27622 quat(w, [0, 0, 0]) := w,
27623 abs(quat(w, v)) := hypot(w, v),
27624 -quat(w, v) := quat(-w, -v),
27625 r + quat(w, v) := quat(r + w, v) :: real(r),
27626 r - quat(w, v) := quat(r - w, -v) :: real(r),
27627 quat(w1, v1) + quat(w2, v2) := quat(w1 + w2, v1 + v2),
27628 r * quat(w, v) := quat(r * w, r * v) :: real(r),
27629 plain(quat(w1, v1) * quat(w2, v2))
27630 := quat(w1 * w2 - v1 * v2, w1 * v2 + w2 * v1 + cross(v1, v2)),
27631 quat(w1, v1) / r := quat(w1 / r, v1 / r) :: real(r),
27632 z / quat(w, v) := z * quatinv(quat(w, v)),
27633 quatinv(quat(w, v)) := quat(w, -v) / (w^2 + v^2),
27634 quatsqr(quat(w, v)) := quat(w^2 - v^2, 2 * w * v),
27635 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^(k / 2))
27636 :: integer(k) :: k > 0 :: k % 2 = 0,
27637 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^((k - 1) / 2)) * quat(w, v)
27638 :: integer(k) :: k > 2,
27639 quat(w, v)^-k := quatinv(quat(w, v)^k) :: integer(k) :: k > 0 ]
27640 @end smallexample
27641
27642 Quaternions, like matrices, have non-commutative multiplication.
27643 In other words, @expr{q1 * q2 = q2 * q1} is not necessarily true if
27644 @expr{q1} and @expr{q2} are @code{quat} forms. The @samp{quat*quat}
27645 rule above uses @code{plain} to prevent Calc from rearranging the
27646 product. It may also be wise to add the line @samp{[quat(), matrix]}
27647 to the @code{Decls} matrix, to ensure that Calc's other algebraic
27648 operations will not rearrange a quaternion product. @xref{Declarations}.
27649
27650 These rules also accept a four-argument @code{quat} form, converting
27651 it to the preferred form in the first rule. If you would rather see
27652 results in the four-argument form, just append the two items
27653 @samp{phase(2), quat(w, [x, y, z]) := quat(w, x, y, z)} to the end
27654 of the rule set. (But remember that multi-phase rule sets don't work
27655 in @code{EvalRules}.)
27656
27657 @node Units, Store and Recall, Algebra, Top
27658 @chapter Operating on Units
27659
27660 @noindent
27661 One special interpretation of algebraic formulas is as numbers with units.
27662 For example, the formula @samp{5 m / s^2} can be read ``five meters
27663 per second squared.'' The commands in this chapter help you
27664 manipulate units expressions in this form. Units-related commands
27665 begin with the @kbd{u} prefix key.
27666
27667 @menu
27668 * Basic Operations on Units::
27669 * The Units Table::
27670 * Predefined Units::
27671 * User-Defined Units::
27672 @end menu
27673
27674 @node Basic Operations on Units, The Units Table, Units, Units
27675 @section Basic Operations on Units
27676
27677 @noindent
27678 A @dfn{units expression} is a formula which is basically a number
27679 multiplied and/or divided by one or more @dfn{unit names}, which may
27680 optionally be raised to integer powers. Actually, the value part need not
27681 be a number; any product or quotient involving unit names is a units
27682 expression. Many of the units commands will also accept any formula,
27683 where the command applies to all units expressions which appear in the
27684 formula.
27685
27686 A unit name is a variable whose name appears in the @dfn{unit table},
27687 or a variable whose name is a prefix character like @samp{k} (for ``kilo'')
27688 or @samp{u} (for ``micro'') followed by a name in the unit table.
27689 A substantial table of built-in units is provided with Calc;
27690 @pxref{Predefined Units}. You can also define your own unit names;
27691 @pxref{User-Defined Units}.
27692
27693 Note that if the value part of a units expression is exactly @samp{1},
27694 it will be removed by the Calculator's automatic algebra routines: The
27695 formula @samp{1 mm} is ``simplified'' to @samp{mm}. This is only a
27696 display anomaly, however; @samp{mm} will work just fine as a
27697 representation of one millimeter.
27698
27699 You may find that Algebraic mode (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}) makes working
27700 with units expressions easier. Otherwise, you will have to remember
27701 to hit the apostrophe key every time you wish to enter units.
27702
27703 @kindex u s
27704 @pindex calc-simplify-units
27705 @ignore
27706 @mindex usimpl@idots
27707 @end ignore
27708 @tindex usimplify
27709 The @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) [@code{usimplify}] command
27710 simplifies a units
27711 expression. It uses @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) to simplify the
27712 expression first as a regular algebraic formula; it then looks for
27713 features that can be further simplified by converting one object's units
27714 to be compatible with another's. For example, @samp{5 m + 23 mm} will
27715 simplify to @samp{5.023 m}. When different but compatible units are
27716 added, the righthand term's units are converted to match those of the
27717 lefthand term. @xref{Simplification Modes}, for a way to have this done
27718 automatically at all times.
27719
27720 Units simplification also handles quotients of two units with the same
27721 dimensionality, as in @w{@samp{2 in s/L cm}} to @samp{5.08 s/L}; fractional
27722 powers of unit expressions, as in @samp{sqrt(9 mm^2)} to @samp{3 mm} and
27723 @samp{sqrt(9 acre)} to a quantity in meters; and @code{floor},
27724 @code{ceil}, @code{round}, @code{rounde}, @code{roundu}, @code{trunc},
27725 @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{abs}, and @code{clean}
27726 applied to units expressions, in which case
27727 the operation in question is applied only to the numeric part of the
27728 expression. Finally, trigonometric functions of quantities with units
27729 of angle are evaluated, regardless of the current angular mode.
27730
27731 @kindex u c
27732 @pindex calc-convert-units
27733 The @kbd{u c} (@code{calc-convert-units}) command converts a units
27734 expression to new, compatible units. For example, given the units
27735 expression @samp{55 mph}, typing @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces
27736 @samp{24.5872 m/s}. If you have previously converted a units expression
27737 with the same type of units (in this case, distance over time), you will
27738 be offered the previous choice of new units as a default. Continuing
27739 the above example, entering the units expression @samp{100 km/hr} and
27740 typing @kbd{u c @key{RET}} (without specifying new units) produces
27741 @samp{27.7777777778 m/s}.
27742
27743 While many of Calc's conversion factors are exact, some are necessarily
27744 approximate. If Calc is in fraction mode (@pxref{Fraction Mode}), then
27745 unit conversions will try to give exact, rational conversions, but it
27746 isn't always possible. Given @samp{55 mph} in fraction mode, typing
27747 @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces @samp{15367:625 m/s}, for example,
27748 while typing @kbd{u c au/yr @key{RET}} produces
27749 @samp{5.18665819999e-3 au/yr}.
27750
27751 If the units you request are inconsistent with the original units, the
27752 number will be converted into your units times whatever ``remainder''
27753 units are left over. For example, converting @samp{55 mph} into acres
27754 produces @samp{6.08e-3 acre / m s}. (Recall that multiplication binds
27755 more strongly than division in Calc formulas, so the units here are
27756 acres per meter-second.) Remainder units are expressed in terms of
27757 ``fundamental'' units like @samp{m} and @samp{s}, regardless of the
27758 input units.
27759
27760 One special exception is that if you specify a single unit name, and
27761 a compatible unit appears somewhere in the units expression, then
27762 that compatible unit will be converted to the new unit and the
27763 remaining units in the expression will be left alone. For example,
27764 given the input @samp{980 cm/s^2}, the command @kbd{u c ms} will
27765 change the @samp{s} to @samp{ms} to get @samp{9.8e-4 cm/ms^2}.
27766 The ``remainder unit'' @samp{cm} is left alone rather than being
27767 changed to the base unit @samp{m}.
27768
27769 You can use explicit unit conversion instead of the @kbd{u s} command
27770 to gain more control over the units of the result of an expression.
27771 For example, given @samp{5 m + 23 mm}, you can type @kbd{u c m} or
27772 @kbd{u c mm} to express the result in either meters or millimeters.
27773 (For that matter, you could type @kbd{u c fath} to express the result
27774 in fathoms, if you preferred!)
27775
27776 In place of a specific set of units, you can also enter one of the
27777 units system names @code{si}, @code{mks} (equivalent), or @code{cgs}.
27778 For example, @kbd{u c si @key{RET}} converts the expression into
27779 International System of Units (SI) base units. Also, @kbd{u c base}
27780 converts to Calc's base units, which are the same as @code{si} units
27781 except that @code{base} uses @samp{g} as the fundamental unit of mass
27782 whereas @code{si} uses @samp{kg}.
27783
27784 @cindex Composite units
27785 The @kbd{u c} command also accepts @dfn{composite units}, which
27786 are expressed as the sum of several compatible unit names. For
27787 example, converting @samp{30.5 in} to units @samp{mi+ft+in} (miles,
27788 feet, and inches) produces @samp{2 ft + 6.5 in}. Calc first
27789 sorts the unit names into order of decreasing relative size.
27790 It then accounts for as much of the input quantity as it can
27791 using an integer number times the largest unit, then moves on
27792 to the next smaller unit, and so on. Only the smallest unit
27793 may have a non-integer amount attached in the result. A few
27794 standard unit names exist for common combinations, such as
27795 @code{mfi} for @samp{mi+ft+in}, and @code{tpo} for @samp{ton+lb+oz}.
27796 Composite units are expanded as if by @kbd{a x}, so that
27797 @samp{(ft+in)/hr} is first converted to @samp{ft/hr+in/hr}.
27798
27799 If the value on the stack does not contain any units, @kbd{u c} will
27800 prompt first for the old units which this value should be considered
27801 to have, then for the new units. Assuming the old and new units you
27802 give are consistent with each other, the result also will not contain
27803 any units. For example, @kbd{@w{u c} cm @key{RET} in @key{RET}}
27804 converts the number 2 on the stack to 5.08.
27805
27806 @kindex u b
27807 @pindex calc-base-units
27808 The @kbd{u b} (@code{calc-base-units}) command is shorthand for
27809 @kbd{u c base}; it converts the units expression on the top of the
27810 stack into @code{base} units. If @kbd{u s} does not simplify a
27811 units expression as far as you would like, try @kbd{u b}.
27812
27813 The @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u b} commands treat temperature units (like
27814 @samp{degC} and @samp{K}) as relative temperatures. For example,
27815 @kbd{u c} converts @samp{10 degC} to @samp{18 degF}: A change of 10
27816 degrees Celsius corresponds to a change of 18 degrees Fahrenheit.
27817
27818 @kindex u t
27819 @pindex calc-convert-temperature
27820 @cindex Temperature conversion
27821 The @kbd{u t} (@code{calc-convert-temperature}) command converts
27822 absolute temperatures. The value on the stack must be a simple units
27823 expression with units of temperature only. This command would convert
27824 @samp{10 degC} to @samp{50 degF}, the equivalent temperature on the
27825 Fahrenheit scale.
27826
27827 @kindex u r
27828 @pindex calc-remove-units
27829 @kindex u x
27830 @pindex calc-extract-units
27831 The @kbd{u r} (@code{calc-remove-units}) command removes units from the
27832 formula at the top of the stack. The @kbd{u x}
27833 (@code{calc-extract-units}) command extracts only the units portion of a
27834 formula. These commands essentially replace every term of the formula
27835 that does or doesn't (respectively) look like a unit name by the
27836 constant 1, then resimplify the formula.
27837
27838 @kindex u a
27839 @pindex calc-autorange-units
27840 The @kbd{u a} (@code{calc-autorange-units}) command turns on and off a
27841 mode in which unit prefixes like @code{k} (``kilo'') are automatically
27842 applied to keep the numeric part of a units expression in a reasonable
27843 range. This mode affects @kbd{u s} and all units conversion commands
27844 except @kbd{u b}. For example, with autoranging on, @samp{12345 Hz}
27845 will be simplified to @samp{12.345 kHz}. Autoranging is useful for
27846 some kinds of units (like @code{Hz} and @code{m}), but is probably
27847 undesirable for non-metric units like @code{ft} and @code{tbsp}.
27848 (Composite units are more appropriate for those; see above.)
27849
27850 Autoranging always applies the prefix to the leftmost unit name.
27851 Calc chooses the largest prefix that causes the number to be greater
27852 than or equal to 1.0. Thus an increasing sequence of adjusted times
27853 would be @samp{1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, 1 s, 10 s, 100 s, 1 ks}.
27854 Generally the rule of thumb is that the number will be adjusted
27855 to be in the interval @samp{[1 .. 1000)}, although there are several
27856 exceptions to this rule. First, if the unit has a power then this
27857 is not possible; @samp{0.1 s^2} simplifies to @samp{100000 ms^2}.
27858 Second, the ``centi-'' prefix is allowed to form @code{cm} (centimeters),
27859 but will not apply to other units. The ``deci-,'' ``deka-,'' and
27860 ``hecto-'' prefixes are never used. Thus the allowable interval is
27861 @samp{[1 .. 10)} for millimeters and @samp{[1 .. 100)} for centimeters.
27862 Finally, a prefix will not be added to a unit if the resulting name
27863 is also the actual name of another unit; @samp{1e-15 t} would normally
27864 be considered a ``femto-ton,'' but it is written as @samp{1000 at}
27865 (1000 atto-tons) instead because @code{ft} would be confused with feet.
27866
27867 @node The Units Table, Predefined Units, Basic Operations on Units, Units
27868 @section The Units Table
27869
27870 @noindent
27871 @kindex u v
27872 @pindex calc-enter-units-table
27873 The @kbd{u v} (@code{calc-enter-units-table}) command displays the units table
27874 in another buffer called @code{*Units Table*}. Each entry in this table
27875 gives the unit name as it would appear in an expression, the definition
27876 of the unit in terms of simpler units, and a full name or description of
27877 the unit. Fundamental units are defined as themselves; these are the
27878 units produced by the @kbd{u b} command. The fundamental units are
27879 meters, seconds, grams, kelvins, amperes, candelas, moles, radians,
27880 and steradians.
27881
27882 The Units Table buffer also displays the Unit Prefix Table. Note that
27883 two prefixes, ``kilo'' and ``hecto,'' accept either upper- or lower-case
27884 prefix letters. @samp{Meg} is also accepted as a synonym for the @samp{M}
27885 prefix. Whenever a unit name can be interpreted as either a built-in name
27886 or a prefix followed by another built-in name, the former interpretation
27887 wins. For example, @samp{2 pt} means two pints, not two pico-tons.
27888
27889 The Units Table buffer, once created, is not rebuilt unless you define
27890 new units. To force the buffer to be rebuilt, give any numeric prefix
27891 argument to @kbd{u v}.
27892
27893 @kindex u V
27894 @pindex calc-view-units-table
27895 The @kbd{u V} (@code{calc-view-units-table}) command is like @kbd{u v} except
27896 that the cursor is not moved into the Units Table buffer. You can
27897 type @kbd{u V} again to remove the Units Table from the display. To
27898 return from the Units Table buffer after a @kbd{u v}, type @kbd{C-x * c}
27899 again or use the regular Emacs @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window})
27900 command. You can also kill the buffer with @kbd{C-x k} if you wish;
27901 the actual units table is safely stored inside the Calculator.
27902
27903 @kindex u g
27904 @pindex calc-get-unit-definition
27905 The @kbd{u g} (@code{calc-get-unit-definition}) command retrieves a unit's
27906 defining expression and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. For example,
27907 @kbd{u g in} will produce the expression @samp{2.54 cm}. This is the
27908 same definition for the unit that would appear in the Units Table buffer.
27909 Note that this command works only for actual unit names; @kbd{u g km}
27910 will report that no such unit exists, for example, because @code{km} is
27911 really the unit @code{m} with a @code{k} (``kilo'') prefix. To see a
27912 definition of a unit in terms of base units, it is easier to push the
27913 unit name on the stack and then reduce it to base units with @kbd{u b}.
27914
27915 @kindex u e
27916 @pindex calc-explain-units
27917 The @kbd{u e} (@code{calc-explain-units}) command displays an English
27918 description of the units of the expression on the stack. For example,
27919 for the expression @samp{62 km^2 g / s^2 mol K}, the description is
27920 ``Square-Kilometer Gram per (Second-squared Mole Degree-Kelvin).'' This
27921 command uses the English descriptions that appear in the righthand
27922 column of the Units Table.
27923
27924 @node Predefined Units, User-Defined Units, The Units Table, Units
27925 @section Predefined Units
27926
27927 @noindent
27928 The definitions of many units have changed over the years. For example,
27929 the meter was originally defined in 1791 as one ten-millionth of the
27930 distance from the equator to the north pole. In order to be more
27931 precise, the definition was adjusted several times, and now a meter is
27932 defined as the distance that light will travel in a vacuum in
27933 1/299792458 of a second; consequently, the speed of light in a
27934 vacuum is exactly 299792458 m/s. Many other units have been
27935 redefined in terms of fundamental physical processes; a second, for
27936 example, is currently defined as 9192631770 periods of a certain
27937 radiation related to the cesium-133 atom. The only SI unit that is not
27938 based on a fundamental physical process (although there are efforts to
27939 change this) is the kilogram, which was originally defined as the mass
27940 of one liter of water, but is now defined as the mass of the
27941 International Prototype Kilogram (IPK), a cylinder of platinum-iridium
27942 kept at the Bureau International des Poids et Mesures in S@`evres,
27943 France. (There are several copies of the IPK throughout the world.)
27944 The British imperial units, once defined in terms of physical objects,
27945 were redefined in 1963 in terms of SI units. The US customary units,
27946 which were the same as British units until the British imperial system
27947 was created in 1824, were also defined in terms of the SI units in 1893.
27948 Because of these redefinitions, conversions between metric, British
27949 Imperial, and US customary units can often be done precisely.
27950
27951 Since the exact definitions of many kinds of units have evolved over the
27952 years, and since certain countries sometimes have local differences in
27953 their definitions, it is a good idea to examine Calc's definition of a
27954 unit before depending on its exact value. For example, there are three
27955 different units for gallons, corresponding to the US (@code{gal}),
27956 Canadian (@code{galC}), and British (@code{galUK}) definitions. Also,
27957 note that @code{oz} is a standard ounce of mass, @code{ozt} is a Troy
27958 ounce, and @code{ozfl} is a fluid ounce.
27959
27960 The temperature units corresponding to degrees Kelvin and Centigrade
27961 (Celsius) are the same in this table, since most units commands treat
27962 temperatures as being relative. The @code{calc-convert-temperature}
27963 command has special rules for handling the different absolute magnitudes
27964 of the various temperature scales.
27965
27966 The unit of volume ``liters'' can be referred to by either the lower-case
27967 @code{l} or the upper-case @code{L}.
27968
27969 The unit @code{A} stands for Amperes; the name @code{Ang} is used
27970 @tex
27971 for \AA ngstroms.
27972 @end tex
27973 @ifnottex
27974 for Angstroms.
27975 @end ifnottex
27976
27977 The unit @code{pt} stands for pints; the name @code{point} stands for
27978 a typographical point, defined by @samp{72 point = 1 in}. This is
27979 slightly different than the point defined by the American Typefounder's
27980 Association in 1886, but the point used by Calc has become standard
27981 largely due to its use by the PostScript page description language.
27982 There is also @code{texpt}, which stands for a printer's point as
27983 defined by the @TeX{} typesetting system: @samp{72.27 texpt = 1 in}.
27984 Other units used by @TeX{} are available; they are @code{texpc} (a pica),
27985 @code{texbp} (a ``big point'', equal to a standard point which is larger
27986 than the point used by @TeX{}), @code{texdd} (a Didot point),
27987 @code{texcc} (a Cicero) and @code{texsp} (a scaled @TeX{} point,
27988 all dimensions representable in @TeX{} are multiples of this value).
27989
27990 The unit @code{e} stands for the elementary (electron) unit of charge;
27991 because algebra command could mistake this for the special constant
27992 @expr{e}, Calc provides the alternate unit name @code{ech} which is
27993 preferable to @code{e}.
27994
27995 The name @code{g} stands for one gram of mass; there is also @code{gf},
27996 one gram of force. (Likewise for @kbd{lb}, pounds, and @kbd{lbf}.)
27997 Meanwhile, one ``@expr{g}'' of acceleration is denoted @code{ga}.
27998
27999 The unit @code{ton} is a U.S. ton of @samp{2000 lb}, and @code{t} is
28000 a metric ton of @samp{1000 kg}.
28001
28002 The names @code{s} (or @code{sec}) and @code{min} refer to units of
28003 time; @code{arcsec} and @code{arcmin} are units of angle.
28004
28005 Some ``units'' are really physical constants; for example, @code{c}
28006 represents the speed of light, and @code{h} represents Planck's
28007 constant. You can use these just like other units: converting
28008 @samp{.5 c} to @samp{m/s} expresses one-half the speed of light in
28009 meters per second. You can also use this merely as a handy reference;
28010 the @kbd{u g} command gets the definition of one of these constants
28011 in its normal terms, and @kbd{u b} expresses the definition in base
28012 units.
28013
28014 Two units, @code{pi} and @code{alpha} (the fine structure constant,
28015 approximately @mathit{1/137}) are dimensionless. The units simplification
28016 commands simply treat these names as equivalent to their corresponding
28017 values. However you can, for example, use @kbd{u c} to convert a pure
28018 number into multiples of the fine structure constant, or @kbd{u b} to
28019 convert this back into a pure number. (When @kbd{u c} prompts for the
28020 ``old units,'' just enter a blank line to signify that the value
28021 really is unitless.)
28022
28023 @c Describe angular units, luminosity vs. steradians problem.
28024
28025 @node User-Defined Units, , Predefined Units, Units
28026 @section User-Defined Units
28027
28028 @noindent
28029 Calc provides ways to get quick access to your selected ``favorite''
28030 units, as well as ways to define your own new units.
28031
28032 @kindex u 0-9
28033 @pindex calc-quick-units
28034 @vindex Units
28035 @cindex @code{Units} variable
28036 @cindex Quick units
28037 To select your favorite units, store a vector of unit names or
28038 expressions in the Calc variable @code{Units}. The @kbd{u 1}
28039 through @kbd{u 9} commands (@code{calc-quick-units}) provide access
28040 to these units. If the value on the top of the stack is a plain
28041 number (with no units attached), then @kbd{u 1} gives it the
28042 specified units. (Basically, it multiplies the number by the
28043 first item in the @code{Units} vector.) If the number on the
28044 stack @emph{does} have units, then @kbd{u 1} converts that number
28045 to the new units. For example, suppose the vector @samp{[in, ft]}
28046 is stored in @code{Units}. Then @kbd{30 u 1} will create the
28047 expression @samp{30 in}, and @kbd{u 2} will convert that expression
28048 to @samp{2.5 ft}.
28049
28050 The @kbd{u 0} command accesses the tenth element of @code{Units}.
28051 Only ten quick units may be defined at a time. If the @code{Units}
28052 variable has no stored value (the default), or if its value is not
28053 a vector, then the quick-units commands will not function. The
28054 @kbd{s U} command is a convenient way to edit the @code{Units}
28055 variable; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
28056
28057 @kindex u d
28058 @pindex calc-define-unit
28059 @cindex User-defined units
28060 The @kbd{u d} (@code{calc-define-unit}) command records the units
28061 expression on the top of the stack as the definition for a new,
28062 user-defined unit. For example, putting @samp{16.5 ft} on the stack and
28063 typing @kbd{u d rod} defines the new unit @samp{rod} to be equivalent to
28064 16.5 feet. The unit conversion and simplification commands will now
28065 treat @code{rod} just like any other unit of length. You will also be
28066 prompted for an optional English description of the unit, which will
28067 appear in the Units Table. If you wish the definition of this unit to
28068 be displayed in a special way in the Units Table buffer (such as with an
28069 asterisk to indicate an approximate value), then you can call this
28070 command with an argument, @kbd{C-u u d}; you will then also be prompted
28071 for a string that will be used to display the definition.
28072
28073 @kindex u u
28074 @pindex calc-undefine-unit
28075 The @kbd{u u} (@code{calc-undefine-unit}) command removes a user-defined
28076 unit. It is not possible to remove one of the predefined units,
28077 however.
28078
28079 If you define a unit with an existing unit name, your new definition
28080 will replace the original definition of that unit. If the unit was a
28081 predefined unit, the old definition will not be replaced, only
28082 ``shadowed.'' The built-in definition will reappear if you later use
28083 @kbd{u u} to remove the shadowing definition.
28084
28085 To create a new fundamental unit, use either 1 or the unit name itself
28086 as the defining expression. Otherwise the expression can involve any
28087 other units that you like (except for composite units like @samp{mfi}).
28088 You can create a new composite unit with a sum of other units as the
28089 defining expression. The next unit operation like @kbd{u c} or @kbd{u v}
28090 will rebuild the internal unit table incorporating your modifications.
28091 Note that erroneous definitions (such as two units defined in terms of
28092 each other) will not be detected until the unit table is next rebuilt;
28093 @kbd{u v} is a convenient way to force this to happen.
28094
28095 Temperature units are treated specially inside the Calculator; it is not
28096 possible to create user-defined temperature units.
28097
28098 @kindex u p
28099 @pindex calc-permanent-units
28100 @cindex Calc init file, user-defined units
28101 The @kbd{u p} (@code{calc-permanent-units}) command stores the user-defined
28102 units in your Calc init file (the file given by the variable
28103 @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}), so that the
28104 units will still be available in subsequent Emacs sessions. If there
28105 was already a set of user-defined units in your Calc init file, it
28106 is replaced by the new set. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to
28107 tell Calc to use a different file for the Calc init file.)
28108
28109 @node Store and Recall, Graphics, Units, Top
28110 @chapter Storing and Recalling
28111
28112 @noindent
28113 Calculator variables are really just Lisp variables that contain numbers
28114 or formulas in a form that Calc can understand. The commands in this
28115 section allow you to manipulate variables conveniently. Commands related
28116 to variables use the @kbd{s} prefix key.
28117
28118 @menu
28119 * Storing Variables::
28120 * Recalling Variables::
28121 * Operations on Variables::
28122 * Let Command::
28123 * Evaluates-To Operator::
28124 @end menu
28125
28126 @node Storing Variables, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall, Store and Recall
28127 @section Storing Variables
28128
28129 @noindent
28130 @kindex s s
28131 @pindex calc-store
28132 @cindex Storing variables
28133 @cindex Quick variables
28134 @vindex q0
28135 @vindex q9
28136 The @kbd{s s} (@code{calc-store}) command stores the value at the top of
28137 the stack into a specified variable. It prompts you to enter the
28138 name of the variable. If you press a single digit, the value is stored
28139 immediately in one of the ``quick'' variables @code{q0} through
28140 @code{q9}. Or you can enter any variable name.
28141
28142 @kindex s t
28143 @pindex calc-store-into
28144 The @kbd{s s} command leaves the stored value on the stack. There is
28145 also an @kbd{s t} (@code{calc-store-into}) command, which removes a
28146 value from the stack and stores it in a variable.
28147
28148 If the top of stack value is an equation @samp{a = 7} or assignment
28149 @samp{a := 7} with a variable on the lefthand side, then Calc will
28150 assign that variable with that value by default, i.e., if you type
28151 @kbd{s s @key{RET}} or @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. In this example, the
28152 value 7 would be stored in the variable @samp{a}. (If you do type
28153 a variable name at the prompt, the top-of-stack value is stored in
28154 its entirety, even if it is an equation: @samp{s s b @key{RET}}
28155 with @samp{a := 7} on the stack stores @samp{a := 7} in @code{b}.)
28156
28157 In fact, the top of stack value can be a vector of equations or
28158 assignments with different variables on their lefthand sides; the
28159 default will be to store all the variables with their corresponding
28160 righthand sides simultaneously.
28161
28162 It is also possible to type an equation or assignment directly at
28163 the prompt for the @kbd{s s} or @kbd{s t} command: @kbd{s s foo = 7}.
28164 In this case the expression to the right of the @kbd{=} or @kbd{:=}
28165 symbol is evaluated as if by the @kbd{=} command, and that value is
28166 stored in the variable. No value is taken from the stack; @kbd{s s}
28167 and @kbd{s t} are equivalent when used in this way.
28168
28169 @kindex s 0-9
28170 @kindex t 0-9
28171 The prefix keys @kbd{s} and @kbd{t} may be followed immediately by a
28172 digit; @kbd{s 9} is equivalent to @kbd{s s 9}, and @kbd{t 9} is
28173 equivalent to @kbd{s t 9}. (The @kbd{t} prefix is otherwise used
28174 for trail and time/date commands.)
28175
28176 @kindex s +
28177 @kindex s -
28178 @ignore
28179 @mindex @idots
28180 @end ignore
28181 @kindex s *
28182 @ignore
28183 @mindex @null
28184 @end ignore
28185 @kindex s /
28186 @ignore
28187 @mindex @null
28188 @end ignore
28189 @kindex s ^
28190 @ignore
28191 @mindex @null
28192 @end ignore
28193 @kindex s |
28194 @ignore
28195 @mindex @null
28196 @end ignore
28197 @kindex s n
28198 @ignore
28199 @mindex @null
28200 @end ignore
28201 @kindex s &
28202 @ignore
28203 @mindex @null
28204 @end ignore
28205 @kindex s [
28206 @ignore
28207 @mindex @null
28208 @end ignore
28209 @kindex s ]
28210 @pindex calc-store-plus
28211 @pindex calc-store-minus
28212 @pindex calc-store-times
28213 @pindex calc-store-div
28214 @pindex calc-store-power
28215 @pindex calc-store-concat
28216 @pindex calc-store-neg
28217 @pindex calc-store-inv
28218 @pindex calc-store-decr
28219 @pindex calc-store-incr
28220 There are also several ``arithmetic store'' commands. For example,
28221 @kbd{s +} removes a value from the stack and adds it to the specified
28222 variable. The other arithmetic stores are @kbd{s -}, @kbd{s *}, @kbd{s /},
28223 @kbd{s ^}, and @w{@kbd{s |}} (vector concatenation), plus @kbd{s n} and
28224 @kbd{s &} which negate or invert the value in a variable, and @w{@kbd{s [}}
28225 and @kbd{s ]} which decrease or increase a variable by one.
28226
28227 All the arithmetic stores accept the Inverse prefix to reverse the
28228 order of the operands. If @expr{v} represents the contents of the
28229 variable, and @expr{a} is the value drawn from the stack, then regular
28230 @w{@kbd{s -}} assigns
28231 @texline @math{v \coloneq v - a},
28232 @infoline @expr{v := v - a},
28233 but @kbd{I s -} assigns
28234 @texline @math{v \coloneq a - v}.
28235 @infoline @expr{v := a - v}.
28236 While @kbd{I s *} might seem pointless, it is
28237 useful if matrix multiplication is involved. Actually, all the
28238 arithmetic stores use formulas designed to behave usefully both
28239 forwards and backwards:
28240
28241 @example
28242 @group
28243 s + v := v + a v := a + v
28244 s - v := v - a v := a - v
28245 s * v := v * a v := a * v
28246 s / v := v / a v := a / v
28247 s ^ v := v ^ a v := a ^ v
28248 s | v := v | a v := a | v
28249 s n v := v / (-1) v := (-1) / v
28250 s & v := v ^ (-1) v := (-1) ^ v
28251 s [ v := v - 1 v := 1 - v
28252 s ] v := v - (-1) v := (-1) - v
28253 @end group
28254 @end example
28255
28256 In the last four cases, a numeric prefix argument will be used in
28257 place of the number one. (For example, @kbd{M-2 s ]} increases
28258 a variable by 2, and @kbd{M-2 I s ]} replaces a variable by
28259 minus-two minus the variable.
28260
28261 The first six arithmetic stores can also be typed @kbd{s t +}, @kbd{s t -},
28262 etc. The commands @kbd{s s +}, @kbd{s s -}, and so on are analogous
28263 arithmetic stores that don't remove the value @expr{a} from the stack.
28264
28265 All arithmetic stores report the new value of the variable in the
28266 Trail for your information. They signal an error if the variable
28267 previously had no stored value. If default simplifications have been
28268 turned off, the arithmetic stores temporarily turn them on for numeric
28269 arguments only (i.e., they temporarily do an @kbd{m N} command).
28270 @xref{Simplification Modes}. Large vectors put in the trail by
28271 these commands always use abbreviated (@kbd{t .}) mode.
28272
28273 @kindex s m
28274 @pindex calc-store-map
28275 The @kbd{s m} command is a general way to adjust a variable's value
28276 using any Calc function. It is a ``mapping'' command analogous to
28277 @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R}, etc. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, to see
28278 how to specify a function for a mapping command. Basically,
28279 all you do is type the Calc command key that would invoke that
28280 function normally. For example, @kbd{s m n} applies the @kbd{n}
28281 key to negate the contents of the variable, so @kbd{s m n} is
28282 equivalent to @kbd{s n}. Also, @kbd{s m Q} takes the square root
28283 of the value stored in a variable, @kbd{s m v v} uses @kbd{v v} to
28284 reverse the vector stored in the variable, and @kbd{s m H I S}
28285 takes the hyperbolic arcsine of the variable contents.
28286
28287 If the mapping function takes two or more arguments, the additional
28288 arguments are taken from the stack; the old value of the variable
28289 is provided as the first argument. Thus @kbd{s m -} with @expr{a}
28290 on the stack computes @expr{v - a}, just like @kbd{s -}. With the
28291 Inverse prefix, the variable's original value becomes the @emph{last}
28292 argument instead of the first. Thus @kbd{I s m -} is also
28293 equivalent to @kbd{I s -}.
28294
28295 @kindex s x
28296 @pindex calc-store-exchange
28297 The @kbd{s x} (@code{calc-store-exchange}) command exchanges the value
28298 of a variable with the value on the top of the stack. Naturally, the
28299 variable must already have a stored value for this to work.
28300
28301 You can type an equation or assignment at the @kbd{s x} prompt. The
28302 command @kbd{s x a=6} takes no values from the stack; instead, it
28303 pushes the old value of @samp{a} on the stack and stores @samp{a = 6}.
28304
28305 @kindex s u
28306 @pindex calc-unstore
28307 @cindex Void variables
28308 @cindex Un-storing variables
28309 Until you store something in them, most variables are ``void,'' that is,
28310 they contain no value at all. If they appear in an algebraic formula
28311 they will be left alone even if you press @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
28312 The @kbd{s u} (@code{calc-unstore}) command returns a variable to the
28313 void state.
28314
28315 @kindex s c
28316 @pindex calc-copy-variable
28317 The @kbd{s c} (@code{calc-copy-variable}) command copies the stored
28318 value of one variable to another. One way it differs from a simple
28319 @kbd{s r} followed by an @kbd{s t} (aside from saving keystrokes) is
28320 that the value never goes on the stack and thus is never rounded,
28321 evaluated, or simplified in any way; it is not even rounded down to the
28322 current precision.
28323
28324 The only variables with predefined values are the ``special constants''
28325 @code{pi}, @code{e}, @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}. You are free
28326 to unstore these variables or to store new values into them if you like,
28327 although some of the algebraic-manipulation functions may assume these
28328 variables represent their standard values. Calc displays a warning if
28329 you change the value of one of these variables, or of one of the other
28330 special variables @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} (which are
28331 normally void).
28332
28333 Note that @code{pi} doesn't actually have 3.14159265359 stored in it,
28334 but rather a special magic value that evaluates to @cpi{} at the current
28335 precision. Likewise @code{e}, @code{i}, and @code{phi} evaluate
28336 according to the current precision or polar mode. If you recall a value
28337 from @code{pi} and store it back, this magic property will be lost. The
28338 magic property is preserved, however, when a variable is copied with
28339 @kbd{s c}.
28340
28341 @kindex s k
28342 @pindex calc-copy-special-constant
28343 If one of the ``special constants'' is redefined (or undefined) so that
28344 it no longer has its magic property, the property can be restored with
28345 @kbd{s k} (@code{calc-copy-special-constant}). This command will prompt
28346 for a special constant and a variable to store it in, and so a special
28347 constant can be stored in any variable. Here, the special constant that
28348 you enter doesn't depend on the value of the corresponding variable;
28349 @code{pi} will represent 3.14159@dots{} regardless of what is currently
28350 stored in the Calc variable @code{pi}. If one of the other special
28351 variables, @code{inf}, @code{uinf} or @code{nan}, is given a value, its
28352 original behavior can be restored by voiding it with @kbd{s u}.
28353
28354 @node Recalling Variables, Operations on Variables, Storing Variables, Store and Recall
28355 @section Recalling Variables
28356
28357 @noindent
28358 @kindex s r
28359 @pindex calc-recall
28360 @cindex Recalling variables
28361 The most straightforward way to extract the stored value from a variable
28362 is to use the @kbd{s r} (@code{calc-recall}) command. This command prompts
28363 for a variable name (similarly to @code{calc-store}), looks up the value
28364 of the specified variable, and pushes that value onto the stack. It is
28365 an error to try to recall a void variable.
28366
28367 It is also possible to recall the value from a variable by evaluating a
28368 formula containing that variable. For example, @kbd{' a @key{RET} =} is
28369 the same as @kbd{s r a @key{RET}} except that if the variable is void, the
28370 former will simply leave the formula @samp{a} on the stack whereas the
28371 latter will produce an error message.
28372
28373 @kindex r 0-9
28374 The @kbd{r} prefix may be followed by a digit, so that @kbd{r 9} is
28375 equivalent to @kbd{s r 9}.
28376
28377 @node Operations on Variables, Let Command, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall
28378 @section Other Operations on Variables
28379
28380 @noindent
28381 @kindex s e
28382 @pindex calc-edit-variable
28383 The @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command edits the stored
28384 value of a variable without ever putting that value on the stack
28385 or simplifying or evaluating the value. It prompts for the name of
28386 the variable to edit. If the variable has no stored value, the
28387 editing buffer will start out empty. If the editing buffer is
28388 empty when you press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish, the variable will
28389 be made void. @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, for a general
28390 description of editing.
28391
28392 The @kbd{s e} command is especially useful for creating and editing
28393 rewrite rules which are stored in variables. Sometimes these rules
28394 contain formulas which must not be evaluated until the rules are
28395 actually used. (For example, they may refer to @samp{deriv(x,y)},
28396 where @code{x} will someday become some expression involving @code{y};
28397 if you let Calc evaluate the rule while you are defining it, Calc will
28398 replace @samp{deriv(x,y)} with 0 because the formula @code{x} does
28399 not itself refer to @code{y}.) By contrast, recalling the variable,
28400 editing with @kbd{`}, and storing will evaluate the variable's value
28401 as a side effect of putting the value on the stack.
28402
28403 @kindex s A
28404 @kindex s D
28405 @ignore
28406 @mindex @idots
28407 @end ignore
28408 @kindex s E
28409 @ignore
28410 @mindex @null
28411 @end ignore
28412 @kindex s F
28413 @ignore
28414 @mindex @null
28415 @end ignore
28416 @kindex s G
28417 @ignore
28418 @mindex @null
28419 @end ignore
28420 @kindex s H
28421 @ignore
28422 @mindex @null
28423 @end ignore
28424 @kindex s I
28425 @ignore
28426 @mindex @null
28427 @end ignore
28428 @kindex s L
28429 @ignore
28430 @mindex @null
28431 @end ignore
28432 @kindex s P
28433 @ignore
28434 @mindex @null
28435 @end ignore
28436 @kindex s R
28437 @ignore
28438 @mindex @null
28439 @end ignore
28440 @kindex s T
28441 @ignore
28442 @mindex @null
28443 @end ignore
28444 @kindex s U
28445 @ignore
28446 @mindex @null
28447 @end ignore
28448 @kindex s X
28449 @pindex calc-store-AlgSimpRules
28450 @pindex calc-store-Decls
28451 @pindex calc-store-EvalRules
28452 @pindex calc-store-FitRules
28453 @pindex calc-store-GenCount
28454 @pindex calc-store-Holidays
28455 @pindex calc-store-IntegLimit
28456 @pindex calc-store-LineStyles
28457 @pindex calc-store-PointStyles
28458 @pindex calc-store-PlotRejects
28459 @pindex calc-store-TimeZone
28460 @pindex calc-store-Units
28461 @pindex calc-store-ExtSimpRules
28462 There are several special-purpose variable-editing commands that
28463 use the @kbd{s} prefix followed by a shifted letter:
28464
28465 @table @kbd
28466 @item s A
28467 Edit @code{AlgSimpRules}. @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
28468 @item s D
28469 Edit @code{Decls}. @xref{Declarations}.
28470 @item s E
28471 Edit @code{EvalRules}. @xref{Default Simplifications}.
28472 @item s F
28473 Edit @code{FitRules}. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
28474 @item s G
28475 Edit @code{GenCount}. @xref{Solving Equations}.
28476 @item s H
28477 Edit @code{Holidays}. @xref{Business Days}.
28478 @item s I
28479 Edit @code{IntegLimit}. @xref{Calculus}.
28480 @item s L
28481 Edit @code{LineStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
28482 @item s P
28483 Edit @code{PointStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
28484 @item s R
28485 Edit @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Graphics}.
28486 @item s T
28487 Edit @code{TimeZone}. @xref{Time Zones}.
28488 @item s U
28489 Edit @code{Units}. @xref{User-Defined Units}.
28490 @item s X
28491 Edit @code{ExtSimpRules}. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
28492 @end table
28493
28494 These commands are just versions of @kbd{s e} that use fixed variable
28495 names rather than prompting for the variable name.
28496
28497 @kindex s p
28498 @pindex calc-permanent-variable
28499 @cindex Storing variables
28500 @cindex Permanent variables
28501 @cindex Calc init file, variables
28502 The @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command saves a
28503 variable's value permanently in your Calc init file (the file given by
28504 the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}), so
28505 that its value will still be available in future Emacs sessions. You
28506 can re-execute @w{@kbd{s p}} later on to update the saved value, but the
28507 only way to remove a saved variable is to edit your calc init file
28508 by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
28509 use a different file for the Calc init file.)
28510
28511 If you do not specify the name of a variable to save (i.e.,
28512 @kbd{s p @key{RET}}), all Calc variables with defined values
28513 are saved except for the special constants @code{pi}, @code{e},
28514 @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}; the variables @code{TimeZone}
28515 and @code{PlotRejects};
28516 @code{FitRules}, @code{DistribRules}, and other built-in rewrite
28517 rules; and @code{PlotData@var{n}} variables generated
28518 by the graphics commands. (You can still save these variables by
28519 explicitly naming them in an @kbd{s p} command.)
28520
28521 @kindex s i
28522 @pindex calc-insert-variables
28523 The @kbd{s i} (@code{calc-insert-variables}) command writes
28524 the values of all Calc variables into a specified buffer.
28525 The variables are written with the prefix @code{var-} in the form of
28526 Lisp @code{setq} commands
28527 which store the values in string form. You can place these commands
28528 in your Calc init file (or @file{.emacs}) if you wish, though in this case it
28529 would be easier to use @kbd{s p @key{RET}}. (Note that @kbd{s i}
28530 omits the same set of variables as @w{@kbd{s p @key{RET}}}; the difference
28531 is that @kbd{s i} will store the variables in any buffer, and it also
28532 stores in a more human-readable format.)
28533
28534 @node Let Command, Evaluates-To Operator, Operations on Variables, Store and Recall
28535 @section The Let Command
28536
28537 @noindent
28538 @kindex s l
28539 @pindex calc-let
28540 @cindex Variables, temporary assignment
28541 @cindex Temporary assignment to variables
28542 If you have an expression like @samp{a+b^2} on the stack and you wish to
28543 compute its value where @expr{b=3}, you can simply store 3 in @expr{b} and
28544 then press @kbd{=} to reevaluate the formula. This has the side-effect
28545 of leaving the stored value of 3 in @expr{b} for future operations.
28546
28547 The @kbd{s l} (@code{calc-let}) command evaluates a formula under a
28548 @emph{temporary} assignment of a variable. It stores the value on the
28549 top of the stack into the specified variable, then evaluates the
28550 second-to-top stack entry, then restores the original value (or lack of one)
28551 in the variable. Thus after @kbd{'@w{ }a+b^2 @key{RET} 3 s l b @key{RET}},
28552 the stack will contain the formula @samp{a + 9}. The subsequent command
28553 @kbd{@w{5 s l a} @key{RET}} will replace this formula with the number 14.
28554 The variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} are not permanently affected in any way
28555 by these commands.
28556
28557 The value on the top of the stack may be an equation or assignment, or
28558 a vector of equations or assignments, in which case the default will be
28559 analogous to the case of @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
28560
28561 Also, you can answer the variable-name prompt with an equation or
28562 assignment: @kbd{s l b=3 @key{RET}} is the same as storing 3 on the stack
28563 and typing @kbd{s l b @key{RET}}.
28564
28565 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) command is another way to substitute
28566 a variable with a value in a formula. It does an actual substitution
28567 rather than temporarily assigning the variable and evaluating. For
28568 example, letting @expr{n=2} in @samp{f(n pi)} with @kbd{a b} will
28569 produce @samp{f(2 pi)}, whereas @kbd{s l} would give @samp{f(6.28)}
28570 since the evaluation step will also evaluate @code{pi}.
28571
28572 @node Evaluates-To Operator, , Let Command, Store and Recall
28573 @section The Evaluates-To Operator
28574
28575 @noindent
28576 @tindex evalto
28577 @tindex =>
28578 @cindex Evaluates-to operator
28579 @cindex @samp{=>} operator
28580 The special algebraic symbol @samp{=>} is known as the @dfn{evaluates-to
28581 operator}. (It will show up as an @code{evalto} function call in
28582 other language modes like Pascal and La@TeX{}.) This is a binary
28583 operator, that is, it has a lefthand and a righthand argument,
28584 although it can be entered with the righthand argument omitted.
28585
28586 A formula like @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}} is evaluated by Calc as
28587 follows: First, @var{a} is not simplified or modified in any
28588 way. The previous value of argument @var{b} is thrown away; the
28589 formula @var{a} is then copied and evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
28590 command according to all current modes and stored variable values,
28591 and the result is installed as the new value of @var{b}.
28592
28593 For example, suppose you enter the algebraic formula @samp{2 + 3 => 17}.
28594 The number 17 is ignored, and the lefthand argument is left in its
28595 unevaluated form; the result is the formula @samp{2 + 3 => 5}.
28596
28597 @kindex s =
28598 @pindex calc-evalto
28599 You can enter an @samp{=>} formula either directly using algebraic
28600 entry (in which case the righthand side may be omitted since it is
28601 going to be replaced right away anyhow), or by using the @kbd{s =}
28602 (@code{calc-evalto}) command, which takes @var{a} from the stack
28603 and replaces it with @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}}.
28604
28605 Calc keeps track of all @samp{=>} operators on the stack, and
28606 recomputes them whenever anything changes that might affect their
28607 values, i.e., a mode setting or variable value. This occurs only
28608 if the @samp{=>} operator is at the top level of the formula, or
28609 if it is part of a top-level vector. In other words, pushing
28610 @samp{2 + (a => 17)} will change the 17 to the actual value of
28611 @samp{a} when you enter the formula, but the result will not be
28612 dynamically updated when @samp{a} is changed later because the
28613 @samp{=>} operator is buried inside a sum. However, a vector
28614 of @samp{=>} operators will be recomputed, since it is convenient
28615 to push a vector like @samp{[a =>, b =>, c =>]} on the stack to
28616 make a concise display of all the variables in your problem.
28617 (Another way to do this would be to use @samp{[a, b, c] =>},
28618 which provides a slightly different format of display. You
28619 can use whichever you find easiest to read.)
28620
28621 @kindex m C
28622 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
28623 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command allows you to
28624 turn this automatic recomputation on or off. If you turn
28625 recomputation off, you must explicitly recompute an @samp{=>}
28626 operator on the stack in one of the usual ways, such as by
28627 pressing @kbd{=}. Turning recomputation off temporarily can save
28628 a lot of time if you will be changing several modes or variables
28629 before you look at the @samp{=>} entries again.
28630
28631 Most commands are not especially useful with @samp{=>} operators
28632 as arguments. For example, given @samp{x + 2 => 17}, it won't
28633 work to type @kbd{1 +} to get @samp{x + 3 => 18}. If you want
28634 to operate on the lefthand side of the @samp{=>} operator on
28635 the top of the stack, type @kbd{j 1} (that's the digit ``one'')
28636 to select the lefthand side, execute your commands, then type
28637 @kbd{j u} to unselect.
28638
28639 All current modes apply when an @samp{=>} operator is computed,
28640 including the current simplification mode. Recall that the
28641 formula @samp{x + y + x} is not handled by Calc's default
28642 simplifications, but the @kbd{a s} command will reduce it to
28643 the simpler form @samp{y + 2 x}. You can also type @kbd{m A}
28644 to enable an Algebraic Simplification mode in which the
28645 equivalent of @kbd{a s} is used on all of Calc's results.
28646 If you enter @samp{x + y + x =>} normally, the result will
28647 be @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x}. If you change to
28648 Algebraic Simplification mode, the result will be
28649 @samp{x + y + x => y + 2 x}. However, just pressing @kbd{a s}
28650 once will have no effect on @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x},
28651 because the righthand side depends only on the lefthand side
28652 and the current mode settings, and the lefthand side is not
28653 affected by commands like @kbd{a s}.
28654
28655 The ``let'' command (@kbd{s l}) has an interesting interaction
28656 with the @samp{=>} operator. The @kbd{s l} command evaluates the
28657 second-to-top stack entry with the top stack entry supplying
28658 a temporary value for a given variable. As you might expect,
28659 if that stack entry is an @samp{=>} operator its righthand
28660 side will temporarily show this value for the variable. In
28661 fact, all @samp{=>}s on the stack will be updated if they refer
28662 to that variable. But this change is temporary in the sense
28663 that the next command that causes Calc to look at those stack
28664 entries will make them revert to the old variable value.
28665
28666 @smallexample
28667 @group
28668 2: a => a 2: a => 17 2: a => a
28669 1: a + 1 => a + 1 1: a + 1 => 18 1: a + 1 => a + 1
28670 . . .
28671
28672 17 s l a @key{RET} p 8 @key{RET}
28673 @end group
28674 @end smallexample
28675
28676 Here the @kbd{p 8} command changes the current precision,
28677 thus causing the @samp{=>} forms to be recomputed after the
28678 influence of the ``let'' is gone. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command
28679 (@code{calc-refresh}) is a handy way to force the @samp{=>}
28680 operators on the stack to be recomputed without any other
28681 side effects.
28682
28683 @kindex s :
28684 @pindex calc-assign
28685 @tindex assign
28686 @tindex :=
28687 Embedded mode also uses @samp{=>} operators. In Embedded mode,
28688 the lefthand side of an @samp{=>} operator can refer to variables
28689 assigned elsewhere in the file by @samp{:=} operators. The
28690 assignment operator @samp{a := 17} does not actually do anything
28691 by itself. But Embedded mode recognizes it and marks it as a sort
28692 of file-local definition of the variable. You can enter @samp{:=}
28693 operators in Algebraic mode, or by using the @kbd{s :}
28694 (@code{calc-assign}) [@code{assign}] command which takes a variable
28695 and value from the stack and replaces them with an assignment.
28696
28697 @xref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for the way @samp{=>} appears in
28698 @TeX{} language output. The @dfn{eqn} mode gives similar
28699 treatment to @samp{=>}.
28700
28701 @node Graphics, Kill and Yank, Store and Recall, Top
28702 @chapter Graphics
28703
28704 @noindent
28705 The commands for graphing data begin with the @kbd{g} prefix key. Calc
28706 uses GNUPLOT 2.0 or later to do graphics. These commands will only work
28707 if GNUPLOT is available on your system. (While GNUPLOT sounds like
28708 a relative of GNU Emacs, it is actually completely unrelated.
28709 However, it is free software. It can be obtained from
28710 @samp{http://www.gnuplot.info}.)
28711
28712 @vindex calc-gnuplot-name
28713 If you have GNUPLOT installed on your system but Calc is unable to
28714 find it, you may need to set the @code{calc-gnuplot-name} variable in
28715 your Calc init file or @file{.emacs}. You may also need to set some
28716 Lisp variables to show Calc how to run GNUPLOT on your system; these
28717 are described under @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} below. If you are using
28718 the X window system or MS-Windows, Calc will configure GNUPLOT for you
28719 automatically. If you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later and you are using a
28720 Unix or GNU system without X, Calc will configure GNUPLOT to display
28721 graphs using simple character graphics that will work on any
28722 Posix-compatible terminal.
28723
28724 @menu
28725 * Basic Graphics::
28726 * Three Dimensional Graphics::
28727 * Managing Curves::
28728 * Graphics Options::
28729 * Devices::
28730 @end menu
28731
28732 @node Basic Graphics, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics, Graphics
28733 @section Basic Graphics
28734
28735 @noindent
28736 @kindex g f
28737 @pindex calc-graph-fast
28738 The easiest graphics command is @kbd{g f} (@code{calc-graph-fast}).
28739 This command takes two vectors of equal length from the stack.
28740 The vector at the top of the stack represents the ``y'' values of
28741 the various data points. The vector in the second-to-top position
28742 represents the corresponding ``x'' values. This command runs
28743 GNUPLOT (if it has not already been started by previous graphing
28744 commands) and displays the set of data points. The points will
28745 be connected by lines, and there will also be some kind of symbol
28746 to indicate the points themselves.
28747
28748 The ``x'' entry may instead be an interval form, in which case suitable
28749 ``x'' values are interpolated between the minimum and maximum values of
28750 the interval (whether the interval is open or closed is ignored).
28751
28752 The ``x'' entry may also be a number, in which case Calc uses the
28753 sequence of ``x'' values @expr{x}, @expr{x+1}, @expr{x+2}, etc.
28754 (Generally the number 0 or 1 would be used for @expr{x} in this case.)
28755
28756 The ``y'' entry may be any formula instead of a vector. Calc effectively
28757 uses @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) to evaluate variables in the formula;
28758 the result of this must be a formula in a single (unassigned) variable.
28759 The formula is plotted with this variable taking on the various ``x''
28760 values. Graphs of formulas by default use lines without symbols at the
28761 computed data points. Note that if neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is a vector,
28762 Calc guesses at a reasonable number of data points to use. See the
28763 @kbd{g N} command below. (The ``x'' values must be either a vector
28764 or an interval if ``y'' is a formula.)
28765
28766 @ignore
28767 @starindex
28768 @end ignore
28769 @tindex xy
28770 If ``y'' is (or evaluates to) a formula of the form
28771 @samp{xy(@var{x}, @var{y})} then the result is a
28772 parametric plot. The two arguments of the fictitious @code{xy} function
28773 are used as the ``x'' and ``y'' coordinates of the curve, respectively.
28774 In this case the ``x'' vector or interval you specified is not directly
28775 visible in the graph. For example, if ``x'' is the interval @samp{[0..360]}
28776 and ``y'' is the formula @samp{xy(sin(t), cos(t))}, the resulting graph
28777 will be a circle.
28778
28779 Also, ``x'' and ``y'' may each be variable names, in which case Calc
28780 looks for suitable vectors, intervals, or formulas stored in those
28781 variables.
28782
28783 The ``x'' and ``y'' values for the data points (as pulled from the vectors,
28784 calculated from the formulas, or interpolated from the intervals) should
28785 be real numbers (integers, fractions, or floats). One exception to this
28786 is that the ``y'' entry can consist of a vector of numbers combined with
28787 error forms, in which case the points will be plotted with the
28788 appropriate error bars. Other than this, if either the ``x''
28789 value or the ``y'' value of a given data point is not a real number, that
28790 data point will be omitted from the graph. The points on either side
28791 of the invalid point will @emph{not} be connected by a line.
28792
28793 See the documentation for @kbd{g a} below for a description of the way
28794 numeric prefix arguments affect @kbd{g f}.
28795
28796 @cindex @code{PlotRejects} variable
28797 @vindex PlotRejects
28798 If you store an empty vector in the variable @code{PlotRejects}
28799 (i.e., @kbd{[ ] s t PlotRejects}), Calc will append information to
28800 this vector for every data point which was rejected because its
28801 ``x'' or ``y'' values were not real numbers. The result will be
28802 a matrix where each row holds the curve number, data point number,
28803 ``x'' value, and ``y'' value for a rejected data point.
28804 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a handy way to keep tabs on the
28805 current value of @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Operations on Variables},
28806 for the @kbd{s R} command which is another easy way to examine
28807 @code{PlotRejects}.
28808
28809 @kindex g c
28810 @pindex calc-graph-clear
28811 To clear the graphics display, type @kbd{g c} (@code{calc-graph-clear}).
28812 If the GNUPLOT output device is an X window, the window will go away.
28813 Effects on other kinds of output devices will vary. You don't need
28814 to use @kbd{g c} if you don't want to---if you give another @kbd{g f}
28815 or @kbd{g p} command later on, it will reuse the existing graphics
28816 window if there is one.
28817
28818 @node Three Dimensional Graphics, Managing Curves, Basic Graphics, Graphics
28819 @section Three-Dimensional Graphics
28820
28821 @kindex g F
28822 @pindex calc-graph-fast-3d
28823 The @kbd{g F} (@code{calc-graph-fast-3d}) command makes a three-dimensional
28824 graph. It works only if you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later; with GNUPLOT 2.0,
28825 you will see a GNUPLOT error message if you try this command.
28826
28827 The @kbd{g F} command takes three values from the stack, called ``x'',
28828 ``y'', and ``z'', respectively. As was the case for 2D graphs, there
28829 are several options for these values.
28830
28831 In the first case, ``x'' and ``y'' are each vectors (not necessarily of
28832 the same length); either or both may instead be interval forms. The
28833 ``z'' value must be a matrix with the same number of rows as elements
28834 in ``x'', and the same number of columns as elements in ``y''. The
28835 result is a surface plot where
28836 @texline @math{z_{ij}}
28837 @infoline @expr{z_ij}
28838 is the height of the point
28839 at coordinate @expr{(x_i, y_j)} on the surface. The 3D graph will
28840 be displayed from a certain default viewpoint; you can change this
28841 viewpoint by adding a @samp{set view} to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
28842 buffer as described later. See the GNUPLOT documentation for a
28843 description of the @samp{set view} command.
28844
28845 Each point in the matrix will be displayed as a dot in the graph,
28846 and these points will be connected by a grid of lines (@dfn{isolines}).
28847
28848 In the second case, ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' are all vectors of equal
28849 length. The resulting graph displays a 3D line instead of a surface,
28850 where the coordinates of points along the line are successive triplets
28851 of values from the input vectors.
28852
28853 In the third case, ``x'' and ``y'' are vectors or interval forms, and
28854 ``z'' is any formula involving two variables (not counting variables
28855 with assigned values). These variables are sorted into alphabetical
28856 order; the first takes on values from ``x'' and the second takes on
28857 values from ``y'' to form a matrix of results that are graphed as a
28858 3D surface.
28859
28860 @ignore
28861 @starindex
28862 @end ignore
28863 @tindex xyz
28864 If the ``z'' formula evaluates to a call to the fictitious function
28865 @samp{xyz(@var{x}, @var{y}, @var{z})}, then the result is a
28866 ``parametric surface.'' In this case, the axes of the graph are
28867 taken from the @var{x} and @var{y} values in these calls, and the
28868 ``x'' and ``y'' values from the input vectors or intervals are used only
28869 to specify the range of inputs to the formula. For example, plotting
28870 @samp{[0..360], [0..180], xyz(sin(x)*sin(y), cos(x)*sin(y), cos(y))}
28871 will draw a sphere. (Since the default resolution for 3D plots is
28872 5 steps in each of ``x'' and ``y'', this will draw a very crude
28873 sphere. You could use the @kbd{g N} command, described below, to
28874 increase this resolution, or specify the ``x'' and ``y'' values as
28875 vectors with more than 5 elements.
28876
28877 It is also possible to have a function in a regular @kbd{g f} plot
28878 evaluate to an @code{xyz} call. Since @kbd{g f} plots a line, not
28879 a surface, the result will be a 3D parametric line. For example,
28880 @samp{[[0..720], xyz(sin(x), cos(x), x)]} will plot two turns of a
28881 helix (a three-dimensional spiral).
28882
28883 As for @kbd{g f}, each of ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' may instead be
28884 variables containing the relevant data.
28885
28886 @node Managing Curves, Graphics Options, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics
28887 @section Managing Curves
28888
28889 @noindent
28890 The @kbd{g f} command is really shorthand for the following commands:
28891 @kbd{C-u g d g a g p}. Likewise, @w{@kbd{g F}} is shorthand for
28892 @kbd{C-u g d g A g p}. You can gain more control over your graph
28893 by using these commands directly.
28894
28895 @kindex g a
28896 @pindex calc-graph-add
28897 The @kbd{g a} (@code{calc-graph-add}) command adds the ``curve''
28898 represented by the two values on the top of the stack to the current
28899 graph. You can have any number of curves in the same graph. When
28900 you give the @kbd{g p} command, all the curves will be drawn superimposed
28901 on the same axes.
28902
28903 The @kbd{g a} command (and many others that affect the current graph)
28904 will cause a special buffer, @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}, to be displayed
28905 in another window. This buffer is a template of the commands that will
28906 be sent to GNUPLOT when it is time to draw the graph. The first
28907 @kbd{g a} command adds a @code{plot} command to this buffer. Succeeding
28908 @kbd{g a} commands add extra curves onto that @code{plot} command.
28909 Other graph-related commands put other GNUPLOT commands into this
28910 buffer. In normal usage you never need to work with this buffer
28911 directly, but you can if you wish. The only constraint is that there
28912 must be only one @code{plot} command, and it must be the last command
28913 in the buffer. If you want to save and later restore a complete graph
28914 configuration, you can use regular Emacs commands to save and restore
28915 the contents of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28916
28917 @vindex PlotData1
28918 @vindex PlotData2
28919 If the values on the stack are not variable names, @kbd{g a} will invent
28920 variable names for them (of the form @samp{PlotData@var{n}}) and store
28921 the values in those variables. The ``x'' and ``y'' variables are what
28922 go into the @code{plot} command in the template. If you add a curve
28923 that uses a certain variable and then later change that variable, you
28924 can replot the graph without having to delete and re-add the curve.
28925 That's because the variable name, not the vector, interval or formula
28926 itself, is what was added by @kbd{g a}.
28927
28928 A numeric prefix argument on @kbd{g a} or @kbd{g f} changes the way
28929 stack entries are interpreted as curves. With a positive prefix
28930 argument @expr{n}, the top @expr{n} stack entries are ``y'' values
28931 for @expr{n} different curves which share a common ``x'' value in
28932 the @expr{n+1}st stack entry. (Thus @kbd{g a} with no prefix
28933 argument is equivalent to @kbd{C-u 1 g a}.)
28934
28935 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} means to take two stack entries,
28936 ``x'' and ``y'' as usual, but to interpret ``y'' as a vector of
28937 ``y'' values for several curves that share a common ``x''.
28938
28939 A negative prefix argument tells Calc to read @expr{n} vectors from
28940 the stack; each vector @expr{[x, y]} describes an independent curve.
28941 This is the only form of @kbd{g a} that creates several curves at once
28942 that don't have common ``x'' values. (Of course, the range of ``x''
28943 values covered by all the curves ought to be roughly the same if
28944 they are to look nice on the same graph.)
28945
28946 For example, to plot
28947 @texline @math{\sin n x}
28948 @infoline @expr{sin(n x)}
28949 for integers @expr{n}
28950 from 1 to 5, you could use @kbd{v x} to create a vector of integers
28951 (@expr{n}), then @kbd{V M '} or @kbd{V M $} to map @samp{sin(n x)}
28952 across this vector. The resulting vector of formulas is suitable
28953 for use as the ``y'' argument to a @kbd{C-u g a} or @kbd{C-u g f}
28954 command.
28955
28956 @kindex g A
28957 @pindex calc-graph-add-3d
28958 The @kbd{g A} (@code{calc-graph-add-3d}) command adds a 3D curve
28959 to the graph. It is not valid to intermix 2D and 3D curves in a
28960 single graph. This command takes three arguments, ``x'', ``y'',
28961 and ``z'', from the stack. With a positive prefix @expr{n}, it
28962 takes @expr{n+2} arguments (common ``x'' and ``y'', plus @expr{n}
28963 separate ``z''s). With a zero prefix, it takes three stack entries
28964 but the ``z'' entry is a vector of curve values. With a negative
28965 prefix @expr{-n}, it takes @expr{n} vectors of the form @expr{[x, y, z]}.
28966 The @kbd{g A} command works by adding a @code{splot} (surface-plot)
28967 command to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28968
28969 (Although @kbd{g a} adds a 2D @code{plot} command to the
28970 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer, Calc changes this to @code{splot}
28971 before sending it to GNUPLOT if it notices that the data points are
28972 evaluating to @code{xyz} calls. It will not work to mix 2D and 3D
28973 @kbd{g a} curves in a single graph, although Calc does not currently
28974 check for this.)
28975
28976 @kindex g d
28977 @pindex calc-graph-delete
28978 The @kbd{g d} (@code{calc-graph-delete}) command deletes the most
28979 recently added curve from the graph. It has no effect if there are
28980 no curves in the graph. With a numeric prefix argument of any kind,
28981 it deletes all of the curves from the graph.
28982
28983 @kindex g H
28984 @pindex calc-graph-hide
28985 The @kbd{g H} (@code{calc-graph-hide}) command ``hides'' or ``unhides''
28986 the most recently added curve. A hidden curve will not appear in
28987 the actual plot, but information about it such as its name and line and
28988 point styles will be retained.
28989
28990 @kindex g j
28991 @pindex calc-graph-juggle
28992 The @kbd{g j} (@code{calc-graph-juggle}) command moves the curve
28993 at the end of the list (the ``most recently added curve'') to the
28994 front of the list. The next-most-recent curve is thus exposed for
28995 @w{@kbd{g d}} or similar commands to use. With @kbd{g j} you can work
28996 with any curve in the graph even though curve-related commands only
28997 affect the last curve in the list.
28998
28999 @kindex g p
29000 @pindex calc-graph-plot
29001 The @kbd{g p} (@code{calc-graph-plot}) command uses GNUPLOT to draw
29002 the graph described in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Any
29003 GNUPLOT parameters which are not defined by commands in this buffer
29004 are reset to their default values. The variables named in the @code{plot}
29005 command are written to a temporary data file and the variable names
29006 are then replaced by the file name in the template. The resulting
29007 plotting commands are fed to the GNUPLOT program. See the documentation
29008 for the GNUPLOT program for more specific information. All temporary
29009 files are removed when Emacs or GNUPLOT exits.
29010
29011 If you give a formula for ``y'', Calc will remember all the values that
29012 it calculates for the formula so that later plots can reuse these values.
29013 Calc throws out these saved values when you change any circumstances
29014 that may affect the data, such as switching from Degrees to Radians
29015 mode, or changing the value of a parameter in the formula. You can
29016 force Calc to recompute the data from scratch by giving a negative
29017 numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}.
29018
29019 Calc uses a fairly rough step size when graphing formulas over intervals.
29020 This is to ensure quick response. You can ``refine'' a plot by giving
29021 a positive numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}. Calc goes through
29022 the data points it has computed and saved from previous plots of the
29023 function, and computes and inserts a new data point midway between
29024 each of the existing points. You can refine a plot any number of times,
29025 but beware that the amount of calculation involved doubles each time.
29026
29027 Calc does not remember computed values for 3D graphs. This means the
29028 numerix prefix argument, if any, to @kbd{g p} is effectively ignored if
29029 the current graph is three-dimensional.
29030
29031 @kindex g P
29032 @pindex calc-graph-print
29033 The @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}) command is like @kbd{g p},
29034 except that it sends the output to a printer instead of to the
29035 screen. More precisely, @kbd{g p} looks for @samp{set terminal}
29036 or @samp{set output} commands in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer;
29037 lacking these it uses the default settings. However, @kbd{g P}
29038 ignores @samp{set terminal} and @samp{set output} commands and
29039 uses a different set of default values. All of these values are
29040 controlled by the @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} commands discussed below.
29041 Provided everything is set up properly, @kbd{g p} will plot to
29042 the screen unless you have specified otherwise and @kbd{g P} will
29043 always plot to the printer.
29044
29045 @node Graphics Options, Devices, Managing Curves, Graphics
29046 @section Graphics Options
29047
29048 @noindent
29049 @kindex g g
29050 @pindex calc-graph-grid
29051 The @kbd{g g} (@code{calc-graph-grid}) command turns the ``grid''
29052 on and off. It is off by default; tick marks appear only at the
29053 edges of the graph. With the grid turned on, dotted lines appear
29054 across the graph at each tick mark. Note that this command only
29055 changes the setting in @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}; to see the effects
29056 of the change you must give another @kbd{g p} command.
29057
29058 @kindex g b
29059 @pindex calc-graph-border
29060 The @kbd{g b} (@code{calc-graph-border}) command turns the border
29061 (the box that surrounds the graph) on and off. It is on by default.
29062 This command will only work with GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
29063
29064 @kindex g k
29065 @pindex calc-graph-key
29066 The @kbd{g k} (@code{calc-graph-key}) command turns the ``key''
29067 on and off. The key is a chart in the corner of the graph that
29068 shows the correspondence between curves and line styles. It is
29069 off by default, and is only really useful if you have several
29070 curves on the same graph.
29071
29072 @kindex g N
29073 @pindex calc-graph-num-points
29074 The @kbd{g N} (@code{calc-graph-num-points}) command allows you
29075 to select the number of data points in the graph. This only affects
29076 curves where neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is specified as a vector.
29077 Enter a blank line to revert to the default value (initially 15).
29078 With no prefix argument, this command affects only the current graph.
29079 With a positive prefix argument this command changes or, if you enter
29080 a blank line, displays the default number of points used for all
29081 graphs created by @kbd{g a} that don't specify the resolution explicitly.
29082 With a negative prefix argument, this command changes or displays
29083 the default value (initially 5) used for 3D graphs created by @kbd{g A}.
29084 Note that a 3D setting of 5 means that a total of @expr{5^2 = 25} points
29085 will be computed for the surface.
29086
29087 Data values in the graph of a function are normally computed to a
29088 precision of five digits, regardless of the current precision at the
29089 time. This is usually more than adequate, but there are cases where
29090 it will not be. For example, plotting @expr{1 + x} with @expr{x} in the
29091 interval @samp{[0 ..@: 1e-6]} will round all the data points down
29092 to 1.0! Putting the command @samp{set precision @var{n}} in the
29093 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer will cause the data to be computed
29094 at precision @var{n} instead of 5. Since this is such a rare case,
29095 there is no keystroke-based command to set the precision.
29096
29097 @kindex g h
29098 @pindex calc-graph-header
29099 The @kbd{g h} (@code{calc-graph-header}) command sets the title
29100 for the graph. This will show up centered above the graph.
29101 The default title is blank (no title).
29102
29103 @kindex g n
29104 @pindex calc-graph-name
29105 The @kbd{g n} (@code{calc-graph-name}) command sets the title of an
29106 individual curve. Like the other curve-manipulating commands, it
29107 affects the most recently added curve, i.e., the last curve on the
29108 list in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. To set the title of
29109 the other curves you must first juggle them to the end of the list
29110 with @kbd{g j}, or edit the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer by hand.
29111 Curve titles appear in the key; if the key is turned off they are
29112 not used.
29113
29114 @kindex g t
29115 @kindex g T
29116 @pindex calc-graph-title-x
29117 @pindex calc-graph-title-y
29118 The @kbd{g t} (@code{calc-graph-title-x}) and @kbd{g T}
29119 (@code{calc-graph-title-y}) commands set the titles on the ``x''
29120 and ``y'' axes, respectively. These titles appear next to the
29121 tick marks on the left and bottom edges of the graph, respectively.
29122 Calc does not have commands to control the tick marks themselves,
29123 but you can edit them into the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer if
29124 you wish. See the GNUPLOT documentation for details.
29125
29126 @kindex g r
29127 @kindex g R
29128 @pindex calc-graph-range-x
29129 @pindex calc-graph-range-y
29130 The @kbd{g r} (@code{calc-graph-range-x}) and @kbd{g R}
29131 (@code{calc-graph-range-y}) commands set the range of values on the
29132 ``x'' and ``y'' axes, respectively. You are prompted to enter a
29133 suitable range. This should be either a pair of numbers of the
29134 form, @samp{@var{min}:@var{max}}, or a blank line to revert to the
29135 default behavior of setting the range based on the range of values
29136 in the data, or @samp{$} to take the range from the top of the stack.
29137 Ranges on the stack can be represented as either interval forms or
29138 vectors: @samp{[@var{min} ..@: @var{max}]} or @samp{[@var{min}, @var{max}]}.
29139
29140 @kindex g l
29141 @kindex g L
29142 @pindex calc-graph-log-x
29143 @pindex calc-graph-log-y
29144 The @kbd{g l} (@code{calc-graph-log-x}) and @kbd{g L} (@code{calc-graph-log-y})
29145 commands allow you to set either or both of the axes of the graph to
29146 be logarithmic instead of linear.
29147
29148 @kindex g C-l
29149 @kindex g C-r
29150 @kindex g C-t
29151 @pindex calc-graph-log-z
29152 @pindex calc-graph-range-z
29153 @pindex calc-graph-title-z
29154 For 3D plots, @kbd{g C-t}, @kbd{g C-r}, and @kbd{g C-l} (those are
29155 letters with the Control key held down) are the corresponding commands
29156 for the ``z'' axis.
29157
29158 @kindex g z
29159 @kindex g Z
29160 @pindex calc-graph-zero-x
29161 @pindex calc-graph-zero-y
29162 The @kbd{g z} (@code{calc-graph-zero-x}) and @kbd{g Z}
29163 (@code{calc-graph-zero-y}) commands control whether a dotted line is
29164 drawn to indicate the ``x'' and/or ``y'' zero axes. (These are the same
29165 dotted lines that would be drawn there anyway if you used @kbd{g g} to
29166 turn the ``grid'' feature on.) Zero-axis lines are on by default, and
29167 may be turned off only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions. They are
29168 not available for 3D plots.
29169
29170 @kindex g s
29171 @pindex calc-graph-line-style
29172 The @kbd{g s} (@code{calc-graph-line-style}) command turns the connecting
29173 lines on or off for the most recently added curve, and optionally selects
29174 the style of lines to be used for that curve. Plain @kbd{g s} simply
29175 toggles the lines on and off. With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g s}
29176 turns lines on and sets a particular line style. Line style numbers
29177 start at one and their meanings vary depending on the output device.
29178 GNUPLOT guarantees that there will be at least six different line styles
29179 available for any device.
29180
29181 @kindex g S
29182 @pindex calc-graph-point-style
29183 The @kbd{g S} (@code{calc-graph-point-style}) command similarly turns
29184 the symbols at the data points on or off, or sets the point style.
29185 If you turn both lines and points off, the data points will show as
29186 tiny dots. If the ``y'' values being plotted contain error forms and
29187 the connecting lines are turned off, then this command will also turn
29188 the error bars on or off.
29189
29190 @cindex @code{LineStyles} variable
29191 @cindex @code{PointStyles} variable
29192 @vindex LineStyles
29193 @vindex PointStyles
29194 Another way to specify curve styles is with the @code{LineStyles} and
29195 @code{PointStyles} variables. These variables initially have no stored
29196 values, but if you store a vector of integers in one of these variables,
29197 the @kbd{g a} and @kbd{g f} commands will use those style numbers
29198 instead of the defaults for new curves that are added to the graph.
29199 An entry should be a positive integer for a specific style, or 0 to let
29200 the style be chosen automatically, or @mathit{-1} to turn off lines or points
29201 altogether. If there are more curves than elements in the vector, the
29202 last few curves will continue to have the default styles. Of course,
29203 you can later use @kbd{g s} and @kbd{g S} to change any of these styles.
29204
29205 For example, @kbd{'[2 -1 3] @key{RET} s t LineStyles} causes the first curve
29206 to have lines in style number 2, the second curve to have no connecting
29207 lines, and the third curve to have lines in style 3. Point styles will
29208 still be assigned automatically, but you could store another vector in
29209 @code{PointStyles} to define them, too.
29210
29211 @node Devices, , Graphics Options, Graphics
29212 @section Graphical Devices
29213
29214 @noindent
29215 @kindex g D
29216 @pindex calc-graph-device
29217 The @kbd{g D} (@code{calc-graph-device}) command sets the device name
29218 (or ``terminal name'' in GNUPLOT lingo) to be used by @kbd{g p} commands
29219 on this graph. It does not affect the permanent default device name.
29220 If you enter a blank name, the device name reverts to the default.
29221 Enter @samp{?} to see a list of supported devices.
29222
29223 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} instead sets
29224 the default device name, used by all plots in the future which do
29225 not override it with a plain @kbd{g D} command. If you enter a
29226 blank line this command shows you the current default. The special
29227 name @code{default} signifies that Calc should choose @code{x11} if
29228 the X window system is in use (as indicated by the presence of a
29229 @code{DISPLAY} environment variable), @code{windows} on MS-Windows, or
29230 otherwise @code{dumb} under GNUPLOT 3.0 and later, or
29231 @code{postscript} under GNUPLOT 2.0. This is the initial default
29232 value.
29233
29234 The @code{dumb} device is an interface to ``dumb terminals,'' i.e.,
29235 terminals with no special graphics facilities. It writes a crude
29236 picture of the graph composed of characters like @code{-} and @code{|}
29237 to a buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}, which Calc then displays.
29238 The graph is made the same size as the Emacs screen, which on most
29239 dumb terminals will be
29240 @texline @math{80\times24}
29241 @infoline 80x24
29242 characters. The graph is displayed in
29243 an Emacs ``recursive edit''; type @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-c C-c} to exit
29244 the recursive edit and return to Calc. Note that the @code{dumb}
29245 device is present only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
29246
29247 The word @code{dumb} may be followed by two numbers separated by
29248 spaces. These are the desired width and height of the graph in
29249 characters. Also, the device name @code{big} is like @code{dumb}
29250 but creates a graph four times the width and height of the Emacs
29251 screen. You will then have to scroll around to view the entire
29252 graph. In the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer, @key{SPC}, @key{DEL},
29253 @kbd{<}, and @kbd{>} are defined to scroll by one screenful in each
29254 of the four directions.
29255
29256 With a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} sets or displays
29257 the device name used by @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}). This
29258 is initially @code{postscript}. If you don't have a PostScript
29259 printer, you may decide once again to use @code{dumb} to create a
29260 plot on any text-only printer.
29261
29262 @kindex g O
29263 @pindex calc-graph-output
29264 The @kbd{g O} (@code{calc-graph-output}) command sets the name of the
29265 output file used by GNUPLOT. For some devices, notably @code{x11} and
29266 @code{windows}, there is no output file and this information is not
29267 used. Many other ``devices'' are really file formats like
29268 @code{postscript}; in these cases the output in the desired format
29269 goes into the file you name with @kbd{g O}. Type @kbd{g O stdout
29270 @key{RET}} to set GNUPLOT to write to its standard output stream,
29271 i.e., to @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}. This is the default setting.
29272
29273 Another special output name is @code{tty}, which means that GNUPLOT
29274 is going to write graphics commands directly to its standard output,
29275 which you wish Emacs to pass through to your terminal. Tektronix
29276 graphics terminals, among other devices, operate this way. Calc does
29277 this by telling GNUPLOT to write to a temporary file, then running a
29278 sub-shell executing the command @samp{cat tempfile >/dev/tty}. On
29279 typical Unix systems, this will copy the temporary file directly to
29280 the terminal, bypassing Emacs entirely. You will have to type @kbd{C-l}
29281 to Emacs afterwards to refresh the screen.
29282
29283 Once again, @kbd{g O} with a positive or negative prefix argument
29284 sets the default or printer output file names, respectively. In each
29285 case you can specify @code{auto}, which causes Calc to invent a temporary
29286 file name for each @kbd{g p} (or @kbd{g P}) command. This temporary file
29287 will be deleted once it has been displayed or printed. If the output file
29288 name is not @code{auto}, the file is not automatically deleted.
29289
29290 The default and printer devices and output files can be saved
29291 permanently by the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command. The
29292 default number of data points (see @kbd{g N}) and the X geometry
29293 (see @kbd{g X}) are also saved. Other graph information is @emph{not}
29294 saved; you can save a graph's configuration simply by saving the contents
29295 of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
29296
29297 @vindex calc-gnuplot-plot-command
29298 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-device
29299 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-output
29300 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-command
29301 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-device
29302 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-output
29303 You may wish to configure the default and
29304 printer devices and output files for the whole system. The relevant
29305 Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-default-device} and @code{-output},
29306 and @code{calc-gnuplot-print-device} and @code{-output}. The output
29307 file names must be either strings as described above, or Lisp
29308 expressions which are evaluated on the fly to get the output file names.
29309
29310 Other important Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
29311 @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command}, which give the system commands to
29312 display or print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
29313 @code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
29314 @samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
29315 Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
29316 to display or print the output. These variables are customizable
29317 (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
29318
29319 @kindex g x
29320 @pindex calc-graph-display
29321 The @kbd{g x} (@code{calc-graph-display}) command lets you specify
29322 on which X window system display your graphs should be drawn. Enter
29323 a blank line to see the current display name. This command has no
29324 effect unless the current device is @code{x11}.
29325
29326 @kindex g X
29327 @pindex calc-graph-geometry
29328 The @kbd{g X} (@code{calc-graph-geometry}) command is a similar
29329 command for specifying the position and size of the X window.
29330 The normal value is @code{default}, which generally means your
29331 window manager will let you place the window interactively.
29332 Entering @samp{800x500+0+0} would create an 800-by-500 pixel
29333 window in the upper-left corner of the screen. This command has no
29334 effect if the current device is @code{windows}.
29335
29336 The buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} holds a transcript of the
29337 session with GNUPLOT. This shows the commands Calc has ``typed'' to
29338 GNUPLOT and the responses it has received. Calc tries to notice when an
29339 error message has appeared here and display the buffer for you when
29340 this happens. You can check this buffer yourself if you suspect
29341 something has gone wrong@footnote{
29342 On MS-Windows, due to the peculiarities of how the Windows version of
29343 GNUPLOT (called @command{wgnuplot}) works, the GNUPLOT responses are
29344 not communicated back to Calc. Instead, you need to look them up in
29345 the GNUPLOT command window that is displayed as in normal interactive
29346 usage of GNUPLOT.
29347 }.
29348
29349 @kindex g C
29350 @pindex calc-graph-command
29351 The @kbd{g C} (@code{calc-graph-command}) command prompts you to
29352 enter any line of text, then simply sends that line to the current
29353 GNUPLOT process. The @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer looks deceptively
29354 like a Shell buffer but you can't type commands in it yourself.
29355 Instead, you must use @kbd{g C} for this purpose.
29356
29357 @kindex g v
29358 @kindex g V
29359 @pindex calc-graph-view-commands
29360 @pindex calc-graph-view-trail
29361 The @kbd{g v} (@code{calc-graph-view-commands}) and @kbd{g V}
29362 (@code{calc-graph-view-trail}) commands display the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
29363 and @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffers, respectively, in another window.
29364 This happens automatically when Calc thinks there is something you
29365 will want to see in either of these buffers. If you type @kbd{g v}
29366 or @kbd{g V} when the relevant buffer is already displayed, the
29367 buffer is hidden again. (Note that on MS-Windows, the @samp{*Gnuplot
29368 Trail*} buffer will usually show nothing of interest, because
29369 GNUPLOT's responses are not communicated back to Calc.)
29370
29371 One reason to use @kbd{g v} is to add your own commands to the
29372 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Press @kbd{g v}, then use
29373 @kbd{C-x o} to switch into that window. For example, GNUPLOT has
29374 @samp{set label} and @samp{set arrow} commands that allow you to
29375 annotate your plots. Since Calc doesn't understand these commands,
29376 you have to add them to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer
29377 yourself, then use @w{@kbd{g p}} to replot using these new commands. Note
29378 that your commands must appear @emph{before} the @code{plot} command.
29379 To get help on any GNUPLOT feature, type, e.g., @kbd{g C help set label}.
29380 You may have to type @kbd{g C @key{RET}} a few times to clear the
29381 ``press return for more'' or ``subtopic of @dots{}'' requests.
29382 Note that Calc always sends commands (like @samp{set nolabel}) to
29383 reset all plotting parameters to the defaults before each plot, so
29384 to delete a label all you need to do is delete the @samp{set label}
29385 line you added (or comment it out with @samp{#}) and then replot
29386 with @kbd{g p}.
29387
29388 @kindex g q
29389 @pindex calc-graph-quit
29390 You can use @kbd{g q} (@code{calc-graph-quit}) to kill the GNUPLOT
29391 process that is running. The next graphing command you give will
29392 start a fresh GNUPLOT process. The word @samp{Graph} appears in
29393 the Calc window's mode line whenever a GNUPLOT process is currently
29394 running. The GNUPLOT process is automatically killed when you
29395 exit Emacs if you haven't killed it manually by then.
29396
29397 @kindex g K
29398 @pindex calc-graph-kill
29399 The @kbd{g K} (@code{calc-graph-kill}) command is like @kbd{g q}
29400 except that it also views the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer so that
29401 you can see the process being killed. This is better if you are
29402 killing GNUPLOT because you think it has gotten stuck.
29403
29404 @node Kill and Yank, Keypad Mode, Graphics, Top
29405 @chapter Kill and Yank Functions
29406
29407 @noindent
29408 The commands in this chapter move information between the Calculator and
29409 other Emacs editing buffers.
29410
29411 In many cases Embedded mode is an easier and more natural way to
29412 work with Calc from a regular editing buffer. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
29413
29414 @menu
29415 * Killing From Stack::
29416 * Yanking Into Stack::
29417 * Saving Into Registers::
29418 * Inserting From Registers::
29419 * Grabbing From Buffers::
29420 * Yanking Into Buffers::
29421 * X Cut and Paste::
29422 @end menu
29423
29424 @node Killing From Stack, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank, Kill and Yank
29425 @section Killing from the Stack
29426
29427 @noindent
29428 @kindex C-k
29429 @pindex calc-kill
29430 @kindex M-k
29431 @pindex calc-copy-as-kill
29432 @kindex C-w
29433 @pindex calc-kill-region
29434 @kindex M-w
29435 @pindex calc-copy-region-as-kill
29436 @kindex M-C-w
29437 @cindex Kill ring
29438 @dfn{Kill} commands are Emacs commands that insert text into the ``kill
29439 ring,'' from which it can later be ``yanked'' by a @kbd{C-y} command.
29440 Three common kill commands in normal Emacs are @kbd{C-k}, which kills
29441 one line, @kbd{C-w}, which kills the region between mark and point, and
29442 @kbd{M-w}, which puts the region into the kill ring without actually
29443 deleting it. All of these commands work in the Calculator, too,
29444 although in the Calculator they operate on whole stack entries, so they
29445 ``round up'' the specified region to encompass full lines. (To copy
29446 only parts of lines, the @kbd{M-C-w} command in the Calculator will copy
29447 the region to the kill ring without any ``rounding up'', just like the
29448 @kbd{M-w} command in normal Emacs.) Also, @kbd{M-k} has been provided
29449 to complete the set; it puts the current line into the kill ring without
29450 deleting anything.
29451
29452 The kill commands are unusual in that they pay attention to the location
29453 of the cursor in the Calculator buffer. If the cursor is on or below
29454 the bottom line, the kill commands operate on the top of the stack.
29455 Otherwise, they operate on whatever stack element the cursor is on. The
29456 text is copied into the kill ring exactly as it appears on the screen,
29457 including line numbers if they are enabled.
29458
29459 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{C-k} or @kbd{M-k} affects the number
29460 of lines killed. A positive argument kills the current line and @expr{n-1}
29461 lines below it. A negative argument kills the @expr{-n} lines above the
29462 current line. Again this mirrors the behavior of the standard Emacs
29463 @kbd{C-k} command. Although a whole line is always deleted, @kbd{C-k}
29464 with no argument copies only the number itself into the kill ring, whereas
29465 @kbd{C-k} with a prefix argument of 1 copies the number with its trailing
29466 newline.
29467
29468 @node Yanking Into Stack, Saving Into Registers, Killing From Stack, Kill and Yank
29469 @section Yanking into the Stack
29470
29471 @noindent
29472 @kindex C-y
29473 @pindex calc-yank
29474 The @kbd{C-y} command yanks the most recently killed text back into the
29475 Calculator. It pushes this value onto the top of the stack regardless of
29476 the cursor position. In general it re-parses the killed text as a number
29477 or formula (or a list of these separated by commas or newlines). However if
29478 the thing being yanked is something that was just killed from the Calculator
29479 itself, its full internal structure is yanked. For example, if you have
29480 set the floating-point display mode to show only four significant digits,
29481 then killing and re-yanking 3.14159 (which displays as 3.142) will yank the
29482 full 3.14159, even though yanking it into any other buffer would yank the
29483 number in its displayed form, 3.142. (Since the default display modes
29484 show all objects to their full precision, this feature normally makes no
29485 difference.)
29486
29487 @node Saving Into Registers, Inserting From Registers, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank
29488 @section Saving into Registers
29489
29490 @noindent
29491 @kindex r s
29492 @pindex calc-copy-to-register
29493 @pindex calc-prepend-to-register
29494 @pindex calc-append-to-register
29495 @cindex Registers
29496 An alternative to killing and yanking stack entries is using
29497 registers in Calc. Saving stack entries in registers is like
29498 saving text in normal Emacs registers; although, like Calc's kill
29499 commands, register commands always operate on whole stack
29500 entries.
29501
29502 Registers in Calc are places to store stack entries for later use;
29503 each register is indexed by a single character. To store the current
29504 region (rounded up, of course, to include full stack entries) into a
29505 register, use the command @kbd{r s} (@code{calc-copy-to-register}).
29506 You will then be prompted for a register to use, the next character
29507 you type will be the index for the register. To store the region in
29508 register @var{r}, the full command will be @kbd{r s @var{r}}. With an
29509 argument, @kbd{C-u r s @var{r}}, the region being copied to the
29510 register will be deleted from the Calc buffer.
29511
29512 It is possible to add additional stack entries to a register. The
29513 command @kbd{M-x calc-append-to-register} will prompt for a register,
29514 then add the stack entries in the region to the end of the register
29515 contents. The command @kbd{M-x calc-prepend-to-register} will
29516 similarly prompt for a register and add the stack entries in the
29517 region to the beginning of the register contents. Both commands take
29518 @kbd{C-u} arguments, which will cause the region to be deleted after being
29519 added to the register.
29520
29521 @node Inserting From Registers, Grabbing From Buffers, Saving Into Registers, Kill and Yank
29522 @section Inserting from Registers
29523 @noindent
29524 @kindex r i
29525 @pindex calc-insert-register
29526 The command @kbd{r i} (@code{calc-insert-register}) will prompt for a
29527 register, then insert the contents of that register into the
29528 Calculator. If the contents of the register were placed there from
29529 within Calc, then the full internal structure of the contents will be
29530 inserted into the Calculator, otherwise whatever text is in the
29531 register is reparsed and then inserted into the Calculator.
29532
29533 @node Grabbing From Buffers, Yanking Into Buffers, Inserting From Registers, Kill and Yank
29534 @section Grabbing from Other Buffers
29535
29536 @noindent
29537 @kindex C-x * g
29538 @pindex calc-grab-region
29539 The @kbd{C-x * g} (@code{calc-grab-region}) command takes the text between
29540 point and mark in the current buffer and attempts to parse it as a
29541 vector of values. Basically, it wraps the text in vector brackets
29542 @samp{[ ]} unless the text already is enclosed in vector brackets,
29543 then reads the text as if it were an algebraic entry. The contents
29544 of the vector may be numbers, formulas, or any other Calc objects.
29545 If the @kbd{C-x * g} command works successfully, it does an automatic
29546 @kbd{C-x * c} to enter the Calculator buffer.
29547
29548 A numeric prefix argument grabs the specified number of lines around
29549 point, ignoring the mark. A positive prefix grabs from point to the
29550 @expr{n}th following newline (so that @kbd{M-1 C-x * g} grabs from point
29551 to the end of the current line); a negative prefix grabs from point
29552 back to the @expr{n+1}st preceding newline. In these cases the text
29553 that is grabbed is exactly the same as the text that @kbd{C-k} would
29554 delete given that prefix argument.
29555
29556 A prefix of zero grabs the current line; point may be anywhere on the
29557 line.
29558
29559 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix interprets the region between point and mark
29560 as a single number or formula rather than a vector. For example,
29561 @kbd{C-x * g} on the text @samp{2 a b} produces the vector of three
29562 values @samp{[2, a, b]}, but @kbd{C-u C-x * g} on the same region
29563 reads a formula which is a product of three things: @samp{2 a b}.
29564 (The text @samp{a + b}, on the other hand, will be grabbed as a
29565 vector of one element by plain @kbd{C-x * g} because the interpretation
29566 @samp{[a, +, b]} would be a syntax error.)
29567
29568 If a different language has been specified (@pxref{Language Modes}),
29569 the grabbed text will be interpreted according to that language.
29570
29571 @kindex C-x * r
29572 @pindex calc-grab-rectangle
29573 The @kbd{C-x * r} (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) command takes the text between
29574 point and mark and attempts to parse it as a matrix. If point and mark
29575 are both in the leftmost column, the lines in between are parsed in their
29576 entirety. Otherwise, point and mark define the corners of a rectangle
29577 whose contents are parsed.
29578
29579 Each line of the grabbed area becomes a row of the matrix. The result
29580 will actually be a vector of vectors, which Calc will treat as a matrix
29581 only if every row contains the same number of values.
29582
29583 If a line contains a portion surrounded by square brackets (or curly
29584 braces), that portion is interpreted as a vector which becomes a row
29585 of the matrix. Any text surrounding the bracketed portion on the line
29586 is ignored.
29587
29588 Otherwise, the entire line is interpreted as a row vector as if it
29589 were surrounded by square brackets. Leading line numbers (in the
29590 format used in the Calc stack buffer) are ignored. If you wish to
29591 force this interpretation (even if the line contains bracketed
29592 portions), give a negative numeric prefix argument to the
29593 @kbd{C-x * r} command.
29594
29595 If you give a numeric prefix argument of zero or plain @kbd{C-u}, each
29596 line is instead interpreted as a single formula which is converted into
29597 a one-element vector. Thus the result of @kbd{C-u C-x * r} will be a
29598 one-column matrix. For example, suppose one line of the data is the
29599 expression @samp{2 a}. A plain @w{@kbd{C-x * r}} will interpret this as
29600 @samp{[2 a]}, which in turn is read as a two-element vector that forms
29601 one row of the matrix. But a @kbd{C-u C-x * r} will interpret this row
29602 as @samp{[2*a]}.
29603
29604 If you give a positive numeric prefix argument @var{n}, then each line
29605 will be split up into columns of width @var{n}; each column is parsed
29606 separately as a matrix element. If a line contained
29607 @w{@samp{2 +/- 3 4 +/- 5}}, then grabbing with a prefix argument of 8
29608 would correctly split the line into two error forms.
29609
29610 @xref{Matrix Functions}, to see how to pull the matrix apart into its
29611 constituent rows and columns. (If it is a
29612 @texline @math{1\times1}
29613 @infoline 1x1
29614 matrix, just hit @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) twice.)
29615
29616 @kindex C-x * :
29617 @kindex C-x * _
29618 @pindex calc-grab-sum-across
29619 @pindex calc-grab-sum-down
29620 @cindex Summing rows and columns of data
29621 The @kbd{C-x * :} (@code{calc-grab-sum-down}) command is a handy way to
29622 grab a rectangle of data and sum its columns. It is equivalent to
29623 typing @kbd{C-x * r}, followed by @kbd{V R : +} (the vector reduction
29624 command that sums the columns of a matrix; @pxref{Reducing}). The
29625 result of the command will be a vector of numbers, one for each column
29626 in the input data. The @kbd{C-x * _} (@code{calc-grab-sum-across}) command
29627 similarly grabs a rectangle and sums its rows by executing @w{@kbd{V R _ +}}.
29628
29629 As well as being more convenient, @kbd{C-x * :} and @kbd{C-x * _} are also
29630 much faster because they don't actually place the grabbed vector on
29631 the stack. In a @kbd{C-x * r V R : +} sequence, formatting the vector
29632 for display on the stack takes a large fraction of the total time
29633 (unless you have planned ahead and used @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} modes).
29634
29635 For example, suppose we have a column of numbers in a file which we
29636 wish to sum. Go to one corner of the column and press @kbd{C-@@} to
29637 set the mark; go to the other corner and type @kbd{C-x * :}. Since there
29638 is only one column, the result will be a vector of one number, the sum.
29639 (You can type @kbd{v u} to unpack this vector into a plain number if
29640 you want to do further arithmetic with it.)
29641
29642 To compute the product of the column of numbers, we would have to do
29643 it ``by hand'' since there's no special grab-and-multiply command.
29644 Use @kbd{C-x * r} to grab the column of numbers into the calculator in
29645 the form of a column matrix. The statistics command @kbd{u *} is a
29646 handy way to find the product of a vector or matrix of numbers.
29647 @xref{Statistical Operations}. Another approach would be to use
29648 an explicit column reduction command, @kbd{V R : *}.
29649
29650 @node Yanking Into Buffers, X Cut and Paste, Grabbing From Buffers, Kill and Yank
29651 @section Yanking into Other Buffers
29652
29653 @noindent
29654 @kindex y
29655 @pindex calc-copy-to-buffer
29656 The plain @kbd{y} (@code{calc-copy-to-buffer}) command inserts the number
29657 at the top of the stack into the most recently used normal editing buffer.
29658 (More specifically, this is the most recently used buffer which is displayed
29659 in a window and whose name does not begin with @samp{*}. If there is no
29660 such buffer, this is the most recently used buffer except for Calculator
29661 and Calc Trail buffers.) The number is inserted exactly as it appears and
29662 without a newline. (If line-numbering is enabled, the line number is
29663 normally not included.) The number is @emph{not} removed from the stack.
29664
29665 With a prefix argument, @kbd{y} inserts several numbers, one per line.
29666 A positive argument inserts the specified number of values from the top
29667 of the stack. A negative argument inserts the @expr{n}th value from the
29668 top of the stack. An argument of zero inserts the entire stack. Note
29669 that @kbd{y} with an argument of 1 is slightly different from @kbd{y}
29670 with no argument; the former always copies full lines, whereas the
29671 latter strips off the trailing newline.
29672
29673 With a lone @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, @kbd{y} @emph{replaces} the
29674 region in the other buffer with the yanked text, then quits the
29675 Calculator, leaving you in that buffer. A typical use would be to use
29676 @kbd{C-x * g} to read a region of data into the Calculator, operate on the
29677 data to produce a new matrix, then type @kbd{C-u y} to replace the
29678 original data with the new data. One might wish to alter the matrix
29679 display style (@pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}) or change the current
29680 display language (@pxref{Language Modes}) before doing this. Also, note
29681 that this command replaces a linear region of text (as grabbed by
29682 @kbd{C-x * g}), not a rectangle (as grabbed by @kbd{C-x * r}).
29683
29684 If the editing buffer is in overwrite (as opposed to insert) mode,
29685 and the @kbd{C-u} prefix was not used, then the yanked number will
29686 overwrite the characters following point rather than being inserted
29687 before those characters. The usual conventions of overwrite mode
29688 are observed; for example, characters will be inserted at the end of
29689 a line rather than overflowing onto the next line. Yanking a multi-line
29690 object such as a matrix in overwrite mode overwrites the next @var{n}
29691 lines in the buffer, lengthening or shortening each line as necessary.
29692 Finally, if the thing being yanked is a simple integer or floating-point
29693 number (like @samp{-1.2345e-3}) and the characters following point also
29694 make up such a number, then Calc will replace that number with the new
29695 number, lengthening or shortening as necessary. The concept of
29696 ``overwrite mode'' has thus been generalized from overwriting characters
29697 to overwriting one complete number with another.
29698
29699 @kindex C-x * y
29700 The @kbd{C-x * y} key sequence is equivalent to @kbd{y} except that
29701 it can be typed anywhere, not just in Calc. This provides an easy
29702 way to guarantee that Calc knows which editing buffer you want to use!
29703
29704 @node X Cut and Paste, , Yanking Into Buffers, Kill and Yank
29705 @section X Cut and Paste
29706
29707 @noindent
29708 If you are using Emacs with the X window system, there is an easier
29709 way to move small amounts of data into and out of the calculator:
29710 Use the mouse-oriented cut and paste facilities of X.
29711
29712 The default bindings for a three-button mouse cause the left button
29713 to move the Emacs cursor to the given place, the right button to
29714 select the text between the cursor and the clicked location, and
29715 the middle button to yank the selection into the buffer at the
29716 clicked location. So, if you have a Calc window and an editing
29717 window on your Emacs screen, you can use left-click/right-click
29718 to select a number, vector, or formula from one window, then
29719 middle-click to paste that value into the other window. When you
29720 paste text into the Calc window, Calc interprets it as an algebraic
29721 entry. It doesn't matter where you click in the Calc window; the
29722 new value is always pushed onto the top of the stack.
29723
29724 The @code{xterm} program that is typically used for general-purpose
29725 shell windows in X interprets the mouse buttons in the same way.
29726 So you can use the mouse to move data between Calc and any other
29727 Unix program. One nice feature of @code{xterm} is that a double
29728 left-click selects one word, and a triple left-click selects a
29729 whole line. So you can usually transfer a single number into Calc
29730 just by double-clicking on it in the shell, then middle-clicking
29731 in the Calc window.
29732
29733 @node Keypad Mode, Embedded Mode, Kill and Yank, Top
29734 @chapter Keypad Mode
29735
29736 @noindent
29737 @kindex C-x * k
29738 @pindex calc-keypad
29739 The @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}) command starts the Calculator
29740 and displays a picture of a calculator-style keypad. If you are using
29741 the X window system, you can click on any of the ``keys'' in the
29742 keypad using the left mouse button to operate the calculator.
29743 The original window remains the selected window; in Keypad mode
29744 you can type in your file while simultaneously performing
29745 calculations with the mouse.
29746
29747 @pindex full-calc-keypad
29748 If you have used @kbd{C-x * b} first, @kbd{C-x * k} instead invokes
29749 the @code{full-calc-keypad} command, which takes over the whole
29750 Emacs screen and displays the keypad, the Calc stack, and the Calc
29751 trail all at once. This mode would normally be used when running
29752 Calc standalone (@pxref{Standalone Operation}).
29753
29754 If you aren't using the X window system, you must switch into
29755 the @samp{*Calc Keypad*} window, place the cursor on the desired
29756 ``key,'' and type @key{SPC} or @key{RET}. If you think this
29757 is easier than using Calc normally, go right ahead.
29758
29759 Calc commands are more or less the same in Keypad mode. Certain
29760 keypad keys differ slightly from the corresponding normal Calc
29761 keystrokes; all such deviations are described below.
29762
29763 Keypad mode includes many more commands than will fit on the keypad
29764 at once. Click the right mouse button [@code{calc-keypad-menu}]
29765 to switch to the next menu. The bottom five rows of the keypad
29766 stay the same; the top three rows change to a new set of commands.
29767 To return to earlier menus, click the middle mouse button
29768 [@code{calc-keypad-menu-back}] or simply advance through the menus
29769 until you wrap around. Typing @key{TAB} inside the keypad window
29770 is equivalent to clicking the right mouse button there.
29771
29772 You can always click the @key{EXEC} button and type any normal
29773 Calc key sequence. This is equivalent to switching into the
29774 Calc buffer, typing the keys, then switching back to your
29775 original buffer.
29776
29777 @menu
29778 * Keypad Main Menu::
29779 * Keypad Functions Menu::
29780 * Keypad Binary Menu::
29781 * Keypad Vectors Menu::
29782 * Keypad Modes Menu::
29783 @end menu
29784
29785 @node Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode, Keypad Mode
29786 @section Main Menu
29787
29788 @smallexample
29789 @group
29790 |----+----+--Calc---+----+----1
29791 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
29792 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29793 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
29794 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29795 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
29796 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29797 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
29798 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
29799 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
29800 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29801 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
29802 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29803 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
29804 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29805 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
29806 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
29807 @end group
29808 @end smallexample
29809
29810 @noindent
29811 This is the menu that appears the first time you start Keypad mode.
29812 It will show up in a vertical window on the right side of your screen.
29813 Above this menu is the traditional Calc stack display. On a 24-line
29814 screen you will be able to see the top three stack entries.
29815
29816 The ten digit keys, decimal point, and @key{EEX} key are used for
29817 entering numbers in the obvious way. @key{EEX} begins entry of an
29818 exponent in scientific notation. Just as with regular Calc, the
29819 number is pushed onto the stack as soon as you press @key{ENTER}
29820 or any other function key.
29821
29822 The @key{+/-} key corresponds to normal Calc's @kbd{n} key. During
29823 numeric entry it changes the sign of the number or of the exponent.
29824 At other times it changes the sign of the number on the top of the
29825 stack.
29826
29827 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys modify other keys. As well as
29828 having the effects described elsewhere in this manual, Keypad mode
29829 defines several other ``inverse'' operations. These are described
29830 below and in the following sections.
29831
29832 The @key{ENTER} key finishes the current numeric entry, or otherwise
29833 duplicates the top entry on the stack.
29834
29835 The @key{UNDO} key undoes the most recent Calc operation.
29836 @kbd{INV UNDO} is the ``redo'' command, and @kbd{HYP UNDO} is
29837 ``last arguments'' (@kbd{M-@key{RET}}).
29838
29839 The @key{<-} key acts as a ``backspace'' during numeric entry.
29840 At other times it removes the top stack entry. @kbd{INV <-}
29841 clears the entire stack. @kbd{HYP <-} takes an integer from
29842 the stack, then removes that many additional stack elements.
29843
29844 The @key{EXEC} key prompts you to enter any keystroke sequence
29845 that would normally work in Calc mode. This can include a
29846 numeric prefix if you wish. It is also possible simply to
29847 switch into the Calc window and type commands in it; there is
29848 nothing ``magic'' about this window when Keypad mode is active.
29849
29850 The other keys in this display perform their obvious calculator
29851 functions. @key{CLN2} rounds the top-of-stack by temporarily
29852 reducing the precision by 2 digits. @key{FLT} converts an
29853 integer or fraction on the top of the stack to floating-point.
29854
29855 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys combined with several of these keys
29856 give you access to some common functions even if the appropriate menu
29857 is not displayed. Obviously you don't need to learn these keys
29858 unless you find yourself wasting time switching among the menus.
29859
29860 @table @kbd
29861 @item INV +/-
29862 is the same as @key{1/x}.
29863 @item INV +
29864 is the same as @key{SQRT}.
29865 @item INV -
29866 is the same as @key{CONJ}.
29867 @item INV *
29868 is the same as @key{y^x}.
29869 @item INV /
29870 is the same as @key{INV y^x} (the @expr{x}th root of @expr{y}).
29871 @item HYP/INV 1
29872 are the same as @key{SIN} / @kbd{INV SIN}.
29873 @item HYP/INV 2
29874 are the same as @key{COS} / @kbd{INV COS}.
29875 @item HYP/INV 3
29876 are the same as @key{TAN} / @kbd{INV TAN}.
29877 @item INV/HYP 4
29878 are the same as @key{LN} / @kbd{HYP LN}.
29879 @item INV/HYP 5
29880 are the same as @key{EXP} / @kbd{HYP EXP}.
29881 @item INV 6
29882 is the same as @key{ABS}.
29883 @item INV 7
29884 is the same as @key{RND} (@code{calc-round}).
29885 @item INV 8
29886 is the same as @key{CLN2}.
29887 @item INV 9
29888 is the same as @key{FLT} (@code{calc-float}).
29889 @item INV 0
29890 is the same as @key{IMAG}.
29891 @item INV .
29892 is the same as @key{PREC}.
29893 @item INV ENTER
29894 is the same as @key{SWAP}.
29895 @item HYP ENTER
29896 is the same as @key{RLL3}.
29897 @item INV HYP ENTER
29898 is the same as @key{OVER}.
29899 @item HYP +/-
29900 packs the top two stack entries as an error form.
29901 @item HYP EEX
29902 packs the top two stack entries as a modulo form.
29903 @item INV EEX
29904 creates an interval form; this removes an integer which is one
29905 of 0 @samp{[]}, 1 @samp{[)}, 2 @samp{(]} or 3 @samp{()}, followed
29906 by the two limits of the interval.
29907 @end table
29908
29909 The @kbd{OFF} key turns Calc off; typing @kbd{C-x * k} or @kbd{C-x * *}
29910 again has the same effect. This is analogous to typing @kbd{q} or
29911 hitting @kbd{C-x * c} again in the normal calculator. If Calc is
29912 running standalone (the @code{full-calc-keypad} command appeared in the
29913 command line that started Emacs), then @kbd{OFF} is replaced with
29914 @kbd{EXIT}; clicking on this actually exits Emacs itself.
29915
29916 @node Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Mode
29917 @section Functions Menu
29918
29919 @smallexample
29920 @group
29921 |----+----+----+----+----+----2
29922 |IGAM|BETA|IBET|ERF |BESJ|BESY|
29923 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29924 |IMAG|CONJ| RE |ATN2|RAND|RAGN|
29925 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29926 |GCD |FACT|DFCT|BNOM|PERM|NXTP|
29927 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29928 @end group
29929 @end smallexample
29930
29931 @noindent
29932 This menu provides various operations from the @kbd{f} and @kbd{k}
29933 prefix keys.
29934
29935 @key{IMAG} multiplies the number on the stack by the imaginary
29936 number @expr{i = (0, 1)}.
29937
29938 @key{RE} extracts the real part a complex number. @kbd{INV RE}
29939 extracts the imaginary part.
29940
29941 @key{RAND} takes a number from the top of the stack and computes
29942 a random number greater than or equal to zero but less than that
29943 number. (@xref{Random Numbers}.) @key{RAGN} is the ``random
29944 again'' command; it computes another random number using the
29945 same limit as last time.
29946
29947 @key{INV GCD} computes the LCM (least common multiple) function.
29948
29949 @key{INV FACT} is the gamma function.
29950 @texline @math{\Gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
29951 @infoline @expr{gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
29952
29953 @key{PERM} is the number-of-permutations function, which is on the
29954 @kbd{H k c} key in normal Calc.
29955
29956 @key{NXTP} finds the next prime after a number. @kbd{INV NXTP}
29957 finds the previous prime.
29958
29959 @node Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode
29960 @section Binary Menu
29961
29962 @smallexample
29963 @group
29964 |----+----+----+----+----+----3
29965 |AND | OR |XOR |NOT |LSH |RSH |
29966 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29967 |DEC |HEX |OCT |BIN |WSIZ|ARSH|
29968 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29969 | A | B | C | D | E | F |
29970 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29971 @end group
29972 @end smallexample
29973
29974 @noindent
29975 The keys in this menu perform operations on binary integers.
29976 Note that both logical and arithmetic right-shifts are provided.
29977 @key{INV LSH} rotates one bit to the left.
29978
29979 The ``difference'' function (normally on @kbd{b d}) is on @key{INV AND}.
29980 The ``clip'' function (normally on @w{@kbd{b c}}) is on @key{INV NOT}.
29981
29982 The @key{DEC}, @key{HEX}, @key{OCT}, and @key{BIN} keys select the
29983 current radix for display and entry of numbers: Decimal, hexadecimal,
29984 octal, or binary. The six letter keys @key{A} through @key{F} are used
29985 for entering hexadecimal numbers.
29986
29987 The @key{WSIZ} key displays the current word size for binary operations
29988 and allows you to enter a new word size. You can respond to the prompt
29989 using either the keyboard or the digits and @key{ENTER} from the keypad.
29990 The initial word size is 32 bits.
29991
29992 @node Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Modes Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Mode
29993 @section Vectors Menu
29994
29995 @smallexample
29996 @group
29997 |----+----+----+----+----+----4
29998 |SUM |PROD|MAX |MAP*|MAP^|MAP$|
29999 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30000 |MINV|MDET|MTRN|IDNT|CRSS|"x" |
30001 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30002 |PACK|UNPK|INDX|BLD |LEN |... |
30003 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30004 @end group
30005 @end smallexample
30006
30007 @noindent
30008 The keys in this menu operate on vectors and matrices.
30009
30010 @key{PACK} removes an integer @var{n} from the top of the stack;
30011 the next @var{n} stack elements are removed and packed into a vector,
30012 which is replaced onto the stack. Thus the sequence
30013 @kbd{1 ENTER 3 ENTER 5 ENTER 3 PACK} enters the vector
30014 @samp{[1, 3, 5]} onto the stack. To enter a matrix, build each row
30015 on the stack as a vector, then use a final @key{PACK} to collect the
30016 rows into a matrix.
30017
30018 @key{UNPK} unpacks the vector on the stack, pushing each of its
30019 components separately.
30020
30021 @key{INDX} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds a vector of
30022 integers from 1 to @var{n}. @kbd{INV INDX} takes three numbers
30023 from the stack: The vector size @var{n}, the starting number,
30024 and the increment. @kbd{BLD} takes an integer @var{n} and any
30025 value @var{x} and builds a vector of @var{n} copies of @var{x}.
30026
30027 @key{IDNT} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds an @var{n}-by-@var{n}
30028 identity matrix.
30029
30030 @key{LEN} replaces a vector by its length, an integer.
30031
30032 @key{...} turns on or off ``abbreviated'' display mode for large vectors.
30033
30034 @key{MINV}, @key{MDET}, @key{MTRN}, and @key{CROSS} are the matrix
30035 inverse, determinant, and transpose, and vector cross product.
30036
30037 @key{SUM} replaces a vector by the sum of its elements. It is
30038 equivalent to @kbd{u +} in normal Calc (@pxref{Statistical Operations}).
30039 @key{PROD} computes the product of the elements of a vector, and
30040 @key{MAX} computes the maximum of all the elements of a vector.
30041
30042 @key{INV SUM} computes the alternating sum of the first element
30043 minus the second, plus the third, minus the fourth, and so on.
30044 @key{INV MAX} computes the minimum of the vector elements.
30045
30046 @key{HYP SUM} computes the mean of the vector elements.
30047 @key{HYP PROD} computes the sample standard deviation.
30048 @key{HYP MAX} computes the median.
30049
30050 @key{MAP*} multiplies two vectors elementwise. It is equivalent
30051 to the @kbd{V M *} command. @key{MAP^} computes powers elementwise.
30052 The arguments must be vectors of equal length, or one must be a vector
30053 and the other must be a plain number. For example, @kbd{2 MAP^} squares
30054 all the elements of a vector.
30055
30056 @key{MAP$} maps the formula on the top of the stack across the
30057 vector in the second-to-top position. If the formula contains
30058 several variables, Calc takes that many vectors starting at the
30059 second-to-top position and matches them to the variables in
30060 alphabetical order. The result is a vector of the same size as
30061 the input vectors, whose elements are the formula evaluated with
30062 the variables set to the various sets of numbers in those vectors.
30063 For example, you could simulate @key{MAP^} using @key{MAP$} with
30064 the formula @samp{x^y}.
30065
30066 The @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable name @expr{x} onto the
30067 stack. To build the formula @expr{x^2 + 6}, you would use the
30068 key sequence @kbd{"x" 2 y^x 6 +}. This formula would then be
30069 suitable for use with the @key{MAP$} key described above.
30070 With @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, or @key{INV} and @key{HYP}, the
30071 @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable names @expr{y}, @expr{z}, and
30072 @expr{t}, respectively.
30073
30074 @node Keypad Modes Menu, , Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Mode
30075 @section Modes Menu
30076
30077 @smallexample
30078 @group
30079 |----+----+----+----+----+----5
30080 |FLT |FIX |SCI |ENG |GRP | |
30081 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30082 |RAD |DEG |FRAC|POLR|SYMB|PREC|
30083 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30084 |SWAP|RLL3|RLL4|OVER|STO |RCL |
30085 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
30086 @end group
30087 @end smallexample
30088
30089 @noindent
30090 The keys in this menu manipulate modes, variables, and the stack.
30091
30092 The @key{FLT}, @key{FIX}, @key{SCI}, and @key{ENG} keys select
30093 floating-point, fixed-point, scientific, or engineering notation.
30094 @key{FIX} displays two digits after the decimal by default; the
30095 others display full precision. With the @key{INV} prefix, these
30096 keys pop a number-of-digits argument from the stack.
30097
30098 The @key{GRP} key turns grouping of digits with commas on or off.
30099 @kbd{INV GRP} enables grouping to the right of the decimal point as
30100 well as to the left.
30101
30102 The @key{RAD} and @key{DEG} keys switch between radians and degrees
30103 for trigonometric functions.
30104
30105 The @key{FRAC} key turns Fraction mode on or off. This affects
30106 whether commands like @kbd{/} with integer arguments produce
30107 fractional or floating-point results.
30108
30109 The @key{POLR} key turns Polar mode on or off, determining whether
30110 polar or rectangular complex numbers are used by default.
30111
30112 The @key{SYMB} key turns Symbolic mode on or off, in which
30113 operations that would produce inexact floating-point results
30114 are left unevaluated as algebraic formulas.
30115
30116 The @key{PREC} key selects the current precision. Answer with
30117 the keyboard or with the keypad digit and @key{ENTER} keys.
30118
30119 The @key{SWAP} key exchanges the top two stack elements.
30120 The @key{RLL3} key rotates the top three stack elements upwards.
30121 The @key{RLL4} key rotates the top four stack elements upwards.
30122 The @key{OVER} key duplicates the second-to-top stack element.
30123
30124 The @key{STO} and @key{RCL} keys are analogous to @kbd{s t} and
30125 @kbd{s r} in regular Calc. @xref{Store and Recall}. Click the
30126 @key{STO} or @key{RCL} key, then one of the ten digits. (Named
30127 variables are not available in Keypad mode.) You can also use,
30128 for example, @kbd{STO + 3} to add to register 3.
30129
30130 @node Embedded Mode, Programming, Keypad Mode, Top
30131 @chapter Embedded Mode
30132
30133 @noindent
30134 Embedded mode in Calc provides an alternative to copying numbers
30135 and formulas back and forth between editing buffers and the Calc
30136 stack. In Embedded mode, your editing buffer becomes temporarily
30137 linked to the stack and this copying is taken care of automatically.
30138
30139 @menu
30140 * Basic Embedded Mode::
30141 * More About Embedded Mode::
30142 * Assignments in Embedded Mode::
30143 * Mode Settings in Embedded Mode::
30144 * Customizing Embedded Mode::
30145 @end menu
30146
30147 @node Basic Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30148 @section Basic Embedded Mode
30149
30150 @noindent
30151 @kindex C-x * e
30152 @pindex calc-embedded
30153 To enter Embedded mode, position the Emacs point (cursor) on a
30154 formula in any buffer and press @kbd{C-x * e} (@code{calc-embedded}).
30155 Note that @kbd{C-x * e} is not to be used in the Calc stack buffer
30156 like most Calc commands, but rather in regular editing buffers that
30157 are visiting your own files.
30158
30159 Calc will try to guess an appropriate language based on the major mode
30160 of the editing buffer. (@xref{Language Modes}.) If the current buffer is
30161 in @code{latex-mode}, for example, Calc will set its language to La@TeX{}.
30162 Similarly, Calc will use @TeX{} language for @code{tex-mode},
30163 @code{plain-tex-mode} and @code{context-mode}, C language for
30164 @code{c-mode} and @code{c++-mode}, FORTRAN language for
30165 @code{fortran-mode} and @code{f90-mode}, Pascal for @code{pascal-mode},
30166 and eqn for @code{nroff-mode} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
30167 These can be overridden with Calc's mode
30168 changing commands (@pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}). If no
30169 suitable language is available, Calc will continue with its current language.
30170
30171 Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
30172 nearest opening and closing @dfn{formula delimiters}. The simplest
30173 delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that Embedded mode
30174 understands are:
30175
30176 @enumerate
30177 @item
30178 The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
30179 @samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
30180 @item
30181 Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} (except matrix delimiters);
30182 @item
30183 Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
30184 @item
30185 Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
30186 @item
30187 Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
30188 @end enumerate
30189
30190 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to make Calc recognize
30191 your own favorite delimiters. Delimiters like @samp{$ $} can appear
30192 on their own separate lines or in-line with the formula.
30193
30194 If you give a positive or negative numeric prefix argument, Calc
30195 instead uses the current point as one end of the formula, and includes
30196 that many lines forward or backward (respectively, including the current
30197 line). Explicit delimiters are not necessary in this case.
30198
30199 With a prefix argument of zero, Calc uses the current region (delimited
30200 by point and mark) instead of formula delimiters. With a prefix
30201 argument of @kbd{C-u} only, Calc uses the current line as the formula.
30202
30203 @kindex C-x * w
30204 @pindex calc-embedded-word
30205 The @kbd{C-x * w} (@code{calc-embedded-word}) command will start Embedded
30206 mode on the current ``word''; in this case Calc will scan for the first
30207 non-numeric character (i.e., the first character that is not a digit,
30208 sign, decimal point, or upper- or lower-case @samp{e}) forward and
30209 backward to delimit the formula.
30210
30211 When you enable Embedded mode for a formula, Calc reads the text
30212 between the delimiters and tries to interpret it as a Calc formula.
30213 Calc can generally identify @TeX{} formulas and
30214 Big-style formulas even if the language mode is wrong. If Calc
30215 can't make sense of the formula, it beeps and refuses to enter
30216 Embedded mode. But if the current language is wrong, Calc can
30217 sometimes parse the formula successfully (but incorrectly);
30218 for example, the C expression @samp{atan(a[1])} can be parsed
30219 in Normal language mode, but the @code{atan} won't correspond to
30220 the built-in @code{arctan} function, and the @samp{a[1]} will be
30221 interpreted as @samp{a} times the vector @samp{[1]}!
30222
30223 If you press @kbd{C-x * e} or @kbd{C-x * w} to activate an embedded
30224 formula which is blank, say with the cursor on the space between
30225 the two delimiters @samp{$ $}, Calc will immediately prompt for
30226 an algebraic entry.
30227
30228 Only one formula in one buffer can be enabled at a time. If you
30229 move to another area of the current buffer and give Calc commands,
30230 Calc turns Embedded mode off for the old formula and then tries
30231 to restart Embedded mode at the new position. Other buffers are
30232 not affected by Embedded mode.
30233
30234 When Embedded mode begins, Calc pushes the current formula onto
30235 the stack. No Calc stack window is created; however, Calc copies
30236 the top-of-stack position into the original buffer at all times.
30237 You can create a Calc window by hand with @kbd{C-x * o} if you
30238 find you need to see the entire stack.
30239
30240 For example, typing @kbd{C-x * e} while somewhere in the formula
30241 @samp{n>2} in the following line enables Embedded mode on that
30242 inequality:
30243
30244 @example
30245 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n>2$.
30246 @end example
30247
30248 @noindent
30249 The formula @expr{n>2} will be pushed onto the Calc stack, and
30250 the top of stack will be copied back into the editing buffer.
30251 This means that spaces will appear around the @samp{>} symbol
30252 to match Calc's usual display style:
30253
30254 @example
30255 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n > 2$.
30256 @end example
30257
30258 @noindent
30259 No spaces have appeared around the @samp{+} sign because it's
30260 in a different formula, one which we have not yet touched with
30261 Embedded mode.
30262
30263 Now that Embedded mode is enabled, keys you type in this buffer
30264 are interpreted as Calc commands. At this point we might use
30265 the ``commute'' command @kbd{j C} to reverse the inequality.
30266 This is a selection-based command for which we first need to
30267 move the cursor onto the operator (@samp{>} in this case) that
30268 needs to be commuted.
30269
30270 @example
30271 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $2 < n$.
30272 @end example
30273
30274 The @kbd{C-x * o} command is a useful way to open a Calc window
30275 without actually selecting that window. Giving this command
30276 verifies that @samp{2 < n} is also on the Calc stack. Typing
30277 @kbd{17 @key{RET}} would produce:
30278
30279 @example
30280 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $17$.
30281 @end example
30282
30283 @noindent
30284 with @samp{2 < n} and @samp{17} on the stack; typing @key{TAB}
30285 at this point will exchange the two stack values and restore
30286 @samp{2 < n} to the embedded formula. Even though you can't
30287 normally see the stack in Embedded mode, it is still there and
30288 it still operates in the same way. But, as with old-fashioned
30289 RPN calculators, you can only see the value at the top of the
30290 stack at any given time (unless you use @kbd{C-x * o}).
30291
30292 Typing @kbd{C-x * e} again turns Embedded mode off. The Calc
30293 window reveals that the formula @w{@samp{2 < n}} is automatically
30294 removed from the stack, but the @samp{17} is not. Entering
30295 Embedded mode always pushes one thing onto the stack, and
30296 leaving Embedded mode always removes one thing. Anything else
30297 that happens on the stack is entirely your business as far as
30298 Embedded mode is concerned.
30299
30300 If you press @kbd{C-x * e} in the wrong place by accident, it is
30301 possible that Calc will be able to parse the nearby text as a
30302 formula and will mangle that text in an attempt to redisplay it
30303 ``properly'' in the current language mode. If this happens,
30304 press @kbd{C-x * e} again to exit Embedded mode, then give the
30305 regular Emacs ``undo'' command (@kbd{C-_} or @kbd{C-x u}) to put
30306 the text back the way it was before Calc edited it. Note that Calc's
30307 own Undo command (typed before you turn Embedded mode back off)
30308 will not do you any good, because as far as Calc is concerned
30309 you haven't done anything with this formula yet.
30310
30311 @node More About Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Basic Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30312 @section More About Embedded Mode
30313
30314 @noindent
30315 When Embedded mode ``activates'' a formula, i.e., when it examines
30316 the formula for the first time since the buffer was created or
30317 loaded, Calc tries to sense the language in which the formula was
30318 written. If the formula contains any La@TeX{}-like @samp{\} sequences,
30319 it is parsed (i.e., read) in La@TeX{} mode. If the formula appears to
30320 be written in multi-line Big mode, it is parsed in Big mode. Otherwise,
30321 it is parsed according to the current language mode.
30322
30323 Note that Calc does not change the current language mode according
30324 the formula it reads in. Even though it can read a La@TeX{} formula when
30325 not in La@TeX{} mode, it will immediately rewrite this formula using
30326 whatever language mode is in effect.
30327
30328 @tex
30329 \bigskip
30330 @end tex
30331
30332 @kindex d p
30333 @pindex calc-show-plain
30334 Calc's parser is unable to read certain kinds of formulas. For
30335 example, with @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) you can
30336 specify matrix display styles which the parser is unable to
30337 recognize as matrices. The @kbd{d p} (@code{calc-show-plain})
30338 command turns on a mode in which a ``plain'' version of a
30339 formula is placed in front of the fully-formatted version.
30340 When Calc reads a formula that has such a plain version in
30341 front, it reads the plain version and ignores the formatted
30342 version.
30343
30344 Plain formulas are preceded and followed by @samp{%%%} signs
30345 by default. This notation has the advantage that the @samp{%}
30346 character begins a comment in @TeX{} and La@TeX{}, so if your formula is
30347 embedded in a @TeX{} or La@TeX{} document its plain version will be
30348 invisible in the final printed copy. Certain major modes have different
30349 delimiters to ensure that the ``plain'' version will be
30350 in a comment for those modes, also.
30351 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode} to see how to change the ``plain''
30352 formula delimiters.
30353
30354 There are several notations which Calc's parser for ``big''
30355 formatted formulas can't yet recognize. In particular, it can't
30356 read the large symbols for @code{sum}, @code{prod}, and @code{integ},
30357 and it can't handle @samp{=>} with the righthand argument omitted.
30358 Also, Calc won't recognize special formats you have defined with
30359 the @kbd{Z C} command (@pxref{User-Defined Compositions}). In
30360 these cases it is important to use ``plain'' mode to make sure
30361 Calc will be able to read your formula later.
30362
30363 Another example where ``plain'' mode is important is if you have
30364 specified a float mode with few digits of precision. Normally
30365 any digits that are computed but not displayed will simply be
30366 lost when you save and re-load your embedded buffer, but ``plain''
30367 mode allows you to make sure that the complete number is present
30368 in the file as well as the rounded-down number.
30369
30370 @tex
30371 \bigskip
30372 @end tex
30373
30374 Embedded buffers remember active formulas for as long as they
30375 exist in Emacs memory. Suppose you have an embedded formula
30376 which is @cpi{} to the normal 12 decimal places, and then
30377 type @w{@kbd{C-u 5 d n}} to display only five decimal places.
30378 If you then type @kbd{d n}, all 12 places reappear because the
30379 full number is still there on the Calc stack. More surprisingly,
30380 even if you exit Embedded mode and later re-enter it for that
30381 formula, typing @kbd{d n} will restore all 12 places because
30382 each buffer remembers all its active formulas. However, if you
30383 save the buffer in a file and reload it in a new Emacs session,
30384 all non-displayed digits will have been lost unless you used
30385 ``plain'' mode.
30386
30387 @tex
30388 \bigskip
30389 @end tex
30390
30391 In some applications of Embedded mode, you will want to have a
30392 sequence of copies of a formula that show its evolution as you
30393 work on it. For example, you might want to have a sequence
30394 like this in your file (elaborating here on the example from
30395 the ``Getting Started'' chapter):
30396
30397 @smallexample
30398 The derivative of
30399
30400 ln(ln(x))
30401
30402 is
30403
30404 @r{(the derivative of }ln(ln(x))@r{)}
30405
30406 whose value at x = 2 is
30407
30408 @r{(the value)}
30409
30410 and at x = 3 is
30411
30412 @r{(the value)}
30413 @end smallexample
30414
30415 @kindex C-x * d
30416 @pindex calc-embedded-duplicate
30417 The @kbd{C-x * d} (@code{calc-embedded-duplicate}) command is a
30418 handy way to make sequences like this. If you type @kbd{C-x * d},
30419 the formula under the cursor (which may or may not have Embedded
30420 mode enabled for it at the time) is copied immediately below and
30421 Embedded mode is then enabled for that copy.
30422
30423 For this example, you would start with just
30424
30425 @smallexample
30426 The derivative of
30427
30428 ln(ln(x))
30429 @end smallexample
30430
30431 @noindent
30432 and press @kbd{C-x * d} with the cursor on this formula. The result
30433 is
30434
30435 @smallexample
30436 The derivative of
30437
30438 ln(ln(x))
30439
30440
30441 ln(ln(x))
30442 @end smallexample
30443
30444 @noindent
30445 with the second copy of the formula enabled in Embedded mode.
30446 You can now press @kbd{a d x @key{RET}} to take the derivative, and
30447 @kbd{C-x * d C-x * d} to make two more copies of the derivative.
30448 To complete the computations, type @kbd{3 s l x @key{RET}} to evaluate
30449 the last formula, then move up to the second-to-last formula
30450 and type @kbd{2 s l x @key{RET}}.
30451
30452 Finally, you would want to press @kbd{C-x * e} to exit Embedded
30453 mode, then go up and insert the necessary text in between the
30454 various formulas and numbers.
30455
30456 @tex
30457 \bigskip
30458 @end tex
30459
30460 @kindex C-x * f
30461 @kindex C-x * '
30462 @pindex calc-embedded-new-formula
30463 The @kbd{C-x * f} (@code{calc-embedded-new-formula}) command
30464 creates a new embedded formula at the current point. It inserts
30465 some default delimiters, which are usually just blank lines,
30466 and then does an algebraic entry to get the formula (which is
30467 then enabled for Embedded mode). This is just shorthand for
30468 typing the delimiters yourself, positioning the cursor between
30469 the new delimiters, and pressing @kbd{C-x * e}. The key sequence
30470 @kbd{C-x * '} is equivalent to @kbd{C-x * f}.
30471
30472 @kindex C-x * n
30473 @kindex C-x * p
30474 @pindex calc-embedded-next
30475 @pindex calc-embedded-previous
30476 The @kbd{C-x * n} (@code{calc-embedded-next}) and @kbd{C-x * p}
30477 (@code{calc-embedded-previous}) commands move the cursor to the
30478 next or previous active embedded formula in the buffer. They
30479 can take positive or negative prefix arguments to move by several
30480 formulas. Note that these commands do not actually examine the
30481 text of the buffer looking for formulas; they only see formulas
30482 which have previously been activated in Embedded mode. In fact,
30483 @kbd{C-x * n} and @kbd{C-x * p} are a useful way to tell which
30484 embedded formulas are currently active. Also, note that these
30485 commands do not enable Embedded mode on the next or previous
30486 formula, they just move the cursor.
30487
30488 @kindex C-x * `
30489 @pindex calc-embedded-edit
30490 The @kbd{C-x * `} (@code{calc-embedded-edit}) command edits the
30491 embedded formula at the current point as if by @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}).
30492 Embedded mode does not have to be enabled for this to work. Press
30493 @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish the edit, or @kbd{C-x k} to cancel.
30494
30495 @node Assignments in Embedded Mode, Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30496 @section Assignments in Embedded Mode
30497
30498 @noindent
30499 The @samp{:=} (assignment) and @samp{=>} (``evaluates-to'') operators
30500 are especially useful in Embedded mode. They allow you to make
30501 a definition in one formula, then refer to that definition in
30502 other formulas embedded in the same buffer.
30503
30504 An embedded formula which is an assignment to a variable, as in
30505
30506 @example
30507 foo := 5
30508 @end example
30509
30510 @noindent
30511 records @expr{5} as the stored value of @code{foo} for the
30512 purposes of Embedded mode operations in the current buffer. It
30513 does @emph{not} actually store @expr{5} as the ``global'' value
30514 of @code{foo}, however. Regular Calc operations, and Embedded
30515 formulas in other buffers, will not see this assignment.
30516
30517 One way to use this assigned value is simply to create an
30518 Embedded formula elsewhere that refers to @code{foo}, and to press
30519 @kbd{=} in that formula. However, this permanently replaces the
30520 @code{foo} in the formula with its current value. More interesting
30521 is to use @samp{=>} elsewhere:
30522
30523 @example
30524 foo + 7 => 12
30525 @end example
30526
30527 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a general discussion of @samp{=>}.
30528
30529 If you move back and change the assignment to @code{foo}, any
30530 @samp{=>} formulas which refer to it are automatically updated.
30531
30532 @example
30533 foo := 17
30534
30535 foo + 7 => 24
30536 @end example
30537
30538 The obvious question then is, @emph{how} can one easily change the
30539 assignment to @code{foo}? If you simply select the formula in
30540 Embedded mode and type 17, the assignment itself will be replaced
30541 by the 17. The effect on the other formula will be that the
30542 variable @code{foo} becomes unassigned:
30543
30544 @example
30545 17
30546
30547 foo + 7 => foo + 7
30548 @end example
30549
30550 The right thing to do is first to use a selection command (@kbd{j 2}
30551 will do the trick) to select the righthand side of the assignment.
30552 Then, @kbd{17 @key{TAB} @key{DEL}} will swap the 17 into place (@pxref{Selecting
30553 Subformulas}, to see how this works).
30554
30555 @kindex C-x * j
30556 @pindex calc-embedded-select
30557 The @kbd{C-x * j} (@code{calc-embedded-select}) command provides an
30558 easy way to operate on assignments. It is just like @kbd{C-x * e},
30559 except that if the enabled formula is an assignment, it uses
30560 @kbd{j 2} to select the righthand side. If the enabled formula
30561 is an evaluates-to, it uses @kbd{j 1} to select the lefthand side.
30562 A formula can also be a combination of both:
30563
30564 @example
30565 bar := foo + 3 => 20
30566 @end example
30567
30568 @noindent
30569 in which case @kbd{C-x * j} will select the middle part (@samp{foo + 3}).
30570
30571 The formula is automatically deselected when you leave Embedded
30572 mode.
30573
30574 @kindex C-x * u
30575 @pindex calc-embedded-update-formula
30576 Another way to change the assignment to @code{foo} would simply be
30577 to edit the number using regular Emacs editing rather than Embedded
30578 mode. Then, we have to find a way to get Embedded mode to notice
30579 the change. The @kbd{C-x * u} (@code{calc-embedded-update-formula})
30580 command is a convenient way to do this.
30581
30582 @example
30583 foo := 6
30584
30585 foo + 7 => 13
30586 @end example
30587
30588 Pressing @kbd{C-x * u} is much like pressing @kbd{C-x * e = C-x * e}, that
30589 is, temporarily enabling Embedded mode for the formula under the
30590 cursor and then evaluating it with @kbd{=}. But @kbd{C-x * u} does
30591 not actually use @kbd{C-x * e}, and in fact another formula somewhere
30592 else can be enabled in Embedded mode while you use @kbd{C-x * u} and
30593 that formula will not be disturbed.
30594
30595 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * u} updates all active
30596 @samp{=>} formulas in the buffer. Formulas which have not yet
30597 been activated in Embedded mode, and formulas which do not have
30598 @samp{=>} as their top-level operator, are not affected by this.
30599 (This is useful only if you have used @kbd{m C}; see below.)
30600
30601 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{C-u C-x * u} updates only in the
30602 region between mark and point rather than in the whole buffer.
30603
30604 @kbd{C-x * u} is also a handy way to activate a formula, such as an
30605 @samp{=>} formula that has freshly been typed in or loaded from a
30606 file.
30607
30608 @kindex C-x * a
30609 @pindex calc-embedded-activate
30610 The @kbd{C-x * a} (@code{calc-embedded-activate}) command scans
30611 through the current buffer and activates all embedded formulas
30612 that contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols. This does not mean
30613 that Embedded mode is actually turned on, but only that the
30614 formulas' positions are registered with Embedded mode so that
30615 the @samp{=>} values can be properly updated as assignments are
30616 changed.
30617
30618 It is a good idea to type @kbd{C-x * a} right after loading a file
30619 that uses embedded @samp{=>} operators. Emacs includes a nifty
30620 ``buffer-local variables'' feature that you can use to do this
30621 automatically. The idea is to place near the end of your file
30622 a few lines that look like this:
30623
30624 @example
30625 --- Local Variables: ---
30626 --- eval:(calc-embedded-activate) ---
30627 --- End: ---
30628 @end example
30629
30630 @noindent
30631 where the leading and trailing @samp{---} can be replaced by
30632 any suitable strings (which must be the same on all three lines)
30633 or omitted altogether; in a @TeX{} or La@TeX{} file, @samp{%} would be a good
30634 leading string and no trailing string would be necessary. In a
30635 C program, @samp{/*} and @samp{*/} would be good leading and
30636 trailing strings.
30637
30638 When Emacs loads a file into memory, it checks for a Local Variables
30639 section like this one at the end of the file. If it finds this
30640 section, it does the specified things (in this case, running
30641 @kbd{C-x * a} automatically) before editing of the file begins.
30642 The Local Variables section must be within 3000 characters of the
30643 end of the file for Emacs to find it, and it must be in the last
30644 page of the file if the file has any page separators.
30645 @xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the
30646 Emacs manual}.
30647
30648 Note that @kbd{C-x * a} does not update the formulas it finds.
30649 To do this, type, say, @kbd{M-1 C-x * u} after @w{@kbd{C-x * a}}.
30650 Generally this should not be a problem, though, because the
30651 formulas will have been up-to-date already when the file was
30652 saved.
30653
30654 Normally, @kbd{C-x * a} activates all the formulas it finds, but
30655 any previous active formulas remain active as well. With a
30656 positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * a} first deactivates
30657 all current active formulas, then actives the ones it finds in
30658 its scan of the buffer. With a negative prefix argument,
30659 @kbd{C-x * a} simply deactivates all formulas.
30660
30661 Embedded mode has two symbols, @samp{Active} and @samp{~Active},
30662 which it puts next to the major mode name in a buffer's mode line.
30663 It puts @samp{Active} if it has reason to believe that all
30664 formulas in the buffer are active, because you have typed @kbd{C-x * a}
30665 and Calc has not since had to deactivate any formulas (which can
30666 happen if Calc goes to update an @samp{=>} formula somewhere because
30667 a variable changed, and finds that the formula is no longer there
30668 due to some kind of editing outside of Embedded mode). Calc puts
30669 @samp{~Active} in the mode line if some, but probably not all,
30670 formulas in the buffer are active. This happens if you activate
30671 a few formulas one at a time but never use @kbd{C-x * a}, or if you
30672 used @kbd{C-x * a} but then Calc had to deactivate a formula
30673 because it lost track of it. If neither of these symbols appears
30674 in the mode line, no embedded formulas are active in the buffer
30675 (e.g., before Embedded mode has been used, or after a @kbd{M-- C-x * a}).
30676
30677 Embedded formulas can refer to assignments both before and after them
30678 in the buffer. If there are several assignments to a variable, the
30679 nearest preceding assignment is used if there is one, otherwise the
30680 following assignment is used.
30681
30682 @example
30683 x => 1
30684
30685 x := 1
30686
30687 x => 1
30688
30689 x := 2
30690
30691 x => 2
30692 @end example
30693
30694 As well as simple variables, you can also assign to subscript
30695 expressions of the form @samp{@var{var}_@var{number}} (as in
30696 @code{x_0}), or @samp{@var{var}_@var{var}} (as in @code{x_max}).
30697 Assignments to other kinds of objects can be represented by Calc,
30698 but the automatic linkage between assignments and references works
30699 only for plain variables and these two kinds of subscript expressions.
30700
30701 If there are no assignments to a given variable, the global
30702 stored value for the variable is used (@pxref{Storing Variables}),
30703 or, if no value is stored, the variable is left in symbolic form.
30704 Note that global stored values will be lost when the file is saved
30705 and loaded in a later Emacs session, unless you have used the
30706 @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save them;
30707 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
30708
30709 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns automatic
30710 recomputation of @samp{=>} forms on and off. If you turn automatic
30711 recomputation off, you will have to use @kbd{C-x * u} to update these
30712 formulas manually after an assignment has been changed. If you
30713 plan to change several assignments at once, it may be more efficient
30714 to type @kbd{m C}, change all the assignments, then use @kbd{M-1 C-x * u}
30715 to update the entire buffer afterwards. The @kbd{m C} command also
30716 controls @samp{=>} formulas on the stack; @pxref{Evaluates-To
30717 Operator}. When you turn automatic recomputation back on, the
30718 stack will be updated but the Embedded buffer will not; you must
30719 use @kbd{C-x * u} to update the buffer by hand.
30720
30721 @node Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Customizing Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30722 @section Mode Settings in Embedded Mode
30723
30724 @kindex m e
30725 @pindex calc-embedded-preserve-modes
30726 @noindent
30727 The mode settings can be changed while Calc is in embedded mode, but
30728 by default they will revert to their original values when embedded mode
30729 is ended. However, the modes saved when the mode-recording mode is
30730 @code{Save} (see below) and the modes in effect when the @kbd{m e}
30731 (@code{calc-embedded-preserve-modes}) command is given
30732 will be preserved when embedded mode is ended.
30733
30734 Embedded mode has a rather complicated mechanism for handling mode
30735 settings in Embedded formulas. It is possible to put annotations
30736 in the file that specify mode settings either global to the entire
30737 file or local to a particular formula or formulas. In the latter
30738 case, different modes can be specified for use when a formula
30739 is the enabled Embedded mode formula.
30740
30741 When you give any mode-setting command, like @kbd{m f} (for Fraction
30742 mode) or @kbd{d s} (for scientific notation), Embedded mode adds
30743 a line like the following one to the file just before the opening
30744 delimiter of the formula.
30745
30746 @example
30747 % [calc-mode: fractions: t]
30748 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30749 @end example
30750
30751 When Calc interprets an embedded formula, it scans the text before
30752 the formula for mode-setting annotations like these and sets the
30753 Calc buffer to match these modes. Modes not explicitly described
30754 in the file are not changed. Calc scans all the way to the top of
30755 the file, or up to a line of the form
30756
30757 @example
30758 % [calc-defaults]
30759 @end example
30760
30761 @noindent
30762 which you can insert at strategic places in the file if this backward
30763 scan is getting too slow, or just to provide a barrier between one
30764 ``zone'' of mode settings and another.
30765
30766 If the file contains several annotations for the same mode, the
30767 closest one before the formula is used. Annotations after the
30768 formula are never used (except for global annotations, described
30769 below).
30770
30771 The scan does not look for the leading @samp{% }, only for the
30772 square brackets and the text they enclose. In fact, the leading
30773 characters are different for different major modes. You can edit the
30774 mode annotations to a style that works better in context if you wish.
30775 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to change the style
30776 that Calc uses when it generates the annotations. You can write
30777 mode annotations into the file yourself if you know the syntax;
30778 the easiest way to find the syntax for a given mode is to let
30779 Calc write the annotation for it once and see what it does.
30780
30781 If you give a mode-changing command for a mode that already has
30782 a suitable annotation just above the current formula, Calc will
30783 modify that annotation rather than generating a new, conflicting
30784 one.
30785
30786 Mode annotations have three parts, separated by colons. (Spaces
30787 after the colons are optional.) The first identifies the kind
30788 of mode setting, the second is a name for the mode itself, and
30789 the third is the value in the form of a Lisp symbol, number,
30790 or list. Annotations with unrecognizable text in the first or
30791 second parts are ignored. The third part is not checked to make
30792 sure the value is of a valid type or range; if you write an
30793 annotation by hand, be sure to give a proper value or results
30794 will be unpredictable. Mode-setting annotations are case-sensitive.
30795
30796 While Embedded mode is enabled, the word @code{Local} appears in
30797 the mode line. This is to show that mode setting commands generate
30798 annotations that are ``local'' to the current formula or set of
30799 formulas. The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command
30800 causes Calc to generate different kinds of annotations. Pressing
30801 @kbd{m R} repeatedly cycles through the possible modes.
30802
30803 @code{LocEdit} and @code{LocPerm} modes generate annotations
30804 that look like this, respectively:
30805
30806 @example
30807 % [calc-edit-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30808 % [calc-perm-mode: float-format: (sci 5)]
30809 @end example
30810
30811 The first kind of annotation will be used only while a formula
30812 is enabled in Embedded mode. The second kind will be used only
30813 when the formula is @emph{not} enabled. (Whether the formula
30814 is ``active'' or not, i.e., whether Calc has seen this formula
30815 yet, is not relevant here.)
30816
30817 @code{Global} mode generates an annotation like this at the end
30818 of the file:
30819
30820 @example
30821 % [calc-global-mode: fractions t]
30822 @end example
30823
30824 Global mode annotations affect all formulas throughout the file,
30825 and may appear anywhere in the file. This allows you to tuck your
30826 mode annotations somewhere out of the way, say, on a new page of
30827 the file, as long as those mode settings are suitable for all
30828 formulas in the file.
30829
30830 Enabling a formula with @kbd{C-x * e} causes a fresh scan for local
30831 mode annotations; you will have to use this after adding annotations
30832 above a formula by hand to get the formula to notice them. Updating
30833 a formula with @kbd{C-x * u} will also re-scan the local modes, but
30834 global modes are only re-scanned by @kbd{C-x * a}.
30835
30836 Another way that modes can get out of date is if you add a local
30837 mode annotation to a formula that has another formula after it.
30838 In this example, we have used the @kbd{d s} command while the
30839 first of the two embedded formulas is active. But the second
30840 formula has not changed its style to match, even though by the
30841 rules of reading annotations the @samp{(sci 0)} applies to it, too.
30842
30843 @example
30844 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30845 1.23e2
30846
30847 456.
30848 @end example
30849
30850 We would have to go down to the other formula and press @kbd{C-x * u}
30851 on it in order to get it to notice the new annotation.
30852
30853 Two more mode-recording modes selectable by @kbd{m R} are available
30854 which are also available outside of Embedded mode.
30855 (@pxref{General Mode Commands}.) They are @code{Save}, in which mode
30856 settings are recorded permanently in your Calc init file (the file given
30857 by the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el})
30858 rather than by annotating the current document, and no-recording
30859 mode (where there is no symbol like @code{Save} or @code{Local} in
30860 the mode line), in which mode-changing commands do not leave any
30861 annotations at all.
30862
30863 When Embedded mode is not enabled, mode-recording modes except
30864 for @code{Save} have no effect.
30865
30866 @node Customizing Embedded Mode, , Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30867 @section Customizing Embedded Mode
30868
30869 @noindent
30870 You can modify Embedded mode's behavior by setting various Lisp
30871 variables described here. These variables are customizable
30872 (@pxref{Customizing Calc}), or you can use @kbd{M-x set-variable}
30873 or @kbd{M-x edit-options} to adjust a variable on the fly.
30874 (Another possibility would be to use a file-local variable annotation at
30875 the end of the file;
30876 @pxref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the Emacs manual}.)
30877 Many of the variables given mentioned here can be set to depend on the
30878 major mode of the editing buffer (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
30879
30880 @vindex calc-embedded-open-formula
30881 The @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} variable holds a regular
30882 expression for the opening delimiter of a formula. @xref{Regexp Search,
30883 , Regular Expression Search, emacs, the Emacs manual}, to see
30884 how regular expressions work. Basically, a regular expression is a
30885 pattern that Calc can search for. A regular expression that considers
30886 blank lines, @samp{$}, and @samp{$$} to be opening delimiters is
30887 @code{"\\`\\|^\n\\|\\$\\$?"}. Just in case the meaning of this
30888 regular expression is not completely plain, let's go through it
30889 in detail.
30890
30891 The surrounding @samp{" "} marks quote the text between them as a
30892 Lisp string. If you left them off, @code{set-variable} or
30893 @code{edit-options} would try to read the regular expression as a
30894 Lisp program.
30895
30896 The most obvious property of this regular expression is that it
30897 contains indecently many backslashes. There are actually two levels
30898 of backslash usage going on here. First, when Lisp reads a quoted
30899 string, all pairs of characters beginning with a backslash are
30900 interpreted as special characters. Here, @code{\n} changes to a
30901 new-line character, and @code{\\} changes to a single backslash.
30902 So the actual regular expression seen by Calc is
30903 @samp{\`\|^ @r{(newline)} \|\$\$?}.
30904
30905 Regular expressions also consider pairs beginning with backslash
30906 to have special meanings. Sometimes the backslash is used to quote
30907 a character that otherwise would have a special meaning in a regular
30908 expression, like @samp{$}, which normally means ``end-of-line,''
30909 or @samp{?}, which means that the preceding item is optional. So
30910 @samp{\$\$?} matches either one or two dollar signs.
30911
30912 The other codes in this regular expression are @samp{^}, which matches
30913 ``beginning-of-line,'' @samp{\|}, which means ``or,'' and @samp{\`},
30914 which matches ``beginning-of-buffer.'' So the whole pattern means
30915 that a formula begins at the beginning of the buffer, or on a newline
30916 that occurs at the beginning of a line (i.e., a blank line), or at
30917 one or two dollar signs.
30918
30919 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} looks just
30920 like this example, with several more alternatives added on to
30921 recognize various other common kinds of delimiters.
30922
30923 By the way, the reason to use @samp{^\n} rather than @samp{^$}
30924 or @samp{\n\n}, which also would appear to match blank lines,
30925 is that the former expression actually ``consumes'' only one
30926 newline character as @emph{part of} the delimiter, whereas the
30927 latter expressions consume zero or two newlines, respectively.
30928 The former choice gives the most natural behavior when Calc
30929 must operate on a whole formula including its delimiters.
30930
30931 See the Emacs manual for complete details on regular expressions.
30932 But just for your convenience, here is a list of all characters
30933 which must be quoted with backslash (like @samp{\$}) to avoid
30934 some special interpretation: @samp{. * + ? [ ] ^ $ \}. (Note
30935 the backslash in this list; for example, to match @samp{\[} you
30936 must use @code{"\\\\\\["}. An exercise for the reader is to
30937 account for each of these six backslashes!)
30938
30939 @vindex calc-embedded-close-formula
30940 The @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} variable holds a regular
30941 expression for the closing delimiter of a formula. A closing
30942 regular expression to match the above example would be
30943 @code{"\\'\\|\n$\\|\\$\\$?"}. This is almost the same as the
30944 other one, except it now uses @samp{\'} (``end-of-buffer'') and
30945 @samp{\n$} (newline occurring at end of line, yet another way
30946 of describing a blank line that is more appropriate for this
30947 case).
30948
30949 @vindex calc-embedded-word-regexp
30950 The @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} variable holds a regular expression
30951 used to define an expression to look for (a ``word'') when you type
30952 @kbd{C-x * w} to enable Embedded mode.
30953
30954 @vindex calc-embedded-open-plain
30955 The @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} variable is a string which
30956 begins a ``plain'' formula written in front of the formatted
30957 formula when @kbd{d p} mode is turned on. Note that this is an
30958 actual string, not a regular expression, because Calc must be able
30959 to write this string into a buffer as well as to recognize it.
30960 The default string is @code{"%%% "} (note the trailing space), but may
30961 be different for certain major modes.
30962
30963 @vindex calc-embedded-close-plain
30964 The @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} variable is a string which
30965 ends a ``plain'' formula. The default is @code{" %%%\n"}, but may be
30966 different for different major modes. Without
30967 the trailing newline here, the first line of a Big mode formula
30968 that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
30969
30970 @vindex calc-embedded-open-new-formula
30971 The @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} variable is a string
30972 which is inserted at the front of a new formula when you type
30973 @kbd{C-x * f}. Its default value is @code{"\n\n"}. If this
30974 string begins with a newline character and the @kbd{C-x * f} is
30975 typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{C-x * f} will skip this
30976 first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in
30977 the file.
30978
30979 @vindex calc-embedded-close-new-formula
30980 The @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} variable is the corresponding
30981 string which is inserted at the end of a new formula. Its default
30982 value is also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by
30983 @w{@kbd{C-x * f}} if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if
30984 @kbd{C-x * f} is typed on a blank line, both a leading opening
30985 newline and a trailing closing newline are omitted.)
30986
30987 @vindex calc-embedded-announce-formula
30988 The @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} variable is a regular
30989 expression which is sure to be followed by an embedded formula.
30990 The @kbd{C-x * a} command searches for this pattern as well as for
30991 @samp{=>} and @samp{:=} operators. Note that @kbd{C-x * a} will
30992 not activate just anything surrounded by formula delimiters; after
30993 all, blank lines are considered formula delimiters by default!
30994 But if your language includes a delimiter which can only occur
30995 actually in front of a formula, you can take advantage of it here.
30996 The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, but may be
30997 different for different major modes.
30998 This pattern will check for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of
30999 lines beginning with @samp{%} and a space. This last is important to
31000 make Calc consider mode annotations part of the pattern, so that the
31001 formula's opening delimiter really is sure to follow the pattern.
31002
31003 @vindex calc-embedded-open-mode
31004 The @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} variable is a string (not a
31005 regular expression) which should precede a mode annotation.
31006 Calc never scans for this string; Calc always looks for the
31007 annotation itself. But this is the string that is inserted before
31008 the opening bracket when Calc adds an annotation on its own.
31009 The default is @code{"% "}, but may be different for different major
31010 modes.
31011
31012 @vindex calc-embedded-close-mode
31013 The @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} variable is a string which
31014 follows a mode annotation written by Calc. Its default value
31015 is simply a newline, @code{"\n"}, but may be different for different
31016 major modes. If you change this, it is a good idea still to end with a
31017 newline so that mode annotations will appear on lines by themselves.
31018
31019 @node Programming, Copying, Embedded Mode, Top
31020 @chapter Programming
31021
31022 @noindent
31023 There are several ways to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator, depending
31024 on the nature of the problem you need to solve.
31025
31026 @enumerate
31027 @item
31028 @dfn{Keyboard macros} allow you to record a sequence of keystrokes
31029 and play them back at a later time. This is just the standard Emacs
31030 keyboard macro mechanism, dressed up with a few more features such
31031 as loops and conditionals.
31032
31033 @item
31034 @dfn{Algebraic definitions} allow you to use any formula to define a
31035 new function. This function can then be used in algebraic formulas or
31036 as an interactive command.
31037
31038 @item
31039 @dfn{Rewrite rules} are discussed in the section on algebra commands.
31040 @xref{Rewrite Rules}. If you put your rewrite rules in the variable
31041 @code{EvalRules}, they will be applied automatically to all Calc
31042 results in just the same way as an internal ``rule'' is applied to
31043 evaluate @samp{sqrt(9)} to 3 and so on. @xref{Automatic Rewrites}.
31044
31045 @item
31046 @dfn{Lisp} is the programming language that Calc (and most of Emacs)
31047 is written in. If the above techniques aren't powerful enough, you
31048 can write Lisp functions to do anything that built-in Calc commands
31049 can do. Lisp code is also somewhat faster than keyboard macros or
31050 rewrite rules.
31051 @end enumerate
31052
31053 @kindex z
31054 Programming features are available through the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z}
31055 prefix keys. New commands that you define are two-key sequences
31056 beginning with @kbd{z}. Commands for managing these definitions
31057 use the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix. (The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing})
31058 command is described elsewhere; @pxref{Troubleshooting Commands}.
31059 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command is also
31060 described elsewhere; @pxref{User-Defined Compositions}.)
31061
31062 @menu
31063 * Creating User Keys::
31064 * Keyboard Macros::
31065 * Invocation Macros::
31066 * Algebraic Definitions::
31067 * Lisp Definitions::
31068 @end menu
31069
31070 @node Creating User Keys, Keyboard Macros, Programming, Programming
31071 @section Creating User Keys
31072
31073 @noindent
31074 @kindex Z D
31075 @pindex calc-user-define
31076 Any Calculator command may be bound to a key using the @kbd{Z D}
31077 (@code{calc-user-define}) command. Actually, it is bound to a two-key
31078 sequence beginning with the lower-case @kbd{z} prefix.
31079
31080 The @kbd{Z D} command first prompts for the key to define. For example,
31081 press @kbd{Z D a} to define the new key sequence @kbd{z a}. You are then
31082 prompted for the name of the Calculator command that this key should
31083 run. For example, the @code{calc-sincos} command is not normally
31084 available on a key. Typing @kbd{Z D s sincos @key{RET}} programs the
31085 @kbd{z s} key sequence to run @code{calc-sincos}. This definition will remain
31086 in effect for the rest of this Emacs session, or until you redefine
31087 @kbd{z s} to be something else.
31088
31089 You can actually bind any Emacs command to a @kbd{z} key sequence by
31090 backspacing over the @samp{calc-} when you are prompted for the command name.
31091
31092 As with any other prefix key, you can type @kbd{z ?} to see a list of
31093 all the two-key sequences you have defined that start with @kbd{z}.
31094 Initially, no @kbd{z} sequences (except @kbd{z ?} itself) are defined.
31095
31096 User keys are typically letters, but may in fact be any key.
31097 (@key{META}-keys are not permitted, nor are a terminal's special
31098 function keys which generate multi-character sequences when pressed.)
31099 You can define different commands on the shifted and unshifted versions
31100 of a letter if you wish.
31101
31102 @kindex Z U
31103 @pindex calc-user-undefine
31104 The @kbd{Z U} (@code{calc-user-undefine}) command unbinds a user key.
31105 For example, the key sequence @kbd{Z U s} will undefine the @code{sincos}
31106 key we defined above.
31107
31108 @kindex Z P
31109 @pindex calc-user-define-permanent
31110 @cindex Storing user definitions
31111 @cindex Permanent user definitions
31112 @cindex Calc init file, user-defined commands
31113 The @kbd{Z P} (@code{calc-user-define-permanent}) command makes a key
31114 binding permanent so that it will remain in effect even in future Emacs
31115 sessions. (It does this by adding a suitable bit of Lisp code into
31116 your Calc init file; that is, the file given by the variable
31117 @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}.) For example,
31118 @kbd{Z P s} would register our @code{sincos} command permanently. If
31119 you later wish to unregister this command you must edit your Calc init
31120 file by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
31121 use a different file for the Calc init file.)
31122
31123 The @kbd{Z P} command also saves the user definition, if any, for the
31124 command bound to the key. After @kbd{Z F} and @kbd{Z C}, a given user
31125 key could invoke a command, which in turn calls an algebraic function,
31126 which might have one or more special display formats. A single @kbd{Z P}
31127 command will save all of these definitions.
31128 To save an algebraic function, type @kbd{'} (the apostrophe)
31129 when prompted for a key, and type the function name. To save a command
31130 without its key binding, type @kbd{M-x} and enter a function name. (The
31131 @samp{calc-} prefix will automatically be inserted for you.)
31132 (If the command you give implies a function, the function will be saved,
31133 and if the function has any display formats, those will be saved, but
31134 not the other way around: Saving a function will not save any commands
31135 or key bindings associated with the function.)
31136
31137 @kindex Z E
31138 @pindex calc-user-define-edit
31139 @cindex Editing user definitions
31140 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command edits the definition
31141 of a user key. This works for keys that have been defined by either
31142 keyboard macros or formulas; further details are contained in the relevant
31143 following sections.
31144
31145 @node Keyboard Macros, Invocation Macros, Creating User Keys, Programming
31146 @section Programming with Keyboard Macros
31147
31148 @noindent
31149 @kindex X
31150 @cindex Programming with keyboard macros
31151 @cindex Keyboard macros
31152 The easiest way to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator is to use standard
31153 keyboard macros. Press @w{@kbd{C-x (}} to begin recording a macro. From
31154 this point on, keystrokes you type will be saved away as well as
31155 performing their usual functions. Press @kbd{C-x )} to end recording.
31156 Press shift-@kbd{X} (or the standard Emacs key sequence @kbd{C-x e}) to
31157 execute your keyboard macro by replaying the recorded keystrokes.
31158 @xref{Keyboard Macros, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for further
31159 information.
31160
31161 When you use @kbd{X} to invoke a keyboard macro, the entire macro is
31162 treated as a single command by the undo and trail features. The stack
31163 display buffer is not updated during macro execution, but is instead
31164 fixed up once the macro completes. Thus, commands defined with keyboard
31165 macros are convenient and efficient. The @kbd{C-x e} command, on the
31166 other hand, invokes the keyboard macro with no special treatment: Each
31167 command in the macro will record its own undo information and trail entry,
31168 and update the stack buffer accordingly. If your macro uses features
31169 outside of Calc's control to operate on the contents of the Calc stack
31170 buffer, or if it includes Undo, Redo, or last-arguments commands, you
31171 must use @kbd{C-x e} to make sure the buffer and undo list are up-to-date
31172 at all times. You could also consider using @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args})
31173 instead of @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
31174
31175 Calc extends the standard Emacs keyboard macros in several ways.
31176 Keyboard macros can be used to create user-defined commands. Keyboard
31177 macros can include conditional and iteration structures, somewhat
31178 analogous to those provided by a traditional programmable calculator.
31179
31180 @menu
31181 * Naming Keyboard Macros::
31182 * Conditionals in Macros::
31183 * Loops in Macros::
31184 * Local Values in Macros::
31185 * Queries in Macros::
31186 @end menu
31187
31188 @node Naming Keyboard Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
31189 @subsection Naming Keyboard Macros
31190
31191 @noindent
31192 @kindex Z K
31193 @pindex calc-user-define-kbd-macro
31194 Once you have defined a keyboard macro, you can bind it to a @kbd{z}
31195 key sequence with the @kbd{Z K} (@code{calc-user-define-kbd-macro}) command.
31196 This command prompts first for a key, then for a command name. For
31197 example, if you type @kbd{C-x ( n @key{TAB} n @key{TAB} C-x )} you will
31198 define a keyboard macro which negates the top two numbers on the stack
31199 (@key{TAB} swaps the top two stack elements). Now you can type
31200 @kbd{Z K n @key{RET}} to define this keyboard macro onto the @kbd{z n} key
31201 sequence. The default command name (if you answer the second prompt with
31202 just the @key{RET} key as in this example) will be something like
31203 @samp{calc-User-n}. The keyboard macro will now be available as both
31204 @kbd{z n} and @kbd{M-x calc-User-n}. You can backspace and enter a more
31205 descriptive command name if you wish.
31206
31207 Macros defined by @kbd{Z K} act like single commands; they are executed
31208 in the same way as by the @kbd{X} key. If you wish to define the macro
31209 as a standard no-frills Emacs macro (to be executed as if by @kbd{C-x e}),
31210 give a negative prefix argument to @kbd{Z K}.
31211
31212 Once you have bound your keyboard macro to a key, you can use
31213 @kbd{Z P} to register it permanently with Emacs. @xref{Creating User Keys}.
31214
31215 @cindex Keyboard macros, editing
31216 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
31217 been defined by a keyboard macro tries to use the @code{edmacro} package
31218 edit the macro. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and update
31219 the definition stored on the key, or, to cancel the edit, kill the
31220 buffer with @kbd{C-x k}.
31221 The special characters @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC},
31222 @code{DEL}, and @code{NUL} must be entered as these three character
31223 sequences, written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes @code{C-} and
31224 @code{M-}. Spaces and line breaks are ignored. Other characters are
31225 copied verbatim into the keyboard macro. Basically, the notation is the
31226 same as is used in all of this manual's examples, except that the manual
31227 takes some liberties with spaces: When we say @kbd{' [1 2 3] @key{RET}},
31228 we take it for granted that it is clear we really mean
31229 @kbd{' [1 @key{SPC} 2 @key{SPC} 3] @key{RET}}.
31230
31231 @kindex C-x * m
31232 @pindex read-kbd-macro
31233 The @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) command reads an Emacs ``region''
31234 of spelled-out keystrokes and defines it as the current keyboard macro.
31235 It is a convenient way to define a keyboard macro that has been stored
31236 in a file, or to define a macro without executing it at the same time.
31237
31238 @node Conditionals in Macros, Loops in Macros, Naming Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
31239 @subsection Conditionals in Keyboard Macros
31240
31241 @noindent
31242 @kindex Z [
31243 @kindex Z ]
31244 @pindex calc-kbd-if
31245 @pindex calc-kbd-else
31246 @pindex calc-kbd-else-if
31247 @pindex calc-kbd-end-if
31248 @cindex Conditional structures
31249 The @kbd{Z [} (@code{calc-kbd-if}) and @kbd{Z ]} (@code{calc-kbd-end-if})
31250 commands allow you to put simple tests in a keyboard macro. When Calc
31251 sees the @kbd{Z [}, it pops an object from the stack and, if the object is
31252 a non-zero value, continues executing keystrokes. But if the object is
31253 zero, or if it is not provably nonzero, Calc skips ahead to the matching
31254 @kbd{Z ]} keystroke. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a set of commands for
31255 performing tests which conveniently produce 1 for true and 0 for false.
31256
31257 For example, @kbd{@key{RET} 0 a < Z [ n Z ]} implements an absolute-value
31258 function in the form of a keyboard macro. This macro duplicates the
31259 number on the top of the stack, pushes zero and compares using @kbd{a <}
31260 (@code{calc-less-than}), then, if the number was less than zero,
31261 executes @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}). Otherwise, the change-sign
31262 command is skipped.
31263
31264 To program this macro, type @kbd{C-x (}, type the above sequence of
31265 keystrokes, then type @kbd{C-x )}. Note that the keystrokes will be
31266 executed while you are making the definition as well as when you later
31267 re-execute the macro by typing @kbd{X}. Thus you should make sure a
31268 suitable number is on the stack before defining the macro so that you
31269 don't get a stack-underflow error during the definition process.
31270
31271 Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. However, there should be exactly
31272 one @kbd{Z ]} for each @kbd{Z [} in a keyboard macro.
31273
31274 @kindex Z :
31275 The @kbd{Z :} (@code{calc-kbd-else}) command allows you to choose between
31276 two keystroke sequences. The general format is @kbd{@var{cond} Z [
31277 @var{then-part} Z : @var{else-part} Z ]}. If @var{cond} is true
31278 (i.e., if the top of stack contains a non-zero number after @var{cond}
31279 has been executed), the @var{then-part} will be executed and the
31280 @var{else-part} will be skipped. Otherwise, the @var{then-part} will
31281 be skipped and the @var{else-part} will be executed.
31282
31283 @kindex Z |
31284 The @kbd{Z |} (@code{calc-kbd-else-if}) command allows you to choose
31285 between any number of alternatives. For example,
31286 @kbd{@var{cond1} Z [ @var{part1} Z : @var{cond2} Z | @var{part2} Z :
31287 @var{part3} Z ]} will execute @var{part1} if @var{cond1} is true,
31288 otherwise it will execute @var{part2} if @var{cond2} is true, otherwise
31289 it will execute @var{part3}.
31290
31291 More precisely, @kbd{Z [} pops a number and conditionally skips to the
31292 next matching @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]} key. @w{@kbd{Z ]}} has no effect when
31293 actually executed. @kbd{Z :} skips to the next matching @kbd{Z ]}.
31294 @kbd{Z |} pops a number and conditionally skips to the next matching
31295 @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]}; thus, @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z |} are functionally
31296 equivalent except that @kbd{Z [} participates in nesting but @kbd{Z |}
31297 does not.
31298
31299 Calc's conditional and looping constructs work by scanning the
31300 keyboard macro for occurrences of character sequences like @samp{Z:}
31301 and @samp{Z]}. One side-effect of this is that if you use these
31302 constructs you must be careful that these character pairs do not
31303 occur by accident in other parts of the macros. Since Calc rarely
31304 uses shift-@kbd{Z} for any purpose except as a prefix character, this
31305 is not likely to be a problem. Another side-effect is that it will
31306 not work to define your own custom key bindings for these commands.
31307 Only the standard shift-@kbd{Z} bindings will work correctly.
31308
31309 @kindex Z C-g
31310 If Calc gets stuck while skipping characters during the definition of a
31311 macro, type @kbd{Z C-g} to cancel the definition. (Typing plain @kbd{C-g}
31312 actually adds a @kbd{C-g} keystroke to the macro.)
31313
31314 @node Loops in Macros, Local Values in Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31315 @subsection Loops in Keyboard Macros
31316
31317 @noindent
31318 @kindex Z <
31319 @kindex Z >
31320 @pindex calc-kbd-repeat
31321 @pindex calc-kbd-end-repeat
31322 @cindex Looping structures
31323 @cindex Iterative structures
31324 The @kbd{Z <} (@code{calc-kbd-repeat}) and @kbd{Z >}
31325 (@code{calc-kbd-end-repeat}) commands pop a number from the stack,
31326 which must be an integer, then repeat the keystrokes between the brackets
31327 the specified number of times. If the integer is zero or negative, the
31328 body is skipped altogether. For example, @kbd{1 @key{TAB} Z < 2 * Z >}
31329 computes two to a nonnegative integer power. First, we push 1 on the
31330 stack and then swap the integer argument back to the top. The @kbd{Z <}
31331 pops that argument leaving the 1 back on top of the stack. Then, we
31332 repeat a multiply-by-two step however many times.
31333
31334 Once again, the keyboard macro is executed as it is being entered.
31335 In this case it is especially important to set up reasonable initial
31336 conditions before making the definition: Suppose the integer 1000 just
31337 happened to be sitting on the stack before we typed the above definition!
31338 Another approach is to enter a harmless dummy definition for the macro,
31339 then go back and edit in the real one with a @kbd{Z E} command. Yet
31340 another approach is to type the macro as written-out keystroke names
31341 in a buffer, then use @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the
31342 macro.
31343
31344 @kindex Z /
31345 @pindex calc-break
31346 The @kbd{Z /} (@code{calc-kbd-break}) command allows you to break out
31347 of a keyboard macro loop prematurely. It pops an object from the stack;
31348 if that object is true (a non-zero number), control jumps out of the
31349 innermost enclosing @kbd{Z <} @dots{} @kbd{Z >} loop and continues
31350 after the @kbd{Z >}. If the object is false, the @kbd{Z /} has no
31351 effect. Thus @kbd{@var{cond} Z /} is similar to @samp{if (@var{cond}) break;}
31352 in the C language.
31353
31354 @kindex Z (
31355 @kindex Z )
31356 @pindex calc-kbd-for
31357 @pindex calc-kbd-end-for
31358 The @kbd{Z (} (@code{calc-kbd-for}) and @kbd{Z )} (@code{calc-kbd-end-for})
31359 commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and @kbd{Z >}, except that they make the
31360 value of the counter available inside the loop. The general layout is
31361 @kbd{@var{init} @var{final} Z ( @var{body} @var{step} Z )}. The @kbd{Z (}
31362 command pops initial and final values from the stack. It then creates
31363 a temporary internal counter and initializes it with the value @var{init}.
31364 The @kbd{Z (} command then repeatedly pushes the counter value onto the
31365 stack and executes @var{body} and @var{step}, adding @var{step} to the
31366 counter each time until the loop finishes.
31367
31368 @cindex Summations (by keyboard macros)
31369 By default, the loop finishes when the counter becomes greater than (or
31370 less than) @var{final}, assuming @var{initial} is less than (greater
31371 than) @var{final}. If @var{initial} is equal to @var{final}, the body
31372 executes exactly once. The body of the loop always executes at least
31373 once. For example, @kbd{0 1 10 Z ( 2 ^ + 1 Z )} computes the sum of the
31374 squares of the integers from 1 to 10, in steps of 1.
31375
31376 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{Z (}, the loop is
31377 forced to use upward-counting conventions. In this case, if @var{initial}
31378 is greater than @var{final} the body will not be executed at all.
31379 Note that @var{step} may still be negative in this loop; the prefix
31380 argument merely constrains the loop-finished test. Likewise, a prefix
31381 argument of @mathit{-1} forces downward-counting conventions.
31382
31383 @kindex Z @{
31384 @kindex Z @}
31385 @pindex calc-kbd-loop
31386 @pindex calc-kbd-end-loop
31387 The @kbd{Z @{} (@code{calc-kbd-loop}) and @kbd{Z @}}
31388 (@code{calc-kbd-end-loop}) commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and
31389 @kbd{Z >}, except that they do not pop a count from the stack---they
31390 effectively create an infinite loop. Every @kbd{Z @{} @dots{} @kbd{Z @}}
31391 loop ought to include at least one @kbd{Z /} to make sure the loop
31392 doesn't run forever. (If any error message occurs which causes Emacs
31393 to beep, the keyboard macro will also be halted; this is a standard
31394 feature of Emacs. You can also generally press @kbd{C-g} to halt a
31395 running keyboard macro, although not all versions of Unix support
31396 this feature.)
31397
31398 The conditional and looping constructs are not actually tied to
31399 keyboard macros, but they are most often used in that context.
31400 For example, the keystrokes @kbd{10 Z < 23 @key{RET} Z >} push
31401 ten copies of 23 onto the stack. This can be typed ``live'' just
31402 as easily as in a macro definition.
31403
31404 @xref{Conditionals in Macros}, for some additional notes about
31405 conditional and looping commands.
31406
31407 @node Local Values in Macros, Queries in Macros, Loops in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31408 @subsection Local Values in Macros
31409
31410 @noindent
31411 @cindex Local variables
31412 @cindex Restoring saved modes
31413 Keyboard macros sometimes want to operate under known conditions
31414 without affecting surrounding conditions. For example, a keyboard
31415 macro may wish to turn on Fraction mode, or set a particular
31416 precision, independent of the user's normal setting for those
31417 modes.
31418
31419 @kindex Z `
31420 @kindex Z '
31421 @pindex calc-kbd-push
31422 @pindex calc-kbd-pop
31423 Macros also sometimes need to use local variables. Assignments to
31424 local variables inside the macro should not affect any variables
31425 outside the macro. The @kbd{Z `} (@code{calc-kbd-push}) and @kbd{Z '}
31426 (@code{calc-kbd-pop}) commands give you both of these capabilities.
31427
31428 When you type @kbd{Z `} (with a backquote or accent grave character),
31429 the values of various mode settings are saved away. The ten ``quick''
31430 variables @code{q0} through @code{q9} are also saved. When
31431 you type @w{@kbd{Z '}} (with an apostrophe), these values are restored.
31432 Pairs of @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} commands may be nested.
31433
31434 If a keyboard macro halts due to an error in between a @kbd{Z `} and
31435 a @kbd{Z '}, the saved values will be restored correctly even though
31436 the macro never reaches the @kbd{Z '} command. Thus you can use
31437 @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} without having to worry about what happens
31438 in exceptional conditions.
31439
31440 If you type @kbd{Z `} ``live'' (not in a keyboard macro), Calc puts
31441 you into a ``recursive edit.'' You can tell you are in a recursive
31442 edit because there will be extra square brackets in the mode line,
31443 as in @samp{[(Calculator)]}. These brackets will go away when you
31444 type the matching @kbd{Z '} command. The modes and quick variables
31445 will be saved and restored in just the same way as if actual keyboard
31446 macros were involved.
31447
31448 The modes saved by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} are the current precision
31449 and binary word size, the angular mode (Deg, Rad, or HMS), the
31450 simplification mode, Algebraic mode, Symbolic mode, Infinite mode,
31451 Matrix or Scalar mode, Fraction mode, and the current complex mode
31452 (Polar or Rectangular). The ten ``quick'' variables' values (or lack
31453 thereof) are also saved.
31454
31455 Most mode-setting commands act as toggles, but with a numeric prefix
31456 they force the mode either on (positive prefix) or off (negative
31457 or zero prefix). Since you don't know what the environment might
31458 be when you invoke your macro, it's best to use prefix arguments
31459 for all mode-setting commands inside the macro.
31460
31461 In fact, @kbd{C-u Z `} is like @kbd{Z `} except that it sets the modes
31462 listed above to their default values. As usual, the matching @kbd{Z '}
31463 will restore the modes to their settings from before the @kbd{C-u Z `}.
31464 Also, @w{@kbd{Z `}} with a negative prefix argument resets the algebraic mode
31465 to its default (off) but leaves the other modes the same as they were
31466 outside the construct.
31467
31468 The contents of the stack and trail, values of non-quick variables, and
31469 other settings such as the language mode and the various display modes,
31470 are @emph{not} affected by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '}.
31471
31472 @node Queries in Macros, , Local Values in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31473 @subsection Queries in Keyboard Macros
31474
31475 @c @noindent
31476 @c @kindex Z =
31477 @c @pindex calc-kbd-report
31478 @c The @kbd{Z =} (@code{calc-kbd-report}) command displays an informative
31479 @c message including the value on the top of the stack. You are prompted
31480 @c to enter a string. That string, along with the top-of-stack value,
31481 @c is displayed unless @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) has been used
31482 @c to turn such messages off.
31483
31484 @noindent
31485 @kindex Z #
31486 @pindex calc-kbd-query
31487 The @kbd{Z #} (@code{calc-kbd-query}) command prompts for an algebraic
31488 entry which takes its input from the keyboard, even during macro
31489 execution. All the normal conventions of algebraic input, including the
31490 use of @kbd{$} characters, are supported. The prompt message itself is
31491 taken from the top of the stack, and so must be entered (as a string)
31492 before the @kbd{Z #} command. (Recall, as a string it can be entered by
31493 pressing the @kbd{"} key and will appear as a vector when it is put on
31494 the stack. The prompt message is only put on the stack to provide a
31495 prompt for the @kbd{Z #} command; it will not play any role in any
31496 subsequent calculations.) This command allows your keyboard macros to
31497 accept numbers or formulas as interactive input.
31498
31499 As an example,
31500 @kbd{2 @key{RET} "Power: " @key{RET} Z # 3 @key{RET} ^} will prompt for
31501 input with ``Power: '' in the minibuffer, then return 2 to the provided
31502 power. (The response to the prompt that's given, 3 in this example,
31503 will not be part of the macro.)
31504
31505 @xref{Keyboard Macro Query, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for a description of
31506 @kbd{C-x q} (@code{kbd-macro-query}), the standard Emacs way to accept
31507 keyboard input during a keyboard macro. In particular, you can use
31508 @kbd{C-x q} to enter a recursive edit, which allows the user to perform
31509 any Calculator operations interactively before pressing @kbd{C-M-c} to
31510 return control to the keyboard macro.
31511
31512 @node Invocation Macros, Algebraic Definitions, Keyboard Macros, Programming
31513 @section Invocation Macros
31514
31515 @kindex C-x * z
31516 @kindex Z I
31517 @pindex calc-user-invocation
31518 @pindex calc-user-define-invocation
31519 Calc provides one special keyboard macro, called up by @kbd{C-x * z}
31520 (@code{calc-user-invocation}), that is intended to allow you to define
31521 your own special way of starting Calc. To define this ``invocation
31522 macro,'' create the macro in the usual way with @kbd{C-x (} and
31523 @kbd{C-x )}, then type @kbd{Z I} (@code{calc-user-define-invocation}).
31524 There is only one invocation macro, so you don't need to type any
31525 additional letters after @kbd{Z I}. From now on, you can type
31526 @kbd{C-x * z} at any time to execute your invocation macro.
31527
31528 For example, suppose you find yourself often grabbing rectangles of
31529 numbers into Calc and multiplying their columns. You can do this
31530 by typing @kbd{C-x * r} to grab, and @kbd{V R : *} to multiply columns.
31531 To make this into an invocation macro, just type @kbd{C-x ( C-x * r
31532 V R : * C-x )}, then @kbd{Z I}. Then, to multiply a rectangle of data,
31533 just mark the data in its buffer in the usual way and type @kbd{C-x * z}.
31534
31535 Invocation macros are treated like regular Emacs keyboard macros;
31536 all the special features described above for @kbd{Z K}-style macros
31537 do not apply. @kbd{C-x * z} is just like @kbd{C-x e}, except that it
31538 uses the macro that was last stored by @kbd{Z I}. (In fact, the
31539 macro does not even have to have anything to do with Calc!)
31540
31541 The @kbd{m m} command saves the last invocation macro defined by
31542 @kbd{Z I} along with all the other Calc mode settings.
31543 @xref{General Mode Commands}.
31544
31545 @node Algebraic Definitions, Lisp Definitions, Invocation Macros, Programming
31546 @section Programming with Formulas
31547
31548 @noindent
31549 @kindex Z F
31550 @pindex calc-user-define-formula
31551 @cindex Programming with algebraic formulas
31552 Another way to create a new Calculator command uses algebraic formulas.
31553 The @kbd{Z F} (@code{calc-user-define-formula}) command stores the
31554 formula at the top of the stack as the definition for a key. This
31555 command prompts for five things: The key, the command name, the function
31556 name, the argument list, and the behavior of the command when given
31557 non-numeric arguments.
31558
31559 For example, suppose we type @kbd{' a+2b @key{RET}} to push the formula
31560 @samp{a + 2*b} onto the stack. We now type @kbd{Z F m} to define this
31561 formula on the @kbd{z m} key sequence. The next prompt is for a command
31562 name, beginning with @samp{calc-}, which should be the long (@kbd{M-x}) form
31563 for the new command. If you simply press @key{RET}, a default name like
31564 @code{calc-User-m} will be constructed. In our example, suppose we enter
31565 @kbd{spam @key{RET}} to define the new command as @code{calc-spam}.
31566
31567 If you want to give the formula a long-style name only, you can press
31568 @key{SPC} or @key{RET} when asked which single key to use. For example
31569 @kbd{Z F @key{RET} spam @key{RET}} defines the new command as
31570 @kbd{M-x calc-spam}, with no keyboard equivalent.
31571
31572 The third prompt is for an algebraic function name. The default is to
31573 use the same name as the command name but without the @samp{calc-}
31574 prefix. (If this is of the form @samp{User-m}, the hyphen is removed so
31575 it won't be taken for a minus sign in algebraic formulas.)
31576 This is the name you will use if you want to enter your
31577 new function in an algebraic formula. Suppose we enter @kbd{yow @key{RET}}.
31578 Then the new function can be invoked by pushing two numbers on the
31579 stack and typing @kbd{z m} or @kbd{x spam}, or by entering the algebraic
31580 formula @samp{yow(x,y)}.
31581
31582 The fourth prompt is for the function's argument list. This is used to
31583 associate values on the stack with the variables that appear in the formula.
31584 The default is a list of all variables which appear in the formula, sorted
31585 into alphabetical order. In our case, the default would be @samp{(a b)}.
31586 This means that, when the user types @kbd{z m}, the Calculator will remove
31587 two numbers from the stack, substitute these numbers for @samp{a} and
31588 @samp{b} (respectively) in the formula, then simplify the formula and
31589 push the result on the stack. In other words, @kbd{10 @key{RET} 100 z m}
31590 would replace the 10 and 100 on the stack with the number 210, which is
31591 @expr{a + 2 b} with @expr{a=10} and @expr{b=100}. Likewise, the formula
31592 @samp{yow(10, 100)} will be evaluated by substituting @expr{a=10} and
31593 @expr{b=100} in the definition.
31594
31595 You can rearrange the order of the names before pressing @key{RET} to
31596 control which stack positions go to which variables in the formula. If
31597 you remove a variable from the argument list, that variable will be left
31598 in symbolic form by the command. Thus using an argument list of @samp{(b)}
31599 for our function would cause @kbd{10 z m} to replace the 10 on the stack
31600 with the formula @samp{a + 20}. If we had used an argument list of
31601 @samp{(b a)}, the result with inputs 10 and 100 would have been 120.
31602
31603 You can also put a nameless function on the stack instead of just a
31604 formula, as in @samp{<a, b : a + 2 b>}. @xref{Specifying Operators}.
31605 In this example, the command will be defined by the formula @samp{a + 2 b}
31606 using the argument list @samp{(a b)}.
31607
31608 The final prompt is a y-or-n question concerning what to do if symbolic
31609 arguments are given to your function. If you answer @kbd{y}, then
31610 executing @kbd{z m} (using the original argument list @samp{(a b)}) with
31611 arguments @expr{10} and @expr{x} will leave the function in symbolic
31612 form, i.e., @samp{yow(10,x)}. On the other hand, if you answer @kbd{n},
31613 then the formula will always be expanded, even for non-constant
31614 arguments: @samp{10 + 2 x}. If you never plan to feed algebraic
31615 formulas to your new function, it doesn't matter how you answer this
31616 question.
31617
31618 If you answered @kbd{y} to this question you can still cause a function
31619 call to be expanded by typing @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}).
31620 Also, Calc will expand the function if necessary when you take a
31621 derivative or integral or solve an equation involving the function.
31622
31623 @kindex Z G
31624 @pindex calc-get-user-defn
31625 Once you have defined a formula on a key, you can retrieve this formula
31626 with the @kbd{Z G} (@code{calc-user-define-get-defn}) command. Press a
31627 key, and this command pushes the formula that was used to define that
31628 key onto the stack. Actually, it pushes a nameless function that
31629 specifies both the argument list and the defining formula. You will get
31630 an error message if the key is undefined, or if the key was not defined
31631 by a @kbd{Z F} command.
31632
31633 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
31634 been defined by a formula uses a variant of the @code{calc-edit} command
31635 to edit the defining formula. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and
31636 store the new formula back in the definition, or kill the buffer with
31637 @kbd{C-x k} to
31638 cancel the edit. (The argument list and other properties of the
31639 definition are unchanged; to adjust the argument list, you can use
31640 @kbd{Z G} to grab the function onto the stack, edit with @kbd{`}, and
31641 then re-execute the @kbd{Z F} command.)
31642
31643 As usual, the @kbd{Z P} command records your definition permanently.
31644 In this case it will permanently record all three of the relevant
31645 definitions: the key, the command, and the function.
31646
31647 You may find it useful to turn off the default simplifications with
31648 @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) when entering a formula to be
31649 used as a function definition. For example, the formula @samp{deriv(a^2,v)}
31650 which might be used to define a new function @samp{dsqr(a,v)} will be
31651 ``simplified'' to 0 immediately upon entry since @code{deriv} considers
31652 @expr{a} to be constant with respect to @expr{v}. Turning off
31653 default simplifications cures this problem: The definition will be stored
31654 in symbolic form without ever activating the @code{deriv} function. Press
31655 @kbd{m D} to turn the default simplifications back on afterwards.
31656
31657 @node Lisp Definitions, , Algebraic Definitions, Programming
31658 @section Programming with Lisp
31659
31660 @noindent
31661 The Calculator can be programmed quite extensively in Lisp. All you
31662 do is write a normal Lisp function definition, but with @code{defmath}
31663 in place of @code{defun}. This has the same form as @code{defun}, but it
31664 automagically replaces calls to standard Lisp functions like @code{+} and
31665 @code{zerop} with calls to the corresponding functions in Calc's own library.
31666 Thus you can write natural-looking Lisp code which operates on all of the
31667 standard Calculator data types. You can then use @kbd{Z D} if you wish to
31668 bind your new command to a @kbd{z}-prefix key sequence. The @kbd{Z E} command
31669 will not edit a Lisp-based definition.
31670
31671 Emacs Lisp is described in the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. This section
31672 assumes a familiarity with Lisp programming concepts; if you do not know
31673 Lisp, you may find keyboard macros or rewrite rules to be an easier way
31674 to program the Calculator.
31675
31676 This section first discusses ways to write commands, functions, or
31677 small programs to be executed inside of Calc. Then it discusses how
31678 your own separate programs are able to call Calc from the outside.
31679 Finally, there is a list of internal Calc functions and data structures
31680 for the true Lisp enthusiast.
31681
31682 @menu
31683 * Defining Functions::
31684 * Defining Simple Commands::
31685 * Defining Stack Commands::
31686 * Argument Qualifiers::
31687 * Example Definitions::
31688
31689 * Calling Calc from Your Programs::
31690 * Internals::
31691 @end menu
31692
31693 @node Defining Functions, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions, Lisp Definitions
31694 @subsection Defining New Functions
31695
31696 @noindent
31697 @findex defmath
31698 The @code{defmath} function (actually a Lisp macro) is like @code{defun}
31699 except that code in the body of the definition can make use of the full
31700 range of Calculator data types. The prefix @samp{calcFunc-} is added
31701 to the specified name to get the actual Lisp function name. As a simple
31702 example,
31703
31704 @example
31705 (defmath myfact (n)
31706 (if (> n 0)
31707 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31708 1))
31709 @end example
31710
31711 @noindent
31712 This actually expands to the code,
31713
31714 @example
31715 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
31716 (if (math-posp n)
31717 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
31718 1))
31719 @end example
31720
31721 @noindent
31722 This function can be used in algebraic expressions, e.g., @samp{myfact(5)}.
31723
31724 The @samp{myfact} function as it is defined above has the bug that an
31725 expression @samp{myfact(a+b)} will be simplified to 1 because the
31726 formula @samp{a+b} is not considered to be @code{posp}. A robust
31727 factorial function would be written along the following lines:
31728
31729 @smallexample
31730 (defmath myfact (n)
31731 (if (> n 0)
31732 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31733 (if (= n 0)
31734 1
31735 nil))) ; this could be simplified as: (and (= n 0) 1)
31736 @end smallexample
31737
31738 If a function returns @code{nil}, it is left unsimplified by the Calculator
31739 (except that its arguments will be simplified). Thus, @samp{myfact(a+1+2)}
31740 will be simplified to @samp{myfact(a+3)} but no further. Beware that every
31741 time the Calculator reexamines this formula it will attempt to resimplify
31742 it, so your function ought to detect the returning-@code{nil} case as
31743 efficiently as possible.
31744
31745 The following standard Lisp functions are treated by @code{defmath}:
31746 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^} or
31747 @code{expt}, @code{=}, @code{<}, @code{>}, @code{<=}, @code{>=},
31748 @code{/=}, @code{1+}, @code{1-}, @code{logand}, @code{logior}, @code{logxor},
31749 @code{logandc2}, @code{lognot}. Also, @code{~=} is an abbreviation for
31750 @code{math-nearly-equal}, which is useful in implementing Taylor series.
31751
31752 For other functions @var{func}, if a function by the name
31753 @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if a function by the
31754 name @samp{math-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if @var{func} itself
31755 is defined as a function it is used, otherwise @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} is
31756 used on the assumption that this is a to-be-defined math function. Also, if
31757 the function name is quoted as in @samp{('integerp a)} the function name is
31758 always used exactly as written (but not quoted).
31759
31760 Variable names have @samp{var-} prepended to them unless they appear in
31761 the function's argument list or in an enclosing @code{let}, @code{let*},
31762 @code{for}, or @code{foreach} form,
31763 or their names already contain a @samp{-} character. Thus a reference to
31764 @samp{foo} is the same as a reference to @samp{var-foo}.
31765
31766 A few other Lisp extensions are available in @code{defmath} definitions:
31767
31768 @itemize @bullet
31769 @item
31770 The @code{elt} function accepts any number of index variables.
31771 Note that Calc vectors are stored as Lisp lists whose first
31772 element is the symbol @code{vec}; thus, @samp{(elt v 2)} yields
31773 the second element of vector @code{v}, and @samp{(elt m i j)}
31774 yields one element of a Calc matrix.
31775
31776 @item
31777 The @code{setq} function has been extended to act like the Common
31778 Lisp @code{setf} function. (The name @code{setf} is recognized as
31779 a synonym of @code{setq}.) Specifically, the first argument of
31780 @code{setq} can be an @code{nth}, @code{elt}, @code{car}, or @code{cdr} form,
31781 in which case the effect is to store into the specified
31782 element of a list. Thus, @samp{(setq (elt m i j) x)} stores @expr{x}
31783 into one element of a matrix.
31784
31785 @item
31786 A @code{for} looping construct is available. For example,
31787 @samp{(for ((i 0 10)) body)} executes @code{body} once for each
31788 binding of @expr{i} from zero to 10. This is like a @code{let}
31789 form in that @expr{i} is temporarily bound to the loop count
31790 without disturbing its value outside the @code{for} construct.
31791 Nested loops, as in @samp{(for ((i 0 10) (j 0 (1- i) 2)) body)},
31792 are also available. For each value of @expr{i} from zero to 10,
31793 @expr{j} counts from 0 to @expr{i-1} in steps of two. Note that
31794 @code{for} has the same general outline as @code{let*}, except
31795 that each element of the header is a list of three or four
31796 things, not just two.
31797
31798 @item
31799 The @code{foreach} construct loops over elements of a list.
31800 For example, @samp{(foreach ((x (cdr v))) body)} executes
31801 @code{body} with @expr{x} bound to each element of Calc vector
31802 @expr{v} in turn. The purpose of @code{cdr} here is to skip over
31803 the initial @code{vec} symbol in the vector.
31804
31805 @item
31806 The @code{break} function breaks out of the innermost enclosing
31807 @code{while}, @code{for}, or @code{foreach} loop. If given a
31808 value, as in @samp{(break x)}, this value is returned by the
31809 loop. (Lisp loops otherwise always return @code{nil}.)
31810
31811 @item
31812 The @code{return} function prematurely returns from the enclosing
31813 function. For example, @samp{(return (+ x y))} returns @expr{x+y}
31814 as the value of a function. You can use @code{return} anywhere
31815 inside the body of the function.
31816 @end itemize
31817
31818 Non-integer numbers (and extremely large integers) cannot be included
31819 directly into a @code{defmath} definition. This is because the Lisp
31820 reader will fail to parse them long before @code{defmath} ever gets control.
31821 Instead, use the notation, @samp{:"3.1415"}. In fact, any algebraic
31822 formula can go between the quotes. For example,
31823
31824 @smallexample
31825 (defmath sqexp (x) ; sqexp(x) == sqrt(exp(x)) == exp(x*0.5)
31826 (and (numberp x)
31827 (exp :"x * 0.5")))
31828 @end smallexample
31829
31830 expands to
31831
31832 @smallexample
31833 (defun calcFunc-sqexp (x)
31834 (and (math-numberp x)
31835 (calcFunc-exp (math-mul x '(float 5 -1)))))
31836 @end smallexample
31837
31838 Note the use of @code{numberp} as a guard to ensure that the argument is
31839 a number first, returning @code{nil} if not. The exponential function
31840 could itself have been included in the expression, if we had preferred:
31841 @samp{:"exp(x * 0.5)"}. As another example, the multiplication-and-recursion
31842 step of @code{myfact} could have been written
31843
31844 @example
31845 :"n * myfact(n-1)"
31846 @end example
31847
31848 A good place to put your @code{defmath} commands is your Calc init file
31849 (the file given by @code{calc-settings-file}, typically
31850 @file{~/.emacs.d/calc.el}), which will not be loaded until Calc starts.
31851 If a file named @file{.emacs} exists in your home directory, Emacs reads
31852 and executes the Lisp forms in this file as it starts up. While it may
31853 seem reasonable to put your favorite @code{defmath} commands there,
31854 this has the unfortunate side-effect that parts of the Calculator must be
31855 loaded in to process the @code{defmath} commands whether or not you will
31856 actually use the Calculator! If you want to put the @code{defmath}
31857 commands there (for example, if you redefine @code{calc-settings-file}
31858 to be @file{.emacs}), a better effect can be had by writing
31859
31860 @example
31861 (put 'calc-define 'thing '(progn
31862 (defmath ... )
31863 (defmath ... )
31864 ))
31865 @end example
31866
31867 @noindent
31868 @vindex calc-define
31869 The @code{put} function adds a @dfn{property} to a symbol. Each Lisp
31870 symbol has a list of properties associated with it. Here we add a
31871 property with a name of @code{thing} and a @samp{(progn ...)} form as
31872 its value. When Calc starts up, and at the start of every Calc command,
31873 the property list for the symbol @code{calc-define} is checked and the
31874 values of any properties found are evaluated as Lisp forms. The
31875 properties are removed as they are evaluated. The property names
31876 (like @code{thing}) are not used; you should choose something like the
31877 name of your project so as not to conflict with other properties.
31878
31879 The net effect is that you can put the above code in your @file{.emacs}
31880 file and it will not be executed until Calc is loaded. Or, you can put
31881 that same code in another file which you load by hand either before or
31882 after Calc itself is loaded.
31883
31884 The properties of @code{calc-define} are evaluated in the same order
31885 that they were added. They can assume that the Calc modules @file{calc.el},
31886 @file{calc-ext.el}, and @file{calc-macs.el} have been fully loaded, and
31887 that the @samp{*Calculator*} buffer will be the current buffer.
31888
31889 If your @code{calc-define} property only defines algebraic functions,
31890 you can be sure that it will have been evaluated before Calc tries to
31891 call your function, even if the file defining the property is loaded
31892 after Calc is loaded. But if the property defines commands or key
31893 sequences, it may not be evaluated soon enough. (Suppose it defines the
31894 new command @code{tweak-calc}; the user can load your file, then type
31895 @kbd{M-x tweak-calc} before Calc has had chance to do anything.) To
31896 protect against this situation, you can put
31897
31898 @example
31899 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
31900 @end example
31901
31902 @findex calc-check-defines
31903 @noindent
31904 at the end of your file. The @code{calc-check-defines} function is what
31905 looks for and evaluates properties on @code{calc-define}; @code{run-hooks}
31906 has the advantage that it is quietly ignored if @code{calc-check-defines}
31907 is not yet defined because Calc has not yet been loaded.
31908
31909 Examples of things that ought to be enclosed in a @code{calc-define}
31910 property are @code{defmath} calls, @code{define-key} calls that modify
31911 the Calc key map, and any calls that redefine things defined inside Calc.
31912 Ordinary @code{defun}s need not be enclosed with @code{calc-define}.
31913
31914 @node Defining Simple Commands, Defining Stack Commands, Defining Functions, Lisp Definitions
31915 @subsection Defining New Simple Commands
31916
31917 @noindent
31918 @findex interactive
31919 If a @code{defmath} form contains an @code{interactive} clause, it defines
31920 a Calculator command. Actually such a @code{defmath} results in @emph{two}
31921 function definitions: One, a @samp{calcFunc-} function as was just described,
31922 with the @code{interactive} clause removed. Two, a @samp{calc-} function
31923 with a suitable @code{interactive} clause and some sort of wrapper to make
31924 the command work in the Calc environment.
31925
31926 In the simple case, the @code{interactive} clause has the same form as
31927 for normal Emacs Lisp commands:
31928
31929 @smallexample
31930 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
31931 "Increase precision by DELTA." ; This is the "documentation string"
31932 (interactive "p") ; Register this as a M-x-able command
31933 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
31934 @end smallexample
31935
31936 This expands to the pair of definitions,
31937
31938 @smallexample
31939 (defun calc-increase-precision (delta)
31940 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31941 (interactive "p")
31942 (calc-wrapper
31943 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta))))
31944
31945 (defun calcFunc-increase-precision (delta)
31946 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31947 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta)))
31948 @end smallexample
31949
31950 @noindent
31951 where in this case the latter function would never really be used! Note
31952 that since the Calculator stores small integers as plain Lisp integers,
31953 the @code{math-add} function will work just as well as the native
31954 @code{+} even when the intent is to operate on native Lisp integers.
31955
31956 @findex calc-wrapper
31957 The @samp{calc-wrapper} call invokes a macro which surrounds the body of
31958 the function with code that looks roughly like this:
31959
31960 @smallexample
31961 (let ((calc-command-flags nil))
31962 (unwind-protect
31963 (save-current-buffer
31964 (calc-select-buffer)
31965 @emph{body of function}
31966 @emph{renumber stack}
31967 @emph{clear} Working @emph{message})
31968 @emph{realign cursor and window}
31969 @emph{clear Inverse, Hyperbolic, and Keep Args flags}
31970 @emph{update Emacs mode line}))
31971 @end smallexample
31972
31973 @findex calc-select-buffer
31974 The @code{calc-select-buffer} function selects the @samp{*Calculator*}
31975 buffer if necessary, say, because the command was invoked from inside
31976 the @samp{*Calc Trail*} window.
31977
31978 @findex calc-set-command-flag
31979 You can call, for example, @code{(calc-set-command-flag 'no-align)} to
31980 set the above-mentioned command flags. Calc routines recognize the
31981 following command flags:
31982
31983 @table @code
31984 @item renum-stack
31985 Stack line numbers @samp{1:}, @samp{2:}, and so on must be renumbered
31986 after this command completes. This is set by routines like
31987 @code{calc-push}.
31988
31989 @item clear-message
31990 Calc should call @samp{(message "")} if this command completes normally
31991 (to clear a ``Working@dots{}'' message out of the echo area).
31992
31993 @item no-align
31994 Do not move the cursor back to the @samp{.} top-of-stack marker.
31995
31996 @item position-point
31997 Use the variables @code{calc-position-point-line} and
31998 @code{calc-position-point-column} to position the cursor after
31999 this command finishes.
32000
32001 @item keep-flags
32002 Do not clear @code{calc-inverse-flag}, @code{calc-hyperbolic-flag},
32003 and @code{calc-keep-args-flag} at the end of this command.
32004
32005 @item do-edit
32006 Switch to buffer @samp{*Calc Edit*} after this command.
32007
32008 @item hold-trail
32009 Do not move trail pointer to end of trail when something is recorded
32010 there.
32011 @end table
32012
32013 @kindex Y
32014 @kindex Y ?
32015 @vindex calc-Y-help-msgs
32016 Calc reserves a special prefix key, shift-@kbd{Y}, for user-written
32017 extensions to Calc. There are no built-in commands that work with
32018 this prefix key; you must call @code{define-key} from Lisp (probably
32019 from inside a @code{calc-define} property) to add to it. Initially only
32020 @kbd{Y ?} is defined; it takes help messages from a list of strings
32021 (initially @code{nil}) in the variable @code{calc-Y-help-msgs}. All
32022 other undefined keys except for @kbd{Y} are reserved for use by
32023 future versions of Calc.
32024
32025 If you are writing a Calc enhancement which you expect to give to
32026 others, it is best to minimize the number of @kbd{Y}-key sequences
32027 you use. In fact, if you have more than one key sequence you should
32028 consider defining three-key sequences with a @kbd{Y}, then a key that
32029 stands for your package, then a third key for the particular command
32030 within your package.
32031
32032 Users may wish to install several Calc enhancements, and it is possible
32033 that several enhancements will choose to use the same key. In the
32034 example below, a variable @code{inc-prec-base-key} has been defined
32035 to contain the key that identifies the @code{inc-prec} package. Its
32036 value is initially @code{"P"}, but a user can change this variable
32037 if necessary without having to modify the file.
32038
32039 Here is a complete file, @file{inc-prec.el}, which makes a @kbd{Y P I}
32040 command that increases the precision, and a @kbd{Y P D} command that
32041 decreases the precision.
32042
32043 @smallexample
32044 ;;; Increase and decrease Calc precision. Dave Gillespie, 5/31/91.
32045 ;; (Include copyright or copyleft stuff here.)
32046
32047 (defvar inc-prec-base-key "P"
32048 "Base key for inc-prec.el commands.")
32049
32050 (put 'calc-define 'inc-prec '(progn
32051
32052 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sI" inc-prec-base-key)
32053 'increase-precision)
32054 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sD" inc-prec-base-key)
32055 'decrease-precision)
32056
32057 (setq calc-Y-help-msgs
32058 (cons (format "%s + Inc-prec, Dec-prec" inc-prec-base-key)
32059 calc-Y-help-msgs))
32060
32061 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
32062 "Increase precision by DELTA."
32063 (interactive "p")
32064 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
32065
32066 (defmath decrease-precision (delta)
32067 "Decrease precision by DELTA."
32068 (interactive "p")
32069 (setq calc-internal-prec (- calc-internal-prec delta)))
32070
32071 )) ; end of calc-define property
32072
32073 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
32074 @end smallexample
32075
32076 @node Defining Stack Commands, Argument Qualifiers, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions
32077 @subsection Defining New Stack-Based Commands
32078
32079 @noindent
32080 To define a new computational command which takes and/or leaves arguments
32081 on the stack, a special form of @code{interactive} clause is used.
32082
32083 @example
32084 (interactive @var{num} @var{tag})
32085 @end example
32086
32087 @noindent
32088 where @var{num} is an integer, and @var{tag} is a string. The effect is
32089 to pop @var{num} values off the stack, resimplify them by calling
32090 @code{calc-normalize}, and hand them to your function according to the
32091 function's argument list. Your function may include @code{&optional} and
32092 @code{&rest} parameters, so long as calling the function with @var{num}
32093 parameters is valid.
32094
32095 Your function must return either a number or a formula in a form
32096 acceptable to Calc, or a list of such numbers or formulas. These value(s)
32097 are pushed onto the stack when the function completes. They are also
32098 recorded in the Calc Trail buffer on a line beginning with @var{tag},
32099 a string of (normally) four characters or less. If you omit @var{tag}
32100 or use @code{nil} as a tag, the result is not recorded in the trail.
32101
32102 As an example, the definition
32103
32104 @smallexample
32105 (defmath myfact (n)
32106 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
32107 (interactive 1 "fact")
32108 (if (> n 0)
32109 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
32110 (and (= n 0) 1)))
32111 @end smallexample
32112
32113 @noindent
32114 is a version of the factorial function shown previously which can be used
32115 as a command as well as an algebraic function. It expands to
32116
32117 @smallexample
32118 (defun calc-myfact ()
32119 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
32120 (interactive)
32121 (calc-slow-wrapper
32122 (calc-enter-result 1 "fact"
32123 (cons 'calcFunc-myfact (calc-top-list-n 1)))))
32124
32125 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
32126 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
32127 (if (math-posp n)
32128 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
32129 (and (math-zerop n) 1)))
32130 @end smallexample
32131
32132 @findex calc-slow-wrapper
32133 The @code{calc-slow-wrapper} function is a version of @code{calc-wrapper}
32134 that automatically puts up a @samp{Working...} message before the
32135 computation begins. (This message can be turned off by the user
32136 with an @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) command.)
32137
32138 @findex calc-top-list-n
32139 The @code{calc-top-list-n} function returns a list of the specified number
32140 of values from the top of the stack. It resimplifies each value by
32141 calling @code{calc-normalize}. If its argument is zero it returns an
32142 empty list. It does not actually remove these values from the stack.
32143
32144 @findex calc-enter-result
32145 The @code{calc-enter-result} function takes an integer @var{num} and string
32146 @var{tag} as described above, plus a third argument which is either a
32147 Calculator data object or a list of such objects. These objects are
32148 resimplified and pushed onto the stack after popping the specified number
32149 of values from the stack. If @var{tag} is non-@code{nil}, the values
32150 being pushed are also recorded in the trail.
32151
32152 Note that if @code{calcFunc-myfact} returns @code{nil} this represents
32153 ``leave the function in symbolic form.'' To return an actual empty list,
32154 in the sense that @code{calc-enter-result} will push zero elements back
32155 onto the stack, you should return the special value @samp{'(nil)}, a list
32156 containing the single symbol @code{nil}.
32157
32158 The @code{interactive} declaration can actually contain a limited
32159 Emacs-style code string as well which comes just before @var{num} and
32160 @var{tag}. Currently the only Emacs code supported is @samp{"p"}, as in
32161
32162 @example
32163 (defmath foo (a b &optional c)
32164 (interactive "p" 2 "foo")
32165 @var{body})
32166 @end example
32167
32168 In this example, the command @code{calc-foo} will evaluate the expression
32169 @samp{foo(a,b)} if executed with no argument, or @samp{foo(a,b,n)} if
32170 executed with a numeric prefix argument of @expr{n}.
32171
32172 The other code string allowed is @samp{"m"} (unrelated to the usual @samp{"m"}
32173 code as used with @code{defun}). It uses the numeric prefix argument as the
32174 number of objects to remove from the stack and pass to the function.
32175 In this case, the integer @var{num} serves as a default number of
32176 arguments to be used when no prefix is supplied.
32177
32178 @node Argument Qualifiers, Example Definitions, Defining Stack Commands, Lisp Definitions
32179 @subsection Argument Qualifiers
32180
32181 @noindent
32182 Anywhere a parameter name can appear in the parameter list you can also use
32183 an @dfn{argument qualifier}. Thus the general form of a definition is:
32184
32185 @example
32186 (defmath @var{name} (@var{param} @var{param...}
32187 &optional @var{param} @var{param...}
32188 &rest @var{param})
32189 @var{body})
32190 @end example
32191
32192 @noindent
32193 where each @var{param} is either a symbol or a list of the form
32194
32195 @example
32196 (@var{qual} @var{param})
32197 @end example
32198
32199 The following qualifiers are recognized:
32200
32201 @table @samp
32202 @item complete
32203 @findex complete
32204 The argument must not be an incomplete vector, interval, or complex number.
32205 (This is rarely needed since the Calculator itself will never call your
32206 function with an incomplete argument. But there is nothing stopping your
32207 own Lisp code from calling your function with an incomplete argument.)
32208
32209 @item integer
32210 @findex integer
32211 The argument must be an integer. If it is an integer-valued float
32212 it will be accepted but converted to integer form. Non-integers and
32213 formulas are rejected.
32214
32215 @item natnum
32216 @findex natnum
32217 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must be non-negative.
32218
32219 @item fixnum
32220 @findex fixnum
32221 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must fit into a native Lisp integer,
32222 which on most systems means less than 2^23 in absolute value. The
32223 argument is converted into Lisp-integer form if necessary.
32224
32225 @item float
32226 @findex float
32227 The argument is converted to floating-point format if it is a number or
32228 vector. If it is a formula it is left alone. (The argument is never
32229 actually rejected by this qualifier.)
32230
32231 @item @var{pred}
32232 The argument must satisfy predicate @var{pred}, which is one of the
32233 standard Calculator predicates. @xref{Predicates}.
32234
32235 @item not-@var{pred}
32236 The argument must @emph{not} satisfy predicate @var{pred}.
32237 @end table
32238
32239 For example,
32240
32241 @example
32242 (defmath foo (a (constp (not-matrixp b)) &optional (float c)
32243 &rest (integer d))
32244 @var{body})
32245 @end example
32246
32247 @noindent
32248 expands to
32249
32250 @example
32251 (defun calcFunc-foo (a b &optional c &rest d)
32252 (and (math-matrixp b)
32253 (math-reject-arg b 'not-matrixp))
32254 (or (math-constp b)
32255 (math-reject-arg b 'constp))
32256 (and c (setq c (math-check-float c)))
32257 (setq d (mapcar 'math-check-integer d))
32258 @var{body})
32259 @end example
32260
32261 @noindent
32262 which performs the necessary checks and conversions before executing the
32263 body of the function.
32264
32265 @node Example Definitions, Calling Calc from Your Programs, Argument Qualifiers, Lisp Definitions
32266 @subsection Example Definitions
32267
32268 @noindent
32269 This section includes some Lisp programming examples on a larger scale.
32270 These programs make use of some of the Calculator's internal functions;
32271 @pxref{Internals}.
32272
32273 @menu
32274 * Bit Counting Example::
32275 * Sine Example::
32276 @end menu
32277
32278 @node Bit Counting Example, Sine Example, Example Definitions, Example Definitions
32279 @subsubsection Bit-Counting
32280
32281 @noindent
32282 @ignore
32283 @starindex
32284 @end ignore
32285 @tindex bcount
32286 Calc does not include a built-in function for counting the number of
32287 ``one'' bits in a binary integer. It's easy to invent one using @kbd{b u}
32288 to convert the integer to a set, and @kbd{V #} to count the elements of
32289 that set; let's write a function that counts the bits without having to
32290 create an intermediate set.
32291
32292 @smallexample
32293 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
32294 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
32295 (let ((count 0))
32296 (while (> n 0)
32297 (if (oddp n)
32298 (setq count (1+ count)))
32299 (setq n (lsh n -1)))
32300 count))
32301 @end smallexample
32302
32303 @noindent
32304 When this is expanded by @code{defmath}, it will become the following
32305 Emacs Lisp function:
32306
32307 @smallexample
32308 (defun calcFunc-bcount (n)
32309 (setq n (math-check-natnum n))
32310 (let ((count 0))
32311 (while (math-posp n)
32312 (if (math-oddp n)
32313 (setq count (math-add count 1)))
32314 (setq n (calcFunc-lsh n -1)))
32315 count))
32316 @end smallexample
32317
32318 If the input numbers are large, this function involves a fair amount
32319 of arithmetic. A binary right shift is essentially a division by two;
32320 recall that Calc stores integers in decimal form so bit shifts must
32321 involve actual division.
32322
32323 To gain a bit more efficiency, we could divide the integer into
32324 @var{n}-bit chunks, each of which can be handled quickly because
32325 they fit into Lisp integers. It turns out that Calc's arithmetic
32326 routines are especially fast when dividing by an integer less than
32327 1000, so we can set @var{n = 9} bits and use repeated division by 512:
32328
32329 @smallexample
32330 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
32331 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
32332 (let ((count 0))
32333 (while (not (fixnump n))
32334 (let ((qr (idivmod n 512)))
32335 (setq count (+ count (bcount-fixnum (cdr qr)))
32336 n (car qr))))
32337 (+ count (bcount-fixnum n))))
32338
32339 (defun bcount-fixnum (n)
32340 (let ((count 0))
32341 (while (> n 0)
32342 (setq count (+ count (logand n 1))
32343 n (lsh n -1)))
32344 count))
32345 @end smallexample
32346
32347 @noindent
32348 Note that the second function uses @code{defun}, not @code{defmath}.
32349 Because this function deals only with native Lisp integers (``fixnums''),
32350 it can use the actual Emacs @code{+} and related functions rather
32351 than the slower but more general Calc equivalents which @code{defmath}
32352 uses.
32353
32354 The @code{idivmod} function does an integer division, returning both
32355 the quotient and the remainder at once. Again, note that while it
32356 might seem that @samp{(logand n 511)} and @samp{(lsh n -9)} are
32357 more efficient ways to split off the bottom nine bits of @code{n},
32358 actually they are less efficient because each operation is really
32359 a division by 512 in disguise; @code{idivmod} allows us to do the
32360 same thing with a single division by 512.
32361
32362 @node Sine Example, , Bit Counting Example, Example Definitions
32363 @subsubsection The Sine Function
32364
32365 @noindent
32366 @ignore
32367 @starindex
32368 @end ignore
32369 @tindex mysin
32370 A somewhat limited sine function could be defined as follows, using the
32371 well-known Taylor series expansion for
32372 @texline @math{\sin x}:
32373 @infoline @samp{sin(x)}:
32374
32375 @smallexample
32376 (defmath mysin ((float (anglep x)))
32377 (interactive 1 "mysn")
32378 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
32379 (let ((sum x) ; Initial term of Taylor expansion of sin.
32380 newsum
32381 (nfact 1) ; "nfact" equals "n" factorial at all times.
32382 (xnegsqr :"-(x^2)")) ; "xnegsqr" equals -x^2.
32383 (for ((n 3 100 2)) ; Upper limit of 100 is a good precaution.
32384 (working "mysin" sum) ; Display "Working" message, if enabled.
32385 (setq nfact (* nfact (1- n) n)
32386 x (* x xnegsqr)
32387 newsum (+ sum (/ x nfact)))
32388 (if (~= newsum sum) ; If newsum is "nearly equal to" sum,
32389 (break)) ; then we are done.
32390 (setq sum newsum))
32391 sum))
32392 @end smallexample
32393
32394 The actual @code{sin} function in Calc works by first reducing the problem
32395 to a sine or cosine of a nonnegative number less than @cpiover{4}. This
32396 ensures that the Taylor series will converge quickly. Also, the calculation
32397 is carried out with two extra digits of precision to guard against cumulative
32398 round-off in @samp{sum}. Finally, complex arguments are allowed and handled
32399 by a separate algorithm.
32400
32401 @smallexample
32402 (defmath mysin ((float (scalarp x)))
32403 (interactive 1 "mysn")
32404 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
32405 (with-extra-prec 2 ; Evaluate with extra precision.
32406 (cond ((complexp x)
32407 (mysin-complex x))
32408 ((< x 0)
32409 (- (mysin-raw (- x))) ; Always call mysin-raw with x >= 0.
32410 (t (mysin-raw x))))))
32411
32412 (defmath mysin-raw (x)
32413 (cond ((>= x 7)
32414 (mysin-raw (% x (two-pi)))) ; Now x < 7.
32415 ((> x (pi-over-2))
32416 (- (mysin-raw (- x (pi))))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/2.
32417 ((> x (pi-over-4))
32418 (mycos-raw (- x (pi-over-2)))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/4.
32419 ((< x (- (pi-over-4)))
32420 (- (mycos-raw (+ x (pi-over-2))))) ; Now -pi/4 <= x <= pi/4,
32421 (t (mysin-series x)))) ; so the series will be efficient.
32422 @end smallexample
32423
32424 @noindent
32425 where @code{mysin-complex} is an appropriate function to handle complex
32426 numbers, @code{mysin-series} is the routine to compute the sine Taylor
32427 series as before, and @code{mycos-raw} is a function analogous to
32428 @code{mysin-raw} for cosines.
32429
32430 The strategy is to ensure that @expr{x} is nonnegative before calling
32431 @code{mysin-raw}. This function then recursively reduces its argument
32432 to a suitable range, namely, plus-or-minus @cpiover{4}. Note that each
32433 test, and particularly the first comparison against 7, is designed so
32434 that small roundoff errors cannot produce an infinite loop. (Suppose
32435 we compared with @samp{(two-pi)} instead; if due to roundoff problems
32436 the modulo operator ever returned @samp{(two-pi)} exactly, an infinite
32437 recursion could result!) We use modulo only for arguments that will
32438 clearly get reduced, knowing that the next rule will catch any reductions
32439 that this rule misses.
32440
32441 If a program is being written for general use, it is important to code
32442 it carefully as shown in this second example. For quick-and-dirty programs,
32443 when you know that your own use of the sine function will never encounter
32444 a large argument, a simpler program like the first one shown is fine.
32445
32446 @node Calling Calc from Your Programs, Internals, Example Definitions, Lisp Definitions
32447 @subsection Calling Calc from Your Lisp Programs
32448
32449 @noindent
32450 A later section (@pxref{Internals}) gives a full description of
32451 Calc's internal Lisp functions. It's not hard to call Calc from
32452 inside your programs, but the number of these functions can be daunting.
32453 So Calc provides one special ``programmer-friendly'' function called
32454 @code{calc-eval} that can be made to do just about everything you
32455 need. It's not as fast as the low-level Calc functions, but it's
32456 much simpler to use!
32457
32458 It may seem that @code{calc-eval} itself has a daunting number of
32459 options, but they all stem from one simple operation.
32460
32461 In its simplest manifestation, @samp{(calc-eval "1+2")} parses the
32462 string @code{"1+2"} as if it were a Calc algebraic entry and returns
32463 the result formatted as a string: @code{"3"}.
32464
32465 Since @code{calc-eval} is on the list of recommended @code{autoload}
32466 functions, you don't need to make any special preparations to load
32467 Calc before calling @code{calc-eval} the first time. Calc will be
32468 loaded and initialized for you.
32469
32470 All the Calc modes that are currently in effect will be used when
32471 evaluating the expression and formatting the result.
32472
32473 @ifinfo
32474 @example
32475
32476 @end example
32477 @end ifinfo
32478 @subsubsection Additional Arguments to @code{calc-eval}
32479
32480 @noindent
32481 If the input string parses to a list of expressions, Calc returns
32482 the results separated by @code{", "}. You can specify a different
32483 separator by giving a second string argument to @code{calc-eval}:
32484 @samp{(calc-eval "1+2,3+4" ";")} returns @code{"3;7"}.
32485
32486 The ``separator'' can also be any of several Lisp symbols which
32487 request other behaviors from @code{calc-eval}. These are discussed
32488 one by one below.
32489
32490 You can give additional arguments to be substituted for
32491 @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, and so on in the main expression. For
32492 example, @samp{(calc-eval "$/$$" nil "7" "1+1")} evaluates the
32493 expression @code{"7/(1+1)"} to yield the result @code{"3.5"}
32494 (assuming Fraction mode is not in effect). Note the @code{nil}
32495 used as a placeholder for the item-separator argument.
32496
32497 @ifinfo
32498 @example
32499
32500 @end example
32501 @end ifinfo
32502 @subsubsection Error Handling
32503
32504 @noindent
32505 If @code{calc-eval} encounters an error, it returns a list containing
32506 the character position of the error, plus a suitable message as a
32507 string. Note that @samp{1 / 0} is @emph{not} an error by Calc's
32508 standards; it simply returns the string @code{"1 / 0"} which is the
32509 division left in symbolic form. But @samp{(calc-eval "1/")} will
32510 return the list @samp{(2 "Expected a number")}.
32511
32512 If you bind the variable @code{calc-eval-error} to @code{t}
32513 using a @code{let} form surrounding the call to @code{calc-eval},
32514 errors instead call the Emacs @code{error} function which aborts
32515 to the Emacs command loop with a beep and an error message.
32516
32517 If you bind this variable to the symbol @code{string}, error messages
32518 are returned as strings instead of lists. The character position is
32519 ignored.
32520
32521 As a courtesy to other Lisp code which may be using Calc, be sure
32522 to bind @code{calc-eval-error} using @code{let} rather than changing
32523 it permanently with @code{setq}.
32524
32525 @ifinfo
32526 @example
32527
32528 @end example
32529 @end ifinfo
32530 @subsubsection Numbers Only
32531
32532 @noindent
32533 Sometimes it is preferable to treat @samp{1 / 0} as an error
32534 rather than returning a symbolic result. If you pass the symbol
32535 @code{num} as the second argument to @code{calc-eval}, results
32536 that are not constants are treated as errors. The error message
32537 reported is the first @code{calc-why} message if there is one,
32538 or otherwise ``Number expected.''
32539
32540 A result is ``constant'' if it is a number, vector, or other
32541 object that does not include variables or function calls. If it
32542 is a vector, the components must themselves be constants.
32543
32544 @ifinfo
32545 @example
32546
32547 @end example
32548 @end ifinfo
32549 @subsubsection Default Modes
32550
32551 @noindent
32552 If the first argument to @code{calc-eval} is a list whose first
32553 element is a formula string, then @code{calc-eval} sets all the
32554 various Calc modes to their default values while the formula is
32555 evaluated and formatted. For example, the precision is set to 12
32556 digits, digit grouping is turned off, and the Normal language
32557 mode is used.
32558
32559 This same principle applies to the other options discussed below.
32560 If the first argument would normally be @var{x}, then it can also
32561 be the list @samp{(@var{x})} to use the default mode settings.
32562
32563 If there are other elements in the list, they are taken as
32564 variable-name/value pairs which override the default mode
32565 settings. Look at the documentation at the front of the
32566 @file{calc.el} file to find the names of the Lisp variables for
32567 the various modes. The mode settings are restored to their
32568 original values when @code{calc-eval} is done.
32569
32570 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '("$+$$" calc-internal-prec 8) 'num a b)}
32571 computes the sum of two numbers, requiring a numeric result, and
32572 using default mode settings except that the precision is 8 instead
32573 of the default of 12.
32574
32575 It's usually best to use this form of @code{calc-eval} unless your
32576 program actually considers the interaction with Calc's mode settings
32577 to be a feature. This will avoid all sorts of potential ``gotchas'';
32578 consider what happens with @samp{(calc-eval "sqrt(2)" 'num)}
32579 when the user has left Calc in Symbolic mode or No-Simplify mode.
32580
32581 As another example, @samp{(equal (calc-eval '("$<$$") nil a b) "1")}
32582 checks if the number in string @expr{a} is less than the one in
32583 string @expr{b}. Without using a list, the integer 1 might
32584 come out in a variety of formats which would be hard to test for
32585 conveniently: @code{"1"}, @code{"8#1"}, @code{"00001"}. (But
32586 see ``Predicates'' mode, below.)
32587
32588 @ifinfo
32589 @example
32590
32591 @end example
32592 @end ifinfo
32593 @subsubsection Raw Numbers
32594
32595 @noindent
32596 Normally all input and output for @code{calc-eval} is done with strings.
32597 You can do arithmetic with, say, @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" nil a b)}
32598 in place of @samp{(+ a b)}, but this is very inefficient since the
32599 numbers must be converted to and from string format as they are passed
32600 from one @code{calc-eval} to the next.
32601
32602 If the separator is the symbol @code{raw}, the result will be returned
32603 as a raw Calc data structure rather than a string. You can read about
32604 how these objects look in the following sections, but usually you can
32605 treat them as ``black box'' objects with no important internal
32606 structure.
32607
32608 There is also a @code{rawnum} symbol, which is a combination of
32609 @code{raw} (returning a raw Calc object) and @code{num} (signaling
32610 an error if that object is not a constant).
32611
32612 You can pass a raw Calc object to @code{calc-eval} in place of a
32613 string, either as the formula itself or as one of the @samp{$}
32614 arguments. Thus @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" 'raw a b)} is an
32615 addition function that operates on raw Calc objects. Of course
32616 in this case it would be easier to call the low-level @code{math-add}
32617 function in Calc, if you can remember its name.
32618
32619 In particular, note that a plain Lisp integer is acceptable to Calc
32620 as a raw object. (All Lisp integers are accepted on input, but
32621 integers of more than six decimal digits are converted to ``big-integer''
32622 form for output. @xref{Data Type Formats}.)
32623
32624 When it comes time to display the object, just use @samp{(calc-eval a)}
32625 to format it as a string.
32626
32627 It is an error if the input expression evaluates to a list of
32628 values. The separator symbol @code{list} is like @code{raw}
32629 except that it returns a list of one or more raw Calc objects.
32630
32631 Note that a Lisp string is not a valid Calc object, nor is a list
32632 containing a string. Thus you can still safely distinguish all the
32633 various kinds of error returns discussed above.
32634
32635 @ifinfo
32636 @example
32637
32638 @end example
32639 @end ifinfo
32640 @subsubsection Predicates
32641
32642 @noindent
32643 If the separator symbol is @code{pred}, the result of the formula is
32644 treated as a true/false value; @code{calc-eval} returns @code{t} or
32645 @code{nil}, respectively. A value is considered ``true'' if it is a
32646 non-zero number, or false if it is zero or if it is not a number.
32647
32648 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "$<$$" 'pred a b)} tests whether
32649 one value is less than another.
32650
32651 As usual, it is also possible for @code{calc-eval} to return one of
32652 the error indicators described above. Lisp will interpret such an
32653 indicator as ``true'' if you don't check for it explicitly. If you
32654 wish to have an error register as ``false'', use something like
32655 @samp{(eq (calc-eval ...) t)}.
32656
32657 @ifinfo
32658 @example
32659
32660 @end example
32661 @end ifinfo
32662 @subsubsection Variable Values
32663
32664 @noindent
32665 Variables in the formula passed to @code{calc-eval} are not normally
32666 replaced by their values. If you wish this, you can use the
32667 @code{evalv} function (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}). For example,
32668 if 4 is stored in Calc variable @code{a} (i.e., in Lisp variable
32669 @code{var-a}), then @samp{(calc-eval "a+pi")} will return the
32670 formula @code{"a + pi"}, but @samp{(calc-eval "evalv(a+pi)")}
32671 will return @code{"7.14159265359"}.
32672
32673 To store in a Calc variable, just use @code{setq} to store in the
32674 corresponding Lisp variable. (This is obtained by prepending
32675 @samp{var-} to the Calc variable name.) Calc routines will
32676 understand either string or raw form values stored in variables,
32677 although raw data objects are much more efficient. For example,
32678 to increment the Calc variable @code{a}:
32679
32680 @example
32681 (setq var-a (calc-eval "evalv(a+1)" 'raw))
32682 @end example
32683
32684 @ifinfo
32685 @example
32686
32687 @end example
32688 @end ifinfo
32689 @subsubsection Stack Access
32690
32691 @noindent
32692 If the separator symbol is @code{push}, the formula argument is
32693 evaluated (with possible @samp{$} expansions, as usual). The
32694 result is pushed onto the Calc stack. The return value is @code{nil}
32695 (unless there is an error from evaluating the formula, in which
32696 case the return value depends on @code{calc-eval-error} in the
32697 usual way).
32698
32699 If the separator symbol is @code{pop}, the first argument to
32700 @code{calc-eval} must be an integer instead of a string. That
32701 many values are popped from the stack and thrown away. A negative
32702 argument deletes the entry at that stack level. The return value
32703 is the number of elements remaining in the stack after popping;
32704 @samp{(calc-eval 0 'pop)} is a good way to measure the size of
32705 the stack.
32706
32707 If the separator symbol is @code{top}, the first argument to
32708 @code{calc-eval} must again be an integer. The value at that
32709 stack level is formatted as a string and returned. Thus
32710 @samp{(calc-eval 1 'top)} returns the top-of-stack value. If the
32711 integer is out of range, @code{nil} is returned.
32712
32713 The separator symbol @code{rawtop} is just like @code{top} except
32714 that the stack entry is returned as a raw Calc object instead of
32715 as a string.
32716
32717 In all of these cases the first argument can be made a list in
32718 order to force the default mode settings, as described above.
32719 Thus @samp{(calc-eval '(2 calc-number-radix 16) 'top)} returns the
32720 second-to-top stack entry, formatted as a string using the default
32721 instead of current display modes, except that the radix is
32722 hexadecimal instead of decimal.
32723
32724 It is, of course, polite to put the Calc stack back the way you
32725 found it when you are done, unless the user of your program is
32726 actually expecting it to affect the stack.
32727
32728 Note that you do not actually have to switch into the @samp{*Calculator*}
32729 buffer in order to use @code{calc-eval}; it temporarily switches into
32730 the stack buffer if necessary.
32731
32732 @ifinfo
32733 @example
32734
32735 @end example
32736 @end ifinfo
32737 @subsubsection Keyboard Macros
32738
32739 @noindent
32740 If the separator symbol is @code{macro}, the first argument must be a
32741 string of characters which Calc can execute as a sequence of keystrokes.
32742 This switches into the Calc buffer for the duration of the macro.
32743 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "vx5\rVR+" 'macro)} pushes the
32744 vector @samp{[1,2,3,4,5]} on the stack and then replaces it
32745 with the sum of those numbers. Note that @samp{\r} is the Lisp
32746 notation for the carriage-return, @key{RET}, character.
32747
32748 If your keyboard macro wishes to pop the stack, @samp{\C-d} is
32749 safer than @samp{\177} (the @key{DEL} character) because some
32750 installations may have switched the meanings of @key{DEL} and
32751 @kbd{C-h}. Calc always interprets @kbd{C-d} as a synonym for
32752 ``pop-stack'' regardless of key mapping.
32753
32754 If you provide a third argument to @code{calc-eval}, evaluation
32755 of the keyboard macro will leave a record in the Trail using
32756 that argument as a tag string. Normally the Trail is unaffected.
32757
32758 The return value in this case is always @code{nil}.
32759
32760 @ifinfo
32761 @example
32762
32763 @end example
32764 @end ifinfo
32765 @subsubsection Lisp Evaluation
32766
32767 @noindent
32768 Finally, if the separator symbol is @code{eval}, then the Lisp
32769 @code{eval} function is called on the first argument, which must
32770 be a Lisp expression rather than a Calc formula. Remember to
32771 quote the expression so that it is not evaluated until inside
32772 @code{calc-eval}.
32773
32774 The difference from plain @code{eval} is that @code{calc-eval}
32775 switches to the Calc buffer before evaluating the expression.
32776 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '(setq calc-internal-prec 17) 'eval)}
32777 will correctly affect the buffer-local Calc precision variable.
32778
32779 An alternative would be @samp{(calc-eval '(calc-precision 17) 'eval)}.
32780 This is evaluating a call to the function that is normally invoked
32781 by the @kbd{p} key, giving it 17 as its ``numeric prefix argument.''
32782 Note that this function will leave a message in the echo area as
32783 a side effect. Also, all Calc functions switch to the Calc buffer
32784 automatically if not invoked from there, so the above call is
32785 also equivalent to @samp{(calc-precision 17)} by itself.
32786 In all cases, Calc uses @code{save-excursion} to switch back to
32787 your original buffer when it is done.
32788
32789 As usual the first argument can be a list that begins with a Lisp
32790 expression to use default instead of current mode settings.
32791
32792 The result of @code{calc-eval} in this usage is just the result
32793 returned by the evaluated Lisp expression.
32794
32795 @ifinfo
32796 @example
32797
32798 @end example
32799 @end ifinfo
32800 @subsubsection Example
32801
32802 @noindent
32803 @findex convert-temp
32804 Here is a sample Emacs command that uses @code{calc-eval}. Suppose
32805 you have a document with lots of references to temperatures on the
32806 Fahrenheit scale, say ``98.6 F'', and you wish to convert these
32807 references to Centigrade. The following command does this conversion.
32808 Place the Emacs cursor right after the letter ``F'' and invoke the
32809 command to change ``98.6 F'' to ``37 C''. Or, if the temperature is
32810 already in Centigrade form, the command changes it back to Fahrenheit.
32811
32812 @example
32813 (defun convert-temp ()
32814 (interactive)
32815 (save-excursion
32816 (re-search-backward "[^-.0-9]\\([-.0-9]+\\) *\\([FC]\\)")
32817 (let* ((top1 (match-beginning 1))
32818 (bot1 (match-end 1))
32819 (number (buffer-substring top1 bot1))
32820 (top2 (match-beginning 2))
32821 (bot2 (match-end 2))
32822 (type (buffer-substring top2 bot2)))
32823 (if (equal type "F")
32824 (setq type "C"
32825 number (calc-eval "($ - 32)*5/9" nil number))
32826 (setq type "F"
32827 number (calc-eval "$*9/5 + 32" nil number)))
32828 (goto-char top2)
32829 (delete-region top2 bot2)
32830 (insert-before-markers type)
32831 (goto-char top1)
32832 (delete-region top1 bot1)
32833 (if (string-match "\\.$" number) ; change "37." to "37"
32834 (setq number (substring number 0 -1)))
32835 (insert number))))
32836 @end example
32837
32838 Note the use of @code{insert-before-markers} when changing between
32839 ``F'' and ``C'', so that the character winds up before the cursor
32840 instead of after it.
32841
32842 @node Internals, , Calling Calc from Your Programs, Lisp Definitions
32843 @subsection Calculator Internals
32844
32845 @noindent
32846 This section describes the Lisp functions defined by the Calculator that
32847 may be of use to user-written Calculator programs (as described in the
32848 rest of this chapter). These functions are shown by their names as they
32849 conventionally appear in @code{defmath}. Their full Lisp names are
32850 generally gotten by prepending @samp{calcFunc-} or @samp{math-} to their
32851 apparent names. (Names that begin with @samp{calc-} are already in
32852 their full Lisp form.) You can use the actual full names instead if you
32853 prefer them, or if you are calling these functions from regular Lisp.
32854
32855 The functions described here are scattered throughout the various
32856 Calc component files. Note that @file{calc.el} includes @code{autoload}s
32857 for only a few component files; when Calc wants to call an advanced
32858 function it calls @samp{(calc-extensions)} first; this function
32859 autoloads @file{calc-ext.el}, which in turn autoloads all the functions
32860 in the remaining component files.
32861
32862 Because @code{defmath} itself uses the extensions, user-written code
32863 generally always executes with the extensions already loaded, so
32864 normally you can use any Calc function and be confident that it will
32865 be autoloaded for you when necessary. If you are doing something
32866 special, check carefully to make sure each function you are using is
32867 from @file{calc.el} or its components, and call @samp{(calc-extensions)}
32868 before using any function based in @file{calc-ext.el} if you can't
32869 prove this file will already be loaded.
32870
32871 @menu
32872 * Data Type Formats::
32873 * Interactive Lisp Functions::
32874 * Stack Lisp Functions::
32875 * Predicates::
32876 * Computational Lisp Functions::
32877 * Vector Lisp Functions::
32878 * Symbolic Lisp Functions::
32879 * Formatting Lisp Functions::
32880 * Hooks::
32881 @end menu
32882
32883 @node Data Type Formats, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals, Internals
32884 @subsubsection Data Type Formats
32885
32886 @noindent
32887 Integers are stored in either of two ways, depending on their magnitude.
32888 Integers less than one million in absolute value are stored as standard
32889 Lisp integers. This is the only storage format for Calc data objects
32890 which is not a Lisp list.
32891
32892 Large integers are stored as lists of the form @samp{(bigpos @var{d0}
32893 @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for positive integers 1000000 or more, or
32894 @samp{(bigneg @var{d0} @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for negative integers
32895 @mathit{-1000000} or less. Each @var{d} is a base-1000 ``digit,'' a Lisp integer
32896 from 0 to 999. The least significant digit is @var{d0}; the last digit,
32897 @var{dn}, which is always nonzero, is the most significant digit. For
32898 example, the integer @mathit{-12345678} is stored as @samp{(bigneg 678 345 12)}.
32899
32900 The distinction between small and large integers is entirely hidden from
32901 the user. In @code{defmath} definitions, the Lisp predicate @code{integerp}
32902 returns true for either kind of integer, and in general both big and small
32903 integers are accepted anywhere the word ``integer'' is used in this manual.
32904 If the distinction must be made, native Lisp integers are called @dfn{fixnums}
32905 and large integers are called @dfn{bignums}.
32906
32907 Fractions are stored as a list of the form, @samp{(frac @var{n} @var{d})}
32908 where @var{n} is an integer (big or small) numerator, @var{d} is an
32909 integer denominator greater than one, and @var{n} and @var{d} are relatively
32910 prime. Note that fractions where @var{d} is one are automatically converted
32911 to plain integers by all math routines; fractions where @var{d} is negative
32912 are normalized by negating the numerator and denominator.
32913
32914 Floating-point numbers are stored in the form, @samp{(float @var{mant}
32915 @var{exp})}, where @var{mant} (the ``mantissa'') is an integer less than
32916 @samp{10^@var{p}} in absolute value (@var{p} represents the current
32917 precision), and @var{exp} (the ``exponent'') is a fixnum. The value of
32918 the float is @samp{@var{mant} * 10^@var{exp}}. For example, the number
32919 @mathit{-3.14} is stored as @samp{(float -314 -2) = -314*10^-2}. Other constraints
32920 are that the number 0.0 is always stored as @samp{(float 0 0)}, and,
32921 except for the 0.0 case, the rightmost base-10 digit of @var{mant} is
32922 always nonzero. (If the rightmost digit is zero, the number is
32923 rearranged by dividing @var{mant} by ten and incrementing @var{exp}.)
32924
32925 Rectangular complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(cplx @var{re}
32926 @var{im})}, where @var{re} and @var{im} are each real numbers, either
32927 integers, fractions, or floats. The value is @samp{@var{re} + @var{im}i}.
32928 The @var{im} part is nonzero; complex numbers with zero imaginary
32929 components are converted to real numbers automatically.
32930
32931 Polar complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(polar @var{r}
32932 @var{theta})}, where @var{r} is a positive real value and @var{theta}
32933 is a real value or HMS form representing an angle. This angle is
32934 usually normalized to lie in the interval @samp{(-180 ..@: 180)} degrees,
32935 or @samp{(-pi ..@: pi)} radians, according to the current angular mode.
32936 If the angle is 0 the value is converted to a real number automatically.
32937 (If the angle is 180 degrees, the value is usually also converted to a
32938 negative real number.)
32939
32940 Hours-minutes-seconds forms are stored as @samp{(hms @var{h} @var{m}
32941 @var{s})}, where @var{h} is an integer or an integer-valued float (i.e.,
32942 a float with @samp{@var{exp} >= 0}), @var{m} is an integer or integer-valued
32943 float in the range @w{@samp{[0 ..@: 60)}}, and @var{s} is any real number
32944 in the range @samp{[0 ..@: 60)}.
32945
32946 Date forms are stored as @samp{(date @var{n})}, where @var{n} is
32947 a real number that counts days since midnight on the morning of
32948 January 1, 1 AD. If @var{n} is an integer, this is a pure date
32949 form. If @var{n} is a fraction or float, this is a date/time form.
32950
32951 Modulo forms are stored as @samp{(mod @var{n} @var{m})}, where @var{m} is a
32952 positive real number or HMS form, and @var{n} is a real number or HMS
32953 form in the range @samp{[0 ..@: @var{m})}.
32954
32955 Error forms are stored as @samp{(sdev @var{x} @var{sigma})}, where @var{x}
32956 is the mean value and @var{sigma} is the standard deviation. Each
32957 component is either a number, an HMS form, or a symbolic object
32958 (a variable or function call). If @var{sigma} is zero, the value is
32959 converted to a plain real number. If @var{sigma} is negative or
32960 complex, it is automatically normalized to be a positive real.
32961
32962 Interval forms are stored as @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{lo} @var{hi})},
32963 where @var{mask} is one of the integers 0, 1, 2, or 3, and @var{lo} and
32964 @var{hi} are real numbers, HMS forms, or symbolic objects. The @var{mask}
32965 is a binary integer where 1 represents the fact that the interval is
32966 closed on the high end, and 2 represents the fact that it is closed on
32967 the low end. (Thus 3 represents a fully closed interval.) The interval
32968 @w{@samp{(intv 3 @var{x} @var{x})}} is converted to the plain number @var{x};
32969 intervals @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{x} @var{x})} for any other @var{mask}
32970 represent empty intervals. If @var{hi} is less than @var{lo}, the interval
32971 is converted to a standard empty interval by replacing @var{hi} with @var{lo}.
32972
32973 Vectors are stored as @samp{(vec @var{v1} @var{v2} @dots{})}, where @var{v1}
32974 is the first element of the vector, @var{v2} is the second, and so on.
32975 An empty vector is stored as @samp{(vec)}. A matrix is simply a vector
32976 where all @var{v}'s are themselves vectors of equal lengths. Note that
32977 Calc vectors are unrelated to the Emacs Lisp ``vector'' type, which is
32978 generally unused by Calc data structures.
32979
32980 Variables are stored as @samp{(var @var{name} @var{sym})}, where
32981 @var{name} is a Lisp symbol whose print name is used as the visible name
32982 of the variable, and @var{sym} is a Lisp symbol in which the variable's
32983 value is actually stored. Thus, @samp{(var pi var-pi)} represents the
32984 special constant @samp{pi}. Almost always, the form is @samp{(var
32985 @var{v} var-@var{v})}. If the variable name was entered with @code{#}
32986 signs (which are converted to hyphens internally), the form is
32987 @samp{(var @var{u} @var{v})}, where @var{u} is a symbol whose name
32988 contains @code{#} characters, and @var{v} is a symbol that contains
32989 @code{-} characters instead. The value of a variable is the Calc
32990 object stored in its @var{sym} symbol's value cell. If the symbol's
32991 value cell is void or if it contains @code{nil}, the variable has no
32992 value. Special constants have the form @samp{(special-const
32993 @var{value})} stored in their value cell, where @var{value} is a formula
32994 which is evaluated when the constant's value is requested. Variables
32995 which represent units are not stored in any special way; they are units
32996 only because their names appear in the units table. If the value
32997 cell contains a string, it is parsed to get the variable's value when
32998 the variable is used.
32999
33000 A Lisp list with any other symbol as the first element is a function call.
33001 The symbols @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^},
33002 and @code{|} represent special binary operators; these lists are always
33003 of the form @samp{(@var{op} @var{lhs} @var{rhs})} where @var{lhs} is the
33004 sub-formula on the lefthand side and @var{rhs} is the sub-formula on the
33005 right. The symbol @code{neg} represents unary negation; this list is always
33006 of the form @samp{(neg @var{arg})}. Any other symbol @var{func} represents a
33007 function that would be displayed in function-call notation; the symbol
33008 @var{func} is in general always of the form @samp{calcFunc-@var{name}}.
33009 The function cell of the symbol @var{func} should contain a Lisp function
33010 for evaluating a call to @var{func}. This function is passed the remaining
33011 elements of the list (themselves already evaluated) as arguments; such
33012 functions should return @code{nil} or call @code{reject-arg} to signify
33013 that they should be left in symbolic form, or they should return a Calc
33014 object which represents their value, or a list of such objects if they
33015 wish to return multiple values. (The latter case is allowed only for
33016 functions which are the outer-level call in an expression whose value is
33017 about to be pushed on the stack; this feature is considered obsolete
33018 and is not used by any built-in Calc functions.)
33019
33020 @node Interactive Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Data Type Formats, Internals
33021 @subsubsection Interactive Functions
33022
33023 @noindent
33024 The functions described here are used in implementing interactive Calc
33025 commands. Note that this list is not exhaustive! If there is an
33026 existing command that behaves similarly to the one you want to define,
33027 you may find helpful tricks by checking the source code for that command.
33028
33029 @defun calc-set-command-flag flag
33030 Set the command flag @var{flag}. This is generally a Lisp symbol, but
33031 may in fact be anything. The effect is to add @var{flag} to the list
33032 stored in the variable @code{calc-command-flags}, unless it is already
33033 there. @xref{Defining Simple Commands}.
33034 @end defun
33035
33036 @defun calc-clear-command-flag flag
33037 If @var{flag} appears among the list of currently-set command flags,
33038 remove it from that list.
33039 @end defun
33040
33041 @defun calc-record-undo rec
33042 Add the ``undo record'' @var{rec} to the list of steps to take if the
33043 current operation should need to be undone. Stack push and pop functions
33044 automatically call @code{calc-record-undo}, so the kinds of undo records
33045 you might need to create take the form @samp{(set @var{sym} @var{value})},
33046 which says that the Lisp variable @var{sym} was changed and had previously
33047 contained @var{value}; @samp{(store @var{var} @var{value})} which says that
33048 the Calc variable @var{var} (a string which is the name of the symbol that
33049 contains the variable's value) was stored and its previous value was
33050 @var{value} (either a Calc data object, or @code{nil} if the variable was
33051 previously void); or @samp{(eval @var{undo} @var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})},
33052 which means that to undo requires calling the function @samp{(@var{undo}
33053 @var{args} @dots{})} and, if the undo is later redone, calling
33054 @samp{(@var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})}.
33055 @end defun
33056
33057 @defun calc-record-why msg args
33058 Record the error or warning message @var{msg}, which is normally a string.
33059 This message will be replayed if the user types @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why});
33060 if the message string begins with a @samp{*}, it is considered important
33061 enough to display even if the user doesn't type @kbd{w}. If one or more
33062 @var{args} are present, the displayed message will be of the form,
33063 @samp{@var{msg}: @var{arg1}, @var{arg2}, @dots{}}, where the arguments are
33064 formatted on the assumption that they are either strings or Calc objects of
33065 some sort. If @var{msg} is a symbol, it is the name of a Calc predicate
33066 (such as @code{integerp} or @code{numvecp}) which the arguments did not
33067 satisfy; it is expanded to a suitable string such as ``Expected an
33068 integer.'' The @code{reject-arg} function calls @code{calc-record-why}
33069 automatically; @pxref{Predicates}.
33070 @end defun
33071
33072 @defun calc-is-inverse
33073 This predicate returns true if the current command is inverse,
33074 i.e., if the Inverse (@kbd{I} key) flag was set.
33075 @end defun
33076
33077 @defun calc-is-hyperbolic
33078 This predicate is the analogous function for the @kbd{H} key.
33079 @end defun
33080
33081 @node Stack Lisp Functions, Predicates, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals
33082 @subsubsection Stack-Oriented Functions
33083
33084 @noindent
33085 The functions described here perform various operations on the Calc
33086 stack and trail. They are to be used in interactive Calc commands.
33087
33088 @defun calc-push-list vals n
33089 Push the Calc objects in list @var{vals} onto the stack at stack level
33090 @var{n}. If @var{n} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements
33091 are pushed at the top of the stack. If @var{n} is greater than 1, the
33092 elements will be inserted into the stack so that the last element will
33093 end up at level @var{n}, the next-to-last at level @var{n}+1, etc.
33094 The elements of @var{vals} are assumed to be valid Calc objects, and
33095 are not evaluated, rounded, or renormalized in any way. If @var{vals}
33096 is an empty list, nothing happens.
33097
33098 The stack elements are pushed without any sub-formula selections.
33099 You can give an optional third argument to this function, which must
33100 be a list the same size as @var{vals} of selections. Each selection
33101 must be @code{eq} to some sub-formula of the corresponding formula
33102 in @var{vals}, or @code{nil} if that formula should have no selection.
33103 @end defun
33104
33105 @defun calc-top-list n m
33106 Return a list of the @var{n} objects starting at level @var{m} of the
33107 stack. If @var{m} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements are
33108 taken from the top of the stack. If @var{n} is omitted, it also
33109 defaults to 1, so that the top stack element (in the form of a
33110 one-element list) is returned. If @var{m} is greater than 1, the
33111 @var{m}th stack element will be at the end of the list, the @var{m}+1st
33112 element will be next-to-last, etc. If @var{n} or @var{m} are out of
33113 range, the command is aborted with a suitable error message. If @var{n}
33114 is zero, the function returns an empty list. The stack elements are not
33115 evaluated, rounded, or renormalized.
33116
33117 If any stack elements contain selections, and selections have not
33118 been disabled by the @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command,
33119 this function returns the selected portions rather than the entire
33120 stack elements. It can be given a third ``selection-mode'' argument
33121 which selects other behaviors. If it is the symbol @code{t}, then
33122 a selection in any of the requested stack elements produces an
33123 ``invalid operation on selections'' error. If it is the symbol @code{full},
33124 the whole stack entry is always returned regardless of selections.
33125 If it is the symbol @code{sel}, the selected portion is always returned,
33126 or @code{nil} if there is no selection. (This mode ignores the @kbd{j e}
33127 command.) If the symbol is @code{entry}, the complete stack entry in
33128 list form is returned; the first element of this list will be the whole
33129 formula, and the third element will be the selection (or @code{nil}).
33130 @end defun
33131
33132 @defun calc-pop-stack n m
33133 Remove the specified elements from the stack. The parameters @var{n}
33134 and @var{m} are defined the same as for @code{calc-top-list}. The return
33135 value of @code{calc-pop-stack} is uninteresting.
33136
33137 If there are any selected sub-formulas among the popped elements, and
33138 @kbd{j e} has not been used to disable selections, this produces an
33139 error without changing the stack. If you supply an optional third
33140 argument of @code{t}, the stack elements are popped even if they
33141 contain selections.
33142 @end defun
33143
33144 @defun calc-record-list vals tag
33145 This function records one or more results in the trail. The @var{vals}
33146 are a list of strings or Calc objects. The @var{tag} is the four-character
33147 tag string to identify the values. If @var{tag} is omitted, a blank tag
33148 will be used.
33149 @end defun
33150
33151 @defun calc-normalize n
33152 This function takes a Calc object and ``normalizes'' it. At the very
33153 least this involves re-rounding floating-point values according to the
33154 current precision and other similar jobs. Also, unless the user has
33155 selected No-Simplify mode (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), this involves
33156 actually evaluating a formula object by executing the function calls
33157 it contains, and possibly also doing algebraic simplification, etc.
33158 @end defun
33159
33160 @defun calc-top-list-n n m
33161 This function is identical to @code{calc-top-list}, except that it calls
33162 @code{calc-normalize} on the values that it takes from the stack. They
33163 are also passed through @code{check-complete}, so that incomplete
33164 objects will be rejected with an error message. All computational
33165 commands should use this in preference to @code{calc-top-list}; the only
33166 standard Calc commands that operate on the stack without normalizing
33167 are stack management commands like @code{calc-enter} and @code{calc-roll-up}.
33168 This function accepts the same optional selection-mode argument as
33169 @code{calc-top-list}.
33170 @end defun
33171
33172 @defun calc-top-n m
33173 This function is a convenient form of @code{calc-top-list-n} in which only
33174 a single element of the stack is taken and returned, rather than a list
33175 of elements. This also accepts an optional selection-mode argument.
33176 @end defun
33177
33178 @defun calc-enter-result n tag vals
33179 This function is a convenient interface to most of the above functions.
33180 The @var{vals} argument should be either a single Calc object, or a list
33181 of Calc objects; the object or objects are normalized, and the top @var{n}
33182 stack entries are replaced by the normalized objects. If @var{tag} is
33183 non-@code{nil}, the normalized objects are also recorded in the trail.
33184 A typical stack-based computational command would take the form,
33185
33186 @smallexample
33187 (calc-enter-result @var{n} @var{tag} (cons 'calcFunc-@var{func}
33188 (calc-top-list-n @var{n})))
33189 @end smallexample
33190
33191 If any of the @var{n} stack elements replaced contain sub-formula
33192 selections, and selections have not been disabled by @kbd{j e},
33193 this function takes one of two courses of action. If @var{n} is
33194 equal to the number of elements in @var{vals}, then each element of
33195 @var{vals} is spliced into the corresponding selection; this is what
33196 happens when you use the @key{TAB} key, or when you use a unary
33197 arithmetic operation like @code{sqrt}. If @var{vals} has only one
33198 element but @var{n} is greater than one, there must be only one
33199 selection among the top @var{n} stack elements; the element from
33200 @var{vals} is spliced into that selection. This is what happens when
33201 you use a binary arithmetic operation like @kbd{+}. Any other
33202 combination of @var{n} and @var{vals} is an error when selections
33203 are present.
33204 @end defun
33205
33206 @defun calc-unary-op tag func arg
33207 This function implements a unary operator that allows a numeric prefix
33208 argument to apply the operator over many stack entries. If the prefix
33209 argument @var{arg} is @code{nil}, this uses @code{calc-enter-result}
33210 as outlined above. Otherwise, it maps the function over several stack
33211 elements; @pxref{Prefix Arguments}. For example,
33212
33213 @smallexample
33214 (defun calc-zeta (arg)
33215 (interactive "P")
33216 (calc-unary-op "zeta" 'calcFunc-zeta arg))
33217 @end smallexample
33218 @end defun
33219
33220 @defun calc-binary-op tag func arg ident unary
33221 This function implements a binary operator, analogously to
33222 @code{calc-unary-op}. The optional @var{ident} and @var{unary}
33223 arguments specify the behavior when the prefix argument is zero or
33224 one, respectively. If the prefix is zero, the value @var{ident}
33225 is pushed onto the stack, if specified, otherwise an error message
33226 is displayed. If the prefix is one, the unary function @var{unary}
33227 is applied to the top stack element, or, if @var{unary} is not
33228 specified, nothing happens. When the argument is two or more,
33229 the binary function @var{func} is reduced across the top @var{arg}
33230 stack elements; when the argument is negative, the function is
33231 mapped between the next-to-top @mathit{-@var{arg}} stack elements and the
33232 top element.
33233 @end defun
33234
33235 @defun calc-stack-size
33236 Return the number of elements on the stack as an integer. This count
33237 does not include elements that have been temporarily hidden by stack
33238 truncation; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
33239 @end defun
33240
33241 @defun calc-cursor-stack-index n
33242 Move the point to the @var{n}th stack entry. If @var{n} is zero, this
33243 will be the @samp{.} line. If @var{n} is from 1 to the current stack size,
33244 this will be the beginning of the first line of that stack entry's display.
33245 If line numbers are enabled, this will move to the first character of the
33246 line number, not the stack entry itself.
33247 @end defun
33248
33249 @defun calc-substack-height n
33250 Return the number of lines between the beginning of the @var{n}th stack
33251 entry and the bottom of the buffer. If @var{n} is zero, this
33252 will be one (assuming no stack truncation). If all stack entries are
33253 one line long (i.e., no matrices are displayed), the return value will
33254 be equal @var{n}+1 as long as @var{n} is in range. (Note that in Big
33255 mode, the return value includes the blank lines that separate stack
33256 entries.)
33257 @end defun
33258
33259 @defun calc-refresh
33260 Erase the @code{*Calculator*} buffer and reformat its contents from memory.
33261 This must be called after changing any parameter, such as the current
33262 display radix, which might change the appearance of existing stack
33263 entries. (During a keyboard macro invoked by the @kbd{X} key, refreshing
33264 is suppressed, but a flag is set so that the entire stack will be refreshed
33265 rather than just the top few elements when the macro finishes.)
33266 @end defun
33267
33268 @node Predicates, Computational Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Internals
33269 @subsubsection Predicates
33270
33271 @noindent
33272 The functions described here are predicates, that is, they return a
33273 true/false value where @code{nil} means false and anything else means
33274 true. These predicates are expanded by @code{defmath}, for example,
33275 from @code{zerop} to @code{math-zerop}. In many cases they correspond
33276 to native Lisp functions by the same name, but are extended to cover
33277 the full range of Calc data types.
33278
33279 @defun zerop x
33280 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically zero, in any of the Calc data
33281 types. (Note that for some types, such as error forms and intervals,
33282 it never makes sense to return true.) In @code{defmath}, the expression
33283 @samp{(= x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-zerop x)},
33284 and @samp{(/= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-zerop x))}.
33285 @end defun
33286
33287 @defun negp x
33288 Returns true if @var{x} is negative. This accepts negative real numbers
33289 of various types, negative HMS and date forms, and intervals in which
33290 all included values are negative. In @code{defmath}, the expression
33291 @samp{(< x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-negp x)},
33292 and @samp{(>= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-negp x))}.
33293 @end defun
33294
33295 @defun posp x
33296 Returns true if @var{x} is positive (and non-zero). For complex
33297 numbers, none of these three predicates will return true.
33298 @end defun
33299
33300 @defun looks-negp x
33301 Returns true if @var{x} is ``negative-looking.'' This returns true if
33302 @var{x} is a negative number, or a formula with a leading minus sign
33303 such as @samp{-a/b}. In other words, this is an object which can be
33304 made simpler by calling @code{(- @var{x})}.
33305 @end defun
33306
33307 @defun integerp x
33308 Returns true if @var{x} is an integer of any size.
33309 @end defun
33310
33311 @defun fixnump x
33312 Returns true if @var{x} is a native Lisp integer.
33313 @end defun
33314
33315 @defun natnump x
33316 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative integer of any size.
33317 @end defun
33318
33319 @defun fixnatnump x
33320 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative Lisp integer.
33321 @end defun
33322
33323 @defun num-integerp x
33324 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically an integer, i.e., either a
33325 true integer or a float with no significant digits to the right of
33326 the decimal point.
33327 @end defun
33328
33329 @defun messy-integerp x
33330 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically, but not literally, an integer.
33331 A value is @code{num-integerp} if it is @code{integerp} or
33332 @code{messy-integerp} (but it is never both at once).
33333 @end defun
33334
33335 @defun num-natnump x
33336 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically a nonnegative integer.
33337 @end defun
33338
33339 @defun evenp x
33340 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer.
33341 @end defun
33342
33343 @defun looks-evenp x
33344 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer, or a formula with a leading
33345 multiplicative coefficient which is an even integer.
33346 @end defun
33347
33348 @defun oddp x
33349 Returns true if @var{x} is an odd integer.
33350 @end defun
33351
33352 @defun ratp x
33353 Returns true if @var{x} is a rational number, i.e., an integer or a
33354 fraction.
33355 @end defun
33356
33357 @defun realp x
33358 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number, i.e., an integer, fraction,
33359 or floating-point number.
33360 @end defun
33361
33362 @defun anglep x
33363 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or HMS form.
33364 @end defun
33365
33366 @defun floatp x
33367 Returns true if @var{x} is a float, or a complex number, error form,
33368 interval, date form, or modulo form in which at least one component
33369 is a float.
33370 @end defun
33371
33372 @defun complexp x
33373 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular or polar complex number
33374 (but not a real number).
33375 @end defun
33376
33377 @defun rect-complexp x
33378 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular complex number.
33379 @end defun
33380
33381 @defun polar-complexp x
33382 Returns true if @var{x} is a polar complex number.
33383 @end defun
33384
33385 @defun numberp x
33386 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or a complex number.
33387 @end defun
33388
33389 @defun scalarp x
33390 Returns true if @var{x} is a real or complex number or an HMS form.
33391 @end defun
33392
33393 @defun vectorp x
33394 Returns true if @var{x} is a vector (this simply checks if its argument
33395 is a list whose first element is the symbol @code{vec}).
33396 @end defun
33397
33398 @defun numvecp x
33399 Returns true if @var{x} is a number or vector.
33400 @end defun
33401
33402 @defun matrixp x
33403 Returns true if @var{x} is a matrix, i.e., a vector of one or more vectors,
33404 all of the same size.
33405 @end defun
33406
33407 @defun square-matrixp x
33408 Returns true if @var{x} is a square matrix.
33409 @end defun
33410
33411 @defun objectp x
33412 Returns true if @var{x} is any numeric Calc object, including real and
33413 complex numbers, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
33414 modulo forms. (Note that error forms and intervals may include formulas
33415 as their components; see @code{constp} below.)
33416 @end defun
33417
33418 @defun objvecp x
33419 Returns true if @var{x} is an object or a vector. This also accepts
33420 incomplete objects, but it rejects variables and formulas (except as
33421 mentioned above for @code{objectp}).
33422 @end defun
33423
33424 @defun primp x
33425 Returns true if @var{x} is a ``primitive'' or ``atomic'' Calc object,
33426 i.e., one whose components cannot be regarded as sub-formulas. This
33427 includes variables, and all @code{objectp} types except error forms
33428 and intervals.
33429 @end defun
33430
33431 @defun constp x
33432 Returns true if @var{x} is constant, i.e., a real or complex number,
33433 HMS form, date form, or error form, interval, or vector all of whose
33434 components are @code{constp}.
33435 @end defun
33436
33437 @defun lessp x y
33438 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically less than @var{y}. Returns false
33439 if @var{x} is greater than or equal to @var{y}, or if the order is
33440 undefined or cannot be determined. Generally speaking, this works
33441 by checking whether @samp{@var{x} - @var{y}} is @code{negp}. In
33442 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(< x y)} will automatically be
33443 converted to @samp{(lessp x y)}; expressions involving @code{>}, @code{<=},
33444 and @code{>=} are similarly converted in terms of @code{lessp}.
33445 @end defun
33446
33447 @defun beforep x y
33448 Returns true if @var{x} comes before @var{y} in a canonical ordering
33449 of Calc objects. If @var{x} and @var{y} are both real numbers, this
33450 will be the same as @code{lessp}. But whereas @code{lessp} considers
33451 other types of objects to be unordered, @code{beforep} puts any two
33452 objects into a definite, consistent order. The @code{beforep}
33453 function is used by the @kbd{V S} vector-sorting command, and also
33454 by @kbd{a s} to put the terms of a product into canonical order:
33455 This allows @samp{x y + y x} to be simplified easily to @samp{2 x y}.
33456 @end defun
33457
33458 @defun equal x y
33459 This is the standard Lisp @code{equal} predicate; it returns true if
33460 @var{x} and @var{y} are structurally identical. This is the usual way
33461 to compare numbers for equality, but note that @code{equal} will treat
33462 0 and 0.0 as different.
33463 @end defun
33464
33465 @defun math-equal x y
33466 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y} are numerically equal, either because
33467 they are @code{equal}, or because their difference is @code{zerop}. In
33468 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(= x y)} will automatically be
33469 converted to @samp{(math-equal x y)}.
33470 @end defun
33471
33472 @defun equal-int x n
33473 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{n} are numerically equal, where @var{n}
33474 is a fixnum which is not a multiple of 10. This will automatically be
33475 used by @code{defmath} in place of the more general @code{math-equal}
33476 whenever possible.
33477 @end defun
33478
33479 @defun nearly-equal x y
33480 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y}, as floating-point numbers, are
33481 equal except possibly in the last decimal place. For example,
33482 314.159 and 314.166 are considered nearly equal if the current
33483 precision is 6 (since they differ by 7 units), but not if the current
33484 precision is 7 (since they differ by 70 units). Most functions which
33485 use series expansions use @code{with-extra-prec} to evaluate the
33486 series with 2 extra digits of precision, then use @code{nearly-equal}
33487 to decide when the series has converged; this guards against cumulative
33488 error in the series evaluation without doing extra work which would be
33489 lost when the result is rounded back down to the current precision.
33490 In @code{defmath}, this can be written @samp{(~= @var{x} @var{y})}.
33491 The @var{x} and @var{y} can be numbers of any kind, including complex.
33492 @end defun
33493
33494 @defun nearly-zerop x y
33495 Returns true if @var{x} is nearly zero, compared to @var{y}. This
33496 checks whether @var{x} plus @var{y} would by be @code{nearly-equal}
33497 to @var{y} itself, to within the current precision, in other words,
33498 if adding @var{x} to @var{y} would have a negligible effect on @var{y}
33499 due to roundoff error. @var{X} may be a real or complex number, but
33500 @var{y} must be real.
33501 @end defun
33502
33503 @defun is-true x
33504 Return true if the formula @var{x} represents a true value in
33505 Calc, not Lisp, terms. It tests if @var{x} is a non-zero number
33506 or a provably non-zero formula.
33507 @end defun
33508
33509 @defun reject-arg val pred
33510 Abort the current function evaluation due to unacceptable argument values.
33511 This calls @samp{(calc-record-why @var{pred} @var{val})}, then signals a
33512 Lisp error which @code{normalize} will trap. The net effect is that the
33513 function call which led here will be left in symbolic form.
33514 @end defun
33515
33516 @defun inexact-value
33517 If Symbolic mode is enabled, this will signal an error that causes
33518 @code{normalize} to leave the formula in symbolic form, with the message
33519 ``Inexact result.'' (This function has no effect when not in Symbolic mode.)
33520 Note that if your function calls @samp{(sin 5)} in Symbolic mode, the
33521 @code{sin} function will call @code{inexact-value}, which will cause your
33522 function to be left unsimplified. You may instead wish to call
33523 @samp{(normalize (list 'calcFunc-sin 5))}, which in Symbolic mode will
33524 return the formula @samp{sin(5)} to your function.
33525 @end defun
33526
33527 @defun overflow
33528 This signals an error that will be reported as a floating-point overflow.
33529 @end defun
33530
33531 @defun underflow
33532 This signals a floating-point underflow.
33533 @end defun
33534
33535 @node Computational Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Predicates, Internals
33536 @subsubsection Computational Functions
33537
33538 @noindent
33539 The functions described here do the actual computational work of the
33540 Calculator. In addition to these, note that any function described in
33541 the main body of this manual may be called from Lisp; for example, if
33542 the documentation refers to the @code{calc-sqrt} [@code{sqrt}] command,
33543 this means @code{calc-sqrt} is an interactive stack-based square-root
33544 command and @code{sqrt} (which @code{defmath} expands to @code{calcFunc-sqrt})
33545 is the actual Lisp function for taking square roots.
33546
33547 The functions @code{math-add}, @code{math-sub}, @code{math-mul},
33548 @code{math-div}, @code{math-mod}, and @code{math-neg} are not included
33549 in this list, since @code{defmath} allows you to write native Lisp
33550 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, and unary @code{-},
33551 respectively, instead.
33552
33553 @defun normalize val
33554 (Full form: @code{math-normalize}.)
33555 Reduce the value @var{val} to standard form. For example, if @var{val}
33556 is a fixnum, it will be converted to a bignum if it is too large, and
33557 if @var{val} is a bignum it will be normalized by clipping off trailing
33558 (i.e., most-significant) zero digits and converting to a fixnum if it is
33559 small. All the various data types are similarly converted to their standard
33560 forms. Variables are left alone, but function calls are actually evaluated
33561 in formulas. For example, normalizing @samp{(+ 2 (calcFunc-abs -4))} will
33562 return 6.
33563
33564 If a function call fails, because the function is void or has the wrong
33565 number of parameters, or because it returns @code{nil} or calls
33566 @code{reject-arg} or @code{inexact-result}, @code{normalize} returns
33567 the formula still in symbolic form.
33568
33569 If the current simplification mode is ``none'' or ``numeric arguments
33570 only,'' @code{normalize} will act appropriately. However, the more
33571 powerful simplification modes (like Algebraic Simplification) are
33572 not handled by @code{normalize}. They are handled by @code{calc-normalize},
33573 which calls @code{normalize} and possibly some other routines, such
33574 as @code{simplify} or @code{simplify-units}. Programs generally will
33575 never call @code{calc-normalize} except when popping or pushing values
33576 on the stack.
33577 @end defun
33578
33579 @defun evaluate-expr expr
33580 Replace all variables in @var{expr} that have values with their values,
33581 then use @code{normalize} to simplify the result. This is what happens
33582 when you press the @kbd{=} key interactively.
33583 @end defun
33584
33585 @defmac with-extra-prec n body
33586 Evaluate the Lisp forms in @var{body} with precision increased by @var{n}
33587 digits. This is a macro which expands to
33588
33589 @smallexample
33590 (math-normalize
33591 (let ((calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec @var{n})))
33592 @var{body}))
33593 @end smallexample
33594
33595 The surrounding call to @code{math-normalize} causes a floating-point
33596 result to be rounded down to the original precision afterwards. This
33597 is important because some arithmetic operations assume a number's
33598 mantissa contains no more digits than the current precision allows.
33599 @end defmac
33600
33601 @defun make-frac n d
33602 Build a fraction @samp{@var{n}:@var{d}}. This is equivalent to calling
33603 @samp{(normalize (list 'frac @var{n} @var{d}))}, but more efficient.
33604 @end defun
33605
33606 @defun make-float mant exp
33607 Build a floating-point value out of @var{mant} and @var{exp}, both
33608 of which are arbitrary integers. This function will return a
33609 properly normalized float value, or signal an overflow or underflow
33610 if @var{exp} is out of range.
33611 @end defun
33612
33613 @defun make-sdev x sigma
33614 Build an error form out of @var{x} and the absolute value of @var{sigma}.
33615 If @var{sigma} is zero, the result is the number @var{x} directly.
33616 If @var{sigma} is negative or complex, its absolute value is used.
33617 If @var{x} or @var{sigma} is not a valid type of object for use in
33618 error forms, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
33619 @end defun
33620
33621 @defun make-intv mask lo hi
33622 Build an interval form out of @var{mask} (which is assumed to be an
33623 integer from 0 to 3), and the limits @var{lo} and @var{hi}. If
33624 @var{lo} is greater than @var{hi}, an empty interval form is returned.
33625 This calls @code{reject-arg} if @var{lo} or @var{hi} is unsuitable.
33626 @end defun
33627
33628 @defun sort-intv mask lo hi
33629 Build an interval form, similar to @code{make-intv}, except that if
33630 @var{lo} is less than @var{hi} they are simply exchanged, and the
33631 bits of @var{mask} are swapped accordingly.
33632 @end defun
33633
33634 @defun make-mod n m
33635 Build a modulo form out of @var{n} and the modulus @var{m}. Since modulo
33636 forms do not allow formulas as their components, if @var{n} or @var{m}
33637 is not a real number or HMS form the result will be a formula which
33638 is a call to @code{makemod}, the algebraic version of this function.
33639 @end defun
33640
33641 @defun float x
33642 Convert @var{x} to floating-point form. Integers and fractions are
33643 converted to numerically equivalent floats; components of complex
33644 numbers, vectors, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
33645 modulo forms are recursively floated. If the argument is a variable
33646 or formula, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
33647 @end defun
33648
33649 @defun compare x y
33650 Compare the numbers @var{x} and @var{y}, and return @mathit{-1} if
33651 @samp{(lessp @var{x} @var{y})}, 1 if @samp{(lessp @var{y} @var{x})},
33652 0 if @samp{(math-equal @var{x} @var{y})}, or 2 if the order is
33653 undefined or cannot be determined.
33654 @end defun
33655
33656 @defun numdigs n
33657 Return the number of digits of integer @var{n}, effectively
33658 @samp{ceil(log10(@var{n}))}, but much more efficient. Zero is
33659 considered to have zero digits.
33660 @end defun
33661
33662 @defun scale-int x n
33663 Shift integer @var{x} left @var{n} decimal digits, or right @mathit{-@var{n}}
33664 digits with truncation toward zero.
33665 @end defun
33666
33667 @defun scale-rounding x n
33668 Like @code{scale-int}, except that a right shift rounds to the nearest
33669 integer rather than truncating.
33670 @end defun
33671
33672 @defun fixnum n
33673 Return the integer @var{n} as a fixnum, i.e., a native Lisp integer.
33674 If @var{n} is outside the permissible range for Lisp integers (usually
33675 24 binary bits) the result is undefined.
33676 @end defun
33677
33678 @defun sqr x
33679 Compute the square of @var{x}; short for @samp{(* @var{x} @var{x})}.
33680 @end defun
33681
33682 @defun quotient x y
33683 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return an integer quotient
33684 and discard the remainder. If @var{x} or @var{y} is negative, the
33685 direction of rounding is undefined.
33686 @end defun
33687
33688 @defun idiv x y
33689 Perform an integer division; if @var{x} and @var{y} are both nonnegative
33690 integers, this uses the @code{quotient} function, otherwise it computes
33691 @samp{floor(@var{x}/@var{y})}. Thus the result is well-defined but
33692 slower than for @code{quotient}.
33693 @end defun
33694
33695 @defun imod x y
33696 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return the integer remainder
33697 and discard the quotient. Like @code{quotient}, this works only for
33698 integer arguments and is not well-defined for negative arguments.
33699 For a more well-defined result, use @samp{(% @var{x} @var{y})}.
33700 @end defun
33701
33702 @defun idivmod x y
33703 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return a cons cell whose
33704 @code{car} is @samp{(quotient @var{x} @var{y})} and whose @code{cdr}
33705 is @samp{(imod @var{x} @var{y})}.
33706 @end defun
33707
33708 @defun pow x y
33709 Compute @var{x} to the power @var{y}. In @code{defmath} code, this can
33710 also be written @samp{(^ @var{x} @var{y})} or
33711 @w{@samp{(expt @var{x} @var{y})}}.
33712 @end defun
33713
33714 @defun abs-approx x
33715 Compute a fast approximation to the absolute value of @var{x}. For
33716 example, for a rectangular complex number the result is the sum of
33717 the absolute values of the components.
33718 @end defun
33719
33720 @findex e
33721 @findex gamma-const
33722 @findex ln-2
33723 @findex ln-10
33724 @findex phi
33725 @findex pi-over-2
33726 @findex pi-over-4
33727 @findex pi-over-180
33728 @findex sqrt-two-pi
33729 @findex sqrt-e
33730 @findex two-pi
33731 @defun pi
33732 The function @samp{(pi)} computes @samp{pi} to the current precision.
33733 Other related constant-generating functions are @code{two-pi},
33734 @code{pi-over-2}, @code{pi-over-4}, @code{pi-over-180}, @code{sqrt-two-pi},
33735 @code{e}, @code{sqrt-e}, @code{ln-2}, @code{ln-10}, @code{phi} and
33736 @code{gamma-const}. Each function returns a floating-point value in the
33737 current precision, and each uses caching so that all calls after the
33738 first are essentially free.
33739 @end defun
33740
33741 @defmac math-defcache @var{func} @var{initial} @var{form}
33742 This macro, usually used as a top-level call like @code{defun} or
33743 @code{defvar}, defines a new cached constant analogous to @code{pi}, etc.
33744 It defines a function @code{func} which returns the requested value;
33745 if @var{initial} is non-@code{nil} it must be a @samp{(float @dots{})}
33746 form which serves as an initial value for the cache. If @var{func}
33747 is called when the cache is empty or does not have enough digits to
33748 satisfy the current precision, the Lisp expression @var{form} is evaluated
33749 with the current precision increased by four, and the result minus its
33750 two least significant digits is stored in the cache. For example,
33751 calling @samp{(pi)} with a precision of 30 computes @samp{pi} to 34
33752 digits, rounds it down to 32 digits for future use, then rounds it
33753 again to 30 digits for use in the present request.
33754 @end defmac
33755
33756 @findex half-circle
33757 @findex quarter-circle
33758 @defun full-circle symb
33759 If the current angular mode is Degrees or HMS, this function returns the
33760 integer 360. In Radians mode, this function returns either the
33761 corresponding value in radians to the current precision, or the formula
33762 @samp{2*pi}, depending on the Symbolic mode. There are also similar
33763 function @code{half-circle} and @code{quarter-circle}.
33764 @end defun
33765
33766 @defun power-of-2 n
33767 Compute two to the integer power @var{n}, as a (potentially very large)
33768 integer. Powers of two are cached, so only the first call for a
33769 particular @var{n} is expensive.
33770 @end defun
33771
33772 @defun integer-log2 n
33773 Compute the base-2 logarithm of @var{n}, which must be an integer which
33774 is a power of two. If @var{n} is not a power of two, this function will
33775 return @code{nil}.
33776 @end defun
33777
33778 @defun div-mod a b m
33779 Divide @var{a} by @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. This returns @code{nil} if
33780 there is no solution, or if any of the arguments are not integers.
33781 @end defun
33782
33783 @defun pow-mod a b m
33784 Compute @var{a} to the power @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. If @var{a},
33785 @var{b}, and @var{m} are integers, this uses an especially efficient
33786 algorithm. Otherwise, it simply computes @samp{(% (^ a b) m)}.
33787 @end defun
33788
33789 @defun isqrt n
33790 Compute the integer square root of @var{n}. This is the square root
33791 of @var{n} rounded down toward zero, i.e., @samp{floor(sqrt(@var{n}))}.
33792 If @var{n} is itself an integer, the computation is especially efficient.
33793 @end defun
33794
33795 @defun to-hms a ang
33796 Convert the argument @var{a} into an HMS form. If @var{ang} is specified,
33797 it is the angular mode in which to interpret @var{a}, either @code{deg}
33798 or @code{rad}. Otherwise, the current angular mode is used. If @var{a}
33799 is already an HMS form it is returned as-is.
33800 @end defun
33801
33802 @defun from-hms a ang
33803 Convert the HMS form @var{a} into a real number. If @var{ang} is specified,
33804 it is the angular mode in which to express the result, otherwise the
33805 current angular mode is used. If @var{a} is already a real number, it
33806 is returned as-is.
33807 @end defun
33808
33809 @defun to-radians a
33810 Convert the number or HMS form @var{a} to radians from the current
33811 angular mode.
33812 @end defun
33813
33814 @defun from-radians a
33815 Convert the number @var{a} from radians to the current angular mode.
33816 If @var{a} is a formula, this returns the formula @samp{deg(@var{a})}.
33817 @end defun
33818
33819 @defun to-radians-2 a
33820 Like @code{to-radians}, except that in Symbolic mode a degrees to
33821 radians conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*pi/180}.
33822 @end defun
33823
33824 @defun from-radians-2 a
33825 Like @code{from-radians}, except that in Symbolic mode a radians to
33826 degrees conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*180/pi}.
33827 @end defun
33828
33829 @defun random-digit
33830 Produce a random base-1000 digit in the range 0 to 999.
33831 @end defun
33832
33833 @defun random-digits n
33834 Produce a random @var{n}-digit integer; this will be an integer
33835 in the interval @samp{[0, 10^@var{n})}.
33836 @end defun
33837
33838 @defun random-float
33839 Produce a random float in the interval @samp{[0, 1)}.
33840 @end defun
33841
33842 @defun prime-test n iters
33843 Determine whether the integer @var{n} is prime. Return a list which has
33844 one of these forms: @samp{(nil @var{f})} means the number is non-prime
33845 because it was found to be divisible by @var{f}; @samp{(nil)} means it
33846 was found to be non-prime by table look-up (so no factors are known);
33847 @samp{(nil unknown)} means it is definitely non-prime but no factors
33848 are known because @var{n} was large enough that Fermat's probabilistic
33849 test had to be used; @samp{(t)} means the number is definitely prime;
33850 and @samp{(maybe @var{i} @var{p})} means that Fermat's test, after @var{i}
33851 iterations, is @var{p} percent sure that the number is prime. The
33852 @var{iters} parameter is the number of Fermat iterations to use, in the
33853 case that this is necessary. If @code{prime-test} returns ``maybe,''
33854 you can call it again with the same @var{n} to get a greater certainty;
33855 @code{prime-test} remembers where it left off.
33856 @end defun
33857
33858 @defun to-simple-fraction f
33859 If @var{f} is a floating-point number which can be represented exactly
33860 as a small rational number. return that number, else return @var{f}.
33861 For example, 0.75 would be converted to 3:4. This function is very
33862 fast.
33863 @end defun
33864
33865 @defun to-fraction f tol
33866 Find a rational approximation to floating-point number @var{f} to within
33867 a specified tolerance @var{tol}; this corresponds to the algebraic
33868 function @code{frac}, and can be rather slow.
33869 @end defun
33870
33871 @defun quarter-integer n
33872 If @var{n} is an integer or integer-valued float, this function
33873 returns zero. If @var{n} is a half-integer (i.e., an integer plus
33874 @mathit{1:2} or 0.5), it returns 2. If @var{n} is a quarter-integer,
33875 it returns 1 or 3. If @var{n} is anything else, this function
33876 returns @code{nil}.
33877 @end defun
33878
33879 @node Vector Lisp Functions, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Computational Lisp Functions, Internals
33880 @subsubsection Vector Functions
33881
33882 @noindent
33883 The functions described here perform various operations on vectors and
33884 matrices.
33885
33886 @defun math-concat x y
33887 Do a vector concatenation; this operation is written @samp{@var{x} | @var{y}}
33888 in a symbolic formula. @xref{Building Vectors}.
33889 @end defun
33890
33891 @defun vec-length v
33892 Return the length of vector @var{v}. If @var{v} is not a vector, the
33893 result is zero. If @var{v} is a matrix, this returns the number of
33894 rows in the matrix.
33895 @end defun
33896
33897 @defun mat-dimens m
33898 Determine the dimensions of vector or matrix @var{m}. If @var{m} is not
33899 a vector, the result is an empty list. If @var{m} is a plain vector
33900 but not a matrix, the result is a one-element list containing the length
33901 of the vector. If @var{m} is a matrix with @var{r} rows and @var{c} columns,
33902 the result is the list @samp{(@var{r} @var{c})}. Higher-order tensors
33903 produce lists of more than two dimensions. Note that the object
33904 @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} is a vector of vectors not all the same size,
33905 and is treated by this and other Calc routines as a plain vector of two
33906 elements.
33907 @end defun
33908
33909 @defun dimension-error
33910 Abort the current function with a message of ``Dimension error.''
33911 The Calculator will leave the function being evaluated in symbolic
33912 form; this is really just a special case of @code{reject-arg}.
33913 @end defun
33914
33915 @defun build-vector args
33916 Return a Calc vector with @var{args} as elements.
33917 For example, @samp{(build-vector 1 2 3)} returns the Calc vector
33918 @samp{[1, 2, 3]}, stored internally as the list @samp{(vec 1 2 3)}.
33919 @end defun
33920
33921 @defun make-vec obj dims
33922 Return a Calc vector or matrix all of whose elements are equal to
33923 @var{obj}. For example, @samp{(make-vec 27 3 4)} returns a 3x4 matrix
33924 filled with 27's.
33925 @end defun
33926
33927 @defun row-matrix v
33928 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a row matrix, i.e.,
33929 a matrix whose single row is @var{v}. If @var{v} is already a matrix,
33930 leave it alone.
33931 @end defun
33932
33933 @defun col-matrix v
33934 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a column matrix, i.e., a
33935 matrix with each element of @var{v} as a separate row. If @var{v} is
33936 already a matrix, leave it alone.
33937 @end defun
33938
33939 @defun map-vec f v
33940 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the Calc vector @var{v}. For example,
33941 @samp{(map-vec 'math-floor v)} returns a vector of the floored components
33942 of vector @var{v}.
33943 @end defun
33944
33945 @defun map-vec-2 f a b
33946 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the two vectors @var{a} and @var{b}.
33947 If @var{a} and @var{b} are vectors of equal length, the result is a
33948 vector of the results of calling @samp{(@var{f} @var{ai} @var{bi})}
33949 for each pair of elements @var{ai} and @var{bi}. If either @var{a} or
33950 @var{b} is a scalar, it is matched with each value of the other vector.
33951 For example, @samp{(map-vec-2 'math-add v 1)} returns the vector @var{v}
33952 with each element increased by one. Note that using @samp{'+} would not
33953 work here, since @code{defmath} does not expand function names everywhere,
33954 just where they are in the function position of a Lisp expression.
33955 @end defun
33956
33957 @defun reduce-vec f v
33958 Reduce the function @var{f} over the vector @var{v}. For example, if
33959 @var{v} is @samp{[10, 20, 30, 40]}, this calls @samp{(f (f (f 10 20) 30) 40)}.
33960 If @var{v} is a matrix, this reduces over the rows of @var{v}.
33961 @end defun
33962
33963 @defun reduce-cols f m
33964 Reduce the function @var{f} over the columns of matrix @var{m}. For
33965 example, if @var{m} is @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4], [5, 6]]}, the result
33966 is a vector of the two elements @samp{(f (f 1 3) 5)} and @samp{(f (f 2 4) 6)}.
33967 @end defun
33968
33969 @defun mat-row m n
33970 Return the @var{n}th row of matrix @var{m}. This is equivalent to
33971 @samp{(elt m n)}. For a slower but safer version, use @code{mrow}.
33972 (@xref{Extracting Elements}.)
33973 @end defun
33974
33975 @defun mat-col m n
33976 Return the @var{n}th column of matrix @var{m}, in the form of a vector.
33977 The arguments are not checked for correctness.
33978 @end defun
33979
33980 @defun mat-less-row m n
33981 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th row deleted. The
33982 number @var{n} must be in range from 1 to the number of rows in @var{m}.
33983 @end defun
33984
33985 @defun mat-less-col m n
33986 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th column deleted.
33987 @end defun
33988
33989 @defun transpose m
33990 Return the transpose of matrix @var{m}.
33991 @end defun
33992
33993 @defun flatten-vector v
33994 Flatten nested vector @var{v} into a vector of scalars. For example,
33995 if @var{v} is @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} the result is @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
33996 @end defun
33997
33998 @defun copy-matrix m
33999 If @var{m} is a matrix, return a copy of @var{m}. This maps
34000 @code{copy-sequence} over the rows of @var{m}; in Lisp terms, each
34001 element of the result matrix will be @code{eq} to the corresponding
34002 element of @var{m}, but none of the @code{cons} cells that make up
34003 the structure of the matrix will be @code{eq}. If @var{m} is a plain
34004 vector, this is the same as @code{copy-sequence}.
34005 @end defun
34006
34007 @defun swap-rows m r1 r2
34008 Exchange rows @var{r1} and @var{r2} of matrix @var{m} in-place. In
34009 other words, unlike most of the other functions described here, this
34010 function changes @var{m} itself rather than building up a new result
34011 matrix. The return value is @var{m}, i.e., @samp{(eq (swap-rows m 1 2) m)}
34012 is true, with the side effect of exchanging the first two rows of
34013 @var{m}.
34014 @end defun
34015
34016 @node Symbolic Lisp Functions, Formatting Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Internals
34017 @subsubsection Symbolic Functions
34018
34019 @noindent
34020 The functions described here operate on symbolic formulas in the
34021 Calculator.
34022
34023 @defun calc-prepare-selection num
34024 Prepare a stack entry for selection operations. If @var{num} is
34025 omitted, the stack entry containing the cursor is used; otherwise,
34026 it is the number of the stack entry to use. This function stores
34027 useful information about the current stack entry into a set of
34028 variables. @code{calc-selection-cache-num} contains the number of
34029 the stack entry involved (equal to @var{num} if you specified it);
34030 @code{calc-selection-cache-entry} contains the stack entry as a
34031 list (such as @code{calc-top-list} would return with @code{entry}
34032 as the selection mode); and @code{calc-selection-cache-comp} contains
34033 a special ``tagged'' composition (@pxref{Formatting Lisp Functions})
34034 which allows Calc to relate cursor positions in the buffer with
34035 their corresponding sub-formulas.
34036
34037 A slight complication arises in the selection mechanism because
34038 formulas may contain small integers. For example, in the vector
34039 @samp{[1, 2, 1]} the first and last elements are @code{eq} to each
34040 other; selections are recorded as the actual Lisp object that
34041 appears somewhere in the tree of the whole formula, but storing
34042 @code{1} would falsely select both @code{1}'s in the vector. So
34043 @code{calc-prepare-selection} also checks the stack entry and
34044 replaces any plain integers with ``complex number'' lists of the form
34045 @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)}. This list will be displayed the same as a
34046 plain @var{n} and the change will be completely invisible to the
34047 user, but it will guarantee that no two sub-formulas of the stack
34048 entry will be @code{eq} to each other. Next time the stack entry
34049 is involved in a computation, @code{calc-normalize} will replace
34050 these lists with plain numbers again, again invisibly to the user.
34051 @end defun
34052
34053 @defun calc-encase-atoms x
34054 This modifies the formula @var{x} to ensure that each part of the
34055 formula is a unique atom, using the @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)} trick
34056 described above. This function may use @code{setcar} to modify
34057 the formula in-place.
34058 @end defun
34059
34060 @defun calc-find-selected-part
34061 Find the smallest sub-formula of the current formula that contains
34062 the cursor. This assumes @code{calc-prepare-selection} has been
34063 called already. If the cursor is not actually on any part of the
34064 formula, this returns @code{nil}.
34065 @end defun
34066
34067 @defun calc-change-current-selection selection
34068 Change the currently prepared stack element's selection to
34069 @var{selection}, which should be @code{eq} to some sub-formula
34070 of the stack element, or @code{nil} to unselect the formula.
34071 The stack element's appearance in the Calc buffer is adjusted
34072 to reflect the new selection.
34073 @end defun
34074
34075 @defun calc-find-nth-part expr n
34076 Return the @var{n}th sub-formula of @var{expr}. This function is used
34077 by the selection commands, and (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) treats
34078 sums and products as flat many-element formulas. Thus if @var{expr}
34079 is @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, calling @code{calc-find-nth-part} with
34080 @var{n} equal to four will return @samp{d}.
34081 @end defun
34082
34083 @defun calc-find-parent-formula expr part
34084 Return the sub-formula of @var{expr} which immediately contains
34085 @var{part}. If @var{expr} is @samp{a*b + (c+1)*d} and @var{part}
34086 is @code{eq} to the @samp{c+1} term of @var{expr}, then this function
34087 will return @samp{(c+1)*d}. If @var{part} turns out not to be a
34088 sub-formula of @var{expr}, the function returns @code{nil}. If
34089 @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, the function returns @code{t}.
34090 This function does not take associativity into account.
34091 @end defun
34092
34093 @defun calc-find-assoc-parent-formula expr part
34094 This is the same as @code{calc-find-parent-formula}, except that
34095 (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) it continues widening the selection
34096 to contain a complete level of the formula. Given @samp{a} from
34097 @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, @code{calc-find-parent-formula} will
34098 return @samp{a + b} but @code{calc-find-assoc-parent-formula} will
34099 return the whole expression.
34100 @end defun
34101
34102 @defun calc-grow-assoc-formula expr part
34103 This expands sub-formula @var{part} of @var{expr} to encompass a
34104 complete level of the formula. If @var{part} and its immediate
34105 parent are not compatible associative operators, or if @kbd{j b}
34106 has been used, this simply returns @var{part}.
34107 @end defun
34108
34109 @defun calc-find-sub-formula expr part
34110 This finds the immediate sub-formula of @var{expr} which contains
34111 @var{part}. It returns an index @var{n} such that
34112 @samp{(calc-find-nth-part @var{expr} @var{n})} would return @var{part}.
34113 If @var{part} is not a sub-formula of @var{expr}, it returns @code{nil}.
34114 If @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, it returns @code{t}. This
34115 function does not take associativity into account.
34116 @end defun
34117
34118 @defun calc-replace-sub-formula expr old new
34119 This function returns a copy of formula @var{expr}, with the
34120 sub-formula that is @code{eq} to @var{old} replaced by @var{new}.
34121 @end defun
34122
34123 @defun simplify expr
34124 Simplify the expression @var{expr} by applying various algebraic rules.
34125 This is what the @w{@kbd{a s}} (@code{calc-simplify}) command uses. This
34126 always returns a copy of the expression; the structure @var{expr} points
34127 to remains unchanged in memory.
34128
34129 More precisely, here is what @code{simplify} does: The expression is
34130 first normalized and evaluated by calling @code{normalize}. If any
34131 @code{AlgSimpRules} have been defined, they are then applied. Then
34132 the expression is traversed in a depth-first, bottom-up fashion; at
34133 each level, any simplifications that can be made are made until no
34134 further changes are possible. Once the entire formula has been
34135 traversed in this way, it is compared with the original formula (from
34136 before the call to @code{normalize}) and, if it has changed,
34137 the entire procedure is repeated (starting with @code{normalize})
34138 until no further changes occur. Usually only two iterations are
34139 needed:@: one to simplify the formula, and another to verify that no
34140 further simplifications were possible.
34141 @end defun
34142
34143 @defun simplify-extended expr
34144 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, with additional rules enabled that
34145 help do a more thorough job, while not being entirely ``safe'' in all
34146 circumstances. (For example, this mode will simplify @samp{sqrt(x^2)}
34147 to @samp{x}, which is only valid when @var{x} is positive.) This is
34148 implemented by temporarily binding the variable @code{math-living-dangerously}
34149 to @code{t} (using a @code{let} form) and calling @code{simplify}.
34150 Dangerous simplification rules are written to check this variable
34151 before taking any action.
34152 @end defun
34153
34154 @defun simplify-units expr
34155 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, treating variable names as units
34156 whenever possible. This works by binding the variable
34157 @code{math-simplifying-units} to @code{t} while calling @code{simplify}.
34158 @end defun
34159
34160 @defmac math-defsimplify funcs body
34161 Register a new simplification rule; this is normally called as a top-level
34162 form, like @code{defun} or @code{defmath}. If @var{funcs} is a symbol
34163 (like @code{+} or @code{calcFunc-sqrt}), this simplification rule is
34164 applied to the formulas which are calls to the specified function. Or,
34165 @var{funcs} can be a list of such symbols; the rule applies to all
34166 functions on the list. The @var{body} is written like the body of a
34167 function with a single argument called @code{expr}. The body will be
34168 executed with @code{expr} bound to a formula which is a call to one of
34169 the functions @var{funcs}. If the function body returns @code{nil}, or
34170 if it returns a result @code{equal} to the original @code{expr}, it is
34171 ignored and Calc goes on to try the next simplification rule that applies.
34172 If the function body returns something different, that new formula is
34173 substituted for @var{expr} in the original formula.
34174
34175 At each point in the formula, rules are tried in the order of the
34176 original calls to @code{math-defsimplify}; the search stops after the
34177 first rule that makes a change. Thus later rules for that same
34178 function will not have a chance to trigger until the next iteration
34179 of the main @code{simplify} loop.
34180
34181 Note that, since @code{defmath} is not being used here, @var{body} must
34182 be written in true Lisp code without the conveniences that @code{defmath}
34183 provides. If you prefer, you can have @var{body} simply call another
34184 function (defined with @code{defmath}) which does the real work.
34185
34186 The arguments of a function call will already have been simplified
34187 before any rules for the call itself are invoked. Since a new argument
34188 list is consed up when this happens, this means that the rule's body is
34189 allowed to rearrange the function's arguments destructively if that is
34190 convenient. Here is a typical example of a simplification rule:
34191
34192 @smallexample
34193 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-arcsinh
34194 (or (and (math-looks-negp (nth 1 expr))
34195 (math-neg (list 'calcFunc-arcsinh
34196 (math-neg (nth 1 expr)))))
34197 (and (eq (car-safe (nth 1 expr)) 'calcFunc-sinh)
34198 (or math-living-dangerously
34199 (math-known-realp (nth 1 (nth 1 expr))))
34200 (nth 1 (nth 1 expr)))))
34201 @end smallexample
34202
34203 This is really a pair of rules written with one @code{math-defsimplify}
34204 for convenience; the first replaces @samp{arcsinh(-x)} with
34205 @samp{-arcsinh(x)}, and the second, which is safe only for real @samp{x},
34206 replaces @samp{arcsinh(sinh(x))} with @samp{x}.
34207 @end defmac
34208
34209 @defun common-constant-factor expr
34210 Check @var{expr} to see if it is a sum of terms all multiplied by the
34211 same rational value. If so, return this value. If not, return @code{nil}.
34212 For example, if called on @samp{6x + 9y + 12z}, it would return 3, since
34213 3 is a common factor of all the terms.
34214 @end defun
34215
34216 @defun cancel-common-factor expr factor
34217 Assuming @var{expr} is a sum with @var{factor} as a common factor,
34218 divide each term of the sum by @var{factor}. This is done by
34219 destructively modifying parts of @var{expr}, on the assumption that
34220 it is being used by a simplification rule (where such things are
34221 allowed; see above). For example, consider this built-in rule for
34222 square roots:
34223
34224 @smallexample
34225 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-sqrt
34226 (let ((fac (math-common-constant-factor (nth 1 expr))))
34227 (and fac (not (eq fac 1))
34228 (math-mul (math-normalize (list 'calcFunc-sqrt fac))
34229 (math-normalize
34230 (list 'calcFunc-sqrt
34231 (math-cancel-common-factor
34232 (nth 1 expr) fac)))))))
34233 @end smallexample
34234 @end defun
34235
34236 @defun frac-gcd a b
34237 Compute a ``rational GCD'' of @var{a} and @var{b}, which must both be
34238 rational numbers. This is the fraction composed of the GCD of the
34239 numerators of @var{a} and @var{b}, over the GCD of the denominators.
34240 It is used by @code{common-constant-factor}. Note that the standard
34241 @code{gcd} function uses the LCM to combine the denominators.
34242 @end defun
34243
34244 @defun map-tree func expr many
34245 Try applying Lisp function @var{func} to various sub-expressions of
34246 @var{expr}. Initially, call @var{func} with @var{expr} itself as an
34247 argument. If this returns an expression which is not @code{equal} to
34248 @var{expr}, apply @var{func} again until eventually it does return
34249 @var{expr} with no changes. Then, if @var{expr} is a function call,
34250 recursively apply @var{func} to each of the arguments. This keeps going
34251 until no changes occur anywhere in the expression; this final expression
34252 is returned by @code{map-tree}. Note that, unlike simplification rules,
34253 @var{func} functions may @emph{not} make destructive changes to
34254 @var{expr}. If a third argument @var{many} is provided, it is an
34255 integer which says how many times @var{func} may be applied; the
34256 default, as described above, is infinitely many times.
34257 @end defun
34258
34259 @defun compile-rewrites rules
34260 Compile the rewrite rule set specified by @var{rules}, which should
34261 be a formula that is either a vector or a variable name. If the latter,
34262 the compiled rules are saved so that later @code{compile-rules} calls
34263 for that same variable can return immediately. If there are problems
34264 with the rules, this function calls @code{error} with a suitable
34265 message.
34266 @end defun
34267
34268 @defun apply-rewrites expr crules heads
34269 Apply the compiled rewrite rule set @var{crules} to the expression
34270 @var{expr}. This will make only one rewrite and only checks at the
34271 top level of the expression. The result @code{nil} if no rules
34272 matched, or if the only rules that matched did not actually change
34273 the expression. The @var{heads} argument is optional; if is given,
34274 it should be a list of all function names that (may) appear in
34275 @var{expr}. The rewrite compiler tags each rule with the
34276 rarest-looking function name in the rule; if you specify @var{heads},
34277 @code{apply-rewrites} can use this information to narrow its search
34278 down to just a few rules in the rule set.
34279 @end defun
34280
34281 @defun rewrite-heads expr
34282 Compute a @var{heads} list for @var{expr} suitable for use with
34283 @code{apply-rewrites}, as discussed above.
34284 @end defun
34285
34286 @defun rewrite expr rules many
34287 This is an all-in-one rewrite function. It compiles the rule set
34288 specified by @var{rules}, then uses @code{map-tree} to apply the
34289 rules throughout @var{expr} up to @var{many} (default infinity)
34290 times.
34291 @end defun
34292
34293 @defun match-patterns pat vec not-flag
34294 Given a Calc vector @var{vec} and an uncompiled pattern set or
34295 pattern set variable @var{pat}, this function returns a new vector
34296 of all elements of @var{vec} which do (or don't, if @var{not-flag} is
34297 non-@code{nil}) match any of the patterns in @var{pat}.
34298 @end defun
34299
34300 @defun deriv expr var value symb
34301 Compute the derivative of @var{expr} with respect to variable @var{var}
34302 (which may actually be any sub-expression). If @var{value} is specified,
34303 the derivative is evaluated at the value of @var{var}; otherwise, the
34304 derivative is left in terms of @var{var}. If the expression contains
34305 functions for which no derivative formula is known, new derivative
34306 functions are invented by adding primes to the names; @pxref{Calculus}.
34307 However, if @var{symb} is non-@code{nil}, the presence of undifferentiable
34308 functions in @var{expr} instead cancels the whole differentiation, and
34309 @code{deriv} returns @code{nil} instead.
34310
34311 Derivatives of an @var{n}-argument function can be defined by
34312 adding a @code{math-derivative-@var{n}} property to the property list
34313 of the symbol for the function's derivative, which will be the
34314 function name followed by an apostrophe. The value of the property
34315 should be a Lisp function; it is called with the same arguments as the
34316 original function call that is being differentiated. It should return
34317 a formula for the derivative. For example, the derivative of @code{ln}
34318 is defined by
34319
34320 @smallexample
34321 (put 'calcFunc-ln\' 'math-derivative-1
34322 (function (lambda (u) (math-div 1 u))))
34323 @end smallexample
34324
34325 The two-argument @code{log} function has two derivatives,
34326 @smallexample
34327 (put 'calcFunc-log\' 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / dx
34328 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
34329 (put 'calcFunc-log\'2 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / db
34330 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
34331 @end smallexample
34332 @end defun
34333
34334 @defun tderiv expr var value symb
34335 Compute the total derivative of @var{expr}. This is the same as
34336 @code{deriv}, except that variables other than @var{var} are not
34337 assumed to be constant with respect to @var{var}.
34338 @end defun
34339
34340 @defun integ expr var low high
34341 Compute the integral of @var{expr} with respect to @var{var}.
34342 @xref{Calculus}, for further details.
34343 @end defun
34344
34345 @defmac math-defintegral funcs body
34346 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of one argument;
34347 this macro is very similar in format to @code{math-defsimplify}.
34348 The main difference is that here @var{body} is the body of a function
34349 with a single argument @code{u} which is bound to the argument to the
34350 function being integrated, not the function call itself. Also, the
34351 variable of integration is available as @code{math-integ-var}. If
34352 evaluation of the integral requires doing further integrals, the body
34353 should call @samp{(math-integral @var{x})} to find the integral of
34354 @var{x} with respect to @code{math-integ-var}; this function returns
34355 @code{nil} if the integral could not be done. Some examples:
34356
34357 @smallexample
34358 (math-defintegral calcFunc-conj
34359 (let ((int (math-integral u)))
34360 (and int
34361 (list 'calcFunc-conj int))))
34362
34363 (math-defintegral calcFunc-cos
34364 (and (equal u math-integ-var)
34365 (math-from-radians-2 (list 'calcFunc-sin u))))
34366 @end smallexample
34367
34368 In the @code{cos} example, we define only the integral of @samp{cos(x) dx},
34369 relying on the general integration-by-substitution facility to handle
34370 cosines of more complicated arguments. An integration rule should return
34371 @code{nil} if it can't do the integral; if several rules are defined for
34372 the same function, they are tried in order until one returns a non-@code{nil}
34373 result.
34374 @end defmac
34375
34376 @defmac math-defintegral-2 funcs body
34377 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of two arguments.
34378 This is exactly analogous to @code{math-defintegral}, except that @var{body}
34379 is written as the body of a function with two arguments, @var{u} and
34380 @var{v}.
34381 @end defmac
34382
34383 @defun solve-for lhs rhs var full
34384 Attempt to solve the equation @samp{@var{lhs} = @var{rhs}} by isolating
34385 the variable @var{var} on the lefthand side; return the resulting righthand
34386 side, or @code{nil} if the equation cannot be solved. The variable
34387 @var{var} must appear at least once in @var{lhs} or @var{rhs}. Note that
34388 the return value is a formula which does not contain @var{var}; this is
34389 different from the user-level @code{solve} and @code{finv} functions,
34390 which return a rearranged equation or a functional inverse, respectively.
34391 If @var{full} is non-@code{nil}, a full solution including dummy signs
34392 and dummy integers will be produced. User-defined inverses are provided
34393 as properties in a manner similar to derivatives:
34394
34395 @smallexample
34396 (put 'calcFunc-ln 'math-inverse
34397 (function (lambda (x) (list 'calcFunc-exp x))))
34398 @end smallexample
34399
34400 This function can call @samp{(math-solve-get-sign @var{x})} to create
34401 a new arbitrary sign variable, returning @var{x} times that sign, and
34402 @samp{(math-solve-get-int @var{x})} to create a new arbitrary integer
34403 variable multiplied by @var{x}. These functions simply return @var{x}
34404 if the caller requested a non-``full'' solution.
34405 @end defun
34406
34407 @defun solve-eqn expr var full
34408 This version of @code{solve-for} takes an expression which will
34409 typically be an equation or inequality. (If it is not, it will be
34410 interpreted as the equation @samp{@var{expr} = 0}.) It returns an
34411 equation or inequality, or @code{nil} if no solution could be found.
34412 @end defun
34413
34414 @defun solve-system exprs vars full
34415 This function solves a system of equations. Generally, @var{exprs}
34416 and @var{vars} will be vectors of equal length.
34417 @xref{Solving Systems of Equations}, for other options.
34418 @end defun
34419
34420 @defun expr-contains expr var
34421 Returns a non-@code{nil} value if @var{var} occurs as a subexpression
34422 of @var{expr}.
34423
34424 This function might seem at first to be identical to
34425 @code{calc-find-sub-formula}. The key difference is that
34426 @code{expr-contains} uses @code{equal} to test for matches, whereas
34427 @code{calc-find-sub-formula} uses @code{eq}. In the formula
34428 @samp{f(a, a)}, the two @samp{a}s will be @code{equal} but not
34429 @code{eq} to each other.
34430 @end defun
34431
34432 @defun expr-contains-count expr var
34433 Returns the number of occurrences of @var{var} as a subexpression
34434 of @var{expr}, or @code{nil} if there are no occurrences.
34435 @end defun
34436
34437 @defun expr-depends expr var
34438 Returns true if @var{expr} refers to any variable the occurs in @var{var}.
34439 In other words, it checks if @var{expr} and @var{var} have any variables
34440 in common.
34441 @end defun
34442
34443 @defun expr-contains-vars expr
34444 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables, or @code{nil} if @var{expr}
34445 contains only constants and functions with constant arguments.
34446 @end defun
34447
34448 @defun expr-subst expr old new
34449 Returns a copy of @var{expr}, with all occurrences of @var{old} replaced
34450 by @var{new}. This treats @code{lambda} forms specially with respect
34451 to the dummy argument variables, so that the effect is always to return
34452 @var{expr} evaluated at @var{old} = @var{new}.
34453 @end defun
34454
34455 @defun multi-subst expr old new
34456 This is like @code{expr-subst}, except that @var{old} and @var{new}
34457 are lists of expressions to be substituted simultaneously. If one
34458 list is shorter than the other, trailing elements of the longer list
34459 are ignored.
34460 @end defun
34461
34462 @defun expr-weight expr
34463 Returns the ``weight'' of @var{expr}, basically a count of the total
34464 number of objects and function calls that appear in @var{expr}. For
34465 ``primitive'' objects, this will be one.
34466 @end defun
34467
34468 @defun expr-height expr
34469 Returns the ``height'' of @var{expr}, which is the deepest level to
34470 which function calls are nested. (Note that @samp{@var{a} + @var{b}}
34471 counts as a function call.) For primitive objects, this returns zero.
34472 @end defun
34473
34474 @defun polynomial-p expr var
34475 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable (or sub-expression)
34476 @var{var}. If so, return the degree of the polynomial, that is, the
34477 highest power of @var{var} that appears in @var{expr}. For example,
34478 for @samp{(x^2 + 3)^3 + 4} this would return 6. This function returns
34479 @code{nil} unless @var{expr}, when expanded out by @kbd{a x}
34480 (@code{calc-expand}), would consist of a sum of terms in which @var{var}
34481 appears only raised to nonnegative integer powers. Note that if
34482 @var{var} does not occur in @var{expr}, then @var{expr} is considered
34483 a polynomial of degree 0.
34484 @end defun
34485
34486 @defun is-polynomial expr var degree loose
34487 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable or sub-expression
34488 @var{var}, and, if so, return a list representation of the polynomial
34489 where the elements of the list are coefficients of successive powers of
34490 @var{var}: @samp{@var{a} + @var{b} x + @var{c} x^3} would produce the
34491 list @samp{(@var{a} @var{b} 0 @var{c})}, and @samp{(x + 1)^2} would
34492 produce the list @samp{(1 2 1)}. The highest element of the list will
34493 be non-zero, with the special exception that if @var{expr} is the
34494 constant zero, the returned value will be @samp{(0)}. Return @code{nil}
34495 if @var{expr} is not a polynomial in @var{var}. If @var{degree} is
34496 specified, this will not consider polynomials of degree higher than that
34497 value. This is a good precaution because otherwise an input of
34498 @samp{(x+1)^1000} will cause a huge coefficient list to be built. If
34499 @var{loose} is non-@code{nil}, then a looser definition of a polynomial
34500 is used in which coefficients are no longer required not to depend on
34501 @var{var}, but are only required not to take the form of polynomials
34502 themselves. For example, @samp{sin(x) x^2 + cos(x)} is a loose
34503 polynomial with coefficients @samp{((calcFunc-cos x) 0 (calcFunc-sin
34504 x))}. The result will never be @code{nil} in loose mode, since any
34505 expression can be interpreted as a ``constant'' loose polynomial.
34506 @end defun
34507
34508 @defun polynomial-base expr pred
34509 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in any variable that occurs in it;
34510 if so, return that variable. (If @var{expr} is a multivariate polynomial,
34511 this chooses one variable arbitrarily.) If @var{pred} is specified, it should
34512 be a Lisp function which is called as @samp{(@var{pred} @var{subexpr})},
34513 and which should return true if @code{mpb-top-expr} (a global name for
34514 the original @var{expr}) is a suitable polynomial in @var{subexpr}.
34515 The default predicate uses @samp{(polynomial-p mpb-top-expr @var{subexpr})};
34516 you can use @var{pred} to specify additional conditions. Or, you could
34517 have @var{pred} build up a list of every suitable @var{subexpr} that
34518 is found.
34519 @end defun
34520
34521 @defun poly-simplify poly
34522 Simplify polynomial coefficient list @var{poly} by (destructively)
34523 clipping off trailing zeros.
34524 @end defun
34525
34526 @defun poly-mix a ac b bc
34527 Mix two polynomial lists @var{a} and @var{b} (in the form returned by
34528 @code{is-polynomial}) in a linear combination with coefficient expressions
34529 @var{ac} and @var{bc}. The result is a (not necessarily simplified)
34530 polynomial list representing @samp{@var{ac} @var{a} + @var{bc} @var{b}}.
34531 @end defun
34532
34533 @defun poly-mul a b
34534 Multiply two polynomial coefficient lists @var{a} and @var{b}. The
34535 result will be in simplified form if the inputs were simplified.
34536 @end defun
34537
34538 @defun build-polynomial-expr poly var
34539 Construct a Calc formula which represents the polynomial coefficient
34540 list @var{poly} applied to variable @var{var}. The @kbd{a c}
34541 (@code{calc-collect}) command uses @code{is-polynomial} to turn an
34542 expression into a coefficient list, then @code{build-polynomial-expr}
34543 to turn the list back into an expression in regular form.
34544 @end defun
34545
34546 @defun check-unit-name var
34547 Check if @var{var} is a variable which can be interpreted as a unit
34548 name. If so, return the units table entry for that unit. This
34549 will be a list whose first element is the unit name (not counting
34550 prefix characters) as a symbol and whose second element is the
34551 Calc expression which defines the unit. (Refer to the Calc sources
34552 for details on the remaining elements of this list.) If @var{var}
34553 is not a variable or is not a unit name, return @code{nil}.
34554 @end defun
34555
34556 @defun units-in-expr-p expr sub-exprs
34557 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables which can be
34558 interpreted as units. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{t}, the entire
34559 expression is searched. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{nil}, this
34560 checks whether @var{expr} is directly a units expression.
34561 @end defun
34562
34563 @defun single-units-in-expr-p expr
34564 Check whether @var{expr} contains exactly one units variable. If so,
34565 return the units table entry for the variable. If @var{expr} does
34566 not contain any units, return @code{nil}. If @var{expr} contains
34567 two or more units, return the symbol @code{wrong}.
34568 @end defun
34569
34570 @defun to-standard-units expr which
34571 Convert units expression @var{expr} to base units. If @var{which}
34572 is @code{nil}, use Calc's native base units. Otherwise, @var{which}
34573 can specify a units system, which is a list of two-element lists,
34574 where the first element is a Calc base symbol name and the second
34575 is an expression to substitute for it.
34576 @end defun
34577
34578 @defun remove-units expr
34579 Return a copy of @var{expr} with all units variables replaced by ones.
34580 This expression is generally normalized before use.
34581 @end defun
34582
34583 @defun extract-units expr
34584 Return a copy of @var{expr} with everything but units variables replaced
34585 by ones.
34586 @end defun
34587
34588 @node Formatting Lisp Functions, Hooks, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Internals
34589 @subsubsection I/O and Formatting Functions
34590
34591 @noindent
34592 The functions described here are responsible for parsing and formatting
34593 Calc numbers and formulas.
34594
34595 @defun calc-eval str sep arg1 arg2 @dots{}
34596 This is the simplest interface to the Calculator from another Lisp program.
34597 @xref{Calling Calc from Your Programs}.
34598 @end defun
34599
34600 @defun read-number str
34601 If string @var{str} contains a valid Calc number, either integer,
34602 fraction, float, or HMS form, this function parses and returns that
34603 number. Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}.
34604 @end defun
34605
34606 @defun read-expr str
34607 Read an algebraic expression from string @var{str}. If @var{str} does
34608 not have the form of a valid expression, return a list of the form
34609 @samp{(error @var{pos} @var{msg})} where @var{pos} is an integer index
34610 into @var{str} of the general location of the error, and @var{msg} is
34611 a string describing the problem.
34612 @end defun
34613
34614 @defun read-exprs str
34615 Read a list of expressions separated by commas, and return it as a
34616 Lisp list. If an error occurs in any expressions, an error list as
34617 shown above is returned instead.
34618 @end defun
34619
34620 @defun calc-do-alg-entry initial prompt no-norm
34621 Read an algebraic formula or formulas using the minibuffer. All
34622 conventions of regular algebraic entry are observed. The return value
34623 is a list of Calc formulas; there will be more than one if the user
34624 entered a list of values separated by commas. The result is @code{nil}
34625 if the user presses Return with a blank line. If @var{initial} is
34626 given, it is a string which the minibuffer will initially contain.
34627 If @var{prompt} is given, it is the prompt string to use; the default
34628 is ``Algebraic:''. If @var{no-norm} is @code{t}, the formulas will
34629 be returned exactly as parsed; otherwise, they will be passed through
34630 @code{calc-normalize} first.
34631
34632 To support the use of @kbd{$} characters in the algebraic entry, use
34633 @code{let} to bind @code{calc-dollar-values} to a list of the values
34634 to be substituted for @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on, and bind
34635 @code{calc-dollar-used} to 0. Upon return, @code{calc-dollar-used}
34636 will have been changed to the highest number of consecutive @kbd{$}s
34637 that actually appeared in the input.
34638 @end defun
34639
34640 @defun format-number a
34641 Convert the real or complex number or HMS form @var{a} to string form.
34642 @end defun
34643
34644 @defun format-flat-expr a prec
34645 Convert the arbitrary Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form,
34646 in the style used by the trail buffer and the @code{calc-edit} command.
34647 This is a simple format designed
34648 mostly to guarantee the string is of a form that can be re-parsed by
34649 @code{read-expr}. Most formatting modes, such as digit grouping,
34650 complex number format, and point character, are ignored to ensure the
34651 result will be re-readable. The @var{prec} parameter is normally 0; if
34652 you pass a large integer like 1000 instead, the expression will be
34653 surrounded by parentheses unless it is a plain number or variable name.
34654 @end defun
34655
34656 @defun format-nice-expr a width
34657 This is like @code{format-flat-expr} (with @var{prec} equal to 0),
34658 except that newlines will be inserted to keep lines down to the
34659 specified @var{width}, and vectors that look like matrices or rewrite
34660 rules are written in a pseudo-matrix format. The @code{calc-edit}
34661 command uses this when only one stack entry is being edited.
34662 @end defun
34663
34664 @defun format-value a width
34665 Convert the Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form, using the
34666 format seen in the stack buffer. Beware the string returned may
34667 not be re-readable by @code{read-expr}, for example, because of digit
34668 grouping. Multi-line objects like matrices produce strings that
34669 contain newline characters to separate the lines. The @var{w}
34670 parameter, if given, is the target window size for which to format
34671 the expressions. If @var{w} is omitted, the width of the Calculator
34672 window is used.
34673 @end defun
34674
34675 @defun compose-expr a prec
34676 Format the Calc number or formula @var{a} according to the current
34677 language mode, returning a ``composition.'' To learn about the
34678 structure of compositions, see the comments in the Calc source code.
34679 You can specify the format of a given type of function call by putting
34680 a @code{math-compose-@var{lang}} property on the function's symbol,
34681 whose value is a Lisp function that takes @var{a} and @var{prec} as
34682 arguments and returns a composition. Here @var{lang} is a language
34683 mode name, one of @code{normal}, @code{big}, @code{c}, @code{pascal},
34684 @code{fortran}, @code{tex}, @code{eqn}, @code{math}, or @code{maple}.
34685 In Big mode, Calc actually tries @code{math-compose-big} first, then
34686 tries @code{math-compose-normal}. If this property does not exist,
34687 or if the function returns @code{nil}, the function is written in the
34688 normal function-call notation for that language.
34689 @end defun
34690
34691 @defun composition-to-string c w
34692 Convert a composition structure returned by @code{compose-expr} into
34693 a string. Multi-line compositions convert to strings containing
34694 newline characters. The target window size is given by @var{w}.
34695 The @code{format-value} function basically calls @code{compose-expr}
34696 followed by @code{composition-to-string}.
34697 @end defun
34698
34699 @defun comp-width c
34700 Compute the width in characters of composition @var{c}.
34701 @end defun
34702
34703 @defun comp-height c
34704 Compute the height in lines of composition @var{c}.
34705 @end defun
34706
34707 @defun comp-ascent c
34708 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is on or
34709 above the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be one.
34710 @end defun
34711
34712 @defun comp-descent c
34713 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is below
34714 the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be zero.
34715 @end defun
34716
34717 @defun comp-first-char c
34718 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the first
34719 (leftmost) character of the composition as an integer. Otherwise,
34720 return @code{nil}.
34721 @end defun
34722
34723 @defun comp-last-char c
34724 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the last
34725 (rightmost) character, otherwise return @code{nil}.
34726 @end defun
34727
34728 @comment @node Lisp Variables, Hooks, Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
34729 @comment @subsubsection Lisp Variables
34730 @comment
34731 @comment @noindent
34732 @comment (This section is currently unfinished.)
34733
34734 @node Hooks, , Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
34735 @subsubsection Hooks
34736
34737 @noindent
34738 Hooks are variables which contain Lisp functions (or lists of functions)
34739 which are called at various times. Calc defines a number of hooks
34740 that help you to customize it in various ways. Calc uses the Lisp
34741 function @code{run-hooks} to invoke the hooks shown below. Several
34742 other customization-related variables are also described here.
34743
34744 @defvar calc-load-hook
34745 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc.el}, after the file has
34746 been loaded, before any functions in it have been called, but after
34747 @code{calc-mode-map} and similar variables have been set up.
34748 @end defvar
34749
34750 @defvar calc-ext-load-hook
34751 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc-ext.el}.
34752 @end defvar
34753
34754 @defvar calc-start-hook
34755 This hook is called as the last step in a @kbd{M-x calc} command.
34756 At this point, the Calc buffer has been created and initialized if
34757 necessary, the Calc window and trail window have been created,
34758 and the ``Welcome to Calc'' message has been displayed.
34759 @end defvar
34760
34761 @defvar calc-mode-hook
34762 This hook is called when the Calc buffer is being created. Usually
34763 this will only happen once per Emacs session. The hook is called
34764 after Emacs has switched to the new buffer, the mode-settings file
34765 has been read if necessary, and all other buffer-local variables
34766 have been set up. After this hook returns, Calc will perform a
34767 @code{calc-refresh} operation, set up the mode line display, then
34768 evaluate any deferred @code{calc-define} properties that have not
34769 been evaluated yet.
34770 @end defvar
34771
34772 @defvar calc-trail-mode-hook
34773 This hook is called when the Calc Trail buffer is being created.
34774 It is called as the very last step of setting up the Trail buffer.
34775 Like @code{calc-mode-hook}, this will normally happen only once
34776 per Emacs session.
34777 @end defvar
34778
34779 @defvar calc-end-hook
34780 This hook is called by @code{calc-quit}, generally because the user
34781 presses @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} while in Calc. The Calc buffer will
34782 be the current buffer. The hook is called as the very first
34783 step, before the Calc window is destroyed.
34784 @end defvar
34785
34786 @defvar calc-window-hook
34787 If this hook is non-@code{nil}, it is called to create the Calc window.
34788 Upon return, this new Calc window should be the current window.
34789 (The Calc buffer will already be the current buffer when the
34790 hook is called.) If the hook is not defined, Calc will
34791 generally use @code{split-window}, @code{set-window-buffer},
34792 and @code{select-window} to create the Calc window.
34793 @end defvar
34794
34795 @defvar calc-trail-window-hook
34796 If this hook is non-@code{nil}, it is called to create the Calc Trail
34797 window. The variable @code{calc-trail-buffer} will contain the buffer
34798 which the window should use. Unlike @code{calc-window-hook}, this hook
34799 must @emph{not} switch into the new window.
34800 @end defvar
34801
34802 @defvar calc-embedded-mode-hook
34803 This hook is called the first time that Embedded mode is entered.
34804 @end defvar
34805
34806 @defvar calc-embedded-new-buffer-hook
34807 This hook is called each time that Embedded mode is entered in a
34808 new buffer.
34809 @end defvar
34810
34811 @defvar calc-embedded-new-formula-hook
34812 This hook is called each time that Embedded mode is enabled for a
34813 new formula.
34814 @end defvar
34815
34816 @defvar calc-edit-mode-hook
34817 This hook is called by @code{calc-edit} (and the other ``edit''
34818 commands) when the temporary editing buffer is being created.
34819 The buffer will have been selected and set up to be in
34820 @code{calc-edit-mode}, but will not yet have been filled with
34821 text. (In fact it may still have leftover text from a previous
34822 @code{calc-edit} command.)
34823 @end defvar
34824
34825 @defvar calc-mode-save-hook
34826 This hook is called by the @code{calc-save-modes} command,
34827 after Calc's own mode features have been inserted into the
34828 Calc init file and just before the ``End of mode settings''
34829 message is inserted.
34830 @end defvar
34831
34832 @defvar calc-reset-hook
34833 This hook is called after @kbd{C-x * 0} (@code{calc-reset}) has
34834 reset all modes. The Calc buffer will be the current buffer.
34835 @end defvar
34836
34837 @defvar calc-other-modes
34838 This variable contains a list of strings. The strings are
34839 concatenated at the end of the modes portion of the Calc
34840 mode line (after standard modes such as ``Deg'', ``Inv'' and
34841 ``Hyp''). Each string should be a short, single word followed
34842 by a space. The variable is @code{nil} by default.
34843 @end defvar
34844
34845 @defvar calc-mode-map
34846 This is the keymap that is used by Calc mode. The best time
34847 to adjust it is probably in a @code{calc-mode-hook}. If the
34848 Calc extensions package (@file{calc-ext.el}) has not yet been
34849 loaded, many of these keys will be bound to @code{calc-missing-key},
34850 which is a command that loads the extensions package and
34851 ``retypes'' the key. If your @code{calc-mode-hook} rebinds
34852 one of these keys, it will probably be overridden when the
34853 extensions are loaded.
34854 @end defvar
34855
34856 @defvar calc-digit-map
34857 This is the keymap that is used during numeric entry. Numeric
34858 entry uses the minibuffer, but this map binds every non-numeric
34859 key to @code{calcDigit-nondigit} which generally calls
34860 @code{exit-minibuffer} and ``retypes'' the key.
34861 @end defvar
34862
34863 @defvar calc-alg-ent-map
34864 This is the keymap that is used during algebraic entry. This is
34865 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-map}.
34866 @end defvar
34867
34868 @defvar calc-store-var-map
34869 This is the keymap that is used during entry of variable names for
34870 commands like @code{calc-store} and @code{calc-recall}. This is
34871 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-completion-map}.
34872 @end defvar
34873
34874 @defvar calc-edit-mode-map
34875 This is the (sparse) keymap used by @code{calc-edit} and other
34876 temporary editing commands. It binds @key{RET}, @key{LFD},
34877 and @kbd{C-c C-c} to @code{calc-edit-finish}.
34878 @end defvar
34879
34880 @defvar calc-mode-var-list
34881 This is a list of variables which are saved by @code{calc-save-modes}.
34882 Each entry is a list of two items, the variable (as a Lisp symbol)
34883 and its default value. When modes are being saved, each variable
34884 is compared with its default value (using @code{equal}) and any
34885 non-default variables are written out.
34886 @end defvar
34887
34888 @defvar calc-local-var-list
34889 This is a list of variables which should be buffer-local to the
34890 Calc buffer. Each entry is a variable name (as a Lisp symbol).
34891 These variables also have their default values manipulated by
34892 the @code{calc} and @code{calc-quit} commands; @pxref{Multiple Calculators}.
34893 Since @code{calc-mode-hook} is called after this list has been
34894 used the first time, your hook should add a variable to the
34895 list and also call @code{make-local-variable} itself.
34896 @end defvar
34897
34898 @node Copying, GNU Free Documentation License, Programming, Top
34899 @appendix GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
34900 @include gpl.texi
34901
34902 @node GNU Free Documentation License, Customizing Calc, Copying, Top
34903 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
34904 @include doclicense.texi
34905
34906 @node Customizing Calc, Reporting Bugs, GNU Free Documentation License, Top
34907 @appendix Customizing Calc
34908
34909 The usual prefix for Calc is the key sequence @kbd{C-x *}. If you wish
34910 to use a different prefix, you can put
34911
34912 @example
34913 (global-set-key "NEWPREFIX" 'calc-dispatch)
34914 @end example
34915
34916 @noindent
34917 in your .emacs file.
34918 (@xref{Key Bindings,,Customizing Key Bindings,emacs,
34919 The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information on binding keys.)
34920 A convenient way to start Calc is with @kbd{C-x * *}; to make it equally
34921 convenient for users who use a different prefix, the prefix can be
34922 followed by @kbd{=}, @kbd{&}, @kbd{#}, @kbd{\}, @kbd{/}, @kbd{+} or
34923 @kbd{-} as well as @kbd{*} to start Calc, and so in many cases the last
34924 character of the prefix can simply be typed twice.
34925
34926 Calc is controlled by many variables, most of which can be reset
34927 from within Calc. Some variables are less involved with actual
34928 calculation and can be set outside of Calc using Emacs's
34929 customization facilities. These variables are listed below.
34930 Typing @kbd{M-x customize-variable RET @var{variable-name} RET}
34931 will bring up a buffer in which the variable's value can be redefined.
34932 Typing @kbd{M-x customize-group RET calc RET} will bring up a buffer which
34933 contains all of Calc's customizable variables. (These variables can
34934 also be reset by putting the appropriate lines in your .emacs file;
34935 @xref{Init File, ,Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)
34936
34937 Some of the customizable variables are regular expressions. A regular
34938 expression is basically a pattern that Calc can search for.
34939 See @ref{Regexp Search,, Regular Expression Search, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}
34940 to see how regular expressions work.
34941
34942 @defvar calc-settings-file
34943 The variable @code{calc-settings-file} holds the file name in
34944 which commands like @kbd{m m} and @kbd{Z P} store ``permanent''
34945 definitions.
34946 If @code{calc-settings-file} is not your user init file (typically
34947 @file{~/.emacs}) and if the variable @code{calc-loaded-settings-file} is
34948 @code{nil}, then Calc will automatically load your settings file (if it
34949 exists) the first time Calc is invoked.
34950
34951 The default value for this variable is @code{"~/.emacs.d/calc.el"}
34952 unless the file @file{~/.calc.el} exists, in which case the default
34953 value will be @code{"~/.calc.el"}.
34954 @end defvar
34955
34956 @defvar calc-gnuplot-name
34957 See @ref{Graphics}.@*
34958 The variable @code{calc-gnuplot-name} should be the name of the
34959 GNUPLOT program (a string). If you have GNUPLOT installed on your
34960 system but Calc is unable to find it, you may need to set this
34961 variable. You may also need to set some Lisp variables to show Calc how
34962 to run GNUPLOT on your system, see @ref{Devices, ,Graphical Devices} .
34963 The default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-name} is @code{"gnuplot"}.
34964 @end defvar
34965
34966 @defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command
34967 @defvarx calc-gnuplot-print-command
34968 See @ref{Devices, ,Graphical Devices}.@*
34969 The variables @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
34970 @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} represent system commands to
34971 display and print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
34972 @code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
34973 @samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
34974 Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
34975 to display or print the output.
34976
34977 The default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} is @code{nil},
34978 and the default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} is
34979 @code{"lp %s"}.
34980 @end defvar
34981
34982 @defvar calc-language-alist
34983 See @ref{Basic Embedded Mode}.@*
34984 The variable @code{calc-language-alist} controls the languages that
34985 Calc will associate with major modes. When Calc embedded mode is
34986 enabled, it will try to use the current major mode to
34987 determine what language should be used. (This can be overridden using
34988 Calc's mode changing commands, @xref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.)
34989 The variable @code{calc-language-alist} consists of a list of pairs of
34990 the form @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} . @var{LANGUAGE})}; for example,
34991 @code{(latex-mode . latex)} is one such pair. If Calc embedded is
34992 activated in a buffer whose major mode is @var{MAJOR-MODE}, it will set itself
34993 to use the language @var{LANGUAGE}.
34994
34995 The default value of @code{calc-language-alist} is
34996 @example
34997 ((latex-mode . latex)
34998 (tex-mode . tex)
34999 (plain-tex-mode . tex)
35000 (context-mode . tex)
35001 (nroff-mode . eqn)
35002 (pascal-mode . pascal)
35003 (c-mode . c)
35004 (c++-mode . c)
35005 (fortran-mode . fortran)
35006 (f90-mode . fortran))
35007 @end example
35008 @end defvar
35009
35010 @defvar calc-embedded-announce-formula
35011 @defvarx calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist
35012 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35013 The variable @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} helps determine
35014 what formulas @kbd{C-x * a} will activate in a buffer. It is a
35015 regular expression, and when activating embedded formulas with
35016 @kbd{C-x * a}, it will tell Calc that what follows is a formula to be
35017 activated. (Calc also uses other patterns to find formulas, such as
35018 @samp{=>} and @samp{:=}.)
35019
35020 The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, which checks
35021 for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of lines beginning with
35022 @samp{%} and a space.
35023
35024 The variable @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist} is used to
35025 set @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} to different regular
35026 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35027 It consists of a list of pairs of the form @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} .
35028 @var{REGEXP})}, and its default value is
35029 @example
35030 ((c++-mode . "//Embed\n\\(// .*\n\\)*")
35031 (c-mode . "/\\*Embed\\*/\n\\(/\\* .*\\*/\n\\)*")
35032 (f90-mode . "!Embed\n\\(! .*\n\\)*")
35033 (fortran-mode . "C Embed\n\\(C .*\n\\)*")
35034 (html-helper-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
35035 (html-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
35036 (nroff-mode . "\\\\\"Embed\n\\(\\\\\" .*\n\\)*")
35037 (pascal-mode . "@{Embed@}\n\\(@{.*@}\n\\)*")
35038 (sgml-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
35039 (xml-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
35040 (texinfo-mode . "@@c Embed\n\\(@@c .*\n\\)*"))
35041 @end example
35042 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
35043 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}
35044 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}.
35045 @end defvar
35046
35047 @defvar calc-embedded-open-formula
35048 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-formula
35049 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-formula-alist
35050 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35051 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} and
35052 @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} control the region that Calc will
35053 activate as a formula when Embedded mode is entered with @kbd{C-x * e}.
35054 They are regular expressions;
35055 Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
35056 nearest text matching these regular expressions to be the ``formula
35057 delimiters''.
35058
35059 The simplest delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that
35060 Embedded mode understands by default are:
35061 @enumerate
35062 @item
35063 The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
35064 @samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
35065 @item
35066 Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} (except matrix delimiters);
35067 @item
35068 Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
35069 @item
35070 Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
35071 @item
35072 Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
35073 @end enumerate
35074
35075 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-formula-alist} is used to
35076 set @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} and
35077 @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} to different regular
35078 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35079 It consists of a list of lists of the form
35080 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-FORMULA-REGEXP}
35081 @var{CLOSE-FORMULA-REGEXP})}, and its default value is
35082 @code{nil}.
35083 @end defvar
35084
35085 @defvar calc-embedded-word-regexp
35086 @defvarx calc-embedded-word-regexp-alist
35087 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35088 The variable @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} determines the expression
35089 that Calc will activate when Embedded mode is entered with @kbd{C-x *
35090 w}. It is a regular expressions.
35091
35092 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} is
35093 @code{"[-+]?[0-9]+\\(\\.[0-9]+\\)?\\([eE][-+]?[0-9]+\\)?"}.
35094
35095 The variable @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp-alist} is used to
35096 set @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} to a different regular
35097 expression depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35098 It consists of a list of lists of the form
35099 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{WORD-REGEXP})}, and its default value is
35100 @code{nil}.
35101 @end defvar
35102
35103 @defvar calc-embedded-open-plain
35104 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-plain
35105 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist
35106 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35107 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} and
35108 @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} are used to delimit ``plain''
35109 formulas. Note that these are actual strings, not regular
35110 expressions, because Calc must be able to write these string into a
35111 buffer as well as to recognize them.
35112
35113 The default string for @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} is
35114 @code{"%%% "}, note the trailing space. The default string for
35115 @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} is @code{" %%%\n"}, without
35116 the trailing newline here, the first line of a Big mode formula
35117 that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
35118
35119 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist} is used to
35120 set @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} and
35121 @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} to different strings
35122 depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35123 It consists of a list of lists of the form
35124 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-PLAIN-STRING}
35125 @var{CLOSE-PLAIN-STRING})}, and its default value is
35126 @example
35127 ((c++-mode "// %% " " %%\n")
35128 (c-mode "/* %% " " %% */\n")
35129 (f90-mode "! %% " " %%\n")
35130 (fortran-mode "C %% " " %%\n")
35131 (html-helper-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
35132 (html-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
35133 (nroff-mode "\\\" %% " " %%\n")
35134 (pascal-mode "@{%% " " %%@}\n")
35135 (sgml-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
35136 (xml-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
35137 (texinfo-mode "@@c %% " " %%\n"))
35138 @end example
35139 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}
35140 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
35141 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}.
35142 @end defvar
35143
35144 @defvar calc-embedded-open-new-formula
35145 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-new-formula
35146 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-new-formula-alist
35147 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35148 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} and
35149 @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} are strings which are
35150 inserted before and after a new formula when you type @kbd{C-x * f}.
35151
35152 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} is
35153 @code{"\n\n"}. If this string begins with a newline character and the
35154 @kbd{C-x * f} is typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{C-x * f} will skip
35155 this first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in the
35156 file. The default value of @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} is
35157 also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by @w{@kbd{C-x * f}}
35158 if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if @kbd{C-x * f} is
35159 typed on a blank line, both a leading opening newline and a trailing
35160 closing newline are omitted.)
35161
35162 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-new-formula-alist} is used to
35163 set @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} and
35164 @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} to different strings
35165 depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35166 It consists of a list of lists of the form
35167 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-NEW-FORMULA-STRING}
35168 @var{CLOSE-NEW-FORMULA-STRING})}, and its default value is
35169 @code{nil}.
35170 @end defvar
35171
35172 @defvar calc-embedded-open-mode
35173 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-mode
35174 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist
35175 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
35176 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} and
35177 @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} are strings which Calc will place before
35178 and after any mode annotations that it inserts. Calc never scans for
35179 these strings; Calc always looks for the annotation itself, so it is not
35180 necessary to add them to user-written annotations.
35181
35182 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} is @code{"% "}
35183 and the default value of @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} is
35184 @code{"\n"}.
35185 If you change the value of @code{calc-embedded-close-mode}, it is a good
35186 idea still to end with a newline so that mode annotations will appear on
35187 lines by themselves.
35188
35189 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist} is used to
35190 set @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} and
35191 @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} to different strings
35192 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
35193 It consists of a list of lists of the form
35194 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-MODE-STRING}
35195 @var{CLOSE-MODE-STRING})}, and its default value is
35196 @example
35197 ((c++-mode "// " "\n")
35198 (c-mode "/* " " */\n")
35199 (f90-mode "! " "\n")
35200 (fortran-mode "C " "\n")
35201 (html-helper-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35202 (html-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35203 (nroff-mode "\\\" " "\n")
35204 (pascal-mode "@{ " " @}\n")
35205 (sgml-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35206 (xml-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35207 (texinfo-mode "@@c " "\n"))
35208 @end example
35209 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}
35210 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
35211 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}.
35212 @end defvar
35213
35214 @defvar calc-highlight-selections-with-faces
35215 @defvarx calc-selected-face
35216 @defvarx calc-nonselected-face
35217 The variable @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces}
35218 determines how selected sub-formulas are distinguished.
35219 If @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is nil, then
35220 a selected sub-formula is distinguished either by changing every
35221 character not part of the sub-formula with a dot or by changing every
35222 character in the sub-formula with a @samp{#} sign.
35223 If @code{calc-highlight-selections-with-faces} is t,
35224 then a selected sub-formula is distinguished either by displaying the
35225 non-selected portion of the formula with @code{calc-nonselected-face}
35226 or by displaying the selected sub-formula with
35227 @code{calc-nonselected-face}. (@pxref{Displaying Selections}.)
35228 @end defvar
35229
35230 @defvar calc-multiplication-has-precedence
35231 The variable @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} determines
35232 whether multiplication has precedence over division in algebraic
35233 formulas in normal language modes. If
35234 @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is non-@code{nil}, then
35235 multiplication has precedence (and, for certain obscure reasons, is
35236 right associative), and so for example @samp{a/b*c} will be interpreted
35237 as @samp{a/(b*c)}. If @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is
35238 @code{nil}, then multiplication has the same precedence as division
35239 (and, like division, is left associative), and so for example
35240 @samp{a/b*c} will be interpreted as @samp{(a/b)*c}. The default value
35241 of @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is @code{t}.
35242 @end defvar
35243
35244 @defvar calc-undo-length
35245 The variable @code{calc-undo-length} determines the number of undo
35246 steps that Calc will keep track of when @code{calc-quit} is called.
35247 If @code{calc-undo-length} is a non-negative integer, then this is the
35248 number of undo steps that will be preserved; if
35249 @code{calc-undo-length} has any other value, then all undo steps will
35250 be preserved. The default value of @code{calc-undo-length} is @expr{100}.
35251 @end defvar
35252
35253 @node Reporting Bugs, Summary, Customizing Calc, Top
35254 @appendix Reporting Bugs
35255
35256 @noindent
35257 If you find a bug in Calc, send e-mail to Jay Belanger,
35258
35259 @example
35260 jay.p.belanger@@gmail.com
35261 @end example
35262
35263 @noindent
35264 There is an automatic command @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug} which helps
35265 you to report bugs. This command prompts you for a brief subject
35266 line, then leaves you in a mail editing buffer. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to
35267 send your mail. Make sure your subject line indicates that you are
35268 reporting a Calc bug; this command sends mail to the maintainer's
35269 regular mailbox.
35270
35271 If you have suggestions for additional features for Calc, please send
35272 them. Some have dared to suggest that Calc is already top-heavy with
35273 features; this obviously cannot be the case, so if you have ideas, send
35274 them right in.
35275
35276 At the front of the source file, @file{calc.el}, is a list of ideas for
35277 future work. If any enthusiastic souls wish to take it upon themselves
35278 to work on these, please send a message (using @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug})
35279 so any efforts can be coordinated.
35280
35281 The latest version of Calc is available from Savannah, in the Emacs
35282 repository. See @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/emacs}.
35283
35284 @c [summary]
35285 @node Summary, Key Index, Reporting Bugs, Top
35286 @appendix Calc Summary
35287
35288 @noindent
35289 This section includes a complete list of Calc keystroke commands.
35290 Each line lists the stack entries used by the command (top-of-stack
35291 last), the keystrokes themselves, the prompts asked by the command,
35292 and the result of the command (also with top-of-stack last).
35293 The result is expressed using the equivalent algebraic function.
35294 Commands which put no results on the stack show the full @kbd{M-x}
35295 command name in that position. Numbers preceding the result or
35296 command name refer to notes at the end.
35297
35298 Algebraic functions and @kbd{M-x} commands that don't have corresponding
35299 keystrokes are not listed in this summary.
35300 @xref{Command Index}. @xref{Function Index}.
35301
35302 @iftex
35303 @begingroup
35304 @tex
35305 \vskip-2\baselineskip \null
35306 \gdef\sumrow#1{\sumrowx#1\relax}%
35307 \gdef\sumrowx#1\:#2\:#3\:#4\:#5\:#6\relax{%
35308 \leavevmode%
35309 {\smallfonts
35310 \hbox to5em{\sl\hss#1}%
35311 \hbox to5em{\tt#2\hss}%
35312 \hbox to4em{\sl#3\hss}%
35313 \hbox to5em{\rm\hss#4}%
35314 \thinspace%
35315 {\tt#5}%
35316 {\sl#6}%
35317 }}%
35318 \gdef\sumlpar{{\rm(}}%
35319 \gdef\sumrpar{{\rm)}}%
35320 \gdef\sumcomma{{\rm,\thinspace}}%
35321 \gdef\sumexcl{{\rm!}}%
35322 \gdef\sumbreak{\vskip-2.5\baselineskip\goodbreak}%
35323 \gdef\minus#1{{\tt-}}%
35324 @end tex
35325 @let@:=@sumsep
35326 @let@r=@sumrow
35327 @catcode`@(=@active @let(=@sumlpar
35328 @catcode`@)=@active @let)=@sumrpar
35329 @catcode`@,=@active @let,=@sumcomma
35330 @catcode`@!=@active @let!=@sumexcl
35331 @end iftex
35332 @format
35333 @iftex
35334 @advance@baselineskip-2.5pt
35335 @let@c@sumbreak
35336 @end iftex
35337 @r{ @: C-x * a @: @: 33 @:calc-embedded-activate@:}
35338 @r{ @: C-x * b @: @: @:calc-big-or-small@:}
35339 @r{ @: C-x * c @: @: @:calc@:}
35340 @r{ @: C-x * d @: @: @:calc-embedded-duplicate@:}
35341 @r{ @: C-x * e @: @: 34 @:calc-embedded@:}
35342 @r{ @: C-x * f @:formula @: @:calc-embedded-new-formula@:}
35343 @r{ @: C-x * g @: @: 35 @:calc-grab-region@:}
35344 @r{ @: C-x * i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
35345 @r{ @: C-x * j @: @: @:calc-embedded-select@:}
35346 @r{ @: C-x * k @: @: @:calc-keypad@:}
35347 @r{ @: C-x * l @: @: @:calc-load-everything@:}
35348 @r{ @: C-x * m @: @: @:read-kbd-macro@:}
35349 @r{ @: C-x * n @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-next@:}
35350 @r{ @: C-x * o @: @: @:calc-other-window@:}
35351 @r{ @: C-x * p @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-previous@:}
35352 @r{ @: C-x * q @:formula @: @:quick-calc@:}
35353 @r{ @: C-x * r @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-rectangle@:}
35354 @r{ @: C-x * s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
35355 @r{ @: C-x * t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
35356 @r{ @: C-x * u @: @: @:calc-embedded-update-formula@:}
35357 @r{ @: C-x * w @: @: @:calc-embedded-word@:}
35358 @r{ @: C-x * x @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
35359 @r{ @: C-x * y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
35360 @r{ @: C-x * z @: @: @:calc-user-invocation@:}
35361 @r{ @: C-x * : @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-down@:}
35362 @r{ @: C-x * _ @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-across@:}
35363 @r{ @: C-x * ` @:editing @: 30 @:calc-embedded-edit@:}
35364 @r{ @: C-x * 0 @:(zero) @: @:calc-reset@:}
35365
35366 @c
35367 @r{ @: 0-9 @:number @: @:@:number}
35368 @r{ @: . @:number @: @:@:0.number}
35369 @r{ @: _ @:number @: @:-@:number}
35370 @r{ @: e @:number @: @:@:1e number}
35371 @r{ @: # @:number @: @:@:current-radix@tfn{#}number}
35372 @r{ @: P @:(in number) @: @:+/-@:}
35373 @r{ @: M @:(in number) @: @:mod@:}
35374 @r{ @: @@ ' " @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
35375 @r{ @: h m s @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
35376
35377 @c
35378 @r{ @: ' @:formula @: 37,46 @:@:formula}
35379 @r{ @: $ @:formula @: 37,46 @:$@:formula}
35380 @r{ @: " @:string @: 37,46 @:@:string}
35381
35382 @c
35383 @r{ a b@: + @: @: 2 @:add@:(a,b) a+b}
35384 @r{ a b@: - @: @: 2 @:sub@:(a,b) a@minus{}b}
35385 @r{ a b@: * @: @: 2 @:mul@:(a,b) a b, a*b}
35386 @r{ a b@: / @: @: 2 @:div@:(a,b) a/b}
35387 @r{ a b@: ^ @: @: 2 @:pow@:(a,b) a^b}
35388 @r{ a b@: I ^ @: @: 2 @:nroot@:(a,b) a^(1/b)}
35389 @r{ a b@: % @: @: 2 @:mod@:(a,b) a%b}
35390 @r{ a b@: \ @: @: 2 @:idiv@:(a,b) a\b}
35391 @r{ a b@: : @: @: 2 @:fdiv@:(a,b)}
35392 @r{ a b@: | @: @: 2 @:vconcat@:(a,b) a|b}
35393 @r{ a b@: I | @: @: @:vconcat@:(b,a) b|a}
35394 @r{ a b@: H | @: @: 2 @:append@:(a,b)}
35395 @r{ a b@: I H | @: @: @:append@:(b,a)}
35396 @r{ a@: & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(a) 1/a}
35397 @r{ a@: ! @: @: 1 @:fact@:(a) a!}
35398 @r{ a@: = @: @: 1 @:evalv@:(a)}
35399 @r{ a@: M-% @: @: @:percent@:(a) a%}
35400
35401 @c
35402 @r{ ... a@: @summarykey{RET} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
35403 @r{ ... a@: @summarykey{SPC} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
35404 @r{... a b@: @summarykey{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b a}
35405 @r{. a b c@: M-@summarykey{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b c a}
35406 @r{... a b@: @summarykey{LFD} @: @: 1 @:@:... a b a}
35407 @r{ ... a@: @summarykey{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:...}
35408 @r{... a b@: M-@summarykey{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:... b}
35409 @r{ @: M-@summarykey{RET} @: @: 4 @:calc-last-args@:}
35410 @r{ a@: ` @:editing @: 1,30 @:calc-edit@:}
35411
35412 @c
35413 @r{ ... a@: C-d @: @: 1 @:@:...}
35414 @r{ @: C-k @: @: 27 @:calc-kill@:}
35415 @r{ @: C-w @: @: 27 @:calc-kill-region@:}
35416 @r{ @: C-y @: @: @:calc-yank@:}
35417 @r{ @: C-_ @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
35418 @r{ @: M-k @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-as-kill@:}
35419 @r{ @: M-w @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-region-as-kill@:}
35420
35421 @c
35422 @r{ @: [ @: @: @:@:[...}
35423 @r{[.. a b@: ] @: @: @:@:[a,b]}
35424 @r{ @: ( @: @: @:@:(...}
35425 @r{(.. a b@: ) @: @: @:@:(a,b)}
35426 @r{ @: , @: @: @:@:vector or rect complex}
35427 @r{ @: ; @: @: @:@:matrix or polar complex}
35428 @r{ @: .. @: @: @:@:interval}
35429
35430 @c
35431 @r{ @: ~ @: @: @:calc-num-prefix@:}
35432 @r{ @: < @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-left@:}
35433 @r{ @: > @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-right@:}
35434 @r{ @: @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-down@:}
35435 @r{ @: @} @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-up@:}
35436 @r{ @: ? @: @: @:calc-help@:}
35437
35438 @c
35439 @r{ a@: n @: @: 1 @:neg@:(a) @minus{}a}
35440 @r{ @: o @: @: 4 @:calc-realign@:}
35441 @r{ @: p @:precision @: 31 @:calc-precision@:}
35442 @r{ @: q @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
35443 @r{ @: w @: @: @:calc-why@:}
35444 @r{ @: x @:command @: @:M-x calc-@:command}
35445 @r{ a@: y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
35446
35447 @c
35448 @r{ a@: A @: @: 1 @:abs@:(a)}
35449 @r{ a b@: B @: @: 2 @:log@:(a,b)}
35450 @r{ a b@: I B @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
35451 @r{ a@: C @: @: 1 @:cos@:(a)}
35452 @r{ a@: I C @: @: 1 @:arccos@:(a)}
35453 @r{ a@: H C @: @: 1 @:cosh@:(a)}
35454 @r{ a@: I H C @: @: 1 @:arccosh@:(a)}
35455 @r{ @: D @: @: 4 @:calc-redo@:}
35456 @r{ a@: E @: @: 1 @:exp@:(a)}
35457 @r{ a@: H E @: @: 1 @:exp10@:(a) 10.^a}
35458 @r{ a@: F @: @: 1,11 @:floor@:(a,d)}
35459 @r{ a@: I F @: @: 1,11 @:ceil@:(a,d)}
35460 @r{ a@: H F @: @: 1,11 @:ffloor@:(a,d)}
35461 @r{ a@: I H F @: @: 1,11 @:fceil@:(a,d)}
35462 @r{ a@: G @: @: 1 @:arg@:(a)}
35463 @r{ @: H @:command @: 32 @:@:Hyperbolic}
35464 @r{ @: I @:command @: 32 @:@:Inverse}
35465 @r{ a@: J @: @: 1 @:conj@:(a)}
35466 @r{ @: K @:command @: 32 @:@:Keep-args}
35467 @r{ a@: L @: @: 1 @:ln@:(a)}
35468 @r{ a@: H L @: @: 1 @:log10@:(a)}
35469 @r{ @: M @: @: @:calc-more-recursion-depth@:}
35470 @r{ @: I M @: @: @:calc-less-recursion-depth@:}
35471 @r{ a@: N @: @: 5 @:evalvn@:(a)}
35472 @r{ @: O @:command @: 32 @:@:Option}
35473 @r{ @: P @: @: @:@:pi}
35474 @r{ @: I P @: @: @:@:gamma}
35475 @r{ @: H P @: @: @:@:e}
35476 @r{ @: I H P @: @: @:@:phi}
35477 @r{ a@: Q @: @: 1 @:sqrt@:(a)}
35478 @r{ a@: I Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
35479 @r{ a@: R @: @: 1,11 @:round@:(a,d)}
35480 @r{ a@: I R @: @: 1,11 @:trunc@:(a,d)}
35481 @r{ a@: H R @: @: 1,11 @:fround@:(a,d)}
35482 @r{ a@: I H R @: @: 1,11 @:ftrunc@:(a,d)}
35483 @r{ a@: S @: @: 1 @:sin@:(a)}
35484 @r{ a@: I S @: @: 1 @:arcsin@:(a)}
35485 @r{ a@: H S @: @: 1 @:sinh@:(a)}
35486 @r{ a@: I H S @: @: 1 @:arcsinh@:(a)}
35487 @r{ a@: T @: @: 1 @:tan@:(a)}
35488 @r{ a@: I T @: @: 1 @:arctan@:(a)}
35489 @r{ a@: H T @: @: 1 @:tanh@:(a)}
35490 @r{ a@: I H T @: @: 1 @:arctanh@:(a)}
35491 @r{ @: U @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
35492 @r{ @: X @: @: 4 @:calc-call-last-kbd-macro@:}
35493
35494 @c
35495 @r{ a b@: a = @: @: 2 @:eq@:(a,b) a=b}
35496 @r{ a b@: a # @: @: 2 @:neq@:(a,b) a!=b}
35497 @r{ a b@: a < @: @: 2 @:lt@:(a,b) a<b}
35498 @r{ a b@: a > @: @: 2 @:gt@:(a,b) a>b}
35499 @r{ a b@: a [ @: @: 2 @:leq@:(a,b) a<=b}
35500 @r{ a b@: a ] @: @: 2 @:geq@:(a,b) a>=b}
35501 @r{ a b@: a @{ @: @: 2 @:in@:(a,b)}
35502 @r{ a b@: a & @: @: 2,45 @:land@:(a,b) a&&b}
35503 @r{ a b@: a | @: @: 2,45 @:lor@:(a,b) a||b}
35504 @r{ a@: a ! @: @: 1,45 @:lnot@:(a) !a}
35505 @r{ a b c@: a : @: @: 45 @:if@:(a,b,c) a?b:c}
35506 @r{ a@: a . @: @: 1 @:rmeq@:(a)}
35507 @r{ a@: a " @: @: 7,8 @:calc-expand-formula@:}
35508
35509 @c
35510 @r{ a@: a + @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:sum@:(a,i,l,h)}
35511 @r{ a@: a - @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:asum@:(a,i,l,h)}
35512 @r{ a@: a * @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:prod@:(a,i,l,h)}
35513 @r{ a b@: a _ @: @: 2 @:subscr@:(a,b) a_b}
35514
35515 @c
35516 @r{ a b@: a \ @: @: 2 @:pdiv@:(a,b)}
35517 @r{ a b@: a % @: @: 2 @:prem@:(a,b)}
35518 @r{ a b@: a / @: @: 2 @:pdivrem@:(a,b) [q,r]}
35519 @r{ a b@: H a / @: @: 2 @:pdivide@:(a,b) q+r/b}
35520
35521 @c
35522 @r{ a@: a a @: @: 1 @:apart@:(a)}
35523 @r{ a@: a b @:old, new @: 38 @:subst@:(a,old,new)}
35524 @r{ a@: a c @:v @: 38 @:collect@:(a,v)}
35525 @r{ a@: a d @:v @: 4,38 @:deriv@:(a,v)}
35526 @r{ a@: H a d @:v @: 4,38 @:tderiv@:(a,v)}
35527 @r{ a@: a e @: @: @:esimplify@:(a)}
35528 @r{ a@: a f @: @: 1 @:factor@:(a)}
35529 @r{ a@: H a f @: @: 1 @:factors@:(a)}
35530 @r{ a b@: a g @: @: 2 @:pgcd@:(a,b)}
35531 @r{ a@: a i @:v @: 38 @:integ@:(a,v)}
35532 @r{ a@: a m @:pats @: 38 @:match@:(a,pats)}
35533 @r{ a@: I a m @:pats @: 38 @:matchnot@:(a,pats)}
35534 @r{ data x@: a p @: @: 28 @:polint@:(data,x)}
35535 @r{ data x@: H a p @: @: 28 @:ratint@:(data,x)}
35536 @r{ a@: a n @: @: 1 @:nrat@:(a)}
35537 @r{ a@: a r @:rules @:4,8,38 @:rewrite@:(a,rules,n)}
35538 @r{ a@: a s @: @: @:simplify@:(a)}
35539 @r{ a@: a t @:v, n @: 31,39 @:taylor@:(a,v,n)}
35540 @r{ a@: a v @: @: 7,8 @:calc-alg-evaluate@:}
35541 @r{ a@: a x @: @: 4,8 @:expand@:(a)}
35542
35543 @c
35544 @r{ data@: a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:fit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35545 @r{ data@: I a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:xfit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35546 @r{ data@: H a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:efit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35547 @r{ a@: a I @:v, l, h @: 38 @:ninteg@:(a,v,l,h)}
35548 @r{ a b@: a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeq@:(op,a,b)}
35549 @r{ a b@: I a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqr@:(op,a,b)}
35550 @r{ a b@: H a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqp@:(op,a,b)}
35551 @r{ a g@: a N @:v @: 38 @:minimize@:(a,v,g)}
35552 @r{ a g@: H a N @:v @: 38 @:wminimize@:(a,v,g)}
35553 @r{ a@: a P @:v @: 38 @:roots@:(a,v)}
35554 @r{ a g@: a R @:v @: 38 @:root@:(a,v,g)}
35555 @r{ a g@: H a R @:v @: 38 @:wroot@:(a,v,g)}
35556 @r{ a@: a S @:v @: 38 @:solve@:(a,v)}
35557 @r{ a@: I a S @:v @: 38 @:finv@:(a,v)}
35558 @r{ a@: H a S @:v @: 38 @:fsolve@:(a,v)}
35559 @r{ a@: I H a S @:v @: 38 @:ffinv@:(a,v)}
35560 @r{ a@: a T @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:table@:(a,i,l,h)}
35561 @r{ a g@: a X @:v @: 38 @:maximize@:(a,v,g)}
35562 @r{ a g@: H a X @:v @: 38 @:wmaximize@:(a,v,g)}
35563
35564 @c
35565 @r{ a b@: b a @: @: 9 @:and@:(a,b,w)}
35566 @r{ a@: b c @: @: 9 @:clip@:(a,w)}
35567 @r{ a b@: b d @: @: 9 @:diff@:(a,b,w)}
35568 @r{ a@: b l @: @: 10 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
35569 @r{ a n@: H b l @: @: 9 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
35570 @r{ a@: b n @: @: 9 @:not@:(a,w)}
35571 @r{ a b@: b o @: @: 9 @:or@:(a,b,w)}
35572 @r{ v@: b p @: @: 1 @:vpack@:(v)}
35573 @r{ a@: b r @: @: 10 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
35574 @r{ a n@: H b r @: @: 9 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
35575 @r{ a@: b t @: @: 10 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
35576 @r{ a n@: H b t @: @: 9 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
35577 @r{ a@: b u @: @: 1 @:vunpack@:(a)}
35578 @r{ @: b w @:w @: 9,50 @:calc-word-size@:}
35579 @r{ a b@: b x @: @: 9 @:xor@:(a,b,w)}
35580
35581 @c
35582 @r{c s l p@: b D @: @: @:ddb@:(c,s,l,p)}
35583 @r{ r n p@: b F @: @: @:fv@:(r,n,p)}
35584 @r{ r n p@: I b F @: @: @:fvb@:(r,n,p)}
35585 @r{ r n p@: H b F @: @: @:fvl@:(r,n,p)}
35586 @r{ v@: b I @: @: 19 @:irr@:(v)}
35587 @r{ v@: I b I @: @: 19 @:irrb@:(v)}
35588 @r{ a@: b L @: @: 10 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
35589 @r{ a n@: H b L @: @: 9 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
35590 @r{ r n a@: b M @: @: @:pmt@:(r,n,a)}
35591 @r{ r n a@: I b M @: @: @:pmtb@:(r,n,a)}
35592 @r{ r n a@: H b M @: @: @:pmtl@:(r,n,a)}
35593 @r{ r v@: b N @: @: 19 @:npv@:(r,v)}
35594 @r{ r v@: I b N @: @: 19 @:npvb@:(r,v)}
35595 @r{ r n p@: b P @: @: @:pv@:(r,n,p)}
35596 @r{ r n p@: I b P @: @: @:pvb@:(r,n,p)}
35597 @r{ r n p@: H b P @: @: @:pvl@:(r,n,p)}
35598 @r{ a@: b R @: @: 10 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
35599 @r{ a n@: H b R @: @: 9 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
35600 @r{ c s l@: b S @: @: @:sln@:(c,s,l)}
35601 @r{ n p a@: b T @: @: @:rate@:(n,p,a)}
35602 @r{ n p a@: I b T @: @: @:rateb@:(n,p,a)}
35603 @r{ n p a@: H b T @: @: @:ratel@:(n,p,a)}
35604 @r{c s l p@: b Y @: @: @:syd@:(c,s,l,p)}
35605
35606 @r{ r p a@: b # @: @: @:nper@:(r,p,a)}
35607 @r{ r p a@: I b # @: @: @:nperb@:(r,p,a)}
35608 @r{ r p a@: H b # @: @: @:nperl@:(r,p,a)}
35609 @r{ a b@: b % @: @: @:relch@:(a,b)}
35610
35611 @c
35612 @r{ a@: c c @: @: 5 @:pclean@:(a,p)}
35613 @r{ a@: c 0-9 @: @: @:pclean@:(a,p)}
35614 @r{ a@: H c c @: @: 5 @:clean@:(a,p)}
35615 @r{ a@: H c 0-9 @: @: @:clean@:(a,p)}
35616 @r{ a@: c d @: @: 1 @:deg@:(a)}
35617 @r{ a@: c f @: @: 1 @:pfloat@:(a)}
35618 @r{ a@: H c f @: @: 1 @:float@:(a)}
35619 @r{ a@: c h @: @: 1 @:hms@:(a)}
35620 @r{ a@: c p @: @: @:polar@:(a)}
35621 @r{ a@: I c p @: @: @:rect@:(a)}
35622 @r{ a@: c r @: @: 1 @:rad@:(a)}
35623
35624 @c
35625 @r{ a@: c F @: @: 5 @:pfrac@:(a,p)}
35626 @r{ a@: H c F @: @: 5 @:frac@:(a,p)}
35627
35628 @c
35629 @r{ a@: c % @: @: @:percent@:(a*100)}
35630
35631 @c
35632 @r{ @: d . @:char @: 50 @:calc-point-char@:}
35633 @r{ @: d , @:char @: 50 @:calc-group-char@:}
35634 @r{ @: d < @: @: 13,50 @:calc-left-justify@:}
35635 @r{ @: d = @: @: 13,50 @:calc-center-justify@:}
35636 @r{ @: d > @: @: 13,50 @:calc-right-justify@:}
35637 @r{ @: d @{ @:label @: 50 @:calc-left-label@:}
35638 @r{ @: d @} @:label @: 50 @:calc-right-label@:}
35639 @r{ @: d [ @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-up@:}
35640 @r{ @: d ] @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-down@:}
35641 @r{ @: d " @: @: 12,50 @:calc-display-strings@:}
35642 @r{ @: d @summarykey{SPC} @: @: @:calc-refresh@:}
35643 @r{ @: d @summarykey{RET} @: @: 1 @:calc-refresh-top@:}
35644
35645 @c
35646 @r{ @: d 0 @: @: 50 @:calc-decimal-radix@:}
35647 @r{ @: d 2 @: @: 50 @:calc-binary-radix@:}
35648 @r{ @: d 6 @: @: 50 @:calc-hex-radix@:}
35649 @r{ @: d 8 @: @: 50 @:calc-octal-radix@:}
35650
35651 @c
35652 @r{ @: d b @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-line-breaking@:}
35653 @r{ @: d c @: @: 50 @:calc-complex-notation@:}
35654 @r{ @: d d @:format @: 50 @:calc-date-notation@:}
35655 @r{ @: d e @: @: 5,50 @:calc-eng-notation@:}
35656 @r{ @: d f @:num @: 31,50 @:calc-fix-notation@:}
35657 @r{ @: d g @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-group-digits@:}
35658 @r{ @: d h @:format @: 50 @:calc-hms-notation@:}
35659 @r{ @: d i @: @: 50 @:calc-i-notation@:}
35660 @r{ @: d j @: @: 50 @:calc-j-notation@:}
35661 @r{ @: d l @: @: 12,50 @:calc-line-numbering@:}
35662 @r{ @: d n @: @: 5,50 @:calc-normal-notation@:}
35663 @r{ @: d o @:format @: 50 @:calc-over-notation@:}
35664 @r{ @: d p @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-plain@:}
35665 @r{ @: d r @:radix @: 31,50 @:calc-radix@:}
35666 @r{ @: d s @: @: 5,50 @:calc-sci-notation@:}
35667 @r{ @: d t @: @: 27 @:calc-truncate-stack@:}
35668 @r{ @: d w @: @: 12,13 @:calc-auto-why@:}
35669 @r{ @: d z @: @: 12,50 @:calc-leading-zeros@:}
35670
35671 @c
35672 @r{ @: d B @: @: 50 @:calc-big-language@:}
35673 @r{ @: d C @: @: 50 @:calc-c-language@:}
35674 @r{ @: d E @: @: 50 @:calc-eqn-language@:}
35675 @r{ @: d F @: @: 50 @:calc-fortran-language@:}
35676 @r{ @: d M @: @: 50 @:calc-mathematica-language@:}
35677 @r{ @: d N @: @: 50 @:calc-normal-language@:}
35678 @r{ @: d O @: @: 50 @:calc-flat-language@:}
35679 @r{ @: d P @: @: 50 @:calc-pascal-language@:}
35680 @r{ @: d T @: @: 50 @:calc-tex-language@:}
35681 @r{ @: d L @: @: 50 @:calc-latex-language@:}
35682 @r{ @: d U @: @: 50 @:calc-unformatted-language@:}
35683 @r{ @: d W @: @: 50 @:calc-maple-language@:}
35684
35685 @c
35686 @r{ a@: f [ @: @: 4 @:decr@:(a,n)}
35687 @r{ a@: f ] @: @: 4 @:incr@:(a,n)}
35688
35689 @c
35690 @r{ a b@: f b @: @: 2 @:beta@:(a,b)}
35691 @r{ a@: f e @: @: 1 @:erf@:(a)}
35692 @r{ a@: I f e @: @: 1 @:erfc@:(a)}
35693 @r{ a@: f g @: @: 1 @:gamma@:(a)}
35694 @r{ a b@: f h @: @: 2 @:hypot@:(a,b)}
35695 @r{ a@: f i @: @: 1 @:im@:(a)}
35696 @r{ n a@: f j @: @: 2 @:besJ@:(n,a)}
35697 @r{ a b@: f n @: @: 2 @:min@:(a,b)}
35698 @r{ a@: f r @: @: 1 @:re@:(a)}
35699 @r{ a@: f s @: @: 1 @:sign@:(a)}
35700 @r{ a b@: f x @: @: 2 @:max@:(a,b)}
35701 @r{ n a@: f y @: @: 2 @:besY@:(n,a)}
35702
35703 @c
35704 @r{ a@: f A @: @: 1 @:abssqr@:(a)}
35705 @r{ x a b@: f B @: @: @:betaI@:(x,a,b)}
35706 @r{ x a b@: H f B @: @: @:betaB@:(x,a,b)}
35707 @r{ a@: f E @: @: 1 @:expm1@:(a)}
35708 @r{ a x@: f G @: @: 2 @:gammaP@:(a,x)}
35709 @r{ a x@: I f G @: @: 2 @:gammaQ@:(a,x)}
35710 @r{ a x@: H f G @: @: 2 @:gammag@:(a,x)}
35711 @r{ a x@: I H f G @: @: 2 @:gammaG@:(a,x)}
35712 @r{ a b@: f I @: @: 2 @:ilog@:(a,b)}
35713 @r{ a b@: I f I @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
35714 @r{ a@: f L @: @: 1 @:lnp1@:(a)}
35715 @r{ a@: f M @: @: 1 @:mant@:(a)}
35716 @r{ a@: f Q @: @: 1 @:isqrt@:(a)}
35717 @r{ a@: I f Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
35718 @r{ a n@: f S @: @: 2 @:scf@:(a,n)}
35719 @r{ y x@: f T @: @: @:arctan2@:(y,x)}
35720 @r{ a@: f X @: @: 1 @:xpon@:(a)}
35721
35722 @c
35723 @r{ x y@: g a @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add@:}
35724 @r{ @: g b @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-border@:}
35725 @r{ @: g c @: @: @:calc-graph-clear@:}
35726 @r{ @: g d @: @: 41 @:calc-graph-delete@:}
35727 @r{ x y@: g f @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast@:}
35728 @r{ @: g g @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-grid@:}
35729 @r{ @: g h @:title @: @:calc-graph-header@:}
35730 @r{ @: g j @: @: 4 @:calc-graph-juggle@:}
35731 @r{ @: g k @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-key@:}
35732 @r{ @: g l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-x@:}
35733 @r{ @: g n @:name @: @:calc-graph-name@:}
35734 @r{ @: g p @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-plot@:}
35735 @r{ @: g q @: @: @:calc-graph-quit@:}
35736 @r{ @: g r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-x@:}
35737 @r{ @: g s @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-line-style@:}
35738 @r{ @: g t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-x@:}
35739 @r{ @: g v @: @: @:calc-graph-view-commands@:}
35740 @r{ @: g x @:display @: @:calc-graph-display@:}
35741 @r{ @: g z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-x@:}
35742
35743 @c
35744 @r{ x y z@: g A @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add-3d@:}
35745 @r{ @: g C @:command @: @:calc-graph-command@:}
35746 @r{ @: g D @:device @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-device@:}
35747 @r{ x y z@: g F @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast-3d@:}
35748 @r{ @: g H @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-hide@:}
35749 @r{ @: g K @: @: @:calc-graph-kill@:}
35750 @r{ @: g L @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-y@:}
35751 @r{ @: g N @:number @: 43,51 @:calc-graph-num-points@:}
35752 @r{ @: g O @:filename @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-output@:}
35753 @r{ @: g P @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-print@:}
35754 @r{ @: g R @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-y@:}
35755 @r{ @: g S @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-point-style@:}
35756 @r{ @: g T @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-y@:}
35757 @r{ @: g V @: @: @:calc-graph-view-trail@:}
35758 @r{ @: g X @:format @: @:calc-graph-geometry@:}
35759 @r{ @: g Z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-y@:}
35760
35761 @c
35762 @r{ @: g C-l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-z@:}
35763 @r{ @: g C-r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-z@:}
35764 @r{ @: g C-t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-z@:}
35765
35766 @c
35767 @r{ @: h b @: @: @:calc-describe-bindings@:}
35768 @r{ @: h c @:key @: @:calc-describe-key-briefly@:}
35769 @r{ @: h f @:function @: @:calc-describe-function@:}
35770 @r{ @: h h @: @: @:calc-full-help@:}
35771 @r{ @: h i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
35772 @r{ @: h k @:key @: @:calc-describe-key@:}
35773 @r{ @: h n @: @: @:calc-view-news@:}
35774 @r{ @: h s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
35775 @r{ @: h t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
35776 @r{ @: h v @:var @: @:calc-describe-variable@:}
35777
35778 @c
35779 @r{ @: j 1-9 @: @: @:calc-select-part@:}
35780 @r{ @: j @summarykey{RET} @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-selection@:}
35781 @r{ @: j @summarykey{DEL} @: @: 27 @:calc-del-selection@:}
35782 @r{ @: j ' @:formula @: 27 @:calc-enter-selection@:}
35783 @r{ @: j ` @:editing @: 27,30 @:calc-edit-selection@:}
35784 @r{ @: j " @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-expand-formula@:}
35785
35786 @c
35787 @r{ @: j + @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-add-both-sides@:}
35788 @r{ @: j - @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-sub-both-sides@:}
35789 @r{ @: j * @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-mul-both-sides@:}
35790 @r{ @: j / @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-div-both-sides@:}
35791 @r{ @: j & @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-invert@:}
35792
35793 @c
35794 @r{ @: j a @: @: 27 @:calc-select-additional@:}
35795 @r{ @: j b @: @: 12 @:calc-break-selections@:}
35796 @r{ @: j c @: @: @:calc-clear-selections@:}
35797 @r{ @: j d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-selections@:}
35798 @r{ @: j e @: @: 12 @:calc-enable-selections@:}
35799 @r{ @: j l @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-less@:}
35800 @r{ @: j m @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-more@:}
35801 @r{ @: j n @: @: 4 @:calc-select-next@:}
35802 @r{ @: j o @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once@:}
35803 @r{ @: j p @: @: 4 @:calc-select-previous@:}
35804 @r{ @: j r @:rules @:4,8,27 @:calc-rewrite-selection@:}
35805 @r{ @: j s @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here@:}
35806 @r{ @: j u @: @: 27 @:calc-unselect@:}
35807 @r{ @: j v @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-evaluate@:}
35808
35809 @c
35810 @r{ @: j C @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-commute@:}
35811 @r{ @: j D @: @: 4,27 @:calc-sel-distribute@:}
35812 @r{ @: j E @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-jump-equals@:}
35813 @r{ @: j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@:}
35814 @r{ @: H j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@: (full)}
35815 @r{ @: j L @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-left@:}
35816 @r{ @: j M @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-merge@:}
35817 @r{ @: j N @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-negate@:}
35818 @r{ @: j O @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once-maybe@:}
35819 @r{ @: j R @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-right@:}
35820 @r{ @: j S @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here-maybe@:}
35821 @r{ @: j U @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-unpack@:}
35822
35823 @c
35824 @r{ @: k a @: @: @:calc-random-again@:}
35825 @r{ n@: k b @: @: 1 @:bern@:(n)}
35826 @r{ n x@: H k b @: @: 2 @:bern@:(n,x)}
35827 @r{ n m@: k c @: @: 2 @:choose@:(n,m)}
35828 @r{ n m@: H k c @: @: 2 @:perm@:(n,m)}
35829 @r{ n@: k d @: @: 1 @:dfact@:(n) n!!}
35830 @r{ n@: k e @: @: 1 @:euler@:(n)}
35831 @r{ n x@: H k e @: @: 2 @:euler@:(n,x)}
35832 @r{ n@: k f @: @: 4 @:prfac@:(n)}
35833 @r{ n m@: k g @: @: 2 @:gcd@:(n,m)}
35834 @r{ m n@: k h @: @: 14 @:shuffle@:(n,m)}
35835 @r{ n m@: k l @: @: 2 @:lcm@:(n,m)}
35836 @r{ n@: k m @: @: 1 @:moebius@:(n)}
35837 @r{ n@: k n @: @: 4 @:nextprime@:(n)}
35838 @r{ n@: I k n @: @: 4 @:prevprime@:(n)}
35839 @r{ n@: k p @: @: 4,28 @:calc-prime-test@:}
35840 @r{ m@: k r @: @: 14 @:random@:(m)}
35841 @r{ n m@: k s @: @: 2 @:stir1@:(n,m)}
35842 @r{ n m@: H k s @: @: 2 @:stir2@:(n,m)}
35843 @r{ n@: k t @: @: 1 @:totient@:(n)}
35844
35845 @c
35846 @r{ n p x@: k B @: @: @:utpb@:(x,n,p)}
35847 @r{ n p x@: I k B @: @: @:ltpb@:(x,n,p)}
35848 @r{ v x@: k C @: @: @:utpc@:(x,v)}
35849 @r{ v x@: I k C @: @: @:ltpc@:(x,v)}
35850 @r{ n m@: k E @: @: @:egcd@:(n,m)}
35851 @r{v1 v2 x@: k F @: @: @:utpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
35852 @r{v1 v2 x@: I k F @: @: @:ltpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
35853 @r{ m s x@: k N @: @: @:utpn@:(x,m,s)}
35854 @r{ m s x@: I k N @: @: @:ltpn@:(x,m,s)}
35855 @r{ m x@: k P @: @: @:utpp@:(x,m)}
35856 @r{ m x@: I k P @: @: @:ltpp@:(x,m)}
35857 @r{ v x@: k T @: @: @:utpt@:(x,v)}
35858 @r{ v x@: I k T @: @: @:ltpt@:(x,v)}
35859
35860 @c
35861 @r{ @: m a @: @: 12,13 @:calc-algebraic-mode@:}
35862 @r{ @: m d @: @: @:calc-degrees-mode@:}
35863 @r{ @: m e @: @: @:calc-embedded-preserve-modes@:}
35864 @r{ @: m f @: @: 12 @:calc-frac-mode@:}
35865 @r{ @: m g @: @: 52 @:calc-get-modes@:}
35866 @r{ @: m h @: @: @:calc-hms-mode@:}
35867 @r{ @: m i @: @: 12,13 @:calc-infinite-mode@:}
35868 @r{ @: m m @: @: @:calc-save-modes@:}
35869 @r{ @: m p @: @: 12 @:calc-polar-mode@:}
35870 @r{ @: m r @: @: @:calc-radians-mode@:}
35871 @r{ @: m s @: @: 12 @:calc-symbolic-mode@:}
35872 @r{ @: m t @: @: 12 @:calc-total-algebraic-mode@:}
35873 @r{ @: m v @: @: 12,13 @:calc-matrix-mode@:}
35874 @r{ @: m w @: @: 13 @:calc-working@:}
35875 @r{ @: m x @: @: @:calc-always-load-extensions@:}
35876
35877 @c
35878 @r{ @: m A @: @: 12 @:calc-alg-simplify-mode@:}
35879 @r{ @: m B @: @: 12 @:calc-bin-simplify-mode@:}
35880 @r{ @: m C @: @: 12 @:calc-auto-recompute@:}
35881 @r{ @: m D @: @: @:calc-default-simplify-mode@:}
35882 @r{ @: m E @: @: 12 @:calc-ext-simplify-mode@:}
35883 @r{ @: m F @:filename @: 13 @:calc-settings-file-name@:}
35884 @r{ @: m N @: @: 12 @:calc-num-simplify-mode@:}
35885 @r{ @: m O @: @: 12 @:calc-no-simplify-mode@:}
35886 @r{ @: m R @: @: 12,13 @:calc-mode-record-mode@:}
35887 @r{ @: m S @: @: 12 @:calc-shift-prefix@:}
35888 @r{ @: m U @: @: 12 @:calc-units-simplify-mode@:}
35889
35890 @c
35891 @r{ @: r s @:register @: 27 @:calc-copy-to-register@:}
35892 @r{ @: r i @:register @: @:calc-insert-register@:}
35893
35894 @c
35895 @r{ @: s c @:var1, var2 @: 29 @:calc-copy-variable@:}
35896 @r{ @: s d @:var, decl @: @:calc-declare-variable@:}
35897 @r{ @: s e @:var, editing @: 29,30 @:calc-edit-variable@:}
35898 @r{ @: s i @:buffer @: @:calc-insert-variables@:}
35899 @r{ @: s k @:const, var @: 29 @:calc-copy-special-constant@:}
35900 @r{ a b@: s l @:var @: 29 @:@:a (letting var=b)}
35901 @r{ a ...@: s m @:op, var @: 22,29 @:calc-store-map@:}
35902 @r{ @: s n @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-neg@: (v/-1)}
35903 @r{ @: s p @:var @: 29 @:calc-permanent-variable@:}
35904 @r{ @: s r @:var @: 29 @:@:v (recalled value)}
35905 @r{ @: r 0-9 @: @: @:calc-recall-quick@:}
35906 @r{ a@: s s @:var @: 28,29 @:calc-store@:}
35907 @r{ a@: s 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-quick@:}
35908 @r{ a@: s t @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-into@:}
35909 @r{ a@: t 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-into-quick@:}
35910 @r{ @: s u @:var @: 29 @:calc-unstore@:}
35911 @r{ a@: s x @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-exchange@:}
35912
35913 @c
35914 @r{ @: s A @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-AlgSimpRules@:}
35915 @r{ @: s D @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Decls@:}
35916 @r{ @: s E @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-EvalRules@:}
35917 @r{ @: s F @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-FitRules@:}
35918 @r{ @: s G @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-GenCount@:}
35919 @r{ @: s H @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Holidays@:}
35920 @r{ @: s I @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-IntegLimit@:}
35921 @r{ @: s L @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-LineStyles@:}
35922 @r{ @: s P @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PointStyles@:}
35923 @r{ @: s R @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PlotRejects@:}
35924 @r{ @: s T @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-TimeZone@:}
35925 @r{ @: s U @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Units@:}
35926 @r{ @: s X @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-ExtSimpRules@:}
35927
35928 @c
35929 @r{ a@: s + @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-plus@: (v+a)}
35930 @r{ a@: s - @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-minus@: (v-a)}
35931 @r{ a@: s * @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-times@: (v*a)}
35932 @r{ a@: s / @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-div@: (v/a)}
35933 @r{ a@: s ^ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-power@: (v^a)}
35934 @r{ a@: s | @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-concat@: (v|a)}
35935 @r{ @: s & @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-inv@: (v^-1)}
35936 @r{ @: s [ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-decr@: (v-1)}
35937 @r{ @: s ] @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-incr@: (v-(-1))}
35938 @r{ a b@: s : @: @: 2 @:assign@:(a,b) a @tfn{:=} b}
35939 @r{ a@: s = @: @: 1 @:evalto@:(a,b) a @tfn{=>}}
35940
35941 @c
35942 @r{ @: t [ @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-first@:}
35943 @r{ @: t ] @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-last@:}
35944 @r{ @: t < @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-left@:}
35945 @r{ @: t > @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-right@:}
35946 @r{ @: t . @: @: 12 @:calc-full-trail-vectors@:}
35947
35948 @c
35949 @r{ @: t b @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-backward@:}
35950 @r{ @: t d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-trail-display@:}
35951 @r{ @: t f @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-forward@:}
35952 @r{ @: t h @: @: @:calc-trail-here@:}
35953 @r{ @: t i @: @: @:calc-trail-in@:}
35954 @r{ @: t k @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-kill@:}
35955 @r{ @: t m @:string @: @:calc-trail-marker@:}
35956 @r{ @: t n @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-next@:}
35957 @r{ @: t o @: @: @:calc-trail-out@:}
35958 @r{ @: t p @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-previous@:}
35959 @r{ @: t r @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-backward@:}
35960 @r{ @: t s @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-forward@:}
35961 @r{ @: t y @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-yank@:}
35962
35963 @c
35964 @r{ d@: t C @:oz, nz @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
35965 @r{d oz nz@: t C @:$ @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
35966 @r{ d@: t D @: @: 15 @:date@:(d)}
35967 @r{ d@: t I @: @: 4 @:incmonth@:(d,n)}
35968 @r{ d@: t J @: @: 16 @:julian@:(d,z)}
35969 @r{ d@: t M @: @: 17 @:newmonth@:(d,n)}
35970 @r{ @: t N @: @: 16 @:now@:(z)}
35971 @r{ d@: t P @:1 @: 31 @:year@:(d)}
35972 @r{ d@: t P @:2 @: 31 @:month@:(d)}
35973 @r{ d@: t P @:3 @: 31 @:day@:(d)}
35974 @r{ d@: t P @:4 @: 31 @:hour@:(d)}
35975 @r{ d@: t P @:5 @: 31 @:minute@:(d)}
35976 @r{ d@: t P @:6 @: 31 @:second@:(d)}
35977 @r{ d@: t P @:7 @: 31 @:weekday@:(d)}
35978 @r{ d@: t P @:8 @: 31 @:yearday@:(d)}
35979 @r{ d@: t P @:9 @: 31 @:time@:(d)}
35980 @r{ d@: t U @: @: 16 @:unixtime@:(d,z)}
35981 @r{ d@: t W @: @: 17 @:newweek@:(d,w)}
35982 @r{ d@: t Y @: @: 17 @:newyear@:(d,n)}
35983
35984 @c
35985 @r{ a b@: t + @: @: 2 @:badd@:(a,b)}
35986 @r{ a b@: t - @: @: 2 @:bsub@:(a,b)}
35987
35988 @c
35989 @r{ @: u a @: @: 12 @:calc-autorange-units@:}
35990 @r{ a@: u b @: @: @:calc-base-units@:}
35991 @r{ a@: u c @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-units@:}
35992 @r{ defn@: u d @:unit, descr @: @:calc-define-unit@:}
35993 @r{ @: u e @: @: @:calc-explain-units@:}
35994 @r{ @: u g @:unit @: @:calc-get-unit-definition@:}
35995 @r{ @: u p @: @: @:calc-permanent-units@:}
35996 @r{ a@: u r @: @: @:calc-remove-units@:}
35997 @r{ a@: u s @: @: @:usimplify@:(a)}
35998 @r{ a@: u t @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-temperature@:}
35999 @r{ @: u u @:unit @: @:calc-undefine-unit@:}
36000 @r{ @: u v @: @: @:calc-enter-units-table@:}
36001 @r{ a@: u x @: @: @:calc-extract-units@:}
36002 @r{ a@: u 0-9 @: @: @:calc-quick-units@:}
36003
36004 @c
36005 @r{ v1 v2@: u C @: @: 20 @:vcov@:(v1,v2)}
36006 @r{ v1 v2@: I u C @: @: 20 @:vpcov@:(v1,v2)}
36007 @r{ v1 v2@: H u C @: @: 20 @:vcorr@:(v1,v2)}
36008 @r{ v@: u G @: @: 19 @:vgmean@:(v)}
36009 @r{ a b@: H u G @: @: 2 @:agmean@:(a,b)}
36010 @r{ v@: u M @: @: 19 @:vmean@:(v)}
36011 @r{ v@: I u M @: @: 19 @:vmeane@:(v)}
36012 @r{ v@: H u M @: @: 19 @:vmedian@:(v)}
36013 @r{ v@: I H u M @: @: 19 @:vhmean@:(v)}
36014 @r{ v@: u N @: @: 19 @:vmin@:(v)}
36015 @r{ v@: u S @: @: 19 @:vsdev@:(v)}
36016 @r{ v@: I u S @: @: 19 @:vpsdev@:(v)}
36017 @r{ v@: H u S @: @: 19 @:vvar@:(v)}
36018 @r{ v@: I H u S @: @: 19 @:vpvar@:(v)}
36019 @r{ @: u V @: @: @:calc-view-units-table@:}
36020 @r{ v@: u X @: @: 19 @:vmax@:(v)}
36021
36022 @c
36023 @r{ v@: u + @: @: 19 @:vsum@:(v)}
36024 @r{ v@: u * @: @: 19 @:vprod@:(v)}
36025 @r{ v@: u # @: @: 19 @:vcount@:(v)}
36026
36027 @c
36028 @r{ @: V ( @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-parens@:}
36029 @r{ @: V @{ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-braces@:}
36030 @r{ @: V [ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-brackets@:}
36031 @r{ @: V ] @:ROCP @: 50 @:calc-matrix-brackets@:}
36032 @r{ @: V , @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-commas@:}
36033 @r{ @: V < @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-left-justify@:}
36034 @r{ @: V = @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-center-justify@:}
36035 @r{ @: V > @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-right-justify@:}
36036 @r{ @: V / @: @: 12,50 @:calc-break-vectors@:}
36037 @r{ @: V . @: @: 12,50 @:calc-full-vectors@:}
36038
36039 @c
36040 @r{ s t@: V ^ @: @: 2 @:vint@:(s,t)}
36041 @r{ s t@: V - @: @: 2 @:vdiff@:(s,t)}
36042 @r{ s@: V ~ @: @: 1 @:vcompl@:(s)}
36043 @r{ s@: V # @: @: 1 @:vcard@:(s)}
36044 @r{ s@: V : @: @: 1 @:vspan@:(s)}
36045 @r{ s@: V + @: @: 1 @:rdup@:(s)}
36046
36047 @c
36048 @r{ m@: V & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(m) 1/m}
36049
36050 @c
36051 @r{ v@: v a @:n @: @:arrange@:(v,n)}
36052 @r{ a@: v b @:n @: @:cvec@:(a,n)}
36053 @r{ v@: v c @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mcol@:(v,n)}
36054 @r{ v@: v c @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrcol@:(v,-n)}
36055 @r{ m@: v c @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
36056 @r{ v@: v d @: @: 25 @:diag@:(v,n)}
36057 @r{ v m@: v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m)}
36058 @r{ v m f@: H v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m,f)}
36059 @r{ v a@: v f @: @: 26 @:find@:(v,a,n)}
36060 @r{ v@: v h @: @: 1 @:head@:(v)}
36061 @r{ v@: I v h @: @: 1 @:tail@:(v)}
36062 @r{ v@: H v h @: @: 1 @:rhead@:(v)}
36063 @r{ v@: I H v h @: @: 1 @:rtail@:(v)}
36064 @r{ @: v i @:n @: 31 @:idn@:(1,n)}
36065 @r{ @: v i @:0 @: 31 @:idn@:(1)}
36066 @r{ h t@: v k @: @: 2 @:cons@:(h,t)}
36067 @r{ h t@: H v k @: @: 2 @:rcons@:(h,t)}
36068 @r{ v@: v l @: @: 1 @:vlen@:(v)}
36069 @r{ v@: H v l @: @: 1 @:mdims@:(v)}
36070 @r{ v m@: v m @: @: 2 @:vmask@:(v,m)}
36071 @r{ v@: v n @: @: 1 @:rnorm@:(v)}
36072 @r{ a b c@: v p @: @: 24 @:calc-pack@:}
36073 @r{ v@: v r @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mrow@:(v,n)}
36074 @r{ v@: v r @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrrow@:(v,-n)}
36075 @r{ m@: v r @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
36076 @r{ v i j@: v s @: @: @:subvec@:(v,i,j)}
36077 @r{ v i j@: I v s @: @: @:rsubvec@:(v,i,j)}
36078 @r{ m@: v t @: @: 1 @:trn@:(m)}
36079 @r{ v@: v u @: @: 24 @:calc-unpack@:}
36080 @r{ v@: v v @: @: 1 @:rev@:(v)}
36081 @r{ @: v x @:n @: 31 @:index@:(n)}
36082 @r{ n s i@: C-u v x @: @: @:index@:(n,s,i)}
36083
36084 @c
36085 @r{ v@: V A @:op @: 22 @:apply@:(op,v)}
36086 @r{ v1 v2@: V C @: @: 2 @:cross@:(v1,v2)}
36087 @r{ m@: V D @: @: 1 @:det@:(m)}
36088 @r{ s@: V E @: @: 1 @:venum@:(s)}
36089 @r{ s@: V F @: @: 1 @:vfloor@:(s)}
36090 @r{ v@: V G @: @: @:grade@:(v)}
36091 @r{ v@: I V G @: @: @:rgrade@:(v)}
36092 @r{ v@: V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,n)}
36093 @r{ v w@: H V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,w,n)}
36094 @r{ v1 v2@: V I @:mop aop @: 22 @:inner@:(mop,aop,v1,v2)}
36095 @r{ m@: V J @: @: 1 @:ctrn@:(m)}
36096 @r{ m1 m2@: V K @: @: @:kron@:(m1,m2)}
36097 @r{ m@: V L @: @: 1 @:lud@:(m)}
36098 @r{ v@: V M @:op @: 22,23 @:map@:(op,v)}
36099 @r{ v@: V N @: @: 1 @:cnorm@:(v)}
36100 @r{ v1 v2@: V O @:op @: 22 @:outer@:(op,v1,v2)}
36101 @r{ v@: V R @:op @: 22,23 @:reduce@:(op,v)}
36102 @r{ v@: I V R @:op @: 22,23 @:rreduce@:(op,v)}
36103 @r{ a n@: H V R @:op @: 22 @:nest@:(op,a,n)}
36104 @r{ a@: I H V R @:op @: 22 @:fixp@:(op,a)}
36105 @r{ v@: V S @: @: @:sort@:(v)}
36106 @r{ v@: I V S @: @: @:rsort@:(v)}
36107 @r{ m@: V T @: @: 1 @:tr@:(m)}
36108 @r{ v@: V U @:op @: 22 @:accum@:(op,v)}
36109 @r{ v@: I V U @:op @: 22 @:raccum@:(op,v)}
36110 @r{ a n@: H V U @:op @: 22 @:anest@:(op,a,n)}
36111 @r{ a@: I H V U @:op @: 22 @:afixp@:(op,a)}
36112 @r{ s t@: V V @: @: 2 @:vunion@:(s,t)}
36113 @r{ s t@: V X @: @: 2 @:vxor@:(s,t)}
36114
36115 @c
36116 @r{ @: Y @: @: @:@:user commands}
36117
36118 @c
36119 @r{ @: z @: @: @:@:user commands}
36120
36121 @c
36122 @r{ c@: Z [ @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-if@:}
36123 @r{ c@: Z | @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-else-if@:}
36124 @r{ @: Z : @: @: @:calc-kbd-else@:}
36125 @r{ @: Z ] @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-if@:}
36126
36127 @c
36128 @r{ @: Z @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-kbd-loop@:}
36129 @r{ c@: Z / @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-break@:}
36130 @r{ @: Z @} @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-loop@:}
36131 @r{ n@: Z < @: @: @:calc-kbd-repeat@:}
36132 @r{ @: Z > @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-repeat@:}
36133 @r{ n m@: Z ( @: @: @:calc-kbd-for@:}
36134 @r{ s@: Z ) @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-for@:}
36135
36136 @c
36137 @r{ @: Z C-g @: @: @:@:cancel if/loop command}
36138
36139 @c
36140 @r{ @: Z ` @: @: @:calc-kbd-push@:}
36141 @r{ @: Z ' @: @: @:calc-kbd-pop@:}
36142 @r{ @: Z # @: @: @:calc-kbd-query@:}
36143
36144 @c
36145 @r{ comp@: Z C @:func, args @: 50 @:calc-user-define-composition@:}
36146 @r{ @: Z D @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define@:}
36147 @r{ @: Z E @:key, editing @: 30 @:calc-user-define-edit@:}
36148 @r{ defn@: Z F @:k, c, f, a, n@: 28 @:calc-user-define-formula@:}
36149 @r{ @: Z G @:key @: @:calc-get-user-defn@:}
36150 @r{ @: Z I @: @: @:calc-user-define-invocation@:}
36151 @r{ @: Z K @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define-kbd-macro@:}
36152 @r{ @: Z P @:key @: @:calc-user-define-permanent@:}
36153 @r{ @: Z S @: @: 30 @:calc-edit-user-syntax@:}
36154 @r{ @: Z T @: @: 12 @:calc-timing@:}
36155 @r{ @: Z U @:key @: @:calc-user-undefine@:}
36156
36157 @end format
36158
36159 @noindent
36160 NOTES
36161
36162 @enumerate
36163 @c 1
36164 @item
36165 Positive prefix arguments apply to @expr{n} stack entries.
36166 Negative prefix arguments apply to the @expr{-n}th stack entry.
36167 A prefix of zero applies to the entire stack. (For @key{LFD} and
36168 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, the meaning of the sign is reversed.)
36169
36170 @c 2
36171 @item
36172 Positive prefix arguments apply to @expr{n} stack entries.
36173 Negative prefix arguments apply to the top stack entry
36174 and the next @expr{-n} stack entries.
36175
36176 @c 3
36177 @item
36178 Positive prefix arguments rotate top @expr{n} stack entries by one.
36179 Negative prefix arguments rotate the entire stack by @expr{-n}.
36180 A prefix of zero reverses the entire stack.
36181
36182 @c 4
36183 @item
36184 Prefix argument specifies a repeat count or distance.
36185
36186 @c 5
36187 @item
36188 Positive prefix arguments specify a precision @expr{p}.
36189 Negative prefix arguments reduce the current precision by @expr{-p}.
36190
36191 @c 6
36192 @item
36193 A prefix argument is interpreted as an additional step-size parameter.
36194 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix means to prompt for the step size.
36195
36196 @c 7
36197 @item
36198 A prefix argument specifies simplification level and depth.
36199 1=Default, 2=like @kbd{a s}, 3=like @kbd{a e}.
36200
36201 @c 8
36202 @item
36203 A negative prefix operates only on the top level of the input formula.
36204
36205 @c 9
36206 @item
36207 Positive prefix arguments specify a word size of @expr{w} bits, unsigned.
36208 Negative prefix arguments specify a word size of @expr{w} bits, signed.
36209
36210 @c 10
36211 @item
36212 Prefix arguments specify the shift amount @expr{n}. The @expr{w} argument
36213 cannot be specified in the keyboard version of this command.
36214
36215 @c 11
36216 @item
36217 From the keyboard, @expr{d} is omitted and defaults to zero.
36218
36219 @c 12
36220 @item
36221 Mode is toggled; a positive prefix always sets the mode, and a negative
36222 prefix always clears the mode.
36223
36224 @c 13
36225 @item
36226 Some prefix argument values provide special variations of the mode.
36227
36228 @c 14
36229 @item
36230 A prefix argument, if any, is used for @expr{m} instead of taking
36231 @expr{m} from the stack. @expr{M} may take any of these values:
36232 @iftex
36233 {@advance@tableindent10pt
36234 @end iftex
36235 @table @asis
36236 @item Integer
36237 Random integer in the interval @expr{[0 .. m)}.
36238 @item Float
36239 Random floating-point number in the interval @expr{[0 .. m)}.
36240 @item 0.0
36241 Gaussian with mean 1 and standard deviation 0.
36242 @item Error form
36243 Gaussian with specified mean and standard deviation.
36244 @item Interval
36245 Random integer or floating-point number in that interval.
36246 @item Vector
36247 Random element from the vector.
36248 @end table
36249 @iftex
36250 }
36251 @end iftex
36252
36253 @c 15
36254 @item
36255 A prefix argument from 1 to 6 specifies number of date components
36256 to remove from the stack. @xref{Date Conversions}.
36257
36258 @c 16
36259 @item
36260 A prefix argument specifies a time zone; @kbd{C-u} says to take the
36261 time zone number or name from the top of the stack. @xref{Time Zones}.
36262
36263 @c 17
36264 @item
36265 A prefix argument specifies a day number (0-6, 0-31, or 0-366).
36266
36267 @c 18
36268 @item
36269 If the input has no units, you will be prompted for both the old and
36270 the new units.
36271
36272 @c 19
36273 @item
36274 With a prefix argument, collect that many stack entries to form the
36275 input data set. Each entry may be a single value or a vector of values.
36276
36277 @c 20
36278 @item
36279 With a prefix argument of 1, take a single
36280 @texline @var{n}@math{\times2}
36281 @infoline @mathit{@var{N}x2}
36282 matrix from the stack instead of two separate data vectors.
36283
36284 @c 21
36285 @item
36286 The row or column number @expr{n} may be given as a numeric prefix
36287 argument instead. A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix says to take @expr{n}
36288 from the top of the stack. If @expr{n} is a vector or interval,
36289 a subvector/submatrix of the input is created.
36290
36291 @c 22
36292 @item
36293 The @expr{op} prompt can be answered with the key sequence for the
36294 desired function, or with @kbd{x} or @kbd{z} followed by a function name,
36295 or with @kbd{$} to take a formula from the top of the stack, or with
36296 @kbd{'} and a typed formula. In the last two cases, the formula may
36297 be a nameless function like @samp{<#1+#2>} or @samp{<x, y : x+y>}, or it
36298 may include @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, etc. (where @kbd{$} will correspond to the
36299 last argument of the created function), or otherwise you will be
36300 prompted for an argument list. The number of vectors popped from the
36301 stack by @kbd{V M} depends on the number of arguments of the function.
36302
36303 @c 23
36304 @item
36305 One of the mapping direction keys @kbd{_} (horizontal, i.e., map
36306 by rows or reduce across), @kbd{:} (vertical, i.e., map by columns or
36307 reduce down), or @kbd{=} (map or reduce by rows) may be used before
36308 entering @expr{op}; these modify the function name by adding the letter
36309 @code{r} for ``rows,'' @code{c} for ``columns,'' @code{a} for ``across,''
36310 or @code{d} for ``down.''
36311
36312 @c 24
36313 @item
36314 The prefix argument specifies a packing mode. A nonnegative mode
36315 is the number of items (for @kbd{v p}) or the number of levels
36316 (for @kbd{v u}). A negative mode is as described below. With no
36317 prefix argument, the mode is taken from the top of the stack and
36318 may be an integer or a vector of integers.
36319 @iftex
36320 {@advance@tableindent-20pt
36321 @end iftex
36322 @table @cite
36323 @item -1
36324 (@var{2}) Rectangular complex number.
36325 @item -2
36326 (@var{2}) Polar complex number.
36327 @item -3
36328 (@var{3}) HMS form.
36329 @item -4
36330 (@var{2}) Error form.
36331 @item -5
36332 (@var{2}) Modulo form.
36333 @item -6
36334 (@var{2}) Closed interval.
36335 @item -7
36336 (@var{2}) Closed .. open interval.
36337 @item -8
36338 (@var{2}) Open .. closed interval.
36339 @item -9
36340 (@var{2}) Open interval.
36341 @item -10
36342 (@var{2}) Fraction.
36343 @item -11
36344 (@var{2}) Float with integer mantissa.
36345 @item -12
36346 (@var{2}) Float with mantissa in @expr{[1 .. 10)}.
36347 @item -13
36348 (@var{1}) Date form (using date numbers).
36349 @item -14
36350 (@var{3}) Date form (using year, month, day).
36351 @item -15
36352 (@var{6}) Date form (using year, month, day, hour, minute, second).
36353 @end table
36354 @iftex
36355 }
36356 @end iftex
36357
36358 @c 25
36359 @item
36360 A prefix argument specifies the size @expr{n} of the matrix. With no
36361 prefix argument, @expr{n} is omitted and the size is inferred from
36362 the input vector.
36363
36364 @c 26
36365 @item
36366 The prefix argument specifies the starting position @expr{n} (default 1).
36367
36368 @c 27
36369 @item
36370 Cursor position within stack buffer affects this command.
36371
36372 @c 28
36373 @item
36374 Arguments are not actually removed from the stack by this command.
36375
36376 @c 29
36377 @item
36378 Variable name may be a single digit or a full name.
36379
36380 @c 30
36381 @item
36382 Editing occurs in a separate buffer. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} (or
36383 @key{LFD}, or in some cases @key{RET}) to finish the edit, or kill the
36384 buffer with @kbd{C-x k} to cancel the edit. The @key{LFD} key prevents evaluation
36385 of the result of the edit.
36386
36387 @c 31
36388 @item
36389 The number prompted for can also be provided as a prefix argument.
36390
36391 @c 32
36392 @item
36393 Press this key a second time to cancel the prefix.
36394
36395 @c 33
36396 @item
36397 With a negative prefix, deactivate all formulas. With a positive
36398 prefix, deactivate and then reactivate from scratch.
36399
36400 @c 34
36401 @item
36402 Default is to scan for nearest formula delimiter symbols. With a
36403 prefix of zero, formula is delimited by mark and point. With a
36404 non-zero prefix, formula is delimited by scanning forward or
36405 backward by that many lines.
36406
36407 @c 35
36408 @item
36409 Parse the region between point and mark as a vector. A nonzero prefix
36410 parses @var{n} lines before or after point as a vector. A zero prefix
36411 parses the current line as a vector. A @kbd{C-u} prefix parses the
36412 region between point and mark as a single formula.
36413
36414 @c 36
36415 @item
36416 Parse the rectangle defined by point and mark as a matrix. A positive
36417 prefix @var{n} divides the rectangle into columns of width @var{n}.
36418 A zero or @kbd{C-u} prefix parses each line as one formula. A negative
36419 prefix suppresses special treatment of bracketed portions of a line.
36420
36421 @c 37
36422 @item
36423 A numeric prefix causes the current language mode to be ignored.
36424
36425 @c 38
36426 @item
36427 Responding to a prompt with a blank line answers that and all
36428 later prompts by popping additional stack entries.
36429
36430 @c 39
36431 @item
36432 Answer for @expr{v} may also be of the form @expr{v = v_0} or
36433 @expr{v - v_0}.
36434
36435 @c 40
36436 @item
36437 With a positive prefix argument, stack contains many @expr{y}'s and one
36438 common @expr{x}. With a zero prefix, stack contains a vector of
36439 @expr{y}s and a common @expr{x}. With a negative prefix, stack
36440 contains many @expr{[x,y]} vectors. (For 3D plots, substitute
36441 @expr{z} for @expr{y} and @expr{x,y} for @expr{x}.)
36442
36443 @c 41
36444 @item
36445 With any prefix argument, all curves in the graph are deleted.
36446
36447 @c 42
36448 @item
36449 With a positive prefix, refines an existing plot with more data points.
36450 With a negative prefix, forces recomputation of the plot data.
36451
36452 @c 43
36453 @item
36454 With any prefix argument, set the default value instead of the
36455 value for this graph.
36456
36457 @c 44
36458 @item
36459 With a negative prefix argument, set the value for the printer.
36460
36461 @c 45
36462 @item
36463 Condition is considered ``true'' if it is a nonzero real or complex
36464 number, or a formula whose value is known to be nonzero; it is ``false''
36465 otherwise.
36466
36467 @c 46
36468 @item
36469 Several formulas separated by commas are pushed as multiple stack
36470 entries. Trailing @kbd{)}, @kbd{]}, @kbd{@}}, @kbd{>}, and @kbd{"}
36471 delimiters may be omitted. The notation @kbd{$$$} refers to the value
36472 in stack level three, and causes the formula to replace the top three
36473 stack levels. The notation @kbd{$3} refers to stack level three without
36474 causing that value to be removed from the stack. Use @key{LFD} in place
36475 of @key{RET} to prevent evaluation; use @kbd{M-=} in place of @key{RET}
36476 to evaluate variables.
36477
36478 @c 47
36479 @item
36480 The variable is replaced by the formula shown on the right. The
36481 Inverse flag reverses the order of the operands, e.g., @kbd{I s - x}
36482 assigns
36483 @texline @math{x \coloneq a-x}.
36484 @infoline @expr{x := a-x}.
36485
36486 @c 48
36487 @item
36488 Press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see how to choose a model. Answer the
36489 variables prompt with @expr{iv} or @expr{iv;pv} to specify
36490 independent and parameter variables. A positive prefix argument
36491 takes @mathit{@var{n}+1} vectors from the stack; a zero prefix takes a matrix
36492 and a vector from the stack.
36493
36494 @c 49
36495 @item
36496 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, replace the current region of the
36497 destination buffer with the yanked text instead of inserting.
36498
36499 @c 50
36500 @item
36501 All stack entries are reformatted; the @kbd{H} prefix inhibits this.
36502 The @kbd{I} prefix sets the mode temporarily, redraws the top stack
36503 entry, then restores the original setting of the mode.
36504
36505 @c 51
36506 @item
36507 A negative prefix sets the default 3D resolution instead of the
36508 default 2D resolution.
36509
36510 @c 52
36511 @item
36512 This grabs a vector of the form [@var{prec}, @var{wsize}, @var{ssize},
36513 @var{radix}, @var{flfmt}, @var{ang}, @var{frac}, @var{symb}, @var{polar},
36514 @var{matrix}, @var{simp}, @var{inf}]. A prefix argument from 1 to 12
36515 grabs the @var{n}th mode value only.
36516 @end enumerate
36517
36518 @iftex
36519 (Space is provided below for you to keep your own written notes.)
36520 @page
36521 @endgroup
36522 @end iftex
36523
36524
36525 @c [end-summary]
36526
36527 @node Key Index, Command Index, Summary, Top
36528 @unnumbered Index of Key Sequences
36529
36530 @printindex ky
36531
36532 @node Command Index, Function Index, Key Index, Top
36533 @unnumbered Index of Calculator Commands
36534
36535 Since all Calculator commands begin with the prefix @samp{calc-}, the
36536 @kbd{x} key has been provided as a variant of @kbd{M-x} which automatically
36537 types @samp{calc-} for you. Thus, @kbd{x last-args} is short for
36538 @kbd{M-x calc-last-args}.
36539
36540 @printindex pg
36541
36542 @node Function Index, Concept Index, Command Index, Top
36543 @unnumbered Index of Algebraic Functions
36544
36545 This is a list of built-in functions and operators usable in algebraic
36546 expressions. Their full Lisp names are derived by adding the prefix
36547 @samp{calcFunc-}, as in @code{calcFunc-sqrt}.
36548 @iftex
36549 All functions except those noted with ``*'' have corresponding
36550 Calc keystrokes and can also be found in the Calc Summary.
36551 @end iftex
36552
36553 @printindex tp
36554
36555 @node Concept Index, Variable Index, Function Index, Top
36556 @unnumbered Concept Index
36557
36558 @printindex cp
36559
36560 @node Variable Index, Lisp Function Index, Concept Index, Top
36561 @unnumbered Index of Variables
36562
36563 The variables in this list that do not contain dashes are accessible
36564 as Calc variables. Add a @samp{var-} prefix to get the name of the
36565 corresponding Lisp variable.
36566
36567 The remaining variables are Lisp variables suitable for @code{setq}ing
36568 in your Calc init file or @file{.emacs} file.
36569
36570 @printindex vr
36571
36572 @node Lisp Function Index, , Variable Index, Top
36573 @unnumbered Index of Lisp Math Functions
36574
36575 The following functions are meant to be used with @code{defmath}, not
36576 @code{defun} definitions. For names that do not start with @samp{calc-},
36577 the corresponding full Lisp name is derived by adding a prefix of
36578 @samp{math-}.
36579
36580 @printindex fn
36581
36582 @bye
36583
36584
36585 @ignore
36586 arch-tag: 77a71809-fa4d-40be-b2cc-da3e8fb137c0
36587 @end ignore